eek
“\

Sai
ee

EY Pe rere mii)
See He ae

af
ba

wfnt SEs

ft, nets peed er
as a,

mi

jal ee Des EES Fen Piet
Coie TMT a® Coif PEO Doe ‘ .
ie Ata Bek hat gt LE

of
Cer
£

Pot
RCN fee a

A tet FE
re aren

Dn ERR Oat
Cee are a

co ane

Cael he Bree BS

iVYGIT LIBRARIES

N}

»

ERAILS

“In Se

af <
Ow
4, e

“\
YVYUst1
Pep

an

$ >
GAP
snl

vase

TITUTION NOILNILILSNI

aN

TEM

<1SON,
44N
4

NVINOSHLIIV

=]

VCORE ANAL

NVINOSHLIWS

NOILNLILSNI

JTION

a ya NO
: ~ Y,

( FR
fr

a

~<a;

ww

SEMANA A AAA

jee
FITUTION NOILNLILS

LIBRARIES

Kat

\

1

“7

Caw,

br
“ctITI

SASTIT UES

SMITHSON]

NOILNLILSNI

=

>

RARIE

><

MRAHEAA Bo
a

EX LIBRIS
William Healey Dall .

Division of Mollusks
Sectional Library

’

N

Ni NWINOSHLINS SAIUVYSIT LIBRARIES

ONIAN
HLIWS

SMITHS
IS

MITHSONIAN

NWINC

o
=

~~

SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI

o

5
ee }

LIBRARI
NOILNLILSNI
LIBRARIES

S3i1y¥vudI1T LIBRARIES

Sy w
ye wa [|

NVINOSHLIWS

;

Yagi
JTION

=

pa

”

eS)

<

>

Zz

_NVINSI

S *

a y

= SN

= BM)

z= bi
SMITHS

=

°

— _

=) + fp

- Wa

a 4

rk pI
i <x vA <V456
> x am
QO {=p 7
nO \ ee |
=
= “Ss
wo
SMITHS

IBRARIES

a

Sal1uyvudl)

NVINOSHLIWS

NVINOS

= ~

wn :

2 3

4.

e S

> me

= .

pe
SMITHS

Zz

Oo

be Pays

=)

5 2 Wy z : S F
: g Ve ia 2 z 2 g |
: Cs eda 2 E Z
— — + => >

5 os 2 z a z
LIBRARIES INSTITUTION oa.

f Z 5 2 ul 2
¥ 7) ae 7) = “”
va ss. w Nive. cc ea
=< =—t <x i A <x a
x = oc Cc oc =
4 a =

n = mM. = m ra)

Ee oO aS oO =

i z= Las" 2 pa =a
INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVHYdIT LIBRARIES S
3 eas a ee i =
a) - i ° w g
ah = > e] oa s) -
50 = > 3] = Pe) —'
— ee $e: = <s 3a
D z ¥ ae O z
SalYVUdIT_ LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_ |
z ie. S A aie z
= aa = z = 2
ct. o WS. we — 2) <r ©
By ZR 8 2 2 a
2 = NS = = z =
= = et S > =
Zz 7) ears a ee 7)
CINSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31u¥vugIT_LIBRARIES S$
Zz nn > ” > 7)
ap cae ” oe w os
= x a oc =o fe
= < oat <x e <x!
= ac = oc a oc
5 2 ) = fe) 2:
FP: cok = xX Sug = aS |
SaiuvVudiIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN_INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI_N
zs - z i a a B,
= o . | BE = pA
5 bs) = -) = 2
wi Pe) re ye!) cs a]
7) ae at ” 7
z a z o z p
INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS SAIYVYARIT LIBRARIES &
re on z on ot hie n
< = : < = < =
z = ae = Fs =
5 SS : § 5 S NWA G
z AY 2 ie : - Ape
S S = Z = Zz

= NY ay = > = AN >
” ee = ” ae wn A z
pottdVYdIT_LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION | NOILNLILSNI_|
ul 3 uw m, € ul a
ce za x Al 2 a
< o <x BA <x a
oc # oc = oc si
co =a oO es fee) =
a oO care are x oO
pL. z= ah Fe a | z
INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3i¥vugIT LIBRARIES §
fe ee = ot AS eS = sO =
wo Seaman © VON = NS o <uiswat on Sem =
S EME) = Zam 2 SS = Gam 5 GAM) §

fei: ee ie
cine ol" va

ie f
a ,
~ VF
= Ls
er |
ait
6 AY
al
' »
'
i ’
‘ ¢
4
\
L%
ee
ig f
is =
wt
“e Tr y
4 7 ‘2
2 _ ge Le ra
- Ay ie)
7 A
i, \ n ae: 1
a - s
\ 7 an <T,

E aT) Oe ¢ a)
yb,
ard

it
oA “aly ak
> i eye
me x ik
: ‘ a ; >
P@
= «
S -~— Sielis
7 i ie = 18
¢ g tern,
7" ‘an®
, a = aij £
7 ry af z
; an ;
<p f ine
yi? aA
.
—
7
: i
7
i
é .
3
|
Ki
‘ 4 *)
“ A's 4 ,)
bf

ee

eh as aha: Ni a

. teers wi 48

ALE ¥ ah
Bite Aor wet f
eG Nw A ee
PICA \ i oh my ivy a

poe!

“

° | Davision of Mollueke
nud aie Sactiona! Library

PouRN A Or WALACOLOGY

Established in 1890 by WALTER E. COLLINGE, as “THE CONCHOLOGIST, @
Journal of Matacology.”’

EDITED BY

Wier RED” MARK .WEBB, 9 For. S:,

Technical Laboratories, County of Essex,

AND
Ves EADER E> -<COLLINGE,. (E.2Z.S 3;

Mason College, Birmingham,
With the assistance in special departments of ;—

The Rev. A. H. Cooke, M.A., F.Z.S., King’s College, Cambridge.
Lieut.-Col. H. H. Godwin-Austen, F.R.S., etc., Hascombe, Godalming.
Charles Hedley, F.L.S., Australian Museum, Sydney, N.S.W.

S. Pace, Royal College of Science, London.

E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.Z.S., Grays Inn, London.

B. B. Woodward, F.L.S., F.G.S., British Museum (Natural History),
London.

VOLUME IV.

LonpDon : BERLIN :

IDNOMU ANG) cee (CLO)e FRIEDLAENDER & SOHN.

1895.

* a "] 4
4 7
wu ;
2 :
ra é
ra
ay + nk
bs “7 > -_
’
fi ‘ Pr Wied ips eT emer) Sia = -
“i Wis aa eet ee et p ag
: ¢ * , ad
af f= , t
> .
r i a
¥ " :
* -
.
:
F
, ae
Pia fh _* =
a “ ‘ fe
Px
;
< 2
»
c ,
7

' . _ CHELMSFORD : *

PRINTED BY JOHN DUTTON,

TINDAL STREET.
~* \ E
, —
¥ ae

PREFACE.

The-end of 1895 will see the completion of the fifth year
of the publication of the JoukNan oF Matacotocy, which has
now reached its fourth volume, the parts issued in 1892 and

1893 forming Volume II.

Judging from the gratifying letters received from time to
time, the present volume in no wise falls short of its pre-
decessors, and as Acting Editor, I must sincerely thank those
members of the staff on whose efforts the success of the
Journat has been largely dependent, as well as the literary
and artistic contributors during the year. The care expended
by the printer on the production of the work should also be

made mention of.

It is contemplated that after this number, the BipLioGRAPHY
should be put into the hands of Mr. E. R. Sykes, who has
kindly offered to superintend the whole of the work in con-

nection with this department.

Nothing more remains to be said except to express the
hope that in 1896 still better work may be aimed at and

accomplished.

WILFRED Mark WEBB.

CONTENTS OF VOLUME IV.

PAGE
sters as Disseminators of Disease
vs John C. Thresh, MiB? DSc. ssn
Description of a New Species of Limax from Ireland
Walter E. Collinge, F.Z.S. 4
Amalia parryi, a supposed new species .. Walter E. Collinge, LILES i)
A Mess-mate of Limnaea stagnalis ay George Bailey, BRANES? is
Notes vpon the Generic Terms Cassidaria and Oniscia
Edgar A. Smith, F.Z.S. 11
The Di-myarian Stage of the ‘‘ Native’’ Oyster
Wilfred Mark Webb, F.L.S. 15
Current Literature - oe Pe Oh Bie Ore, 7)
On the Synonymy of Plutonia, Stabile ve ae (BV)? 29
Sinistral Shells and Superstition ee A. H. Finn 29
New Pleistocene Mollusca from Cray ford A. S. Kennard 29
A Pleistocene Deposit containing Shells at Chelmsford os IWEMoW,. Jo
Succinea elegans from the Ilford Brick-earth ate -. §JW.oME. W.- 30
A Train Stopped by Snails Sc ac 30
Inter-breeding of Type and Variety of Helix aspersa Sic SS T. Rope 30
The Mollusca of Essex... ac ae aE .M. W. 30
Proceedings of Societies .. -- <s “2 31
Editors’ Notes ae 35 52, "68, 86
The Habits of the Young Sepia |. Francis A. Bather, "M. Ms EGS, 33
New British Marine Shells 3: 2 Jerks Marshall 35, 67
Cooke’s Molluscs - ot a a. We Me Wao
Tryon’s Manual == AC oe Hat eA gs On
Veronicella in Central America ae oe ee OWE. 46
Dall’s Tertiary Fauna of Florida ate =. WE Ee 46
Habits of the Agnatha : Wilfred Mark Webb, F.L.S. 50
On the specific identity of ‘Papuina hedleyi and P. 5
. RK. Sykes,.B-AL EZ-S. ear
Variations in Radulae_.. ae ce Bailey, F.R.M.S. 52
Mollusca of the Oriental Region Hg Charles Hedley, F.L.S. 53
Notes on a few of the less-known British Marine Mollusca
Fires W. Chaster, F.R.C.S. 56
Shells and Superstitions .. : .. J. Jennings 67
Importation of Foreign Land Molluscs “Ee Frank Hughes 67
The Toheroa and its Enemies =n Samuel Webb 67
Purpura coronata, Lam., in the West Indies
Rev. A. H. Cooke, M.A., F.Z.S. 69:
Notes on the Terrestrial Molluscan Fauna of New
Caledonia.. Pa BK Sykes, BAL, Be Zia 7
The British Species of Testacella ee Wilfred Mark Webb, F.L.S. 74
Locality of Clausilia recondita, Sykes .. Bok 55. 73
Arion hortensis, var. caeruleus Walter E. Collinge, HZ.o- 93
Note on Scacchia eddystonia, Marshall _ Geo. W. Chaster, M.R.C.S. 73
Taylor’s Monograph, Part II. (Review) - W.M.W. 77
Godwin-Austen's Mollusca of Andaman and Nicobar Islands BE es: S1
Pilsbry and Stearns’ Marine Molluscs of Japan.. ae Roe OZ
List of Contributors to Volume IV. .. te 86
Index to Volume IV. ee ‘ 87

EE

feunRNAL OF MALACOLOGY.

No. ts MARCH 30th, 1895. Vol. IV.

OYSTERS AS DISSEMINATORS OF DISEASE.
JOHN C.- THRESH, DSc, 4B) DPE, etc.

Editor of the Fournal of State Medicine.

THE origin of the ‘ Oyster scare’ which is so seriously affecting
one of our great national industries, that of Oyster culture,
appears to be known to few outside the medical profession, and
many erroneous opinions are held with reference to the manner
in which the Oysters cause Typhoid Fever. The two diseases
which Oysters are believed to have helped to disseminate are
Cholera and Typhoid Fever, both of which are now well known
to be due to the entrance into the human system of certain
organisms — Bacilli—peculiar to these diseases. Cholera cannot
arise without the Cholera Bacillus, nor Typhoid Fever without
the Typhoid Bacillus. It follows, therefore, that no article of
food, including oysters, can cause either of these diseases unless
the living bacilli are present. Such being the case, it is nonsense
to talk about dead or stale oysters, or decaying food being the
cause of either Typhoid Fever or Cholera. The freshest food,
the freshest oysters, if contaminated with the specific bacilli, will
cause one or other of these diseases, if partaken of by a
susceptible person.

Oysters were first seriously suspected of causing Cholera,
during 1893 when the disease was introduced several times into
our ports. Shortly after this introduction, a number of cases of
Cholera occurred in certain inland towns, which at the time
could not be accounted for. At length, however, suspicion
rested upon the Oysters which came from one of the ports and

2} THRESH! OYSTERS AS DISSEMINATORS OF DISEASE.

from beds which were certainly contaminated with sewage. The
full details, will shortly be published by the Medical Officer of
the Local Government Board.

The first epidemic of Typhoid Fever attributed to the
eating of Oysters occurred in October last in America. An
outbreak of Typhoid occurred amongst the students of the
Wesleyan College, Middletown, Connecticut, and its origin was
fully investigated by Professor Conn. He found that on
October 12th, the several fraternities of students had held their
annual invitation supper. The attacks were limited to three
fraternities who alone had partaken of oysters. Certain visitors
had sat at their tables, and it was discovered that several of
these had also been attacked. At the same time an outbreak of
Typhoid Fever occurred at Amherst College, and it was found
that the students there had had a supper on the same evening,
and had eaten oysters from the same source, as those supplied to
the Wesleyan College. Professor Conn’s investigations seem to
prove conclusively that the Typhoid germs had been conveyed
by the oysters, and fortunately he was able to shew how the
bacilli gained access to the oysters. The bi-valves in question
came from a fresh-water estuary in which they had been laid to
fatten and within 400 feet of where they were laid was the outfall
from a sewer from a private house, in which house there were
two patients suffering from Typhoid Fever. As the bacilli
abound in the excreta of such patients, they would be discharged
with the sewage near the oyster beds: some of them were
received within the shell of certain of the oysters and so were

conveyed into the alimentary canal of those who afterwards
suffered.

When these details were published in the English Medical
papers, an epidemic of Typhoid Fever was in progress in the
West End of London which quite baffled the investigations of
the Medical Officers of Health. Suspicion at once rested upon’
Oysters as a probable cause, and soon evidence was forthcoming
that tended to incriminate them, and on January 12th Sir W.
Broadbent, Physician to the Prince of Wales, published in the
British Medical Fournal, details of a series of cases, which he said
he considered it his duty to make known, and which had con-
vinced him that Oysters were capable of disseminating Typhoid
Fever. Other cases have since been published and the evidence
is now such as to bring conviction to any unbiassed mind.

Many (chiefly interested) persons have urged that Oysters

THRESH: OYSTERS AS DISSEMINATORS OF DISEASE. 3}

cannot convey Typhoid Fever because the Typhoid organism
has not been proved to be capable of living in salt water. This
is quite a mistake, for Professor de Giaxa, in the Bacteriological
Laboratory at Naples, found that when Typhoid Bacilli were
introduced into sea-water, they at first multiplied rapidly, but
afterwards gradually died. Many, however, were still present
on the ninth day. Cholera Bacilli disappeared more rapidly, the
rate at which they decreased being dependent upon the number
of other, non-pathogenic, organisms also present. Experiments
were also made with oysters and other shell fish by inoculating
them with the microbes of Cholera and Anthrax. After the shell
fish had been replaced in sea water it was found that the microbe
had disappeared in six hours. No experiments, with the Typhoid
Organisms, appear as yet to have been made on these lines. It
has, hewever, been pointed out that although the organisms
introduced within the shells speedily die, that those which may
be adherent to the edge of the shell may survive some time, and
would be introduced into the oyster during the process of opening.
Professor Crookshank, of King’s College, who has recently made
a series of bacteriological experiments with Oysters from a certain
bed, says, that whilst the danger has been exaggerated, yet he
is ‘‘convinced that it is quite possible that just as unboiled milk
mixed with typhoid-infected water may distribute typhoid fever
amongst the consumers, so also the liquid of uncooked oysters
may be the means of conveying typhoid fever, if water infected with
typhoid fever is imprisoned between the valves of the oyster.”

The investigations which have been made by the special
correspondent of the British Medical Fournal and by well-known
Medical Officers of Health prove conclusively that in several
localities, sewage is discharged in dangerous proximity to the
beds on which oysters are cultivated, and it is to be hcped that
now that attention has been called to the matter, that this source
of danger will speedily be removed. The Local Government
Board, fully alive to the danger, has ordered an enquiry to be
made, upon the possibility of Cholera and Typhoid Fever being
conveyed by Oysters and other Molluscs which are consumed in
an uncooked condition.

The scare has had a most serious effect upon the oyster
industry, and no doubt will continue to affect it, until the public
is assured that all possible precautions have been taken to
prevent the pollution by sewage of all waters in which Oysters
and other such Molluscs are bred or fattened.

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF SLUG
OF THE GENUS LIMAX, FROM IRELAND.

By WALTER E. COLLINGE, F:Z:S,,

Demonstrator of Zoology and Comparative Anatomy,
Mason College, Birmingham.

Some short time ago' I briefly described a specimen of Limax
which I had received from Mr. James N. Milne, of Culmore,
Derry, Ireland, which I thought to be sufficiently distinct,
anatomically and otherwise, from any other known species, to
rank as a species.

Mr. Milne has been good enough to procure for me another
example from the same locality—viz., Rathmullan—and one
from Walworth, Co. Derry, both of which confirm my previous
diagnoses. I now wish to describe and figure the same, which I
am naming Limay hedleyi, after Mr. Charles Hedley, F.L.S., the
distinguished malacologist, of Sydney, N.S.W.

Limax hedleyi, sp. nov.

Ground colour chocolate black, with a light or yellowish-
brown stripe on the keel, which is slightly interrupted anteriorly.
The tentacles and fore part of the head are minutely spotted with
brown. The ventral edges of the mantle and the parts of the
body covered by the same are of a dirty white colour covered by
irregular sepia dashes. There are no traces of banding. The
region of the pulmonary orifice is distinct, standing out as a
faintly-marked circular margin. Foot-fringe very dark sepia;
foot-sole with lateral sepia-coloured planes and a white median
plane. Keel very prominent, posteriorly attenuated. Generative
orifice immediately below, and posterior to the right inferior
tentacle.

Length 136 millimetres.

Habitat.—Rathmullan, Co. Derry, Ireland. (James N.
Milne).

1 Journ. of Malacology, 1894, vol. iii., p. 51,

COLLINGE : A NEW SPECIES OF LIMAX, FROM IRELAND. 5

Anatomy of Generative System.

The vestibule is indistinct, being formed partly by the
terminal portion of the penis and free oviduct. The penis
commences as a narrow tube dilating into a bulbous portion at
about the first third of its length ; from here it is a wide, thick,
muscular walled organ, folded upon itself so as to form a spiral.

Fig. 1.--Generative system of Limax hedleyi, Cllge.

alb. gl.—Albumen gland. pr.— Prostate.
h. d.— Hermaphrodite duct. | r. m.—Retractor muscle.
h. gl—Hermaphrodite gland. r. s—Receptaculum seminis.,
ov.—Oviduct. | r. d.—Receptacular duct.

ov’.—Free oviduct. v. d.—Vas deferens.
p.—Penis.

The vas deferens is almost as long as the penis, of which it is a
direct continuation ; at the junction of the two organs a large
retractor muscle is attached. The free oviduct is much shorter
than the penis, and consists of a narrow tube, which, previous to
its joining with the oviduct, makes a sharp loop (fig.-1), which
was characteristic of the three specimens dissected. The oviducal
portion (fig. 1, ov.) of the common duct is richly convoluted,
becoming almost filiform at about its middle third; the prostatic
portion (fig. 1, pv.) is a long, narrow tube, externally slightly
pigmented. The receptacular duct, unlike that in L. maximus,

6 COLLINGE ! A NEW SPECIES OF LIMAX, FROM IRELAND.

opens separately from the penis, so that one might very correctly
speak of the portion into which the free oviduct, penis, and
receptacular duct open, as a vestibule. The duct is quite distinct
from the oval receptaculum seminis, which is about the same
length as the duct. There is a large albumen gland. ‘The
hermaphrodite duct is long and not convoluted; it leads from
the hermaphrodite gland, a large, oval-shaped body and is
formed by the coalescence of two smaller ducts.

It may be questioned if it is worth while separating this
form from L. maximus. I think it is for the following reasons :—

1. There are a number of very important differences in the
form of the generative organs, constant in the three specimens
examined, which distinctly separate L. hedleyi from L. maximus.

2. Judging from the specimens which I have seen, it is easily
recognised by its external appearance as being distinct from
L. maximus.

3. In studying the fauna of a country, isolated like Ireland, it
is very important that varieties of any slug which appear con-
stant, should be carefully noted, and if on examination it is found
that there are anatomical differences which are constant in
examples from different localities, it seems to me the best course
to adopt, is to describe and name such.

4. That L. hedleyi is a form of L. maximus I readily admit,
but it is sufficiently distinct to take specific rank. Such forms
as L. geographicus, Ren., L. subalpinus, L. & P., L. monticola,
Btg., are not more constant or better defined, yet there are few
European malacologists acquainted with these slugs who would
be bold enough to group them as varieties of L. maximus.

Limax hedleyt stands in the same relation to L. maximus as
Arion lusitanicus, Mab., does to A. empiricorum, Fér.

AMALIA PARRYI, ASUPPOSED NEW SPECIES.
Bye WALDERS -E> COELINGE; §E.Z:S.,
Mason College, Bivmingham.

In the last number of the Journal' I described and figured the
generative system of a species of Amalia from Santa Cruz,
Tenerife, which I thought might be referred to A. marginata,
Drap. The examples I compared it with are, I find, but poor
specimens of Draparnaud’s species ; but I have recently received
from Mr. F. Babor, of the Institute of Comparative Embryology
of Prague, two examples in excellent condition, from which it is
at once evident that I am wrong in classing the Tenerife speci-
mens under this species. Mr. Babor suggests that it is the
variety vaymondiana, Simr.,? of A. gagates, which is the same as
maderensis, Ckll.5

I have compared it carefully with the descriptions of the
above, and also with Cockerell’s descriptions* of A. fuliginosa
(Gould), A. antipodarum (Gray), and its varieties pallida, (CkIL.,)
and emarginata (Hutton), all of which are less distinct from
A. gagates than this; in fact, maderensis (= vaymondiana) and all
the above-mentioned forms seem to me to be only colour
variations of A. gagates, and | think both externally and intern-
ally there are sufficient points of difference in the Tenerife
specimen to separate it from gagates, chiefly in the form of the
oviduct and free oviduct, sperm duct, receptaculum seminis, and
hermaphrodite gland. I shall, therefore, name it after Lieut.-
Colonel G.S. Parry, to whom I am indebted for the specimens.

Journ. Malacology, 1894, vol. iii., pp. 70-73.
Nova Acta, 1891.

Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist., 1891, p. 334.

Ibid, p. 339-40.

- WDNR

A MESS-MATE OF LIMN4A STAGNALIS.
By GEORGE BAILEY, F.R.M:S.

Some time ago I had a number of Limnea stagnalis put into a bell-
glass and kept alive for purposes of observation. They were
obtained from a small, obscure, pond south of Croydon, in Surrey.
The only special features noticeable about the shells were their
more than usually eroded condition, and the distinct white mark on
the last whorl near the columella. The molluscs in confinement
were very active. This seemed the more remarkable because
they were infested about the head and mantle with what appeared
to the naked eye like parasites. The Limnee, however, gave no
signs of discomfort, in spite of the host of ‘‘ hangers on.”

When detached and observed under a 1 inch objective, the
appearance and form of these bodies resembled worms ; and they
moved after the manner of leeches, by attaching themselves to
the glass cells, and did not attempt in any way to swim freely.
On examining one of them under a + inch objective, it soon
became evident that the subject of inquiry was a naid worm.

One species of naid is said to have parasitic tendencies,
attaching itself usually to Limnea, and feeding on animalcules.
Manifestly the example under consideration was living as a -
commensal with Limnea stagnalis ; and it answers fairly well to
the description of Chetogaster vermicularis given by Claparéde,
Grube, and others. Johnston, in his “ Catalogue of Annelids,”
describes the genus Chetogastey —** Body cylindrical, truncate in
front, eyes none, mouth terminal, barbed underneath, bristles all
forked spineti.’” Various synonyms are used by different authors,
evidently describing the same worm —e.g., Nais vernucularis, Nais

, 1, ;
diaphana, Cretogaster limna, Chetogaster diaphana, and Chetogaster
vermicularis. |

BAILEY : A MESSMATE~OF -LIMNZEA STAGNALIS. 9

In all naid worms, it appears that the sexes are distinct, and that
propagation is both by ova and spontaneous transverse division.
Dr. W. B. Carpenter gives a somewhat minute account of the
remarkable process of the non-sexual multiplication of these
creatures. A bud is thrown out between two rings near the
middle of the body, and ultimately developes into a distinct
individual. Dr. Williams, in his Report of the British Annelida
presented before the British Association in 1851, declared ‘ with
deliberate firmness that there is not one word of truth” in the
descriptions which Prof. Owen, Dr. Carpenter, and others have
given of the reproduction of naid worms by a process of fission.

FiGuRE I. Chetogastey vevmicularis, just after division has
taken place. Shewn in optical section from the under side.

This confident assertion by such an acknowledged authority
is, to say the least, very surprising. For while examining
Chetogaster vermicularis under the microscope, I undoubtedly saw
the process completed. I did not make a sketch of the appear-
ance before division, but I noted very carefully certain facts
observed. Although the constriction near the middle of the body
was very decided, and the existence of two stomachs very
evident, it was equally clear that the alimentary canal was not
divided, and that minute portions of food passed through the

10 BAILEY! A MESSMATE OF LIMNA!A STAGNALIS.

anterior portion of the worm into the stomach posterior to the
constriction. At length the worm divided while still under
observation, and became two worms, presenting the appearance
represented in Fig. 1. Comparing the new worm with the
original, it was seen that the mouth of the former was yet
imperfect, time being required for the further development.

Ficure 2. A group of seta from Chtogaster vermicularis, enlarged.

There were twelve clusters of bristles, or seta, arranged as
shown in Fig. 1, on each worm; and these setae were instruments
used as hooks for the purpose of hanging on~to the body of the
mollusc. Being forked hooks (Fig. 2), they were well adapted
for this purpose. As I saw Chetogastey, it was clinging to
Limnea, and waving itself to and fro continually, as though
feeding or searching for food in the water.

The contents of the stomach of one of these divided speci-
mens furnish interesting data respecting the food of Chetogaster.
Most numerous was a quantity of oval bodies—transparent sacs
filled with chlorophyll grains, doubtless unicellular plants.
There was a number of flat circular organisms, of a deep brown
colour, which might be diatems with the endochrome not
destroyed. Several species of diatoms (Fig. 1) were nicely
cleaned and very perfect, especially Navicula and Cocconema.

NOTES UPON THE GENERIC TERMS
CASSIDARIA AND ONISCIA.

Bye) GAKS VAC SVT ice EZ, Se.

British Museum (Zoological Department), London.

Born of these genera for many years found general acceptance,
until the appearance of the Manuals by Philippi and the Messrs.
H.and A. Adams. Tryon, who had an aversion to upsetting
what he considered established names, employs both of them,
and they likewise appear in Woodward’s Manual. On the other
hand, they are rejected by the Messrs. Adams, Galeodea and
Morum being respectively substituted. Philippi rejects Cassidaria
in favour of Morio, and employs Oniscia ; and in the latest Manual
by Fischer, the same course is adopted. Seeing this great
divergence of opinions, I thought it would be useful to place on
record tbe result of a further independent investigation. I will
therefore proceed to discuss these two genera separately, com-
mencing with Cassidaria.

Cassidaria.

Herrmannsen, Philippi, Fischer, Watson and Chenu give
the date of Lamarck’s Cassidavia as 1812. This is not correct,
for, although the French term ‘‘ Cassidaire’’' appeared in that
year, but without one word of description, it was not until 1816
that the Latinized form, Cassidaria, was employed. In the ex-
planation of plate 405 of the Encyclopédie Méthodique, which
was the work of Lamarck himself, and was published in 1816,
the term Cassidana is there applied to the well-known Cassidaria
tyrvyhena. ‘There is, however, no generic description whatever,
and, apparently, the genus was not properly characterized until
1822, in the seventh volume of the Syst. Anim. sans Vert.,
Pp. 214.

However, if 1812 were admissible as the date of this genus,
it could not be retained, as two other properly characterised

1 Extrait du Cours de Zool., 1812, p, 119.

12 SMITH : NOTES UPON CASSIDARIA AND ONISCIA.

genera, one of which is tenable, have precedence, namely, Morio,
Montfort, and Galeodea, Link.

The Rev. R. Boog Watson’ rejected Morio in favour of
Cassidavia, because ‘‘ Latreille used that name in the same year,
and, as I believe, with acceptance, for a group of Coleoptera.”
If Mr. Watson had looked up Latreille’s description,’ he would
have found that he originally wrote his genus Morion. He did,
however, subsequently‘ use the term Morio, which has been, and
is still, generally employed by Coleopterists. As there is a Latin
word morion, with a signification different from that of Moro, there
really was no occasion for him to make the change. Under any cir-
cumstances, Montfort’s name should take precedence, and it
would seem to me advisable for the Coleopterists to revert to the
genus Morion as first of all written by Latreille.

Mr. Watson also rejects Link’s name Galeodea, published in
1807, because ‘‘ Galeodes had been already employed by Martini
in 1771 for his group of Semzcassts, in which he included Cassidaria
echinophora, Linné, the type of Link’s genus. The same name,
too, was used by Olivier in 1791 for a genus of Arachnida, and by
Bolten in 1798 for a group of Pyrula and Purpura.”

Although Galeodea is not absolutely identical with Galeodes, it
evidently has a similar derivation, and therefore I quite agree
with Mr. Watson in rejecting it.

The case with Movio, however, is different, and I do not see
how we can avoid using it, if we pay attention to the usually
accepted “law of priority.”” Casszdaria, too, also included species
of ‘* Tritonitde,” Cassis, and Oniscia, and it was not until 1824,
two years after it was properly founded by Lamarck, that it was
assigned its present limits by Sowerby. Moreover, if we
accepted 1822 as the date of Cassidavia, it could not be used, as
Echinova of Schumacher has five years’ precedence.

With regard to the signification of the terms Morio and
Morin, respectively used by Montfort and Latreille, we have no
guidance. According to Smith’s Latin Dictionary, morio
signifies a fool or jester; morio or morion a dark brown gem ;

nN

Gasteropoda of the “Challenger,” p, 410.
Considér, gé1. Crust., &c., 1810, pp. 159 and 425.
Cuvier’s Régne Anim., vol. iii., p. 189 (1817).

Gen, Recent and Foss. shells Number xxiii, (1824).

= w

SMITH : NOTES UPON CASSIDARIA AND ONISCIA. 13

and morion, a narcotic plant. As neither of these words appear
to have any significance in connection with either the group of
shells or beetles in question, we are at liberty, I think, to make a
definite suggestion with regard to their future use. I would
therefore suggest that morio be retained for the Molluscan genus,
and morion for the group of Beetles, unless the Coleopterists
prefer to use a new name, supposing there is no synonym
available.

The synonymy of Morio is as follows :—

Morto, Montfort.

1807—Galeodea, Link (non Galeodes Olivier, 1791), Beschreib.
Natur. Samml. Thier. Rostock,
Abthe 3). ps 113. ° Lype and: only
species quoted, G. echinophora.

1810—Morio, Montfort, Conch. Syst., vol. ii., p. 478, type and
only species quoted, M. echinophorus.

1812—Cassidaire, Lamarck, Extrait du Cours de Zool., p. 11g:
Name only.

1816—Cassidaria, id, Ency. Méthod. Name only on explan. of
plate 405.

1817—-Echinora, Schumacher, Essai nouv. Syst. vers test, pp. 75,
249. Type and only species quoted,
E. tuberculosa (= echinophora).

1822—Cassidaria, Lamarck, Anim. Sans Vert., vol. vii., p. 214.
First species quoted, C. echinophora ;
other species belong to Tviton, Cassis,
and Oniscia.

Oniscia.

The term Morum, of Bolten, being a mere catalogue name,
and unaccompanied by any description, must, of course, be
disregarded. In describing Lambidium, Link places Morum
in the synonymy, and, although it may be equivalent to
Lambidinum—and, if so, it is unfortunate that Link did not adopt
it—we are hardly in a position to resurrect it ourselves in prefer-
ence to Lambidium. The generic name Omiscia, which has been
in general use for many years, cannot be employed, if we pay
any regard to the ‘law of priority.” The remaining names,
enumerated below, were proposed merely as subgenera, and, ia
my opinion, are not worthy of retention. Oviscidia, a mere typo-
graphical error for Oniscia, differs from Lambidium in having the

I4 SMITH : NOTES UPON CASSIDARIA AND ONISCIA.

surface cancellated and the spire a little more acuminate ; Herculea
has the “‘inner lip sulcated, not granulated ;” and Plesioniscia
has not been characterised. The three divisions, Lambidium,
Oniscidia, and Plesioniscia, contain species from three different
geographical areas. The first includes L. oniscus, L. lamarcki,
and L. strombiforme (the last two possibly vars. of omzscus), from
the West Indies, and perhaps L. ponderosa; the last contains
L. tuberculosum and L. xanthostoma, from California and the Gala-
pagos Islands ; and Oniscidia includes L. cancellatum, L. grande®
(perhaps a var. of cancellatum), L. dennisoni, L. exquisitum, L. mac-
andvewi, and L. cithara, from the China Sea, Sooloo Sea, and the
Ki Islands, West of Papua.

The locality ‘‘ Guadeloupe,” assigned to L. denmisont
(Tryon, Man. Con., vol. vil., p. 282), seems to me very doubtful,
and it is very possible that a specimen of L. lamarckii, which is
a West Indian form, may have been mistaken for that species.

I am somewhat doubtful with regard to the position of
L. ponderosum, but I certainly cannot agree with Tryon in con-
sidering it synonymous with L. exquisitum, nor has L. grande any
relationship with that species, being, if not distinct, a variety of
I. cancellatum.

LamBipium, Link.

1798—Morum, Bolten, Cat. Mus. Bolten. Without des-
cription.
18Ig— ,, is op. cit..ed 2, -p. 38:

1807—Lambidium, Link, Natur. Samml. Rostock, Abth. 3,
p.112. Type and only species quoted,
L. omtscus.

1824—Oniscia, Sowerby, Gen. Rec. and foss. shells, Number xxiv.
pl. 233. Three species quoted—1,
O. cancellata ; 2, O. omiscus; 3, O.
cithara, a fossil species.
(Subgenera.)

1853—Oniscidia, H. and A. Adams, Gen. Rec. Moll., vol. i.
p. 220:

1858—Herculea (Hanley), H. and‘A. Ad., op.cit., vol. ii., p. 621.

1884—Plesioniscia, Fischer, Man. Conch., p. 660.

6 This form is figured by Reeve as 0. cancellata (Con. Icon. Oniscia, fig. 4),

ON THE DI-MYARIAN STAGE OF THE
‘* NATIVE” OYSTER:

By WILFRED MARK WEBB, F.LS.,

Technical Laboratories, County of Essex.

Ir is, of course, a matter of common knowledge among mala-
cologists that bivalves have been divided into sub-classes,
according as the adult forms possess, two more or less equal
muscles for the closing of their shells, one muscle—the anterior—
much smaller than the other, or one—the posterior—only.

From this state of things it might be deduced, without great
probability of error, that the last condition has been arrived at,
from the first, through the second. This assumption, however,
may be taken as proved, if one can find that during the early
development of the one-muscled, or mono-myarian species, they
pass through a two-muscled, or di-myarian, stage. Now, in the
year 1883, Professor Huxley’ showed that the oyster must pass
through an undiscovered di-myarian stage, but none of our
countrymen seem to have made any further observations on this
fascinating case of ‘* Recapitulation.”

The evidence brought forward by Professor Huxley is
briefly this :—That there is but one adductor muscle closing the
shell of the oyster, in the embryo, as in the adult mollusc; but
while the larval muscle is dorsal? to the alimentary canal, and is
consequently the anterior adductey (Figs. A and B, a. add.), that
in the adult, being on the ventral side of the intestine, is clearly
the posterior adductor. Therefore, the muscles being difterent ones
at different ages, and the oyster not being able to do without any
muscle at all, it stands to reason that there must be a time when
both are present, one ‘‘ rising,” so to speak, while the other is
‘‘on the wane.”

1 ‘‘ Oysters and the Oyster Question” [a lecture delivered at the Royal Institution, May 11,
1883, with additions], by T. H. Huxley. “ 7he English Mlustrated Magazine,” 1883, p. 112.
2 In Dr. Jackson’s paper, p. 299, the terms are accidentally reversed.

16 WEBB: DI-MYARIAN STAGE OF THE “NATIVE” OYSTER.

Seven years later Dr. Robert Tracy Jackson’ described and
figured a stage in the American oyster, in which the two muscles
(Fig. C, a. add. and p. add.) were clearly to be made out. The
embryos in question were examined after attachment, in the case
of the experiment, on a strip of glass, which had been exposed in
an earthenware drain-pipe partially sunken in the sand at low-
water mark. No spat growth had taken place.

Last summer, when the writer had the privilege of working
in the Marine Biological Laboratory which the County Council
of Essex fitted up at Brightlingsea in connection with some

Figure A. An embryo of the European oyster, Ostrea edulis, L., seen in °
optical section from the left side. a. add., anterior adductor muscle; an. anus;
h. hinge of shell; 7. intestine; /./. v.J. left and right lobes of the linens.
@. cesophagus ; .s. 7.7. superior and inferior muscles, which retract the velum ;
st. stomach ; v. velum, with its long cilia. (After Hurley.) Reprinted from
the English Illustrated Magazine. eee

experiments in Oyster Culture, he bethought himself of the
di-myarian stage, but had to content himself with larve from

3 “The Phylogeny of the Pelecypoda,” by Robert Tracy Jackson, Mem. Boston Soc. Nat
Hist., vol.iv., 1890, p. 300, pl. xxiv., figs.1 and 2, N.B—The discovery cf the di-myarian
stage was announced in Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., vol. xxiii. (1888),

WEBB: DI-MYARIAN STAGE OF THE ‘“‘ NATIVE” OYSTER. 17
the ‘‘ sick” oysters kindly brought to him from time to time, as
the lateness and smallness of the second ‘‘ fall of spat ’’—the first
having been destroyed by an unexpected spell of cold weather—
made it almost useless to attempt the capture of older embryos
which had left the parent’s shell, though mica plates were pre-
pared for the purpose.

Nevertheless, it was possible to make out in the later
“white spat” and in the ‘‘ black spat,’’ what appears to be a
posterior adductor -muscle (Pl. I., Fig. 1, $. add.), which
occupies a spot just ventral to the anus, and is indicated,
though not labelled, in Professor Huxley’s drawing (Figure A).
In Horst’s Figure *, also, the spot is surrounded by a continuous
outline, and appears even more definitely, but is not mentioned
nor described in the letterpress.

Ficure B. The same as figure A, but seen from a point to its south-east.
Lettering as before. (After Huxley.)

Now, it was not to be expected that the posterior adductor,
if present before the attachment of the oyster, would be easy of
identification, or it would have been recognised long ago; but in
the light of the Brightlingsea specimens, those at the Royal
College of Science were examined through the kindness of
Professor Howes. The series there includes a slide made by Dr.

4 RR. Horst. ‘On the Development of the European Oyster, Ostrea edulis, L.”
Q. J. Mic. S., n.s., vol. xxii., 1882, plate xxvii., figure 12,

9

18 WEBB: DI-MYARIAN STAGE OF THE ‘¢ NATIVE OYSTER.

Horst, from which Figure A was probably taken, and the
specimens show the general anatomy in greater detail than the
writer’s preparations, enabling one to locate the structure alluded
to, with greater distinctness. In another fine preparation, looked
at from the mouth side, the outline of the chamber, into which
the other end of the alimentary canal opens, can be made out,
together with a transverse thickening, shghtly striated, on the
side towards the mouth in the position that should be occupied
by the posterior adductor (PI. I., Fig. 2, p. add.).

Figure C. Anembryo of the American oyster, Ostrea virginiana, Lister,
after attachment, seen as Figure A. g. gill; m.b. mantle border ; f/. palps ;
p. add. posterior adductor. Other lettering asin Figure A. (A ftey Dr. Jackson.)

The conclusion is, therefore, that the structure just described
corresponds with that seen from the side view, and represents
the posterior adductor in an incipient condition. During the
next summer the writer hopes to be able to trace its development
till it becomes functional, and spat growth begins.

CURRENT LITERATURE.*

It is hoped that all Malacologists will aid in making this Biblio-
graphy as complete and useful as possible. Writers, both at home and
abroad, are especially asked to send in copies of their respective papers
for review to Wilfred Mark Webb, Holmesdale, Brentwood, to whom
all communications should be addressed.

MALACOLOGY IN GENERAL.

Martini and Chemnitz.—Systematisches Conchylien Cabinet. Fortges.
von W. Kobelt, Lief., 410, 1 Bd Hft., cxxv. 1st Dec., 1894. Nurnberg
Helix, No. 1337-1373, 7 new species.

Lief. 411, xi. Bd., Hft., xxv., 6 pls., 26th Feb., 1895. Genus, Asfergillum.

Family, Saxicavide.

Tryon, G. W., continued by Pilsbry, A.—‘‘ Manual of Conchology.”

Published by the Acad, Nat. Sci. Philad., part 60, 255 pages, Io
plates.

The families Akeride; Actconidz, Bullidz and Scaphandrida, etc., are dealt
with.

2nd Series (Pulmonata), part 33a—introduction, etc., to vol. ix., pages
i. to xlviii., plates 41-71, part 36, pages 161-366.

[These parts will be reviewed in detail later.— Ep. ]}

Simroth, H.—Bronn's Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-Reichs. Bd. iii.
Mollusca. Lief. 15-17 (containing pp. 337-400 and pl. xv.-xvi.).
Leipzig, 1894 (issued Jan., 1895).

Dr Simroth makes steady progress with this invaluable work of refer-
ence. The present part commences with an appendix to the Polyplacophora,
bringing the account of this group abreast of current literature up to July,
1894. To this subject the plates also refer. He then proceeds with the
Scaphopoda, the morphology of which occupies the rest of the part. Several
interesting figures of the different forms of the shell are given and, to demon-
strate that Dr, Simroth is ‘‘up to date,’’ we may mention that the figure of
Schizodentalium, only published last October, is reproduced.

ANATOMY.

Appelof, A.—‘‘Die Schalen von Sepia, Spivula, und Nautilus. Studien ber
den Bau und das Wachstum.’’ Sevensk, ak. Handl. xxv., 106 pp.,
12 pl.

Bachmann, O.—[See’‘‘ Fauna,’’ Bachmann and Gredler.]

Anatomy of the following described :—Zow. scrobiculatus, Gredl.; Zgista
(Helix) accrescens, Hde., 4Z. pseudochinensis, eae a, 4E. chinensis, Phil., me
(Acusta) ravida. Bens., H. kiangsinensis, Mart. . (Eulota) fruticum, Mull.,
similarvis, Fer., H. straminea, Hde., ee cantori, Phil., eee
doliolum, Gredl., B. cerasinus, Gredl.

Bergh, R.—([See under ‘‘ Systematic Work.’’}
Anatomy, Hedyle weberi, Bgh.

* An asterisk denotes that a reference has not been verified,

20 CURRENT LITERATURE.

Crampton, H. E.—‘ Reversal of Cleavage in a Sinistral Gastropod (Physa
hetevostropha)."’ *An. N. York Acad. Sci., vol. 8, 1894, pp. 166-170,
1 plate, abstr. v. J. R. Mic. Soc,, 1894, pp. 669-670.

Erlanger, R. v.—‘‘ Zur Bildung des Mesoderms bei die Paludina vivipara,”’
Morph. Jahrb, xxii., 1894, pp. 113-118, pl. v., Bibl.

Faussek, Victor.—‘ Uber den sogenannten ‘“‘ Weissen Kérper’’ sowie iiber die
Embryonale Entwicklung desselben, der cerebraganglion und des
Knorpels bei cephalopoden.”’ Mem. I’Acad. Imp. des Sci., St. Peters-
burg, series vii., tome xli. (No, 9 and last), 1893, 27 p., 3 plates.

Gilchrist, G. D. F.—‘‘ The Pallial Complex of Dolabella.” P. Re SOGr
Edinb. xx., 264-70, 1 pl.

Haller, B.—[Rev. of Frenzel, J. ‘‘ Mikrographie der Mitteldarmdriise (leber)
der Mollusken”’ pt. ii. Nov. Act. Leop. Carol. Ak. Ix. (1893.)] Zool.
Centralbl. i., 897-9.

Haller, Bela.—‘‘ Betrachtungen tiber die Nieren von Oncidium celticum Cuvier.”
Verhand. Ver. Heidelberg (N.S.), v., pt. 3, 1894, p. 301.

The nephridia are figured.

Hedley, C.—‘‘ The Land Molluscan Fauna of British New Guinea ”’ (Suppl.
ii, cont. from vi., 698). P. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, ix., 384-92, pl.
XXiV.-V1.

Contains account and figures of the anatomy of Sitala anthrofophagorum,

Hedl., Paitula macleayi, Braz., Pafuina zeno, Braz., P. chapmani, Cox,

P. gurgusti, Cox, Trochomorpha nigrans, Sm., Rhysota flyensis, Chlorites vehset.

Huxley, T. H., and Pelseneer, P.—‘‘ Monograph on Sfivula ’—in an
appendix to the two last volumes of the ‘‘ Challenger ’’ Reports, March,
1895.

[Will be reviewed in the next part.—Ep.]

Kleinenberg, N.—‘‘ Sur le développement du systéme nerveux periphérique
chez les Mollusques.”’ Arch. Ital. Biol. xxii., Congrés internat Sci.
Med., p. xxxiv.

Kofoid, C. A.—‘‘On some laws of cleavage in Limay (A preliminary
notice).’" Proc. American Acad., vol. xxi. (N.S.), 1894, pp. 180-2co,
pls. i. and ii.

A system of nomenclature is devised which localizes any particular cell of
the young embryo, at the same time giving an outline of its ancestry. In this
paper the probability is pointed out that the cleavage of Lima, at least
through the 36-cell stage, is identical, blastomere for blastomere, spiral for
spiral, with that of Nereis.

Lacaze-Duthiers, H. de.—‘‘ Gonads of Ancylus.’’ Abst. in J, R. Mic. Soc.,
1894, pt. 6, pp. 668-669. C. R., Ac. Sci., Paris, cxviii., 1894, pp.
560-66.

Lenhossek, M. v.-- ‘‘ Zur Kenntniss der Netzhaut der Cephalopoden.”’ (cont.
fr. p. 110). Sitz. Ber. Phy. Med. Gesel. Wiirz., No. 8, 1894, pp. 113-114.

Lillie, F. R.—'‘ The Embryology of the Unionidae. A Study in Cell-
lineage. ’ J. Morphol, x., pp. 1-roo, pls. i.-vi., 12 figs., 7 tables, bibl,
An important contribution to Molluscan embryology ; does not admit of
abstraction. .

Moller, Adolpho F.—‘ Achatina bicarinata."’ Ann. d. Sci. Nat. Porto 189
Pp. 203. ag

Nobre, Augusto.—‘‘ Observagoes sobre 0 systema nervoso e affinidades
zoologicas de alguns pulmonados terrestres.’ Ann. Sci. Nat. Porto
1894, pp. 197-201, pls. xi.-xii.

CURRENT LITERATURE. 21

Signor Nobre continues his valuable account of the nervous system of
terrestrial pulmonata. In this part the description of Helix aspersa is con-
cluded and figures given. In Plutonia at lantica, Mor. and Drouet, the cerebral,
stomatogastric and viscero-pedal nervous system is carefully described and
figured, A very useful figure is also given of the alimentary and generative
system.

WEE:
Plate, L. H.—‘‘ Mittheilungen tiber Zoologische Studien an der chilenischen
Kiuste ” (xi. Uber Chilina dombeyana Orb.) M. Ak, Berlin, 1894, 611-20.
Simroth, H.—[See under ‘‘ Systematic Work.”’]

Anatomical notes on the species described.

Simroth, H.—‘: Bemerkungen uber die Morphologie der Scaphopoden.”’
Zeitschr. Naturw., lxvil., pp. 239-59.

Simroth, H.—‘‘Spermatophore von Arion hortensis.’ Berich. d. Natur, f.
Gesell. Leip., 1894, pp, 115-116,

Simroth, H.—Uber die neuesten Untersuchungen an den Placophoren oder
Chitoniden.’’ Berich. d. Natur. f, Gesell., Leipzig, 1894, pp. 114-135.

Trinchese, S.—‘‘ Nervi motori e nervi sensitivi del Phyllobvanchus borgninii
Tr. (Communicazione Preliminare).’’ Rendi. Acad. Sci. Fisiche
Matematiche, ser. 2, vol. vili., 1894, pp. 190-191.

*Trinchese, S.—‘‘Sul protové ed i globule polari dell, Amphorina cevulea.
Sunto.”’ Rendic. Acad. Sci. Inst, Bologna, 1893-94, pp. 120-121.

Viliepoix, Moynier de.—‘‘ De la formation de la coquille dans les Mol-
lusques "’ (Note). Compt. Rend., cxx., 1895, pp. 512-513.

Willem, V.—‘‘ Prosobranches aériens et Pulmonés aquatiques.’’ Bull. Ac.
Belgique (s. 3), XxIx., pp. 73-83, 6 figs.

Wiren, A.—‘ Studien uber die Solenogastren—II. Chetodevma productum,
Neomenia, Proneomenia acuminata.” Svensk. Ak. Handl., xxv., Ioo pp.,
10 pls.

PHYSIOLOGY AND BIOLOGY.

Anon.—‘' Homing Instinct in Limpets.”’ Zoologist xix. 73. See Morgan,
Anon. —‘' Oysters and Typhoid.’ Nature li., 391-2.

Anon.—‘' The Influence of Changed Environment on Molluscs.’ Amer.
Natural., xxix., 167.

Note on Varigny, H. de, J. Anat. Physiol., 1894.

Boutan, L.—*‘ Sur le mode de fixation des Acéphales a l'aide du byssus.”’
C. R. Ac., Paris, cxx., pp, 208-10.

Experiments on Avrca tetragona.

Cooke, A. H.—‘‘ On a suggested case of Mimicry in the Mollusca.” P.Cam-
bridge Soc., viii., 141.
Strombus mauritianus and S. luhuanus resemble Conus,a genus with which
they are known to live.
Crowther, Henry.—‘ Biology of Sphwrium corneum.’ J. of C., vii., 1894
(Pub. 1895), pp. 417-421.
An interesting account of this mollucec’s habits.
*Cuenot, L.—‘‘ Function of Kidney in Helix,’ Abstr. Jour. R. Mic. Soc.,
1894, p 670,
Compt. Rend., Paris, cxix., 1894, pp. 539-40.

22 CURRENT LITERATURE.

Cuenot, L.—‘‘Sur le fonctiennement du rein des Helix.’ Arch, Zool. exp. e
gen., 1894, vol. ii., pp. xiii.-xiv.

Dall, W. H.—‘‘ The Mechanical Cause of the Folds in the Aperture of the
Shell of Gasteropoda."” Am. Nat, xxviii, Nov., 1894, pp. 910-914.
Adapted from Trans. Wagner Free Inst., Philad. iii., 1890.

D’Hamonville.—‘‘ Les Moules Perliéres de Billiers.’’ Bull. Soc, Zool.
France, xix., 140-2, map.

Faussek, V.—‘' Ueber den Parasitismus der dnodonta—Larven in der Fisch-
haut.’’ Biol. Centralbl, xv., 115-25, 4 figs.

Frankland, G. C.—‘‘ Oysters and Typhoid.” Nature, li,, 415-6.

Gilbert, E.—‘‘ La Pourpe, étude historique "’ (cont., from pp. 169-178). Rev.
Sci. Bourbonne, Dec. 1894, pp. 200-208.

Gilchrist, J. D. F.—‘‘ Arrangement, Correlation and Function of Pallial
Organs of Tectibranchia.”’ Abstr. J. R. Mic. Soc., London, 1894, pt. 6,
p. 669. Zeitchr. Jena., v. 1894, p. 326.

Hedley, C.—(‘‘ Chloritis jervesensis, Quoy et Gaim, found in the throat of
Rallus pectoralis ; means of dispersal.’’) Proc. L. Soc, of N.S.W..
VOlmik. ls 2 piso IL.

Hedley, C.—‘‘ Note on the Destruction of Young Oysters at Vaucluse by the
operations of a boring Mollusc (Riconula marginatra, Blainv.).’’ P. Linn.
Soe:, Nis. Wales, ix.) 185.

Marsillon, C.—‘' Les collines de coquillages dans la Floride.’’ Nature (la)
XXill., 81-3, 2 figs.

Morgan, C. Ll.—‘‘ The Homing of Limpets.’’ Nature, vol. li., No. 1310,
Pi L27-

Phisalix, C.—‘ Centres inhibitoires des Chromatophores des Cephalopodes.”’
Arch, Biol. Ital., xxii. Fas. ii., Congr. internat, p. ]xxii.-]xxiii.

Pieri.—‘‘ Recherches physiologiques sur les Lamellibranches (Tapes decussatu
et autres Tapidées).” C. R. Ac. Sci. exx., 52-4.

Experiments on ‘résistance a l’asphyxie,’’ ‘‘ Energie musculaire,’’
“Variation du milieu extérieur ; température, densite, composition.”’
Racovitza, E. G.—'' Mceurs et reproduction de la Rossia macrosoma (D.

Ch.).” Arch. Zool. exp, et gen., 1894, T. ii., pp. 491-512, pl. 19.

Simroth, H.—‘ Die Hautanpassung eines Placophoren an die Lust.’’ Ber.
Natur. Gesell, Leipzig, 1894, pp. 104-6.

Simroth, H.—‘:Einen Zuchtungsversuch, angestellt an Amalia gagates.”’
Ber. Natur. Gesell, Leipzig, 1894, pp. 114-135.

Varigny, H. de.—‘ Huitres et fievre typhoide.” Nature (la), xxiii,, 167,

Webb, de W.—‘ The Shell Heaps of the East Coast of Florida.” P.U.S.
Mus., xvi., 743-55.

Willcox, Joseph.—‘‘ The Habits of Florida Littoral Molluscs.” Naut. viii.,
pp: 79-80.

_ It is noted that ‘‘ Fasciolavia tulipa is the only shell, in the knowledge of the
writer, which makes an effort for freedom when held in the hand. It projects
its body out of the shell, and ‘slashes’ about its long and sharp operculum

with sufficient force to occasionally bring into view some of the blood of its
captors.”

FAUNA.
Anon.—" Colpoduspis pusilla on the Devonshire Coast.’’ Zoologist, xix., 25,
Bachmann, O. and Gredler, V.—' Zur Conchylien-Fauna von China,”

Ann. Hofmus. Wien., ix., 415-29, 27 figs.

CURRENT LITERATURE. 23

Species described by Gredler (see ‘‘Syst.”") Anatomy by Bachmann

(HemAtrvettea)

Bergh, R.—‘‘ Die Hedyliden, eine Familie der Klado-hepatischen Nudi-
branchen.”’ Verhand. Zool.-Bcet. Ges. Wien., 1895, pp. 4-12 (Hedyle
weberi).

Boettger, O.—‘' Die Marinen Mollusken der Phillipinen (IV.).”" Nachr.
Deut. Mal.-Zodl. Ges., 1895, p. I-20.

Brockmeier, Heinrich.—‘‘ Uber Susswassermollusken der gegend von
Plon.’’ Forschsber. Biol. Stat. Plon, I., pp. 188-204, 31 figs.

Call, R. E.—‘‘A contribution to a Knowledge of Indiana Mollusca.’’ Proc.
Ind. Acad. Sci. iii.
Cockerell, T. D. A.—‘‘ The Virginian Colony of Helix ncemoralis.". Naut.,
vili., p. 92.
The tendency toward a splitting of the bands on the shell is pointed out.
Cooper, J. E.—‘‘ Notes of Dorsetshire Marine Shells.’ J. of C., vii., 1894
(Pub. 1895), pp. 435-36.
Adds 29 species to the Rev. Carleton Greene's list of shells of Studland
Bay (j. of C5 viz, p- 110).

Crosse, H.--‘‘ Note preliminaire sur la faune malacologique terrestre et
fluviatile de la Nouvelle-Zélande et sur ses affinites.’’ J. de Conch.,
vol, xli. (1893), No. 4, p. —

Lists are given after Messrs. Hedley and Suter of Land and Freshwater
Molluscs (1) wrongly attributed to (2) introduced into New Zealand,

Dautzenberg, P. -‘‘ Mollusques recuiellis a Saint Jean de Luz et a Guétharry.”’
Feu. Jeunes Na, Series, 3, No. 290, pp. 27-30, 90 species,

Dautzenberg, P.—'‘ Récolte Malacologique de M. Ch. Alluaud aux environs
de Diego Suarez en 1893."' J. de Conch, xlii., No. 2, 1894 (pub. 1895),
pp. 89-112, 2 pl. Some 11 new species,

Gardner, A. H.—‘ Polygyva (Stenotrema) hirsuta on Long Island,’ Naut. vii.,

PP- 75-79.

Gourdon, M.—‘‘ Catalogue raisonné des Mollusques des montagnes de Saint-
Beat et du Pic-du-gar (Haute-Garonne).”’ Feuille Natural. (S. 3),
Xxv., 56-8,

Hedley, C.—‘‘ The Land Molluscan Fauna of British New Guinea.’’ (Suppl.
i econts trom vi, 695). P. iimny Soc. N.S: Wales, ix.; 284-92) pl:
XXIV.-V1,

Horsley, J. W.—‘‘ Notes on Mollusca at Canterbury.’ J. of C., vii., 1894
(pub. 1895), Pp. 435:

Krause, Arthur.—‘' Landschnecken von Tenerifa.’’ Nachr. Deut. Mal-Zool.
Gesell., 1895, p. 20-29.

*Martens, E. von.—‘ Uber die von Dr. Bohls in Paraguay gessammelten
Mollusken inbesondere einige Varietaten von Odostostomus striatus,”
Sitzgsber, Ges. Nat. Berlin, 1894, No. 7, pp. 163-170.

‘‘Neue Susswasser-Conchylien aus Korea.” Ibid., No. 8, p. 207,
4 sp. nov,
Melvill, J. C., and Ponsonby, J. H.—‘ Descriptions of four new species of
Terrestrial Mollusca from South Africa.’’ Ann, Mag. ser. 6, vol. xv.,
p. 163.
Nobre, A.—‘ Molluscas e Brachiopodes de Portugal.’’ Ann. Sci. Nat.

Porto, ii., 25-30.

24 CURRENT LITERATURE.

Nobre, Augusto.—'‘‘ Subsidios para a fauna malacologica do Archipelago de
Cabo Verde.” Ann. d. Sci. Nat. Porto., vol. i., 1894, pp. 168-172.

Pfeffer, G.—‘' Fische, Mollusken und Echinodermen von Spitzbergen,
gesammelt von Herrn Prof. W. Kukenthal im Jahre, 886.2, ZOOL
Jabrb, Syst., viil., pp. 91-99.

Suppl. to Kukenthal’s Fauna of Spitzbergen (Arch. Naturs. XXIV., D25e0.9):

Scharff, R. F.--‘‘ On the Origin of the Irish Land and Freshwater Fauna.”
P. Irish Ac. (s. 3), iii., 477-85-

Scharff, R. F.—‘‘ Testacella haliotoidea, F. Big., in Co. Dublin.’”’ Irish Nat.,
1895, p. 80.

Simpson, C. T.—‘‘ On some fossil unios and other freshwater shells from the
drift at Toronto, Canada, with a review of the distribution of the
Unionide of North-eastern North America.” P.U.S. Mus., xvi.
591-5.

Smith, Frank.—‘‘ Mollusca of Lake St. Clair.’ Bull. Michigan Fish Com-
mission, 1894, pp. 20-23.

Stearns, R. E. C.—‘! Preliminary Report on the Molluscan Species collected
by the United States Scientific Expedition to West Africa. in 1889-go."’
P.U.S. Mus., xvi., 317-39.

Records 122 sp. (none new), namely: 35 Pelecypods, 69 Marine Gastro-
pods, 13 Land ditto, 5 Cephalopods.

Standen, R.—‘‘ Shells trom Co. Donegal.’’ Irish Nat., 1894, p. 261.

Sturany, R.—‘' Zur Molluskenfauna der europdischen Turkei.’’ Ann. Hof-
mus. Wien., ix., 369-90, pls. 18-20,

[See also under ‘‘ Systematic,” and supplementary paper by Simroth,

‘« Systematic. ”’ | 4

ee ee Succinea oblonga in Jersey.”’ J. of C., vii., 1894 (pub. 1895),

SYSTEMATIC WORK.

Ancey, H. C. F.—..‘ Description d’ une nouvelle Helix d’Algérie.”- Le
Naturaliste, No. 191, 1895, pp. 44-45, rs
Anon.—Note on Unio ovegonensis, Lea. Naut. viil., pp. 116-118.
Babor, J. and Kostal, J.—O nove ceski Campylaei, Sitz. Gesel. d. wiss
Math., Nat. Prague, 1894, pp. 1-10, pl. xiii.
A description of Helix (Eucampylaea) ichthyomma, Held. var. nov. ochroleuca.
The shell is figured and described and also the generative anatomy.
Bachmann, Otto, and Gredler, Vincenz.—‘‘ Zur Conchylien fauna von
China. Ann, des. H K., Naturhist, Hofmuseums Wien, ix., pt. 3-4
1894, pp. 415-429 and 27 figures, ee ci
Six new species of land and freshwater molluscs [Limnea subperegra, Gr. sp
eee read L. subpereger, pereger, as was pointed out by Mr. Bather being an
ea Sor. of the third declension. } New species :—H. (Fruticicola) adaequata
aus. Vecens, Limn, subperegra, Cyclophorus cicatricosus, Ptychopoma humillimium,
P. juvenile. (See ‘ Fauna,’’) k

Bergh, Rudolf.—‘' Die Opisthobranchien.”’ Bull, M oy Z00
1894, vol. xxv., pp. 125-233, pls. i.-xii. tS: CO ae

CURRENT LITERATURE. 25

This interesting volume forms one of the reports on the dredging opera-
tions carried out by the U.S. Fish Commission Steamer ‘‘ Albatross"’ in
1891. The new species are:—Aolida herculea, Himatella trophina, Tritonia
diomedea, Tritonia exsulans, Geitodoris inmunda, Gargamella immaculata. Thordisa ?
dubia, Chromodoris agassizti, Tridachia diomeda, Doridium purpureum, Doridium
diomedcum, Dovidium ocelligerum, Navarchus enigmaticus.

Bergh, R.—': Die Hedylien, eine Familie der kladohepatischen Nudibran-
chien.”’ Verh. Ges. Wien, xlv. 4-12, pls. i.-ii.

New genus and species Hedyle weberi.

Bradshaw, Mrs. M. F.—‘ Hamina virescens.’’ Naut. viil., pp, 100-Io1.,
pl. ii., fig. 15.

Bradshaw, Mrs. M. F.—‘ Megatebennus bimaculatus.’’ Naut. yiil., pp. 112-
113.

Brazier, J... ‘‘Ona Patella said to have been found on the Kermadec Islands.”’
P. Linn, Soc. N.S. Wales, ix., 183-4.

Denies that P. Kevmadecensis, Pilsbry, comes from this locality and
re-names it P. (Scutellastra) pilsbryt,

Chaster, W.- ‘‘ A new species of Lepton from Guernsey.’’ Ann. Nat. Hist.
(s. 6), xv., 248, L. sykesii; no figure.

Chaper, M.—‘‘Note sur quelques Unionide de Gréce.’’ Mem. Soc. Zool.
France, vii., 372-4, pl. vi.-vil.

The following so-called species are for the first time figured :—d.
quellenne (Dvrouet), A. greca (Dr.), A. lepida (Dr.), U. pamisinus (Dr.),
U. messenicus (Westerl.).

Clapp, G. H.—‘ Mollusks in Alleghany Co. Pens."’ Naut. viii., p. 110.

Several new records.

Clapp, G. H.—‘' Zonites cellavius [Vitrea cellavia| in Western Pensylvania”’ (a
note), Nautilus vill., p. 82 (introduced)

Dall, W. H.-—‘' A new Chiton from California.’’ Naut. viii., p. go.

Dall, W. H.—“‘ Description of a new species of Doridiwn from Paget Sound
(Dovidium adellg).’’ Naut. vili., p, 73.

Dall, W. H.—‘‘ Land shells of the genus Bulimulus in Lower California,
with descriptions of several New species."’ P,U.S. Mus. xvi., 637-47,
pl. Ixxi.-ii.
B, (Scutalus) baileyi, B, (Leptobyrsus) zeledoni, B, (L.) veseyianus.
Dall, W. H.—‘ Notes on the Shells collected from the shores of the Great
Lagoon, Watling Islands, Bahamas.’’ Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Camb.
1894, XXV., pp. 113-24., I pl.
New species are Venus leptalea, Tornatina parviplica and (fossil) Cerion
agassizit,

Dall, W. H.—‘‘ On a new species of Holospiva from Texas,’’ Naut. viii., 1894,
perez.

Dall, W. H.—[Siberian Miocene; see ‘‘ Palzontology.’’|

New sp. :—Sewmele stimpsoni, Siphonaria penjine, Conus okhotensis, Cerithium
cymatophorum, Diloma (Chlorodiloma) ruderata.
Ford, John.
Gill, Thos.—“ Rangia, the proper name of the Mactroid genus Gnathodon.”’
Naut. viii., pp. 102-103.

Haller, B.—‘: Notes on (Poly) placophora.” Abst. in J. R. Mic. Soc.,
1894, pp. 670-671. Morphol. Jahrb., v. 1894, p. 24.

A new variety of Olive’la grantis, Naut. viii., pp. 103-104.

Hedley, C.—‘‘On a Molluscan genus new to and another forgotten from
Australia.”’ Proc. Roy. Soc. Vict., 1894, pp. 197-200, pl. xi.

26 CURRENT LITERATURE.

Mr, Hedley describes the occurrence in Australia of the genus Lucapinella.
A new species, L. pritchardi, is described and figured. Another addition to the
Australian fauna is Scyllea pelagica, L., collected at Port Phillip,

Hedley, C.—[Mol. N. Guinea; see “ Fauna.” |

New species : —Otopoma macgregovie, Sitala anthvopophagorwm, Papuina
secans.

Kobelt, W.—" Zweiter Nachtrag zur Fauna der Nassauischen Mollusken.”
Jahrb. Nassau, ver. xlvii., 83-9, pl. iv.

? New species :—Unio (pictorum var.) battonensis,

Martens, E. von.—' On Dreissensia polymorpha, Pallas.” J. of C., vii., 1894
(Pub. 1895), pp. 415-410.
Points out that its specific name should stand.

Melvill, J. C., and Ponsonby, J. H.—‘' Descriptions of Four New Species of
Terrestrial Mollusca from South Africa.’’ Ann. Nat. Hist. (s. 6), xv.,
163-5, pl. xii.
Zingis delicata, H. (Trachyeystis) alcocki, Achatina churchilliana, Cyclostoma
foveolatum, Natalina chaplini, and Dorcasia inluzana are also figured.

Monterosato, Marquis de.—‘‘ Note sure le genre Hagenmulleria, de Bour-
guinat.”’ J. de Conch. xlii., No. 2, 1894 (pub. 1895), p. 112-116,

Newton, R. Bullen.—[See ‘‘ Paleontology.” Madagascar fossils. |

' The following new species of Mollusca are described and figured :—
Trochacteonina vichavdsoni, Perna latoconvexa, Gervillia ivaonensis, Lima traonensis,
Mytilus madagascariensis, Modiola angustissima, Corbula grandidiert, Pseudotrapezium
ventricosum, P. depressum, P. elongatum.

Pelseneer, P.—‘‘ Branchiate Pulmonates.’’ Abst. in Jour, R. Mic. Soc.,
1894, p. 670. Compt, Rend., Ac. Sci., Paris. v, 1894, pp. 357-358.

Pilsbry, H. A.—-'‘ New Forms of American Shells.’’ Naut. vili., p. 109.
Gastrodonta and Somatogyris.

Pilsbry, H. A.—-‘‘New Forms of Western Helices.” Naut. viii., p. 81.
(One new species.)

Pilsbry, H. A.—‘‘ New American Fresh-water Molluscs.’ Naut. viii.
pp. 114-116.

Sargent, H. E.—‘‘ Ferussacia subcylindrica [Cochlicopa lubrica, Risso], and two
new species in Jackson County, Alabama.’’ Naut. vili., pp. 104-105.

Scharff, R. F.—‘‘A supposed new Species of Limay from Ireland.” Irish
Nat., 1894, p. 261. :

Simroth, H.—‘ Ueber einige von Herrn Dr. Sturany auf der Bulkanhalbinsel
erbeutete Nacktschnecken.” Ann, K. kK. Natur. Hist. Hofmuseums,.
1894, Bd. ix., pp. 391-4, figs. 1-11 T xix,

Three new species of Agviolimax are described and figures given of parts
of their anatomy. The differences are so minute, and confined to one organ
almost, that we doubt whether they can be regarded as good species. The
three forms are named Agr. turcicus, Agr. sturanyi, and Agr, murinus,

W.E.C:

Smith, E. A.—** Descriptions of new Species cf Land Shells from New
Guinea,” Ann. Nat. Hist. (s. 6), xv., 230-3, no fig,

Nanina amblytropis, N. lissorhapha, Rhysota avmiti, H. (Hadra) stirophora
H, (Dorcasia) subplicifera, H, (Chloritis) ephamilla, Chl. perambigua, H. (Cristi-
gibba) musgravei,

CURRENT LITERATURE. 27

Stearns, R. E. C.—[See “‘ Fauna,’’ Galapagos Is. Mol.]

The so-called new species have already been preliminarily described, but
are now figured for the first time. They are ;-—Onchidium lesliet (St.), Nitidella
incerta (St.), Littorvina (Tectaria) galapagiensis (St.).

Stearns, R. E. C.—‘‘ On rare or little known Mollusks from the West Coast
of North and South America, with descriptions of new Species,’
P.U.S, Mus., xvi., 341-52, pl. 1.

Chicoreus palma-rose mexicana is described. By the bye, is its name strictly
“binomial”? ? Tectarius atyphus (St.) and Uvanilla regina (St.) are figured for
the first time.

Sterki, von.—" Vertigo morsei, n.sp.”" Naut. vili., 89-90, From Kent County,
Michigan.

Sterki, von.—‘‘Two new Pisidia.’’ Naut. viii, No. 9, pp. 97-100, pl. ii,
figs. I-13.

Sturany, R.—[See ‘“‘ Fauna.’’]

The following new species are described and figured : —Clausilia (Alinda)
distincta, Cl. (Papillifera) lophauchena, Planorbis (Gyrorbis) macedontcus, P. presbensis,
P. pavadoxus, Valvata rhabdota, Emmericia munda,

Taylor, G. W.—“' The present condition of Canadian Conchology.’’ Ottawa
Nat., vill, (1895), pp. 143-159.

Warren, Miss Amy.—‘ Donax vittatus, var. tyvuncatus, Marshall, M.S.” Irish
Nat., vol. iv., Jan., 1895, p. 18.

Whiteaves, J. F.—-‘‘ Notes on some Marine Invertebrates from the Coast of
British Columbia.’’ Quoted in Naut. vili., p. 84. A new Pecten.

PALZ ONTOLOGY.
Bather, F. A.—‘‘Cephalopod Beginnings,”’ Nat. Sci, V., 1894, pp. 423-436.
A criticism on the observations of J. M. Clarke.
Clarke, J. M.—‘‘ Cephalopod Beginnings.’’ Amer. Geol. xv., 125-8.
Crick, G. C.--“' Jurassic Cephalopoda from Western Australia.’’ Geol.
Mag., 1894, Pp. 433-441.
Dall, W. H.—‘‘A subtropical Miocene fauna in Arctic Siberia.’’ P.U.S.
Mus. xvi., 471-8, pl. lvi. [See ‘‘ Systematic Work.’’]
Dall, W. H.—‘‘Notes on Miocene and Pliocene of Gay Head, Martha’s
Vineyard, Mass.’ Amer. Journ. Sci., Oct., 1894, p. I.
Frauscher, K.—‘ Nautilusse von Guttaring.’’ Jahrb. des Naturhist. Landes-
Mus. Karnten, Ixi. and Ixii. (1895), pp, 185-207. 2 pls., 6 figs.
New species :—WN, tumescens and Aturia brunlechnert.
Gregory, J. W.—‘“‘ Ona Collection of Fossils from the Lower Greensand of
Great Chart, in Kent.” Geol. Mag. (s. 4), II., 97-103.
No new species.

Hyatt, Alpheus.—‘' Phylogeny of an acquired characteristic.’ Proc.
Amer. Phil. Soc. xxxii.,, pp. 349-647, 14 pls.

‘Based upon fossil cephalopods.
Kittl, Ernst.—‘‘ Die Gastropoden der Schichten von St. Cassian der Stidalpinen

Trias,’ III. Theil Schluss. Ann. des. K.K., Natur. hist. Hofmuseums
Wien. ix., part 2, 1894, pp. 143-277, 9 plates.

28 CURRENT LITERATURE.

Mayer-Eymar, C.—‘‘Coquilles fossiles des terrains tertiares superieurs.”’
J. de Conch, xlii., No. 2, 1894 (pub. 1895). pp. 117-128, 2 plates to this
and next paper.

Eleven new species of bivalves.

Mayer-Eymar, C.—‘ Coquilles fossiles des terrains tertiares inferieurs.”’
Loe. cit., pp. 129-130.

One new species of Natica and one of Cyprea.

Newton, R. Bullen.-—‘‘ Note on some Molluscan Remains lately discovered
in the English Keuper”’ (continued from p, 412), J. of C., vii., 1894
(pub. 1895), p. 413, 2 figs. :

Newton, R. Bullen.—‘‘On a Collection of Fossils from Madagascar
obtained by the Rev. R. Baron.” Quart. J. Geol. Soc., ii., 72- ,
pl. ii.-iii.

A good account of previous discoveries and description of new species.
(See ‘‘ Systematic Work.’’)
*Schluter, Chen.—' Zur Kenntnis der Planer-Belemniten.'’’ Verhandl. Nat.
Ver Preuss Rheinl., li.
*Schmeltz, J. D. E.—Schnecken und Muscheln in Leben der Volker
Indonesiens and Oceaniens, Ein Beitrag zur Ethnoconchologie.
Read at Anthropol. Sect. Brit. Ass., Oxford, 1894. Leiden, 1894, 8°., 43 p.
Simpson, C. T.—[Drift fossils from Toronto. See ‘‘ Fauna.’’]
Tate, R.—'‘ Note on the Tertiary Fossils from Hall Sound, New Guinea.”’
P. Linn, Soc., N.S. Wales, ix., 213-4.
No new species,
*Ulrich, E. O.—-‘'The Lower Silurian Lamellibranchiata of Minnesota in
Final Rep, Geol. and Nat. Hist. Survey, Minnesota.’’ Vol. vii,, chap.
vi., Pp. 475-628, 8 pls.
Webb, Wilfred Mark.—‘‘ Pleistocene Non-Marine Mollusca from Walton-on-
the-Naze.'’ Essex Naturalist, vol. viii. (1894), pp. 160-162.
A list of 19 species collected by the late John Brown, F.G.S., of Stanway.
It forms No, 1 of Museum Notes.

Zickendraht, Ernst.- ‘ Notiz uber einige Conchilien aus dem Tuffsande bei

den Sperlingsbergen nachts Moscau.’’ Bull. Soc. Imp. Moscow,

1894, No. 2, pp. 275-276.

COLLECTING AND CULTURE.

Calderwood, W. L.—‘ Mussel Culture and Bait Supply, with reference
more especially to Scotland.’’ Macmillan and Co., 1895.

This is an interesting little work of 121 pages, calling’ attention to the
gradually decreasing supply of mussels as bait, and to the best methods to be
adopted to prevent the threatened decline of the line fishing industry of the
North Sea, The first two chapters deal with the supply and demand of
mussel bait, and with the geographical distribution and general character of
the principal mussel beds of Scotland. The third chapter gives an account of
the Natural History of the Mussel as a preliminary to technical details as to
mussel culture and general treatment of ‘scalp. This is followed by an

NOTES. 29

important chapter on the ‘“‘ Bouchot " system of culture as practised in
' France and on the east coast of Scotland. The results, however, obtained at
the home stations do not appear to have been altogether satisfactory.
Hedley, C.—‘‘A Shell Hunt Forty Feet under the Sea,”’ Naut. viii, p.
85-88.
An interesting account of collecting in diver’s dress at Port Jackson.
Sterki, Von.— ‘‘ On collecting Pisidia.’’ Naut. viii., p. 113-114.

BIOGRAPHY.

Schuberg, August.—‘‘ Carl Semper,’ Arb. Zool, Inst. Wurzb. Vol. x
1895, pp. i.-xxii. Portrait and Bibliography.

NOTES.

Note on the Synonymy of Plutonia, Stabile.—In the notes to his
Check-list of Slugs (Conchologist 11., p. 204) Professor T. D. A. Cockerell
calls attention to the fact that the name Plutonia has also been used for a
genus of Trilobites. Ina foot note thereto, Mr. Collinge, assuming that the
Trilobites had priority, proposes to substitute Vitriflutonia for the genus, and
Vitriplutoning for the sub-family. At Professor Cockerell’s request I have
looked up the references, and find that Plutonia stands for Mollusca, the
synonymy being as follows :—

Plutonia Stabile: Atti Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. vii. (1864) p. 121, non. Hicks

1868 (nom. nud.) Trilobita.

Viquesnelia Morelet : Notice Hist. Nat. Azores (1860) non Deshayes (1857)
nec Fischer (1857)=Plutonia Morelet in litt. Type V. atlantica,
Morelet, loc. cit., p. 139, pl. 1, fig. 1.

Vitriplutonia, Collinge, Conchologist ti. (1893) p. 204, note.
[The Trilobite is to be re-christened Plutonides.—Ep, ]
(BV) *

Sinistral Shells and Superstition.—The following remarks on left-
handed shells. as luck-bringers are extracted from a letter:—As to the
‘““ superstition,’’ I heard it from one of the apothecaries at Port Blair, who told
me that some natives of India in Rangoon, on hearing that he was ordered to
Port Blair, begged him to send them a left-handed shell, if he could find any,
as they believed that these secured great wealth, immunity from drowning
and general good fortune (or long life) to their possessor.—A. H. FInn,
Bridport, Pagoda Avenue, Richmond.

New Pleistocene Mollusca from Crayford.—Last year, while working
at the Pleistocene deposits at Crayford, I had the good fortune to discover
two species of mollusca not before recorded from that locality, viz. :—Limax
agrestis and Littorvina rudis. Both species were represented by a single
example, now in the British Museum. Limay agrestis has already been re-
corded from the Pleistocene at Grays; while the example of Littorina rudis
belongs to the brackish-water form still to be found in the Thames estuary.—
A. S. KEnNNaArRD, Beckenham.

30 NOTES.

A Pleistocene Deposit containing Shells at Chelmsford.—At a
meetiug of the Essex Field Club on March oth, papers were read (1) on the
geology of a Brick pit at Chelmsford, by T. V. Holmes, F.G.S. ; (2) on the
bones of Elephas and other animals found in the pit, by E. T. Newton, F.R.S.;
and (3) on the molluscan remains from the brick-earth, by Wilfred Mark
Webb, F.L.S.—A preliminary list of eight species of land and fresh-water
molluscs was given in the last paper.

Succinea elegans from the Ilford Brick-earth.—Among some speci.
mens from Ilford lately put into my hands by Mr. Williment, of Brentwood,
there is an example, Succinea elegans, Risso, a species not recorded from that
locality in Woodward's ‘‘ Pleistocene Mollusca of the London District.’’—
WILFRED Mark WEBB, Brentwood.

A Train Stopped by Snails.—The following is quoted from The
Nautilus, and came originally from the Dépéche Tunisienne, to which it was
contributed by an engineer of the Tunis Railway :—‘‘ The train coming east
from Suk-el-Arba last Thursday was two hours late, for a very singular reason.
The road was literally covered with snails. the wheels of the locomotive
crushing these molluscs into a pulp, which destroyed all adherence, and
caused the locomotive wheels to skate, so to speak, in their places.”

Inter-breeding of Type and Variety of Helix aspersa.—A pale
yellow variety of Helix aspersa is not uncommon at Blaxhall, Suffolk, being
most frequently met with in an old walled-in kitchen garden. In August,
1883, being desirous of obtaining a supply of this variety, I placed three or
four adults in a large glass-fronted box in a greenhouse, hoping thus to secure
and rear some of their progeny. To enable them to deposit their eggs in the
usual way, the bottom of the box was covered with soil some two or three
inches deep. On August 13th one of these snails paired with a specimen of
the normal colour, which unfortunately had managed to get into the box, and
on the 16th it laid a batch of eggs. These were hatched in due course,
though, in this case, I omitted to note the interval which elapsed between
laying and hatehing. Though many died in various stages of growth, I
managed to keep some of the young ones till late in the autumn of 1884, when
the last died, being then hardly a third of the size of an adult of average
dimensions. After the age of three months, their growth was extremely slow ;
in fact, from that period till they were 15 months old, there was scarcely any
increase in size, and the shells had a stunted, unhealthy look. Perhaps under
more favourable circumstances they would have thriven better; but being
away from home a good deal at the time, I had to keep them in a tin box, so
as to be able to take them about with me. They were fed on cabbage leaves —
possibly an unsuitable diet. Contrary to what might be supposed, almost
every one of these young snails was of the colour of the yellow parent.—
G. T. Rope, Blaxhall, Wickham Market.

The Mollusca of Essex.—I should be very glad to receive any records
of Land and Freshwater Shells, and more particularly of Slugs (with the
localities) taken in Essex, for my forthcoming list of the Non-Marine Molluscs
of Essex in the ‘‘ Essex Naturalist." Any information with regard to the
occurrence in the County, of Vitrea dvaparnaldi, Vitrea excavata, Helix fusca,
Clausilia volphii, or Limnea glutinosa would be specially welcome.—WILFRED
Mark WEssB, “ Holmesdale,’’ Brentwood. :

PROCEEDINGS OF SOCIETIES.

The Malacological Society of London.

JANuary 11th, 1895.—Ordinary Meeting.—Dr. H, Woodward, President, in
the chair.

C. S. B. Cox and Mons. Pasquali were elected members of the Society.

The following communications were read :—(1) ‘On a collection of
land shells made by Mr. I. Kubary in German New Guinea,’ by
Dr. O. F. von Moellendorff; (2) ‘Descriptions of three new species
of Engina and a new species of Defrancia’ by J. C. Melvill; (3) ‘ Notes
on the anatomy of Natalina trimeni, Melv. and Pons.’ by S. Pace.

FEBRUARY 8th, 1895.—Annual Meeting.—Dr. H. Woodward, President, in
the chair.

The Report and Statement of Income and Expenditure were adopted ;
and the following were elected as the Officers of the Council for the
year 1895 :—President, Prof. G. B. Howes, F.L.S., F.Z.S.; Vice-
Presidents, W.H.HupLeston,F.R.S., Rev. R.BooG Watson,F.R.S.E..,
E. A. SmitH, F.Z.S., Dr. H. Woopwarpb, F.R.S.; Treasurer, G. F.
HARRIS ih Gros SeGketahy saa ke OMKES) EZ.S.-) Editor BB) iB:
WoopwakbD, F.G.S.

Six other Members of Council:—G. C. Cricx, F.G.S., S. le
Da Costa, Lt.-Col. H. H. Gopwin-Austen, F.R.S., R. BuLLen
NEWTON, B:G.S., j. ©: Mervitr, PLS, G. B. Sowersy, F.L.S.

After the Annual Meeting an ordinary Meeting was held, at which
Charles Cooper and Peter Lawson were elected Members of the
Society.

The following communications were read :—(r) ‘On the genus Clea, by
&. A. Smith; (2) ‘The sinistral character of the shell of Planorbis,’
by J. A. Vanstone.

(Vol. I., No. 5. of the Proceedings has just been published.—Ep.)

EDITORS’ NOTES.

“The Zoological Record.’’—Zoologists have long deplored the fact
that the parts of ‘‘ The Zoological Record’ are not sold separately. It may,
therefore, interest some of our readers to know that Mr. S. Pace (Royal College
of Science, London, S.W.) is dividing up the already bound (current and past)
volumes, and issuing the separated parts to subscribers. Although it is, of
course, not intended to make a profit out of the scheme, it will be necessary
to charge slightly more for each part than its exact proportionate value, as
some parts will, no doubt, remain unsold.

From the preface to Vol. VII. of ‘‘ The Journal of Conchology.”’ we learn
that for the future it will cease to exist as an independent publication and
that it will be continued as the organ of the Conchological Society of Great
Britain and Ireland, under the editorship of Mr. W. E. Hoyle, M.A., of
Manchester.

It is proposed to issue the title-page and index to Volume III. shortly.

Volume I. of ‘‘The Cambridge Natural History, Molluscs and
Brachiopods "’ by Cooke, Shipley & Reed (Macmillan & Co.) has been received,
but too late for review,

- DESCRIPTION OF PLATE I. ,
* M4
:° Ficure 1. An embryo of Ostvea edulis, L., seen from the
he left side in optical section. a. add. anterior adductor muscle ;

an. anus; J.J. left lobe of liver; m. mouth; /. add. posterior
ee

adductor muscle ; s. stomach ; v. velum. . .
a

Figure 2. The same, surface view from the ventral side.

aS Lettering as in Figure 1.

THH FOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY, Volt iV. Plate I

a.add

st

Empryo oF Ostrea edulis, L.

EE

PouURNAL OF MALACOLOGY.

No. 2. JUNE a2gth, 1895. Vol. IV.

tHe HABITS OF THE -YOUNG SEPIA.

By BRANGIS A. BATHER, M.A., F.G-S:

British Museum (Natural History), London.

I send you a page and some sketches from my notebook at
Roscoff last autumn. The notes may be of very small value,
but I have seen no similar observations published.

For a day or two after its escape from the egg-capsule,
the young Sepia officinalis attaches itself to the floor of the
glass vivarium, or to other flat substances. The adhesion is
effected by a definite area on the ventral surface of the body
and of the postero-ventral arms, which area acts like a sucker,
or in some ways like the foot of a gastropod. (Fig.1.) The
area has a distinct border not identical with the fins, but about
one-third or half way between them and the median ventral
line. The area is flat and colourless, except for a few pale yellow
chromatophores such as are also found on the funnel and just
within the pallial cavity. It is bordered by the ordinary
chromatophores. The under surface of the fins is quite plain,
but’chromatophores extend for a little distance over their dorsal
surface. This development of a ventral sucker is no doubt with
the object of preventing the young cuttle-fish from being swept
far away by currents, and is paralieled by the suckers in the
young of many other animals, e.g., in tadpoles. The terminal
disc in Spirula, if, as some have supposed, it is really a disc of
attachment, may possibly have been derived from some such
juvenile sucking habit. Pelseneer, however, denies this function
to the terminal disc.

34 BATHER: THE HABITS OF THE YOUNG SEPIA.

The young Sepia swims equally well in either direction by
the thin transparent border of the mantle, which moves in
sinuous waves with great rapidity. Only when considerably
irritated does it shoot back by the expulsion of water from its
funnel. One baby, when thus irritated, ejected ink twice
within one minute of being taken from the egg-capsule. The
ink, however, was not in the least enough to obscure its
movements.

Fic. 1. Young Sepia officinalis. From below, attached
to a glass plate, and drawn with the help of a mirror. The
ink-sac is seen through the thin integument.

Fic. 2. From above while in the same position; the
arms are retracted. The line between these two figures
represents the actual length of the animal.

Fic. 3. One of the long arms, which are not seen in
Big, 2.

In eaxy youth the chromatophores are not much used,
or rather, one should say, the cells are usually kept contracted,
so that the animal appears quite pale. Now and again a blush
spreads over the back of the head between the eyes, and at the
same time the antero-dorsal arms are stretched out. ‘The effect
is peculiar ; one seems to sce the animal thinking.

The two postero-ventral arms are very much larger than the
others, perhaps three timesas large. Next to them come the long
arms, which partly lie in a small fold of the interbrachial
membrane; they are the smallest pair. (Fig. 3). From them
the arms increase in size, up to the antero-dorsal pair.

There are numerous tubercles on the body: six in a row
down either side of the back, one under each eye, and a well-
marked row on the ridge between the eyes. (Fig. 2.)

NEW BRITISH MARINE SHELLS.
By J. T. MARSHALL.

Scintilla eddystonia, n. sp.

Shell triangularly oval, a little broader than long, with an
oblique outline, compressed, moderately solid for its size, semi-
transparent, and glossy; sculpture, numerous but irregular con-
centric lines of growth; periostracum, none ; colour, clear white
except for irregular frosted patches, which are opaque; margins
regularly rounded in front and at the sides, but with a more
extended slope from the beak on the anterior side ; beaks small
but prominent, somewhat incurved, and nearer the posterior
side; teeth, in the right valve, two strong and prominent
cardinals, the posterior one being the larger, and a small
lateral, on the posterior side; in the left valve, the same
number and kind of cardinals, but not quite so large, with the
position reversed, and the same lateral ; inside highly polished ;
margins plain; muscular scars large and distinct. Length,
0°85; breadth, ot. Localities : Eddystone, Land’s End, and
Guernsey.

Figure 1. Scintilla eddystonia, n. sp. (enlarged). Eddystone.

I have been greatly puzzled where to place this species. I
submitted it to Dr. Boog Watson and Mr. Edgar Smith without
receiving any enlightenment. The Marquis de Monterosato,
however, who has made the subject of Mediterranean mollusca .
his own, writes that it is “a species of a genus allied to Scacchia,
near to S. inversa, Hil., and S. pusilla, Brugn., but different and
smaller.” The two last-mentioned species are Monte Pellegrino
fossils,

36 MARSHALL ! NEW BRITISH MARINE SHELLS.

The frosted patches are, I believe, a characteristic of this
peculiar genus, and cover about half the surface of the shell.

It is not the young of any British species, and its nearest
representative among British shells is Lefton clarkiae; but this
species is thinner, more oval and depressed, the beaks are less
prominent and not so central, and the dentition is altogether
different. Than the young of Diflodonta trigonula, which is also
oblique and has somewhat similar teeth, the present species is
thinner and more oblique, being broader than long. And in
comparison with Awinus cycladius, this is more compressed, has
strong and well-defined teeth, and is much less fragile.

I have named the species after the Eddystone Lighthouse,
near which my specimens (five valves) were found about ten
years ago. I have since then obtained another valve from the
Land’s End and one from Guernsey (20 fathoms), and I also
have a pair of valves dredged by the Porcupine Expedition off
Vigo Bay, in 20 fathoms, not noticed by Jeffreys in his report of
that expedition.

It must be living in the vicinity of the Eddystone, as all
the valves are quite fresh. They were procured in trawl refuse
on ground composed mainly of the remains of polyzoa, known to
the trawlers as ‘‘ moss,” and were associated with Argiope
cistellula, Cerithiopsis metaxae, Philine angulata, and other rare
species all new to this region, and I was doubtful at first
whether the trawlers had not gone out considerably to sea, but
am satisfied that the material came from the Eddystone grounds,
the ‘“‘moss”’ bottom being well known to trawlers.

The shells may possibly have previously been passed over
for water-worn valves of Astarte triangularis, which swarms on
the Eddystone grounds, and is not very unlike them outwardly,
but is thicker, more simply triangular, and has a crenulated
margin.

Lepton sykesii, Chaster.*

This species occurred to me in the summer of 1893, from
dredgings obtained off the east coast of Guernsey, between the
trawling grounds and St. Martin’s Point, in 18 fathoms, with
Argiope decollata. I had provisionally given it the MS. name of
Lepton pusillum, and although my diagnosis does not quite agree
with Mr. Chaster’s, I have no doubt that my specimens belong
to the same species.

* Annals and Mag, Nat, Hist., March, 1895, page 248.

MARSHALL : NEW BRITISH MARINE SHELLS. ay/

It is like a minute Pisidium, and bears no resemblance to
any British species except L. sulcatulum—in fact, Dr. Norman,
who has seea the shells, pronounced them such. Like that
species, it is circular in shape when viewed outwardly, but
inwardly a slight though distinct angularity is observed at each
corner, imparting a slightly squarish outline; it is glossy and
semi-transparent, of a pale yellowish white, the concentric striae
are finer and more close set, with stronger marks of growth, and
these striae are visible inside the valves; the margins are equally
rounded on all sides; the beaks are obtuse, they do not project
beyond the outline of the shell, nor incline to either side; there
is a comparatively conspicuous lateral tooth on each side of the
beak in each valve; these are of the same size, and run parallel
with the hinge-line, which is gently curved (I could not detect
the ‘extremely minute cardinal” mentioned by Mr.-Chaster) ;
inside iridescent ; margins plain; scars obscure. Length, 0°03 ;
breadth, 0°03.

FicurE 2. Lefton sykesii, Chaster (enlarged). Guernsey.

Than Lasaea pumila, S. Wood, this species is more convex,
the striae are irregular lines of growth, the outline is somewhat
oblique, and the dentition is different.

It is not, of course, the re-discovery of Limopsis pellucidus,
Jeff., dredged by the author off Guernsey in 1858. That is a
Crenella, of the size and shape of Argiope capsula, and has not
since been met with in British waters. It is figured in Sowerby’s
Index.

L. sykesit comes under the genus Neolepton of Monterosato,
but what other writers prefer to consider a sub-generic section of
Lefton.

Although I have had many dredgings off the coasts of
Guernsey, I have only met with this species once, and I had
passed about a dozen valves in the examination of the material
before my attention was attracted to it as differing from L. sui-
catulum. But I secured a live specimen and half-a-dozen valves,

38 MARSHALL !: NEW BRITISH MARINE SHELLS.

and as I have indicated the precise locality for it, no doubt more
will be found hereafter.

Odostomia oblongula, n. sp.

Shell forming a long oval, with an obtuse apex and produced
base, thin, semi-transparent, glossy; sculpture, microscopic only,
and consisting of longitudinal flexuous lines of growth; colour,
clear white, opaque in dead specimens; spire very short; apex
apparently truncated, the nucleus being obliquely depressed and
intorted : whorls three only besides the nuclear ones, compressed
but not flattened, the last occupying two-thirds of the shell
viewed with the mouth downwards; the upper part of each
whorl shows the usual thickened rim of the genus; suture
shallow but clearly defined, and nearly straight ; mouth pear-
shaped, narrow and acute-angled above, slightly expanded below,
its length being not quite half that of the shell; outer lip thin,
not projecting beyond the periphery ; inner lip not uniting with
the outer, slightly reflected below and on the pillar, which is
nearly straight ; umbilicus none, but a slight groove runs behind
the pillar; tooth very minute and retired. Length, o1;
breadth, 0-04. Six specimens.

FIGURE 3. Odostont‘a cblongula, n. sp. (enlarged). The Minch.

Var. ovata, n. var.—-Considerably expanded, egg-shaped,
and umbilicate. Two specimens.
Habitat—The Minch, 72 fathoms, with Eulima ephamilla,

MARSHALL : NEW BRITISH MARINE SHELLS. 39

This species is characterised by a very short spire and long
body-whorl. Its nearest British ally is O. imsculpta var.
laevissima, but in that shell the spire is longer and turreted, with
a channelled suture, the aperture is oblong instead of pear-
shaped, and there is a sinus at the upper corner of the outer lip.
Its proper place is between O. isculpta and O. diaphana.

In comparison with O. diaphana, this is a stouter shell, with
a distinct though slight tooth instead of an obscure fold, and the
spire is not attenuated and spindle-like as in that species.
From OQ. obliqua this species differs in being smaller, the
suture is not so oblique, and the sculpture is absent. It is
distinct from O. tenuis, Jeff., in being thinner, the spire
shorter, the edge of the aperture does not describe a peristome,
and the inside of the aperture is not grooved. From .O. nitens,
Jeff., it is marked off by being more oval, it has two whorls less,
the apex is intorted, and it has a small tooth instead of an
almost invisible fold ; and finally, O. oblongula is thicker, broader,
and is not so glossy as O. crystallina, Monts. MS.

I had at first taken these shells for two species, and the
Marquis de Monterosato did the same; in fact, he allocated the
first to the Lzostomia group, represented by O. clavula, and the
variety to the Aurviculina group, represented by Q. obliqua. But
on full consideration I prefer to unite them, as intermediate
specimens may yet be found to connect the two. At first sight
they are very unlike, but I can detect no specific difference
between them, except in the shape and in the presence of an
umbilicus in the variety.

Macgillivray described an O. oblonga, * but that is our well-
known O. interstincta, a very different shell.

Sevenoaks, Torquay,
May, 1895.

* as did A. Adams from the Japan Seas, Eb

CURRENT LITERATURE.

It is hoped that all Malacologists will aid in making this Biblio-
graphy as complete and useful as possible. Writers, both at home and
abroad, are especially asked to send in copies of their respective papers
for review to Wilfred Mark Webb, Holmesdale, Brentwocd, to whom
all communications should be addressed.

MALACOLOGY IN GENERAL.

Couke, The Rev. A. H.—Molluscs. Shipley, A. E.—Brachiopods (Recent)
Reed, F. R. C.—Brachiopods (Fossil). The Cambridge Natural
History, vol. iii. (April, 1895) London, Macmillan & Co., 8 vo., 535 pp.
(Price 17s. nett.) Mollusca pp. 1-459, 311 figures and 4 maps.

The writing of a book on a zodlogical subject, which shall be useful to
-‘those who have not had a scientific training’ +t and at the same time to
‘‘serious students’’ + strikes one at the first as a task almost beyond the
realms of realization, if not even, of expectation: for such an interest must be
created, as to carry the novice merrily through those details that must
otherwise seem dry to him, but in which, nevertheless, the old-hand
intellectually revels. In order to bring about this state of affairs, the specialist
must do what so many find to be an impossibility, and that is, to throw off
that blind, unreasoning, not to say lamentable narrow-mindedness which
; is one outcome of specializing; he must
feel, in spite of the opinions of his kind,
that, after all, ke is doing more real good
to the cause which he has at heart, by
gaining new adherents from a careless
public and by taking his light from under
the bushel of specialization, than by
sitting still until some opportunity for
feeding the flame of original recearch may
come to him.

In volume iii. of the Cambridge Natural
History, which deals with the Mollusca,
and, to the credit of Malacology, isthe first
of the series toappear, the Reverend A. H.
Cooke has come very near to attaining
the ideal which he had before him, and,
FIGURE 28. A. Sticmbus mauritianus, Lam., has succeeded ee producing a book which

B. Conus janus, Hwass. cannot fail to bring new workers into the

field, if only by the prcminerce given to

those features of the Mollusca which have always rendered the deeper study

of this well-defined group so especially fascinating; while the experienced

Malacologist can find here much that was hitherto scattered now brought

together tor the first time in a way that he will appreciate, and even the

general biologist may gain from this work fresh illustrations of those general
laws of existence to which his life is devoted.

Mr. Cooke in his opening
chapters dilates upon the
origin of land and fresh-
water molluscs, together
with the habits of these
forms, and then, becoming
more general he takes cog-
nizance of the enemies of
the group and the means of
defence against them, in-
FIGURE 126. Four'rows of teeth of Vermetus grandis, cluding mimicry and pro-

Gray, X 40. tective colouration. Obser-
vations on this branch of

t+ See the prospectus of the Cambridge Natural History.

CURRENT LITERATURE. 41

biology, with respect to the mollusca, are very sparse in the few books which
deal with the subject, but many cases of protective colouring have been
recorded, and although, in the work under consideration, space has been found
for a number of these, one cannot help wishing for more. Figure 28, shewing
a supposed case of true mimicry of a Conus by a Stvombus, is reproduced. Para-
sitic molluscs, commensalism and variation have their fair share of attention
and the facts presented under the last heading should act beneficially on the
minds of those who still describe species from trivial shell-characters.

Passing on through the com-
mercial aspects of the subject
and the uses to which shells
are put by civilized and un-
civilized man, the mollusca are
considered structurally and
physiologically in an exceed-
ingly thorough manner. Per-
haps the chapter on digestive
organs might be singled out
for greater praise, seeing that
it contains an _ exhaustive
account of the radula; while

N on the other hand, in the

FIGURE 172. Three stages in the growth of chapter on the shell, although

Cypraea exanthema, L. the adult form and the stages

of its growth (see Figure 172)

are dealt with in great detail, comparatively little light is thrown upon its
minute structure.

Geographical distribution is discussed in the three chapters which follow,
and illustrations are given of characteristic mollusca from the various regions
and their divisions (see Figure 210). Finally, the several molluscan classes are
systematically considered as fully as is possible in
the space which remains; the classification as
stated in the preface being in accordance with the
views of ‘‘ leading recognized specialists."’

It is true that Pelseneer has been followed in so
far as he puts the old class Pteropoda under the
gasteropod order of Opisthobranchiata, but no further,
the forms still being kept together as a sub-order.
The Amphineura are included also under Gasteropoda,
and are not considered to be worthy of the class-
distinction accorded to them by Pelseneer.

In other instances un-notified, ‘‘ discrepancies "’
will be found in which the specialists have been
followed incompletely, or not at all.

It is, of course, easy for one who has taken an
interest in some small points in Malacology to
disagree with Mr. Cooke's treatment of those points,
but the fact remains that the book, as a whole,
deserves all praise, if only for two things—in the

Figure 210. Cochlostyla first place, it is not a monument to the weakness and
(Chrysalis) mindoroensis, laziness of authors, the short-sightedness and stingi-
Brod. Mindoro Phillipines. ness of publishers, or even to the extinction of

draughtsmen and engravers, for the bulk of the
illustrations are original; and in the second case the patriotic way in which,
although the labours of workers outside the country are fully recognized,

42 CURRENT LITERATURE.

those of Englishmen are systematically brought forward by the author of
“Molluscs,” Figure 20 is an instance of a copied drawing which does not
represent what it is intended to show—to wit, the normally-extruded radula
of a Testacella when feeding (see below p. 50).

FIGURE 20, Zestacella haliotidea, Drap protruding (°) its pharynx (p>4.) and radula (r); oe.,
oesophagus ; p.o., pulmonary orifice ; sh., shell; t., tentacles (after Lacaze-Duthiers).

In conclusion, although all of us cannot consider, with Mr. Brooke in
George Eliot’s ‘‘ Middlemarch,’ whose words are quoted on the back of
Mr. Cooke’s title-page, that ‘‘ conchology is a light study’’ now that empty
shells are not its sum total, yet one must .allow that many readers will not
find this out until they have left far behind, not only the title-page, but very
many chapters of this delightful book, the success of which it is a pleasure
to contemplate.

W. M. W.
Kobelt, W. and H. Rolle.—‘‘ Iconographie der land und siiss wasser
mollusken.”’ Neue folge, Supplemental vol. 1, pl. 32. Wiesbaden,
1895.
Martini and Chemnitz.—‘ Systematisches Conchylien Cabinet.’ Fortges.

Von W. Kobelt, Lief., 412. Achatinidae, pp. 108-132, pls. 30-35.

Tryon, G. W., continued by Pilsbry, H. A.—‘‘ The Manual of Con-
chology,’ series I, part 60 (contains vol. xv., pp. 181-436, pls. 43-50,
59-61) ; series 2, parts 33a and 36 (contain Vol. ix., pp. i-xlviii. and
161-366, frontis. and pls. 41-71). Published by the Acad. Nat. Sci.,
Philad. Feb., 1895.

The enormous undertaking in which Mr. Pilsbry is engaged, and for
which the support of all naturalists is deservedly sought, may be gleaned
from the fact that this quarterly issue contains over 500 pages and 4o plates.
In the marine series, part 60 completes the study of the Tectibranchiata, and
no student of these forms can complain that they have been neglected of late,
when they have been surveyed by Mr. Pilsbry in the present work with
especial reference to recent species, while Mons. Cossman has elsewhere
reviewed them from a palaeontological standpoint, and Dr. Pelseneer has
incidentally reviewed their anatomy. The usual number of generic names is
changed as each new monographer appears to bring to light old uses of these
terms which have escaped his predecessors. While we doubt if it were worth
while to revive the old genus Retusa, Brown, for the species usually known as
Utriculus truncatulus, we equally doubt if it be allowable to use Volvula, Adams,
there being already, as Mr. Pilsbry admits, two prior genera named Volvulus,
and a suitable name having been proposed by Mr. Newton. A similar remark
may be made with reference to Cylichna, there being a prior Cylichnus. A new
family Akeridae is created to contain Akera, Haminea, etc. .

With the present parts of the terrestrial series, Mr. Pilsbry completes his
great monograph on the Helicidae and Endodontidae. This, the most
thorough study the group has ever had, has been worked out not in the shell
alone nor in a single anatomical characteristic, but on the only basis which
can ever be permanent, the general combination of anatomical and concho-
logical characters. The Endodontidae stand as a family by themselves, while
the Helicidae are divided into five great groups, characterised by variations

“CURRENT LITERATURE. 43

in the genital organs, jaw, radula and shell. The oldest known species is
from the Carboniferous of Nova Scotia, and is probably a member of the
genus Pyrantidula : and Mr. Pilsbry points out in confirmation of the age of
the Endodontidae that they have a wider geographic range than either the
Helicidae or Zonitidae. The origin of, and reasons for the present generic
distribution are carefully discussed, and Mr. Pilsbry concludes *‘ that the
western portion of Asia, together with Europe and North America, is peopled
by a peculiar, highly-organised type of Helices practically confined to these
regions, but-evidently derived from extreme south-east Asia or the East Indies
by a cretaceous (?) immigration.”’

The systematic portion of the work is done with great care, though we
cannot help thinking that too many sections have been created in, or admitted
into, such groups as, for example, Ewlota. The disappearance of old and
familiar names, too, is a source of regret, though doubtless strictly warranted
and rendered necessary by the law of priority. Mr. Pilsbry admits five

epochs in the study of the terrestrial mollusca, namely : — Linnean,
Lamarckian, Ferussacian, Beckian, Albers-Martensian : there may now be
added a sixth, the Pilsbryan. 1 1k iS)

Tryon, G. W., continued by Pilsbry, H. A.—‘‘ Manual of Conchology,”’
2nd series, Pulmonata, Index to the Helices, pp. 1-126. May, 1895.

ANATOMY.

Babor, J. F.—‘' Doplnky k znamostem o ceskych slimacich.” Sitz. Gesel.
d. wiss. Math. Nat., Prague, T. xvili-xviiii., 1894, pp. 1-22.

Bergh, Dr.—‘‘ Beitrage zur kenntniss der Strombiden besonders der gattung
Terebellum.”’ Zool. Jahrb., vol. viii., pt. 3, 1895, pp- 342-378, pls. xxii.
and xxiii.

Bernard, F.—‘‘ Sur le développement de la coquille des mollusques lamelli-
branches.” Bull. Mus., Paris, vol. 1, pp. 50-51.

Preliminary note of a paper about to appear in the Bull. Soc. Geol.,
France.

Chatin, A., and Muntz, A.—“ Analyse des coquilles d’ huitres.” C.R.
vol. Cxx.; Pp. 531-534.

Fuchs, S.—‘ Beitrage zur physiologie des kreislaufes bei den Cephalopoden.”’
Arch. ges. Phys., vol. lx., pp. 173-204, pls. vii.-ix.

Garstang, W.—‘'On the gastropod Colpodaspis pusilla of Michael Sars.’’
Proc, Zool. Soc,, 1894, pp. 664-669, pl. xliv.

Hornell, James (edited by).—‘‘ Microscopical Studies, xvii,—Creseis, a
typical Pteropod.”’ Journ. of Marine Zool., vol. ii, No. 5, pp. 19-24.

The Pteropods are now recognised as being opisthobranch Gasteropods,

but no mention is made of this fact, and the classification of the Mollusca is
decidedly out of date.—W. M. W.

Kostal, J.—‘‘ Beitrag zur kenntniss des copulations-apparatus bei Limacopsis
coevulans, Simroth (Bielz).”” Sitz. Gesel. d. wiss. Math. Nat., Prague,
1894, T. xix.-xxil., pp. I-15.

Pace, S.—‘‘ Notes on the anatomy of Buliminus procteri, G. B.-Sow., and
Bulimulus kopelli, G. B, Sow.’ Proc. Mal. Soc., vol. i., 1895, pp.
229-231, figs. I-10.

Pace, S.—‘' Notes on the anatomy of Natalina triment, Melv. and Pons,”’
Proc. Mal. Soc., vol. i., 1895, pp. 232 and 233, figs. 1-4,
Schmidt, Ferdinand.—“ Beitrage zur kenntniss der entwicklungsgeschichte

der Stylommatophoren.’’ Zool. Jahrb. Anat., vol. viii., pt. 3, 1895,
Pp. 318-341, 9 figs.

44 CURRENT LITERATURE.

Thiele, J—‘‘ Zur Phylogenie der Gastropoden.”’ Biol. Centralb., vol. xv.,
pp. 220-236.

Vayssiere, A.—‘‘ Etude sur l’organisation de l’Homalogyra.”” Ann. Scr
Nat. (Zool.), s. vii., vol. xix., 1895, pp. 363-378, pl. xii.

PHYSIOLOGY AND BIOLOGY.
Davis, J. ‘R. A.—' The habits of limpets.”” Nature, 1895, vol. li., pp. 511-

Sie.

Escherich, K.—‘' Zwei falle von anpassung.’’ Verh, Ges. Wien, vol. xliv.,
PP. 299-300, pl. xi.

Ford, John.— Notes on the reported extinction of the genus Achatinella and
marvellous development of a Florida Fasciolavia.”’ Naut., viii,, 1895,
pp. 123-125.

Haynes, T. H.—Remarks on specimens illustrating pearl-growth. Proc.
: Mal. Soc., vol. i., 1895, p. 201.

Jones, K. H.—‘‘ Molluscan albinism and the tendency to the phenomenon in
1893.” J. of C., viii., 1895, No. 1 (pub. April 21st), pp. 3-11.
Perez, J.—‘‘Sur le bulime tronqué.’’ in ‘‘ Notes Zodlogiques.’’ Act. Soc.

Linn., Bordeaux (s. 5), vol. vii., 1895, pp. 314-315.
The disused apex of the shell in Bulimus decollatus is removed by a chance
contact with a resisting object.

Robson, J. E.—‘‘ On the irregular growth of the shell of the common limpet
in confinement.’’ Journ. of Marine Zool., vol. ii., No. 5, 1895, pp. 7-8.
Simroth, Heinrich.—‘ Sur le dévelopment de la coloration chez Amalia

gagates.’’ Ann. Sci. Nat., Porto, vol. ii., 1895, pp. 89-96.

The author points out that the colouration of young slugs represents an
ancestral condition such as is seen in the lion-cub which is spotted. In
Limax maximus the young ones of all the colour-forms—cinereoniger, wnicolor,
etc., etc.—are alike ; very young individuals of the genus Arion belonging to
the same species are of a colour peculiar to that species, but later on variations
come in; in Amalia the young are usually like the parents, which vary
geographically.

All the young of a black specimen of Amalia gagates were in the first place
white with a semi-circular band of black on the mantle, one turned a reddish
colour with a greenish tint on the sides, and of three others reared together,
two became black, while the remaining one took upon itself a grayish tint
with a suspicion of ochre.

Standen, R.—Vertigo substriata, Jeff., var. albina.’’ J. of C., viii., 1895, No. 1
(pub. April 21st), p. 11.

FAUNA.
Anon.—" Testacella scutulum at Scarborough” (note). The Naturalist, 1895,
p. 179.
Blazka, P.—' Die mollusken-fauna in den garten von Prag.” Zool. Anz.,

vol. xvili., 1895, pp. 184-190.

Boettger, O.—‘‘Die marinen mollusken der Philippinen, IV. Die Pleuroto-
miden”’ (continued). Nachr. Mal. Ges., 1895. pp. 41-63.

Bucquoy, E., Dautzenberg, H., and Dollfus, G.—:*‘ Les mollusques
marins du Roussillon.’ Tom. ii., fasc. 10, pp. 453-539, pls. 68-78!
This continuation of the bivalves contains figures and descriptions of a
number of new varieties. The exhaustive synonymy is strongly to be
commended.

CURRENT LITERATURE. 45

Bullen, R. Ashington.—“ Testacella haliotoidea in Kent,’’ Sci. Goss., new
series, vol. i1., 1895, p. IIo.

Chaster, G. W. ‘On the occurrence of Pulsellum lofotense, Sars., in the
Irish Sea.” J. of C,, vili., 1805, No. 1 (pub. April 21st), p. 11.

Cockerell, T. D. A.—‘‘ Note on the species of Veronicella found in Central
America.’ Naut., vili., 1895, p. 140.

Cooper, J. G.—‘‘ On land and fresh-water Mollusca of Lower California,
No. 4.”" Proc. Calif. Ac. (s. 2), vol. iv., 1894, pp. 130-43, pls. v.-vi.

Dall, W. H.—[See under ‘‘Systematic Work" :—Meretrix from Florida—
land shells from Paget Sound—land shells from the Galapagos

Islands. |
Gallenstein, H. v.—‘‘ Das Vorkommen von Cl. grimmeri, Parr. im Karnten.”’
Nachr. Mal. Ges., 1895, pp. 63-72.
Gallenstein, H. v.—‘‘ Die bivalven-und Gastropoden-Fauna Karntens,
Part I. Die bivalven Karntens.”’ Jahrb. Mus. Karnten, 1895, pp. 1-67.
Goldfuss, Otto.—'‘ Die molluscan-fauna der umgegend von Lahn in

Schliesien.”” Nachr. Mai. Ges., 1895, pp. 89-98.

Goldfuss, Otto.—‘‘ Noch ein fundort der Pupa rvonnebyensis, Wstd., in Nord-
deutschland.’’” Nachr. Mal. Ges., 1895, p. 100.

Locard, A.—‘‘Conchyliogie d’ Allevard-les-Bains (Isére).”. Rev. Linn. xi.,
1895, pp. 16-18. 42 species.

Locard, A.--[See under ‘‘SystTEMATIC Work’’:—Unionide nouveaux (?)
(France). ]

Lons-Hannover, H.—‘‘ Die mollusken-fauna Westfalens.”’ Jahresb. Westfal.
Ver., vol. xxii.. pp. 81-98. Bibl.

Melvill, J. Cosmo.—[See under ‘Systematic Work ” :—Terrestrial
Mollusca from South Arabia. |

Moellendorf, O. F. von.—[See under ‘‘ Systematic Work” :—Land shells
from German New Guinea. |

Nobre, Augusto.—‘ Sur la faune malacologique des iles de S. Thomé et de

Madere.’’ Ann. Sci. Nat. Porto., vol. ii., 1895, pp. 97-98.

Nylander, Olof O.—‘‘ Shells of Aroostook, co. Maine.’’ Naut., viii., 1895,
pp. 125-126. 38 species.

Paar, L. A.—‘' Campylaeca intermedia, Zgl. in Tirol.’ Nachr. Mal. Ges., 1895,
Pp- 98-99.

Pilsbry, H. A.—‘‘ Notes on Tasmanian Acmaca and Ischnochitan.’’ Naut.,
vili., 1895, pp. 127-129. No fig.

Quadras, J. F., and Moellendorf, O. F.—[See under ‘ SysTEMATICc
Work “’ :—New shells from the Phillipines.]

Rochebrune, A. T. de.—‘ Note sur les Mollusques recueillis par M. Diguet
en Basse-Californie.’’ Bull. Mus., Paris, 1895, No. 1, p. 36,

Schick, Morris.—‘‘ Mollusc-fauna of Philadelphia and environs.” Naut.,
VUl., 1895, pp. 129-130.

Smith, Edgar A.—[See under ‘Systematic Work” :—A new Helix from
Burmah.]

Standen, R.—‘‘ Note on Cypraea tessellata, Sowb.”’ J. of C., vol. viii., 1895,
p- 55.

Sykes, E. R.—[See under ‘‘ Systematic WorK" :—A new Endodonta from

New Zealand.]

Taylor, G. W.—“ The present condition of Canadian conchology.’’ Ottawa
Nat., vili., 1895, pp. 144-159. Bibliography.

46 CURRENT LITERATURE.

SYSTEMATIC WORK.

Aldrich, T. H.—‘ Descriptions of two new Eocene Solariidae from Alabama.”’
Naut., ix., 1895, pp. 1-2, pl.
A var. of Solarium elaboratum and Solarium planiforme.

Cockerell, T. D. A.—[See under ‘“ Fauna” :—Veronicella in Central
America.’’]

Professor Cockerell points out how important it is, in describing new
species of this somewhat difficult genus, to have ‘‘at least a dozen mature
examples of each species,’’ as ‘‘ there is danger of taking varietal characteristics
for specific ones.’’ Notes are given on V. olivacea, Stearns, 1871 ; V. moreleti,
Crosse & Fischer, 1872; V. mexicana, Pfr. and Strebel, 1873; V. stvrebellii,
Semp., 1885 (?) ; and V. decipuens, Semp., 1885 (?). Two forms in the British
Museum are described, but for the present left un-named; these are (r1)
Veronicella, sp. nov., vel. mexicana, var., Honduras; (2) Veronicella, sp. nov.,
vel. punctatissina, sub-sp., Panama. It seems that Heyneman has written
“nov. sp.?’’ on the first. Judging from the descriptions of the above-
mentioned specimens, we doubt very much their right to specific sae

Cooper, J. G.—{See under ‘‘ PALAEONTOLOGY" :—Pliocene F, W. Fossils of
California. ]
Margaritana sub-angulata, n. sp.
Cooper, J. G.—[See under ‘‘ Fauna "’ :—Mollusca of Lower California. ]
Melaniella tastensis, n. sp.
Dall, W. H.—‘ An undescribed Meretrix from Florida.’ Naut., ix., 1895,

pp. Io-1T.

Meretrix simpsoni.

Dall, W.. H.—‘‘ Contributions to the Tertiary Fauna of Florida: Part iii.
A new classification of the Pelecypoda.'’ Trans. Wagner Free Inst.,
1895, vol. ili., pt. 3, pp. 485-570.

‘Tn preparing the descriptive portion relating to different groups of the
Pelecypoda, a point was reached when it became necessary to consider the
general arrangement. As recent morphological and palaeontological studies
have thrown a new light on the relations of the Pelecypoda, necessitating a
revision of the earlier systems, and as a complete revision is nowhere
accessible in print, it was thought that a statement of the characters chiefly
relied on for classifying these animals, with comparable diagnoses of the
several families in zodlogical order, would be useful for students of
Palaeontology, and might form a proper introduction to the descriptive
part of this memoir.”’

The above is Dr. Dall’s own introduction to this most useful and valuable
revision of the Pelecypoda of Florida, which, like all his writings, is
characterised by a lucidity and thoroughness only too rare amongst students
of the Mollusca. As our space does not permit of any lengthy review, it is
sufficient to say that no student interested in either recent or fossil Mollusca,
can afford to overlook so imvortant a contribution, while those working at the
Pelecypoda will welcome it as a most useful and valuable work.

A series of ‘‘ Notes on Nomenclature’ on pages 561-565 is well worth
reading. Wea:

Dall, W. H.—' New species of land shells from the Galapagos Islands.”
Naut., vili., 1895, pp. 126-127. No fig.
Bulimulus (Naesiotus) reibischii and Bulimulus (Naesiotus) fanneri.
Dall, W. H.—" New species of land shells from Puget Sound.’ Naut., viii.,
1895, Pp. 129-130.

New species : — Patulastva ? (Punctum ?) pugetensis and Pyramidula ?
vandolphii.

CURRENT LITERATURE. 47

Dall, W. H.—“ Synopsis of a review of the genera of Recent and Tertiary
Mactridae and Mesodesmatidae.’’ Proc. Mal. Soc., vol. i., 1895,
PP. 203-213.
Frauscher, K.—‘' Nautilusse von Guttaring.”” Jahrb. Mus. Karnten, vols.
Ixi. and Ixii., 1895, pp. 185-207, 2 pls., 6 figs.
New species:—N. tumescens and Aturia brunlechneri. Description and
figure of N. seelandi, Penecke.

Fulton, Hugh.—‘ Note on Helix sauliae, Pfr. (non Reeve) = fpalumba,
Souverbie.”’ Naut., viii., 1895, p. 125.

Jousseaume, F.—‘ Diagnose des coquilles de nouveaux mollusques.”’ Bull.
Soc. Phil., Paris (s. 8), vol. vi., 1894, pp. 98-105. No figs.

In the description of new species, all rules of nomenclature are ruthlessly
set aside, and there is nothing to shew which generic names are new. The
new species are :—Conus milne-edwardst, C. phoebeus, Kyvina kyvina, Agagus agagus,
Aspella gothica, Lampas bardeyi, Natica tadjourensis, Bulimus deflersi, Extra extra,
Djeddilia djeddilia, Niotha voluptabilis, Rissoina savignyi, R. bouvieri, Plesiothyreus
cosmant, Lepidopleurus vochebruni, Dentalium shoplandi, D. laugieri, Stolida
avalitensis, Scala malhaensis, Crisposcala bouryt, C. audouint, Hyaloscala amica,
Nodiscala bouryi, Ancillavia diboutina, Capulus pulcherrimus, Psammosphaerita

psammosphaerita, Venus djiboutiensis, Mactra crista, Metis coxa. Sh des
Locard, A.—‘ Description de deux hyalinies nouvelles.’ Rey. Linn. xi.,
1895, P- 4-

Hyalinia algarvensis and Hyalinia gyrocurtopsis.
Locard, A.—‘‘ Description de quelques Unionidae nouveaux pour la faune
francaise.’ Bull. Soc. Elbeuf., vol. ii., 1893, pp. 49-62. No figs.
The so-called new species are :—U. lanceleveit, U. elboviensis, U. catinulus,
U. levotturieri, and U. lacrymiformis.

Marshall, J. T.—‘' Alterations in ‘ British Conchology.’" J. of C, 1895,

PP. 24-41.

Melvill, J. Cosmo.—“ Descriptions of new species of Pleuvotoma, Mitra, and
Latirus.” Proc. Mal. Soc., vol. i., 1895, pp. 221-223, pl. xiv., figs. 1-6
and 9-Io.

Melvill, J. Cosmo.—‘' Descriptions of two new species of terrestrial
Mollusca from the Hadramaut district, South Arabia.’’ Proc. Mal.

Soc., vol. i., 1895, pp. 224-225, pl. xiv., figs. 7 and 8.

Buliminus lunti and Otopoma bentianum.

Melvill, J. Cosmo.—“ Descriptions of four new species of Engina and a new
species of Defrancia.”’ Proc. Mal. Soc., vol. i., 1895, pp. 226-228,
figs. I-15.

Mollendorf, O. F. von.—‘' On a collection of land-shells made by Mr. ir
Kabary in German New Guinea.’ Proc Mal. Soc., vol. i, 1895,
Pp. 234-240, pl. xv.

New species :—Planispiva (Cristigibba) papuana, Satsuma euconus, S. dasy-
pleuris, Papuina kubaryi, P. planogyra, Buliminus (Ena) colonus, Cyclophorus
kubaryi, Cyclotus (Pseudocyclophorus) canaliculatus, Adelomorpha laeta, and Helicina
(Sulfurina) sphaeroconus.

Parona, C. F.—‘‘I Gasteropodi del Lias inferiore di saltrio in Lombardia.’
Boll. Soc. Mal. Ital., xxvili., 1895, pp. 161-181, 2 pls.
Pleuvotomaria new forms. A new species of Ataphrus and of Chemnitzia.

Pilsbry, H. A.—[See under ‘' Fauna’ :—Tasmanian Ischnochiton ]
New species :—IJschnochiton (Haploplax) mayi.

48 CURRENT LITERATURE.

Quadras, J. F., and Moellendorff, O. F.—'‘‘ Diagnoses specierum novarum
ex insulis Philippines.’ Nachr. Mal. Ges., 1895, pp. 73-88.

New species :—Ennea (Diaphora) cylindrica, Vitvinidea quadrast, Helicarion
papillifer, Hemitrichia velutinella, Bensonia (Glyptobensonta) diplotropis, A ulacospiva
triptycha—Cylindvotis, a new genus of the Auriculidae—Cylindrotis quadrasi,
Stenothyra decollata, Assiminca quadrasi, Ditropis pustlla, Cyclophorus aétarum,
C. coronensis, Lagochilus tumidulum, L. euvyomphalwn, L. cagayanium, L. scalare,
L. polytropis, Leptopoma poecilum, Cyclotus anthopoma, C. anocamptus, Porocallia
canalifera, Alycacus quadvast, Helico morfha globulus, Avinta calathiscus, A . contracta,
Palaina catanduanica, P. deformis, Diplommatina masbatica, D. goniociampta,
D. elegantissima, D. mindanavica, D. diplosloma, P. cyrtochilus, Diarctia ?
philippinica, and Georissa coccinea.

Rolle, H.—‘ Eine neue Achatina.’’ Nachr. Mal. Ges., 1895, pp. 100-Ior.

Achatina wusambarensis.

Simpson, C. T.—“ On the validity of the genus Margaritana.”’ Amer. Nat.,
vol. xxix., 1895, pp. 336-344.

“ .. . Margavitana is not a valid) genus ~ % 2) sthesname
merely stands for certain groups, or parts of groups, of Unios of polyphyletic
origin. . . . . all the species will have to be relegated to the genus
Unio.”

Simpson, C. T.—‘‘ Unio ochvaceus and cariosus.’’ Naut., vili., 1895, pp.

121-123, 2 figs.
Smith, Edgar A.—‘ Description of a new species of Helix from Burmah.’
Proc. Mal. Soc., vol. i., 1895, pp. 219-220. Fig.

Helix (Plectotropis) avmstrongt.

Sowerby, G. B.—‘‘ Descriptions of nine new species of shells.’ Proc. Mal.
Soc., vol. i., 1895, pp. 214-217, pl. xiii.

Bulimus corticosus, Bulimulus buckleyi, B. procteri, Conus coxianus, C. elegans,
Pisania bednalli, Murex multiplicatus, Pecten townsendi, and Sunetta kurachensis.
Sykes, E. R.—‘‘On a new helicoid land-shell from New Zealand.”’ Proc.

Mal. Soc., vol. i., 1895, p. 218.

Endodonta (Charopa) prestont.

Sykes, E. R.—‘' Review of the genus Plecotrema.’’ Proc. Mal. Soc., vol. i.,
1895, pp. 241-246, figs. 1-6.

PALAEONTOLOGY.

Aldrich, T. H.—[See under ‘‘ Systematic Work "’ :—Eocene Solariidae.]

Bonarelli, G.—‘ Fossili domeriani della Brianza.’’ Rend. Inst. Lombardo
(ser. 2), vol. xxviii., 1895, pp. 326-

Cooper, J. G.—‘‘On some Pliocene fresh-water fossils of California.” Proc.
Calif. Ac. (ser. 2), vol. iv., 1894, pp. 166-172, pl. xiv.

Dall, W. H.—[See under ‘“ Sysrematic Work ” :—Tertiary fauna of
Florida. |
Frauscher, K.—[See under ‘‘ Systematic Work”: — Nautilusse von

Guttaring. |

Kennard, A. S.—‘ Pleistocene Mollusca of Crayford.’’ Sci.. Goss. (new
ser.), vol. ii., pp. 39-40. Figs.

Lioy, P.—‘ Sui resti organici trovati in alcune grotte del Vicentino.”’ Atti.
Inst. Veneto (ser. 7), vol. vi., pp. 312-317.

Parona, C. F.—[See under “ Systematic Work” :—Gastropods from the
Lias of Lombardy. ]

CURRENT LITERATURE. 49

Simonelli, V.—‘‘ Fossili terziari e post-pliocenici dell’ Isolo di Cipro raccolti
dal Dott. A. Bergeat.”” Mem. Acc. Bologna (ser. 5), vol. iii,, pp.
153-1592.

Vaughan, T. W.—“ The stratigraphy of north-western Louisiana.’’ Amer.
Geol,, vol. xv., pp. 295-229.

Gives lists of the contained fossils.

Weller, S.—‘‘ The succession of fossil faunas at Springfield, Missouri.’’
Am. Journ. Sci. (s. 3), vol. xlix., pp. 185-199.

COLLECTING AND CULTURE.

B——,, D.—‘‘La péche de la nacre dans l'Inde.”’ _La Nature, vol. xxiii.,
p. 230.
A short account of the Turbinella fishing industry.
Collier, Edward.—‘' Notes on a Conchological Excursion to the West of
Ireland.”’ J. of C., vili., 1895, pp 42-46.
H—-—_,, W.. A.—“' Mussel-culture."’ Nature, vol. li., 1895, pp. 578-579.
A review of Calderwood. See J. of Mal, vol. iv., pp. 28-29.

”

Haynes, T. H.—{See under ‘‘ BroLocy

States that one diver was able to predict the shells that would contain
pearls, from the two sides of the hinge in these shells not being parallel.

:—Pearl growth.]

Oliveira, P. de.—'‘‘ Préparation et conservation de quelques animaux
par l’'aldehyde formique.’’ Ann. Sci. Nat. Porto., vol. i., 1895, pp.
69-76.

Four parts of ‘‘ normal solution '’—40 %—to too parts of water, is the
solution recommended.

Walker, Bryant.—‘‘A month with the Michigan Fish Commission.’’ Naut.,
ix., 1895, pp. 2 and 3.

Willey, Arthur, with a preface by Lankester, E. Ray.—‘‘In the home of
the Nautilus.’ Natural Science, vol. vi., 1895, p. 405, 2 figs.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Roebuck, W. Denison.—" Bibliography (for the North of England) Marine
Mollusca, 1889-1892." The Naturalist, 1895, pp. 189-

BIOGRAPHY.

Melvill, J. C.— An epitome of the life of the late Hugh Cuming, F.L.S.,,
COMEZ S27 or G ville) LOQ5) pps 59-07.

Semper, C.—‘ Reisen im Archipel der Philippinen.’’ Second part, title-
pages to vols. i.-v., 1895, ‘‘ Carl Semper,” pp. vil.-xviii. Portrait and
Bibl.

NOTES.

Habits of the Agnatha.*—Under this heading, Mr. Cooke, in the
third volume of the ‘‘ Cambridge Natural History,’’+ briefly describes the
way in which he would lead one to suppose that Testacella catches and
swallows its prey. The account is professedly based upon a sixteen-line note
by Mr. Butterell,t and is intended to be made clearer by a drawing of

Testacella scutulum, Sowerby.—t. Seen from above.—2. Frem the right side.—3. Con-
tracted and with the radula protruded.—3a. The radula from above, enlarged.—4. As 3, but
the radula has an earth-worm in its grip.—4a. MRadula seen from the right side, enlarged.—
5. Enveloping the worm.—6, 6a and 6b. ‘‘ Teeth” from the radula, isolated and enlarged.

Testacella haliotidea taken from a figure by Lacaze-Duthiers.§ The fact
related by Mr. Butterell, that a gentle touch on the head with a pencil caused
his specimen of Testacella maugei to protrude its radula, is not repeated by Mr.

* A, H. Cooke—The Cambridge Natural History, vol. iii., 1895, pp. 51-55.

t See above, p. 42.

t J.D. Butterell—‘ Note on TZestacella maugei, Fer.” Journ. of Conch., vol. iii., p. 277.
N

H. de Lacaze-Duthiers—‘ Histoire de la Testacelle.” Arch. Zool. Expér. (ser. 2),
vol. v., 1887, p. 459.

NOTES. 51

Cooke; but it is important in connection with the animal’s habits, which
have been made the subject of much fanciful exaggeration, as it points to the

more or less automatic capture of the prey, the details of which are worked
out in a paper by the present writer.* (Reference given by Mr. Cooke.)

It is, of course, very difficult to reproduce, in the open, conditions which
are to be met with underground, but it seems fairly certain, from the various
observations made during the last 150 years, that Testacella, as a rule, seizes
the earth-worm by the anterior end (Figs. 4 and 4a), a fact which might also
be surmised from the slug’s habit of taking up its position in the burrows of
its prey. Only in special cases, therefore, is another part of the victim's
body impaled, as apparently happened in Mr. Butterell’s somewhat artificial
experiment where he held the worm, and in which the head of the latter
‘“was rejected.’ Again, in life, apparently, the odontophore cannot be
extruded unless the animal be itself contracted (Fig. 3), and swallowing is not
so much effected by the withdrawal of the radula after the prey is transfixed
by the barbed teeth with which it is beset (Figs. 4a and 6), as by the re-exten-
sion of the slug, which literally ‘‘ puts itself outside”’ of its struggling repast

(Fig. 5).

FIGURE 20. Testacella haliotidea, Drap protruding (?) its pharynx (ph.) and radula (r) ; oe.,
oesophagus; p.o., pulmonary orifice ; sh., shell; t., tentacles (after Lacaze-Duthiers),

With respect to the figure after Lacaze-Duthiers—the original one
represents a specimen which is by no means normal, being probably taken
from a drowned example, or one that was at least “sick unto death ;’’ it is,
moreover, described by Lacaze-Duthiers as one shewing the buccal mass
‘“evaginé,’’ which cannot here be rightly construed into “ protruding its
pharyx and radula:” In fact, Fig. 20, as it stands in the Cambridge Natural
History, is calculated to give a very false impression as to the whereabouts of
the oesophagus when the animal is feeding, in connection with which organ
the only reference to the figure is made.

A reduced facsimile of the original drawings from nature illustrating the
writer’s paper already alluded to is reprinted from an abstract of the same
in the ‘‘ Essex Naturalist,’+ through the kindness of the Editor of that
publication. WILFRED MARK WEBB.

On the specific identity of Papuina hedleyi, Smith, and P.
canefriana (Dohrn. MSS.), Kobelt.—At the suggestion of Mr. Hedley,
I have examined the type of Mr. Smith’s species and compared it with the
figure and description given by Dr. Kobelt (Conch. Cab., Helix, Lief. 410,
1894, p. 708, pl. 202, figs. r and 2), and can only come to the conclusion that
they are slightly varying forms of the same species.

Ey Re SiKES:

The Larval Oyster.—At a recent meeting of the Malacological Society,
Mr. Martin F. Woodward read a note on the larval oyster, in which he gave
it as his opinion that the structure alluded to asa probable posterior adductor
in the last number of this Journal has an epiblastic origin, and represents the
beginning of the visceral nerve ganglion.

* Wilfred Mark Webb—‘‘ On the manner of feeding in Vestacella seutulum.”
Zool., vol. xvii., 1893, pp. 281-289, Pl. I.
t Testacella scutulum, Sowerby. Essex Nat., vol. vii., 1803, pp. 120-123.

52 NOTES.

Variations in Radulae.—It would be interesting to know what
variations have been observed in the radulae of mollusca, for in some of
the common species considerable modifications of the formula recognised as

typical have been noted. The normal radula in
Buccinum undatum appears to have too rows of teeth,
each row consisting of a median tooth or plate with
A six pointed cusps between two laterals, each forming a
set of four slightly-hooked cusps, as represented in
Ficure A. Rewof teeth Fig. A. Recently I have observed two variations in
from radula of Buccinum syecimens I have mounted for the microscope. In one
undatum (Rhachiglossate- : : : ‘ :
type—formula 1-1-1). case there are six median spikes (one being bifurcated),
with four on the laterals of one side and five on
that of the other, as seen in Fig. B. In the other example there are six
lateral (one being bifurcated) on one side and four on the other, as in Fig. C.
The mollusca from which these radulae were dissected were obtained in the
Central Fish Market, London, so that I cannot
Aa We ™M indicate the locality from which they were dredged.
uy Mr. Wilfred Mark Webb has, however, within
( B : the last few days, sent me an account of 22 radulae
ie of B. undatum taken at random from Brightlingsea,
Frourr B. Buccinum un- and which show very great variation. Only eight
datum. Row of teeth ae of these are normal. One example has four median
piareee cusp to the middle cusps between two sets of four lateral ones. Five
ae specimens have five median between two sets of
four lateral projections; and of these two examples have the second lateral cusp
from the outside on the left hand small and adnate to the third lateral from
the outside. ‘Two specimens have six points to the
median between four on the left hand lateral and
three on the right. Four specimens have a median
tooth showing seven points, while the lateral teeth
are normal. One specimen resembles the last,
but has an extra cusp to the median tooth; and

FIGURE C. Buccinum un- F
datum. Row of teeth from lastly, one has the cusps on the median tooth

radula. The right lateral plate increased to eight, while those of the lateral

has three complete cusps, one plates are reduced to three.
being bifurcated.

GEORGE BaILey, F.R.M:S.

EDITORS’ NOTES.

We thank ‘‘ THE JoURNAL OF ConcHoLoGy ”’ for its kindly notice of our
previous Number, and express the hope that its new Editor and Committee of
Publication may attain to that success which it so generously wishes us.

Corrigendum.—In Figure 1 on Plate I., the coil of the: intestine should
be on the left side of the stomach, that is, in front of, and not behind the
latter, as there depicted.

BH.E

Pome Or WAEACOLOGY.

Now: SEPTEMBER 30th, 1895. Vol. IV.

MOLLUSCA OF THE ORIENTAL REGION,
By CHAREES: “HEDLEY, . ° B:ES:

Australian Museum, Sydney, N.S.W.

As might have been anticipated from the tastes and previous
writings of the author, one of the chief excellencies of Mr.
A. H. Cooke’s admirable work on ‘ Molluscs,” is the section
dealing with Geographical Distribution. Though the subject is
investigated independently of the classic scheme of Wallace, yet
the conclusions of that great authority are generally taught by
Cooke.

Wallace’s limitations * of the Oriental Region seemed to me,
when inquiring into that fauna, to rest upon less clear distinctions
than those defining the Palaearctic, the Ethiopian or other main
divisions. I prefer the first conception + he entertained on his
return from the East, of a province ‘“‘ extending from the Nicobars
on the north-west, to San Christoval, one of the Solomon Islands
on the south-east, and from Luzon on the north, to Rotti, at the
south-west angle of Timor, on the south.’”’ Fischer once wrote, f¢
‘« A study of the terrestrial molluscs, shows but little difference
between the faunas of Bali and of Lombok, and only these
particular features (certain birds) induces an appreciation of the
importance of the line of demarcation drawn by Wallace.” That
Cooke, sharing Fischer’s estimate of ‘‘ Wallace’s line,” should,
while retaining Wallace’s provinces, shift. his boundaries toa
position past the Molluccas, is further proof of their indefinitness.

Only they to whom species are real entities, not mere names
written on slips of paper, can hope to solve these problems. It
is upon the experience of actual travel, collecting and study in
Australia and New Guinea that I base my opposition to Mr.
Cooke’s views, and my contention that, on the one hand, Papua

*Geographical Distribution of Animals, vol.<, chap. xii.

+Report British Assoc., 1863, Trans. p. 107.
tCompte-Rendu des Séances du Congres international de Zovlogie, Paris, 1889, p. 28.

54 HEDLEY: MOLLUSCA OF THE ORIENTAL REGION.

is as integral a part of the Oryiental Region as any of its
recognised sub-regions ; and that, on the other hand, as great
a difference parts the Australian, from the Papuan sub-region as
intervenes between any two regions. The Papuan tract agrees
with the Oriental, in its characteristic wealth of operculates and
Naninidae, and disagrees with the Australian, in the presence of
these two and in the comparative absence of the Rhytididae, the
Endodontidae and the Acavinae.

I wrote in 1891 * ‘* Wallace’s line, soconspicuous a severance
among the vertebrates, appears to be quite blotted out when the
distribution of animals is regarded from a molluscan standpoint.
No sharp break occurs between the Malayan fauna as exemplified
in Borneo or the Philippines and in New Guinea. All the
characteristic Malayan forms, Atopos, Xesta, Helicarion, Micro-
cystina, Trochomorpha, Obba, Chloritis, Cochlostyla, Pupina and
Diplommatina, are common to both regions. The Solomon
Islands, Fiji, &c., appear by the light of the Papuan shells to be
inhabited by an eastern extension of this Malayan fauna, which
has also overflowed into Queensland.” Wider knowledge has
since strengthened my belief in the correctness of this estimate,
and recently I have been gratified to receive support + from so
high an authority, and one so well acquainted with the
Malayan fauna, as Dr. von Moellendorff.

Botanists confirm the homogeneity of the province as thus
expressed, for Hemsley writes, | ‘‘ There is no doubt that the
combined Fijian, Samoan and Tongan flora is eminently Malayan
in character.’”’ For the correspondence between the Bornean
and the Papuan floras see Dr. O. Stapf’s paper. §

Mr. Cooke’s summing || of the Papuan fauna much
exaggerates its Australian tinge. We read that Rhytida

‘‘ emphasises this union still further.” But Ihytida is Alpine in
New Guinea and only “unites” these two countries as an
Alpine Gentian’ might ‘unite’’ Italy with Iceland. The
Pedinogyva would indeed be—if it were not mythical—a strong
link. That Perrieria inhabits both Queensland and New Guinea
is hardly to the point, since, as Mr. Cooke admits, it has migrated
southwards from the one to the other. Of the characteristic
Australian genus Hadva, Mr. Cooke quotes (presumably from my
article) four Papuan species. After dissection and closer

* P.L.S.N.S.W. (2), vi.; p. 693;
t Pro. Malac. Soc, I., p. 234.
¢ Journ. Linn Soc, Botany, xxx.,, p. 211.
§ Trans. Linn. Soc , 2nd Ser., Botany, vol. iv,, pt. 2.
|| Of ‘ Molluscs,” Cambridge Natural History, vol. iii.

HEDLEY: MOLLUSCA OF THE ORIENTAL REGION. 55

examination I now eliminate all of these but bvoadbenti from
-Hadra.

. Conversely : the affinities of New Guinea with western lands
is unduly depreciated. The decisive testimony of a whole group
of Cochlostyla is suppressed, Obbina, Vaginulus and especially
Rhysota, all related westward, are more numerous than here
indicated. While Mr. Cooke wrote, ‘‘ Not asingle Cyclophorus
occurs,’ Dr. von Moellendorff’s report of its occurrence was
receiving publication. ‘‘ Lagochilus so marked a feature of the
Indo-Malayan fauna,” instead of being as Mr. Cooke unfortu-
nately declares, ‘‘ conspicuous by its absence,’’ had already been
reported by Dr. von Moellendorff from Papua.

Upon the hypothesis that the Queensland fauna is the oldest
Australian -constituent, Wallace derives * the New Zealand
fauna therefrom, But upon the opposite premises that the
Queensland fauna is the latest arrival in Australia, I deduce +
that the New Zealand fauna sprang not from Australian, but
from Melanesian sources. Having adopted + my conclusions
on the origin of the Queensland snail-fauna, Mr. Cooke
cannot with compatibility accept also the results of Wallace’s
irreconcilable proposition § that the relations of New Zea-
land are with N.E. Australia. I may be excused for here
repeating my statement, that the supposed molluscan community
of New Zealand with Northern Australia rested upon the
fictitious existence in New Zealand of Paryphanta millegani, Hadva
veinga, Cristigibba tavanaki and Rhytida vapida, and on the equally
fictitious presence in Australia of Charopa hivi, C. ophelia, C. ziczac
and C. coma.

It has been shown by the writer and accepted by Messrs.
Cockerell and Collinge || that the fanellidae properly embraces
both Fanella and Hyalimax. These ancient wrecks of past
epochs, tempt speculation, as to whether the Oriental Region of
to-day may not have been evolved from an equatorial tract
whose crescent swept from New Zealand to Mauritius.

Summary: My conclusion briefly is that, as far as the
mollusca are concerned, the Oriental Region should be extended
to include the Papuan, Polynesian and Melanesian Sub-regions,
the latter to contain New Zealand; while the Australasian
should be restricted to Tasmania and Australia minus Queens-
land.

* Island Life, 2nd Ed., Chap. xxii. + Natural Science, vol. iii, pp, 187-191.
t p. 322; § p. 325 of vol. iii, Cambridge Natural History, || Conchologist II., p. 195.

NOTES ON A FEW OF THE LESS-KNOWN
BRITISH MARINE MOLLUSCA.

By GEORGE W. CHASTER, M.R.CG:5.,
Southport,

Adeorbis imperspicuus, Monterosato,
1875, Nuova Rivista, p. 36 (name only).

In the “ Conchologist”” for June 24th, 1893, I announced the
discovery in British waters of this shell which had been identified
by the Rev. Canon Norman as Cyclostrema millepunctatum, Friele-
Subsequently, when I had an opportunity of examining the
description and figures of that species, grave doubts arose in my
mind as to the correctness of the naming of my shells. These
were submitted to Herr Friele who declared that they were not
his species, of which he courteously sent a specimen for examina-
tion: it is much larger, shaped like Helix pulchella, and has
the sculpture coarser and less regularly arranged in spiral rows.

The Marquis of Monterosato, however, at once recognized
my shells as his Adcorbis imperspicuus and kindly sent me a type
specimen labelled thus :—‘‘ Tornus imperspicuus Monts=T. subcar-
imatus, Mtg. pullus ? (Adeorbis) Palermo 80-100 fh.”

The species has, so far as I can ascertain, never been
described, except in the “Journal of Conchology”’ for Jan.,
1894, when a short description was given of one of our
Oban, specimens (Chaster and Heathcote: Moll. of Oban,
loc. ctt.). This, however, partly refers to a varietal modifica-
tion, and I, therefore, venture to figure and describe the type.
No figure has been published before.

The Marquis of Monterosato is apparently in doubt as to
whether his species is the fry of Adeorbis subcarinatus, Mtg., or not.
When, however, a young shell of the latter, of the same size, is
placed beside the former, the two are wholly unlike, evidently
having no characters in common, as will be seen by com-
paring the rough sketch given in Fig. 2, with Fig. 1.

Adeorbis imperspicuus, Monts. Figs.1, 1a. Shell very thin,
spive scarcely vaised ; whorls about two, flattened and sloping at the

CHASTER: BRITISH MARINE MOLLUSCA. WT

J

. sides, rounded at the periphery, and markedly but bluntly angulated
below, sculptured with numerous spiral rows of very minute pits or
punctures which, except at the periphery, ave obscured by closely-set,
Hexuous, oblique, vaised striae in the direction of the lines of growth ;
suture channelled ; mouth squarish; outer lip thin, flexuous, sinuated
above ; umbilicus very large, occupying all the under surface.—Height,
0°6 mm.; breadth, o:8 mm.

ly

; ‘ FIGURE IA.

FIGURE I.

FIGURE 2. FIGURE 2A.

Adeorbis subcarinatus, Montg.

Varietas ex forma, var. elegantula, nov. In many specimens
the exaggerated lines of growth which in the type constitute a
true sculpture are almost absent, the shell being hyaline and
nearly smooth save for the characteristic punctation. In my
limited experience, such shells are of smaller size and may be
designated as above.

Distribution. I have met with the type in dredgings from
Oban and Roundstone. Marshall records it from off Southport, *
and Monterosato from Palermo and Messina.

The variety I have from Oban, Isle of Man, and Tangier
Bay (7 fathoms). As regards the retention of the name A deorbis,
I follow Fischer and others, althoughthe fst species that S. Wood
gave in his newly-created genus, Adeorbis was the shell now
commonly known as Circulus striatus, Phil. which Monterosato
therefore styles Adeorbis striatus, Ph. This is a matter upon
which I am entirely unable to decide, and one upon which I
should be glad to be informed authoritatively.

* Journ. of Conch., Oct., 1894: Marshall. Additions to Brit. Conch,

58 CHASTER! BRITISH MARINE MOLLUSCA.

Lepton sykesii, Chaster.
Ann. and Mag, Nat. Hist., Mar., 1895, p. 248.

Mr. Marshall is quite correct in his supposition that it is my
species that he described and figured in the “ Journal of Mala-
cology” of June last. His figures represent the outline and
general appearance of the shell remarkably well, although the
sculpture is not shown, the concentric markings seen in the sketch
of the exterior not even suggesting the character of the sharply
defined and regularly placed lines seen on the shell. Respecting
the structure of this hinge I was able to satisfy myself as to its
true nature, only by examining it in a live specimen the valves of
which had been separated and deprived of the cartilage by careful
boiling in dilute caustic soda solution. It is true that the
minute cardinal I described is not very readily detected when the
valve is examined in the usual flat position. If, however, this be
placed almost vertically with the dorsal area uppermost it is
quite apparent, and valves, even in the more or less worn state
usual with dead shells from Guernsey dredgings, generally
exhibit some trace of it.

The species is not, in my opinion, a member of the
‘“« Neolepton”’ group as Mr. Marshall declares. Neolepton is
described by its founder Monterosato, in his ‘‘ Nomenclatura,”’
as follows :—*‘ Genere proposto per le specie oblique che hanno.
una scultura concentrica ed il cardine di altra struttura.’ Now
L. svkesit agrees with Lefton proper in its sub-rhomboidal outline
and in its hinge, the latter, it is almost needless to say, being the
most important character for purposes of classification, The hinge
teeth are quite similar to those of L. mitidum, Turt., even in their
position, the cardinal in the right valve being placed midway
between the laterals, whilst that in the left valve is close to the
posterior lateral.

This species is by no means restricted to the Channel |
Islands for I have it from other localities, having met with it in
material from Mounts Bay, Cornwall, dredged by Mr. G. F.
Tregelles, as well as in my own recent dredgings there. I also
found a valve in shore-drift from Dogs’ Bay, Connemara,
collected this summer by Mr. R. Standen.

Crenella pellucida, Jeff., sp.
1859, Limopsis pellucida, Jeff., Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., p. 12, pl. 11, fig. 6.

Mr. Marshall’s reference (loc. cit.) to this species seems
wholly irrelevant, and is, moreover, unfortunate in containing

CHASTER: BRITISH MARINE MOLLUSCA. 55

an assertion that this species has not been found in British
waters since its discovery by Jeifreys. I have myself met with it
in Guernsey dredgings. Still more unfortunate, however, was
Jeffreys’ statement in his “ British Conchology”’ that it is the
fry of C. rhombea, Berk. As the Annals and Magazine of
Natural History for 1859 may not be readily accessible to many
conchologists I have given below a figure of this species and an
outline of the true fry of C. rhombea for comparison.

FIGUR} 3. FIGURE 4

Crenella pellcida, Jeff. x 30. Crenella rhombea, Berk. x 30.

Cerithiopsis clarkii, Forbes and Hanley.
1848-53, C. clavkii, F. & H., Brit. Moll.;-vol. iii., p. 368, pl. ciii., fig. 6.

As a representative of this form I have but a dead specimen
not in very good condition from Guernsey dredgings sent by Mr.
KE. R. Sykes.

Jeffreys in his “ British Conchology ” dismisses it with a
scanty description as a monstrosity of C. tuberculavis, Montg.,
obtained by Mr. Clark, at Exmouth, and by himself at Guernsey.
In his ‘Lighting’ and ‘ Porcupine” papers he similarly
disposes of it and gives as synomyms C. bilimeata and C. copfolae.
The Rev. R. Boog Watson, in his excellent ‘‘ Cerithiopsides from
the eastern side of the North Atlantic,” “ also confounds it with
the Mediterranean shell. Now C. coppolaz, Arad.(=bilineata, Brus.,
non Hoérnes) is certainly quite distinct from C. tubercularis, its
apex as well as its sculpture and shape, being very different.
My Guernsey shell Monterosato designates ‘le vrai C. Clarkii,
F. & H.,” and declares to be distinct from C. coppole, an opinion
with which I entirely agree. The figure in ‘‘ British Mollusca ”’
well represents it. I am anxious to learn whether others who
have specially studied the molluscan fauna of the Channel
Islands can give further information regarding this interesting
species and whether or not it is to be considered extinct.

N.B.—In figure 1a the whorls are insufficiently fattened and sloping, and
in figure 4 the shell is too equilateral and the umbo too acute.

* Journ. Lin. Soc., 1885, Zovlogy, vol, xix., p. 92.

CURRENT LITERATURE.

It is hoped that all Malacologists will aid in making this Biblio-
graphy as complete and useful as possible. Writers, both at home and
abroad, are especially asked to send in copies of their respective papers
for review to Wilfred Mark Webb, Holmesdale, Brentwood, to whom
all communications should be addressed.

MALACOLOGY IN GENERAL.

Martini and Chemnitz.—Systematisches Conchylien Cabinet. Fortges.
von W. Kobelt. Niirnberg, 1895, part 414, pp. 49-54, pls. zvi--xxi.
(finishes Mollusca Dimyaria—Gastrochaenidae), parts 413 and 415,
PP. 751-794, pls. cvii.-cxiil. (Helix).

Taylor, J. W.—‘A monograph of the land and freshwater mollusca of the
British Isles.’’ Part ii., 1895, pp. 65-128, pl. ii., figs. 139-289.

Tryon, G. W., continued by Pilsbry, H. A.—‘‘ Manual of Conchology,”’
. series I, part 61 (contains vol. xvi., pp. 1-48, pls. i.-xvi.) ; series 2, part
37 (contains vol. x. pp. 1-48, pls. ii.-xv.), Philadelphia, Sept., 1895.

In the Marine Series, part 61 is almost entirely filled with an account of
the Philinidaz, which Mr. Pilsbry states may be divided into three, or possibly
four, genera; these last being founded on combinations of the shell and
external bodily characters.

An exceedingly interesting review of the history of the names Bulimus
and Bulinus commences the new volume of the Terrestial series. The con-
clusions arrived at are that Bulimus, Adanson (1757) should be ignored ; that
Bulimus, Scopoli (1777 non 1786), represents a freshwater shell, preferably
Bythinia (which name must be abandoned); that Strophocheilus, Spix (1827),
should, therefore, be used for the group usually known as the Bulimi. It is
with regret that we have to concur in this lamentable conclusion. In the
letterpress referring to Borus oblongus, Miller, Mr. Pilsbry appears to have
over-looked a recent study of the species by Mr. E. A. Smith (Proc. Mal.
Soc. i., 1894, p. 137). A reference to this paper would have saved his naming
from Tobago, a variety already described by Mr. Smith from that island.

Borus oosomus, from Brazil, is a new species belonging to the group of
B. ovatus, to which it appears nearly allied.
An introduction and key to the groups are promised latter ; we trust that
the author will be as successful as when dealing with the Helicidae.
EARS:

ANATOMY.

Anonymous.—“ Sexual Characters in Nautilus.’ Nat. Sci,, vol. v. August,
1895, p. 84.

Note on papers by Mr. Willey, see p. 49; and Dr. A. Vayssiére, see
below, p. 61.

Collinge, Walter E. and Godwin-Austen, H. H.—‘‘ On the structure and

affinities of some new species of molluscs from Borneo.” . Proc. Zodl.
Soc., 1895, pt. 2, pp. 241-250, pls. xi.-xiv.
Coxen, Mrs. C.—* Notes on Cyfraca.’’ Proc. Roy. Soc., Queensland,

vol. x., 1894, pp. 35-36.
Describes animals of C. evvones, vitellus and crosa.,
Gwatkin, H. M. and Suter, Henry, with a prefatory note by Pilsbry,

HH. Ag Observations on the dentition of the Achatinellidae.’’ Proc.
Ac. Phil., 1895, pp. 237-240.

61 CURRENT LITERATURE.

Leon, N.—‘'Zur histologie des Dentalium-mantels.’’ Jena Zeitschr, vol.
; xxix., 1895, pp. 411-416, pt. xii, Bibl.

Martens, E. von [See ‘‘Systematic Work.”’] Anatomy of Cylindrus
obtusus, Drap., Stenogyra insulavis, Ehrby., S. pulla, Gray.

Michael, Richard.—‘‘ Ueber Aptychen und Ammonitenbrut,’’ Jahresber.
Schlesischen Gesell., 1894 (pub. 1895), p. 113.

Schmidt, R.—‘ Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Entwicklungsgeschichte der
Stylommatophoren.’’ Zool. Jahrb. Anat., vol. viii., 1895, pp. 318-341,
9 figs.

Treats of I. ‘‘Die Sinnesplatten,’’ II. ‘‘ Die Entwicklung des Fusses,”’
III. ‘‘ Das Mantel oder Schalenfeld,”’ in Succinea, Limax and Clausilia.

Schwarz, E. H. L.—“ Shell-structure in the Ammonoidea.’’ Geol. Mag.,
vol. 11. (N.S.), 1895, pp. 249-56, figs.

Vanstone, J. Henry.—‘‘ On the sinistral character of the shell of Planorbis.”’
Proc. Mal. Soc., vol. ii., 1895, pp. 254-256, 3 figs.

Vayssiere, A.—‘'Sur le dimorphisme sexuel des Nautiles.’’ Comptes Rend.,
vol. cxx., p. 1431.
Villepoix, Moynier de.—‘'De la formation de la coquille dans les

mollusques. (Note.) Compt. Rend., vol. cxx., 1895, pp. 512-513.

Woodward, M. F.—‘‘ On the Anatomy of Natalina caffra, Fér., with special
reference to the structure of the buccal mass.’’ Proc. Mal. Soc., vol. i.,
1895, Ppp. 270-277, pl. xvii, figs.

PHYSIOLOGY AND BIOLOGY.

Anonymous.—“ The Origin of the Cephalopods.”’ Nat. Sci., vol. v., Aug.
1895, p. 84.
Clapp, Geo. H.—“ Disperal of Shells."’ Naut., vol. ix., 1895, p. 35.
Records the finding of three species of Vitrea ona piece of light porous
slag, among the drift of the River Ohio, which must have floated at least a
distance of ten miles down.

Baer ee —‘ The Ee Trans. Edinburgh Field Nat. Soc.,
ili., 1891-94, pp. 64-7
ee W. C.—'' An eee on mind in molluscs.’’ Trans.
Edinburgh Field Nat. Soc., iii., 1891-94, pp. 39-42.
Some observations on slugs and snails seeking out food by means of the
sense of smell.

Coxen, Mrs. C.—‘‘ Notes on poisonous Cones.’’ Proc. Roy. Soc., Queens-
land, vol. x., 1894, pp. 38-39.

Bite of Strombus luhuanus innocuous ; localities of Conus, spp., in Queens-
land.

Hedley, C.—‘‘ Notes on Australian shipworms,’’ P.L.S., N,S.W., 2, vol. ix.,
Pp. 501-505, pl. xxxii.
Tevedo edax, perhaps the largest known sp. figured and described ;

T. antarctica, Hutton, figured from type; probably the record of T. navalis in

the South Seas crroneous; native species eaten by blacks; its gnawing
audible.

Sage, J. H.—‘'Asora caught by a mussel."’ (From ‘the Auk,” July, 1895).
Naut., vol. ix., 1895, p. 49, figure of the bird and mussel.

Sigerfoos, C. P.—'‘The Pholadidae: Note on the early stages of develop-
ment.’’ Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., vol. xvi., 1895, pp. 230-238.

(From John Hopkins University Circulars, vol. xiv., No. 119, pp. 78-79.)

CURRENT LITERATURE 62

Simpson, Chas. T.—°‘ Pleurocera subulare in water-mains.’’ Naut., vol. ix.,
1895, Pp- 37-38. | c
Stewart, Charles.—‘‘ Presidental address to the Linnean Society of London,
1894."’ Pros. Linn. Soc., Nov. 1893—June, 1894 (pub. May, 1895).
Methods of locomotion in two Gasteropods, pp. 20 and 22.

Varigny, H. de.—‘ Note sur la période de croissanca chez Limnaea stagnalis ”’
Bull, Mus. Paris, vol. 1, 1895, pp. 131-132.

FAUNA.
Adams, Lionel E.—‘' Helix hortensis var. luteo-labiata var, nov., and large
Helix itala (evicetorum) in Northamptonshire.”’ Journ. of Conch., vol.
viii., 1895, p. 83

Adams, Lionel E.—" Segmentina lineata in Northamptonshire."’ Journ. of
Conch., vol. viii., 1895, p. 70.
Brazier, J.—‘‘ A British bivalve molluse (Cryptodon flexuosus, Mont.) found in

Australia and Tasmania, with its distribution.’’ P.L.S., N.S.W., vol.
ix., 1895, PP, 725-7.

Brierley, E.—‘' Tectura tectudinalis at Scarborough.’’ The Naturalist, 1895,
Pp. 200.

Cox, J. C.—‘ A list of Port Jackson chitons with remarks,” P,.L.S., N,S.W.,
Z,AS,, Pe 709:

After Pilsbry ; Pro. Acad. N. Sci. Philad., 1894.

Dumas, M. l’Abbe.—‘‘Les coquilles du Bourbonnais (Fin.),’’ pt. 1,
Mollusques Aquatiques. Supplement to Rev. Sci. du Bourbonnais,
viii., 1895, pp. 65-84, pls. xii.-xix. Alphabetical list of species.

Godwin-Austin, H. H.—‘ Notes on and drawing of the animals of various
Indian Land Mollusca (Pulmonifera),’’ continued from J.A.S.B., pt. ii.,
vol. li., 1882, p. 71. Journ. Asiatic Soc., Bengal, vol. Ixiv., pt. ii., No.
2, 1895, p. 151-156, pl. vil.

Hedley, C.—‘' Notes on West Australian Land Shells.’’ Proc. Mal. Soc.,
vol, i., 1895, pp. 259-260.

Jack, A. L.—‘‘ Ona new Queensland locality for Zygomaturus, Macleay.”’
Proc. Roy. Soc., Queensland, vol. x., pp. 122.

Records existing species of mollusca associated with the fossil.

Melvill, James Cosmo and Standen, Robert.—‘ Notes on a collection
of shells from Lifu and Uvea, Loyalty Islands, formed by the Rev.
James and Mrs. Hadfield, with a list of species.’’ Journ. of Conch.,
vol. viii., 1895, pp. 84-38.

Orcutt, C. R.—‘' Mexican shells.’ West Amer. Scientist, vol. ix., 1895,
No. 79, pp. 2 & 3.

Quadras, J. F., and Moellendorff, O. F. von.—" Diagnoses specierum
novarum ex insulis Phillippinis.’’ Nachr. Deutschen, Mal.
Gesell., 1895, pp. 105-121.

Reh, L.—‘‘ Zur fauna der Hohwachter Bucht.’’ Zodl, Jahrb. Syst., vol.
vill., 1895, Pp. 237.

Rolle, H.—‘' Beitrag zur fauna von Mexico.’’ Nahr. Deutsch., Mal. Gesell.,
1895, Ppp- 129-131,

Roper, Edward W.—* Pleurodonte bainbridgei and other Jamaican shells.”
Naut., vol. ix., pp. 13-14.

Smith, Edgar A.—‘' Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine
Survey Steamer ‘Investigator.’ Commander C. F. Oldham, R.N.”
Series iiiNo. 19. Report upon the Mollusca dredged in the Bay
of Bengal, and the Arabian Sea, during the season 1893-94, Ann. Mag.

63 CURRENT LITERATURE.

Nat. Hist., vol. xvi., 1895, pp. 1-19, pls.i.andii—No.20. Report on
some Mollusca dredged in the Arabian Sea, during the season 1894
-95, Pp. 262-205.

Smith, Edgar A.—‘' Ona collection of land shells from Sarawak, British
North Borneo, Palawan, and other neighbouring Islands.’ Proc.
Zool. Soc., 1895, pt. I, pp. 97-127, pls. ii.-iv.

Many new species.

Sterki, V.—‘‘ North American species of Vallonia."’ Naut., vol. ix., 1895,
pp. 16-17.

Tate, R.—‘' On the occurrence of the Fissurellid genus Zidova in Australian
waters.” Trans. Roy. Soc., S. Australia, vol. xviii., Nov., 1894,
pp. 113-119.

Z. legrandi, n. sp., unfigured, supposed by the describer to be identical

with Legvandia tasmanica, Beddome, Vide Man. Conch., xii., Pp. 299.

Vanatta, E. G.—‘ Notes on the smaller American Planorbes."’ Naut., vol.
ix., 1895, PP. 52-55-
Whan, W. T.—“' Notes on the land and freshwater mollusca of Victoria.’’

The Geelong Naturalist, Sept., 1894, pp. 8-9.
Localities of several species.
Wild, C. J.—‘‘ Hexabranchus flammulatus, Q. & G."" Trans, Natural History
Society of Queensland, 1895, vol. i., pp. go-gI.
Re-described and recorded from the Tweed Heads, Queensland.

SYSTEMATIC WORK.

Baldwin, D. D.—‘‘ Descriptions of new Achatinellidae from the Hawaiian
Islands.” Proc. Ac, Phil., 1895, pp. 214-236, pls. x. and xi.
Bednall, W. T.—‘' On anew land shell from Central Australia.’ Trans.
Roy. Soc., S. Australia, vol. xvili., Nov., 1894, p. 1go.
Hadra adcockiana, n. sp., fig.
Brazier, J.—‘‘On some Australian and Tasmanian Mollusca with their
synonyms.” P.L.S., N.S.W., 2, vol. ix., March, 1895, pp. 691-700.
Reduces several names of Petterd, Tenison-Woods, himself and others to
synonymy, recording all known localities for specigs discussed.
Brazier, J.—‘‘ Rossitevia, a new sub-genus of the family Tvochidae.” P.L.S.,
N.S.W., vol. ix., vol. ix., 1895.
A new name, of a new sub-genus, proposed for Solanderia, Fischer, pre-
occupied.

Brazier, J.—‘‘ Tvochus adamsi, from Port Jackson, and new varieties of
Bulimus miltocheilus from the Solomon Islands.” P.L.S., N.S.W., pp.
567-570.

By a singular confusion the name comptus of Adams is set aside as
pre-occupied by Philippi, and adamsi Brazier (new name) written in its place,
yet proof is advanced in a foot-note that comptus Adams was of earlier publica-
tion than comtus, Philippi. For this species (of which C. purpureo-cinctum,
Hedley, is a synonym) the name Calliostoma comptus, Adams, should be used
by Brazier’s evidence despite Brazier’s verdict. Colour-varieties. stvamineus,

minor and albolabris are named of Placostylus miltocheilus. ‘Gist

Chaster, G. W.—‘' Nassa reticulata, var. minor.’ Journ. of Conch., vol. viii.,
1895, P. 75:

Collinge, Walter E., and Godwin-Austen, H. H.—[See under.
‘“ ANaToMyY’’: Molluscs from Borneo. |]

New species :—Daymayantia smithi, Microparmarion pollonerai and M. simvothi.

CURRENT LITERATURE. 64

Cox, J. C.—‘‘Observations on a Cytherea, found in Bass Straits,”
Privately printed, Sydney, May, 1895.

Details bibliographical history of Cytherea kingii, Gray, contends that it
is distinct from C. Jamarckii, Gray, C. modesta, Philippi, and other species
with which authors have confounded it; also that it has thus been crro-
neously indicated from Tahiti, St. Thomas and the Nicobars; the correct
locality being Bass Straits.

Dall, W. H.—‘ Description of a new Vitrea from Paget Sound."’ Naut.,
vol. ix., 1895, pp. 57 & 28.

Dall, W. H.—‘ Synopsis of the sub-divisions of Holospira and some related
genera.” Naut., vol. ix., 1895, pp. 50-51.

Dall, W. H.—‘' Three new species of Macoma from the Gulf of Mexico.”
Naut., vol. ix., 1895, pp. 32-34- ;

Godwin-Austen, H. H.—'' Notes on Tvochonina and other genera of land
mollusca, with reference to the generic position of Martensia mozambicensis
and other species."’ Proc. Mal. Soc., vol. i., 1895, pp. 281-287, pl. xix.

Harris, Gilbert D.—‘‘New and otherwise interesting Tertiary Mollusca
from Texas.’’ Proc Acad. Nat. Sci., Philad., 1895, part 1, pp. 45-88,
pls, i.-ix.

A large number of new species.

Hedley, C.—‘‘Some conchological notes.’’ P.L.S., N.S.W., 2, ix., pp.
464-466, fig.
Illustrates the hitherto unfigured Liotia tasmanica, T. Woods, reports
Patella kevmadecensis from Raoul, Kermadecs, and Kuphus, from New Guinea
(fossil) and from the Solomons (recent).

Hoernes, R.—‘' Pereivaca gervaisii, Véz. von Ivandel bei St. Bartelma in
Unterkrain."’ Ann. Hofmus. Wein., vol. x., 1895, pp. 1-16, pls. i.-ii.,
2 figs.

The author concludes this form to be closely related to Struthiolavia. A
full summary of the literature is given.

Jordan, Henry K.—‘‘On some new species of British mollusca from the
‘Triton’ expedition, with a list of other species new to the Faroe
Channel.’’ Proc. Mal. Soc.. vol. i., 1895, pp. 264-262, plate xvi.

New species:—Dentalium aenigmaticum,; Puncturella chasteri; Trochus
(Margarita) tetvagonostoma, T. (Magarita) coulsont; Eulima martyn-jordant,
E. frielei ; Actaeon brownt.

Ihering, H. v.—‘'Die Gattung Paludestrina.”” Nachr. Deutsch., Mal.
Gesell., 1895, pp. 122-128.

Martens, E. von.— Die Gattung Cylindrus, Fitz.’
pp. 103-108, pl. viil.

C. insularis, Ehrbg. and C. pulla, Gray, belong to Stenogyra.

’

Arch. Natur., vol. 1xi.,

Moss, W.—“ The value of the radula as an aid to classification,’ reprinted
Trans. Manchester Mic. Soc., 1894, 5 pp. 2 pls.
Parona, S. C. C. F., and Bonarelli, C.—‘t Nuovi genera di Ammoniti

giuresi.”’ Rend. Inst., Lombardo, 2, xxvili., 1895, pp. 686-687.
Sowerbyceras (type Amm. tortisulcatum, Derb.), Lophoceras (type Amm.

pustulatis, Reia.), Distichoceras (type Amm, bipartitus, Ziet.) :

Pilsbry, Henry A.—‘‘A new Pupoid type of Helicidae.’”” Am. Mag. Nat.
Hist., vol. xvi., 1895, pp. 155-157.

Pilsbry, Henry A.—‘‘ A new Teinostoma.”” Naut., vol. ix., 1895, pp. 52.

Pilsbry, Henry A.—‘' New forms of American Zonitidae and Helicidae.”’
Naut., vol. ix., 1895, pp. 14-16.

Pilsbry, H. A., and Vanatta, E. G.—‘'New species of the genus Cevion.”’
Proc. Acad. Sci., Philad, 1895, pt. 1, pp. 201-210.

65 CURRENT LITERATURE.

Pilsbry, Henry A.—''On the generic position of Patulastva? [Punctum ?]
; pugetensis and Pyramidula? vandolphii, with suggestions for a ciassifica-
tion of American Zonitidae.’’ Naut., vol. ix., 1895, pp. 17-19.
Smith, Edgar A.—‘' Notes on Nassodonta insignis.’’ Proc. Mal. Soc., vol. i.,
1895, Pp. 257-258.
Smith, Edgar A.—‘‘ Observation on the genus Clea, with the description of
a new species.’’ Proc. Mal. Soc., vol. 1, 1895, pp. 251-253, 1 fig.
Clea bangueyensis from Banguey Island off North Borneo.
Sowerby, G. B.—‘' New species of shells from Kurachi and the Mekran
Coast, collected by Mr. F. W. Townsend.” Proc. Mal. Soc., vol. i.,
1895, pp. 278-280, pl. xvii.
Mangilia townsendi; Bullia nitida ; Niso venosa; Gibbula townsendi; Minolia
gvadata ; Spondylus exilis ; Mevetrix tumida.
Sykes, E. R.—‘ Descriptions of new Cluusiliae from Japan and Yunnan.”
Proc. Mal. Soc., vol. i., 1895, pp. 261-265, figs.
Clausilia schmackeri, C. ignobilis, C, fultont, C. bocki, C. yunnanensis.
Stearns, R. E. C.—‘- A new variety of Ocinebra civcumtexta, Stearns.’’ Naut.,
Vol. ix., 1895, pp. 16. .
Tate, R.—“ Brief diagnoses of mollusca from Central Australia.’ Trans.
Roy. Soc., S. Australia, vol. xviii., 1894, pp. 113-119.
Notices of 22 new species intended rather for the establishment of
nomenclature than the recognition cf species.
Tate, R.—([See under ‘‘ PALAEONTOLOGY,” Clays at Lake Callabonna. ]

Thiele, Johann.—" Hemitrichia guimarasenss,n. sp.'’ Nachr. Mal, Ges., 1895,
pp. 131-132.

Verco, J. C.—“‘A revision of the recent gasteropods of South Australia.’,
Trans. R. Soc., S. Australia, xix., 1895, pp. 94-107.

Verco, J. C.—‘‘ Descriptions of new species of marine mollusca of South
Australia.’ Trans. R. Soc. S. Australia, pp. 84-94, pls. i.-iii.
New species: — Murex tatet, M. vobustus; Trophon angustus; Lativus

auvantiacus,; L. pulleinet ; Crassatella producta, C. micra.

VARIATION.

J. C. W. and P. H. A.—‘‘A remarkable monstrosity of Fulgur canaliculat-
um.” Naut., vol. ix., 1895, pp. 25-27.

Sich, Alfred.—‘' Helix rotundata, Mull. (sinistrorsum, Taylor).’’ Zo6l., vol. xxx.,
1895, p. 380. Ina garden at Chiswick,

PALAEONTOLOGY.

Elles, G. L., and Wood, E. R. M.—‘On the Drygill Sandstones.”’
Geol. Mag., vol. ii. (N.S.), 1895, pp. 246-9.

Etheridge, R., jnr.—'' Additional notes on the Palaeontology of Queens-
landes) RaETS:, NES:Wi2.ix ) pp: 518-539, pls. xxxix xi:
Cypricardella vectangulavis, Edmondia smithii, Ptychomphalina randii. new spp.,
fig., unnamed spp. of Bellerophon, Loxonema and Productus, figured, Athyris
voystt, Leveille and Chaenomya etheridget, Kominch, re-figured. All Palaezoic.
Foresti, L.—'‘ Enumerazione dei Brachiopodi e dei Molluschi pliocenici der
dintorni di Bolonga (continuazione).’’ Boll. Soc. Mal., Ital., vol. xviii.,
1893 (pub. Aug., 1895), pp. 241-413.

Franchis, Filipo de.—‘Descriptone comparativa dei Molluschi post-
plioxenici del bacino de Palazina (continuazione).’’ Boll. Mal. Ital.
vol, ix., 1894 (pub. August, 1895), pp. 105-222, pls. 1-3.

CURRENT LITERATURE. 66

Hall, T. S., and Pritchard, G. B.—‘' The Older Tertiaries of Maude with
an indication of the sequence of the Eocene rocks of Victoria.’’ Roy.
Soc. Victoria, vol. vii., 1895, pp. 183-196.
Contains list of fossil mollusca.
Harris, Gilbert D.—[See under ‘‘SystEmMatic Work,” Tertiary Mollusca
from Texas. |
Kennedy, William.—' The Eocene Tertiary of Texas, east of the Brazos
River.’ Proc. Acad. Sci. Philad., 1895, pt. i., pp, 89-160.
Lists of shell occurring in the various sections described are given.
Pritchard, G. B.—‘‘ Contributions to the Palaeontology of the older Tertiary
of Victoria, Lamellibranchs, part i.’’ Pro. Roy. Soc. Victoria, vol. vii.,
Ppp. 225-31, pl. xii.
New spp. Trigonia tatei, Myochama trapezia, Pinna cordata, Cardita maudensis,
and Chione halli, all figured.

Tate, R.—‘ Notes on the organic remains of the osseous clays at Lake
Callabonna,’’ Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Australia, vol. xviii., 1894, pp.
195-6.

New species:—Blandfordia [Covxiella, Smith] stivlingi and variety
mamillata, no fig.
Webb, Wilfred Mark.—‘‘ Note on the shells from the brick-earth at
Chelmsford.’ Essex Nat., vol. ix., 1895, pp. 19-20.
A newly-described deposit containing :—Pupa muscorum, Succinea elegans,
S. oblonga; Lymnaea pereger, L. palustris, L. truncatula; Planorbis marginatus,
P. spirorbis.

COLLECTING AND USE.

Bavay.—‘‘ Récolte des mollusques (conseils aux voyageurs).”’ Feuille
Jeunes Nat., 1895, pp. 137-142 and 16r.
Etheridge, R.—‘‘ The Kuditcha shoes of Central Australia.’ P.L.S.,
N.S.W., 2, vol. ix., pp. 544-550.
The slippers are stuffed with shells of Hadva perinflata whose snail is eaten.

BIBLIOGRAPHY AND INDEX.

Anonymous.—Index to the ‘‘Conchologist's Exchange.’ Naut., vol. ix.,
1895, PP- 43-48, 154-60.

Roebuck, W. Denison.—‘ Bibliography (for the North of England) Marine
Mollusca, 1889-1892 (concluded)."’ The Naturalist, 1895, pp. 193-200.

BIOGRAPHY.
Anonymous.—‘' Dr. John A. Ryder.’’ Naut., vol. ix., 1895, pp. 29-31,
portrait.
Anonymous.—" Dr. W. S. W. Ruschenberger.’’ Naut., vol. ix.,. 1895, pp.
31-32.

Anonymous.—‘ Pellegrino Strobel.’’ Boll. Mal. Soc. Ital., vol. xix., 1894
(pub. Aug., 1895), pp. 233-34. Bibl,

Layard, E. L.—‘'Some personal reminiscences of the late Hugh Cuming.”
Journ. of Conch., vol. viii., 1895, pp. 71-75.

Melvill, J. C.—‘‘An epitome of the life of the late Hugh Cuming”
(contd.). Journ. of Conch., vol. viii., 1895, pp. 65-70.

NOTES.

* Shells and Superstitions.—Apropos of Mr. Finn’s note, the following
may be worthy of record :—

A European had rendered some service to a chief of Erromanga, New
Hebrides. Asa taken of gratitude the latter presented to him a charm to
ensure good fortune, much esteemed by the natives. This consisted of a
single normal specimen of Turvicula vulpecula carefully wrapped in a piece of
Tappa cloth.—J. JeNNinGs, Australian Museum.

Sydney, N.S.W., June gth, 1895.

Importation of Foreign Land Molluscs.—As affording some idea of
the various modes by which foreign species of molluscs may be imported,
the following is worth recording :—During the last summer, whilst screen-
ing a quantity of Smyrna beans, large numbers of snail-shells were discovered
in the refuse, some of these have lately come into. my possession and belong
to Helix lactea and Helix candidissima. Whether or not any of the specimens
were alive on their arrival at Bishop’s Stortford I have not been able to
ascertain, but there appears to me to be no reason why living specimens
should not be thus imported. Inquiries are being made with regard to this,
and perhaps later, more definite information may be obtained.

FRANK HUGHEs.

The Toheroa and its Enemies.—There is a bivalve found on the
coast (Wairoa) called Toheroa: it is found in the sand on the shore only
where fresh-water runs across the beach. When the tide rolls in, the animals
anchor themselves bya long tongue and the shellsstand up in the sea-water—
you may see them like tulips in a garden-bed. ‘The birds of the shore are
ready, and every now and then, down one drops, catches a Toheroa and
rising up fifty feet or so, dropsit on the hard sand and follows quickly to find
the shell smashed, but often another sea-gull is there first and they have an
argument about the matter. There is also a fish called ‘‘ Schnapper ’’ which
makes a business of catching the bivalves, the fish come in shoals to where the
Toheroas are found, and you can see their tails sticking up like grass in a
field as they gulp down the poor things. These Schnappers are furnished
with a pair of jaws like a stone-crusher, and boys and men catch them
with a line and strong hook baited with a Toheroa and good they are to
eat. The Toheroas are dug out like potatoes, and though. they have many
enemies they must increase very, very fast, for two inches below the surface
there is often a layer three or four deep. The Maories go with pack-
horses to fetch them.—SAMUEL WEBB, Rockvale, Whakahara, June 19th, 1895.

[It would be interesting to learn the specific name of the bivalve.— Ep. ]

New British Marine Shells.—Rissoa subsoluta, Aradas.—I had over-
looked a specimen of this shell, dredged in 1890, off Menavawr Rock, on the
Atlantic side of the Scilly Islands in yo fathoms. It was taken with
R. jeffreysi, Odostomia compactilis, Utriculus expansus and other species hitherto
recorded only from the Shetlands. Although a difficult place to reach, and
still more difficult to dredge at, more specimens will probably be found about
the district, as it was taken in the Porcupine Expedition on the Atlantic slope
off the Scillies, in 539 fathoms, and at the entrance to the British Channel in
690-717 fathoms.

My specimen is as fresh as if living and differs from the Mediterranean
form in that the sculpture is coarser, and that the longitudinals and spirals

68 NOTES.

are more uniform, instead of the former predominating, making it appear
reticulated like R. testae, just as I find in one of the Porcupine specimens from
the Atlantic, off Scilly. I have previously noticed the tendency of Scillonian
Rissoae to run coarse.

Jeffrey's figures in the Porcupine Report, which are otherwise good,
show fine spiral sculpture on the lower part only, of each whorl; but these
spirals should appear throughout the three sculptured whorls, the apex being
smooth and polished. The species is very variable as regards the sculpture,
some specimens having little or no traces of longitudinal ribs, but the fine
spirals are always present throughout.

It may be considered a decidedly deep-water species, its Mediterranean
range being 108-310 fathoms ; but in the Porcupine Expedition it occurred at
depths exceeding 1000 fathoms. The Scilly record of 40 fathoms must,
therefore, be considered exceptional.

Some other notes by me regarding this species will be found in the
“Journal of Conchology”’ for January and April, 1895.
J. T. MarsuaLt.

[The above is an addition to Mr. Marshall's paper in the last
number—Eb. |

OBITUARY.

Miss Saul, who died a week or so ago, has bequeathed her collection
to the University of Cambridge.

The death is announced of J. Kostal, Assistant in the Bohemian
Polytechnicum, on September 26th, at Prague.

EDITORS’ NOTES.

We are sorry to say that no response whatsoever has been made to
the appeal for subscribers, printed on page 2 of the cover of the last two
numbers, and we would ask those readers who are really interested in the
success and well-being of the Journal, to obtain at least one other sub-
scriber.

Pe Pe eee

S
ay b
a
iv
5
zs

THE JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY, Vol. IV., Plate II.

[Frontispiece,

British TESTACELLAE, extended and contracted.

Life-size.

Testacella mauget, Testacella scutulum, Testacella haliotidea,
Fér. Sow. Drap-

Rudd & Son sculpt.

W. J. Webb del. ad nat., Figures 1, 2 & 3.
Garratt & Walsh sculpt.

Ethel Webb del. Figs 4, 5 & 6 from a photo. by F. Hughes.

THE JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY, Vol. IV., Plate III.
[To face page 76,

SHELLS OF BRITISH TESTACELLAE, seen from above and below.

Enlarged twice, linear.

Testacella mauget, Fér.

This shell is large, and being markedly convexo-concave, will not be easily
confounded with either of the other species.

10

Testacella scutulum, Sow,

The dorsal surface of the shell is flat, and even somewhat concave towards
the edge away from the columella, which ends abruptly and has a more
or less sharp edge.

II

Testacella haliotidea, Drap.

The shell is more massive, is pearly on the inside, and is not so pointed
anteriorly, while the columella is flattened and broadened, especially under
the apex of the shell.

Ethel Webb del. ad nat. Garratt & Walsh sculpt.

fl de) & Ge ee

(oor NAL OF MALACOLOGY:

No. 4. DECEMBER 20th, 1895. Vol. IV.

PURPURA CORONATA, LAM. IN THE WEST
INDIES.

By the Rev. A. H. COOKE, M.A., F.Z.S.,

Fellow and Tutor of King's College, Cambridge.

Shells of a dwarfed form of Purpura coronata, Lam., have
been in my possession for the last few years, having been
brought back from Demerara in alcohol, with the animal inside,
by a near relation. During a recent visit to the British
Museum, Mr. Edgar Smith showed me some specimens of a
Purpura which I immediately recognized as identical with those
above-mentioned, and which had, in fact, been sent to him from
Demerara for identification. Still more recently I received from
Mr. R. J. L. Guppy, a bottle of marine shells taken alive on the
coast of Trinidad, among which were anumber of specimens of
the typical P. coronata.

It appears to me worth: while formally to notify the occur-
rence of this common West African species on the South
American coast. In the Demerara form, which is so well
marked as almost to require special notification as a variety,
the shell is smaller than the type, and not nearly so squarely

7O COOKE: PURPURA CORONATA, LAM. IN THE WEST INDIES.

massive, spire more elevated, tubercles faintly marked, and in
some cases evanescent, the whole shell not presenting, except
at the extreme apex, that curiously waxen appearance which is
so characteristic of the type. On the other hand, the curiously
ribbed suture and peculiar umbilicus are well marked. The
shell presents the general appearance of a form occurring ona
muddy foreshore, which is, I believe, its actual habitat. It
occurs in company with P. floridana Conr., and Littorina
columellaris Orb. The specimens from Trinidad are in all
respects typical.

It is a singular fact that a shell of the size and abundance
of P. covonata should not have been hitherto noticed from this
locality, and it is quite possible that the species has not long
established itself on the coast, in which case it will be interesting
to trace the time and area of its eventual extension. The type
has been hitherto exclusively characteristic of western tropical
Africa, but the north and south range of the species does not
appear to have been ascertained with accuracy.

Into the interesting question of the relation of the E.
American and W. African tropical fauna, which is significantly
hinted at in the occurrence of this species on both sides of the
Atlantic, I do not now propose to enter. It is well known that
the larva of a certain Purpura is pelagic (in which form, indeed, it
has been more than once described as a new genus), and there
can be little doubt that the larval form ofthe species in question
has been carried across the Atlantic by the equatorial current
which sets westward from Cape Palmas.

In the list of St. Helena. mollusca, given by Mr. Edgar
Smith in P.Z.S., 1890, p. 250, out of 177 species, 42, or about
24 per cent, also occur in the West Indies. Scarcely more than
half-a-dozen of these, however, appear to be littoral species.

NOTES ON THE TERRESTRIAL MOLLUSCAN
FAUNA OF NEW CALEDONIA,

Dyan eee USEING BESS) Sen VAC EZ Ss,

Honorary Secretary of the Malacological Society.

WE have to congratulate Mons. Crosse on the recent publication
of the first part of his excellent study on the fauna of New
Caledonia. This has induced the writer to put together the
following notes, the result of a study of that fauna made some
time ago, in conjunction with Mr. Ponsonby. The responsibility
for this publication, however, must rest with the writer.

Speaking of Rhytida kanakina, Gassies, Mons. Crosse
remarks (p.-185) ‘‘ De plus, les conditions dans lesquelles s’est
‘‘effectuée la dispersion de ses collections néo-caledoniennes,
‘‘rendent absolument incertaine la resource de la consultation
‘du type.” Any record, therefore, of these types of Gassies is
of interest: the British Museum, at the sale of his collection,
acquired a considerable portion of the shells from New Caledonia,
and amongst them were the following Helicoid land-shells, most
of which are type specimens :—

Diplomphalus cabriti
Rhytida multisulcata
. luteolina

Charopa melaleucarwumn
Ka vetula
“ vusticula

" lamberti om dispersa
a vufotincta * decreta
a subnitens ae confinis
a testudinaria nA inculta
vaynalt a melitae
A yali inia subfulva i: vhizophovarum

af savest
Microcystis bourailensis
Platyrhytida occlusa

subcoacta
opaoana
houtoumensis

7 bruniana
ys ovriunda

Trochomorpha lalannet

There is also Rhytida villandret, erroneously described from
New Caledonia. The classification given above, is that of
Mons. Crosse: Gassies, as is well known, usually describing his
species as belonging to Helix or Zonites.

* Journ. de Conch,, Tom xlii., No. 3, pp. 161-332, pl. vii.-viii., Oct., 1895.

72 SYKES | TERRESTRIAL MOLLUSAN FAUNA.

It is worth while, too, remarking that the Helix aulacospira,
Pfeiffer (1846), is, from an examination of the type, specifically
identical with the Helix multisulcata of Gassies (1857). This
fact does not appear to have come to the notice of Mons. Crosse.
Judging from figures and descriptions, as also from specimens in
this country, it would appear also that H. lufeolina, Gassies=
HT. d:planch:st, and is another synonym of H. aulacospira.

One would have inclined, also, to place H. vahouznsis, Gassies
as a synonym of H. multisulcata (=H. aulacospiva). Again, from
an examination of the type of Helix bisulcata, Pfeiffer (1853),
described as from Tasmania, it is clear that this species is
identical with the H. bevaudi, Gassies (1858). Some doubt must
be felt, too, as to whether Mons. Crosse is correct in separating
Rhytida cogwensis, Crosse, and R. paulucciae, Crosse, from R.
testudinaria, Gassies.

The H. pinicola of Gassies, Layard, &c., is not the AH.
pinicola of Pfeiffer. The type of this latter species (Mus. Cuming)
is labelled as from the ‘I. of Pines” and probably does not
really come from New Caledonia. It appears to me that the
H. pinicola of Gassies is a synonym of the H. costulifera, Pfeiffer.

Referring to the Platystoma, Ancey, which Mons. Crosse
quite correctly replaces by Platyrhytida, Cockerell, it may be
pointed out that, in addition to the use of the name by
Klein, Platystoma has been used by Meigen (1803, Diptera),
Agassiz (1829, Pisces), Swainson (1837, Aves), while Conrad
used Platyostoma in 1842.

Mons. Crosse is thoroughly to be commended for having
(p. 223) united H. turnert, H. astur, and H. occlusa into one species ;
the last two being only toothless forms of the former; they are
correctly placed under Platyrhytida.

Mons. Crosse appears to have overlooked the fact, to which
Mons. Ancey called attention in 1888, that when Helix berlieret
was described there was also a Helix berlievt, Morelet, which took
precedence. Though, of course, these two now are placed in
different genera, still there were at one time two species in the
same genus of the same name, and the rule of priority was
violated.

Mors. Crosse also appears to be in ignorance of a paper by
Dr. Boettger + in which the species of Pupa from New Caledonia
were discussed ; a new group, Cylindvovertilla, was proposed for

+ In von, Martens, Conch. Mitth., 1880, vol. i., pp. 45-72, taf., x.-xii.

NOTES. Wg}

P. fabreana and P. paitensis, and P. artensis was united with
P. pediculus, Shuttl. A little note on the value of the name
Laimodonta | (which he emends to Laemodonta), by the present
writer, seems also to have escaped his notice.

In conclusion, it need only be remarked that it is very much
easier to endeavour to find mistakes in such a catalogue than to
compile it, and that only those who have studied a fauna, so
difficult as that of New Caledonia, are able to appreciate the
time and labour involved in the work, of which Mons. Crosse
has so successfully completed the major portion.

¢ Journ. Mal., vol. iii., p. 73.

NOTES.

Locality of Clausilia recondita, Sykes.—This Clausilia, recently des-
cribed (ante, vol. iii., p. 48), from Sumbawa, has now been found among some
shells collected in Gilolo. Ee RS:

Arion hortensis, var. caeruleus.—I have recently received from Mr. °
B. B. Woodward a number of specimens of Avion hortensis, Fer., from his
garden at Ealing. Amongst these I was interested in finding two examples
of the var. caeruleus, which I described some years ago (Conchologist, 1892,
vol. ii.). The most southernly record I have previously had was near Oxford,
where I collected it in 1890. WALTER E. CoLtinceE, F.Z.S.

Note on Scacchia eddystonia, Marshall.—Having recently received
a large quantity of sand, trawled off Plymouth, I examined it very carefully,
in the hope of finding the small bivalve which Mr. Marshall described under
the above name, in the ‘‘ Journal of Malacology”’ for June last. A few valves
were found agreeing exactly with Mr. Marshall's description and the admir-
able figures accompanying his paper (except that one valve is perfectly
hyaline). But it was at once seen not to be a Scacchia at all, for although the
shells closely resemble in shape S. eélliptica, Scacchi of the same size, the
hinge is utterly different. Moreover, the description given by Mr. Marshall
is incorrect. The ‘‘two’’ cardinal teeth of which he speaks are really a single
cleft cardinal, whilst his ‘‘ lateral’’ is another simple cardinal. The hinge is,
in fact, that of an absolutely typical Diplodonta. A reference to Jeffreys’
‘‘ British Conchology ’’ shows that the fry of D. rotundata, Montg., are .
evidently remarkable, for Jeffreys himself described young examples of the
species, under the name of Diodonta barleei, in the ‘‘ Annals and Magazine of
Natural History”’ for 1858. The description of this Diodonta barleei is brief
and the outline of the figure not very good, but the hinge is admirably shown,
and it is easily identified with Scacchia eddystonia. I have been able to satisfy
myself that it is in reality the fry of Dip. rotundata, Montagu, by an examina-
tion of the um)dnal region of young specimens of the species kindly sent by
my friend, Mr. H. K. Jordan, F.G.S.

Southport. Geo. W. CHASTER.

THE BRITISH. SPECIES OF TESTACELEA:

By WILFRED MARK WEBB, F.L.S.,
Staff-Demonstrator in Biology to the County Council of Essex.

It is now recognised that there are three species of Testaceila
to be met with in this country, to wit, Testacella maugei, Férussac,
T. haliotidea, Draparnaud, and T. scutulum, G. B. Sowerby. Of
these molluscs, the two last are, at first sight, so much alike, that
until recently, any shell-bearing slug not referable to Férussac’s
species was put down as T. haliotidea.,

The history of the separation of the third species is as
follows :—

1823. In this year Mr. G. B. Sowerby* described Testacella
scutulum as a distinct species, but, following the opinion
of Férussac, British conchologists, including Sowerby
himself, came to consider this form to be merely a
variation of Draparnaud’s species.

1856. Mr. Tappingt re-described the species under the name
of T. medu-templt, his specimens being found in the Middle
Temple gardens.

1885. The following is an extract from a letter written by the
late Mr. Charles Ashford to the writer, with reference
to the anatomical work on which the following paper
was founded :—

‘‘ The results of the examination of T. scutulum were
‘communicated to Mr. Taylor by letter. The first
‘* specimen, received through Mr. Roebuck and sent me
‘“‘at Mr. Taylor’s request, was dissected in February,
‘©1885, and was found to differ materially from Moquin-
‘‘ Tandon’s figure of T. haliotidea. Subsequent examples
‘‘sent me by Mr. Taylor showed the difference to be
** constant.”

1888. The paper} to which the credit of re-establishing
Sowerby’s species really belongs was published in this

* Genera of Recent and Fossil Shells. 1823. PI. clix.
t ZoiUlogist, 1856, p. 5105.
On the specific distinctness and geographical distribution of Testac:lla scutulum)
G, B. Sowerby. Journ, of Conch., vol, v., 1888, p. 337.

WEBB: THE BRITISH SPECIES OF TESTACELLA. WE,

Vede-e an it Mr [*\yW. Vaylor described. the external
characters of the two less easily distinguished species
and the points of difference in the anatomy of their
reproductive organs made out by Mr. Ashford, together
with others in the radulae. To the paper was added an
exhaustive account of the distribution of Testacella scutulum
in the British Isles and elsewhere.

1893. On June ist the present writer made some remarks
before the Linnean Society* on the manner of feeding in
Testacella scutulum,and gave the results of some anatomical
work on this species which bore out Mr. Ashford’s state-
ments.

In the Annals and Magazine of Natural History for
July, Mr. Walter E. Collinget+ also confirmed Mr. Ash-
ford’s results, giving an exhaustive account and figures
of the reproductive organs of all three species.

In his paper, Mr. Taylor expressed the hope that the full
distribution of 7. scutulum would be worked out, but, as the
writer has already indicated,} by the separation of this species
a doubt must be thrown upon the existing records for T. haliotidea,
and the most important piece of work on the distribution of these
slugs, is the obtaining of a reliable list of localities for the latter
species, like the one given for the other form by Mr. Taylor.

With this end in view, the writer has been endeavouring,
with the welcome help of the gardening and other papers,§ to
obtain specimens of Testacella for careful determination. Up to
the present, the effort has been productive rather of a number of
individuals than of localities; but the abundance of material
which has been collected, through the kindness of correspondents
throughout Great Britain, has given to the writer the oppor-
tunity of doing some work that might have been undertaken
when his observations were made on Testacella scutulum, but
which had perforce to stand over on account of the difficulty
then, and till now, experienced of obtaining T. haliotidea.

In the following papers the British species of Testacella
will be briefly compared externally and anatomically, and
Jater, the distribution wil] be dealt with, more particularly
that of T. halvtidea.

* Proc. Linn. Soc., 1892-3, p. 28. A paper embodying the remarks alluded to was
published in the ZoUlogist, ser. 3, vol. xvii. (August, 1893), pp. 281-289, pl. i.

Ser. 6, vol. xii., pp. 21-25, pl. i.

Nature, July 26, 1894.

Gardeners’ Chronicle, 1895. Gardening World, vol. xii., 1895, p. 89. Nature, vol. lii.
Ps 597+

a ++

76
In

the table below
external features of our Testacellae are set out,

some of the

WEBB : THE BRITISH SPECIES OF TESTACELLA.

more important

and with

the help of Plates II. and III., on which the slugs and

their

shells are

respectively

figured,

species should easily be determined.

EXTERNAL CHARACTERS.

Testacella mauget,
Fér.

Testacella scutulum,
Sow.

Shell. Large, often half-an- | The smallest of the

inch in length or} three species when

(Fordetails|} more; easily identi-. adult, thin, covered

and figures| _ fied. witha brown perio-
see Plate | stracum.

IMD.

Skin. | Somewhat smooth, | Smooth, withslightly-
dorsal tubercles; marked lateral
often distinct, lat-| grooves.
eral grooves fairly
distinct.

Colour | Yellow, more or less | More or less bright

of body marked & banded | yellow & usually

generally.| with brown. | covered with tiny
brown dots.

Of foot- Yellow. Yellow.

sole. os.

Animal | Heavily built, wider Slender, of more
fully (proportionately) | uniform breadth.
extended. except towardsthe| More circular in

head, somewhat cross - section,

circular in cross- owing to the swell-

section. ing out of the body

Dorsal lines do not | above the foot.

meet in front of |

the shell. (This is seen in Fig. 5.)}
Plate II. Pige a | Fig. 2.
Animal Cylindrical. | Cylindrical.
contracted| Shell very evident,| Shell shows but

inclined in profile.|_ slightly and _ is

vertical in profile.

Plate Il. Fig. 4. TEER Se

any of the British

Testacella haliotidea,
Drap.

In all but very young
individuals itis solid
looking and more
or less weathered,
showing rough lines
of growth.

Rougher, with dis-
tinct lateral grooves.

Not so pure a yellow,
more or less tawny ;
dorsal lines and
lateral grooves pig-
mented.

Whitish.

Gets more rapidly
slender towards the
head.

Approximately trian-
gular in cross-sec-
tion.

The dorsal lines en-
close a more obtuse
angle than in the
preceding species.

Veh es ahs

Conical,
Shell evident and in-
clined in profile.

Fig. 6.

CURRENT LITERATURE.

It is hoped that all Malacologists will aid in making this Biblio-
graphy as complete and useful as possible. Writers, both at home and
abroad, are especially asked to send in copies of their respective papers
for review to Wilfred Mark Webb, Holmesdale, Brentwood, to whom
all communications should be addressed.

MALACOLOGY IN GENERAL.

Taylor, J. W., with the assistance of Roebuck, W. D., and Ashford, Chas.
—‘‘ A monograph of the land and fresh-water mollusca of the British
Isles.’ Part II., Leeds, August 24th, 1895, pp. 65-128, pl. ii., 147 figs.

Mr. John W. Taylor is again to be congratulated on the result of the
careful and really hard work which is to be seen in the second part of his
monograph on British land and fresh-water shells, and when one begins to
realize what such a labour must be, where the author is also the illustrator,
one feels that one’s time might, perhaps, be better spent in praising the many
perfections than in pointing out the few faults. he present part is creditably
printed and excellently illustrated, while the thoroughness of treatment and
general clearness of style which contributed, in no small way, to the success
of Part I., are very well kept up. The introduction of thicker paper for the
plate is a decided improvement, and with the plate itself, as a whole, it would
be very difficult to find any fault, so well have the tints and shading of the
shells been reproduced by the artist and lithographers. It is also pleasant to
see that the colour-printing has not been done ‘‘in Germany.”’

FIGURE 151. Lymnaea stagnalis. FIGURE 152. Helix nemoratlis.

Showing transverse thickenings indicating growth checks sustained by
the animal.

In the instalment under consideration, Mr. Taylor completes his account
of variation in form, and proceeds to discuss variations of the shell in the
character of the lip, in the armature of aperture, sculpture, periostracal
appendages, and further differences in thickness, in form and in colour.
Monstrosities of the shell and hyperstrophy are then considered, and finally
“auxiliary organs ’’—viz., operculum and clausilium—are described.

It is to be expected that the introduction of varietal appellations which
have been applied from time to time to casual variations will not find favour
in the eyes of the present writer, who has always considered the retention of

78 CURRENT LITERATURE.

such names to be the outcome of an inability to grasp the broad facts of
Biology on the part of the describers, followed by the
blindness of individuals who specialize without possessing
a general knowledge of the science in which they dabble.

There is this to be said, however, that Mr. Taylor
might have been more prodigal of varietal names than he
has been, though the terminology that allows of the
labelling of a large Helix aspersa ‘‘ showing the effect of
a favourable environment,’ var. major, while a small
example of the same shell showing the reverse is termed,
var. minor, must appear to most minds to be—well, one will
say—rather eccentric. Whatever one’s idea of varietal
characteristics may be, surely one would not include such
differences from the general form as are temporary, only
affecting the individual and not its descendants, unless sub-
jected to the same environment.

: nap ae Figures 151 and 152 illustrate some of the remarks on
eriostracal Nalrs ars . .

GP eeetic Giiimuriie: shell aperture, while periostracal hairs are well shown by
Alder. Figure 160.

Under the heading of colouring, much interesting matter has been
brought together. It is to this part that Plate II. refers, and although the

FiGureE 210. J/elix aspersa, showing Ficure 194. Helix caperata,
“interrupted ”’ bands. variation probably avoided
by sheep.

introduction of tropical shells may add to the brilliancy of the plate, yet the
advisability of figuring foreign species in a British monograph may be
questioned. An illustration of the distinctly marked variation of Helix virgata

&

FIGURES 229, 230, 231. Limnaca percger, from a pool near Geneva.. Showing the
deformation of the columella and base of the shell, assumed to be caused by Hydra viridis.

supposed to be avoided by sheep, grazing on the downs, is reproduced above
Figure 210 is a handsome variation of Helix aspersa.

CURRENT LITERATURE. 79

Monstrosities receive a good deal of attention, and some remarkable
forms are figured, including specimens (see Figures 229, 230, 231) of Limnaca

ND

FIGURE 238. An orthostrophic sinistral shell as Physa, showing
the heart at the base of the whorl.

FIGURE 239. Intermediate sub-discoidal sinistral shell.

ae =:
FIGURE 240. Discoid form as Pianorbis.

= ae is. FIGURE 241. Intermediate sub-discoidal pseudo-dextral shell.

FIGURE A hyperstrophic pseudo-dextral shell as Pompholix.
The heart is now seen to be at spire side of

body wall,

n
as
nN

Diagrammatic figures showing in a conventional and simple way the changes from an
orthostrophic sinistral to a hyperstrophic pseudo-dextral one.

pereger, probably deformed by the attachment of Hydva to the mollusc. The
figures illustrating hyperstrophy given above speak fér themselves.

W. M. W.

Pilsbry, H. A.—Manual of Conchology, series 1, part 62 (contains vol. xvi.,
pp. 49-112, pls. 17-31) ; series 2, part 38 (contains pp. 49-96, pls. 16-25).
November, 1895.

Will be reviewed later.

ANATOMY.
Clubb, Joseph A.—‘‘ Notes on some points in the structure of the cerata of
Dendronotus arborescens.”’ Proc. and Trans. Liv. Biol. Soc., ix., pp. 220-

234, pls. xiv.-xv.

Haller, B.—‘' Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Morphologie von Nautilus poin-
pilius.” In Zool. Forschungsreisen in Australien, Bnd. 5, lief. 2, pp.
187-204, pls. x1.-xil.

Heymons, Dr. R.—‘' Beimerkungen zur der von v, Erlanger veroffentlichen
‘Etudes sur le developpment des Gastéropodes pulmonés.’”’ Zodl.
Anz, Jahrg., xvili., no, 486, pp. 400-402.

Kerr, J. Graham.—“ On some points in the anatomy of Nautilus pompilius.”
Proc. Zodl. Soc., 1895, pp. 664-686, pls. xxxviil.-xxxix., figs.
The author concludes that the nearest living allies of the Cephalopoda are
to be sought for.amongst the Chitons. He is drawn to this result from a
consideration, inter alia, of the bilateral symmetry, the general relations of the
coelome and nephridia, and the fact that the eggs are developed within
follicles.

Owsjannikow, Ph.—‘ Die Blutkorperchen der Flusskrebse (A. fluviatilis et
A. leptodactylus) und der Teichmuschel (Anodonta). Bull. Acad. Imp.
Sci., St. Pétersbourg, ser. v., tome 2, pp. 365-382, pl.

80 CURRENT LITERATURE.

Woodward, Martin F.—" Note on the anatomy of the larva of the European
oyster, Ostrea edulis, Linn.’ Proc. Mal. Soc., vol, i., 1895, pp. 297-299,
Diaesx

See ante, p. 51. My specimens in very few cases showed the alimentary
canal, and it was for this reason that help was sought from those belonging to
the Royal College of Science, in order to locate the structure presumed to be

the ‘‘ posterior adductor ’’ muscle. W. M. W.

PHYSIOLOGY AND BIOLOGY.

Baring, Hon. Cecil, and Grant, W. R. Ogilvie.—'' An expedition to the
Salvage Islands"’ (from ‘‘The Field” of Sept. 21st and 28th, 1895).
Zool., ser. 3, vol, xix., 1895, Mollusca, pp. 403-404.

Seven shells of Helix pisana found in the stomach of a kestrel, Helix
paupercula apparently forms the chief food of a tarantula (Lycosa maderiana).
Bowell, E. W. W., and Bazeley, E. H.—‘ On Banded Snails.”’ Devonia,

vol. i., part 1, Oct. 1895, pp. 17-21, figs.

Carazzi, D.—‘‘ Green Oysters,’ Nature, vol. lii., p. 643.

Herdman, W. A.—Presidential Address to the Zodlogical Section of the
British Association, 1895.

Kofoid, C. A.—‘‘ On the early development of Limax.’’ Bull. Mus. Comp.
Zodl., vol. xxvii., no. 2, pp. 35-118, pls. i.-viii.

Leighton, T.—‘: Notes on two cases of transport and survival of terrestrial
mollusca in the New Forest.’’ Proc. Mal. Soc., vol. i., 1895, p. 296.
Letellier, A.—‘‘ Une action purement mecanique permit d’ expliquer com-

ment les Cliones creusent leurs galeries dans les valves des huitres.”’
Bull. Soc. Linn. Normandie, ser. 4, tome viii., pp. 149-166.

Mosley, S. L.—‘ Boring shells and other animals.” Nat. Journ., vol. iv.,
PP- 257-259.

Simroth, Dr. H.—‘' Die Gastropoden der Plankton Expedition.’’ Kiel and
Liepzig, 1895, pp. 1-206, pls. xx., figs.

Relates to embryonic shells, most of which the author is unable to

identify with certainty.

Webb, Wilfred Mark.—‘ Protective colouration in British Clausilias.’’
Sci. Goss., new series, vol. ii., Dec., 1895.

FAUNA.

Allen, E. J.—‘‘ Faunistic Notes: January to June, 1895.’’ Journ. Mar. Biol.
Assn., vol. iv., pp. 48-52. Mollusca at p. 51.

Anon.—“ By the way.’’ Devonia, vol. i., part ii., p. 56.

Anon.—“ Large Dreissena polymorpha.’ Nat. Journ., vol. iv., p. 206.

Bendall, Wilfred.—‘‘A list of the land mollusca of the island of New

Providence, Bahamas, with an enumeration of the species recorded
from the other islands.’’” Proc. Mal. Soc., vol, i., 1895, pp. 292-295.

B [owell], E. W. W.—* Occurrence of Helicella fusca, Mont. (near Bampton,
N. Devon).’’ Devonia, vol. i., part ii., p. 49.

Butterell, J. Darker.—‘ Tectura testudinalis on the Yorkshire Coast.’
Natural,, No. 245, Dec., p. 346.

Collinge, Walter E.—‘‘ Notes on some slugs from Algiers,’’ Proc, Mal.
Soc,, vol. i., 1895, pp. 336-337, pl. xxiii.

Amalia ater and A, maculata, new species.

CURRENT LITERATURE. 81

Crosse, H.—‘' Faune malacologique terrestre et fluviatile de la Nouvelle-
Calédonie et de ses dependances.’”’ Journ. de Conch., vol. xlii., no. 3,
pp. 161-332, pls. vil.-viil., October, 1895.

Dall, William Healey.—‘‘ Report on mollusca and brachiopoda dredged in
deep water chiefly near the Hawaiian Islands, with illustrations of
hitherto unfigured species from North-west America.’ Scientific
results of explorations by U. S. Fish Commission steamer Albatross,
No. xxxiv. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. xvii., pp. 675-733, pls. xxiii.-

XXXlil.
Many new species.
Gabriel, Jos.—‘‘ Marine dredging excursion.’’ Victorian Nat., vol. xii.

July, 1895, pp. 39-42.

Godwin-Austen, Lt.-Col. H. H.—‘ List and distribution of the land-
mollusca of the Andaman and Nicobar Islands, with descriptions of
some supposed new species."’ Proc. Zodl. Soc., 1895, pp. 438-457, figs

This is one of those studies of island faunas which in a very great
measure are the indispensable guides of working naturalists. It is interesting
to note how little we yet know of these islands. For instance, Mr, Cooke, in
his recent work (at p. 306), has stated that in the Nicobars the land operculates
outnumber the pulmonates ; turning to Col. Godwin-Austen’s paper, we see
that the reverse is really the case, as the Helicacea number 43, while the
operculata are only 29 all-told. Again, Col. Godwin-Austen extends the range
of Amphidvomus to the Nicobars, while Mr. Cooke gave it as only being from
the Andamans. New species are described belonging to the following
genera :—Sitala, Planispiva, Pupa, Vaginulus, Acmella, Cyathopoma, Omphalo-
tvopis. The general notes on species are also very interesting. There is a slip
in the arithmetic of the table at the end, for if there be 74 species in the

Andamans and 72 in the Nicobars, of which 8 are common, this cannot give a

total of 137. We leave our readers to find out whereabouts in the table the

error is. 1s dats Se
Hedley, C.—‘‘On the Australasian Gundlachia.’’ Nautilus, vol.ix., Oct. 1895,
pp. 61-8, fig.

Taken in the main from Mr. Hedley’s paper in Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W.
vol. viil., 1893: there are some notes added by Mr. Pilsbry on the American
species.

Hume, W. F.—“ Oceanic deposits ancient and modern, part ii. The Mol-
lusca.’’ Nat. Sci., vol. vii., pp. 385-394.

Imhof, Dr. Othm. Em.—‘‘ Summarische beitrage zur kenntniss der Aquatilia
Invertebrata der Schweiz.’’ Biol. Centralblatt, Bnd. xv., Oct, 1895,
PP. 713-719.

Contains three capital tables with prefatory remarks. The tables relate
to distribution— (a) by watersheds, (b) by altitudes.

Iwakawa, T.—‘‘ Fresh-water mollusca of Japan.’’ Zodl. Mag., Tokyo, vol.
vii.,no.8, 1 pl. In Japanese.

Kingsley, R. J.—‘ Zodlogical notes, Paryphanta hochstetteri, found at low
levels at West Wanganui.” Trans. N. Z. Inst., 1894, xxvii., p. 239.

Locard, A.—‘‘ Notices Conchyliologiques, No. xxxii., une coquille Francaise
méconnue.”’ L’ Echange, Rev. Linneenne, ann. xi., pp. 85-6.

Long, F. C.—‘‘Shell-collecting around Whalley.’ Nat. Journ., vol. iv.
PP. 273-4.

Melvill, James Cosmo, and Standen, Robert.—‘ Notes on a collection o
shells from Lifu and Uvea, Loyalty Islands, formed by the Rev. James
and Mrs. Hadfield, with a list of species’’ (continued). Journ.of Conch.,
viii., 1895, pp. 89-128, pls. ii. and iii. (not finished).

The complete paper of 130 pages and two pages of addenda has been

82 CURRENT LITERATURE.

issued separately as one of the Manchester Museum handbooks, under the
title of the ‘‘ Catalogue of the Hadfield Collection of Shells from Loyalty
Islands,’’ Manchester, 1895 (price Is.).

Milne, J. N.—‘' Helix arbustorum in Armagh.” Irish Nat., vol. iv., p. 348. _

Pilsbry, Henry A.—‘‘Catalogue of the Marine Mollusks of Japan, with
descriptions of new species and notes on others collected by Frederick
Stearns.”’ Pub. by F. Stearns, Detroit, 8°» pp. i.-viii., 1-196, pls. i.-xi.,
Oct., 1895.

The Marine Molluscan Fauna of the Japanese Seas has been studied by
many writers, notably Dunker, Lischke and von Schrenck, and we have now
to welcome a work by Mr. Pilsbry. Naturally, as being the latest, this is by
far the most complete, containing, as the author remarks, ‘‘ about 500 species
more than Dunker’s Index, although a considerable number of forms enumer-
ated by him are herein considered synonyms, or are rejected from the Japanese
list... The book is far more than a bare catalogue of species; it contains
much original work, such as the study of Umbonium and the limpets, the
placing of Fissuridea under the Emarginulinae, the use of such names as Macro-
schisina macroschisina, &c. Various new species are described, amongst them
Sepia hercules, which contains a shell nearly 17 inches long. There is one
point to which we must take objection, namely, the describing of species
(e.g., Clausilia stearnsii) without any note that the descriptions have already
been published. Both the author and publisher are to be congratulated on
the general ‘‘ get-up’’ of the book and on the lithographic plates. IDalsense

Pritchard, G. B.—‘' Marine dredging excursion.’’ The Victorian Naturalist,
vol. xii., July, 1895, p. 40.
Notes on mollusca in Port Phillip.
Quadras, J. F., and Moellendorff, O. F. von.—‘ Diagnoses specierum
novarum ex insulis Philippinis.’’ Nach. Mal. Ges., 1895, pp. 137-153.

Scharff, R. F.—‘' An addition to the Irish molluscan fauna.’’ Irish Nat.,
vol. iv., p. 335, fig.
The somewhat doubtful new species, Pisidium hibernicum, Westerlund.
Service, Robert.— ‘‘ The shell slug in Scotland.” Zodlogist, vol. xix., p. 436..
Testacella haliotidea found in Sang’s nursery in Kirkcaldy.

Smith, Edgar A.—‘‘ Report on the land and fresh-water shells collected by
Mr. Herbert H. Smith at St. Vincent, Grenada, and other neighbouring
islands.’’ Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. i., 1895, pp. 300-322, pl. xxi,

Smith, Edgar A.—‘' On a small collection of land-shells from Central
Africa.’’ Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. i., 1895, pp. 323-328, figs.

Standen, R.—‘' Report of the Galway Conference and excursion of the Irish
Field Club Union, 1895. Mbollusca.’’ Irish Nat., vol. iv., pp. 264-270.

Stossich, Prof. Adolpho.—‘ Molluschi osservati e raccolti fra la Alpi
Venete.”’ Boll. Soc. Adriat. Sci. Nat., xvi., pp. 197-210.
A very useful faunal catalogue,

Swanton, E. W.—‘‘ Notes on British land and fresh-water shells.’ Nat.
Journ., vol. iv., pp. 260-1.

Tomlin, B.—‘ Spirula peronii in co, Antrim.’’—Irish Nat., vol. iv., p. 348.

Travers, W. T. L.—‘' Notes on the larger species of Paryphanta in New

Zealand, with some remarks on the distribution and dispersal of land-
shells.’ Trans. N. Z. Inst., 1894, xxvii., pp. 224-228.

licny, Josef.—‘‘ Einige neue formen der mollusken fauna von Bohmen.”’
Verh. Nat. Ver. Brinn., Bnd. xxxiii., pp. 107-8.
Walker, Bryant.—'' Review of our present knowledge of the molluscan

fauna of Michigan.’ Detroit, 1895, 27 pp., 8v°-

Warren, Amy.—'' Lefton sykesii, Chaster, in Killala Bay.’’ Irish Nat.
vol, iv,, p. 348,

CURRENT LITERATURE. 83

SYSTEMATIC WORK.

Dall, W. H.—‘ Note on the genus Joannisia.’’ Nautilus, vol. ix., p. 78.

In April, 1895, the author proposed this name for two bivalves from the
Philippine Islands; it now having come to his knowledge that the name had
already been used, he proposes to replace it by Joannisiella.

Godwin-Austen, Lt.-Col. H. H.—‘ Description of a supposed new species
of land-mollusk of the genus Paymarion from Pulo Laut, an island off
the south-east coast of Borneo.’’ Ann. Mag. N. H,, ser. 6, vol. xvi.,
PP. 434-7, pl. xix., Dec. 1895.

Hector, J.—‘‘ On a new shell (Anomia walteri)."’ Trans. N. Z. Inst., vol.
XXVll., 1894, Pp. 292-3.

As no figure is given or comparison with other members of the genus
instituted, the only and insufficient claim of this species appears to be the
habitat.

Hedley, C.—‘“ Dendrotrochus, Pilsbry, assigned to Trochomorpha.’’ Rec. Austral.
Mus,, vol. ii., no. 6, pp. go-1, pl. xxi.

This recently-described group is removed by Mr. Hedley from Papuina

and piaced in Tvochamorpha, upon anatomical grounds.

Hedley, C.—‘' Pterosoma, Lesson, claimed as a Heteropod."’ Proc. Malac.
Soc., vol. i., 1895, pp. 333-335: figs.

Jousseaume, Dr.—‘' Description de coquilles nouvelles.’ Le Nat., An.
XVii., NO. 203, p. 187.

Four new bivalves from Aden.

Kobelt, Dr. W.—‘‘ Iconographie der land und siisswasser mollusken von
E. A. Rossmassler, fortgesetzt von Dr. W. Kobelt.’”’ Neue folge,
Suppl. Bnd. i., lief. 3 and 4, pp. 33-48, pls. 1a, 7, 7a, 9, 13-18. Oct., 1895.

Several new Helices, principally from Bourguignat’s M.S.

Kobelt, Dr. W.—‘‘ Systematisches Conchylien-cabinet.’’ Bnd. iii., Heft. lii.,
lief. 416, Oct. 1895.
Contains pp. 177-216, pls. 25-30, relating to Columbella. No new species.

Locard, Arnould.—‘‘ Etude sur la collection conchyliologique de Drap-
arnaud.”’. Paris, 1895, 8°» pp. Igo.

What Mons. Locard has endeavoured in this work to do is best described
in his own words, namely, ‘‘ Nous allons, a notre tour essayer Ge faire pour
Draparnaud, le créateur de la Conchyliologie Frangaise, ce que Hanley a si
bien fait pour l’ immortel Linné.”’ It is- curious to note from the author’s
pages how few of the great French collections still remain in their native
country. Draparnaud’s is now at Vienna; those of Lamarck and Delessert
at Geneva; while those of Moquin-Tandon and Dupuy are scattered to the
winds. It will be fresh in the minds of our readers that Morelet’s and the

pick of Gassies’ are now in this country. ERS S:
Melvill, J. Cosmo, and Ponsonby, J. H.—“ Descriptions of five new
species of Ennea from South Africa.’’ Ann. Mag. N. H., ser. 6,

vol. xvi., pp. 478-480, pl. xviii., Dec. 1895.

Mitsukuri, K., and Ikeda, S.—‘‘ Gigantic cephalopod from Japan.’ Zodl.
Mag., Tokyo, vol. vii., no. 2.

Moellendorff, Dr. O. F. von.—“ Pilsbry’s neue Eintheilung der Heliciden.”’
Nach. Mal. Ges., 1895, pp. 153-165.

The first part of a very instructive criticism of vol. ix. of the Manual of

Conchology.

Newton, R. Bullen.—‘‘ On some new species of British Eocene Gastropoda,
with remarks on two forms already described.” Proc. Mal. Soc., vol.i.,
1895, Pp. 326 - 332, pl. xxii.

84 CURRENT LITERATURE.

Pilsbry, H. A.—‘' A new Mexican Bythinella.” Nautilus, vol. ix., Oct, 1895,
pp. 68-9.

Pilsbry, H. A.—‘' Epiphvagmophora californieusis, var. contracostae.”’ Nautilus,

, VO ix OSE BLGOh apa72-

Pilsbry, H. A.—‘ Epiphragmophora remondi, Tryon.” Nautilus, vol. ix., Oct.
1895, Pp. 72.

E. vervilli, Ancey = E. remondi, which latter is distinct from E. carpenter.
Pilsbry, H. A.—'' On Dolabella californica, Stearns.”’ Nautilus, vol.ix., pp. 73-74.

The first published description of the animal of this species. Mr. Pilsbry
proposes a new sub-family, Dolabzllinie, to contain the genus.

Schwarz, Ernest H. L. —‘ Spirwla peronii, Lam.’ Journ. Mar. Zodl., vol.ii.,
Oct. 1895, pp. 25-30.

The author deals with the embryonic and general shell-structure. He
concludes that Sfivula has been derived from the Belemnites through
Spirulivostva. Surely the memoir by Huxley and Pelseneer, published last
spring in the ‘‘ Challenger ’’ Reports, might have reached him.

Smith, E. A.—‘ Description of five new species of land shells from New
Guinea.”’ Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. xvi., pp. 362-5, pl. xx.

Sollas, W. J., and Praeger, R. Lloyd.—‘‘ Notes on glacial deposits in
Ireland.”’ Irish Nat., vol. iv., pp. 321-9.

Sterki, Dr. V.—'‘ Descriptions of new Pisidia.’’ Nautilus, vol. ix., EL 74-0.

P. walkeri and P. politum, n.spp., from the United States.

Verco, J. C.—‘' Descriptions of new species of marine mollusca of South
Australia.”’ ‘‘A revision of the recent Gasteropods of South Australia.”
Trans. Roy. Soc. S. A., 1895, vol. xix., pp. 84-107, pls. i.-iii.

In Australia, Dr. Verco has for several years been known as an ardent and
successful collector, and in these papers we welcome as a recruit to the ranks
of conchological writers one who joins much practical experience of the
dredge to clear and careful literary work. The first article describes as new
Murex tatei, M. robustus, Trophon angustus, T. levis, Latirus auvantiacus, L.
pulleinei, Crassatella producta and C. micra ; re-described is Triton mimeticus,
Tate. All these were dredged off the coast of South Australia, and all, we
observe with satisfaction, are well illustrated. The second article commences
a review, with especial attention to synonymy and distribution, of the marine
gasteropoda of the colony, the Muricidae and Tritonidae being here discussed.
Drawings of the radula of nine species are appended.

Wagner, Ant.—‘‘ Eine kritische studie tiber die arten des genus Daudebardia,
Hartmann, in Europa und Asien.’ Anz. Kais. Akad. Wiss. Wien,
1895, vol. xiv., p. 138,

Some new names, with no descriptions.

PALAEONTOLOGY.

Anon.—“‘ Geology at the British Association.’ Nature, vol. lii., pp. 558-561.
Bigot, A.—‘ Contributions a 1’ étude de la Faune Jurassique de Normandie:
sur les Opis.’ Mem. Soc. Linn. Normandie, tome xviii., pp. 153-192,
pls. vili.-ix.
Several new species, also a review of the group.
Bohm, Johs.—“ Die Gastropoden du Marmolatakalkes.’’ Palaeontograph.,
Bnd. xlii., pp. 211-308, 7 plates, figs.
Many new species and some new genera.
James, J. F.—‘‘ The first fauna of the earth.” Amer. Nat., xxix., pp. 979-
985, figs.

CURRENT LITERATURE. 85

Hind, Wheelton.—‘‘ A monograph on Carbonicola, Anthracomya and Naiadites.”’
Part 2, pp. 81-170, pls. xii.-xx. (Palaeont. Soc., vol. xlix.)

Hudleston, W. H.—“ Jurassic Gasteropoda.’’ Part I, no. 8, pp. 391-444,
pls. xxxiii.-xl. (Palaeont. Soc., vol. xlix.)

McHenry, H., and Watts, W. W.— ‘Guide to the collection of rocks and
fossils belonging to the Geological Survey of Ireland.’’ Dublin, 8¥°-
Pp: 155-

Praeger, R. Lloyd.—‘* The raised beaches of Inishowen:” Irish Nat.,
vol. iv., pp. 278-285.

Rzehak, Anton.—‘ Uber einige neue fossilien fundorte im Mahrischen
miocan.’’ Verh. Nat. Ver. Brunn, Bnd. xxxiii., pp. 252-262.

COLLECTING AND USE.

Bavay.—‘ Conservation et preservation des mollusques.’’ Feu. Jeun. Nat.,
ser. iil., an. 26, no. 302, pp. 19-22.

Bowell, E. W. W., and Bazeley, E. H.—‘ British land and fresh-water
shells.’’ Devonia, vol.i., part i., pp. 3-8, pl. ii., Oct. 1895; part il,
pp. 34-9, pls. ili.-iv., Nov. 1895.

Turner, Edwin E.—' Helix nemoralis as ornament.’’ Sci. Goss., 1895, p. 222.
BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Simroth, Prof. H.—‘‘ Neuere Arbeiten ueber Morphologie der Pulmonaten.”’
Zool. Centralblatt, Jahrg. ii., pp. 321-333.

Simroth, Prof. H.—‘‘ Neuere Arbeiten ueber Prosobranchien.’’ Zod]. Cen-
tralblatt, Jahrg. ii., pp. 481-4.

Simroth, Prof. H.—‘‘ Neuere Arbeiten ueber Opisthobranchien.’”’ Zodl.
Centralblatt, Jahrg. il., pp. 513-5.

Simroth, Prof. H.—‘‘ Neuere Arbeiten ueber die Verbreitung die Gastro-
poden.”” Zodi. Centralblatt, Jahrg. ii., pp. 544-550.

Simroth, Prof. H.—‘‘ Einige Neuere Arbeiten ueber Pulmonaten.”’ - Zool.

Centralblatt, Jahrg. li., pp. 577-580.

Woodward, B. B.—Kecord of the literature on the mollusca for 1894,
occupying 87 pages of the Zodlogical Record for 1894, published by
the Zodlogical Society of London, 1895.
Mr. B. B. Woodward has done his work even more thoroughly than in
the previous years of his recordership.

BIOGRAPHY.

Anonymous.—“ Professor Sven Loven.’’ Geol. Mag., n.s., Dec. 4, vol. ii.,
p. 480.

EDITORS’ NOTES.

Messrs. Beddard and Haddon have written a paper, which will shortly
appear in the Zodlogical Society's ‘‘ Transactions,’ containing descriptions of
a number of new species of Nudibranchiata from the Torres Straits.

We welcome the first and second numbers of a bright little monthly
magazine entitled ‘‘ Devonia,” edited by E. W. W. Bowell and E. H. Bazeley,
of Huntsham, Bampton, North Devon. We must confess, however, that we
have more liking for the matter in it than the manner of its production.

Students of marine life may be interested to hear that H.M.S. Penguin
recently ran out 4,900 fathoms of line and found no bottom in lat. 23° 40S.,
long. 175° 10 W.

We are pleased to hear that Mr. Edgar A. Smith has been chosen as one
of the new Assistant Keepers of Zodlogy at the British Museum.

The kindly notice of the Journal by the editor of the ‘‘ Gardening
World " is much appreciated by us.

LIST OF CONTRIBUTORS TO.VOLUME IV.

The Rev. George Bailey, F.R.M.S.

Francis A. Bather, M.A., F.G.S.

G. W. Chaster, M.R.C.S.

Walter E. Collinge, F.Z.S... “fe

The Rev, A. Hi. Cooke, MeAc EB Zs. =. ate is
Charles Hedley, F.L.S. SiC ae be se
Frank Hughes, F.C.S.

J. Jennings : oe ar

A.S. Kennard .. sie ate

J. T. Marshall

G. T. Rope ac

Ee Ac Smith, sh2-S: oe

E. Ruthven Sykes, B.A., F.Z.S.

J. C. Thresh, M.B., D.Sc., D.P-E.

Samuel Webb .. AD

Wilfred Mark Webb, F.L.S.

B. B. Woodward, F.L.S., F.G.S.

INDEX TO VOLUME IV.

PAGES.
AGNATHA, Habits of the oer <4 * W.M. Webb 50
Amalia parryi, a supposed new species Sc oe Week. Collinge ©7
Arion hortensis, var. caeruleus .. $e Je VV. Collinses 73
BAILEY, G., Mess-mate of Limnaca stagnalis, 8.

Variations in Radulae, 52.
Bather, F. A., Habits of the young Sepia oe £ 33
British Marine Shells, New Fe oe J. T. Marshall 35, 67
CHASTER, G. W., Notes on the less known British

Marine Mollusca, 55. Note on Scacchia cddystonia,

Marshall, 73.
Clausilia vecondita, Sykes, locality of eS IDs I, Sb 98
Cassidavia and On’scia, Notes on the generic ‘terms ce E A. Smith 11
Cooke, Rev. A. H., Purpura coronata, Lam., in the West Indies .. 69
Cooke’s Molluscs (Review) : 56 W.M.W. 40
Collinge, W.E., Amalia parryi, a supposed nt new species, 7.

Description of a new species of Limayx from Ireland, 6

Arion hortensis, var. caeruleus, 73.
Crayford, New Pleistocene Mollusca from .. ee AS kwennardes9
Current Literature —

Anatomy ae Sc 36 xe 19, 43, 60, 79

Bibliography : Se Sis 3c 49, 66, 85

Biography be a6 5c 3c 29, 49, 66, 85

Biology a ate ae & 2%, 44, 61.150

Collecting aie ae ae Nc 28, 49, 66, 85

Culture = ove S60 a6 28, 49

Fauna ae ore a6 5 22, 44, 62,80

Index se ae 5 Se 66

Malacology in General ae Bic te 19, 40, 60, 77

Palaeontology .. 3c re 58 27, 48, 65, 84

Physiology ae 5¢ or 21, 44, 61, 80

Systematic Work Se ae ei 25, 46, 63, 83

Use .. nb as 45 56 ave 66, 85

Variation ae co ae 36 fs 65
DALL'’S Tertiary Fauna of Florida (Review) a8 W. E.C. 44
Description of a New Species of Limay from Ireland .. W.E. Collinge 4
Di-myarian Stage of the ‘‘ Native’’ Oyster .. oe VeVi Webbe rs
FAUNA of New Caledonia, Terrestrial Molluscan... Be Roy kesan70
Finn, A. H. Rev., Sinistral Shells and Superstition ,. Se 29
HABITS of the Agnatha ae 3¢ .. .W.M. Webb 50
Habits of young Sepia 5c By A. Bather 33
Hedley, C., Mollusca of the Oriental Region. F Aa 54
Hughes, Frank, Importation of Foreign land Molluscs ae 67
ILFORD brick-earth, Succinea elegans from.. Sc W.M. Webb 30
Importation of foreign land Molluscs : 50 F. Hughes 67
Inter-breeding of Type and Variety of Helix asper Scots G. T. Rope 30
JENNINGS, J., Shells and Superstition .. ee ee 67
KENNARD, A. S., New Pleistocene Mollusca from Crayford ae 29

LIMAX from Ireland, description of a new species of.. W.E. Collinge 4

88 INDEX.

Webb, W. M., Di-myarian stage of the Native '
Oyster, 15. Habits of the Agnatha, 50. pig coke
deposit containing shells at Chelmsford, 30.
Succinea elegans from Ilford brick-earth, 30. The
British species of Testacella, 74.

PAGES

MARSHALL, J. T., New British Marine Shells 33, 67
Mess-mate of Limnaea stagnalis ee ‘Bailey 8
Mollusca, Notes on the less-known British Marine G. W. Chaster 56
Mollusca of the Oriental Region.. C. Hedley 53
Mollusca, Importation of foreign land F. Hughes 67
NEW Caledonia, Notes on the Terrestrial Molluscan

Fauna of 40 36 E. R. Sykes 71
Notes, Editors’ AG ate 31, 52, 68, 66
OBITUARY : at 68
Oriental Region, Mollusca of the C. Hedley 54
Oyster, Larval 3c 51
Oyster, The di-my arian n stage of the “ Native” W.M. Webb 15
Oysters as Disseminators of Disease : jG. Tintes hie
PLEISTOCENE deposit containing shells at Chelms-

ford .. W.M. Webb 30
Pleistocene Mollusca from Cray ford A. S. Kennard 29
Plutonia, Stabile, on the synonymy of (BV)? 29
Proceedings of Societies hoe 0 ae 31
Purpura coronata, Lam., in the West Indies .. Rev. A. H. Cooke 69
RADULAE, Variations in ae -. iev., G, Bailey 952
Rope, G. T., Inter-breeding of Type and Variety of

Helix asper sa se nin ate - 30
SCACCHIA eddystonia, Marshall, Note on .. G. W. Chaster 73
Sepia, Habits of the Young a or 4c F. A. Bather 34
‘Shells, New British Marine +4 xe J T. Marshall 35, 67
Shells and Superstitions a “5 J. Jennings 67
Sinistral shells and superstition .. _ Rev. A .H. Finn 29
Smith, E. A., Notes on the Generic Terms, Cassidavia

and Oniscia II
Snails, train stopped by 30
Societies, Proceedings of Se 31
Specific identity of Pi ’apuina hedleyi, ‘Smith, and P. canefriana E.R. Sykes 51
Succinea elegans from the Ilford Brick- earth . W.M. Webb 30
Sykes, ap R., Terrestrial Molluscan Fauna of New

Caledonia én 71
Synonymy of Plutonia, Stabile, on the (BV)? 29
TESTACELLA, The British Species of W.M. Webb 74
Thresh, J. C., Oysters as Disseminators of Disease “5 I
Toheroa and its enemies Sis 40 ; S. Webb 67
Tryon’s Manual (Review) a 56 ie ERS. 4260
VARIATIONS in Radulae G. Bailey 52-
WEBB, S., Toheroa and its enemies 67

THE JOURNAL
OF MALACOLOGY

Established in 1890 by Walter E. Collinge as ‘‘ THE ConcHovoaist, a Journal of Malacology.”

EDITED BY
av ES MAURIS WW EBB” Be Sts
Technical Laboratories, County of Essex,
AND
Wee te Ee Cr EIN GE Se? 2.2. Ss;

Mason College, Birmingham ;

WITH THE ASSISTANCE IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF :—

The Rev. A. H. Cooke, M.A., F.Z.S., King’s College, Cambridge
Lieut.-Col. H. H. Gopwin-AusTEN, F.R.S., etc., Hascombe, Godalming;
CuHarLES HEDLEy, F.L.S., Australian Museum, Sydney, N.S.W.;

S. Pace, Royal College of Science, London;

BE, R. Syees, B.A. B.Z.S.,, London:

B. B. Woopwarp, F.G.S., F.R.M.S., British Museum (Natural History).

Mor. No, ¥.) CONTENTS. Marcu 30th, 1895.
PAGE,
‘* Oysters as Disseminators of Disease,”’ jJobn C. Thresh; MB: DiSe,D Po. az
‘‘ Description of a New Species of Limax from
freland’** << ae me at ae ah Walter E. Collinge, F.Z.S.
* Amalia paryi, a supposed New Species ”’ .. Bs Walter E. Collinge, F.Z.S. 7
“A Mess-Mate of Limnea stagnalis’ a ae George Bailey, F.R.M.S. 8

“Notes upon the Generic Terms Cassidavia and Oniscia’"’ Edgar A. Smith, F.Z.S. 11

‘The Di-Myarian Stage of the ‘Native’ Oyster’’ Wilfred Mark Webb, F.L.S. 15

us

Current Literature .. es ay e a ae Se a a 19
On the Synonymy of Plutonia, Stabile .. oh er a (BV)* 29
Sinistral Shells and Superstition .. : ove ie ACE innk 2g
Notes” New Pleistocene Mollusca from Cray ford sc 22) A Se ikennand 9126
Pleistocene Mollusca at Chelmsford and Ilford .. 3 ob WeeVib sie nao
Inter-breeding of Type and Variety of Helix aspersa .. G. T. Rope 30
Proceedings of Societies a2 ie ne Ae ae ae bie se 31
Editors’ Notes .. 31

LONDON : BERLIN:
DULAU & CO., 37, Soho Square. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN, Carlstrasse rr.
Quarterly. Issued Post-free to Subscribers only, for <Ls. 4-d. per annum.

All communications to be made to—
WILFRED MARK WEBB, “ Holmesdale,’’ Brentwood, Essex, England.

i THE FOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY.

NOTICE.—“ The Journal of Malacology’’ deals with
all branches of the study of the Mollusca, and is,
it may be said, the only independent Review of the
kind published in the British Isles.

It is continually being pointed out by the conductors
of Magazines that an increase in the number of sub-
scribers admits ofimprovements in the paper without an
addition to the price. It is asked therefore that the
present subscribers will benefit themselves by obtaining
others, and will do all that they can to make the
Journal a credit to English Malacologists, by con-
tributing papers and notes as well as by sending in
copies of their works for review in the Bibliography.

A LARGE AND CHOICE

Stock of Recent Shells for Sale or Exchange.

Collections and Shes bought. Typical Collections fov Museums.
EXCHANGES MADE FOR SPECIES NOT IN STOCK.

A number of new and rare species of Land Shells recently received from China,
India, Borneo, Sula, and Natunals. Also fine marine species from Aden, &c.

Glass-topped Boxes, Glass Tubes, Card Trays, &c., supplied promptly
at moderate prices. Plan of sizes and price list on application.

HUGH FULTON, King’s Road, London, S.W.

“NATURAL SCIENCE,”
A Monthly Review of Scientific Progress.

“ Appeals vigorously to those interested in Zodlogy, Botany, and Geology
without being in the least specialists.’’— Daily Chronicle.
INDEPENDENT EDITORIALS.

INTELLIGIBLE ARTICLES.
AUTHORITATIVE REVIEWS.
UP-TO-DATE NEWS.
‘ With the New Y ear Natural Science opens anew volume very brilliantly,
ae merits great success.’’—Yorkshive Weekly Post.

Lonpon: RAIT, HENDERSON & Co., 22, St. Andrew Street, E.C,

ONE SHILLING NETT. Post Free for Annual Subscription of 14s.

Aiistology and Practical Microscopy.

PRIVATE LESSONS

In PracticaL Microscopy including the Methods of Preparation, Hardening

of Tissues, Section Cutting, Staining and Mounting of all subjects in con-

nection with the study “of Zodlogical and Botanical Morphology and

Physiology are given by

NMR. MARTIN J. COLE,
Demonstrator of Histology and Microscopy at the Birkbeck Institution.
TERMS (payable in advance) TWO GUINEAS for SIX LESSONS.
Materials and use of Instruments included. For particulars address—

LoNSDALE CHAMBERS, 27, CHANCERY LANE.

Specimens prepared and mounted from any special Material.

THE FOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY. ili.

THE MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY.

Founded by the late Geo. W. Tryon, Jun., continued under the care of the
Conchological Section, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, by
Henry A. Pilsbry, Conservator,

The Manual of Conchology is a fully illustrated monography of recent
molluscs, arranged according to natural affinities, and includes a large number
of species never before figured or new to science.

Issued in octavo form, in quarterly parts. Each part comprises 64 (or more)
pages of letterpress, and 15 to 20 plates.

Two series are now in progress: the First SERIES, Marine Univalves, of
which fourteen volumes have appeared. (The current volume will finish this
series) and the SEcoND SERIES, Terrestrial Molluscs, of which eight volumes
are completed.

The illustrations of the Manual have received high commendation, and are
fully equal to the best figures of shells published.

Prices :— Plain (uncoloured) edition $ 3°00 per part. Coloured Edition $5'00
per part. Fine edition (both coloured and india tfnted plates) $8*oo per part.

Structural and Systematic Conchology, by Gro. W. Tryon, Jun.

A CoMPLETE CONCHOLOGICAL TExT Book of 1,200 pages, 140 plates and
over 3,500 figures of Genera, Anatomy, &c. Three volumes bound in one,
Cloth, Price $ 6:00.

For further information or descriptive circular, with sample plates of the
Manual, address :—

S. RAYMOND ROBERTS, Treasurer.
EO: Address: GLEN RIDGE, NEW... | ERSEY,. U.S.A:

Special Announcement in Microscopy,

During the last few months, I have been busy preparing
many rare and novel objects for Microscopical purposes, and
have arranged them in ILLUSTRATED Series. The first of
these is the

MICROSCOPICAL STUDIES IN MARINE
ZOOLOGY.

The series for 1895, consists of 14 splendid preparations, to
be issued in four quarterly instalments, illustrated by over
100 pages of descriptive letterpress and 12 full-page
plates of photo-engravings drawn from life.

Inclusive Subscription, 21s. post free. Full prospectus
on application.

MICRCSCOPICAL STUDIES IN BOTANY

Consisting of 20 magnificent preparations of leaf-buds, flower-
buds and the like, accompanied by descriptive letter-press, and
20 specially beautiful photo-micrographs of the sections.

Prof. J. W. Carr, University College, Nottingham, writes :—
“« Some of your Botanical Slides are the most beautiful I have
ever seen.”

Subscription, 21s. post free. Full particulars on application.

JAMES HORNELL, Biological Station, Jersey.

iv. ” THE FOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY.
SHELLS,
FOSSILS,
MINERALS, é&c.
Address—

ROBERT F. DAMON,
WEYMOUTH.

WY. J Ne eae?

We supply Zoological Specimens of all kinds
for dissecticn in the
Laboratories of the Universities, Colleges and County Councils
in the British Isles.
Rabbits, Pigeons, Frogs, Snails, Crayfish, Harthworms
at moderate prices.
Parcels sent by Rail on the shortest notice.

19, ST. ANDREW STREET, ST. MARTIN'S LANE, LONDON.

SCALE OF ADVERTISEMENTS.

Quarter-page, £1 5s. od.; MHalf-page, £2 os. od.;
Whole-page, £3 os. od. per annum.

THE IRISH NATURALIST.

A Monthly Journal of General Irish Natural History.
EDITED BY
GEORGE H. CARPENTER, B.Sc,
AND
R. LLOYD PRAEGER, B.A., M.R.1LA.

Contains Articles and Notes on the Geology, Flora, and Fauna of Ireland,

Vol. I (1892), price 3s. 6d., includes ‘‘ The Irish Land and Freshwater
[Saal by Dr R. F. Scharff. Vol. II. (1893) and Vol. III. (1894), price
Ss. each.
: Vol. IV. (1895) will be sent in monthly parts to any address for 5s.

Subscriptions should be sent to the Publishers, Messrs. EASon & Son,
40, Lower Sackville Street, Dublin.

Printed for the Proprietor by Joun Durron, County Printing Works, Chelmsford.

THE JOURNAL
OF MALACOLOGY

Established in 1890 by Walter E. Collinge as ‘‘ THE ConcHOLoaist, a Journal of Malacology.”’

EDITED BY

Wa tno) MARK .WESB.B..) F.b. $:.;
Technical Laboratories, County of Essex,
AND
Meow to oe COT ET NG Ey OF. 26s,

Mason College, Birmingham ;

WITH THE ASSISTANCE IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF :—

The Rev. A. H. Cooxe, M.A., F.Z.S., King’s College, Cambridge ;
Lieut.-Col. H. H. Gopwin-AusTEN, F.R.S., etc., Hascombe, Godalming ;
Cuar_Les HEDLEY, F.L.S., Australian Museum, Sydney, N.S.W.;

S. Pace, Royal College of Science, London;

Ee Sunese BASE Z2S, London:
B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S., F.G.S., British Museum (Natural History).

Wor. 1V. (No, 2.) CONTENTS. JuNeE 29th, 1895.
PAGE.
The habits of the young Sepia .. 50 Francis A. Bather, M.A., F.G.S. 33
New British Marine Shells oe oe re ae J. T. Marshall 35
Current Literature So ae oe a6 a ne At) 39
feoeae Molluscs ae + xe ae ec VE SV VV eA
Reviews , Tryon’s Manual ac ne Se ER Ss. 42
(at's Tertiary Fauna of Florida ac Be =o» (WES (Gx 46
Habits of the Agnatha aa -. Wilfred Mark Webb, F.L.S. 50
er the specific identity of Papuina hedleyi,
NOTES ;
| and P. canefriana .. = « ” E, Ri Sykes; Bia PoZ.S, ) 52
Variations in Radulae 56 oe George Bailey, F.R.M.S. 52
Editors’ Notes 5 se as ae ae HF os 52

LONDON : BERLIN:
DULAU & CO., 37, Soho Square. FRIEDLAENDER & SOHN, Carlstrasse rr.

Quarterly. Issued Post-free to Subscribers only, for <Ls. 44d. per annum.

All communications to be made to—
WILFRED MARK WEBB, “ Holmesdale,” Brentwood, Essex, England.

il: 1HE JOURNAL “OF MALECaLor.

NOTICE.—‘“ The Journal of Malacology”’ deals with
all branches of the study of the Mollusca, and is,
it may be said, the only independent Review of the
kind published in the British Isles.

It is continually being pointed out by the conductors
of Magazines that an increase in the number of sub-
scribers admits of improvements in the paper without an
addition to the price. It is asked therefore fhat tine
present subscribers will benefit themselves by obtaining
others, and will do all that they can to make the
Journal a credit to English Malacologists, by con-
tributing papers and notes as well as by sending in
copies of their works for review in the Bibliography.

A LARGE AND CHOICE

Stock of Recent Shells for Sale or Exchange.

Collections and Specimens bought. Typical Collections for Museums.
EXCHANGES MADE FOR SPECIES NOT IN STOCK.

A number of new and rare species of Land Shells recently received from China,
India, Borneo, Sula, and Natunals. Also fine marine species from Aden, &c.

Glass-topped Boxes, Glass Tubes, Card Trays, &c., supplied promptly
at moderate prices. Plan of sizes and price list on application.

HUGH FULTON, King’s Road, London, S.W.

SALT SRR

“NATURAL SCIENCE.’

THE MALACOLOGIGAL RESULTS OF THE {“CHALLENGER
EXPEDITION.
By PAUL PELSENEER & W. E. HOYLE.

See the Jury Number of Natura Science, which contains
Contributions from Thirty-five of the most eminent Naturalists
of the day.

80 Pages and 17 Plates for ONE SHILLING NETT.
Indispensable to Teachers, Students, and Workers.

Order at once from your BooxseLLeror from Rait, HENDERSON & Co.,
22, St. Andrew Street, London, E.C.

Aiistology and Practical Mrucroscopy.
:0:
PR i VAS hs eas
In PracticaL Microscopy including the Methods of Preparation, Hardening
of Tissues, Section Cutting, Staining and Mounting of all subjects in con-
nection with the study of Zodlogical and Botanical Morphology and
Physiology are given by
MR. MARTIN J. COLE,
Demonstrator of Histology and Microscopy at the Birkbeck Institution.

TERMS (payable in advance) TWO GUINEAS for SIX LESSONS.
Materials and use of Instruments included. For particulars address—

LONSDALE CHAMBERS, 27, CHANCERY LANE.

Specimens prepared_and mounted from any special Material.

THE FOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY. ill.

THE MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY.

Founded by the late Geo. W. Tryon, Jun., continued under the care of the
Conchological Section, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, by
Henry A. Pilsbry, Conservator, —

The Manual of Conchology is a fully illustvated monography of recent
molluscs, Issued in octavo form, in quarterly parts, Each part comprises 64
(or more) pages of letterpress, and 15 to 20 plates,

Two series are now in progress: the First Series, Marine Univalves, of
which fifteen volumes have appeared, finishing the series as planned by its
illustrious founder. A suppiemental volume to this series will be issued this
year, to contain some families not heretofore considered. Of the SEcoNnp
SERIES, Terrestrial Molluscs, nine volumes have been published completing
HELIx with Index. A few copies of Vol. IX. of this series ‘‘GuIpDE TO THE
STUDY OF HELIcEs”’ will be sold separately at the regular subscription price.
Separate copies of the Index can also be had at $1.00 each.

The Monography of the Buttmi will be commenced in the tenth volume.

The illustrations of the Manual have received high commendation, and are
fully equal to the best figures of shells published. -

Prices : — Plain (uncoloured) edition $ 3°00 per part. Coloured Edition $500
per part. Fine edition (both coloured and india tinted plates) $8*oo per part.

Structural and Systematic Conchology, by Geo. W. Tryon, JuN.

A CoMPLETE CONCHOLOGICAL TExT Book of 1,200 pages, 140 plates and
over 3,500 figures of Genera, Anatomy, &c. Three volumes bound in one,
Cloth. Price $ 6:00. ,

For further information or descriptive circular, with sample plates of the
Manual, address :—

S. RAYMOND ROBERTS, Treasurer.
PO. Acdress: GLEN RIDGE, NEW JERSEY, U.S.C

Special Announcement in Microscopy.

During the last few months, I have been busy preparing
many rare and novel objects for Microscopical purposes, and
have arranged them in ILLUSTRATED Series. The first of
these is the

MICROSCOPICAL STUDIES IN MARINE
ZOOLOGY.

The series for 1895, consists of 14 splendid preparations, to
be issued in four quarterly instalments, illustrated by over
Ioo pages of descriptive letterpress and 12 full-page
plates of photo-engravings drawn from life.

Inclusive Subscrintion, 21s. post free. Full prospectus
on application.

MICROSCOPICAL STUDIES IN BOTANY

Consisting of 20 magnificent preparations of leaf-buds, flower-
buds and the like, accompanied by descriptive letter-press, and
20 specially beautiful photo-micrographs of the sections.
Prof. J. W. Carr, University College, Nottingham, writes :—
‘« Some of your Botanical Slides are the most beautiful I have
ever seen.”
Subscription, 21s. post free. Full particulars on application.

JAMES HORNELL, Biological Station, Jersey.

iv. THE FOURNAL OF MALACOLOG®.

SHELLS,
FOSSILS,
MINERALS, &c.
Address—

ROBERT F. DAMON,
WEYMOUTH,

WW de GEE: Ga.

We supply Doological Specimens of all Kinds
for disseetiecn in the

Laboratories of the Universities, Colleges and County Councils
in the Biatich Isles.

Rabbits, Pigéons, Frogs, Snails, Crayfish, Harthworms
at xrnoderate prices.

Parcels sent by fal on the shortest notice.

19, ST. ANDREW STREET, ST. MARTIN'S LANE, LONDON.
THe Essex: “NATURALISED

(Being the Journal of the Hssex FHield Club).

Edited by WiLt1aM CoLe, Hon. Secretary.

The Essex Naturalist is devoted to the publication of
Papers and Notes bearing upon the Natural History, Geology,
and Archaeology of Essex.

Free to Members of the Club (Subscription 15/-), and
published separately at about 9/- per annum.

Address—“ The Editor,’?’ Buckhurst Hill, Essex.

THE IRISH NATURALIST.

A Monthly Journal of General Irish Natural History.
EDITED BY
GEORGE .H. CAKPENTER,. BSe,
AND

R. LLO¥YD, PRAEGER, BAG VER TAS

Contains Articles and Notes on the Geology, Flora, and Fauna of Ireland,

Vol. I. (1892), price 3s. 6d., includes ‘‘ The Irish Land and Freshwater
Mollusca,” by Dr R. F. Scharff. Vol. II (1893) and Vol. III. (1894), price
5s. each.

Vol. IV. (1895) will be sent in monthly parts to any address for 5s.

Subscriptions should be sent to the Publishers, Messrs. Eason & Son,
40, Lower Sackville Street, Dublin.

Printed for the Proprietor by Joun Dutton, County Printing Works, Cheimsford.

THE JOURNAL
OF MALACOLOGY

Established in 1890 by Walter E. Collinge as ‘‘ THE Concuotoaist, a Journal of Malacology.’

EDITED BY

Wie pie) “WARK WEBB») F..bkoSis
Technical Laboratories, County of Essex,

AND

Woe be Eo COLATING Ey E235).

Mason College, Birmingham ;

WITH THE ASSISTANCE IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF :—

The Rev. A. H. Cooxe, M.A., F.Z.S., King’s College, Cambridge ;
Lieut.-Col. H. H. Gopwin-AusTEN, F.R.S., etc., Hascombe, Godalming ;
CuarLes Heptey, F.L.S., Australian Museum, Sydney, N.S.W.;

S. Pacer, Royal College of Science, London;

E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.Z.S., London;
B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S., F.G.S., British Museum (Natural History).

Vot. IV. (No. 3.) CONTENTS. SEPTEMBER 30th, 1895.
PAGE.
** Mollusca of the Oriental Region”’ ae 56 Charles Hedley, F.L.S. 53
** Notes on a few of the less-known British
Marine Mollusca’’ oe 36 .. George W. Chaster, F.R.C.S. 56
Current Literature 3é ac 40 St 4c os Se 60
REvIEW: Tryon’s Manual oe aie ote S¢ er Ree Saat OO
Shells and superstitions 35 ae ic .. J. Jennings 67
Importation of foreign land molluscs .. oe Frank Hughes 67
aos The Toheroa and its enemies .. 3c 5 Samuel Webb 67
New British marine shells Oe ee 3c J. T. Marshall 67
Editors’ Notes oie 3c be $5 ae sc aie 68
Lonpon : BERLIN:

DULAU & CO., 37, Soho Square. FRIEDLAENDER & SOHN, Carlstrasse 11.
Quarterly. Issued Post-free to Subscribers only, for 4s. Ad. per annum.

All communications to be made to—

WILFRED MARK WEBB, ‘“Holmesdale,’” Brentwood, Essex, England,

ii. THE FOURNAL OF) MALACCE ORG.

WANTED

Localized Specimens, if possible

ALIVE, or in spirit
OF
THE AGNATHA (Yestacellidae) :—
CHLAMYDEPHORUS, TESTACELLA (from all parts
of England or from abroad), STREPTOSTYLA,
GLANDINA, PSEUDO-SUBULINA, TOMOSTELE,
STREPTAXIS, GIBBUS, ENNEA, DAUDEBARDIA,
SCHIZOGLOSSA, AEROPE, PARYPHANTA, etc.,
BY

WILFRED MARK WEBB.

**HOLMESDALA,” BRENTWOOD, ESSHX.

A LARGE AND CHOICE

Stock of Recent Shells for Sale or Exchange.

Collections and Specimens bought. Typical Collections for Museums.
EXCHANGES MADE FOR SPECIES NOT IN STOCK.

A number of new and rare species of Land Shells recently received from China,
India, Borneo, Sula, and Natunals. Also fine marine species from Aden, &c.

Glass-topped Boxes, Glass Tubes, Card Trays, &c., supplied promptly
at moderate prices. Plan of sizes and price list on application.

HUGH FULTON, King’s Road, London, S.W.

“NATURAL SCIENCE.’

THE MALACOLOGICAL RESULTS OF THE “CHALLENGER”
EXPEDITION.

By PAUL PELSENEER 6 W. E. HOYLE.

See the Juty Number of Naturat Science, which contains
Contributions from Thirty-five of the most eminent Naturalists
of the day.

80 Pages and 17 Plates for ONE SHILLING NETT.
Indispensable to Teachers, Students, and Workers.

Order at once from your BooKsELLER or from Rait, HENDERSON & Co.,
*22, St. Andrew Street, London, E.C.

THE JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY. ul.

THE MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY.

Founded by the late Geo. W. Tryon, Jun., continued under the care of the
Conchological Section, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, by
Henry A. Pilsbry, Conservator.

The Manual of Conchology is a fully illustvated monography of recent
molluscs, Issued in octavo form, in quarterly parts. Each part comprises 64
(or more) pages of letterpress, and 15 to 20 plates.

Two series are now in progress: the First SERIES, Marine Univalves, of
which fifteen volumes have appeared, finishing the series as planned by its
illustrious founder. A suppiemental volume to this series will be issued this
year, to contain some families not heretofore considered. Of the SEcoNnD
SERIES, Terrestrial Molluscs, nine volumes have been published completing
HELIx with Index, A few copies of Vol. IX. of this series ‘‘GuIDE TO THE
STUDY OF HELIcES”’ will be sold separately at the regular subscription price.
Separate copies of the Index can also be had at $1.00 each.

The Monography of the Burimi will be commenced in the tenth volume.

The illustrations of the Manual have received high commendation, and are
fully equal to the best figures of shells published.

Prices :— Plain (uncoloured) edition $ 3°00 per part. Coloured Edition $5:00
per part. Fine edition (both coloured and india tinted plates) $8'oo per part.

Structural and Systematic Conchology, by Gro. W. Tryon, JUN.

A CoMPLETE CoNncHOLoGICAL TExT Book of 1,200 pages, 140 plates and
over 3,500 figures of Genera, Anatomy, &c. Three volumes bound in one,
Cloth. Price $ 6:00.

For further information or descriptive circular, with sample plates of the
Manual, address :—

S. RAYMOND ROBERTS, Treasurer.
Paolo Address: GLEN, RIDGE, NEW. JERSEY, “U.S.A2

Special Announcement in idicroscopy,

During the last few months, I have been busy preparing
many rare and novel objects for Microscopical purposes, and
have arranged them in ILLUSTRATED Series. The first of
these is the

MICROSCOPICAL STUDIES IN MARINE
ZOOLOGY.

The series for 1895, consists of 14 splendid preparations, to
be issued in four quarterly instalments, illustrated by over
too pages of descriptive letterpress and 12 full-page
plates of photo-engravings drawn from life.

Inclusive Subscrivtion, 21s. post free. Full prospectus
on application.

MICROSCOPICAL STUDIES IN BOTANY

Consisting of 20 magnificent preparations of leaf-buds, flower-
buds and the like, accompanied by descriptive letter-press, and
20 specially beautiful photo-micrographs of the sections.
Prof. J. W. Carr, University College, Nottingham, writes :—
*« Some of your Botanical Slides are the most beautiful I have
ever seen.”
Subscription, 21s. post free. Full particulars on application.

JAMES HORNELL, Biological Station, Jersey.

iv. THE FOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY.

SHELLS,
FOSSILS,
MINERALS, &c.
Address—

ROBERT F. DAMON,
WEYMOUTH.

Woods Gabor Ga;

We supply Boological Specimens of all Kinds
for dissecticn in the
Laboratories of the Universities, Colleges and County Councils
in the British Isles.

Rabbits, Pigeons, Frogs, Snails, Crayfish, Harthworms
at 3mnoderate prices.
Parcels sent by Rail on the shortest notice.

19, ST. ANDREW STREET, ST. MARTIN'S LANE, LONDON.
THE Essex: “.NATURADICS

(Being the Journal of the Hssex Field Club).
Edited by WILLIAM COLE, Hon. Secretary.

The Essex Naturalist is devoted to the publication of
Papers and Notes bearing upon the Natural History, Geology,
and Archaeology of Essex.

Free to Members of the Club (Subscription 15/-), and
published separately at about 9/- per annum.

Address—“‘ The Editor,” Buckhurst Hill, Essex.

THE IRISH NATURALIST.

A Monthly Journal of General Irish Natural History.
EDITED BY
GEORGE H.. CARPENTER, B.Sc,
AND
R: LLOYD (PRAEGER #53), MORUA:
Contains Articles and Notes on the Geology, Flora, and Fauna of Ireland,
Vol. I. (1892), price 3s. 6d., includes ‘‘ The Irish Land and Freshwater
ee ta by Dr R. F. Scharff. Vol. II. (1893) and Vol. III. (1894), price
s. each.
: Vol. IV, (1895) will be sent in monthly parts to any address for 5s.
Subscriptions should be sent to the Publishers, Messrs, Eason & Son,
40, Lower Sackville Street, Dublin.

Printed for the Proprietor by JoHn Dutton, County Printing Works, Chelmsford.

THE JOURNAL
OF MALACOLOGY

Established in 1890 by Walter E. Collinge as ‘‘ THE ConcHooaistT, a Journal of Malacology.
EDITED BY

Weer keD MAKK WEBB, F.L.S.,

Technical Laboratories, County of Essex,
AND

Petty, Hew COLLINGE, F.Z.S.,
Mason College, Birmingham ;
WITH THE ASSISTANCE IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF :—

The Rev. A. H. Cooke, M.A., F.Z.S., King's College, Cambridge ;
Lieut.-Col. H. H. Gopwin-AusTEN, F.R.S., etc., Hascombe, Godalming ;
CuarLes HEpDLEy, F.L.S., Australian Museum, Sydney, N.S.W.;

S. Pace, Royal College of Science, London;

Ee a S\KESsnAn. beZ-5. Jeondon:
B. B, Woopwarp, F.L.S., F.G.S., British Museum (Natural History).

Vot. IV. (No. 4.) CONTENTS. DECEMBER 20th, 1895.
PAGE.
Title Page, Preface, and Contents of Volume IV. a ae ae
" Purpura coronata, Lam., in the West Indies ”’ .. The Rev. A. H. Cooke, M.A. 69
** Notes on the Terrestrial Molluscan fauna of
New Caledonia ”’ ae a ..E. Ruthven Sykes, B.A., F.Z.S. 71
" The British Species of Testacella’’ Part I. .. Wilfred Mark Webb, F.L.S. 74
‘capa of Clausilia recondita, Sykes Em si se BE. Ro St 43
Notes + Avion hortensis, var. caevuleus .. -. Walter E. Collinge, F.Z.S. 73
i Scacchia eddystonia, Marshall =. | Geo Wo Chaster MER. C'S, 773
Current Literature sa ag ats ba ae Sc ne 77
Taylor's Monograph, Part II. exe i Br A ee NON epee 7
cemeve| Coben, Mali *s eee! = Epi. Si. as
Pilsbry and Stearns’ Marine Molluscs of Japan .. oa ae IN. OS Oe
Editors’ Notes se ie Ae ve be te ae 86
List of Contributors to Volume IV. xe a te 46 Sc 86
Index to Volume IV. .. ot si re 46 Ae Sc 87
Lonpon : BERLIN:

DULAU & CO., 37, Soho Square. FRIEDLAENDER & SOHN, Carlstrasse 11.
Quarterly. Issued Post-free to Subscribers only, for <&s. kd. per annum.

All communications to be made to—
WILFRED MARK WEBB, “ Holmesdale,’’ Brentwood, Essex, England.

ii. THE FOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY.

SCALE OF ADVERTISEMENTS.

Quarter-page, £1 5s. od.; Half-page, £2 os. od.;
Whole-page, £3 os. od. per annum.

A LARGE AND CHOICE

Stock of Recent Shells for Sale or Exchange.

Collections and Specimens bought. Typical Collections for Museums.
EXCHANGES MADE FOR SPECIES NOT IN STOCK.

A number of new and rare species of Land Shells recently received from China,
India, Borneo, Sula, and Natunals. Also fine marine species from Aden, &c.

Glass-topped Boxes, Glass Tubes, Card Trays, &c., supplied promptly
at moderate prices. Plan of sizes and price list on application.

HUGH FULTON, King’s Road, London, S.W.

“NATURAL SCIENCE.’

Recent Contributions of Interest to Malacologists :—
Sexual Characters in Nautilus cis o. a AUGUST, p. 84
The Origin of the Cephalopods

” ”

Review of Cooke’s ‘‘ Molluscs ’’ in Cambridge Natural
History 1 Ds nae
Review of Shipley and Reed's ‘‘ Brachiopoda”’ in ditto NovEMBER, p. 353

Oceanic Deposits, Ancient and Modern, Part I., by

W. F. Hume by: ae ne -- OCTOBER, p. 270
Part II., dealing specially with the Mollusca .. DECEMBER, P. 385
Sven Ludwig Loven, by F. A. Bather a -. OCTOBER, p. 283

Numerous other Articles, Reviews, Notes, &&c.
Price ONE SHILLING NETT each Number.

Of any Bookseller or of the Publishers, Rait, HeENpERSoN & Co.,
2, St. Andrew Street, London, E.C.

tie JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY. lil.

THE MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY.

Founded by the late Geo. W. Tryon, Jun., continued under the care of the
Conchological Section, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, by
Henry A. Pilsbry, Conservator.

The Manual of Conchology is a fully illustrated monography of recent
molluscs, Issued in octavo form, in quarterly parts. Each part comprises 64
(or more) pages of letterpress, and 15 to 20 plates.

Two series are now in progress: the First SERIES, Marine Univalves, of
which fifteen volumes have appeared, finishing the series as planned by its
illustrious founder. A suppiemental volume to this series will be issued this
year, to contain some families not heretofore considered. Of the SEconpD
SErRIEs, Terrestrial Molluscs, nine volumes have been published completing
HE LIx with Index, A few copies of Vol. IX. of this series ‘‘GuIDE TO THE
Stupy OF HEtiIcEs”’ will be sold separately at the regular subscription price.
Separate copies of the Index can also be had at $1.00 each.

The Monography of the Butimi will be commenced in the tenth volume.

The illustrations of the Manual have received high commendation, and are
fully equal to the best figures of shells published.

Prices :— Plain (uncoloured) edition $ 3°00 per part. Coloured Edition $5:00
per part. Fine edition (both coloured and india tinted plates) $8*oo per part.

Structural and Systematic Conchology, by Gro. W. Tryon, JUN.

A CoMPLETE CONCHOLOGICAL TExT Book of 1,200 pages, 140 plates and
over 3,500 figures of Genera, Anatomy, &c. ‘Three volumes bound in one,
Cloth. Price $ 6:00.

For further information or descriptive circular, with sample plates of the
Manual, address :—

S. RAYMOND ROBERTS, Treasurer.
BaO., address, GLEN RIDGE, NEW JERSEY, UrS:A,

Special Announcement in Microscopy.

During the last few months, I have been busy preparing
many rare and novel objects for Microscopical purposes, and
have arranged them in ILLusTraTED Series. The first of
these is the

MICROSCOPICAL STUDIES IN MARINE
ZOOLOGY.

The series for 1895, consists of 14 splendid preparations, to
be issued in four quarterly instalments, illustrated by over
Ioo pages of descriptive letterpress and 12 full-page
plates of photo-engravings drawn from life.

Inclusive Subscription, 21s. post free. Full prospectus
on application.

MICROSCOPICAL STUDIES IN BOTANY

Consisting of 20 magnificent preparations of leaf-buds, flower-
buds and the like, accompanied by descriptive letter-press, and
20 specially beautiful photo-micrographs of the sections.
Prof. J. W. Carr, University College, Nottingham, writes :—
*¢ Some of your Botanical Slides are the most beautiful I have
ever seen #
Subscription, 21s. post free. Full particulars on application.

JAMES HORNELL, Biological Station, Jersey.

iv. THE FOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY.

SHELLS,
FOSSILS,
MINERALS, &c.
Address—

ROBERT F. DAMON,
WEYMOUTH,

Wed. GEES he.

We supply Zoological Specimens of all hinds
for dissection in the
Laboratories of the Universities, Colleges and County Councils
in the British Isles.
Rabbits, Pigeons, Frogs, Snails, Crayfish, Harthworms
at rnoderate prices.
Parcels sent by Rail on the shortest notice.

19, ST. ANDREW STREET, ST. MARTIN’S LANE, LONDON.
TE. Essex’. NATURALS?

(Being the Journal of the HMssex Field Club).

Edited by WILLIAM CoLeE, Hon. Secretary.

The Essex Naturalist is devoted to the publication of
Papers and Notes bearing upon the Natural History, Geology,
and Archaeology of Essex.

Free to Members of the Club (Subscription 15/-), and
published separately at about 9/- per annum.

Address—‘“‘ The Editor,’’ Buckhurst Hill, Essex.

THE IRISH NATURALIST.

A Monthly Journal of General Irish Natural History.
EDITED BY
GEORGE H. CARPENTER, B.Sc,
AND
R. LEOYD-SBRABGE RR 2A.) ViRoGAL

Contains Articles and Notes on the Geology, Flora, and Fauna of Ireland,

Vol. I. (1892), price 3s. 6d., includes ‘‘ The Irish Land and Freshwater
ae by Dr R. F. Scharff. Vol. II. (1893) and Vol. III. (1894), price
s. each.
: Vol. IV. (1895) will be sent in monthly parts to any address for 5s.

Subscriptions should be sent to the Publishers, Messrs. Eason & Son,
40, Lower Sackville Street, Dublin.

Printed for the Proprietor by Joun Dutton, County Printing Works, Chelmsford.

THE JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY

(Established by WaLTER E. CoLztinGE in 1890 as “The Conchologist,
a Journal of Malacology.”’)

EDITED BY
WILFRED MARK WEBB, F.LS.,
Technical Laboratories, Essex County Council,
AND
WAbeak B. “GOLLINGE, F-Z.S:

Mason College, Birmingham.
With the assistance in special departments of :—

Lieut.-Col. H. H. Gopwin-AustTEN, F.R.S., F.G.S., F.Z.S., &c.,
Hascombe, Godalming.

Rev. A. H. Cooke, M.A., F.Z.S., ER] S¥gess BA... EZ :S
King’s College, Cambridge ; London ;
CHARLES HEDLEY, F.L.S., B. B. WoopwarbpD, F.G.S., F.R.M.S.,
Australian Museum, Sydney, N,S.W.; British Museum (Natural History),
London ;

Indispensable to all Students of the Mollusca.

Dear Sir or Mapam,

Or and after the first of January, 1895, the
JournaL or Matacotocy will be continued under the
above editorship, and will include within its pages articles
dealing with all branches of the study of the Motutusca.

THE BIBLIOGRAPHY OF CURRENT LITERATURE will

still remain a special feature of the Magazine, and every
effort will be made to render it as complete as possible.

It will be our earnest endeavour to make the
paper thoroughly representative, and the latter will be
illustrated as heretofore.

We shall be pleased to learn that we may add
your name to the lst of subscribers.
Yours faithfully,

WILFRED MARK WEBB.
WALTER E. COLLINGE.

I shall be pleased to subscribe to ‘*THE JOURNAL ON
MatacotLoey,” for which I enclose P.O. value 4s. 4d., being my
subscription for 1895,

Namie

Address _

All communications to be made to WILFRED Mark WEBB,
“«Homesdale,’’ Brentwood, Essex.

a:

ve

It Vat 1

Poss. OF: MALACOLOGY

Established in 1890 by WattTER E. COLLinGE, as ‘‘ THE CONCHOLOGIST,
a Journal of Malacology.

EDITED BY

WI RED, = MAK Kh WEBB, Be Sirs

Technical Laboratories, County of Essex,

With the assistance in special departments of :—

The Rev. A. H. Cooke, M.A., F.Z.S., King’s College, Cambridze.
Lieut.-Col. H. H. Godwin-Austen, F.R.S., etc., Shalford Park, Guildford.
Charles Hedley, F.L.S., Australian Museum, Sydney, N.S.W.

S. Pace, F.Z.S., Royal College of Scieace, London.

E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.Z.S., Grays Inn, London.

B. B. Woodward, F.L.S., F.G.S., British Museum (Natural History),
London.

VOLUME V.

LONDON : BERLIN :

DULBAU “& CO: FRIEDLAENDER & SOHN.

1896.

CHELMSFORD :

PRINTED BY JOHN DUTTON,

TINDAL STREET.

CONTENTS OF. VOLUME. V.

PAGES
Some New Marine Mollusca from Tangier (Plate I.)

G. W. Chaster, M.R.C.S. I
Bibliography of Current Literature
Be ke Sykes, 5.50, bea os ands, Pace) h4.S:
I. Classification and New Forms—

A. Recent Forms ae ae Bn 20, 379 00
B. Fossil Forms Si ae 8, 25, 40
II. Anatomy, Histology, Development & Physiology 9, 28, 41, 63
III. Biology, Habits and Teratology .. Ae | alaly, Dek, vista (Se
IV. Distribution and Fauna—
A. Recent Forms ire ee 12, 28, 45, 64
B. Fossil Forms Bic au 14, 30, 47
V. Collecting and Methods of Research So AEG Siig; GIS), 16)
VI. Economics.. As bec eee LOWS 2,5 lho
VII. Biographies 56 ae Tae LG S82 oOo
Editor’s Notes .. ; Fa a ae 16, 32, 67
On some Land Shells Bean New Guinea and other Neighbour-
ing Islands (Plate II.) * BdgarA Smith b.Z:S. 9.17
Note on Ptevosoma plana, Lesson So we A.S. Kennard 32

On the Anatomy of Chloritis (Sulcobasis) stirophora, E. A. Smith,
and of C. vehszi, von Martens (Plate III.)
William Moss and Wilfred Mark Webb, F.L.S. 33
Statement of the Committee of the British Association on

Zodlogical Bibliography and Publication .. aye so HE
Corasia laurae, Gude (Note) ae a é ue Bi
Reviews ne : ye 5) Fin LOs 245 22 San 055
List of Clausiliae of Soe America, with the description of a

New Species (Plate IV.) Bape Boy IRS SNAKES) IB ILS SEY
Supposed New Varieties .. Professor I-A. Cockerell) E-Z:S, 167,
To Cook Snails ae ce .. Florance Stephenson 67
Index to this Volume 3 69

List of Species, the Shells of which fags been Sea or Somed for
the first time in this Volume aC Be be next page.

NEW SPECIES

DESCRIBED -AND PIGUKED IN "VOLEUME™ WV.

Page. Plate. Figure.

Coecum cuspidatum Sa “is 2 Re (4)
Retrotortina (new genus) fuscata ... 2 if (5, 6)
Pherusa carinata 3 he (3)
Cyclostvema pruinoesum ...° xi. 3 be (2)
Cyclostrema fenestrainm ... 4 ay (1)
Charopa nigrofusca sire eo, oO Lie (20; 2, 22)
Macrochlamys papuana ... oe SES PY (8, 9)
Omphalotropis papuensis ... ate, TG ER. (19)
Pupinella strubellt =e Se Ik. (13)
Helicina pachystoma ... peg: a COE Le (14)
Clausilia evae ... Bye oes Fo FY, (i726)

FIGURED FOR THE FIRST TIME IN VOLUME V.

Page. Plate. Figure.
Nanina infelix Yr a, Me Say rv (6.7)
Papuina aerope ses er Qahy Je (i 2)

Papuina hero ws a oy, ee (3, 4)

CEL BS

fOURNAL-OF MALACOLOGY.

No. tT. Marcu 25th, 1896. Vox. V:

SOME NEW MARINE MOLLUSCA FROM
TANGIER.

By GEORGE W. CHASTER, M.R.C.S.

BEForeE proceeding to describe the shells referred to in the title
of this paper, it may not be out of place to describe briefly how
they came into my possession. About two years ago my friend
Mr. H. Sidebottom, being engaged in the study of the
Foraminifera, requested his relative, Mr. C. H. Nevill, of
Bramall Hall, Cheshire, who was about to join a Mediterranean
cruise, to bring back bags of anchor-mud and dredgings from
the various places touched at. Other dredgings from the
Adriatic and from a second cruise made last year were also
obtained. These collections of material were with great
readiness placed at my disposal to be examined for mollusca.
Their range extends from Tangier to Smyrna, including many
localities in the Mediterranean, Adriatic, Gulf of Corinth, and
Aegean Sea. Although the quantity of material was compara-
tively small, the bags of dredgings weighing but a few pounds
each, over two hundred species have been obtained therefrom.
As might be expected these are almost all minute in size, there
being hardly any measuring over half-an-inch. Amongst them,
however, are many of considerable rarity and a few apparently
new. To my friend the Marquis of Monterosato I must express
my sincere thanks for the unfailing courtesy and readiness with
which he has examined and identified the various forms, often
after laborious search.

The material from Tangier consisted of a bag of dredgings

from about seven fathoms, and a quantity of shore sand brought
on board for the purpose of deck-scrubbing !

2 CHASTER: NEW MARINE MOLLUSCA FROM TANGIER.

Amongst other noteworthy forms are Itissoa farvula, R.
fischeri and R. turricula of Jefferys, Marginella guancha, d’Orb.
Rissoa (Alcidia) spinosa, Monts., as well as the forms described
below.

Coecum cuspidatum (Monts., MSS.), sf. nov., Pl. I, Fig. 4.

Shell comparatively long and slender, slightly curved,
glossy, pellucid, sculptured with numerous but obscure lines of
growth; the diameter increases very slightly and gradually
towards the mouth; septum much produced in the form of a
cone with slightly concave sides, ending in a fine point, and not
deviating to either side; mouth not thickened by an annular
rib. Length, 2°5 mm.

Several specimens of this species were found both in the
dredgings and shore drift. One other species (undetermined) of
the genus was met with.

Retrotortina, gen. nov.

Shell minute, coiled in a left-handed direction, spire
depressed, mouth nearly circular, umbilicus large. The species
for which I suggest this genus is interesting, representing as it
does the sinistral (or probably far more correctly, pseudo-sinistral)
form of a series of which Skenea and Hemalogyva are respectively
the dextral and _ planospiral members. ‘The progressive
diminution in size is also noteworthy, for Retrotortina is even
more minute than Homalogyra.

Retrotortina fuscata, sf. nov., Pl. I, Figs. 5 and 6.

Shell minute, left handed, brown in colour, glossy, marked
with numerous lines of growth; whorls, two, convex; suture,
deep; spire nearly flat; mouth almost circular, somewhat
oblique ; umbilicus very large. Diameter, *5 mm.

A few specimens from shore drift. Unfortunately no live
examples occurred, consequently until the operculum can be
examined it must remain a matter of some slight uncertainty
whether the shell is pseudo-sinistral or sinistral. The other
members of the family found were Skenea planorbis, Fabr. and its
var. maculata, Jeff., S. pellucida, Monts., and two species of
Homalogyra. 4

CHASTER: NEW MARINE MOLLUSCA FROM TANGIER. 3

Pherusa: *carinata, sp; -nov., Pl. 1:,* Figs 3.

Shell sub-cylindrical, rather thin, white, semi-transparent
and glossy ; sculpture consisting of very strong, sharp, spiral
ridges of which there are four on the body whorl, three on the
penultimate, and two on the second and third volutions, the
nucleus being smooth and polished; ‘of these ridges the upper-
most is the strongest; whorls six, rather convex, shouldered
above by the prominent keel; suture well defined, spire long ;
apex blunt and rounded; mouth somewhat oval, narrow above
and dilated below ; outer lip slightly angulated by the upper
ridge, receeding very much at its upper part, expanded below,
the basal part being excavated by a wide shallow sinus; pillar
lip somewhat oblique, reflected; umbilical chink narrow.
Height, 1:8 mm. Breadth, -75 mm.

A single specimen from shore drift. The present species is
interesting, affording as it does an example of a Pherusa with
sculpture closely approximating to that so frequent in the
typical Aclis. The characters of this species in other respects
are those of the well-known P. gulsonae, Cl., which was also found
in the same material. The only other member of the same
family met with was the common species which Jefferys
described as Odostomia minima, for which species and the closely-
allied but quite distinct Feffreysia cylindrica, Jeff., Monterosato
proposes the sub-genus Cima, a separation with which I entirely
concur.

Cyclostrema pruinosum, sf. mov., Pl. I., Fig. 2.

Shell sub-globose, whitish in colour, dull and frosted in
appearance, owing to the entire surface being covered with very
numerous, fine, close-set, flexuous striae following the direction of
the lines of growth; on the umbilical area and adjoining part of
the base there are also numerous, much stronger spiral lines,
finely granulated by the striae just described; whorls two-and-
a-half, convex ; suture very distinct though not deep; spire but
little raised; mouth nearly circular; outer lip thin, presenting
two shallow sinuations, one at the periphery and one below;
umbilicus rather large; operculum like that of C. mitens.
Height, 85 mm. Breadth, ‘6 mm.

This species was very abundant in the dredgings, many of
the specimens still containing the animal. The only species for
which it could be well mistaken is C. mttens, Phil., from which it

4 NEW CHASTER: MARINE MOLLUSCA FROM TANGIER.

differs in its smaller size, lustre-less and striated surface, basal
as well as umbilical striae, and much larger umbilicus.

Cyclostrema fenestratum, sp. nov., Pl. I., Fig. 1.

Shell globosely conical, rather solid, white; sculpture,
numerous, slightly oblique, longitudinal, raised iines, of which
there are about thirty on the body whorl, these are crossed by
stronger spiral lines (six on the last half of the body whorl), of
which the uppermost is some distance from the suture, and the
lowest and strongest bounds the umbilical area ; the intercrossing
of these lines leaves squarish interspaces; whorls three, very
convex, spire raised; suture deep; mouth circular (outer lip
broken); umbilicus large, fluted by the closely crowded
longitudinal lines. Height,-8mm. Breadth 1 mm.

A single specimen dredged. This species occupies a
position in some respects intermediate between C. areolatum,
G. O. Sars, and C. exilissimum, Phil., two forms at first sight
very unlike. The former it approaches in shape, though the
sculpture of the Tangier shell is much coarser. This surface
decoration however in its characters very closely resembles that
of C. ezilissimum, although it is finer, both the longitudinal and
spiral lines being more numerous: the shell is, of course, very
different in shape from Philippi’s species. Another species
described by Philippi, the fossil Delphinula ? elegantula apparently
differs only in having the longitudinal lines finer and closely
crowded not giving rise to any decussation.

The Cyclostremata are well represented in the Tangier
material, for, besides this species described, there occurred
C. nitens, Phil., C. cutlerianum, Clark, C. serpuloides, Montg.,
C. catenoides, Monts., and C. extlissimum, Ph.

In conclusion, I must express my thanks to the courteous
editor, Mr. Wilfred Mark Webb, for the care he has bestowed
upon the accompanying plate.

SouTHpPort, March 7th, 1896.

BIBLIOGRAPHY .*

The Bibliography has been undertaken by Mr. E. R. Sykes
and Mr. S. Pace; the sections dealing with Systematic (and
Recent Faunal) work being more especially controlled by Mr.
Sykes, while Mr. Pace has paid special attention to the
Anatomical and Palaeontological Sections. _Communicaticns
for these columns are welcomed from our readers, and will be
gladly inserted if found suitable.

In this compilation an effort has been made, not so much to
compete with publications of the nature of the Zodlogical
Record, as to give our readers some general idea of the works
and papers recently issued.

With a view to the saving of valuable space, the sections
have been numbered, and cross references are denoted by
the numbers only.

I. CLASSIFICATION AND NEW FORMS.
A, RECENT FORMS.

Ancey, C. F.—‘‘ Oa some new or hitherto little known Land Shells from
New Guinea or adjacent Islands.’’ Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vol. x.,
part 2, pp. 374-381, pl. xxvi.

Bernard, F.—‘'On a new Lamellibranch (Scioberetia australis) commensal
with an Echinoderm.” Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. xvii., pp.
1og-Io (transl. from C. R. Ac. Sci., cxxi., pp. 569-71).

Brot, A.—‘‘ Description de deux Melanies nouvelles.’’ Journ. de Conch.,
vol. xlii., pp. 473-5, pl. ix, pars, Nov., 1895.

M. crawfordi from the Transvaal and M. leefei from Tongatabu.

Chaster, George W.—“‘ On the Variation of Stilifer turtoni, Brod.’ Journ.
of Conch., vol. vili., p. 176.

We fear that the varietal names will not prove of much service.

Dall, W. H.—‘‘ On some new species of Scala."’ Naut., vol, ix., ppp. 111-2.

Dautzenberg, Ph.—‘‘ Révision des espéces actuellement connues du genre
Geotrochatella.”” Journ. de Conch., vol. xliii., pp. 19-26, pl. v., Feb.,
1896.

Five species are chronicled of this East-Asiatic genus, of which two are
newly distinguished.

Drouet, Henri.—‘‘ Unionidae nouveaux ou peu connus.”’ Journ. de Conch.,
vol. xliii., pp. 26-40, Feb., 1896.

Several new and unfigured species.

Fulton, Hugh.—‘“ A list of the species of Amphidromus, Albers, with critical
notes and descriptions of some hitherto undescribed species and
varieties.’"’ Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. xvii., pp. 66-94, pls. v.-
vii., Jaa., 1896.

*An asterisk denotes that the work has not been seen. The bibliography is carried up

to March 1, 1896.

6 BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Generic reviews are the bricks of which the fabric of such works as the
“Manual of Conchology”’ are constructed, and they are therefore always
welcome. Mr. Fulton has done his work with great care and accuracy,
though we could wish that some of the twelve varieties of A. adamsi were
absent. We must confess to being unable to distinguish between the varieties
subunicoloy and articulata. Still, since we have been unable, after an exami-
nation of the paper, to discover an omitted recent species, we have to tender
our thanks for a good piece of work, both as regards letterpress and plates.
Might not, however, the word “recent ’’ have occurred in the title, as we find
no mention of such Tertiary species as Bul. ellipticus, Sow., which have been
referred to this group?

Joubin, M. L.—‘ Cephalopodes recueillis dans l’estomac d'un Cachalot,

capturé aux iles Acores.”” Compt. Rend., vol. cxxi., no. 22, pp. 1172-
4, fig.
Jousseaume, Dr.—‘‘ Description de Eades nouvelle.’ Le Naturaliste,

ser. 2, NO. 215, Pp. 43-
A new I’usionella from Aden.

Kobelt, Dr. W.—“‘‘ Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet.’’ Band I., heft
cxxix., lief 417, 1895 (contains Helix, pp. 795-802, pls. 219-224).

Kobelt, Dr. W.—‘ Systematisches Conchylien-Cabinet."" Band I., heft
exxx., lief 418, 1895 (contains Cerithium, pp. t61-200, pls. 31-36).

Lahille, F.—‘‘ Contribucion al estudio de las Volutas Argentinas.’ Revista
del Mus. de la Plata, vol. vi., pp. 295-332, 12 plates.

This, were it not for the very disproportionate amount of new varietal
names, would be a most valuable paper. The plates illustrate the variation
of the species exceedingly well, and show various stages of growth. The
following species of Volutes are recorded from Argentina: fusiformis, Kiener ;
colacynthis, Chemn. = brasiliana, auct. ; angulata, Swainson ; ancilla, Solander ;
oviformis, n. sp.; tuberculata, Wood; magellanica, Chemn.; ambigua, n. sp.;
and pavadoxa, n. sp.

Locard, A.—'‘A propos de 1’ Helix variabilis."" L' Ech., Rev. Linn., Ann.

x1., p. 98.

Locard, A.—‘‘ Une Physe Portugaise nouvelle." L’ Ech., Rev. Linn,, Ann.
x1 Up- Log:

Martens, E. von.—'' Neue Land und Siisswasser Schnecken aus Ost-Afrika."’

Nach. Mal. Ges., 1895, pp. 175-187.
Forty-two unfigured new species !
Martens, E. von.— Mollusken von Paraguay.’’ SB. Ges. Naturf. Fr.
Berlin, 1895, pp. 33-5.
Martens, E. von.—‘ Verarbeitetes Conchylienstuck aus Neuguinea."’ SB.
Ges. Naturf. Fr. Berlin, 1895, pp. 35-8, fig.
Martens, E. von.—" Ostafrikanische Achatinen."” SB. Ges. Naturf. Fr.
Berlin, 1885, pp. 145-6.
Martens, E. von.—‘‘ Neue Arten von Landschnecken aus den gebirgen Ost-
Afrika."’ SB. Ges. Naturf, Fr. Berlin, 1895, pp. 120-9.
New species of Cyclophorus, Ennea, Helicarion, Vitrina?, Trochonanina,
Helix, Buliminus, and Subulina. :
Martens, E. von.—‘' Neue Buliminus aus Sud-Arabien."’ SB. Ges, Naturf.
Fr. Berlin, 1895, pp. 129-30. _
Mollendorff, Dr. O. F.—‘ Pilsbry’s neue Eintheilung der Heliciden.’’ Nach.
Mal. Ges., 1895, pp. 169-175.

Pilsbry, H. A.—‘ Description of a new Australian Chiton."’ Naut., vol. ix.,

p- 90.
Chiton bednalli, from South Australia.

BIBLIOGRAPHY. 7

Pilsbry, H. A.—‘‘-The earliest publication of Dorcasia, Gray.’ Naut.,
vol. 1X., p. 108.
Mr, Pilsbry points out that this group was first described in 1838, and
not in 1845, as usually supposed.

Pilsbry, H. A.—‘‘ On the names of certain Subgenera of Helicostyla.’’ Naut.,
vol. ix., p. 108.
Dolichostyla and Ofalliostyla are proposed to replace Prochilus and Eudoxus,
both of Albers and both preoccupied.

Pilsbry, H. A.—‘‘ The Aulacopoda: a primary division of the Monotremate
Land Pulmonata.” Naut., vol. ix., pp. Iog-11T.

A character such as the presence or absence of the pedal groove seems,
without further distinction, to be an insufficient ground on which to base the
creation of a ‘‘super-family "’; and we fear that the criticism which Mr.
Pilsbry applies to those who have made use of the tail pore for the separation
of families will be shortly applied to his use of the pedal groove.

Pilsbry, Henry A.—‘‘ Sculpture of the apical whorls, a new character for
distinguishing groups of Bulimuli."’ Naut., vol. ix., pp. 112-5.
Naturalists are at last becoming aware of the extreme importance of
the apical whorls in systematic work, as these are formed before external
influences have their full power, and we congratulate the author on his use of
the sculpture.

Pilsbry, H. A.—Manual of Conchology, ser. 1, part 62 (contains vol. xvi.,
Pp. 49-112, pls. £7-31) ; ser. 2, part 38 (contains vol. x., pp. 49-96, pls.
16-25). Philadelphia, Nov., 1895.

The present part in the marine series is almost entirely occupied with a
review of the genus usually known as Aplysia, but which Mr. Pilsbry replaces
by Tethys, Linn., 1758 [zon Linn. 1767, nec auctores sequentes]. The point
on which this change turns, therefore, is whether the roth or 12th Edition of
Linné’s work is to be the starting point, and general opinion now inclines to
the roth. It would seem to be a pity to have created asub-family Aplysiinae,
as the use of Tethys as a foundation for the name would be better. It must
be confessed that to the general student this entire group fails to attract and
has been much neglected, probably owing to the insignificant shell; we trust
that this work may stimulate their study.

It is impossible to seriously criticise the work done in the land series—as
indeed it is in almost all the parts—owing to the fact that one sees but a small
portion of the work relating to the Bulimz, without possessing the key to the
whole. Suffice it to say that this part concludes the study of Thaumastus and
contains the commencement of the review of the family Bulimulidae. In this
Mr. Pilsbry first considers the genus Plekocheilus, which he divides into
Plekocheilus s. str., having a wrinkled or malleate surface and a smooth spire,
and into Eurytus, in which the shell is generally granulate or striate. The
first two pages of the genus Auris, Spix, conclude the part.

The following are new species in the marine series:—Aglaja nuttalli (p. 50),
Tethys panamensis (p. 88), and T. robertsi (p. 99).

Pilsbry, H. A.—‘ Preliminary Outline of a New Classification of the Family
Muricidae.’ Amer. Natural., xxx., 69-71, 1896.

Quadras, J. F., and Moellendorff, O. F.—‘‘ Diagnoses specierum novarum
ex insulis Philippinis.”” Nach. Mal. Ges., 1896, pp. I-15.

We decline to catalogue these supposed new species, all unfigured and
but briefly described in Latin, with in general no comparisons. This habitual
practice on the part of such distinguished authors is most strongly to be
reprobated.

Rochebrune, Dr. A. S.—-‘‘ Monographie des formes jusq’ici connues,
appartenant au genre Ceratosoma.’’ Nouv. Arch. du Mus., ser. 3, vol.
vii., pp. 119-136, pl. vi.

8 BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Roper, Edward W.—" Notes on the Washington Sphaeria and Pisidia, with
descriptions of new species.’’ Naut., vol. ix., pp. 97-9.

Sowerby, G. B.—'' Description of a new species of Opfisthostoma."” Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol. xvii., p. 94.
O. linterae, from Sarawak.

Stoll, A.—Zur Zoogegraphie der landvewohnen Wirbellosen. Vierteljahrs.
Naturf. Ges. Zurich, 1895, pp. 289-316, 2 pl.
Includes a discussion on the distribution of Clausilia.

See also Crosse (IV. A), Nobre (IV. 4), and Smith (IV. 4).
BY FOSSIL FORMS:

Beushausen, L.—[See IV. B: ‘ Lamell. rhein. Devon."’]

The following new genera :—Carydium, Conocardiopsis, Crassatellopsis, Opts-
thocoelus, Pyosochasma; and Prosoleptis and Tuncrediopsis, new sub-genera.
Many new species.

Boettger, O.—‘‘ Neue Funde tertiarer Landschnecken bei Offenbach a. M.”’
Nachrbl. Deutsch. malak. Ges., 1896, pp. 16-19.

Spivaxis ? bickhardti, n. sp.
Bonarelli, G.—‘‘ Il Gen. Paroniceras, Bonar. (1893)."" Bull. Soc. mal. Ital.,
xix., pp. 225-38, pl. iv., 1895.
P. buckmani, n. sp.

C. (larke), J. M.—[Rev. of Wiman’s paper on Conularia (Bull. geol. Upsala,
1895).] Amer. Geol., xvil., p. 119, 1896.
Fucini, A.—[See IV. B: ‘‘ Fauna calc. M. Pisano.’’]

The following new species of Mollusca are described :—Diotis pisana,
Perna martini, Myoconcha etrusca, Cardita pszudotetragona, Neomegalodon etruscus,
Cardium ttalicum, C. pisanum, Pleuvotomaria stefanit, P. etrusca, P. anconat, Hamu-
sina gemmellarot, Scaevola pisana, Trochopsis ausonium, Trochus mario, T. nerii,
T. fuchsi, T. zitteli, T. (Auseria,n. sg.) pseudonustus, T. (A.) acropterus, T. (A.)
sblendidissimus, Nevitopsis bosniaskii, Holopella ? problematica, Natica fatorum,
Palaeoniso enzo, Chemnitzia pisana, C. etrusca, C. ugo, C.inops, C. julianensis,
C. canavarit, C. achiardii, Microschiza sordida, Oonia suavis, Loxonema liasica,
Zygopleuva stefaniana, Z. acuta, Z. velata, Fibula juliana, Nautilus pisanus, and
N. julianus. The generic name Juliania is proposed for Pustularia, Koken (non
Swains.).

Maas, G.—[See IV. B: ‘Die unt. Kreide. . ."]

The following new species of Mollusca are described :—(A) Neocomian :
Pleurotomaria subhercynica (2), Turbo reticularis, Tvochus undulato-striatus, T. ewaldi,
Turvitella striata (2), T. gersdorfensis, Cervithium pseudophillipsii, Corbula laevis,
Tellina (Arcopagia) subhercynica, Psammobia carinata, Venus seveccensis, Crassatella
subhercynica, Lucina subhercynica, Cardium ewaldi, Nucula ewaldi, and Cucullaea
gersdorfensis. (B) from the Gault: Ancvloceras variabile, Panopaea zechi, P. sub-
hercynica, P. cavinata, P. ewaldi, and Trigonia roelligiana. Most of the new
forms are figured.

Mayer-Eymar, C.—“' Descriptions de Coquilles fossiles des terrains tertiaires
inférieurs (suite). J. Conchyl., xliii., pp. 40-54, pls. ii.-iv.

The following new species :— Corbis bellardii, Turritella aegyptiaca, Mesalia
hofana, M. oxycvepis, Fusus (Clavellites) spinosus, Tudicla aegyptiaca, T. umbilicaris,
Turbinella frequens, Melongena nilotica, I leuvotoma ingens, Pereivaea beyrichi, and
Voluta (Volutolyria) avabica.

Parona, C. F.—[See IV. B: ‘Fauna strati con Posidonomya.’’]

The following new species are described:—Lytocevas meletense, Oppelia
subtilicostata, Oecotraustes minor, Cadomoceras nepos, Sphaeroceras pilula, S. auritum,

BIBLIOGRAPHY. 9

S. (?) disputabile, Stephanoceras gibbum, S. votula, S. venetum, Reineckia sansonti,
Parkinsonia bonarellit, Morphocevas dimorphoide, Perisphinctes conclusus, P. torquis.
P. perspicuus, and Limea (?) lata. Other apparently new species are figured
without name.

Regny, P. Vinassa de.—[See IV. B: ‘‘ Moll. terz. Alpi venete.’’]

The following new species :—Arca oppenheimi, Cardium postalense, Tellina
bayaniana, Ampullina postalensis, from Mte. Postale; Arca recurvicosta, A.
hilavionis, A. cobellii, A. vistorit, Hemicardium hilavionis, Cardita pachydonta,
Crassatella (2) tricavinata, Tellina hilarionis, Pecten nicolosi,. P. bonarellii, Spon-
dylus (?) sesquispinatus, Ostrea hystrix, Patella gregovioi, P. pyramidalis, Mgh. Mss.,
P, stygis, Mgh. Mss., Turbo fucinii, T. grecot, T. (2) d'achiardii, Nerita canavarit,
Niso fallax, Adeorbis acuticosta, Mgh. Mss., A. septemcarvinata, Xenophora splendida,
Hipponyx fiexuosus, H. striatus, Mgh. Mss., H. corrugatus, Mgh. Mss., H.
spinelli, Mgh. Mss., Bayania (?) nuda, Mgh. Mss., Turritella catanii, T. (?)
babylonica, Mesalia disputata, Ovula globosa, Erato vitae, Pyrula gradata, Ficula
spinelli, Mgh. Mss., F. elongata, Oliva palladioit, Mgh. Mss., Cancellavia margari-
tata, Pleurotoma sinunodulosa, P. marinellit, Raphitoma bisevialis, Mgh, Mss.,
Bulla spinellii, Zitt. Mss., and Helix moduloides, Mgh. Mss.

Tiessen, E.—[See IV. B: ‘‘ Subhercyne Tourtia.’’]

The following new species of Mollusca :--Janiva johannis-boehmi, Pleuroto-
maria tourtiae, P. ewaldi, P. longimontana, Solarium ornato-dentatum, S. bicari-
natum, Turbo tricinctus, T. impar, T. pseudocarinatus, T. subhercynicus, Trochus
tourtiae, and Turrilites jaekelt.

Tommasi, A.—[See IV. B: ‘ Fauna Trias inf.’’]

The following new Molluscs :—Pecten (Chlamys ?) tellinii, Avicula tara-
melli, Posidonomya hauert, Gervillia meneghintt, Mytilus anonymus, Anoplophora
stellat, Psammoconcha servini, and Pleuwvotomaria (Cryptoenia) sansonii. Other
supposed new species are also figured without name.

Vincent, E.—‘‘ Contribution a la paléontologie de l'’eocéne belge. Note
préliminaire sur Crassatella.’’ Pr. Verb. Soc. mal. Belg., 1895, pp.
clx.-xx.

The following new species :—C. (Pseuderiphyla) cossmanni, C. (Ps.) erratica,
and C. (Ps.) wemmelensis, G. Vine. Mss.

Weissermel, W.—‘' Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Gattung Qvwenstedticeras.'s
Zeitschr. Deutsch. geol. Ges., xlvii., pp. 307-30, pls. x.-xii., figs., 1895

Woods, H.—‘ The Mollusca of the Chalk Rock: Part I.’ Quart. J. Geol.
Soc., lii., pp. 68-98, pls. ii.-iv. Bibl., Tables.

The following new species :—Ptychoceras smithi, Tvrochus schliiteri, T.
berocscivense, Turbo geinitzi, Cevithium cuckhamsliense, C. saunderst, and-Dentalium
tuvoniense.

See also Matthew (IV. B), and Oppenheim (IV. 8B).

II. ANATOMY, HISTOLOGY, DEVELOPMENT AND
PHYSIOLOGY.

‘““The Aptychus.’”’ Nat. Sci., viii., p. 84, Feb., 1896.

Notice of Dr. R. Michael’s discovery of a specimen of Oppelia steraspis
having in its interior some 60 young shells, each of which, as well as the adult,
is closed by an aptychus (Zeitsch. Deutsch. geol. Ges., xlvi., pp. 697-702,
pl. liv.).

Amadrut, A.—‘' Etude comparative de la masse buccale chez les Gastéro-
podes et particuliérement chez les Prosobranches diotocardes.”’ C. R.
ING SCi>) CXX1., PP. 170-2.

*Babor, J. F.—'' Uber das Centralnervensystem von Dreissensia polymorpha."

S. B. bohmisch Ges., xlviii.

Io BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Bernard, F.—‘'Sur quelques stades du développement du Scioberetia aus-
trvalis, Nob., Lamellibranche a Coquille interne.’’ Bull. Mus. Paris, i.,

PP- 275-7; fig., 1895.

Boutan, L.—‘' Recherches sur le Byssus des Lamellibranches.’’ Arch. Zodl.
exp., S. 3, vol. ili., pp. 297-338, pls. xili.-xiv, 3 figs., 1895.
Carazzi, D.—‘‘ Fagocitosi e diapedesi nei lamellibranchi."" Monit. Zodl. Ital.,

PP: 249-56, 1895.
Dall, W. H.—‘‘New Data on Sfirula’ [Rev. of Huxley and Pelseneer’s
‘‘Challenger’”’ Report]. Science, N.S., vol. iii., pp. 243-6.

Dr. Dall, in this very valuable critical note, suggests from a study of a
nearly perfect specimen in the U.S. National Museum, that Sfirula, ‘‘ while
not unable to swim, is in general sedentary,” living attached by an aboral
sucker to stones, &c., in abyssal depths ; and that the exposure of the shell in
the Challenger and some other specimens, instead of being normal, as Pelseneer
states, is really the result of the forcible pulling away of the Sfirula from its
perch by predacious deep-sea fish.

Garstang, W.—‘' The Chromatophores of Animals.’ Sci. Prog., iv., pp.
104-31, Bibl., 1895.

Haller, B.—[Rev. of Pelseneer’s ‘‘ L’hermaphroditisme chez les Mollusques "’
(Arch. Biol., xiv., 33) ]. Zo6l. Centralbl., ii... pp. 776-7, 1895.

Haller, B.—‘' Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Morphologie von Nautilus pom-
pilius’’ (Zo6l. Forschungsreisen in Australien, &c., vol. v.). Denk. Ges.
Jena, vol viii., 18 pp., 2 pls., 2 figs.

Jacobi, A.—‘' Anatomische Untersuchungen an malayischen Landschnecken
(Amphidromus chloris und Amphidromus interruptus.’ Arch. Naturg.,
Ixi., pp. 293-318, pl. xiv., Bibl., 1895 (1896).

Joubin, L.—[See I. 4: ‘‘ Cephalop. rec. dans l'estom. d’un Cachalot.’’]

Among the remarkable forms obtained, especial attention may be called
to. Lepidoteuthis grimaldi, n. sp., the tail of which is covered with large rhom-
bohedral scales reminding one of those of some ganoid fishes.

Kopsch, F.—‘‘ Das Augenganglion der Cephalopoden.’’ Anat. Anz., vol, xi.,
pp. 361-9, 3 figs.
Korschelt, E.—[Rev. of Schmidt on Deveney of Stylommatophora
(Zool. Jahrb, Anat., viii.).] Zool. Centralbl., ii., pp. 778-81, 1895.
Korschelt, E.—[Rev. of Sigerfoos’ paper on neve on ian 3
(Johns Hopk. Univ. Cire., no, 119).]_ Zool. Centralbl., pp. 18-9,
1896.

Korschelt, E.—[Rev. of Erlanger’s ‘‘ Etudes dév. Gastrop. pulm.” (Arch.
Biol., xiv., pp. 127- ).] Zool. Centralbl., iii., p. 116, 1896.

Korschelt, E.—[Rev. of Erlanger’s paper on the Origin of the Mesoderm in
Paludina (Morphol. Jahrb. 22).] Zool. Centralbl., ii., pp. 777-8, 1895.

Newbigin, M. J.—‘' The Pigments of Animals."’ Nat. Sci., viii., pp. 94-
100, Feb., 1896.

Pelseneer, P.—‘‘ Prosobranches aériens et Pulmonés branchiféres.’’ Arch.
Biol., xiv., pp. 351-93, pls. Xiv.-xviii., 1895.

Plate, L. H.—‘‘ Bemerkungen tiber die Phylogenie und die Entstehung der
Asymmetrie der Mollusken.’’ Zool. Jahrb. Anat., ix.; pp. 162-206,
19 figs., Bibl.

Ruprecht, R.—‘' Physiologische Untersuchungen an Eledone moschata."’
Zeitschr. Naturw., vol. 68, pp. 280-4, 1 fig , 1895.

Review of paper by O. Uexkiill in eieene Biol.

Simroth, H.—[Abstract of ‘‘ Die Gastropoden der Plankton-Expedition"
(see Bibl. in No. 4).] Zool, Centralbl., iii., pp. 19-29, 1896.

BIBLIOGRAPHY. 1 os

Simroth, H.—* Ueber die einfachen Farben im Tierreich.'’ Biol. Centralbl.,
Xvl., pp. 33-51, 1896.

Sterki, Dr. V.—‘‘ Some Notes on the Genital Organs of Unionidae, with
Reference to Systematics.” Nautilus, ix., pp. 91-4, 1895.

Thiele, J.—‘‘ Ueber die Verwandtschaftsbeziehungen der Amphineuren.”
Biol. Centralbl., xv., pp. 859-69, Bibl., 1895.

Maintains that the Solenogastres are not Mollusca and must be separated

from the Chitons.

Vayssiére, A.-—‘‘ Etude zoologique de l'Ovula (Neosimnia) spelta, L., et du
Conus meditervaneus, Bruguiere.’’ J. Conchyl., xliii., pp. 5-18, pl. i.
Vernon, H. M.—‘' The Respiratory Exchange of the Lower Marine Inverte-

brates.’”’ J. Physiol., xix., 18-70, 13 figs.

The following Mollusca were experimented upon :—Tethys, Ptevotrachea,
Cymbulea, and Octopus.

Ill. BIOLOGY, HABITS AND TERATOLOGY.

Bernard, F.—‘‘On a new Lamellibranch (Scioberetia australis) commensal
with an Echinoderm.”’ Ann. Nat. Hist., s. 6, xvii., pp. Iog-1o (transl.
from C. R. Ac. Sci., cxxi., pp. 569-71).

Bouvier, E. L.—‘‘Le Commensalisme chez certains Polypes madréporaires.’’
Amn Sei uat.; St 7 vols xx,
Note (pp. 23-30) on the commensalism of Kellia deshayesi with Hetero-
psammia and the associated A spidosiphon.
Boycott, A. E.—‘ On Shell-Coloration in British Extra-Marine Mollusca.”
Zoologist, s. 3, XX, pp. 62-70, 18096.
Cockerell, T. D. A.—‘‘ Sinistral Patula strigosa.’’ Naut., vol. ix., p. 108,
Crowther, H.—‘ Protective resemblance of shell of Helix cantiana, Mont., to
its surroundings.’’ J. Conch., viil., p. 161, 1896.

Hartlaub, C.—‘‘ Die Polypen und Quallen von Stauridium productum, Wright,
und Perigonomus repens, Wright.’’ Zeitschr. Wiss. Zodl., vol. Ixi., pp.
142-62, pls. vil.-ix., Dec., 1895.

Association of the Hydrazo6én P. repens with Nucula nucleus at Heligoland.

Keyes, C. R.—‘‘A gigantic Orthoceratite from the American Carboniferous.”
Science (n.s.), iii., pp. 94-5.
Specimen of O. fanslerensis probably over 6 ft. long.
Lancelevée, Th.—‘'Sinistrosite de |’ Helix pomatia.’’ Bull. Soc. Sci. Nat ,
d’ Elbeuf, Ann. 1894, p. 13.
Packard, A. S.—|Rev. of Kew’s ‘Dispersal of Shells’’ (Int. Sci. Series,
London, 1893).] Science (n.s.), ili., pp. 207-8, 1896.
In this somewhat belated review Packard calls attention to two cases
omitted by Kew—(a) the introduction into North America of H. hortensis,

(b) the extreme and rapid variation of H. nemoralis in Lexington, Va., since its
comparatively recent introduction.

Post, E. J.—‘‘ Plover caught by a Pinna.’ Naut., vol. ix., p. 107.
Strode, W. S.—‘‘ The size of Mussels.”” Naut., vol. ix., pp. 115-6.

Wetherby, A. G.—‘' New Records of reversed American Helices.” Naut.,
vol. ix., p. 94.

Wright, C. E.—‘ Helix hortensis, Monst., sinistvorsum in Northamptonshire,”
Journ. of Conch., vol. viii., p. 151.

I2 BIBLIOGRAPHY.

IV. DISTRIBUTION AND FAUNA.

A. RECENT: FORMS.

Adams, Lionel E.—‘' Physa acuta at Ostend.” Journ, of Conch., vol. viii.,
p- 176,

Andrews, Mrs. Geo.—‘ Shells of Thunderhead Mt,, N.C.” Naut,, vol, ix.,
p. 120.

(Bowell, E. W. W., and Bazely, E. H.]—‘ British Land and Freshwater
Shells, Part III.” Devonia, vol. i,, part iii., pp. 64-73, figs,

Byne, L. St. George.—‘‘The Marine Mollusca of Teignmouth Bay :
Additions.” Journ. of Conch., vol. vili., pp. 162-7.

Caziot.—‘‘ Faune Malacologique terrestre et fluviatile du departement de la
Vienne.” Feu. Jeun. Nat., ser. 3, no. 303, pp. 54-5.

Clapp, Geo. H.—“ Vitvina limpida in Western Pennsylvania.” Naut., vol.

iX., Pp. 94-5.
Cockerell, T. D. A.—'‘ California Slugs.” Naut., vol..ix., p. 120.
Crosse, H.—‘‘ Faune Malacologique terrestre et fluviatile de la Nouvelle-

Calédonie et de ses dépendances (suite et fin).”” Journ, de Conch., vol.
xlii., pp. 333-473, pl. ix.-x., Nov., 1895.

This completes the important study by Mr. Crosse of the New Caledonian
Fauna. He describes a shell, previously considered to be a variety of Helicina
porphyrostoma, under the name of H. vossiteri. Also Helix pomatia is recorded
as an acclimatised species; this must, however, be a slip for H. aspersa, since
the authorities he quotes refer to this latter species only. The entire land and
freshwater fauna is said to comprise 361 species—an enormous number con-
sidering the extent of the islands. A table of the geographical distribution of
the species amongst the islands concludes this very instructive paper.

Dautzenberg, Ph.—‘' Campagne de la Melita, 1892. Mollusques recueillis
sur les cotes de la Tunisie et de 1’ Algerie.”” Mem. Soc. Zool. France,
vol. vili., pp. 363-73.

Farrer, Capt. J. W.—‘ Notes on the Land and Freshwater Mollusca of the
English Lake District.” Journ. of Conch., vol. viii., pp. 151-161.

Fra Piero (Pietro Arbanasich).—‘‘La Enumerazione dei Molluschi della
Sardegna.” Boll. Soc. Mal. Ital., vol, xix., pp. 263-78.

Deals with the Cephalopods and Pteropods.

Gardner, A. H.—‘' Dredging in Long Island Sound.” Naut., vol. ix., pp.
119-120.

Hedley, C.—‘‘ Considerations on the Surviving Refugees in Austral Lands of
Ancient Antarctic Life.” Ann. Nat. Hist., s. 6, vol. xvii., pp. 113-20.

Henderson, John B.—“ Notes of a Conchologist in Japan.’’ Naut., vol. ix.,
PP- 85-7.
Henderson, John B.—“ Notes on collecting Shells in China.’ Naut., vol.

iX., pp. I00-I.

Herdman, W. A.—The ninth Annual Report of the Liverpool Biology
Committee and their Biological Station at Port Erin, Liverpool, 8
1896, pp. 60.
We welcome the Annual Report of this Society, which has hardly yet
received the support it merits.

Lameere, A.—‘‘ Manuel de la Faune Belgique, Partie I, Animaux non
Insectes.”” Bruxelles, 1895, 12™°-

This volume contains a brief account of the Belgian Molluscan Fauna.

BIBLIOGRAPHY. 13

Melvill, J. Cosmo, and Standen, Robert.—‘‘ Notes on a collection of
shells from Lifu and Uvea, Loyalty Islands, formed by the Rev. J. and
Mrs. Hadfield, with list of species’’ (concluded). Journ. of Conch.,
vol. viii., pp. 129-132.

Monaco, Albert, Prince de.—'‘' Sur la deuxiéme campagne scientifique de
la Princesse-Alice.”’ C. R. Ac. Sci., cxxi., pp. 1109-13, 1896.

Nobre, Augusto.—‘' Mollusques et Brachiopodes du Portugal.’’ Ann, Sci.
Nat., Porto, an. 3, no. 1, pp. 1-8.

Contains the Cephalopods, Pteropods and the commencement of the
Gastropods.

Oldham, Chas.—‘ Limax cineveo-nigey in Cheshire."’ Journ. of Conch., vol.
Vill ps L5 Ge

Oldham, Chas.—" Agrviolimax agrestis v. albida, Picard, in Cheshire.’’ Journ.
of Conch., vol. vili., p. 151.

Pfilsbry], H. A.—‘' Lepidopleurus in New Zealand.’ Naut., vol. ix., p, 108.

Pruvot, G.—‘' Coup d’oeil sur la Distribution Générale des Invertébrés dans
la Régione de Banyuls (Golfe du Lyon).’’ Arch. Zool, exp., s. 3, vol.
lii., pp. 629-58, 1895.

Raeymaekers, D.—‘' Etudes sur la Faune Malacologique du Bas-Escaut :
Disparition de Alderia scaldiana, Nyst.’’ Proc. Verb. Soc. Mal, Belg.
1895, pp. cl.-clv.

M. Raeymaekers concludes that the species is extinct in the brackish

waters of Belgium.

Randolph, P. B.-—‘' Shells of Seattle, King Co., Washington.’’ Naut.,
vol. ix., pp. IoI-2.

Sargent, H. E.—‘ Annotated list of the Mollusca found in the vicinity of
Clearwater, Wright Co., Minnesota.’’ Naut., vol. ix., pp. 87-90.

The first portion of this faunal list deals with the terrestrial Mollusca,
and enumerates 38 species.

' Saville-Kent, W.—‘ Observations on the Marine Fauna of Houtman’s
Abrolhos Islands, Western Australia.’’ Rep. Brit. Assoc., 1895, pp.
732-3-

Contains notes on Ostrea and Meleagrina.
Scharff, Dr. R. F.—‘ Zur Molluskenfauna der Schweiz.’’ Nach. Mal. Ges.,
1895, pp. I9I-3.
Scott, Thomas,— Xylophaga dorsalis in the Firth of Forth.”’ Ann. Scott.
Nat. Hist., no. 17, Jan., 1896, p. 63.

Smith, Edgar A.—‘‘ Notes on some Land Shells from Vanbu, Tonkin, with
descriptions of two new species.” Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, vol.

Xvii., pp. 128-130, Feb., 1896.

A new Camaena and Pterocyclos.

Sterki, Dr. V.—‘'Small land Mollusca from New Mexico.’”’ Naut., vol, ix.,
p. 116.
Suter. H.—‘‘ Corrections et Additions a la Liste synonymique et biblio-

graphique des Mollusques terrestres et fluviatiles de la Nouvelle-
Zélande.”’ Journ. de Conch., vol. xlii., pp. 476-7.

Taylor, Rev. G. W.—‘' Preliminary Catalogue of the Marine Mollusca of
the Pacific Coast of Canada, with notes upon their distribution.’ Trans.
Roy. Soc, Canada, ser. 2, vol. i., pp. 17-100.

This very interesting faunal catalogue includes five Brachiopoda, 67 land
and freshwater Molluscs, and 279 marine Mollusca. The Nudibranchiata are
omitted, since, as Mr. Taylor tells us, they have not yet been systematically
studied in Canada. One great advantage students of this fauna possess over

14 BIBLIOGRAPHY.

those in these islands is that the nomenclature has not been burdened with a

mass of names for indistinguishable varieties. May it long remain so!

Vanatta, E. G.—‘‘ The geographic distribution of Planorbis umbilicatellus,”’
Naute voll ix: p: m7

White, Mrs. G. W.—‘ Collecting in Southern California." Naut., vol. ix.,

pp. 102-4, .

‘The Marine _Zoélogy, Botany and Geology of.the Irish Sea: Third

Report of the Committee.”’ Rep. Brit. Assoc., 1895, pp. 455-67.

See also Ancey (I. A), Gregorio (IV. B), Lahille (I. A), Martens (I. 4),
Packard (III.), Quadras (I. A), and Roper (I. 4).

B. FOSSIL FORMS:

Beushausen, L.—‘' Die Lamellibranchiaten des rheinischen Devon mit
Auschluss der Aviculiden.’’ Abh. Preuss geol. Landesanst. (n.s.), 17,
1895, 514 pp.; atlas, 38 pls.
Browne, M.—‘“' Preliminary Notice of an Exposure of Rhaetic Beds, near East
Leake, Nottinghamshire "’ (Fourth Contribution to Rhaetic Geology).
Rep. Brit Ass., 1895, pp. 688-90.
Cossmann.—[Rev. of Sacco’s ‘' Moll. terreni terziarii Piemonte” (Turin,
1894-5).] Feuille Natural , s. 3, xxvi., pp. 47-54, 1896.
Couturieaux, J.—‘‘ Sur un gite fossilifére pamialih Pr. Verb. Soc. mal.
Belg., 1895, pp, Cxliv.-vi.
List of fossils.
Cragin, F. W.—'‘A Study of the Belvidere Beds.'’ Am, Geol., vol. xvi.,
PP- 357-85, 1895.
Delheid, E.—'' Découverte d'ossements quaternaires a Saint-Gilles-Brux-
elles.”’ Pr. Verb. Soc. mal. Belg., 1895, pp. clv.-x.
List of accompanying fossil Mollusca.
Dollfus, G. F.—‘' Probable Extension of the Seas during Upper Tertiary
Times in Western Europe."’ Rep. Brit, Ass., 1895, pp. 690-1.
Dollfus, G.—‘ Quelques mots sur le tertiaire supérieur de l’est de 1’Angle-
terre.'’ Pr. Verb. Soc, mal. Belg., 1895, pp. cxviii.-xxxvii.
Dollfus, G. F.—‘' On the true meaning of the term Bolderian.’’ Geol. Mag.
(n.s.), vol. iii., pp. go-2.
Includes a list of the typical Molluscan remains found in the Bolderberg.

Douxami, H.—“‘ Le Tertiaire des Environs de Sainte-Croix.’’ Eclog. Geol.
Helvet., iv., pp. 417-22, fig., 1896.
Foresti, L.—‘‘ Enumerazione dei Brachiopodi e dei Molluschi pliocenici dei

dintorni di Bologna.’ Bull. Soc. malac. Ital., xix., 240-62, 1895.
This part deals exclusively with the Scaphopoda; no new species.

Fucini, A.—‘‘ Fauna dei calcari bianchi ceroidi con Phylloceras cylindvicum,

Sow. sp. del Monte Pisano.’’ Atti. Soc. Toscana (Mem.), vol. xiv.,
Pp. 125-351, pls. vi.-xili., 1895.
{Seenlers3)
Gregorio, A. de.—‘' Terza nota su talune Conchiglie Mediterranee viventi e
fossili."’. Natural. Sicil., xiv., pp. 236-43, 1895.
Gregorio, A. de.—‘' Appunti su talune conchiglie estramarine di Sicilia

viventi e fossili, con la spiegazione delle tavole dell’ opera di Benoit.”’

Natural. Sicil., xiv., 183-212, 1895.
Harmer, F. W.—“ On the Derivative Shells of the Red Crag.’’ Rep. Brit.

Ass., 1895, pp. 676-7. Sel

BIBLIOGRAPHY. 15

Harmer, F. W.—“ The Southern Character of the Molluscan Fauna of the
Coralline Crag Tested by an Analysis of its more Abundant and Charac-
teristic Species.’’ Geol. Mag., no. 379, 1896, pp. 27-31 (read at B. A.
Meeting ; see abs. in Rep. Brit. Ass., 1895, pp. 675-6).

Maas, G.—‘ Die untere Kreide des subhercynen Quadersandstein -Gebirges.”’
Zeitschr, Deutsch. geol. Ges., xlvii., pp. 227-302, pls. v.-ix., 4 figs.,
1895.

(See I. B.)

Martin.—‘‘ Over tertiaire fossielen van der Philippijnen.’’ Vers], Ak, Am-
sterdam, 1895-6, pp. 130-2.

Includes list of tertiary Mollusca, now in the Leyden Mus., collected by

Semper,

*Matthew, G. F.—‘ The Protolenus Fauna.” Tr. N. York Ac., xiv., pp.

IOI-53.
New genus, Pelagiella; 10 nn. spp.
Mieg, M.—‘ Excursions géologiques en Alsace.'’ Feuille Natural., s. 3,

XXvi., pp. 23-5, 68-74, Map, Bibl., 1896.
Miller, A. M.—‘' The Association of the Gasteropod Genus Cyclora with
Phosphate of Lime Deposits.’’ Amer. Geol., xvii., pp. 74-6, 1896.
Newton, R. B.—‘‘ On the Occurrence of Alectryona ungulata in S.E. Africa ;
with a notice of previous researches on the Cretaceous Conchology of
Southern Africa.” J. Conch., vili., pp. 136-51, 1896. :
An important paper.
*Oppenheim, P.—‘ Beitrage zur Binnenfauna der provengalischen Kreide.”’
Palaeontogr,, vol. 42, pp. 309-78.
Six nn. spp. Mollusca.
Parona, C. F.—‘' Nuove osservazioni sopra la fauna e l’eta degli strati con
Posidonomya albina nei sette comuni.’”’ Palaeontogr. Ital., vol. i., pp. 1-
42, pls. i.-ii., 1896.

(See L. B:)
Regny, P. Vinassa de.--‘‘Synopsis dei Molluschi terziari delle Alpi
venete.”” (Pt. I.: ‘‘Strati con Velates schmiedeliana.”) Palaeontogr.
Ital., i., pp. 211-275, pls. xvi.-xviii., 1896.
(Sees)

Regny, P. Vinassa de.—‘‘I Molluschi delle Glauconie bellunesi.’’ Atti.
Soc. Toscana (Proc. Verb.), ix., pp. 261-2, 1896.
A preliminary list containing some new names.
Tiessen, E.—‘' Die subhercyne Tourtia und ihre Brachiopoden-und Mol-
lusken-Fauna.’’ Zeitschr. Deutsch. geol. Ges., xlvii., pp. 423-533,
pls. xvii.-viii., figs., Bibl., 1895.
(Seemeess)
Tommasi, A.—‘‘ La Fauna del Trias inferiore nel versante meridionale delle
Alpi.”’ Palaeontogr. Ital., i., pp. 44-76, pls, lii.-iv., 1896.
(See I. B.)
Weller, Si—‘A circum-insular Palaeozoic Fauna.” J. Geol., iii., pp. 903-
17, 2 maps, table, 1895.
See also Abbott (VI.), Boettger (1.6), Hedley (1V.4), and Vincent (I. B).

V. COLLECTING AND METHODS OF RESEARCH.

*Bavay.—‘' Conservation et préparation des Mollusques.’’ Feuille Natural.
(3), Xxvi1., pp. 44-7, 1896.

16 BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Borgert, A.—‘ Ein einfaches Netz zum Fischen von Plankton bei schneller
Fahrt.’’ Zeitschr. Wiss. Mikr., xii., pp. 307-11, 2 figs., 1896.

Plate, L. H.—‘‘Einige Winke zur Sammel und Conservierungstechnik fir
zoologische Forschungs reisende.”” Zo6l. Anz., xix., pp. 40-6, 1896,

Sorby, H. C.—(Mounting marine organisms as lantern slides.) J. R. Micr.
Soc., 1896, pp. 136-40.

VI. ECONOMICS.

Abbott, W. J. L._—‘ An Ancient Kitchen Midden at Hastings, and a Barrow
at the Wildernesse."’ (Rep. of Committee.). Rep. Brit. Ass., 1895,
Ppp. 500-2,
Boyce, Rupert W., and Herdman, W. A.—‘ On Oysters and Typhoid."’
Rep. Brit, Assoc., 1895, pp. 723-6.
This summary is too condensed to admit of further condensation here.

Mason, O. T.—'' Shells as Implements.’”’ Science, n.s,, vol. ii., p. 693.

VII. BIOGRAPHY.

[Anon.]—‘ The late J. Bracebridge Wilson, M.A., F.L.S,” Victorian Nat.,
vol. xii., p. 81.

Ko[belt], Dr.--‘‘ Hugh Cuming.” Nach, Mal, Ges., 1895, pp. 187-191.

Kuhn, Dr.—‘' Un Naturaliste de la Seine Inferieure: Blainville.” Bull.
Soc. Sci. Nat. d’ Elbeuf, Ann. 1894, pp. 36-8.

Osborn, H. F.—‘‘ Memorial Tribute to Professor Thomas H. Huxley.”
Science (n.s.), iii., pp. 147-54, 1896. (Read before the Biol, section of
the N. York Acad.)

EDITOR’S NOTES.

Our readers will learn with regret that Mr. Walter E. Collinge, F.Z.S., who founded
the “Journal of Malacology”’ in 1890, has been obliged to retire from the co-editorship,
in consequence of pressure of work.

We regret to record the death of Mr. J. Bracebridge Wilson, an.enthusiastic and
most successful collector of forms of marine life, especially those of the Colony ot
Victoria. He passed away on Oct. 22nd, 1895, at the age of 67.

There is in our contemporary, the “ Naturalist’s Journal’? for February, a record
of a colony of Jelicella cantiana, introduced from Hampshire to South Staftordshire
eight years ago, and still surviving.

We are pleased to bring before our readers the analytical card catalogue of
current zoUlogical literature, a special edition of the “ Bibliographica Zoilogica,’’ which
in turn is a continuation of the ‘“‘ Zotlogische Anzeiger.” Professor Carus will con-
tinue to be editor-in-chief. The annual subscription to the Molluscan part is 12s.,
which should be sent to the Bibliographical Bureau, Zurich-Oberstrass (Switzerland).

In Volume IV., p. 8J, attention might have been called to the anatomical work con-
tained in Dr. Dall’s paper, which is of some considerable importance,

SETS:

wet Or MALE ACOLOGY

No. 2. JUNE 25th, 1896. Vote V-

ON SOME LAND SHELLS FROM NEW
GUINEA, -AND, OTHER’ ‘NEIGHBOURING
ISLANDS, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF NEW
SPECIES.

Bye EDGAR Al SMEDRH -Z:S:
(Assistant-Keeper of Zoology, British Museum).

(ZEAE sce)

The majority of the species referred to or described in this
paper were collected in British New Guinea, in the region lying
to the north of Orangerie Bay, by Mr. Anthony, Collector to
the Hon. Walter Rothschild. The collection contained a large
series of Nanina hunsteint, Chloritis (Sulcobasis) stivophora, Leptopoma
vitreum, Succinea strubelli, and Papuina brumeriensis, in addition to
the species hereafter mentioned. The new Pupinella from
Djamna Island, and the Helicina from Neu Pommern (New
Britain), have been placed in my hands for description by
Herr Bruno Strubell, and the new Charopa from German New
Guinea, and the two Tiuncatellae from Samarai at the eastern
extremity of the Island, were submitted to me by Mr. Hugh
Fulton.

I take this opportunity of figuring four species described by
me a few years ago, three of which have not as yet been illus-
trated. They are as follows:—1. Nanna infelix* (Figs. 6, 7) ;
2. Papuina aeropet (Figs. 1, 2); 3. P. hevo.t (Figs. 3, 4) ;
4. P. janthe + (Fig. 5). (Pilsbry, Man. Conch., series 2, vol. ix.,
pl. 46, figs. 17-19.)

*The Conchologist, vol. ii., p. 109.
tAnn. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1891, vol. vii., pp. 451-452.

18 SMITH : LAND SHELLS FROM NEW GUINEA.
1. Microcystina sappho, Brazier.

Helix (Thalassia) sappho, Brazier, Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.
Wales, 1876, vol. i., pp. 100 and 119; Canefri, Ann.
Mus. Gen., vol. xix., p. 95 (Thalassia); Hedley, P.
Eimn. Soc... N. S. W.)1898, vol. vi.j p. 75, plex te

Hab.: Yule Island (Brazier); Maiva and Mission Hill
(Hedley).

Var. mailuensis.

This form differs from the type in being more highly
glossy, and in having the spire slightly more
elevated.

An examination of a series of specimens of the typical form
from Maiva, kindly sent to the Museum by Mr. C. Hedley, shows
that the surface is microscopically striated, spirally, both above
and beneath. In the shells from Mailu, however, this micro-
scopic striation does not appear to be present, the surface in
consequence being more polished.

A few examples of the normal form were also obtained at
Mailu.

In the variety, the tongue-like reflexion of the columella is
very strongly developed.

2. Charopa nigrofusca, n. sp. (PI. II., Figs. 10-12).

Testa depressa, orbicularis, late et aperte umbilicata,
saturate fusca, liris tenuissimis confertis flexuosis obliquis
ornata ; spira depressa, supra anfract. ultimum vix elata ;
anfractus 44 rotundati, regulariter accrescentes, sutura profunda
sejuncti, primus laevis, caeteri costulati, ultimus ad peripheriam
acute rotundatus, haud descendens ; umbilicus latus, perspec-
tivus, diam. totius 4 adaequans; apertura latissime lunata, con-
color; peristoma tenue, margine columeliari haud reflexo.

Diam. maj. 6 millim., min. 5, alt. 22.

Hab. : German New Guinea.

3. Macrochlamys papuana, n. sp. (PI. II., Figs. 8, 9).

Testa orbicularis, depressa, anguste perforata, rubello-cornea,
nitida, striis incrementi tenuissimis sculpta; spira parum elata,
ad apicem obtusa ; anfractus 54 convexiusculi, lente accrescentes,
infra suturam impresso-marginati, ultimus ad peripheriam obso-

SMITH : LAND SHELLS FROM NEW GUINEA. 1g

lete vel obtusissime angulatus, prope aperturam vix descendens ;
apertura obliqua, lunata; peristoma tenue, supra umbilicum
anguste expansum et concave reflexum.

Diam. maj. 16 millim., min. 134, alt. 8.

In addition to the fine lines of growth, indications of spiral
striae are observable under a strong lens.

4. Rhysota hercules, Hedley.

Oxytes hercules, Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc., New S. Wales,
EGOE, VOlr V1.4. py 70, pl 1x., tigs.-b, 2° Smith; Con-
chologist, vol. i1., p. 108.

Wer OO. jivenss, Eredley, 1.c.p.72, plo ix. .fes, 3,'4 3 ; vol:
ix., p. 390, pl. xxv., figs. 16 and 17 (jaw and radula).

Hab.: Fly River (Hedley).

I cannot agree with Mr. Hedley in separating the form
fiyensis as a distinct species. The slightly more elevated spire
of the type does not prove a constant character, judging by the
series of specimens I have examined. Both forms have a pink
peristome, the sculpture is practically the same, and the perio-
stracum is similar. The chief distinction consists in the differ-
ence of the ground colour. In hercules it is livid purple on the
underside, generally darker towards the circumference than near
the centre; whereas in flyensis it is white with a broad blackish
marginal zone. The colour of the upper surface in fresh speci-
mens (Mr. Hediey'’s were ‘‘ dead shells”’) of flyensis is like that
of hercules. ‘Two specimens of the former in the Museum have
the peristome of a very dark rich brown, becoming pinkish in the
umbilical region.

5. Omphalotropis papuensis, n. sp. (PI. II., Fig. 19).

Testa parva, anguste umbilicata, ovato-conica, pallide vel
rufescente cornea, subnitens ; spira conica, ad apicem subacuta ;
anfractus 5-54 convexi, regulariter accrescentes, sutura profunda
sejuncti, lineis incrementi obliquis tenuissimis striati, ultimus ad
peripheriam lira filiforme cinctus, infra convexus, circa umbilicum
angustum rotundatus, haud angulatus; apertura rotundata, sed
superne paulo acuminata; peristoma simplex, marginibus callo
tenui junctis, columellari rufescente, leviter incrassato et
reflexo.

Longit. 4 millim., diam. 3. Apertura 2 longa, 14 lata.

20 SMITH ! LAND SHELLS FROM NEW GUINEA.

This species is allied to O. brazieri and O. protracta of
Hedley. From the former it appears to differ in the more
conical form of the spire, in the rounded base of the last volution,
the absence of an angle around the umbilicus, and the simple
peristome. It is apparently more narrowly perforate than pro-
tvacta, has fewer whorls, although of larger dimensions, and the
last has at the middle a distinct thread-like keel, which is con-
tinued a short distance up the spire just above the suture. It is
not ‘‘ angled at the margin”’ of the umbilicus.

6. Cyclotus horridus, Hedley (Pl. II., Figs. 16-18).

Cyclotus horvidus, Hedley, Proc. Linn. Soc., N. S. Wales,
LBQT; Val. -Vi., Pp: x00), pl. sar bis; f. 49.
Hab.: Milne Bay, Mita and South Shore (Hedley).

Two specimens in the present collection, much larger than
the types described by Mr. Hedley, may belong to this species.
They are 16-17 millim. in their greatest diameter. The spiral
striae and the bristly periostracum appear to be similar, excepting
that here and there some of the former are a little coarser than
the rest, one at the periphery forming a slight median cari-
nation.

7. Truncatella quadrasi, Mollendorff.

Truncatella quadvast, MOllendorff, Bericht Senckenberg. nat.
Gesell., 1893, p. 137, pl. v., f. 10-10 b.
Hab.: Leyte and Sibuyan, Philippine Islands (MOll.). °

The specimens from Samarai, British New Guinea, agree
exactly with the description and figure of this species, and as
the distribution of the various forms belonging to the genus is
known to be very wide in many instances, there is no reason
why this well-marked form should not be found both at the
Philippines end New Guinea.

8. Truncatella valida, Pfeiffer.*

A slender form (T. teves) of this widely-distributed species
was also met with at Samarai, as well as a second variety in
which the riblets are developed only just below the suture. This
form was described by Pfeiffer under the name of T. ceylanica.+

* Conch.-Cab., ed. 2, p. 11, pl. ii., figs. 19-21.
t Mon. Auricul.; p. 187.

SMITH : LAND SHELLS FROM NEW GUINEA. 21

The specimens vary in size, some being more slender than
‘others, and intermediate degrees of costation are also occasion-
ally met with. When the genus is re-monographed, it is
probable that some older name will be discovered to replace
that of valida.

ou Pupitella, strabelly, mn. sp. (Pl Il. Fig: 13).

Testa imperforata, oblongo-ovata, superne acuminata, dilute
fusco-cornea, haud nitida, lineis incrementi tenuibus obliquis
striata ; anfractus 6, superiores quinque convexi, ultimus minus
convexus, obliquus, antice paulo descendens, supra aperturam
leviter planatus, ad basin pone fissuram columellarem cristatus ;
apertura subcircularis, pallide flavescens vel sordide albida ;
peristoma expansum, reflexum, incrassatum, dilute flavescens
fissura columellaris parva, angusta; labrum ad _ insertionem
leviter canaliculatum.

Longit. 11 millim., diam. 6; apertura intus 3.

Hab.: Djamna Island, Dutch New Guinea, off north coast.

A specimen of this species has been presented to the British
Museum by Herr Bruno Strubell, after whom I have named it.
P. fultom, Smith, 1895 (= P. Iuteola, Brancsik*), is a closely-
allied form, but a little larger, having a deeper columellar slit,
but lacking the basal crest which occurs in the present species.
C. strubelli, through the obliquity of the body-whorl, has a some-
what distorted look, like certain forms of Streptaxis. The
columellar callus extends in a curve towards the termination
of the outer lip, with which it forms a slight canaliculation.
Herr Strubell informs me that Djamna or Djammna Island is
situated off the north coast of the island.

ro, Helicina pachystoma, n.sp. (Pl. Il; Fig. 14).

Testa turbinata, solida, flava; spira conica, ad apicem
subacuta ; anfractus 5 leviter convexiusculi, oblique tenuiter
striatuli, ultimus postice rotunde subangulatus, antice infra
angulum descendens; apertura intus flavescens ; peristoma
expansum, valde incrassatum, albo-pellucidum ; callus basalis
mediocris, flavescens, circumscriptus.

Diam. maj. 8 millim., min. 64, alt. 7.
Hab. : Neu Pommern (=New Britain).

* Jahresheft naturwis, Vereines Trenesin Comitat, 1894-5, xvii.-xviii. (1896), p. 225,
Die Vayda vane

22 SMITH : LAND SHELLS FROM NEW GUINEA.

This solid species is well characterised by the much-
thickened and produced pellucid labrum. Two specimens
have been’ presented. to “the British” ‘Museum ‘bys fier
Strubell.

11. Helicina solitaria, Smith (Pl. II., Fig. 15).

Helicina solitaria, Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1887, vol.
KIX... pa A25, pl. xv, f-Loo(not cood:!).
Hab.: Eafa district, between Mounts Alexander and Bellamy,
at an elevation of from 5,000 to 6,000 feet.

Several fresh specimens show that the colour is somewhat
variable. The general ground-colour is opaque-white, sometimes
varied with a spiral purple-red zone upon the middle of the
upper surface of the whorls, or with some irregular spots or dots
of the same colour. The apex is generally opaque pale yellow,
and the two succeeding whorls are rich purplish red. <A fait
second zone is often traceable beneath the opaque white surface
upon the base of the body-whorl. The labrum is bright yellow
or orange, and the interior of the aperture is of a very dark
purplish red tint. The umbilical callus is generally yellowish,
but occasionally pale and glossy.

A single specimen is opaque white above, with scattered sub-
hyaline wavy streaks and spots. The apex, however, is of the
same opaque character, and conspicuous, asin the other specimens.
H. dentom, Pilsbry, appears to be the same as this species.

EXPLANATION. OF PLATE II.

Pigs. 03,2: Papwina aerope.

Pigs: 3, Papuina hero.

Fisas: Papwina tanthe.

Figs: 65-7, Nanna infelix.

Figs. 8,9. Macyochlamys papuana.
Figs. 10, 11, 12. Chavopa nigrofusca.
Fig. 13. Pupinella strubelli.
Fig. 14. Helicina pachystoma.
Hie s. Helicina solitania.

Figs. 16, 17, 18. Cyclotus horridus.
Fig. 19. Omphalotropis papuensis.

CURRENT LITERATURE.*
By E.R. SYKES, BAY) BP Z:S:) and “Ss, PACE, -F:Z:S.

It is hoped that all Malacologists will aid in making this Biblio-
graphy as complete and useful as possible. Writers, both at home and
abroad, are especially asked to send in copies of their respective papers
for review.

I. CLASSIFICATION AND NEW FORMS.

Ape RECENT BORMS:

Bavay, A.—‘‘ Coquilles nouvelles, provenant des récoltes de M. L. Levay,
dans les rapides du Haut-Mékong, pendant la campagne du Massie,
1893-4-5."’ Journ. de Conch., vol. xliii., pp. 82-94, pl. v., pars, vi.

Brazier, J.—‘‘ New species of Cone from the Solomon Islands.’’ Pro. Linn.
SOG: NE Saw Ole scone 47:

Dall, W. H.—“ New species of Leda from the Pacific Coast.’’ Naut., vol. x.,
pp. 1-2.

Dall, W. H.—“' Diagnoses of new Mollusks from the Survey of the Mexican
Boundary.’ Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., vol. xviii., pp. 1-6.

New Land and Freshwater Mollusks, with a scheme for breaking up the
genus Holospira.

Dall, W. H.—“ Diagnoses of new species of Mollusks from the West Coast
of America.”’ Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. xviii., pp. 7-20.

New species of Marine Univalves and Bivalves. Two interesting new
genera are characterised: one, Anaplocamus, is ‘‘ probably referable to the
family Trichotropidae, as the peculiar production of the aperture, the thick,
brown epidermis, and the curious operculum all have points in common with
species of Trichotropis..’’ The other, Tractoliva, ‘appears to be a degenerate
abyssal form of Volutidae.”

Garstang, W.—‘ On Doris maculata, a new species of Nudibranchiate Mollusc
found at Plymouth.’’ Journ. Mar. Biol. Assn., n.s., vol. iv., pp. 167-8.

The species may be recognised by its orange colour and “the presence,
on the back, of a number of conspicuously [purple] coloured tubercles, con-
nected with one another by a network of low ridges.”’

Gude, G. K.—‘ Description of a new species of Vitrina, and new forms of
Helicidae, with a list of the Helicoid shells hitherto found in the
Canary Islands.’ Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. ii., pp. 15-22, figs.

Gude, G. K.—‘ Description of Streptaxis paulus, a new species.’’ Proc.
Malac. Soc., vol. ii., p. 23, fig.

Hedley, C.—‘‘ Notes on Mollusca from the Alpine Zone of Mount Kosciusko."’
Rec. Austral. Mus., vol. ii., pp. 101-5, pl. xxiil., pars.

A new Endodonta and a new Flammulina.

Hedley, C.—‘ Description of Pugnus, a new genus of Ringiculidae from
Sydney Harbour.’ Rec. Austral. Mus., vol. ii., pp. 105-6, pl. xxiii., pars.

* An asterisk denotes that the work has not been seen. The bibliography ts carried up to
June 1st, 1896.

24 CURRENT LITERATURE.

Joubin, L.—‘t Note complémentaire sur un Céphalapode d’Amboine.”
Rev. Suisse Zo6l., iii., pp. 459-60, 1896 (1895).
M. Joubin places his Loligo picteti in the genus Ideosepius, Steenstr.
Kobelt, Dr. W.—'' Systematisches Conchylien Cabinet.’ Band. i., heft:
Cxxxi.-cxxxil. (contain Bullacea, pp. 1-72, pls. A, B, v.-xiv.)
Kobelt, Dr. W., and Rolle, H.—‘' Diagnosen neuer Pomatien.’’ Nach.
Mal. Ges., 1896, pp. 34-7.

Melvill, J. C., and Ponsonby, J. H.—' Description of seven new species
of Terrestrial and Fluviatile Mollusca from the Hadramaut, S. Arabia.”
Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. ii., pp. 1-3, pl. i.

Monterosato, Marquis, T. de.—‘‘Note sur le Genre Barlecia, Clark.”
Journ. de Conch., vol. xliii., pp. 77-9.

Pilsbry, H. A.—‘ Description of a new Gastrodonta.”’ Naut., vol. ix.,
PP: 123-4-

Pilsbry, H. A.—‘‘ New American Ancylidae."’ Naut., vol. ix., pp. 137-9.

P[ilsbry], H. A.—‘‘ Note on Carychium exile (C.B. Adams)."’ Naut., vol. x.,
De 2:

Pilsbry, H. A.—‘‘ New species of the Helicoid Genus Polygyra.’’ Proc.

Pilsbry, H. A.—‘ Descriptions of new species of Mollusks.’’ Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci., Philad., 1896, pp. 21-4, figs.

Of the genera Marginella, Ischnochiton, and Sagda (?).

Pilsbry, H. A.—‘‘ Manual of Conchology, ser. 1, part 63 (contains vol. xvi.,
pp. 113-160, pls. 32-43) ; ser. 2, p. 39 (contains pp. 07-144, pls. 26-40).
Philadelphia, March, 1896.

The Aflysiidae are continued in the Marine series. The new genus
Paraplysia (type Aplysia piperata, Smith) is fully described. A new section of
Petalifera, Gray, is proposed under the name of Pseudaplysia, type Phyllaplysia
punctulata, Tap.-Can. The following are new species :—Dolabrifera jacksoniensis
(N.S. Wales), D. nicavaguana (Nicaragua), and D, swiftii (W. Indies). Several
useful synopses of species are given under their respective genera.

In the second series, the part opens with a key to the sub-genera of
Auris, of which Eudolichotis is now proposed for A. distorta, Brug., and allies.
After an enumeration of the species of Auris, we pass to Bulimulus, Leach :
this is divided into three groups—/(a) apical whorls smooth; (b) apical
whorls irregularly wrinkled subvertically, or with the wrinkles wavy, dislo-
cated or variously broken into granules; (c) apical whorls with regular,
straight vertical riblets. Such a division is also in agreement with the
geographical distribution. The first of these divisions, containing the single
sub-genus Bostrvyx, occupies the remainder of the part: several divisions of
the sub-genus are used, of which Geoceras (type B. columellaris, Reeve) is new.

Simroth, Dr. H.—‘' On Neohyalimax brasiliensis, n. gen., n. sp. (allied to
Hyalimax), from Brazil.’ Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. ii., pp. 39-45, pl. v.

Simroth, Dr. H.—'' Uber bekannte und neue Urocycliden.’’ Abh. Senck.
Ges., Frankft., vol. xix., pp. 281-312, 2 pls.

Sowerby, G. B.—‘' Description of Cassis adcccki, a new species [from South
Australia].’’ Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. ii., p. 14, fig.

Sterki, Dr. V.—‘‘ New North American Pisidia.'’ Naut., vol. ix., pp. 124-5.

Suter, H.—'' Descriptions of some new land Mollusca from New Zealand
and Macquarie Island.’’ Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. ii., pp. 23-8, pl. iv.

New species of Lagochcilus (2), Athoracophorus (1), Endodonta (2), and
Laoma (6).

CURRENT LITERATURE. 25

Woodward, B. B.—‘'On a proposed classification of the Pelecypoda.”

Nat. Sci., vol. viii., pp. 239-244.

Wright, Berlin H.—‘* New Florida Unios.’”’ Naut., vol. ix., pp. 121-2,
pl. ii.

Wright, Berlin H.—‘‘ New American Unionidae.’’ Naut., vol. ix., pp. 133-5,
pl. iti

See also Brancsik (IV. 4), Collinge (IV. A), Ijima and Ikeda (II), and
Sowerby (IV. 4).

Bo POSSE, PORMS,

Ami, H. M.—‘' Note on Cardinia subangulata, Dawson, and Arca punctifer,
Dawson.’”’ Ottawa Natural., x., p. 44, 1896.

The above specific names being pre-occupied, the following are pro-
posed :—C. angulifera and A. puncticostata.

Dautzenberg, Ph., and Dollfus, G.—‘' Du nom specifique qu'il couvient

d’attribuer au Corbula qui charactérise les sables de merxem.”’ Proc.-
Verb. Soc. Mal., Belg., 1896, pp. xvili.-xxi.
Di-Stefani, G.[See IV: B: ‘‘Loscisto marnosa . . ae
The following new species :—Tyvochus integrostriatus, Pi otonerita ? garganica,

Promathildia pellatii, P. kitili, Natica squinaboli, Pseudomelania adriatica, and

Actaeonina (Cylindrobullina) lesinensis.

Hicks, H.—[See 1V. B: ‘‘ Morte Slates.”

The following new Molluscs :—Modiolopsis barvicanensis and Pterinaea
mortensis.

Jukes-Browne, A. J., and Hill, W.—[See IV. B: “ Delimit. Cenom "’]

Contains critical remarks on many forms, and description of Ammonites

(Acanthoceras) pentagonus, n. sp. and n. var., compressus of A. (Ac.) hippocastanum,

Sharpe.

Pilsbry, H. A.—‘' Pleuvotomaria crotaloides, Morton, in the New Jersey
Cretaceous.” P. Ac., Philad., 1896, pp. 10-1.

*Stremoouchow, M. D.—‘‘ Note sur la Posidonomya buchi, Roemer des
schistes de Balaclava en Crimée.”’ Bull. Soc. Moscow, 1895, pp.
391-5, pl., 1896.

Woodward, H.—‘‘ Ona Fossil Octopus, Calais newboldi (J. de C. Sby., MS.),
from the Cretaceous of the Lebanon.’”’ Quart. J. Geol. Soc., vol. lii.,
Ppp. 229-34, pl. vi. and fig., Abs. in Ann. Nat. Hist. (s. 6), vol. 17, p. 258.

Also contains figure and description of Plesioteuthis fraasi, n. sp.
See also Degrange-Touzin (IV. 8) and Gorjanovic-Kramberger (IV. B).

II. ANATOMY, HISTOLOGY, DEVELOPMENT AND

PHYSIOLOGY.
Amandrut, Alexandre.—‘‘ Sur les poches buccales et les poches oesopha-
giennes des Mollusques."’ C. R. Ac. Sci., vol. cxxii., pp. 1218-1221.
André, E.—‘‘Le pigment mélanique des Limnées."’ Rey. Suisse Zodl., iii.,

PP. 429-31, 1896 (1895).
Appellof, A.—[Rev. of *Mitsukuri, K., and Ikeda, S.: ‘‘ Notes on a gigantic
Cephalopod.’ Zodél. Mag., vii., pp. 39-50.] Zool. Centralbl., iii,
P- 220, 1896.
(A new species of Architeuthis, having a total length of 380 cm., though
apparently not full-grown).

Bloch, Isaak.—‘‘ Die embryonale Entwickelung der Radula von Paludina
vivipara.”’ Jenai-Zeitschr. Natur., vol. xxx., pp. 350-392, pls. xix., xx.,
XXA.

26 CURRENT LITERATURE.

Boycott, A. E.—‘' Respiration in Limnaea’’ (with supplement by Bowell,
E. W.). Devonia, 1896, pp. 94-5 (6).
Burne, R. H.—‘' Note on the Anatomy of Hanleya abyssorum, M. Sars.”
Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. ii,, pp. 4-13, pl. ii., 3 figs., 1896.
The first part of this paper deals with the vexed question of the presence
and position of an osphradium in the Chitons; the second consists of notes
on the pedal and anterior buccal commissures and the heart.

*Chatin, J.—‘‘ Sur les macroblastes des huitres ; leur origine et leur localisa-
tion.) GC. Re Ac. Sci., vol..exxi., pp: 796-9) 1806.
Collinge, W. E.—‘‘ Ona Collection of Slugs from the Sandwich Islands.”
Proc. Malac. Soc., ii., pp. 46-51, 6 figs., Bibl.
Descriptions of portions of the anatomy of Agriolimax globosus, n. sp.,
A. perkinsi, n. sp., Amalia gagates (Drap.), and Tebennophorus striatus (Hasselt).

Cossmann, M.—[Rev. of Dall, W. H.: ‘‘A new Classification of the
Pelecypoda.” Tr. Wagner Inst., iii.] J. Conchyl., xliii., pp. 112-22,

1896.

Crampton, H. E.—‘' Experimental Studies on Gasteropod Development.’
Arch. Entwick., iii., pp. 1-19, pls.i.-iv., and appendix by Wilson, E.B.,
1896.

Fischer, H.—{Rev. of several papers by Bouvier bearing on the question of
the inter-relationships of the Prosobranchiata, Opisthobranchiata, and
Pulmonifera.| J. Conchyl., xliil., pp. 103-6, fig., 1896. ~

*Girard, A. E.—'' Sur le Thyrophorella thomensis, Greef., gastéropode terrestre
muni d’un faux opercule a charniére.”’ J. Sci. Lisb. (2), T. 4, xiii.,
pp- 28-32. 1896, 1 pl.

Hedley, C._{Appendix to the Molluscan part of the Rep. of the Horn
Scientific Expedition. See IV. A: Tate, R.]

Deals with the anatomy of Bithinia australis, Tryon; Microphyura hemi-
clausa, Tate; Thersites setigera, Tate; Xanthomelon fodinalis, Tate; X.adcockiana,
Bednall ; X. squamulosa, Tate; X. grandituberculata, Tate; X. arcigereus, Tate ;
and Liparus spencevi, Tate. The affinities of Wicrophyura are shewn to be with
Laoma and Flammulina, not with the Rhytididae.

Henneguy, L. F.—‘‘ Lecons sur la Cellule, Morphologie et Reproduction.”’
Paris, 1896, 541 pp., 4to. 362 figs., Bibl.

This forms the most comprehensive treatise on cytology which has up to
the present appeared.

Ijima, I., and Ikeda, S.—‘' Description of Opisthoteuthis depressa mn. sp.’
J. Coll., Japan, vol. viii., pp. 323-37, pl. 33.

The octopod herein described is a most remarkable one, on account of its
enormous antero-posterior compression ; its shape is that of a plano-convex
disc (with only the tips of the arms projecting), 55 mm. in diameter, and
having a maximum thickness of only about 8 mm., in the single immature
specimen obtained. No trace of a radula was discovered, though its absence -
was not definitely proved. Is it possible that we may be here dealing with a
parasitic form? There is something about the general sucker-like shape and
the reduction or absence of the radula suggestive of this hypothesis.

Koehler, R.—‘' Revue annuelle de Zodlogie.’’ Rev. Gen. Sci., vii., pp. 213-,
1896.

Reviews (pp. 215-7, figs. 3-4) the work of Kerr and Haller on Nautilus,
and Huxley and Pelseneer on Spirula.

Korschelt, E.—[Rev. of *Fujita, T.: ‘‘ Preliminary note on the Mesoderm
Formation of Pulmonata.” Zool. Mag. (Tokyo), vii., pp. 1-5.] Zodl.

Centralbl., 1i1., 218-220.
(The form investigated was Siphonaria lepida, and in this form the process

was found normal.)

CURRENT LITERATURE. 27

Kostanecki, K. V., and Wierzejski, A.—‘‘ Ueber das Verhalten der sogen.
achromatischen Substanzen im befruckteten Ei. Nach Beobachtungen
an Physa fontinalis.”’ Arch. Mikr. Anat., xlvii., pp. 309-86, pls. xviii.-
yOxpy BH! OMS

Lang, A.—‘‘ Text-book of Comparative Anatomy.’’ English translation by
H. M. and M. Bernard. Part II., London (Macmillan, 17/-), 1896,
8° xvi. & 618 pp., 473 figs.

This volume, which deals with the Mollusca, Echinodermata and Entero-
pneusta, though in the main a translation of the third and fourth parts of Dr.
Lang’s well-known and most excellent ‘‘ Lehrbuch,” is, however, an improve-
ment on the German work, as the Molluscan portion has been revised by Mr.
B. B. Woodward, and an index has been added. The book, as it stands, is
undoubtedly the most reliable and most up-to-date text-book of Molluscan
Morphology.

*“Lee, A. Bolles.— Sur le Nebenkern et sur la Formation du Fuseau dans
les Spermatocysts des Helix.” Cellule, xi., pp. 223-6, 257-60, 1896.

Lenhossek, M. V.—‘ Histologische Untersuchungen am Sehlappen der
Cephalopoden.”” Arch. mikr. Anat., xlvii., pp. 45-120, pls. vi.-viii.,

3 figs.

Linden, M. Von.—“' Die Entwicklung der Skulptur und der Zeichnung bei
den Gehauseschnecken des Meeres.’’ Zeitschr. Wiss. Zodl., 1xi., pp.
261-317, pl. xi., Bibl.

Mazzarelli, G.—“ Intorno al Rene secondario delle larve degli Opistobranchi.”’
[Abs. of paper in Boll. Soc. Napoli, vol. ix.] Monit. Zodl. Ital., vol. iii.,
p. 86, 1896.

Pelseneer, P.—[Rev. of Babor, J. F.: ‘‘ Ueber das Centralnervensystem
von Dreisensia polymorpha, Pall.’’ S. B. Bémisch Ges., xlviii., 1895. ]
Zool. Centralbl., ii1., pp. 365-6, 1896.

Pelseneer, P.—‘‘ Les reins, les glandes génitales et leurs conduits dans les
Mollusques.’”’ Zool. Anz., vol. xix., pp. 140-5.

Pilsbry, H. A.—[Parts 39 and 63 of Tryon’s “* Manual of Conchology.”’
Seem ler
Contain a considerable amount of information on the soft parts of Pul-
monates and Opisthobranchs respectively.

*Plate, L.—‘' Ueber einige Organisationsverhaltnisse der Chitonen (zweite
vorlauf. Mittheil.), mit polemischer Schlussanmerkungen gegen Bela
Haller.’ S. B. Ges. naturf. Berlin, 1896, pp. 42-50.

Rohde, E.—-‘‘ Ganglienzellkern und Neuroglia.’ Arch. mikr. Anat., vol.
xlvli., pp. I21-35, pl. ix. z

Ruedemann, R.—‘' Note on the Discovery of a Sessile Conularia—Article
I.” Amer. Geol., xvil., pp. 158-65, pls. vili.-ix., 1896.

Sampson, L. V.—‘' The Musculature of Chiton.”” J. Morphol., xi., pp. 595-
628, pls. xxxi.-ili., Bibl., 1895.

Simroth, H.—‘ On Neohyalimax brasiliensis, n. gen., n. sp. (allied to Hya-
limax).”’ Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. li., pp. 39-45, pl. v.

Simroth, H.—[Rev. of Pelseneer’s ‘‘ Prosobranches aériens et pulmonés
branchiféres.’’] Zool. Centralbl., ii., 214-7, 1896.

Simroth suggests that Janthina may obtain oxygen directly from the air,
the roof of the mantle cavity being folded.

Simroth, H.—[Rev. of Dall’s and Smith’s reports on, respectively, the
‘‘ ATbatross ’’ and ‘‘ Investigator’’ Mollusca.] Zool. Centralbl., iii.,
pp. 211-3, 1896.

Simroth, H.—‘‘ Neuere Arbeiten tber die Amphineuren und die Phylogenie
der Mollusken.”’ Zool. Centralbl., iii., pp. 153-63.

28 CURRENT LITERATURE.

Simroth, H.—‘' Neuere Arbeiten tber Pulmonaten.’’ Zool. Centralbl., iii.,
pp. 189-91.
Trinchesse, S.—‘' Sul sistema nervoso del Phyllobyanchus borgninii.”

Rend. Acc. Napoli, s. 3, vol. ii., pp. 37-8, 1896.

Wilson, E. B.—‘' On Cleavage and Mosaic-Work.”’ Arch. Entwick., iii.,
pp. 19-26, 4 figs. (appendix to Crampton’s paper), 1896.

III. BIOLOGY, HABITS AND TERATOLOGY.

Brockmeier, H.—‘ Beitrage zur Biologie unserer Siisswassermollusken.”
Forschungst. Biol. St. Plén, 1896, pp. 248-62, 6 figs.
*Brockmeier, H.—‘' Einige Mittheilungen tber Mollusken.’’ Verh. Ges.

deutsch. Naturf., 67 Vers., vol. 2, pp. 112-3, 1896.
Fielder, W.—‘ Intermediate Hosts of Fluke” (first note). Victorian
Natural., xii., pp. 139-40.
Parasitic in freshwater Pulmonates.

Gain, W. A.—‘‘ Enemies of our Land and Freshwater Molluscs.”’ Natur-
alist’s Journ., vol. v., pp. 78-9.
Kennard, A. S.—‘ Introduction of Mollusca into Britain.’’ Sci. Goss., n.s.,

vol. ili., pp. 12-13.

Oldham, C.—‘‘ Note on the habits of Vertigo edentula, Drap.’’ J. Conch.,
viil., p. 190, 1896.

Living on Butterbur.

Roebuck, W. D.—«‘ Otters feeding on Freshwater Mussels.’’ The Natu-
alist, no. 248, March, 1896, p. go.

Walker, Bryant.—‘‘ On certain abnormal Sphaervia.’’ Naut., vol. ix., pp.
135-7:

See also Linden (IL).

IV. DISTRIBUTION AND FAUNA.
A. RECENT -FORMS:

Adams, Lionel E.—' The Mollusca of Northamptonshire.’ Journ. Northants.
Nat. Hist. Soc., vol. viii., pp. 255-67.

Allen, E. J.—‘‘ Notes on Dredging and Trawling work [at Plymouth] during
the latter half of 1895.’’ Journ. Mar. Biol. Assn., n.s., vol. iv.,
pp. 164-6.

Records, inter alia, the first discovery of a Neomenian (Dondersia

banyulensis, Pruvot) in the South of England.

Bowell, E. W. W.—“ British Land and Freshwater Shells (Part IV.).”
Devonia, vol. i., part iv., pp. 91-3, figs.

Brancsik, Dr. C.—‘' Nachtrag zur Molluscen-Fauna d. Trenesiner Comi-
tates.’ Jahr. Nat. Ver. Trencsiner Comitates, Jahrg. xvii.-xviii., pp.
III-4.

Brancsik, Dr. C.—‘' Contributiones ad faunam Molluscarum insulae Papua.”’
Jahr. Nat. Ver. Trencsiner Comitates, Jahrg. xvil.-xvlii., pp. 209-228,
pls. v.-vi.

An interesting contribution to the New Guinea fauna, with one new
species,

Bucquoy, E., Dautzenberg, Ph., and Dollfus, G.—‘' Les Mollusques
Marins du Roussillon, vol. ii., pp. 541-620, pls. Ixxix.-Ixxxviii., May,
1896.

CURRENT LITERATURE. 29

Continues the Pelecypoda.
_ Caziot.— Faune Malacologique terrestre et fluviatile du departement de la
Vienne (fin).’’ Feu. Jeun. Nat., ser. 3, Mars, 1896, pp. 97-101.

Coates, H.—‘‘ Natural History of the banks of the Tay: the Mollusca.”
Trans. Perthshire Soc. Nat. Sci., vol. ii., pp. 60-2.

Collier, E., and Standen, R.—‘‘ Further Conchological notes from the
West of Ireland.”’ Journ. of Conch., vol. viii., pp. 177-190.

Collinge, W. E.—‘'Ona Collection of Slugs from the Sandwich Islands.”
Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. li., pp. 46-51, figs.
Five species, of the known seven, are recorded, of which two Agriolimax
are new.

Cooper, J. G.—‘‘ Catalogue of Marine Shells collected chiefly on the Eastern
shore of Lower California.’’ Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., ser. 2, vol. v.,
pp. 34-48.

Cooper, J. G.—‘‘ On Land and Freshwater Shells of Lower California, no. 5.”
Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., ser. 2, vol. v., pp. 163-5.

Cooper, J. G.—‘‘On West Mexican Land and Freshwater Mollusca.’’ Proc.
Cal. Acad. Sci., ser. 2, vol. v., pp. 166-9.

Crosse, H.—‘‘ Additions a la Faune Malacologique terrestre et fluviatile de
la Nouvelle-Caledonie et de ses dependances.’’ Journ. de Conch., vol.
xlili., pp. 79-82, pl. v. pars.
Includes a new Placostylus.

Dautzenberg, Ph.—‘' Mollusques testacées recueillis dans les serres du
Museum.’ Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat., 1896, pp. 28-9.
Ford, John.—‘‘ Some references to the Genus Oliva.’ Naut., vol. x., pp. 3-5.

Ihering, Dr. H. von.—‘' Os Unionidos da Florida.’’ Rev. do Mus.
Paulista, vol. i., pp. 207-222.

Keep, Prof. J.—‘‘ West Coast species of Haliotis.’’ Naut., vol. ix., pp.
129-132.

Kobelt, Dr. W.—‘: Die Geographische Verbreitung der Untergattung
Pomatia, Leach.’’ Nach. Mal. Ges., 1896, pp. 25-34.

Latchford, F. R.—‘‘ Notes on Recent Canadian Mollusca.” Ottawa Nat.,
vol. x., pp. 14-16.

Lemon, J. H.—‘ Notes on some Ontario Shells.’’ Naut., vol. x., pp. ro-r1.

Lowe, H.—‘‘ Cuttle Fishes washed ashore in San Pedro Bay.’”’ Naut., vol.
X., Pp. II-12.

*Martens, E. von.—‘ Planorbis scalavis aus einem See in Florida.’ Sitzsber.
Ges. Nat. Fr., Berlin, 1896, p. 16.

Monterosato, Marquis de.—‘ Note intorno alle Najadi Siciliane.’’ Nat.,
Sicil., figs.

Nelson, William.—‘ Limnaea peregra.’’ Int. Journ. Micr. and Nat. Sci.,

ser. 3, vol. vi., pp. 149-156.
Newcombe, C. F.—‘‘ Report on the Marine Shells of British Columbia.
Bull. N. H. Soc. Brit. Columbia, 1893, pp. 31-72, Bibl.
Nobre, Augusto.—‘‘ Mollusques et Brachiopodes du Portugal.’’ Ann. Sci.
Nat., Porto, an. iii., pp. 97-108.
Continuation of paper noted ante p. 13.
Oldham, C.—‘' The Land and Freshwater Mollusca of Cheshire.’ The
Naturalist, no. 249, pp. 109-128.
Records to2 out of the 131 admitted by him as British.
Sargent, H. E.—‘ Annotated list of the Mollusca found in the vicinity of
Clearwater, Wright Co., Minnesota (part second).’’ Naut., vol. ix.,

pp. 125-8.

30 CURRENT LITERATURE.

Simpson, C. T.—‘'On the Mississippi Valley Unionidae found in the St.

Lawrence and Atlantic Drainage Areas.’’ Amer. Natural., vol. xxx.,
PP- 379-84, 1&96.

Simpson, James.—‘‘ Supplement to Dawson's ‘ Mollusca of Aberdeen and
the neighbouring sea.’’’ Ann. Scott. Nat. Hist., no. 18, April, 1896,
pp. 100-4.

Sowerby, G. B.—‘“‘ List of the Pleurotomidae of South Australia, with des-
criptions of some new species.’’ Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. ii., pp. 24-32,
pl. iii.

Sterki, Dr. V.—'' A few notes on Pisidia."’ Naut., vol. x., pp. 8-9.

Streng, L. H.—‘‘ A new variety of Limnaca."" Naut., vol. ix., p. 123, fig.

Sturany, Dr. Rudolf.—‘ Mollusken welche anlasslich der 6sterreichischen
Tiefsee-Expeditionen S. M. Schiffes ‘ Pola,’ 1890-4, gedredsclit wurden.”
Kais. Ak. Wiss. Wien., 1896, pp. 56-9.

Sykes, E. R.—‘“A Scillonian form of Helicella acuta, Mull.’’ Devonia,
vol. i., part iv., p. ror, fig.

Specimens in which the blackish strigations or flammules are replaced by

translucent white markings.

Tregelles, G. F.—‘‘ The Marine Mollusca of Cornwall.’ Journ. of Conch.,
vol. viil., pp. 190-200.

The first instalment of a very complete faunal list, with the nomenclature

much more accurate than is usually found in British lists.

Wright, Berlin H.—‘' Descent and Distribution of Unionidae."’ Naut.,
vol. x., pp. 5-8.

See also Bavay (I. A), Dall (I. A), Gude (I. A), Melvill (I. A), and
Suter (I. 4).

B,.-FOSSIE. FORMS.

Arthaber, G. von.—‘‘ Die Cephalopodenfauna der Reiflinger Kalke."’ Beitr.
Pal. Oesterr.-Ung., x., pp. I-112, 10 pls., 1896.
Arthaber, G. von.—‘‘ Einige Bemerkungen tiber die Fauna der Reiflinger
Kalke."’ Verh. geol. Reichsanst., 1896, pp. 120-6.
Some new names.
Collier, E., and Standen, R.—‘‘ Further Conchological Notes from the
West of Ireland.’ J. Conch,, viii., pp. 177-90, 1896.
Contains short account of Kitchen-Middens at Dog’s Bay.
*Cooke, J. H.—‘‘ Notes on the ‘ Pleistocene Beds’ of the Maltese Islands.
Geol. Mag. (n.s., Dec., iv.), pp. 201-10, 1896.

Degrange-Touzin, A.—‘ Les Scalavidae fossiles des terrains tertiaires
supérieurs du sud-ouest.’’ Act. Soc. Bordeaux, viii., pp. 313-21.

Di-Stefani, G.—‘' Lo scisto marnoso con ‘‘ Myophoria vestita’’ della Punta
delle Pietre Nere in provincia di Foggia.’’ Boll. Com. Geol. Ital.,
XXvi., pp 4-51, pls. i.-ii., 1895.

Dyducha, F.—‘ Gasteropoda ilow miocenskich w Rzegocinie (Wiadomosé

”

tymczasowa)

Kosmos, xxi. (S. 4), pp. 207-8.
List of fossils.

Gorjanovic-Kramberger.—‘ Ueber das Vorkommen der, Pereivaia gervaisii,
Vez. sp., in Croatien.’’ Verh. geol. Reichsanst., 1896, pp. 142-3.
Also contains list of associated Molluscs.

Hicks, H.—‘‘ On the Morte Slates and Associated Beds in North Devon and
West Somerset.’’ Quart. J. Geol. Soc., vol. lii., pp. 254-72, pls. x.-xi.
see! LB:

CURRENT. LITERATURE. 31

Holroyd, W. F., aud Barnes, J.—‘‘ On the Rocks and Fossils of the Yore-
dale Series of the Marsden and Saddleworth Valleys.’’ Tr. Manchester
Geol. Soc., vol. xxiv., pp. 70-91 (Discussion pp. 72-9), 13 figs., 1896.
List of Molluscan fossils.

Jukes-Browne, A. J.—‘‘ The Fossils of the Warminster Greensand.’ Geol.
Mag. (n.s., Dec., iv.), vol. ii1., pp. 261-73, 1896.

Jukes-Browne, A. J., and Hill, W.—‘ A Delimitation of the Cenomanian :—
being a Comparison of the Corresponding Beds in South-Western
England and Western France.’’ Quart. J. Geol. Soc., vol. lii., pp. 99-
178, pl. v. and Sections.

Lamplugh, G. W.—‘ On the Speeton Series in Yorkshire and Lincolnshire.”’
Geol. Mag., vol. lii., pp. 179-228, 1896.

Laville, A.—‘‘ Le gisement pleiostocéne a Corbicules de Cergy.’’ Bull. Soc.
geol., France (s. 3), xxili., pp. 504-7.
Mojsisovics, E. v.—' Beitrage zur Kenntniss der obertriadischen Cephalo-

podenfaunen des Himalaya.”’ (Abs.) S. B. Ak. Wien., 1896, pp. 126-7.
Newton, R. B.—Corrigendum (to paper noted ante, p. 15). Journ. of
Conch., vol. vili., p. 208.
Newton, R. B.—‘‘ On the Identification of the Acanthocevas mammillatum and
Hoplites interruptus Zones at Okeford Fitzpaine, Dorsetshire.”’ Geol.
Mag. (n.s., Dec., iv.), ii1., pp. 198-201.
Contains list of fossils collected by Miss Forbes and Miss Lowndes.
Redlich, K. A.—‘‘ Geologische Studien in Rumanien.’’ Verh. geol. Reich-
sanst., 1896, pp. 77-83.
Sharman, G., and Newton, E. T.—‘: Note on some Cretaceous Fossils
from the Drift of Moreseat, Aberdeen.’’ Geol. Mag. (n.s., Dec., iv.),
vol. iii., pp. 247-54.
Sykes, E. R.—‘ List of a smal] Collection of Mollusca from a Raised Beach
on Portland.” P. Dorset Club, vol. xvi., pp. 171-4.
Teisseyre, L.—‘ Geologische Reiseberichte aus den Karpathen Ruminiens
(District Bacau).”” Verh. geol. Reichsanst., 1895, pp. 132-42.
Toula, F.—‘' Ueber die Auffindung einer Muschelkalkfauna am Golfe von
Ismid.”’ N. Jahrb. Min., 1896, pp. 149-51.
Some new names without diagnoses.
Toula, F.—[Rep. of voyage to the Bosphorus and S. Coast of the Marmora
Sea.] S. B. Ak. Wien., 1896, pp. 3-7.
List of fossils, containing several new names without descriptions.
Williams, H. S.—‘‘On the origin of the Chouteau Fauna.”’ J. Geol. iv.,
PP. 283-90, 1896.

V. COLLECTING AND METHODS OF RESEARCH:

Elum, F.—‘‘ Ueber Wesen und Wert der Formolhirtung.’"’ Anat. Anz., xi.,
pp. 718-27, Bibl., 1896.

Browne, M.—“‘ Artistic and Scientific Taxidermy and Modelling. A Manual
of Instruction in the Methods of Preserving and Reproducing the Correct
Form of all Natural Objects. Including a Chapter on the Modelling
of Foliage.” London (A. & C. Black, £1 1s. od.), 1896, 463 pp., 22 pls.,
ir figs., Bibl.
This important work, though in the main dealing with Vertebrates, con-
tains a mass of information on the methods of preserving Molluscs, and
particularly full accounts of the methods of preparing glue and other casts.

32 NOTES.

Gerota, D.—‘‘ Contribution a l'étude du formol dans la technique anato-
mique.’’ Int. J. Anat. Physiol., xiii., pp. 108-39, 1896.

Although written from the point of view of the human anatomist, this
paper should be read by all those interested in the preservation and fixation
of zoological material for the museum or laboratory. The time will probably
arrive when alcohol will be used as a preserving agent, especially by the
zoologist in the field, only in exceptional cases; as for most purposes Formalin
is in every way superior.

Nusbaum, J.—'' Einige Bemerkungen uber das Aufkleben der Paraffinschnitte
mit Wasser.’’ Anat. Anz., xli., pp. 52-4, 1896.

A very good description of this, the simplest and best method of fixing

sections ; it deserves to be better known.

VI. ECONOMICS.

Roche, G.—‘ Recherches statistiques sur l'Huitre cultivée des cétes de
France.” C..R2 Ac. SGi:, \Cxxil., pp: 955-7, £896.

VII. BIOGRAPHY.

Gill, T.—‘‘ Huxley and his Work.”’ Science, n.s., iii., pp. 253-63.
A memorial address given before the Scientific Societies of Washington.

NOTE.

On Pterosoma plana, Lesson.—At the June meeting last year of the
Malacological Society of London, a paper by Mr. C. Hedley, F.L.S.,* was
read claiming Pterosoma plana, Lesson, as a Heteropod. This conclusion was
arrived at after a careful examination of several examples which had been
‘“cast ashore by an easterly gale at Mavoubra Bay, near Sydney.”’ In this
paper it is stated that ‘‘seventy years ago the French scientific expedition
fished up this species between the Moluccas and New Guinea, but never again
till now has it been encountered by a naturalist.’ I would, however, point
out that the true position of this mollusc was first shewn by Mr. C. Colling-
wood, F.L.S.,} in 1868, from a specimen dredged by himself in the Formosa
Channel while naturalist on H.M.S. ‘‘Serpent’’ in 1866. As Mr. Hedley has
overlooked this, I will give the full quotation :—‘‘And here I may refer to
several singular marine animals discovered by the towing-net in the Formosa
Channel, which proved a rich locality for strange and rare forms. Among
them was Ptevosoma (Pt. plana), a transparent, delicately-tinted, winged
animal, thick and gelatinous and almost invisible in the water. It belongs to
a class of Mollusks known to naturalists as Heteropods, oceanic animals of
anomalous forms with the foot variously modified for swimming. The
Pterosoma was established as a genus by Lesson from a species he found
swimming in the vicinity of New Guinea, but either the drawings of the
animal are very badly executed in all the books, or the one found in my net
must be a second species, for there is but little resemblance between them.”’
This last statement is now confirmed by Mr. Hedley, as he has shewn that
Lesson’s drawing was made from a damaged specimen.

EDITOR’S NOTES.

Malacologists will be glad to hear that Mr. Charles Hedley has been attached as
Zovlogist to the Expedition which is to make a boring in the coral atoll of Tunafuti, one
of the Ellice Islands. We wish him all good fortune.

Our contemporary, Deronia, has now blossomed into print, and its readers will
welcome the change.

*Proceedings of the Malacological Society of London, vol. 1, page 333.
tRambles of a Naturalist. Cuthbert Collingwood, M.A., F.L.S., &c., 1868, page 54.

THE

poe RNA OF “WALACOEUGY.

No; 3: SEPTEMBER 30th, 1896. Vor NV

ON THE ANATOMY OF CHLORITIS (SUL-
COBASIS) SLEIROPHORA, E. A. SMITH,
cur Cy REHSEI, VON “MARTENS.

By WILLIAM MOSS & WILFRED MARK WEBB, F.LS.,
(PLATE III.)

In the “‘ Guide to the Study of the Helices’* by Mr. Pilsbry
the latter says that the anatomy of the snails placed in the
section Sulcobasis of the genus Chlovitis is unknown: since the
making of this statement, the only contribution to the subject
that we are aware of, is contained in a paper by Mr. Hedleyt
and deals with the internal structure of Chloritis (Sulcobasis)
vehset v. Martens.

Some time ago one of us received from Mr. Da Costa, three
spirit specimens of Chloritis (Sulcobasis) stivophova, E. A. Smith
together with a single example.of C. vehsez. The former species
was originally described as Helix (Hadra) stivophora by Mr. Edgar
Smith who subsequently transferred it to the position which it
now occupies because, he informs us ‘‘on the examination of a
number of other and fresher specimens”, he ‘noticed that the
surface was minutely pitted in some places and evidently at one
time was pilose.”’

The references are as follows ;—

Helix (Hadra) stivophova. E. A..Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat.
Flist., ser. 6, Vol. V. (March, 1895) pp. 231-2.
Figured (Nov. 1895) pl. xx., fig. 9.

Chlovitis (Sulcobasts) stivophora. YE. A. Smith, Journ. of
Miallae.,- Vol” V,, Nov 2° (june; e1806) sep. 17:
No remarks.

* Manual of Conchology, ser. 2. Pulmonata, vol. ix., pt. 35 (August, 1894) p. 120.

t+ The Land Molluscan Fauna of British New Guinea, 2nd supplement, Proc. Linn.
Soc., N.S.W. Vol. ix., ser. 2 (June 27th, 1894), p. 384.

34 moss & WEBB: ANATOMY OF CHLORITIS.

An examination of the soft parts has been made by the
writers and the following notes will serve in the first place as a
corroboration of Mr. Smith’s opinion and, in the second, together
with those on the other species (C. rehse?) as a contribution to
our knowledge of the section Swlcobasis.

In the two columns below some of the characters of the
genera Chloritis and Thersites (=Hadra) are contrasted, those
points which have been made out in Chloritis stivophora are
italicized while the references in brackets are to pages in the
‘‘ Guide to the Study of the Helices.”’

CHLORITIS:

SHELL— ‘‘Apical whorls and
usually the whole shell sculptured
with hair-points arranged in quin-
cunx,” thus—*s* (p. 118.)

AnimMaAL— Tail vounded, above
with an impressed longitudinal
median line — see below —
Mantle edge bearing a small right
body lappet. *(p. 117 C. portert).
Spermatheca duct, vather long and
closely bound to the uterus—Plate
III., figures 3 & 8. In Fig. 3
the spermatheca has been freed
—penis cavity containing at the
apex an imperforate fleshy
papilla.” (p. 117).

‘A peculiar feature is that the
epiphallus bears not only a short
flagellum at its apex, but a curved
‘talon.’”” — Letter from Mr.
Pilsbry,* August 1gth, 1896.
(See also figure of C. argillacea,
Plate xxvit., figs. 8 & 9g).

FERSITES.

SHELL—‘‘ Apex smooth, never
granulated or punctate in regu-
lar quincunx’”’ (p. 125).

AnimaL—‘ Tail with a slight
median longitudinal groove”’
(p. 126).

‘« The duct of the spermatheca
generally long and_ swollen
below ”’ (p. 126).

‘‘ Penis enlarged distally .,aere
its cavity contains a_ solid
papilla ’’ (p. 126).
‘The flagellum is shorter or
obsolete (p. 126).”

‘‘Nothing of the sort (¢.¢.
‘talon’ has been found in
Thersites.’—Letter from Mr.

Pilsbry, August 19th, 1896.

In addition, it may be pointed out that the jaw of C. stivophora —
Plate III, figure 6—seems most nearly to resemble that of
Chlorites, while the radula, though of the general type common to
this and allied genera, very closely resembles that of C. rehser,

* A dissection was sent to Mr. Pilsbry (together with a jaw, a photograph ot the
radula and some notes), who agrees that the anatomy is decidedly that of
Chlovitis.

Moss & WEBB: ANATOMY OF CHLORITIS, 35

figured by Mr, Hedley.* The genital organs of the last
mentioned species—Plate VI., figures 8 & g—agree with those
of C. stivophora in all the particulars italicized akove; it should be
noted, however, that the duct of the spermatheca is ‘swollen
below” as recorded for the genus Thersites. The ‘‘talon” is
well shown and as Mr. Hedley’s drawing does.not bring out this
particular point and the spermatheca was broken off in his
specimen, new figures have been given (Plate III, figures
8 & 9).

There are some features in which the two species under
consideration differ, not only from the description given by
Mr. Pilsbry for Thersites, but for the genus Chlovitis as a whole,
and which, perhaps, should be taken as being peculiar to the
section Sulcobasis.

SUECOBASIS. CHLORITIS:

Tail above with a median row of
large tubercles (in C. sttvophora.
The foot was cut away in
the other species), some of
which ave cleft to form a
double vow, while others present
a trvilobed appearance. No sign
of a papilla in the pems cavity
whic’ was found in_ both
specieS to have the iterior
walls wrinkled as figured and
described by Mr. Hedley * in
C. vehset.

‘« Tail above, with an impressed
longitudinal median line” (p.
117, this is italicized by Mr.
Pilsbry).

‘Penis cavity containing at
the apex a fleshy papilla”
(p. 117).

On the other hand the spiral sulcations upon which the
name Sulcobasis was founded are not to be seen on the undersides
of the specimens of C. stivophova that were examined.

It may be taken as proved that the species stivophora is a
true Chloritis and that Sulcobasis has more title to be retained as

a separate section.

* The Land Molluscan Fauna of British New Guinea, 2nd supplement. Proc. Linn.

Soc., N.S.W., Vol. IX., ser. 2 (June 27th, 1894), p. 384

Plate XXVI., fig. 25.

EMPHPANA TION Olt) PEATE” (ING

( Fig. 1.- The shell, natural size.
Fig. 2. Apical whorls of the shell, enlarged to
5 * . 4 5
show hair-points.
Fig. 3.. Genitalia (unravelled, the spermathecic
Chloritis |} duct was bound to the uterus as
Spt a Bs | shown in figure 8.)
(. Utco asts) J Fie TH fle = 1] ate | ” 1 en f
ig, 4. ae flagellum, ‘talon ”’ and origin o
y S: 4 5 S

slivophora the vas deferens, enlarged and seen
EA. Both: from above and below.
Fig. 5. Outer lateral “‘ teeth” from the radula.
Fir. 6. ‘The jaw."
Fig. 7. Median and inner lateral ‘“* teeth” from
L the radula.

Chloritis ( Fig. 8. Genitalia (not unravelled).

(Sulezbasis) | Fig.g. The flagellum, ‘talon,’ and origin of
4 the vas deferens, enlarged as seen
rehset . | frem above and below.

von Martens. |

NOTICE.

The Committee of the British Association cr Zcélogical
Bibliography and Publication have made the following state-
ment -—

It is the general opinion of scientific workers, with which the Committee
cordially agrees :—

(x) That each part of a serial publication should have the date of actual
publication, as near as may be, printed on the wrapper, and when
possible, on the last sheet sent to press.

(2) That authors’ separate copies should be issued with the original
pagination and plate-numbers clearly indicated on each page and plate,
and with a reference to the original place of publication.

(3) That authors’ separate copies should not be distributed privately
before the paper has been published in the regular manncz.

The Committee further begs to ask for your co-operation in the following
matter. There are certain rules of conduct upon which the best workers are
agreed, but which it is impossible to enforce, and to which it is difficult to
convert the mass of writers. These are :—

(4) That it is desirable to express the subject of one’s paper in its title,
while keeping the title as concise as possible.

(5) That new species should be properly diagnosed and figured when
possible.

(6) That new names should not be proposed in irrelevant foctnotes, or
anonymous paragraphs.

(7) That refererces to previous publications should be made fully and
correctly, if possible in accordance with one of the recognized sets of
rules for quotation, such as that recently adopted by the French
Zoological Scciety.

CURRENT LITERATURE.*
By o ky SVKES,- BA, B25. and) "S7 PACE; F.Z.S.

It is hoped that all Malacologists will aid in making this Biblio-
graphy as complete and useful as possible. Writers, both at home and
abroad, are especially asked to send in copies of their respective papers
for review.

I. CLASSIFICATION AND NEW FORMS.
A. RECENT FORMS.
See also: Bergh (II.), Schepman (IV. 4), Simroth (IV. 4), Willey (II).

Adams, L. E.—‘Limax maximus L. var. alba nov. in Northamptonshire.”
J. Conch., vili., 228, 1896.

Baldwin, D. D.—‘“ Description of Two New Species of Achatinellidae from
the Hawaiian Islands.’’ Nautilus x., 31-2, 1896.

Partulina hayseldeni and Amastra aurostoma; both from Lanai.

Bernard, F.—‘‘ Diagnoses de Coquilles nouvelles de Lamellibranches (genres
Hochstettervia et Condylocardia)."’ Bull. Mus. Paris, 1895, pp. 193-7.
The following are described without figures :—H. costata; H. meleagrina ;
H. muniera; C. sancti-pauli: (Munier-Chalm., M.S.); C. crassicosta; C. con-
centrica; C. australis (M. Ch., M.S.)
Bernard, Felix.—Scioberetia australis, type nouveau de Lamellibranche. Bull.
Soc. Ouest France, vol. vi., pp. 364-395, pl. xli-xv.
Boettger, O.—[See IV. A: ‘‘ Mollusken d. Philippinen.”’]
The following new species :—Syrnola heptagvra, S. manilensis, S. quadrasi,

S. incerta, S. subcristata, Turbonilla quadrasi, T. dactylus, T. truncatula, Eulimella
quadrast.

Dall, W. H. —“' Note on Neritina showaltzeri, Lea.’ Nautilus x., 13-5, 1896.
New genus Lepyvium for this species, which has been re-discovered in
Alabama. The operculum is destitute of calcareous layer and articular
processes, and the radula differs from that of Neritina.
Dall, W. H.—‘'On the American Species of Ervilia.’ Nautilus x., 25-7,
1896.
E. maculosa, n. sp.

Drouet, H.—‘‘ Unionidae nouveaux ou peu connus (Ic article)."’ J. Conchy],
xlili., pp. 220-34 (1895), 1899.
The following so-called new species :—A. frigida, A. orbicularis, A. fennica,
U. sardicenris, U. polychsestus, U. hernicus, U. ephesinus, U. lydicus, U.
aequilabratus.

Fischer, H.—‘‘ Note préliminaire sur le Pterygioteuthis giardi, Cephalopode
nouveau recueilli dans le cours de l’Expedition scientifique du Talisman
(1883)."" J. Conchyl. xliii. pp. 205-11., pl. ix. (1895), 1896.

P. giardi n gen. et sp. The genus presents affinities with both the

Onychoteuthidae and the Ommatostrephidae; the author places it in the

former group.

* An asterisk signifies that the work has not been seen by the recorders. The
bibliography is carried up to September rst, 1896.

38 CURRENT LITERATURE.

Fulton, H.—‘' Descriptions of new Species of Nanina, Helix, Amphidromus
and Porphyrobaphe.’’ Ann. Nat. Hist. (s. 6), vol, 18, pp. 100-4.

Includes a new section (Xenothawma) for a very interesting new species
from Peru. The following are new species:—N. (Oxytes) fidelis; H.
(Xenothauma) baroni ; A. sumbaensis; A. kalaoensis; P. approximata;, P. vicaria.
We would point out that the first use of Nanina was by Risso (1826) for a
marine shell; it therefore cannot be used for land molluscs.

Gude, G. K.—[See II., ‘Armature of Helicoid Land Shells.’’]
N. sp. Corilla fryae.
Gude, G. K.—‘‘A New Shell and Illustrations of some hitherto unfigured
Helicidae.”’ Sci. Gossip (N.S.) iii., 57-60, 8 figs.
Corasia laurae, n. sp., see p. 5; and Ganesella catocyrta, G. apex, Endodonta
quadrasi, E. fusca, Trochomorpha boettgeri, Pyramidula omalisma are figured.

H. W. E.—‘‘Cephalopods of the North Atlantic’’ (Rev. of Joubins’
Report on the P. of Monacos Collections). Nat. Sci. ix., 124-5.

Hedley, C. and Willey, A.—‘ Description of a New Species of Astralium
from New Britain.” P. Linn. Soc., N.S. Wales, xxi., 107-9, pl. 12,
1896.
A. (Guildfordia) n. sp. moniliferum near A. triumphans.

Hervier, J.—‘‘ Descriptions d'’espéces nouvelles de l'Archipel Néo-Calédonien.”
J. Conchyl., xlili., pp. 141-52, 236-40 (1895), 1896.

The following new species :—Drillia carnicolor, D. suavis, Clavus vugizonatus,

C. protentus, C. gibberulus, C. leforestievi, Surcula gatchensis, Glyphostoma

lamproideum, G. jousseaumei, G. leucostigmatum, G. aubryanum, G. globulosun, G.

disconicum, G.. subspurcum, G. goubini, G. crosseanum, G. melanoxytum, G.

tigroidellum, G. fastigiatum, G. strombillum, G. alphonsianum, G. callistum,
G. parthenicum, G. gaidei, G. trigonostomum.

Ihering, H. von.—‘‘ Sur les Arca des cétes du Brésil et sur la classification
du genre Arca." J. Conchyl., xliii., pp. 211-9 (1895), 1896.
*Joubin, L.—‘ Notes sur divers Céphalopodes trouves dans l'estomac d'un
Cachalot."’ Bull. Soc. Ouest France, v., pp. 13-18, 1896.
Joubin, L.—{See II., ‘‘ Obs. divers céphalop."’]
Abraliopsis pfefferi, n.g. et sp.
Kobelt, W.—‘‘ Bullacea” in ‘ Systematischer Conchylien-Cabinet von
Martini und Chemnitz.’’ Nuremberg, 1896 (pp. 73-144, pls. 15-9).
This part completes the Bullidae, Akeridae and Hydatinidae and begins
the Philinidae. No new species are described.

Locard, A.—A propos de I'Helix tenveri de G. Michaud. Echange, pp.
17-18, 25-7.

Locard, A.—A propos de l'Helix glabella de Draparnaud. Echange,
Pp. 33-6.
Mabille, J.—[See IV. A: Moll. N. Hebrides. ]

The following supposed new species :—Neritina perfecta; N. exclamationis ;
N., frangoisi; N.elephas; N.subgranosa; N. horvida; Navicella splendens; N.
frangoisi ; N. concentrica; Helicina novella; Melampus arctius; M. enhalius; M.
dignus ; Placostylus francoisi ; P. hebridarum. :

Newcombe, C. F.—‘‘Some New or Rare Species of Marine Mollusca
recently found in British Columbia.’ Nautilus, x., 16-20.
The list of species contains some new names, but without descriptions.
Pilsbry, H. A.—‘‘ Note on Bulimus hanleyi and B. coronatus.” Nautilus x.,
46, 1896.
Synapterpes n. gen. for these species ; type, B. hanleyi.

CURRENT LITERATURE. 39

Pilsbry, H. A. —‘‘ A New Species of Pumatiopsis."’ Nautilus x., 37-8, 1899.
P. hinkleyi, from Alabama.

Pilsbry, H. A.—‘ A New Species of Bulimus.”’ Nautilus x., 41, 1396.
Anctus (?) stearnsianus, from Argentina.

Pilsbry, H. A.—‘*‘ A Naw Variety of Punctum.”’- Nautilus x., 21-2, 1895.
P. conspectum var. pasadanae.

Pilsbry, H. A.—‘*A Remarkable Central American Melanian.” PP. Ac.

Philad., 1896, pp. 269-70, fig.

Pachycheilus dali, n. sp.

Pilsbry, H. A. and Vanatta, E. G.—‘ Catalogue of the Species of Cerion,

with descriptions of New Forms."”’ P. Ac. Philad., 1896, pp. 315-38,
pl. xi.

New species :—C. regina; C.sarcostomum; C. abacoense; C. tridentatum ;

C. eleuthevae; C. blandi; C. multistriatum; C. basistriatum; C. duplodon;

C. hyperlissum. Also some new varieties.

Pilsbry, H. A. and Vanatta, E. G.—‘‘ Revision of the North American
Slugs: Arviolimax and Aphallarion.” PP. Ac. Philad., 1896, pp. 339-50,
pls. xii.-iv. fig.

Aphallarion buttoni; n.g. et sp.

Roper, E.—‘‘ A Word about Sphaeria.’’ Nautilus, x. 29, 1896.

Simpson, C. T.—‘'The Mussels (sic.) Scars of Unios.”’ Nautilus x.,
29-30, 1896.

‘Seldom a mark of even specific value.”’

Simpson, C. T.—(Rev. of Call’s paper on the Unionidae of Kansas).
Nautilus x., 35-6, 1896-

Discusses some questions of Synonymy.

Smith, E. A.—[See IV. A: Land Shells from N. Guinea. ]

The following new species:—Charopa nigvofusca; Masrochlamys papuana;
Omphalotropis papuznsis; Pupinella stvwbelli ; Helicina pachystoma.

Smith, E. A.—[See IV. A: “‘L. and F. W. Mollusca of Trinidad.”]

Subulina (Nothus) uric hi, n. sp.

Smith, E. A.—_[See IV. A: Kolguev F.-water Shells.]

Limnaea ovata var. nova kolguevensts.

Smith, E. A.—[See IV. 4: Land Shells from S. Celebes.]

The following are new:—Helicarion wallacei; Macrochlamys indifferens ;
Mucrocystina consimilis ; M. consors; Xesta dimidiata; Hemiplecta bonthainensis ;
Chloritis howestt ; Calycia everetti ; Clausilia celebensis ; C. simillima; C. subpolita ;
C. usitata ; Cyclotus pyvostoma ; C. celebensis.

Smith, E. A.—[See IV. A: Land Shells of Selayar, &c.]

The following new species are described :—Microcystina consueta; Xesta
selayarensis; X. kalaoensis; Tvrochomorpha jantpeana; Plectotropis crassiuscula ;
Planispiva admirabilis; Helicostyla (Corasia) subtenuis; Hypselostoma everetti ;
Buliminus selayarensis ; Cyclotus vicinus ; Helicina Ralaoensis.

Sterki, V.—‘ Descriptions of New Pisidia.”’ Nautilus x., 20-1, 1896.

P. fallax and P. vesiculare.

Sykes, E. R.—[See IV. A: ‘‘ Polyplacop hora of Pt. Phillip.]

Among the 22 species recorded in this paper the following are new :—
Ischnochiton (Haploplax) pura; I. wilsoni; Acanthochites pilsbryi; A. (Notoplax)
glyptus; A.(N.) wilsont; Chiton muricatus, A. Ad., (nan Tilesius) is re-named
C. limans.

Vayssiere, A.—[See II., Nautilus. ]

The author admits only three recent species of Nautilus :—N. pompilius,
Linn. ; N, macromphalus, Sow. ; N. wnbilicatus, List.

40 CURRENT LITERATURE.

B. “EOSSIE FORMS,

See also Vincent (IV. B.)

Broadhead, G. C.—{See IV. B: ‘ Devonian of N. Missouri.’’]
Pleuvotomaria providensis, n. sp.

Buckmann, S. S.—‘' Notes on Jurassic Ammonites."" Geol. Mag. (N.S.,
Dec. iv.), vol. lii., pp. 420-1.

Cossmann, M.—[Rev. of *Oppenheim P. ‘' Neue Binnenschnecken aus
dem Vicentiner Eocan”’ (Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Ges.)] J. Conchyl.,
xliii., pp. 187-8 (1895) 1896. é

Cossman, M.—[See IV. B: ‘‘ Moll. éocén. Loire-Inf.’’]

The following spp. nn. :—Limnaes bourdot:; L. goutensis; L. adela; Bulimus
dumast ; Auricula simplex; A. citharella; A. houdasi; Scarabus bonneti; Ophicar-
delus sinuosus; Marinula labrosa; Siphonaria granicosta; Actaeon dumast ;
Crenilabium sutuvatum; Scaphander tenuistriatus; Bullinella brachymorpha; B.
rvideli ; Plicobulla (n. sg.) dumasit ; Cylichnella bourdoti ; Amphisphyra subcylindrica.

Crick, G. C.—‘'On Goniatites cvolutus, Phillips, and Nautilus tetragonus,
Phillips, with a list of the species belonging to the genus Swbclymenia.”
Geol. Mag. (N.S. Des. iv.), vol. iii., pp. 413-19, fiz., 1896.

Dollfus, G. and Dautzenberg, P.—‘ Description d'une nouvelle espéce de
Chlamys des faluns de l'Anjou.” Bull. Soc. Ouest France, vi., 1-3,
1899.
C: (Pallium) apollo, n. sp.

Engel, —.—‘' Ueber einige neue Ammonitenformen des schwabischen Jura,”
Jahresh. Ver. Wurttemb., vol. 52, pp. Ixiv.-Ixxvi., 1895.

Landois, H.—{See III., ‘' Riesen-Ammoniten.’’]
Pachydiscus seppenradensis, n. sD.

Mayer-Eymar, C.—‘' Dascriptions d2 Coquilles fossiles des terrains tertiaires
supérieurs (suite)."’ J. Conchyl., xliii., pp. 152-64, pls. vil., 1-5, viii.
(1895) 1896.

The following new species :—Pectunculus variicostatus, Cardita guillemettae,

Nerita dujardini, N. oxystoma, N. proserpinie, Natica dzfrancet, N. epigonina,

N. johannae, N. lunata, N. turonzns!s, N. virginalis, Ficula fischert.

Monod, G. H.—‘' Une espéce nouvelle a la Héve.’’ Rev. Scient. (s. 4) v.,
59, 1896.
Close to Emarginula sanctaz-cvtstin2e.

Oppenheim, P.—[Se2 IV. B: ‘‘ Das Alttertiar der Colli Berici."’]

The following new species of Mollusca :—Pectz1 venetorum ; Lucina astarte; -
L. consors; Cardium minarum ; C. peregratum; Cytherea lucinazformis ; Psammobia
granconensis ; Corbula leonina; Patella cassis; Calliostoma salomoni; Trochus
leoninus.; T. gvanconensis; Collonia beyrichi; Discohelix beyrichi; Littorina
zovencedensis ; Turritella lapillorum ; Siliquaria anguiniformis ; Cerithium rauffi ;
C. juliae; C. vulcaniforme; Bittium suplicatulum; Marginella pseudovoluta ;
M.amphora; Bulla magnifica; B.incisa; from Zovencedo. Modiola postalensis ;
Cardita bericovrum ; C. granconense; Marginzlla quinquizsplicata ; Voluta bericorum ;
from Grancona. Cerithium vivarii nom. mut.=C. elegans Desh. (non Blainv.) =
C. weinkaufi, Tourn.

Pavlow, A. P.—[See IV. B.]

- Part ii. and pl. xxvii. treat of ‘‘the English and German Species of
Aucella.”

CURRENT LITERATURE. 41

Pompeckj, J. F.—[See IV. B: ‘‘ Ammoniten des schwabischen Jura.”’]

The author divides the Swabian species of Lyfoccrvas into three groups: (a) ;
that of L. fimbriatum (Sow); (b) of L. villae, Menegh; and (c) that of L.
articulatum (Sow).

The following are the new species:—L. salebvosum, L. coarctatum, L.
irvegulave, L. rugiferum, L. taeniatum.

Tate, R.—[See IV. B: “‘ Horn Exped.’’]

The following new species of Mollusca are described and figured :—
Orthocevas ibiciforme, O. microlineatum, O. lavapintense, O. chewingsi, Endoceras
avenarium, Tyochoceras recticostatum, Eunema lavapinta, Scalites (?) ervemos, Pleuro-
tomaria lavapinta, Isoarca etheridgei, I. eastii, I. corrugata, I. orbicularis, I. crassa-
tellaeformis, I. opiformis, I. wattit, Palaearca wattii, P. tortussa, Pterontites micans.

Vincent, E.—‘ Description d'un bivalve nouveau trouve dans le Landenien
inférieure.’”’ Ann. Soc. malac. Belgique, xxix. (1894), pp. xxXii.-iv.,
I fig., 1896.

Arcomya (Argyromya) fallax, n. sp.
Vincent, E._{See IV. B: ‘‘ Belgian Eocene Nervitae.’’]
N. daelei, n. sp.

Vincent, E.—[See IV. B: ‘ Pinna.’’]

The following new species :—P. consobrina, P. propinqua.

Vincent, E.—‘‘ Description d'un bivalve nouveau (Periploma rugosa) de
l’etage Paniselien.’”’ Ann. Soc. malac. Belgique, xxix. (1894), pp.
Ixvil.-ill., I fig., 1896.

Vincent, E.—Note preliminaire sur Limopsis. Proc.-Verb. mal. Soc.
Belg., 1896, pp. xxxlv.-xxxix., figs.

Six species are found in the Belgian Eocene, of which L. lucida is
described as new.

Vincent, G.—‘‘Une nouvelle espéce du genre Chlamys.” Ann: Soc.
malac. Belgique, xxix. (1894), pp. lix.-x., 1896.

C. flandrica, n. sp.
Vincent, G.—[See IV. B: ‘‘Sabels Landeniens.’’]
Chlamys briavti and C. bayeti, nn. spp.

Il ANATOMY, HISTOLOGY, DEVELOPMENT AND
PHYSIOLOGY.

Amaudrut, A.—‘ Contribution a l’etude de la région antérieure de l’appereil
digestif chez les Stenoglosses superieures,’’ C. R. Ac. Sci., cxxii., 1424-7,
1896.

Auerbach, L.—‘‘ Untersuchungen wtber die Spermatogenese von Paludina
vivipava.” Jena, zeitschr, xxx, 405-554, pls. xxi-ii., Bibl., 1896.

Babor, J. F.—‘' Uber die wahre Bedeutung des sog. Semper’schen Organes
der Stylommatophoren.’’ S. B. bohmisch Ges. 1895, 20 pp., 2 pls.,
1896.

The Author holds that the so-called Semper’s organ represents a buccal
salivary gland and homologizes it with the ant. salivary glands of the
Cephalopoda, the pharyngeal glands of the Amphineura, the buccal glands of
the Prosobranchs, and the ‘ gland. ptyalinae’ of the Opisthobranchiata, The
Semperian glands are ectodermal in origin, being derived from the stomadaeal
epithelium.

*Bedot, M.—': Note sur les cellules urticantes.’’ Rev. Suisse Zool. iii,
533-9, 1896.

42 CURRENT LITERATURE.

Bergh, R.—‘ Ueber die gattung Doriopsillu."’ Zool. Jahrb. Syst., ix. 454-8.
Bergh, R.—‘ Beitrag zur Kenntniss der gattungen Narica und Onustus.”’

Anatomy, &c. of N. cancellata (Chem.) and O. trochiformis, Born.

Bernard, F.—** Scioberetia australis, Type nouveau de Lamellibranche."’ Bull.
Sci. France, Belgique, xxvii., 364-89, 90-5, 3 pls, 1896.

Bisogni, C.—‘‘Le terminazioni nervosi nelle fibre lisce delle tuniche
muscolari del tubo digerente del Limawx subfuscus (Lin.) e del Limax
agrestis (Lin.)” Anat. Anz. xii., 249-57., 4 figs., 1896.

Bloch, J.—‘‘ Die embryonale Entwickelungs der Radula von Paludina vivipara.”
Jena. Zeitschr. xxx., 350-92, pls. xix-xxa, Bibl. 1896.

Brooks, W. K. and Drew, G.—‘‘ Notes on the Anatomy of Yoldia.’’ (Abs.
of paper comm. to the Nat. Acad. of Sciences.) Johns Hopkins Univ.
Circ. xv., pp. 85-6, 1896.

Chatin, J.—‘‘ Sur une coloration, d'origine hépatique, chez l'huitre.” C. R.
Ac. Sci. cxxil., 1556-9, 1896.

Crick, G. C.—‘'On the Aperture of a Baculite- from the Lower chalk of
Chardstock, Somerset.” P. Malac. Soc. London, ii. pp. 77-80, fig.,
1895.

Fischer, H.—‘' Note sur l’animal du Bwulimulus pallidior, Sowerby.” J.
Conchyl. xliii., pp. 137-40, pl. viil., 6 (1895) 1896.

Description of external characters.

Friedenfelt, T. ‘‘ Untersuchungen zur Neurologie der Acephalen, I. Ueber
das Nervensystem des Mantels von Mactra elliptica Brown.’’ Zoédl.
Jahrb. Anat., ix., pp. 543-66, pls.-40-1, 1895. ;

Gilson, G.—''The Female Organs of WNeritina fluviatilis’, P. Malac.
Soc. London, ii., pp. 81-3, fig., 1896.

Gude, G. K.—‘‘ Armature of Helicoid Land-shells; and a New Species of
Corilla.”’ Sci. Gossip. (N.S.) iii., 88-92, 11 figs, 1896.

Gude, G. K.—‘‘ Formulation of Shell-bands."" Sci. Gossip. (N.S.) ii., 69,
1896.

Apropos of Carrington’s label list.

*Haswell, W. A.—‘*Note on Certain Points in the Arrangement and
Structure of the Tentaculiferous Lobes in Nautilus pompilius.’’ BP. Linn.
Soc., N. S, Wales (2) x. 544-8, pl., 1895.

Joubin, L.—‘' Observations sur divers Céphalopodes. Premiere note."’ Bull.
Soc. Ouest, France, v. 19-35, Io figs., 1895.

Kenyon, A. F.—‘‘On the Occurrence of Callosities in Cypvaea other than
Cy. bicallosa and Cy. rhinocerus; and on the occurrence of a sulcus in
Trivia.” P. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales xxi. 26-7, 1895.

Lloyd, F. E.—''On Pholadidea penita and its method of Boring.’ Science,
vol. iv. (N.S.) pp. 188-90, 3 figs., 1896.

Boring effected by the rotation of the sand-grain-covered foot. On the
completion of the burrow the foot atrophies and becomes enclosed in the shell
by the almost complete fusion of the mantle lobes and accompanying reduction
of the pedal opening of the shell.

*Neri, F.—‘‘ Osservazioni chimiche ed istologische su becchi dei Cefalopodi.”’
Atti. Soc. Toscana, x. pp. 56-5, 1896.

*Neri, F.—Ulteriori osservazioni chimiche su becchi dei Cefalopodi.”’
Atti. Soc. Toscana, x., pp. 118-20, 1896.

Nickles, R.—‘‘ Le Réle des cloisons dans la classification des Ammonites ”’
(abstract). Bull. Soc. Nancy (S. 2) xiv., p. xiv., 1896.

CURRENT LITERATURE. 43

Pelseneer, P.—‘' Pulmonés a branchies.’’ Ann. Soc. malac. Belgique, xxix.
(1894) pp. lxv.-vi., 1896.
Pilsbry, H. A. and Vanatta, E. G.—[See I. A. “ Arviolimax and A phall-
avion. |
A phallarion (n.g.) is like Ariolimax but the penis is completely wanting,
being replaced by a short epiphallus.

Pilsbry, H. A. and Vanatta, E. G._[See I A: “ Cerion.’’]
Anatomy of the genitalia of C. yumaense P. & V., described and figured.

*Plate, L.—‘' Uber die Buccalmusculatur der Chitonen.’’ S. B. Ges. naturf.
Berlin, 1896, pp. 68-9.

Ruedemann, R.—‘' Note on the discovery of a Sessile Conulavia.—Article
II.” Amer. Geol. xvii., pp. 65-71, 1896, pl. ii.

Sigerfoos, C. P.—'' The Pholadidae, II. Note on the Organization of the
Larva and the Post-larval Development of Ship-worms.” Johns
Hopkins’ Univ. Circe. xv., 87-9, 2 figs, 1896 [Reprinted in Ann. Nat.
Hist. (S.6) xviii , 250-7.]

Simroth, H.—[Rev. of Bergh’s and Vayssiere’s recent papers on the
anatomy of the Conidae.] Zodl. Centralbl. III. 506-8.

Simroth, H.—[Rev. of Linden’s paper on the Development of Sculpture and
marking in Marine Molluscs (Zeitschr. wiss. Zo6l., lxi., pp. 261- ).
Zool. Centrabl. iii., 440-4, 1896.]

Simroth, H.—|Rev. of the recent papers of Burne and Plate on the
Anatomy of the Chitonidae.] Zool. Centralbl. iii. 572-5, 1896

Simroth, H.—[Rev. of some of his own papers.] Zodl. Centralbl. iii.
601-5, 1896.

Taylor, J. W.—{See Review on p. 52.]

This part is devoted exclusively to an outline description of the Anatomy
of the British land and fresh-water Mollusca.

*Tonniges, C.—‘‘Die Bildung des Mesoderms bei Puludina vivipara.”
Zeitschr. wiss. Zool. Ixi., pp. 541-605, 2 pls., 1896.

Tornquist, A.—‘‘ Die Arbeiten der drei letzten Jahre tiber die vergleichende

Morphologie und die Philogenie der Ammonitiden.”” _Zo6]. Centralbl.
iii., pp. 373-86, 3 figs, 1896.
Vayssiere, A.—‘ Etude sur l’organisation du Nautile (caractéres zoologiques,

dimorphisme sexuel, tentacules et spadice.’’ Ann. Sci. Nat. (S. 8)
vol ii., pp. 137-86, pls. xvi-ix, figs., Bibl.
Willey, A.—‘' Letters from New Guinea on Nautilus and some other
organisms.’’ Quart. J. Micr. Sci. (N.S.) vol. xxxix., pp, 145-80, 24 figs.
Willey, A.—-‘ Zodlogical observations in the South Pacific.’’ Quart, J.
Micr Sci. (N.S.) vol. xxxix., pp. 219-32, pl. 13, 1896.
Articles ‘‘on the Nepionic shell of the recent Nautilus,’ ‘‘On some
variations in the shell of Nautilus, with description of a new variety (N.
pompilius var moretont, nov. var.’’)

Zograf, N.—': Remarque sur une forme intéressante et assez rare d’A mphin-
euva Polyplacophora.”” Mem. Soc. zool. France, ix., 254-60, pl. xii.,
1896.

III. BIOLOGY, HABITS AND TERATOLOGY.
See also Lloyd (II.), Vayssiere (II.), Willey (II).
Branch, C. W.—“ Foreign Snails in the West Indies.’’ Nature, liv., p. 392,
Stenogyva decollata, Linn. in St. Kitts’, probably introduced among
European plants. Helix josephina, Fer. and Bulimus oblongus, Mull. also
introduced.

44 CURRENT LITERATURE. 7

Brandt, K.—‘‘ Das Vordringen mariner tis ates in den Kaiser Wilhelm
Canal.’’ Zoél. Jahrb. Syst., vol. ix., pp. 387-408, Maps and Tables,
1895.

Brockneier, H.—‘ Beitriige zur Biologie unserer Siisswasser-mollusken.”
(Repr. from Forschungsber. biol. Stat. Plén.) Nachrbl. deutsch.
malak. Ges., xxvill., 57-73, 1896.

Carrington, J. T.—‘‘Roosting of Helix pomatia."’ Sci. Gossip (N.S.), ii
82, 1896.

_. On twigs, ‘‘ sometimes as much as four feet from the ground.”’

Carrington, J. T.—'‘Scalariforme Shells." Sci. Gossip. (N.S.), iil, 82,
1896.

Records finding scalariforme var. of H. nemoralis near Brighton and of
H. pomatia in N. Kent.

Carrington, J. T.—A label list of the varieties of the British five-banded
Land Shells. London, 1896.

Chaillou, F.—‘‘ Influence du milieu sur la coloration artificielle d'une coquille
fluviatile.’’ Bull. Soc. Ouest France, v., 93-7 (1895).

Crowther, H.—‘' Mucous tracks of Limnaca stagnalis L."" J. Conch., viii,,
228, 1896.

Duerden, J. E.—‘ Notes on the Rock Pools of Bundoran.”’ Irish Natural.
V., Pp. 153-5, 1896.
Habits of some Opisthobranchs.
*Hecht, E.—'‘‘ Contributions a 1’étude des Nudibranches.’’ Mem. Soc. zodl.,
France, vill., pp. 539-699, 700-11, 1896.
Commensal and parasitic copepods.

Horsley, J. W.—‘‘ Note on Helix lucasi from North Africa.” J, Conch.,
Viil., 228, 1896.
Records its feeding on paper.

Kennard, A. S.—‘‘ Introduction of Mollusca into Britain.’’ Sci. Gossip
(N.S.),, 1., 12-123.
Review of Kew’s ‘‘ Dispersal of Shells.”
*Knauthe, K.—(Pearls in Unio rostratus). Zool. Garten, xxxvii., p. 155, 1896.

Landois, H.—‘ Die Riesen-Ammoniten von Seppenrade, Pachydiscus Zittel
Seppenradensis H. /andois"’ Jahresber. Westfal. Ver. xxiii., pp. 99,
108, 2 pls.

The specimen measured 27550 m. in diameter (without the body chamber).
A table (after Schliiter) of the comparative sizes of the Westphalian cretaceous
ammonites is also given.

*Leuze, —.‘‘ Uber den gréssten Ammoniten.” Jahresh. Ver. Wurttemb., vol.
52, p. Ixxxvi., 1896.
Marris, W. H.—“ Oyster Killing Mice.’’ Sci. Gossip (N.S.), iii., 82, 1896.
Three mice caught (together) by an oyster.

Meli; R.—[See LV... Sullasesistenza’ di Siratt, ea 4)
Includes a review of the theories on the boring of Pholas.
*Mobius, K.—‘‘ Perlen aus Modiola modiolus (L.) von der Kuste Norwegens.”’

B. Ges. naturf. Berlin, 1896, pp. 67-8.

Oldham, C.—‘ Carnivorous Habits of Limax agrestis.” Zoodlogist (S. 3),
xx., 264, 1896.

Theobald, F. V.—‘ A Carnivorous Habit in Limax.” Zoologist (S. 3), xx.,
307-8, 1896.
L. agrestis feeding on Aphis.

CURRENT LITERATURE. 45

White, F. A.—‘' Some Notes on Florida Mollusca.’’ Nautilus, x., 40, 1896.

Willcox, J.—‘: Notes on Mollusks of Florida: Nautilus, x., 27-9, 1896.
Describes the modes of attack by which the oyster is destroyed by
Melongena corona, Sigaretus, and Fuigur perversum, &c.
Willey, A.—‘ Tidal Migrations of Limfets.’’ Nature, vol. liv, p.125.
Willey, A.—‘‘Onarare Variation in the Shell of Ptevocera lambis, Linn.”’
P. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxi., 110-2, pl. xiii., 1896.
Intercalated digitation.
“ere H. W.—‘ The Weight and Size of Shells.’ Nautilus, x., 38-9,
1896.
We ee the fact that over a million Skenea planaybis would be required

to balance one Mactra solidissima, and that a ton of the smaller species would
contain 18,144,000,000 individuals.

IV. DISTRIBUTION AND FAUNA.
A. RECENT FORMS.

See also Arnold (IV. B), Branch (III.), Brandt (III.), Dall (I. 4), Kennard
(III.), Ihering (I. 4.), Newcombe (I. A), Scott (VI.), White (III.)
Adams, L. E.—“ Helix fusca, Mont., H. granulata, Alder, H. lapicida var.

albina Menke, and Clausilia rolphii, Gray in Northamptonshire.” J.
Conch., viii., 228, 1896.
*Adams, L. E.—‘‘ The Collector’s Manual of British Land and Freshwater
Shells.” 2nd Ed., Leeds, 1896 (Taylor Bros., 8/-, 10/6). (See p. 54).
Blazka, F. de P.—‘ Die Mollusken-Fauna der Elbe-Tiimpel.’’ Zodl. Anz.,
X1x., 301-7, 1896.
Boettger, O.—‘‘Die marinen Mollusken der Philippinen” (v. & vi.)
Nachrbl. deutsch. malak. Ges., xxvili., 41-56, 1896.
Deals with the Pyramidellidae and Turbonillidae. [See I. 4.]
*Brancsik, K.—‘'Toldalék Trencsén varmegye Mollusca-faunajahoz.”’
Jahresh. Ver. Trencsen, 1896, pp. 111-4.
*Brancsik, K.—‘ Ein Ausflug auf Nachbargebiet.”’ Jahresh. Ver. Trenscen,
1896., pp. 90-9. :
*Brancsik, K.—‘‘Contributiones ad faunam Molluscarum insulae Papuae.”’
Jahresh. Ver. Trencsen, 1896, pp. 209-28, 2 pls.
(Nine nn. spp.
*Brusina, S.—‘‘Faunistisches von der Adria- Excursion der Yacht
*Margarita.’’’ C. R. ili. Cong. Zod. (Leyden), pp. 371-94.
*Brusina, S.—‘' Bemerkungen tber macedonische Siisswasser-Mollusken,”’
C. R., ili., Congr. Zodl. (Leyden), pp. 365-70, 1896.
Cockerell, T. D. A.—‘' Agviolimax campestris in the Pecos Valley, N.M.”
Nautilus, x., 35, 1896.
Cockerell, T. D. A.—‘‘ Land Mollusca from the Rejectamenta of the Rio
Grande, New Mexico.”’ Nautilus, x., 41-3, 1896. ’
Dahl, F.—“ Die Verbreitung der Thiere auf hoher See.” SS. B. Ak. Berlin,
1896, pp. 705-16, table.

Record of pelagic animals observed during a Voyage to the Bismarck Is. ;
Janthina is included.

46 CURRENT LITERATURE.

Dautzenberg, P.—‘' Liste des mollusques marins provenant des_ Iles
Glorieuses.’’ Bull. Soc. Ouest France, v. (1895), 99-121.

New var. unifasciata of Engina mendicavia (Linn). The author still refers
this species to Columbella.

Fischer, H.—‘' Note sur la distribution géographique du genre Corambe.”
J. Conchyl., xliii. (1895), 235-6, 1896.

Hoyer, M.—(Report on the Mollusca of the Wengornia-Thal). Schr. Ges.
Danzig. (N.S.), 1x., pp., 173-7, 1896.

Kew, H. W.—Lincolnshire Notes: Mollusca. The Nat., No. 251, June,

p. 174.

Lameere, A.—‘ Rapport sur l’excursion de la société royale malacologique
de Belgique au Zwijn.” Ann. Soc. malac. Belgique, xxix. (1894), pp.
16-24, 1896.

List of Molluscs obtained, &c.

Mabille, J.—‘‘ Mollusques des Nouvelles-Hébrides recueillis par. M. le
Docteur Frangois.’’ Bull. Soc. Autun., viii., 393-411 (1895), 1896.
[See I. A.]

McDougall, G.—-Testacella scutulum and Stenogyra Goodalli in Stirlingshire.
Ann. Scott. Nat. Hist., No. 19, July, 1896, p. 192.

Nobre, A.—‘' Mollusques et Brachiopodes du Portugal’ (Continuation).
Ann. Sci. nat. Porto. ili., 157-62, 1896.

Petch, T.—‘' The Land and Freshwater Mollusca of West Norfolk.’ Trans.
Norfolk Soc., vol. vi., pp. 61-7.

Raeymaekers, D.—(Occurrence in Belgium of Planorbis corneus, L. var.
albinos and Limnaea glabra, Mull.). Ann. Soc. malac. Belgique, xxix.
(1894), pp. 1xix.-xxi., 1896.

Raeymaekers, D.—‘' Liste de quelques mollusques du Midi, recuiellis dans
l’estomac du canard sauvage Anas boschas, L.” Ann. Soc. malac.
Belgique, xxix. (1894) pp. 1xi.-1i., 1896.

Rousseau, Phileas.—‘‘ Catalogue des Mollusques marins, terrestres, des eaux
douces et des eaux saumatres de l’Ile de Ré.” Bull. Soc. Ouest
France, vol. vi., pp. 69-116.

*Scheppman, M. M.—“ Zoological Results of the Dutch Scientific Expedi-
tion to Central Borneo. The Mollusca of the Dutch Scientific Borneo-
Expedition.’ Notes Leyden Mus., xvii., pp. 145-62, 1896.

(42 spp. Land and Freshwater Mollusca (including 7 new), and 15 spp.
of Marine ones).

*Schumann, E.—‘' Weichthiere aus Westpreussen, Nachtrag.’’ Schr. Ges.
Danzig. (N.S.), ix., pp., 234-5.
Shopland, E. R.—‘ List of Shells collected at Aden in 1892-95, classified in

accordance with the Paetel Catalogue." J. Bombay Soc., x., 217-35,
1896.

*Simroth, H.—‘‘ Nacktschnecken” in ‘‘ Die Thierwelt Ost-Afrikas.”” Vol.
iv., 24 pp., 3 pls., 1896.
(32 spp. incl. 15 nn.; n.g. Bukobia).

Simroth, H.—'' Neure Arbeiten uber die Verbreitung der Gastropoden.”’
Zool. Centralbl., ili., 545-56, 1896.

Smith, E. A.—‘'A List of the Land and Freshwater Mollusca of Trinidad”
(commencement). J. Conch., vili., 229-40, 1896.
[See I. A.]

CURRENT LITERATURE. 47

Smith, E. A.—‘‘On some Land Shells from New Guinea and other Neigh-
bouring Islands, with descriptions of New Species.’’ J. Malac., v.,
7-22) pleekE-, L890;

fsee i. AL]

Smith, E. A.—‘‘On some Freshwater Shells from the Island of Kolguev.”
P. Malac. Soc., London, il., 104, fig., 1899.

Records Limnaea palustris Mull; L ovata n. var. kolguevensis Planorbis
borealis (Loven) Westerl. They are the first Pulmonates recorded from this
out-of-the-way bit of Europe, and were collected by Col. H. W. Feilden.
Smith, E. A.—‘‘On a Collection of Land-Shells from South Celebes.’’

P. Malac. Soc. London, ii., 94-103, pl. vii., 1895.

Includes a list of all the known (83) species. [See I. A.]

Smith, E. A.—‘'On a Collection of WLand-Shells from the Isiands of
Selayar, Jampea, and Kalao.” Ann. Nat. Hist. (S. 6), vol. 18, pp.
144-52, pl. x. -

[see rae]

Sykes, E. R.—‘‘ Report on a Collection of Polyplacophora from Port
Phillip, Victoria... P. Malac. Soc., London, ii., 84-93, pl. vi., 1896.
[Seeree7r||

Tregelles, G. F.—‘ The Marine Mollusca of Cornwall” (continuation).
J. Conch., vill., 209-25, 1896.

Welch, R.—“ Helia avbustorum.” Irish Natural., v., 212, 1896.

In North Antrim.

Winkley, H. W.—‘' The Goose Fair Brook."’ Nautilus x., 15-6, 1896.

Ba BPOSSIE” FORMS.

Abbott, W. J. L.—'‘ The Hastings Kitchen Middens.”’ J. Anthrop. Inst.
XXV., 122-30, 1896.
List of fossil Mollusca.
Arnold, D.—‘‘ An Interrogation regarding the Fossil Shells of San Pedro
Bay.” (Extract from Tr. Isaac Lea Conch. Chapter) Nautilus, x.,
33-4, 1896.
Relation of living to extinct faunas; list of species undergoing extinction.
Benecke, E. W.—‘ Diplopora und einige andere Versteinerungen im elsass-
lothringischen Muschelkalk."’ M. geol. Landesanst. Elsass-Lothr.
iv., 277-85, 2 figs, 1896.
Bigger, F. J.—‘‘ Prehistoric settlements at Portnafeadog, in the parish of
Moyrus, Connamara.” P. Irish Ac. (S.3) lii., 727-32, pls. xxv.-vi.; 1896.
Shell-mounds.

Broadhead, G. C.—‘‘ The Devonian of North Missouri, with notice of a new
fossil.’’ Amer. J. Sci. (S.4) ii. pp. 237-9, 7 figs., 1896.
C.—-—¥_J. M.—[Rev. of Beushausen, on the Lamellibranchiata of the

Devonian of the Rhine (see Bibl. in vol. v., No. 1.)] Amer. Geol.,
XVli., pp. 124-30.

Cossmann, M.—[Rev. of ‘Aldrich, T. H.—‘‘ New or little-known tertiary
Mollusca from Alabama and Texas.’ (Bull. Amer. palaeont.I.] J.
Conchyl. xliil. 183-7 (1895) 1896.

Cossmann, M.—‘ Mollusques éocéniques de la Loire-Inférieure.’’ Bull. Soc
Ouest France, v. (1895) pp. 159-97, pls. v.-vii., 2 figs.

48 CURRENT LITERATURE.

Couturieaux, J.—'‘‘ Note sur un gite fossilifére de l’étage Wemmelien.” Ann.
Soc. malac. Belgique, xxix. (1894) pp. xxv.-vili., 1896.

Crick, G. C.—‘‘ Note on some fragments of Belemnites from Somali-land.”
Geol. Mag. (N.S., Dec. iv.) vol. ili., pp. 296-8, 1896.
Davy, L. P.—‘ Contribution a l’étude géologique des environs de Challones-

sur-Loire (Maine-et-Loire)—Terrain Tertiaire (Miocéne supérieure.)”
Bull. Soc. Ouest France, vi., pp. 5-7 (1895). :

*Degrange-Touzin, A.—‘ Les Scalaridae fossiles des tertiares supérieurs du
Sud-Ouest.”? Act. Soc. Bordeaux (S.8.) viii., pp. 313-21, 1896.
(Thirty-six new names without descriptions).

Dewalque, G.—‘‘ Sur la faune des calschistes de Tournai, tournaisien d."
Ann. Soc. geol. Belgique, xxiii., pp. 19-27.

Dorlodot, H. De.—-‘‘Sur les gris fossiliféres de Bouffioulx.”” Ann. Soc.
malac. Belgique, xxix, pp. iv.-vili (1894) 1896.

Douville, H.—‘‘La craie a Hippurites de la province orientale.” C. R.
Ac. Sci., cxxii., pp. 1431-4, 1896.

Engel, T.—‘' Ueber die Pholaden.”’ Jahresh. Ver. Wurttemb., vol 52,
pp. Cv-vi, 1896. :

In jurassic rocks.

Greco, B.—‘‘ I! lias superiore nel circondario di Rossano Calabro.’’ Boll.
Soc. geol. Ital., xv., 92-121, pl. 1, 1896.

Gregory, J. W.—‘‘A note on the Geology of Somali-land based on collec-
tions made by Mrs. E. Lort-Phillips, Miss Edith Cole and Mr.
G. P. V. Aylmer.’’ Geol. Mag. (NS. Dec. iv.) vol. iii., pp. 289-94,
section, 1896.

Irelli, C.—‘‘ Molluschi fossilidel Pliocene nella Provincia di Teramo.”’ Boll.
Soc. geol. Ital., xv., 9-11, 1896.

*Karpinskij, A.—(On the existence of the genus Prolecanites in Asia). Bull.
Ac. St. Petersb., iv., 179-94:
Koch, A.—‘‘ Geologie der Fruscagora.’’ Math. Naturw. Ber. Ungarn, xiii.,
45-127, pls. i.-1i., 1896.
Landois, H.—[See III “‘ Riesen-Ammoniten."’]
List of Cephalopods accompanying the giant specimen.

Meli, R.—‘‘ Sulla esistenza di strati di torba affioranti entro mare, lungo la
spiaggia di Foglino presso Nettuno nella provincia di Roma.’ Boll.
Soc. Geol. Ital. xv., 15-36, 1896.

Meli, R.—‘‘ Molluschi fossili recentemente estratti dal giacimento classico
del Monte Mario presso Roma.” Boll. Soc. geol. Ital., xv., 74-84.

Newton, R. B.—“‘ On the occurrence of an Indian Jurassic Shell, Parallelodon
egevtonianus, in Somali-land, Eastern Africa.” Geol. Mag. (N.S.
Dec. iv.), vol. ili., pp. 294-6, 1896.

Oppenheim, P.—‘‘ Das Alttertiir der Colli Berici in Venetien, die Stellung
der Schichter von Priabona und die oligociine Transgression im
Alpinen Europa.’’ Zeitschr. deutsch. geol. Ges., xlviii., 27-152, pls.
li.-v., table, 1896.

Paquier, V.—‘ Sur la présence de Caprininés dans l’Urgonien.”” C. R. Ac.
Sci., Cxxil., 134-6.

Pavlow, A. P.—‘‘ On the classification of the Strata between the Kimeridgian
and Aptian.” Quart. J. Geol. Soc., lii., 542-55, pl. xxvii. and table.

Penecke, K. A.—‘‘ Marine Tertiirfossilien aus Nord-Griechenland und
dessen tiirkischen Grenzlindern.”’ S. B. Ak. Wien., 1896, pp. 154-5.

CURRENT LITERATURE. 49

Pompeckj, J. F.—‘Beitriige zu einer Revision der Ammoniten des
schwibischen Jura.’’ Jahresh. Ver. Wurttemb., lii., pp. 276-362,
pls. iil.-vi., 37, figs., 1896.

Deals with the genera Lyfoceras and Ectocentrites (see IB).

Pritchard, G. B.—‘ Contribution to the Palaeontology of the Older Tertiary
of Victoria, Lamellibrauchs, Part I.’ P. Soc. Victoria (N.S.) vii.,
225-31, 1895.

(5 nn. spp.)

*Regny, P. E. Vinnasa de.—‘ Prospetto della Fauna del Monte Postale

e di S. Giovanni Ilarione.’”’ Atti. Soc. Toscana, x., pp. 30-5, 1896.

Skeat, E. and Crosfield, M. C.—‘‘On the Geology of the Neighbourhood of
Carmarthen.’ Quart. J. Geol. Soc., lii., 523-41, pls. xxv.-vi.

Steuer, A.—‘‘Der Keupergraben von Balbronn.’”” M. geol. Landesanst.
Elsass-Lothr., iv., 195-275, pl. xili., 1896.

Strahan, A.—‘‘On Submerged Land-surfaces at Barry, Glamorganshire.”
Quart. J. Geol. Soc., lii., 474-84.
Lists of Molluscan fossils.
Strahan, A.—‘‘On a Phosphatic Chalk with Holaster planus at Lewes.”
Quart. J. Geol. Soc., lii., pp. 463-73.

Tate, R.—[Rep. on the Palaeontology of Central Australia.] Rep. Horn.
Expd., pt. iii., pp. 97-116, 3 pls. (Melbourne, 1896).

Tobler, A.—‘ Der Jura im Siidosten der oberrheinischen Tiefebene.’’ Verh.
Ges. Basel., xi., 284-369, pls. iv.-v., Bibl., Index, 1896.

U, E. O.—[Rev. of *Sardeson, F. W., ‘‘The Saint Peter Sandstone.”
Bull. Minnesotta Ac. iv., 64-8, 1896.] Amer. Geol., xvil., pp. 399-1.

*Vincent, E.—‘‘ Contribution a la paléontologie de |'’éoconeé belge. Astarte.”
Ann. Soc. malac. Belgique, xxix., pp. 31-6, pl. I., 6-17 (1894), 1895.
*Vincent, E.--‘‘ Contribution a la paléontologie de l’éocéne belgé. Nerita.”

Ann. Soc. malac. Belgique, xxix., 27-30, pl. I., 1-5 (1894), 1895.
(4 spp. incl. N. daelei, n.) [See I. B.]

Vincent, E.—(Species of Nevita in the Belgian Eocene), Abstract. Ann.
Soc. malac Belgique, xxix. (1894) p. Ixxxvi., 1896.

Vincent, E.—‘‘ Contribution a la Paléontologie de l’éocéne de Belgique,
Note préliminaire sur les Pinna.’ Ann. Soc. malac., Belgique, xxix.
(1894), pp. Ixxili.-vii., 2 figs., 1895.

[scenes]

Vincent, E.—‘ L’age du gris fossilifere de Bouffioulx.’’ Ann. Soc. malac.,

Belgique, xxix. (1894), pp. xlv.-ix., 1896.
List of fossil mollusca.

Vincent, G.—‘: Note relative a la paléontologie des sabels Landeniens de
l’Entre-Sambre-et-Meuse.” Ann. Soc. malac., Belgique, xxix. (1894),
pp. l.-v., 1896.

List of Mollusca. [See I. B.]

Vincent, G.—‘ Documents relatifs a la faune Landenienne.’’ Ann. Soc.

malac. Belgique, xxix. (1894), pp. Ivii.-ix., 1896.
Lists of Molluscan fossils.

Vincent, G. and Couturieux, J.—‘' Note relative a la géologie des environs
D’Assche.”” Ann. Sov. malac. Belgique, xxix. (1894), pp. xxxiii.-xlv.,
3 sections, 1895.

Lists of Molluscan fossils.

Woodward, H. B.—‘‘ Note on a Section at the North Cliff, Southwold.”
Geol. Mag. (N.S., Dec. iv.), vol. iii., pp. 354-8, section, 1896.

Zahalka, C.—‘' Pasmo ix. kridového ttvaru v okoli Ripu s poznamkon o

geologickych narysech Kokyinské podoli mezi Lhotkon a Kokorinem.”
SB-béhmisch. Ges. (1895), 28 pp., 2 pls., 1896.

CURRENT LITERATURE. 50

V. COLLECTING AND METHODS OF RESEARCH.

Davanne, A.—‘' Quelques conseils pour l'emploi de la photographie par les
voyageurs naturalistes.’’ Bull. Mus. Paris, 1895, pp. 291-300.

Dolley, C. S.—‘‘ The Planktonokrit, a centrifugal apparatus for the
Volumetric Estimation of the Food Supply of Oysters and other
aquatic animals.”’ P. Ac. Philad., 1895, pp. 275-89, fig.

Includes an important Bibliography of Planktology.”

Gardner, A. H.—‘‘ A Chapter on Methods " (Tr. Isaac Lea Conch. Chapter).

Nautilus, x., 43-6, 1896.
Mounting, &c., for the cabinet.

Gerota, —.—‘' Zur Technik der Lymphgefassinjection—Eine neue Injections-
masse fir Lymphgefiasse—Polychrome Injection. Anat. Anz., xii.,
pp. 216-24. 4 figs., 1895.

Pauco, — de.—(Method of preserving pyritized fossils), Abstract. Ann.
Soc. malac. Belgique, xxix. (1894), pp. Ixxxvi.-vii., 1896.

Permeating with paraffin wax.

Rheinberg, J.—-‘‘ On an addition to the Methods of Microscopical Research,

by a new way of optically producing colour-contrast between an

. object and its background, or between definite parts of the object
itself." J. R. Micr. Soc., 1896, pp. 373-88, pl. ix.-x.

An extension of the method proposed by Mr. J. D. Hardy. We have

ourselves arrived at similar results, and have found the method very useful in

studying radulae (S.P.).

VI. ECONOMICS.

See also Bigger (IV. B).

.— Huitres et la fitvre typhoide.'’ Rev. Scient. (S. 4), vol. 5,
pp. 812-3, 1896.

Chantemesse, —.—‘‘ Les huitres et la fitvre typhoide."” Rev. Scient. (S. 4),
vol. 5, pp. 795-7, 1896.
*Delchamps, J. J.—Notes respecting Oysters of Mobile Bay and Sound in
Mobile County, Alabama.”’ Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm. xv., p. 339.
*Herdman, W. A.—“‘ Investigations on Oysters and Disease.’ Rep. Sea-
Fish. Lab. Liverpool, 1896, pp 56-72.

Locard, A.—Notice Conchyliologiques.—No. xxxvi.—Les Huitres Frangaises.
—Echange, xil., pp. 3-6, 15-19.

M’Intosh, W. C.—‘‘ Note on Injuries to Oysters by Boring Forms”’ (in
‘Notes from the St. Andrews’ Mirine Laboratory).’’ Ann. Nat. Hist.
(S. 6), xvili., p. 61, 1896.

Pelseneer, P.—‘tNumismatiqu2 Malacologique.” Ani, "Soe: s malac;

Greek coin with figure of Eledone (?).

Schiemenz, P.—‘ How do Star-fishes open Oysters?’ J. Mar. Biol. Ass.
(N.S.), iv., 266-85, 9 figs., 1895. (Transl. from Mitt. deutsch. See-
fischererverein, by Allen, E. J.

By sheer force.

*Scott, A.—‘‘ Mussels and Mussel Beds.”" Rep. Sea-Fish. Lab., Liverpool’

pp. 21-32, 1896.

CURRENT LITERATURE. Rt

VII. BIOGRAPHIES.

Btt2-—(Obituary notic: of Bernhard Ssimasker). Nacurbl. d2utsch.
mala. Ges., xxvili., 74, 1896.

C———_,, E. W.—“‘Sir Joseph Prestwich.’’ Science (N.S.), iv., 190-1,
1896.

Dautzenberg, P.—‘‘ Paul Fischer.’’ Ann. Soc. malac. Belgique, xxix.
(1894), pp. xi.-11., 1895.

Nickles, R.—'‘ Notice sur les Travaux scientifiques de J. Wohlgemuth.”
Bull. Soc. Nancy (S. 2), xiv., pp. 59-64, 1896.

Pelseneer, P.—‘‘P. J. van Beneden.” Ann. Soc. malac. Belgique, xxix.
(1894), pp. Vv.-1x., 1896.

Ww ,———__ H.. B.—‘ Thomas Beesley, J.P., F.C.S." Geol. Mag. (N.S.,

Dec. iv.), vol. ai1., p. 336.
Williamson, W. C.—‘' Reminiscences of a Yorkshire Naturalist (edited by
his wife). London (Redway, 5s.), 228 pp. 8vo., 1896.
Includes list of his scientific writings.

NOTE.

Corasia laurae, Gude.—Testa imperforata, orbiculate depressa, tenuis,
obliquis czeberrimis striis distincta, quae striis spiralibus decussantur ;
subpellucida, nitida, pallide coerulea; media pars anfractus ultimi vivide
coerulescens, fascia lutea sub sutura ornata; spira convexa, obtusa; apex
pallide lutea vel albida ; sutura leviterimpressa ; anfr. 45, convexi; peripheria
acute Carinata, pars superior paulum crenulata; anfr. ultimus antice breviter
deflexus ; apertura obliqua, subtrigona; peristoma simplex, tenue, margine
superiori paulum expanso, gibboso, luteo, basali breviter reflexo, columellari
arcuate declivi, compresso, paulum excavato, ex albido coerulescens.—Diam.
Maj. 19-25, min. 16-22, alt. 11-13 mm.

Corasia lauvae. Gude.
Hab.—North Luzon, Phillipine Islands.

Shell imperforate, orbiculately depressed, thin, obliquely and closely
striate, decussated with spiral lines, sub-pellucid, shining, pale blue; the
middle of the last whorl vivid blue, with a yellow band under the suture ;
spire convex, obtuse ; apex pale yellow or whitish; suture slizhtly impressed ;
whorls 43, convex; periphery acutely keeled, the upper side of the keel
slightly crenulate; last whorl shortly descending in front; aperture obliquel
subtrigonal; peristome simple, thin; upper margin slightly expanded,
gibbous, yellow ; basal margin shortly reflexed ; columellar margin arcuately
sloping, compressed, slightly excavated, bluish white.

52 NOTES.
The shell here figured was received by me from Mr. Hugh Fulton, of
216, Fulham Road, London, under the name of Corasia psittacina, Desh., but
on comparison with the description and figure of that species, ‘‘ Journal de
Conchyliologie,”’ ix., (1861), p. 350, t. 16, f. 3-5, it was evident that the two
shells were distinct, and this opinioa was confirmed by an examination of the
specimens of Corasia psittacina in the British Museum collection. Although
undoubtedly belonging to the phylum of Corasia psittacina, the characters
which separate Corasia laurae from that species, are sufficient to warrant its
being raised to specific rank, and as it does not appear to have been previously
characterized, I venture to publish it as a new species. It differs from
Corasia psittacina in having the whorls more flattened; it has an acute
compressed keel which is crenulated above, while in Corasia psittacina, the
periphery is rounded and sub-angular; the last whorl is less widened towards
the aperture, more contracted behind the peristome, and abruptly descending
in front; the aperture is more triangular in outline, the margins are more
approximating, and the columellar margin is more arcuate and less sloping.
All the specimens which Mr. Fulton obligingly showed me, six or seven in
number, agreed in the above-noted characters, but, as already indicated, some
variation in size was observable. This beautiful species is named in honour
of Miss Laura Andrew.—(ScIENCE-Gossip, New Series, vol. iii., August, 1896,
p.57- By kind permission of the Editor).

REVIEWS.

A Monograph of the Land and Freshwater Mollusca of the British
Isles, by J. W. Taytor, F.L.S., Part III. Taylor Bros., Leeds,

pp. 129-192, figs. 287-377 (6/-).
The same care and attention to detail on the scientific side and the same
excellency as regards artistic production which has, up to the present,

“Fig. 311." Eye of Helix pomatia, “ Fic. 337.’’ Otocyst of Anodonta

highly magnified (after Simroth). c.,
inner cornea; ci., cutis; c./.,crystaline
lens; ep., epithelium, becoming thin
and transparent, and forming the
outer cornea; 0. m., outer membrane
or sclera; op. n., optic nerve; vret.,
retina; ¢.2., tentacular nerve.

cygnea, highly magnified (after Sim-
roth). aud. n., auditory nerve; ¢.t.c.,
connective tissue cells; cu., cuticle or
enclosing membrane ; ¢p., celiated and
sensory epithelial cells, supported
upon cellular tissue ; of., otolith.

The instalment is again devoted to those general considerations which are so
useful to the student of malacology and so absolutely necessary, one would
“say, to those who wish to work at our British non-marine shells, but who

REVIEWS. 53

_have no knowledge of zodlogy nor of molluscan anatomy. Part III., after a
few pages on which the description of the shell is completed, anda list of papers
appertaining to this portion of the subject, deals with anatomy as far as those
forms go, which come within the scope of the Monograph. There are
generalizations given that apply to the Gastropoda and Pelecypoda, while the
snail and fresh-water mussel are described in detail, as types of these classes
respectively. This part of the work is elaborately illustrated by original
drawings and by others, many of them ‘‘after Howes”; it must be allowed, too,
that these latter are seen to greater advantage in the Monograph than on the
crowded lithographic plates of Howes’ ‘‘ Atlas of Biology.” Some specimens
of the illustrations are here given through the courtesy of Mr. Taylor, and
Figure ‘‘316" will give an idea of the anatomical representations, while
Figures ‘‘ 311,” ‘‘ 337,’ and ‘‘ 329”’ will shew the detail that is gone into.

“Fig, 316.’ Alimentary canal of Helix aspersa with appended glands
dissected out and seen from the right side. The generative, circulatory,
excretory and nervous systems removed and the buccal cavity, stomach,
bile ducts, intestinal canal and pedal gland opened up (after Howes).

b.c., buccal cavity, showing radula, radular sac and jaw ; cr., crop; f., foot; h.g.,
hermophrodite gland or ovotestis; /./., left lobe of liver; 0.¢., oesophagus ;
p-g., pedal gland; p.., pharyngeal or buccal retractor; yr., rectum; 7/.,
posterior lobe of the liver; s.d., salivary duct; s.g., salivary gland; s.t.,
stomach ; ty., typhlosole.

The statement is made (p. 184) that a fuller account of the organs
individually,’ detailing the difterentiations in structure and function they each
undergo and referring to the phylogenetic and other points of interest in con-
nection therewith ;"” the last eight pages form the beginning of this account

“Bic. 329.” Dart cf Helix aspersa x 4.

which should prove exceedingly interesting to judge by the instalment given
which completes the head and its organs and begins the “ pedal or ventral
region.’ An interesting figure shews the underside of Helix aspersa seen from
below through a slip of glass on what it is crawling.

In conclusion let one say that Mr. Taylor has compiled this portion of his
book with such sound judgment that even those who have been conchologists

54 REVIEWS.

in the restricted sense of the word will not weary of the details which he has
been so bold as to include, and the hope may be expressed that the small
Malacological public may thus be materially augmented.

The Collector’s Manual of British Land and Freshwater Shells, by
Lionet E. Apams, B.A., Taylor Bros., Leeds, 8vo., 214 pp., 10 plates,
(8/- ; with coloured plates, 10/6.)

One is often asked by those who are attracted to the study of our land
and freshwater shells, to name a book which they might obtain as a guide in
following the fancy that they have taken. Up to the present, it has been
difficult to find a work which shall possess the several necessary qualifications,
for the good books are mostly out of print, which also means out of date, and
therefore not advisable for a beginner to have, even if he be prepared to give
the price that will be asked when a copy comes into the market.

Mr. Adams' ‘‘ Collector's Manual” seems ‘‘to fill a gap’' so to speak,
and besides being up-to-date and of reasonable price, does really enable even
those who know nothing about the subject, to discover the name of a shell
unknown to them. The reviewer tested the book by giving it and two typical
species to an absolute novice, who found the proper generic and specific
names on the first trial in each case without any difficulty.

It would not be doing justice to the book, to leave the impression that it
is only suitable for beginners; it is very pleasant reading to ‘‘an old hand,”
and the experienced collector may also find the ‘‘ Manual"’ of considerable
service. One can here find an opportunity for saying a word in praise of the
tabular form of comparison which one is glad to see that Mr. Adams adopts
on a number of occasions with a large measure of success. The writers of
Faunas and, perhaps, more often of Floras seem to forget as a rule that the
poor individual who has taken upon himself to name a species of animal or
plant often has but that one species before him. In this case such remarks
as ‘not so large as the last "' or ‘‘like the four last species but with smaller
flowers "’ only savour of the classical expression, ‘‘ about as big as a lump of
chalk "’ and not being descriptions at all are just so much waste of words. It
must not be imagined that even Mr. Adams is absolutely definite in all
cases, but taken as a whole his comparisons are really helpful.

There is a very good introduction to the Manual on methods of collecting
and preserving shells, but passing on to the systematic part one cannot as a
‘‘lumper "’ (which is the name used in the preface) help thinking that the
space given up to a lot of indefinite varieties might, with greater usefulness,
have been devoted to a good synonymy of the various species. In looking
through this latter part one notices many praiseworthy emendations, though,
while alterations were being made, Hyalinia, which cannot stand for the
shells known until recently as Zonites should have been superseded by Vitrea
as pointed out by Mr. Smith in his presidential address to the Conchological
in 1890 ;* this last name is however used by Mr. Adamsas a sub-generic title, and
containing rightly V. crystallina. Mention is made as a rule when species are
ovo-viviparous, and a note might well have been added to the same effect in
the case of Clausilia biplicata, one of the synonyms of which is C. vivipara, Held.
A glossary is given, and the pronunciation of classical names is indicated by
accents, but Limnaea peregey still retains its wrongful spelling of peregra.
Furthermore, it should be pointed out that the first specimens of Paludestrina
jenkinsi received by Mr. Smith, who named the species, were not given to him
by Mr. Jenkins from Plumstead, but by Mr. Walter Crouch from Becton.f
Again Anodonta anatina is still retained as a good species in spite of the
opinions held to the contrary by many good observers, and Arion should come
under Helicidae.

The illustrations on the plates are with a few exceptions good while the
frontispiece which is the reproduction of a photograph of the smaller Pisidia
is excellent. The Distribution Tables are a useful feature of the work.

* J. of Conch., vol. vi, (1891) p. 339. + Essex Nat., vol. iv. (1890) p. 212.

REVIEWS. 55

Text-book of Comparative Anatomy by Dr. ARNortp Lana, translated
by Henry M. BERNARD, M.A., and MaTILpA BERNARD, Part III,
London (1896) Macmillan & Co., Chapter 1, Mollusca, 283 pages 8vo,
222 Figures, Bibliography (17/- nett).

In the last number of THE JourNaL (p. 27) It was stated that the
motluscan portion of this volume (in which also the Echinodermata and
Enteropneusta are described) is an improvement on the original German
edition in-so-much as it ‘‘ has been revised by Mr. B. B. Woodward and an
index added,” and is, as it stands, ‘‘ undoubtedly the most reliable and most
up-to-date text-book of molluscan morphology.”

go,

“Fig. 26.’ Anatomy of Cardium tuberculatum left aspect (after Grobben,
Leuckart and Nitsche, Zool. Wandtafeln) #., foot; go., gonad; S., shell; Pa.,
mantle; os., labial palps; o., mouth; M., anterior adductor muscle; oe.,
oesophagus; m., stomach; /7., digestive gland ; d., intestinal canal; gog., genital
aperture; m0,., pericardial aperture of the kidney ; V., ventricle; At¢., auricle ;
P., pericardium; o., aperture of the kidney in the mantle cavity ; w., kidney ;
My, posterior adductor; B/., point of concrescence of the right and left
ctenidia behind the foot; a., anus; Ak., anal chamber of the mantle cavity
with anal siphon As.; Bk., branchial chamber of the same cavity with
branchial siphon Bs. : By., ctenidium.

The book consists of a systematic review to begin with (see next page for
classification adopted) but the main portion is devoted to sections having an
organ or systems of organs for a heading under which each class is discussed
in turn, while interspersed are other no less valuable divisions dealing with the
primitive mollusc, phylogeny, ontogeny, parasitic and attached gastropods,
and an exhaustive attempt to explain the asymmetry of the gastropoda. By
the kindness of the publishers one is able to give three figures which are
typical of the treatment accorded to general anatomy (‘‘ Fig. 26”) to com-
parative anatomy (‘‘ Fig. 14”’) and to external characteristics (‘‘ Fig. 13.’’)

REVIEWS.

‘ORIG. 7a.”

organs of Daudebardia and Testacella (adapted from figures by Plate).

Diagrams to illustrate the changes in. position in the pallial

A

Daudebardia rufa; B, Hypothetical stage; C, Testacella. 1, respiratory aperture ;
2, kidney; 3, ureter or urinary duct; 4, reno-pericardial aperture ; 5, ventricle ;
6, auricle; ~% aorta; 8, pulmonary vein; 9, pulmonary vascular network,

‘RIG .1as.

Class I. AMPHINEURA

Order i. Placophora
(Polyplacophora)
sive Chitonidae

Order ii. Aplacophora
sive Solenogastres

Class II. GASTRODODA

Orderi. Prosobranchiata

Sub-order 1. Diotocardia

(a) Zeugobranchia (Rhipidoglossa
Aspidobranchia)

(b) Azygobranchia

(c) Docoglossa

Sub-order 2. Monotocardia
(Pectinibranchia)

(a) Architaenioglossa

(b) Taenioglossa (inciudes Hetero-
poda

~ (c) Stenoglossa

Order ii. Pulmonata

Sub-order 1. Basomatophora

[October 12th, 1896.]

Classification adopted,

Sub-order 2. Stylomatophora
(a) Monogonopora
(b) Digonopora

Order iii. Opisthobran-
chiata

Sub-order 1. Tectibranchiata
(a) Cephalaspidae (including Ptero-
poda thecosomata)

- (b) Anaspidae (including Pteroda

gynosomata)
(c) Notaspidae
Sub-order 2. Ascoglossa
(a) Steganobranchia
(b) Cirrobranchia
(c) Pterobranchia
(d) Abranchia L
Sub-order 3. Novibranchia
fe Holohepatica
b] Cladohepatica

Class III. ScAPHOPODA

Class IV. LaMELLt-
BRANCHIA

Peltzlla palliolum (Bulimulid, after Férussac).

Order i. Protobranchia
Order ii. Filibranchia
Order iii. Pseudolamelli-
branchia
Order iv. Eulamelli-
branchia
Sub-order 1. Submytilacea
Sub-order 2. Tellinacea
Sub-order 3. Veneracea
Sub-order.4, Cardiacea
Sub-order 5. Myacea
Sub-order 6. Pholadacea
Sub-order 7, Anatinacea

Order v. Septibranchia .

Class V. CEPHALOPODA
Order i. Tetrabranchia -
Order ii. Dibranchia

Sub order 1. Decapoda
Sub-order 2. Octopoda

Te

Poi -OF MALACOLOGY.

No. 4. DECEMBER 30th, 1896. Vor:

LIST OF THE CLAUSILIAE OF SOUTH AMERICA
WiEEH THE DESCRIPTION OF» A... NEW

SPECIES.
Sy E.) os JSYIKES, gba E Z.S:
(PEATE “TV

The species of Clausilia already known, belonging to the
South American group, appear to be the following :—

Porto Rico. C. deyrollai, Ancey.
C. tridens, Chemn. C. perezt, Jousseaume.
Tiss Senwee sr C. rehret, Jousseaume.
CoOLoMBIA. PERU.
C. bartletti, H. Ad. C. adamsiana, Pfr.
C. blandiana, Pfr. C. adusta, Bttgr.
var. ciocolatina, Ancey. C. andeloca, Morelet.
C. bogotensis, Bttg. C. angrandt, Morelet.
C. dohrm, Pfr. C. chacaensis, Luborm.
Synonym C. perplexa, C. filocostulata, Luborm.
Sykes. C.. fiacht, Bttgr.
C. epistomium, Kuster. C. joly, Bttgr.
Synonym C. pseud- C. malleolata, Phil.
epistomium, Bret. C. peruana, ‘Trosech.
C. funcki, Ptr. C. quadrata, Bttgr.
C. karsteniana, Dohrn. C. vaimondi, Phil. (1867)
C. magistva, Sowerby. (non C. vaymondi, Bgt.,

C. maranhonensis, Albers. 1863)

C. peravata, von Martens. C. slosarsku, Luborm.

C. stylina, Ancey. C. steeriana, Sykes.
aN See C. taezanowshu, Luborm.

A. ‘

C. cyclostoma, Pfr. C. trigonostoma, Bttgr.
Ecuapor. Bouivia, —

SE ae C. boliviana, Sykes.

: Sela as

C. buckleyi, Higgins. C. orbygnt, Ancey.

C. crosset, Hidalgo.

58

Where these species have been placed in a subgenus at all,
the name Nenia has been used. This was first published by
H. & A. Adams (1855) who adopted the section from Charpentier
(1852), he having only designated it by a number. The species
so placed were in each case C. epistomium and C. tridens. Some
authors have located C. dohrni in Balea, but since the type of this
genus is B. perversa, L., such reference seems erroneous.

While certain of the species fall easily into groups, the
others still appear to be isolated forms, and our present knowledge
of the South American Clausiliae is insufficient to enable us to
properly separate them, any endeavour to do so being premature.

The species I described as C. perplexa appears to me now to
be only a form of C. dohrni, and it has therefore been placed in
the synonymy of that species. I think it is also very probable
that C. magistra is a variety of C. harsteniana and that C. jolyt is
a form of C. filocostulata: since, however, I have not seen
authentic specimens of some of these, I hesitate to definitely
unite them.

C. funcki, Pfr., is a difficult species to classify; still it
appears to belong to the Clausilia group, though of a somewhat
aberrant form.

C. cyclostoma was described by Pfeiffer as from the Corean
Archipelago; subsequently he stated that it was probably South
American, while in the ‘ Nomenclator Heliceorum Viventium’ it
appears as from Venezuela, and a specimen in my collection is
said to have come from ‘Quito, Peru,’’ which I assume refers
really to the Quito in Ecuador. ‘The real habitat therefore
remains uncertain.

Bourguignat varied the spelling of andecola to andicola, that
of dohrni to dorhni (err. typ.?), and changed mavranhonensis to
maranhonica: these alterations appear to me to be unnecessary.

Clausilia evae, n. sp. (Plate IV., Figures 1, 2, 3.)

Testa fusiformis, tenuiuscula, corneo-fuscula, parum nitens ;
apex obtusus, non decollatus; anfr. 8} plano-convexi, lente
accrescentes, primi laeves, reliqui sat distanter costulato-striati,
costulis undulatis, interstitiae laeves, anfr. ultimus ante aper-
turam multius costulato-striatus quam anfr. penultimus, subtus
modice angustatus, basi rotundatus, applanatus; sutura impressa ;
apertura magna, fere circularis, basi recedens, peristomate con-

og

tinuo, soluto, late reflexo, leviter incrassato. corneo-albido ;
lamellae modicae, superior marginalis, fere verticalis, inferior
valde oblique ascendens, sub-columellaris nulla; plica principalis
curta, valida; lunella conspicua, valida, arcuata. ALG AE
millim.; diam. max. 8°5 millim.; alt. apert. g millim.; lat.
apert. g millim.

Habitat : South America.

I regret not to be able to give the exact habitat of this
handsome species, the single specimen of which is in the
collection of Miss de Burgh, who kindly lent it so that it might
be figured and described.

While dealing with these forms, a word with regard to
‘ Bulimus claustlioides, Reeve,’ may be of interest. This shell has
at various times been placed in Balea and Temesa. ‘The former
is clearly erroneous ; with regard to the latter, the original species
so placed were australis, Forbes, clausilioides, Reeve, and some
forms of Alopia. Mr. Hedley has recently transferred the
former species to Perrievia, and Mr. Pilsbry following this has
left clausilioides as the type of Temesa in his work on the Bulimoid
forms.

This result appears to me to be very unsatisfactory. Australis
was the first species of Temesa, and therefore when it proved not
to be a Coeliaxis, as Mr. Hedley showed, it should have stood as
the type of the genus. It appears so for two reasons: firstly,
because Temesa has more than 20 years’ priority over Perrieria ; and
secondly, because australis does not accord well with clausiliaeformis,
Tapp.-Canefri, which is the type of this latter genus, though the
author’s somewhat vague original description would cover it.
I think, therefore, that australis must stand under Temesa and
claustlioides will require, if it is to be placed in a section by
itself, a new sectional name.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE IV.

FicurE 1. The shell life-size.
Clausilia cvae, n. sp. + FIGURE 2. Mouth of the shell x 2.
Stents 3. The same seen from behind x 2.

CURRENT LITERATURE.
By .E, R,~SYKES,- BA, ZS, and S..-PACE P25.

It is hoped that all Malacologists will aid in making this Eiblio-
graphy as complete and useful as possible. Writers, both at home and
abroad, are especially asked to send in copies of their respective papers
for review.

We regret that it is not possible for us this quarter to present the
Palaeontological portion of our Bibliography. Mr. Pace, owing to his
approaching departure from England, has been unable to attend to it, and, as
yet, we have not found a recorder who, being qualified and having sufficient
opportunities, has been able to spare the necessary amount of time.

An attempt has been made, also, to save space by not inserting the names
of authors, &c., in more than one section: cross-references at the close of
each section being ample for the purpose. We believe that our readers will
approve the change, as they will be enabled to survey the whole field in a
smaller compass. The practice of inserting works ‘‘ not seen” has also been
given up, as otherwise works are recorded when only some favoured person
has had the opportunity of perusing them. A striking feature of this quarter
is the small amount of strictly anatomical work.

I. CLASSIFICATION AND NEW FORMS.

Ancey, C. F.—‘ Descriptions of some new shells from the New Hebrides
Archipelago."’ Nautilus, x., go-r.
Endodonta, Melania, and Neritina.

‘Boettger, Dr. O.—‘ Diagnosen neuer Clausilien.” Nach. Malak. Ges.,
1896, 124-7.
Two species and three varieties from Asia Minor and Cyprus.
Brazier, John.—‘'On the new genus Petterdiana.”” Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasmania,
1894-5 [Aug., 1896], 105-6,
A new name (speaking strictly, not a new genus) for Brazieria, Petterd
non Ancey ; the type being the Ampullaria tasmanica, Ten.-Woods.

Clessin, S.—‘‘ ‘ Dentaliidae’ in ‘Conchylien-Cabinet.’’’ Lief. 422 and 424,
pp. 48, pls. 11.
Rather incomplete.

Dall, W. H.—“ Note on Leda caelata, Hinds.” Nautilus, x., 70.
L. taphria nom. nov. = L. caelata, Hinds, non Conrad.

Dautzenberg, Ph., and Fischer, H.—‘‘ Dragages effectués par l’Hirondelle
et par la Princesse-Alice, 1888-1895. I., Mollusques Gastéropodes
[et Polyplacophores]."’ Mém. Soc. Zoél. France, ix., 1896, pl. xv.-xxii.

This elaborate memoir forms a valuable addition to our knowledge of the
deep-water molluscs found off the Azores and in the Méditerranean: the
depths at which dredgings were made having varied from forty to four
thousand metres. The total number of species recorded amounts to 153, of
wh‘ch no less than 86 are described and figured as new. They are distributed
in the following genera :—Acmuaeu 1, Actaeon 1, Alvania 2, Calliostuma 3, Ceri-
thiella 4, Cerithiopsis 1, Cyclostrema 2, Cylichna 1, Danilia1, Emarginula 1, Eulima
11, Fissurisefta 2, Fusus 1, Glyphis 1, lphitus 2, Leptothyva 1, Marginella 1, Mitro-
morpha 2, Natica 2, Philine 2, Pleurotoma 21, Propilidium 2, Pseudomurex 1, Ringi-

CURRENT LITERATURE. 61

cula 1, Rissoa 1, Roxania 1, Scissurella 1, Solaviella 2, Solarium 2, Tharsis 2,
Tinostoma 1, Trophon 2, Turbonilla 6, Turcicula 1. ,
This vast proportion of new forms would have been even greater had it
not been for the previous publication by Mons. Dautzenberg on the fauna of
the Azores. It should be noted that Kryptos elegans is proposed as a new
genus and species from Jeffreys’ MSS.: it is placed between Sipho and Fusus.

Dollfus, G.—‘‘ Consideration sur la délimitation des espéces animales.”
Feu. Jeun. Natural., an. xxvii., 3-6.

Fischer, see Dautzenberg.

Kobelt, Dr. W.—‘ Eine Najadee aus Turkestan.’ Nach. Malak. Ges.,
1895, 102-3.
Anodonta sogdiana, from Buchara.

Kobelt, W.—‘ ‘Columbella’ in ‘Conchylien-Cabinet.’ ’"’ Lief. 423, pp. 217-
280, pl. 31-6.
Concludes his study of the group.

Marsh, W. A.—‘‘ New American Unio.” Nautilus, x., 91-2.

Melvill, J. Cosmo.—‘ Descriptions of new species of minute marine shells
from Bombay.”’ P. Malac. Soc., ii., 108-116, pl. viii.
New species of the genera :—Bittium 1, Cerithiopsis 3, Solarium 1, Rissoina
2, Adeorbis 1, Aclis 2, Eulima 1, Syrnola 1, Oscilla 1, Myonia 1, Miralda 1,
Odostomia 2, Pyrgulina 2, Turbonilla 4, Cingulina 1, Phasianella 1, Tellina, 1. We
must congratulate the artist on the plate.

Melvill, J. Cosmo, and Ponsonby, J. H.—‘ Descriptions of new Terres-
trial Mollusca from South Africa.’’ Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6,
Xvill., 314-8, pl. xvi.
New species of Ennea (2), Subulina (3), Pupa (1), and Cyclostoma (1). The
new S. lacocochlis is a remarkable large sinistral form, and the authors suggest
that, should a new genus be required, the name Ewonyma should be used.

Melvill, James Cosmo, and Standen, Robert.—‘ Notes on a collection of
shells from Lifu and Uvea, Loyalty Islands, formed by the Rev. James
and Mrs. Hadfield, with List of Species.’ Journ. of Conch., viil.,
273-315.

Though it might not be inferred from the title, this paper consists simply
of the descriptions of 80 new marine species, with descriptive notes. The
genera represented are :—Murex 1, Nassa 3, Columbella 2, Scalaria 2, Drillia 3,
Mangilia 24, Clathurella 7, Daphnella 2, Mitra 1, Bittium 4. Cerithiopsis 6, Tur-
bonilla 1, Pyrgulina 1, Syrnola 2, Alaba 1, Litiopa 1, Alvania 1, Rissoina 7,
Bavrleeia 1, Rissoia 2, Mathilda 1, Euchelus 1, Leucorhynchia 1, Alcyna 1, Minolia
1, Solaviella 1, Cadulus 1, Tornatina 1.

Moellendorff, see Quadras.

Pilsbry, H. A.—‘‘ Notes on new species of Amnicolidae collected by Dr.
Rush in Uruguay.’’ Nautilus, x., 86-9.
Potamolithus is a new genus for the species from Uruguay of a similar
type to the European Lithogiyphus.

Pilsbry, H. A.—‘‘ Manual of Conchology ;’’ series 1, parts 61a and 64 (con-
tain vol. xvi., pp. i.-vii., 161-262, pls. 44-72, frontispiece), series 2, part
40 (contains vol. x., pp. i.-iv., 145-213, pls. I, 41-51).

In the Marine series we commence with the family Oxynoeidae, in which
Dipterophysis is a new sub-genus of Lobiger, from which it may be distinguished
by having only a single pleuropodial lobe on each side; the type and only
species is L. souverbii, Fischer, from Guadeloupe. Lobiger viridis, Nevill non
Pease, is re-named L. nevilli. We then pass through the Runcinidae and
Umbraculidae (Umbrellidae of some authors) to the Pleurobranchidae; these
divide into Pleurobranchinae and Pleurobranchaeinae, which may be charac-
terized by the presence or absence of a shell. Gymmnctoplax is a new genus
which may be separated from Pleuvobranchus and Oscar'us by the shell being

62 CURRENT LITERATURE.

partly exposed by an orifice in the mantle: the type is Pl. americanus, Verrill.
Pleurobyanchus scutatus, Martens non Pease, is re-named P. martensi. British
collectors will not be gratified to find that the specific name tuberculatus,
Meckel (1808), is used, apparently quite correctly, for the shell they know as
Pleuroby. mcmbranaceus, Mont. (1811). Neda, H. & A. Ad. non Mulsant, is re-
named Euselenops. An introductory classificatory note is given, in which
the Cephalaspidea are divided into groups by the presence or absence of
an operculum, and by the radula.. Finally, an appendix to vol. xv.—we
would we could write vols. i-xv.—is given: in this, Aliculastrum is a new
name for Alicula, Ehrbg. non Eichwald, and the Tectibranchiate monograph
is carried up to 1896, thus concluding the first Marine series. We hope
shortly to welcome the opening parts of another series on the Marine
bivalves, and trust they will be even more brilliantly executed.

In the Land series, Mr. Pilsbry continues his study of the Bulimuli of
the sub-genus Bostvyyx. Four new species are described, namely : -B.
metamorphus, from Chili; RB. ceroflasta and B. flagellatus, from Balsas, Peru;
B. ventanensis, from Argentina. New names are B. subcactorum (= lichencrum,
Reeve non D'Orb.), B. raimondianus (= spretus, Phil. non Rve.), B. dendritoides
(= monticola, Phil. non Roth.). An appendix to the volume is also given.
Ponsonby, see Melvill.

Quadras, J. F., and Moellendorff, O. F. von.—‘: Diagnoses specierum

-novarum ex insulis Philippinis.’’ Nach. Malak. Ges., 1896, 81-93.

Thirty-one new species, all unfigured and but curtly described.

Rolle, Hermann.——‘‘ Ein neues Cardiwm von der Nord-Japanischen Kiste.”’
Nach. Malak. Ges., 1896, 113-5, plate.

Rolle, H.—‘' Diognose (sic) eines neuer Buccinum.’” Nach. Malak. Ges.,
1896, 128.

B martensianum, from Japan.

Simpson, C. T.—‘ Notes on the faruvus group of Unionidae and its allies.”
Nautilus, x., 57-9.

Smith, E. A.—‘ Natural History Notes from H.M. Indian Marine Survey
Steamer ‘ Investigator,, Com. C. F. Oldham, R.N.—series ii., no. 22.
Descriptions of new Deep-sea Mollusca.” Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6,
XVlil., 367-375. ;

New species of Pleuvotcma 4, Natica 2, Dentalium 1, Cardium 1, Yoldia 1,
Cuspidaria 1, Myoncra 1, Lycnsia 1, end Scrcbiculavia 1: with critical notes on
other species.

Sterki, Dr. V.—‘‘ Two new Pisidia."’ Nautilus, x., 64-8.

Two more species added to the already :omewhat swollen list of North
American shells.

Sykes, E. R.—‘On Flammulina (Allodiscus) chion,a new Helicoid Land-shell
: from New Zealand.” P. Malac. Soc., ii., 107, figs.

Sykes, E. R.—‘ Preliminary diagnoses of new species of non-marine_
Mollusca from the Hawaiian Islands. Part I.’’ P. Malac. Soc., ii.,
126-132.

The following are described as new :—Macrochlanys 1, Endodonta 2, Lepta-
chatina 4. Amastra 4, Newccombia 1. The author discusses the genera Microcystis
and Macrochlamys and their types.

Wagner, Dr. A. J.—‘Die Arten des genus Daudcbardia, Hartmann, in
Europa und Westasien.’’ Denksch Akad. Wiss. Wien., Ixii., 609-626,
5 plates.

Though reprints of this paper have been issued for some time, the volume
containing it has only recently made its appeararce. The author dividcs
Dandcbardia into four sections: Irina, Clessin; Libania, Brgt. (to which he
adds a new species from Transcatcasia) ; Caifathica, nov. sect. (type D. kima-
kowiczt, n. sp., from Siebenburgen) ; and J/'yricu, nov. sect. (type D. stussineri,
n. sp., {rem Croatia). Excellent figures of anatomy and shells are given.

- CURRENT LITERATURE. 63

Westerlund, C. A.—‘: Neue Centralasiatische Mollusken.”” Ann. Mus.
Zool. Ac. Sci. St. Petersb., 1896, 181-108.
Various new species of land and freshwater Mollusca; no figures.
see also: In Il, Bergh, Mazzarelli, Simroth, Sterki; in IV., Dall,
Ihering, Locard, Pilsbry, Simroth.

Te eANATOMY. S HIisSLOLOGY DEVELOPMENT AND
PHYSIOLOGY.

Bergh, R.—‘ Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Coniden.’’ Abh. Kais. Leop. Akad.,
Ixv., 87-214, pl. i.-xill.
We hope to refer to this later.
Brooks, W. K., and Drew, Gilman.—‘ Notes on the anatomy of Yoldia.”
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., ser. 6, xvili., 344-5.

Gude, G. K.—‘' Armature of Helicoid Land-shells " (continued). Sci. Goss.,

1895, 1295-8, 154-6, 178-181, figs.
Deals with Corilla and Plectopylis and figures several species.

Hornell, James.—'‘ The eggs and young of Cephalopods.” Journ. Mar.
ZoOl., 11., 64-6, pl. vil., figs. A-C.

Hornell, James. —‘‘ The visual organs of the Mollusca.” Journ. Mar. Zodl.,
li., 66-72, pl. vii., figs. I.-XI.

Joubin, L.—‘ Cephalopodes [du Campagne du ‘Caudan’].”” Ann. Univ.
Lyon, xxvi., 247-250, fig.

McMurrick, J. Playfair.— The Yolk-lobe and the Centrosome of Fulgur
cavica.”’ Anat. Anz., xii., 534-9, figs.

Mazzarelli, G.-- ‘‘ Intorno ad una nuova specie di Phyllaplysia (P. Fischer).”
Boll. Soc. Nat. Napoli, ix., 81-2, figs.
P. faulini, n. sp., dealt with anatomically.

Simroth, Dr. H.—‘ Bronn’s Klassen und Ordnungen des Thier-Reichs:
Bad. iii.: Mollusca: Lief. 22 and 23 (contain part 2, pp. 1-64).
September, 1896.”’

Commences the account of the Gastropoda.

Sterki, Dr. V.— The Systematic position of Sphyradium (‘‘ Pupa’’) edentulum,
Drap.” Nautilus, x., 75-6.

From an examination of the radula, Dr. Sterki arrives at the very interest-
ing fact that this species is not a Pupa at all, but a Helicoid allied to Punctum
fygmacum, Drap.

iM blOL OGY, “HABIEES. SAND? “EERALOLOGY:
Adams, Lionel E.—‘ Albino forms of Littorina rudis, var. tenebrosa.”’ Journ.
of Conch., viii., 315.

Boycott, Arthur E.—‘ Erosion in Extra-Marine Mollusca.’’ Sci. Goss.,
1895, 114-0.

Cockerell, T. D. A.—‘ The Label List for Five-banded Shells.’’ Sci. Goss.,

1895, 137.
Crowther, J. E.—‘‘ The Common Pond Snail.” Halifax Nat., i., 78-80.
Dall, W. H.—“ Recent advances in Malacology.’’ Science, n.s., iv., 770-3.

Edwards, Thos.—Planorbis carvinatus, Miull., monst. scalariforme.” Journ. of
Conch., viii., 320, figs.

Guignon, —.—‘“‘ Helix hortensis avec ommatophore dichotomée.” Feu. Jeun.
Natural., An. xxvi., 240, fig.

64 CURRENT LITERATURE.

Hornell, James.—‘'On surface tension as an aid to locomotion among
marine animals.’’ Journ. Mar. Zodl., ii., 59-60.
Nudibranchs, Cy/raea, Aplysia, and Pleurobranchus all crawl on the water
in an inverted position; while Eolis and Cypraea suspend themselves by
mucous threads.

Kimakowicz, M. von.—‘‘ Biologische Notizen ttber Mollusken.”’ Verh.
Mitth. Siebenburgen Ver., xlv. 57-8.

O’Connor, Frances Sarah.—‘' Spider carrying Snail-shells.’’ Irish Nat.,
V., 299.

Spider carrying a shell which ‘‘ was packed with what appeared to be
spiders’ eggs.”
Olney, Mary P.—‘ Odour of snails.’’ Nautilus, x., 84.

Ormsbee, C. C.—‘ Influence of Environment upon the form and colour of
Helix alternata.’’ Nautilus, x., 63-4.

The colours vary with those of the decaying woods in which they are
found; the shape also varies with the form and size of the crevices in which
they live.

P{ilsbry], H. A.—‘ Limnaea bulimoides, Lea, resisting drought.” Nautilus,
x7, 90.

Revived after being packed in cotton for 45 days.

Shackleford, Lewis.—-‘‘ The Shell-boring of carnivorous Gastropods.”
Journ. of Conch., viil., 315.

IV. DISTRIBUTION AND FAUNA.

Adams, Lionel E.—‘' Limax marginatus, Mull. (= L. arborum, B. Ch.), in
Northamptonshire.”’ Journ. of Conch., vili., 251.

Adams, Lionel E.—‘ Interesting Kentish forms [of land shells].’’ Journ.
of Conch., viii., 316-320.
Bradshaw, Mrs. M. F.—' Extract from a note book.’ Nautilus, x., 82-4.
Relates to shore collecting in Newport, Cala.

Campbell, Mrs. E. D. G.—‘ Marine Shells on the Southern Californian
Coast.’ Nautilus, x., 56-7.
Cooper, J. E.—‘‘ Note on the occurrence of Petricola pholadiformis, Lamk., at
Shellness, Kent.’ P. Malac. Soc., ii., 134.
Similar notes on same page by Crouch (from Cricksea and River Crouch)
and Kennard (from Herne Bay).

Cooper, J. E.—'‘' The new British Mollusc.’’ . Sci. Goss., 1896, 147.

Crouch, W. E.—See Cooper.

Dall, W. H.—‘‘ Insular Landshell Faunas, especially as illustrated by the
data obtained by Dr. G. Baur in the Galapagos Islands.” -P. Acad.
Sci. Philad., 1896, 395-459, pl. xv.-xvil.

Opening with an account of previous researches on the Mollusca of the
Galapagos Islands, Dr. Dall proceeds to discuss the knowledge we at present
possess with regard to the habits and inter-island distribution of the species.
The islands are divided into three groups—South-eastern containing 30,
Central 24, and North-eastern 3 species. The total number of species and
varieties found in the islands is 46, distributed in the following genera :—
Bulimulus 34, Trochomorpha (2) 1, Vitrea 1, Conulus 1, Pupa 2, Succinea 4, Lepti-
navia 2, and Helicina 1. We have omitted from this reckoning such genera as
Siphonaria, as we fail to perceive how they can be classified as ‘‘ land shells ;”
indeed, many students will probably miss Dr. Dall’s valuable notes (e.g., on
the genus Williamia), owing to the misleading nature of the title of this

paper.

.CURRENT LITERATURE. 65

Dr. Dall then proceeds to discuss the surface characters—especially of the
~ Bulimuli—and concludes that the peculiar crenulation or wrinkling of the sur-
face which ‘‘is correlated with aridity or alkalinity of environment, may be
regarded as having been impressed upon species which first gained a foothold
in the arid region, “and as having persisted to some extent in their descendants
when the latter succeeded in reaching the upper and more congenial zones of
the islands.’

’ Further, he compares the fauna of the Galapagos Islands with that of
other oceanic and isolated localities, and incidentally raises a question which,
unfortunately, he does not proceed to solve: namely, why the species of
Endodonta with basal lamellae are confined to oceanic islands? Finally, a
valuable summary of the fauna both systematic and anatomical is given; the
following is described as new : Bulimulus nesioticus ; and figures are given of
other species. We have to congratulate Dr. Dall on the publication of what
will be the standard work on these islands.

Dall, W. H.—‘' On the American species of Cyvenoidea.’’ Nautilus, x., 51-2
One recent n.sp. (C. floridana, from Florida) and one n. sp. (C. caloosaénsis)

from Pliocene of S. Florida,

Dollfus, A.—‘' Les plages de la Manche.” Feu. Jeun. Natural., An. xxvii.,
14-16, 29-30, 2 pls.

Drake, Mrs. M.—‘‘ Notes on some [Marine] shells of Puget Sound.’ Nau-
tilus, x., 68-70.

Fagot, Paul.—‘' Faune Malacologique terrestre et des eaux douces et sau-
matres de Aude.” Boll. Soc. Sci. de l’Aude, vil., 171-213.

Gamble, F. W.—‘' Notes on a Zoological Expedition to Valentia Island,
co. Kerry.’’ Trans. Manchester Micro. Soc., 1895, 60-66.

Garstang, Walter.—‘:On the Aplacophorous Amphineura of the British
Seas.” P. Malac. Soc., ii., 123-5, pl. x.

Records four species and gives figures of them.

Horsley, Rev. J. W.—‘‘ Note on Helix hortensis near Dover.” Journ. of
Conch., vili., 251.

Horsley, Rev. J. W.—‘' The Mollusca of Plumstead Marshes.” Journ. of
Conch., vill., 262.

Hurst, C. Herbert.—‘‘ Fauna of Belfast Lough.” Irish Nat., v., 271-2.

Ihering, Dr. H. von.—‘' Zur Kenntniss der Sudamerikanischen Voluta und
ihrer Geschichte.’”’ Nach. Malak. Ges., 1896, 93-9.

Contains some interesting criticisms on Lahille’s paper: two n. sp. are
described, namely, V. quemadensis and V. ameghinoi, both from the Tertiary of
Patagonia and nearly related to V. brasiliana, “Sol.

Kennard, A. S.—See Cooper.
Kobelt, Dr. W.—‘ Die Mollusken-Fauna der Makaronesischen Inseln.’’
Jahrb. Nassauische Ver., xlix., 53-70.
Kobelt, Dr. W.—‘ Die Fauna der Galapagos.’”’ Nach. Malak. Ges., 1896,
TG ETS
Principally taken from Dall’s paper.
Locard, A.—‘ Mollusques Testacés et Brachiopodes [du 5 CARRERE du

‘Caudan ‘}" Ann. Univ. Lyon, xxvi., 129-245, pl. v.-vi
Several new species.

Margier, E.—‘‘ Un mollusque terrestre nouveau, pour la Faune Frangaise,
Pupa mortilleti, Stabile.” Feu. Jeun. Natural., An. xxvi., 240.

Margier, E.—‘‘ Nouvelle station de 1’A zeca monodonta, Fol. et Berillon.” Feu.
Jeun. Natural., An. xxvii., 36.

McDougall, G.—‘: Third Report on the land and freshwater shells of Perth,

66 CURRENT LITERATURE.

Louth and Clackmannan.”’ Trans. Stirling N H. and Arch. Soc.,
1895-6, 140-2. 3
Oldham, Chas.—‘ Helix fusca and Azeca tridens in Denbighshire.’ Journ. of
Conch., viii., 251.
Oldham, C.—“ Slugs in the Goyt Valley.” The Naturalist, 1896, 354.
Pilsbry, H. A.—‘‘ Notes on some West American Chitons.’’ Nautilus, x., 49-51.
Includes the description of Tyvachydermon sharpii, a new species from
Unalashka.
Plilsbry], H. A.—‘‘ Mexican Land Shells.’ Nautilus, x., 59.

Pilsbry, Henry A., and Rush, William H.—‘ List, with notes, of land
and freshwater shells collected by Dr. W. H. Rush in Uruguay and
Argentina.’ Nautilus, x., 76-81.

This list contains the names of several n. sp., descriptions of which are to
shortly appear.

Plilsbry], H. A.—‘' Choanopoma (Ctenopoma) bahamense, Shutt., at Key West.”
Nautilus, x., 96.

Rush, see Pilsbry.

S., R. F.—‘ Review of Adams’ British Land and Freshwater Shells.” Irish
Nat., v., 285.6.

Some critical notes.

Sandberger, Prof. von.— Pisidium ovatum, Clessin, ein rest der Fauna der
Eiszeit im Schwartzwald."’ Verh. Naturw. Ver. Karlsruhe, xi., 344-5.

Shopland, E. R.—‘‘ Some further additions to the list of shells collected at
Aden in 1892-5, classified in accordance with the Paetel Catalogue.”’’
Journ. Bombay Nat. Hist. Soc., x., 503-4.

Smith, Edgar A.—‘‘A list of the Land and Freshwater Mollusca of Trinidad ”’
(conclusion). Journ. of Conch., viii., 241-251.

Three new species of Bulimulus (Drymaeus).

Smith, Edgar A.—‘‘A list of the Land Shells of the Islands of Batchian,
Ternate, and Gilolo.’’ P. Malac. Soc., ii., 120-2, figs.

Three very useful lists recording 43 species from Batchian, 21 from
Ternate, and 39 from Gilolo. Two species of Planispira (Cristigibba) are
described as new and figured, one from Gilolo, the other from Batchian.
Smith, H.—‘' Some Land Shells of Michigan.’’ Nautilus, x., 84.

Stearns, R. E. C.-—Purpura lapillus, var. imbricata.”’ Nautilus, x., 85.

Tregelles, G. F.—‘‘ The Marine Mollusca of Cornwall.’’ Journ. of Conch.,
Viil., 252-262.

Welch, R.—‘' Marine Mollusca of County Galway.”’ Irish Nat., v., 274.

Welch, R.—‘‘ Mollusca of Cavan Excursion.” Irish Nat., v., 274.

Winkley, Rev. Henry W.—‘' Casco Bay.”’ Nautilus, x., 73-5.
Notes on land and marine collecting in Maine.

See also: —In I., Ancey, Dautzenberg, Melvill, Pilsbry, Sykes, Wagner.

V. COLLECTING AND METHODS OF RESEARCH.

Feltgen, Dr. E.—‘‘ Mollusken Terminologie. ‘Fauna.'’’ Soc. Nat. Limb.,
1896, 35-42, 59-63, 71-4, 94-8, 112-6, 137-45, 151-7.
Johnson, C. W.—“ Editorial Correspondence [relating to Museums of

England].’’ Nautilus, x., 53-6.
Johnson, C. W.—‘' Some notes on the Collection of Shells in the Museums
of Paris, Berlin, and Amsterdam.’ Nautilus, x., 61-3.

67 CURRENT LITERATURE.

VI. ECONOMICS.

Dedekind, Alexander.—‘‘ Recherches sur la poner rigs be chez les
Assyriens et les Egyptiens.’’ Arch. Zoél. Exper., iv., 481-516, pl. xi.
Lacaze- Duthiers, H. de.—" Note sur la conleur de ie pourpre tiree des
Mollusques.’’ Arch. Zool. Exper., iv., 471-480.
peiorie, R. T: Bulstrode, H. T., and Klein, Dr.—‘ Oyster Culture in
relation to Disease.” 24th ‘Ann. Rep. Local Govt. Board, 1894-5,
Supplement 1895, pp. xxiii. and 174, pls. xvi.
Shows that oyster beds are contaminated, and that the germs causing
Typhoid Fever and Cholera live for many days in the shells of oysters kept
in tanks where the water is constantly changed.

VII. BIOGRAPHIES.

Henderson, John B., jun.—‘‘ Obituary—B. Schmacker.’’ Nautilus, x., 72.
Roberts, S. Raymond.—‘ Henry D. Van Nostrand.’’ Nautilus, x., 93-4.
Obituary: Died Oct. 8th, aged about 73.

NOTES.

Supposed New Varieties._I am in favour of naming varieties, but it
is decidedly objectionable to give the same name to more than one, or intro-
duce as new those long ago described and named. I see on p. 37 a reference
to Limax maximus var. alba, nov., L. E. Adams. If this is the albino form, it
was named megaspidus in 1817, and is also the candidus of Lessona and Pollonera.
And if it were not, the name albus could not be used, as it was employed in
1890 by Amstein for a variety which is not an albino. In the new “‘‘ Col-
lector’s Manual,’ Mr. Adams also re-introduces some old forms. Helix
hortensis v. lutolabiata, L. E. Ad., was first described by the writer, under the
same. name, in ‘‘ Sci. Goss.,”’ 1887, p. 67. Limnaea stagnalis m. scalariforme,
ascribed to Taylor, was also first published, under the same name, by the
writer in 1884, All this confusion appears to be due to the idea that what
was not known to the members of the Conchological Society who compiled
their official list of Land and Freshwater Mollusca has no existence. If Mr.
Adams will spend a few weeks looking up the literature in one of the big
London libraries, he will see how far this is from being the case !

Mesilla, N.M., Oct. 28, 1895. Tt. Ds A. CocKEREEE,

To cook Snails.—‘ Snails ad /a Bourguignonne.’’—Snails fed on vine-leaves
are the best, and should be brought in alive. Keep them without food for a
few days, then put them into a bowl with a handful of bran and a little
vinegar to remove the slime. Wash them in several waters and place them
in a saucepan with a handful of salt and some cold water, a bunch of fennel
and two bay-leaves. Cover the saucepan and cook them gently for five or six
hours Jtemove the shells and take out the gut, and again wash in cold water.
Pound two or three anchovies, and when reduced to a paste add 4 oz. of fresh
butter, six sprigs of parsley, six shalots and two cloves of garlic (parsley,
shalots and garlic all finely minced), a pinch of salt, a pinch of white pepper,
and two pinches of cayenne. Add to these, when well mixed, a small quantity
of good gravy (made from veal, if possible). Mix well. Put a small quantity
of this forcemeat into each shell, then replace the snail. Pour over it a little
butter, and lay carefully on a tin and bake for 8 to 10 minutes in a hot oven,
Serve very hot. The common garden snail is probably quite as good:
although not so large. FLORANCE STEPHENSON.

EDITOR’S NOTES.

This number completes Volume V. of the JournaL oF MALAcoLocy, and the Editor
has pleasure in thanking the Editorial staff and the contributors generally for the work
which they have done for the JourNAL in the past year.

December 31st, 1896.

INDEX TO VOLUME V.

PAGES

ADAMS’ Collector's Manual of British Land and Freshwater Shells

(review of the second edition)
America, List of Clausiliae of South ..

Anatomy of Chiloritis ts ee SOrEB LES: E.A. Smith, and of C. rehsei,

von Martens
BIBLIOGRAPHY (of Cutie Titerated

3, 21, 37;

Bibliography and Publication, Statement of ‘the Committee of the

British Association on

CHASTER, G. W., Some New Marine Mollusca from Tangler
Chloritis (Sulcobasis) stivaphor a and C. rehset, Srey of .
Charopa nigrofusca, n. sp. :

Clausilia evae, n. sp. :

Clausiliae of South America

Cockerell, T. D. A., pe ekaae New Varieties

Coecum cuspidatum, n. sp. .

Corasia lauvae, Gude

Cyclostvema fenestratum, n. sp.

Cyclostrema pruinosum, 0. PP

Cyclotus horridus

GUINEA, Land Shells os New

HELICINA pachystoma, n. ae
Helicina solitaria 5

KENNARD, A. S., Note on Pterosoma oer eee Sens

LAND Shells from New Guinea and other Neighbouring Islands
Lang’s Text-book of Comparative Anatomy (review of Part I.)
MACROCHLAMYS PRO ie Sune

Microcystina sappho
Moss, William, and W. M. W ebb, on 1 the Anato: my of Chloritis

NANINA infelix .
New Marine Mollusca from Tangier..
New Species of Land Shells from New Guinea, etc?
Notes Se

Notes, Editor's. ;
OMPHALOTROPIS detec n. sp.
PACE, S., see Sykes, E. R.

Papuina aevope, P. hero, and P. janthe..
Pherusa carvinata, n. sp. :
Pterosoma plana, Lesson, Note on
Pupinelia strubelli, n. sp.

Be Ore iia n. gen. et sp.
Reviews ‘ *s
Rhysota hercules

STEPHENSON, ieee To eae ‘Snails

27,

ia
16, 32,

5) 7: Io, 24, 27, 52; 53;

Sykes, E R., List of Clausiliae of South America, with description of

a New Species
Sykes, E. R., and S. Pace, Bibliography

TANGIER, New Marine Mollusca from

5 23, 375

Taylor's Monograph of British Land and Freshwater Mollusca (review

of Part III.) we a
Truncatella quadvasi and T. valida ae i

WEBB, W. M., and W. Moss, Anatomy of Chloritis

ZOOLOGICAL Bibliography and Publication, Statement of the Gone

mittee of the British Association on - ae

JS
57

17
5)5)

8
18
38
17

1E
17
67
67

19

THE JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY, Vol. V., Plate I.

[To face page 4.
New Specizs OF MARINE MoLLUSCA FROM TANGIER.

W. J. Webb del. ad nat. B. D. Rudd & Son sculpt.

(x) Cyclostrema fenestratum. (2) Cyclostvema pruinosum. (3) Pherusa carinata.
(4) Coecum cuspidatum. (5 & 6) Retrotortina fuscata.
(Enlarged.) ;

THE JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY. Vol .V., Plate II.

16 7 18 19

E.A.Smith del.et hth. Mintern Bros .imp.
LAND SHELLS From New Guinea ete.

ale
7 hel )
af wel
aire
UF tale
. ,%

- 6®@ -
ia <a
bond :
ed

:
anes

} 3 >
~

iis
Ae vr
7 bi i"
eli:

THE JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY Vol: Vi, Plates?

W. J. Webb del Figs. 1, 2,
Ethel Webb del Figs. s, 6,

3,4, 8,9
7

Garratt & Walsh, sculpt.

Chlovitis (Sulcobasis) stivophova and C. rehset.

THE JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY, Vol. V.

(Frontispiece.

; Plate chy,

2 a

W. J. Webb, del. ad nat. Garratt & Walsh, sculpt. *

Clausilia evae, n. sp.

THE JOURNAL
OF MALACOLOGY

Established in 1890 by Walter E. Collinge as ‘‘ Tut Concnotoaist, a Journal of Malacology.”

> ee =
Kaedh MagJ2,
EDITED BY

himeicR kh ED MOAR K- WE BBs. 21.38,

Technical Laboratories, County of Essex,

WITH THE ASSISTANCE IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF :—

The Rev. A. H. Cooxe, M.A., F.Z.S., King’s College, Cambridge ;
Lieut.-Col. H. H. Gopwin-AusTEN, F.R.S., etc., Hascombe, Godalming ;
CHARLES HEpLEy, F.L.S., Australian Museum, Sydney, N.S.W.;

S. Pace, F.Z.S., Royal College of Science, London ;

E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.Z.S., Grays Inn, London ;
B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S., F.G.S., British Museum (Natural History).

mot. V. (No. ¥.) {CONTENT S. Marcu 25th, 1896.
r PAGE.
Some New Marine Mollusca from Tangier George W. Chaster,M.R.C.S. 1
(with Plate I.)
Bibliography of Current Literature .. ea E. R. Ruthven Sykes, B.A.,
E.Z.9:, and. Pace, EF Z.S ses
Species of Amphidromus, Fulton .. oO On ix Be eS
Reviews | Manual of Conchology, Pilsbry .. . oe ae ah
New Data on Sfirula, Dall ae we aha ee te BATS
Editor’s Notes Be ae ar ae 5° a Te Be iS.
LONDON : BERLIN:

DULAU & CO., 37, Soho Square. FRIEDLAENDER & SOHN, Carlstrasse 11,
Quarterly. Annual Prepaid Subscription, 4s. 44d. per annum.

All communications to be addressed to—

The Editor ‘‘Holmesdale,’”’ Brentwood, Essex, England.

-

ii. THE FOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY.

NOC TE.

The subscription to the JouRNAL oF MatacoLocy is 4s. 4d.

if paid before July 1oth; if not, 5s. 4d.

Volume IV. is now ready, bound in cloth, price 5s. 6d.

Volumes I.-[V. may be obtained in sets; price on application.

Contributions on all Molluscan subjects ave invited from veaders of

the Fournal.

All communications to be addressed to

The Editor, “ Holmesdale,” Brentwood.

“NATURAL SCIENCE.”

Recent Contributions of Interest to Malacologists :—

Oceanic Deposits, Ancient and Modern, II., The Mollusca. Rie Mie.2 F.

Hume Se

Murray’s Mud- line. By J ames Chumley

The Swedish Marine Biological Station, with plate and. text- figures.
By F. A. Bather

The ape of Formalin as a Preservative Medium for Marine Animals.
By James Hornell :

The Speciesmonger i in High Places...

Bibliography of Zoi logy and Bibliogr aphie Innovations ss

Bere oe Holt’s ‘‘ Examination of the ay Trawl Fishery.” By
\ ee

Review of Pilsbr ye Marine Mollusks of J apan”

The Preliminary Notice +

The Origin of Slugs

The Aptychus eS oe oe at ons mie

Casual Thoughts on Museums. III. Palaeontological Museums
(referring specially to the Mollusca at the Natural ey,
Museum), by Sir Henry Howorth :

The Association of Species :

The Preservation of Marine Mollusca

The Hinge of Bivalve Shells

Concerning Snails

Review of Taylor’ s “Monograph of Land and Fresh-water Mollusea in
the British Isles.” By B. B. W. :

Review of Journal of Malacology, Vol. IV.

Zoological Nomenclature. A Proposal

The Antarctic Fauna

On a proposed Classification of the Pelecypoda. “By B. B. Woodward

Rules e Nomenclature in Zodlogy. By T. R. R. Stebbing and E. D.

ope
Numerous other Ar ticles, “Reviews, Notes, ce.

DECEMBER, p.
DECEMBER, p.

DECEMBER, p.

DECEMBER, p.
JANUARY, pp.

JANUARY,
J ANUARY,
FEBRUARY,

FEBRUARY,
FEBRUARY,

FEBRUARY,
Marcu,

Marcu,
Marcu,

APRIL, p
APRIL, Pp
APRIL, p.

Price ONE SHILLING NETT each Number.
Of any Bookseller or of the Publishers, Ratt, HmnpEerson & Co., 2, St. Andrew Street,

London, E.C.

p
p.
JANUARY, p.
p
p
p

p
p.
MancuH, p.
Pp
Pp

THE F¥OURNAL OF MALACOLOGY. ill.

THE MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY.

Founded by the late Geo. W. Tryon, Jun., continued under the care of the
Conchological Section, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, by
Henry A. Pilsbry, Conservator.

The Manual of Conchology is a fully illustrated monography of recent
molluscs, Issued in octavo form, in quarterly parts. Each part comprises 64
(or more) pages of letterpress, and 15 to 20 plates.

Two series are now in progress: the First SERIES, Marine Univalves, of
which fifteen volumes have appeared, finishing the series as planned by its
illustrious founder. A suppiemental volume to this series will be issued this
year, to contain some families not heretofore considered. Of the SEcoND
Series, Terrestrial Molluscs, nine volumes have been published completing
HE ix with Index, A few copies of Vol. [X. of this series ‘‘GUIDE TO THE
Stupy oF HELicEes”’ will be sold separately at the regular subscription price.
Separate copies of the Index can also be had at $1.00 each.

The Monography of the Butrmi will be commenced in the tenth volume.

The illustrations of the Manual have received high commendation, and are
fully equal to the best figures of shells published.

Prices :— Plain (uncoloured) edition $ 3’00 per part. Coloured Edition $500
per part. Fine edition (both coloured and india tinted plates) $8*oo per part.

Structural and Systematic Conchology, by Gro. W. Tryon, JUN.

A CoMPLETE CoNCHOLOGICAL TExT Book of 1,200 pages, 140 plates and
over 3,509 figures of Genera, Anatomy, &c. Three volumes bound in one,
Cloth. Price $ 6:oo.

For further information or descriptive circular, with sample plates of the
Manual, address :—

S. RAYMOND ROBERTS, Yreasurer.
POs Address, GLEN, KRIDGE,. NEW JERSEY, -U:S.A,

Special Announcement in Microscopy.

During the last few months, I have been busy preparing
many rare and novel objects for Microscopical purposes, and
have arranged them in ILLustTraTED Series. The first of
these is the

MICROSCOPICAL STUDIES IN MARINE
ZOOLOGY.

The series for 1895, consists of 14 splendid preparations, to
be issued in four quarterly instalments, illustrated by over
Ioo pages of descriptive letterpress and 12 full-page
plates of photo-engravings drawn from life.

Inclusive Subscription, 21s. post free. Full prospectus
on application.

MICROSCOPICAL STUDIES IN BOTANY

Consisting of 20 magnificent preparations of leaf-buds, flower-
buds and the like, accompanied by descriptive letter-press, and
20 specially beautiful photo-micrographs of the sections.
Prof. J. W. Carr, University College, Nottingham, writes :—
*« Some of your Botanical Slides are the most beautiful I have
Byer seouer
Subscription, 21s. post free. Full particulars on application.

JAMES HORNELL, Biological Station, Jersey.

iv. THE FOURNAL” OF, MALACOLOGY.

FOR RECENT SHELLS,
For Sale, Purchase, or Exchange

APPLY “LO

G: B. “SOWERB Per tsa.

As well as many rare and costly treasures, G. B. S. has an
immense stock of Shells, from which he is always ready to
supply the desiderata of Collectors of limited means, at very

low prices.

Selections may be made on the Premises or sent on approval.

121, FULHAM ROAD, LONDON, S.W.

(Near South Kensington Station).

FAlistology and Practical Mucroscopy.
:0:
PRIV A'RE LESS eoaS
In PractTicaAL Microscopy including the Methods of Preparation, Hardening
of Tissues, Section Cutting, Staining and Mounting of all subjects in con-
nection with the study of Zodlogical and Botanical Morphology and

Physiology are given by
MR. MARTIN J. COLE,
Demonstrator of Histology and Microscopy at the Birkbeck Institution.
TERMS (payable in advance) TWO GUINEAS for SIX LESSONS.
Materials and use of Instruments included. For particulars address—
LONSDALE CHAMBERS, 27, CHANCERY LANE.

Specimens prepared and mounted from any special Material.

THe . Fssex “NATUR SSe

(Being the Journal of the EHssex Hield Club).
Edited by WiLtiAMm Cote, F.L.S., Hon. Secretary.

The Essex Naturalist is devoted to the publication of
Papers and Notes bearing upon the Natural History, Geology,
and Archaeology of Essex.

Free to Members of the Club (Subscription 15/-), and
published separately at about 9/- per annum.
Address—“‘ The Editor,’”’ Buckhurst Hill, Essex.

THE IRISH NATURALIST.

A Monthly Journal of General Irish Natural History.

EDITED BY :

GEORGE: (H. “CARPENTER, biSc.

AND
R. LLOYD PRABGER, SBA SMe As

Contains Articles and Notes on the Geology, Flora, and Fauna of Ireland,
Vol. I. (1892), price 3s. 6d., includes ‘‘ The Irish Land and Freshwater
Mollusca,” by Dr R. F. Scharff. Vol. II. (1893) and Vol. III. (1894), price

5s. each.
Vol, IV. (1895) will be sent in monthly parts to any.address for 5s.
Subscriptions should be sent to the Publishers, Messrs. Eason & Son,
40, Lower Sackville Street, Dublin.

Printed for the Proprietor by Joun Durron, County Printing Works, Chelmsford.

THE JOURNAL

OF MALACOLOGY

Established in 1890 by Walter E. Collinge as ‘‘ THE CONCHOLOGIST, a Journal of Malacology.’,

EDITED BY

Rye Robein Et D> MARK? Wr BB B.S .,

Technical Laboratories, County of Essex,

WITH THE ASSISTANCE IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF :—

The Rev. A. H. Cooke, M.A., F.Z.S., King’
Lieut.-Col. H. H. Gopwin-AusTEN, F.R.S., etc., Hascombe, Godalming ;

s College, Cambridge ;

CHARLES HEDLEy, F.L.S., Australian Museum, Sydney, N.S.W.;

S. Pace, F.Z.S., Royal College of Science, London ;
E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.Z.S., Grays Inn, London ;
B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S., F.G.S., British Museum (Natural History).

wou. V. (No. 2:) CONTENTS.

On some Land Shells from New Guinea and other
neighbouring Islands, with descriptions of
New Species (with Plate I. )

Bibliography of Current Literature .. sit 1D

x { Manual of Conchology, Pilsbry
EVIEWS l

Note on Pterosoma plana, Lesson

Editor’s Notes

LONDON :

Text-book of Comparative Anatomy, Lang ..

JuNeE 25th, 1896.

Edgar A. Smith, F.Z.S.

Re oy keswerbcAcy, wh Z.9e
anas, Pace, F-Z.S.

. A. S. Kennard

BERLIN :

PAGE.

17

23

24
27

32
32

DULAU & CO., 37, Soho Square. FRIEDLAENDER & SOHN, Carlstrasse rr.

Quarterly. Annual Subscription, <ts. 4d. per annum., if prepaid ; after

July 10th, 5s. Ad.

On and after JULY 4th, all communications should be addressed to—

The Editor, ‘‘Ellerie,’” Crescent Road, Brentwood, Essex, England.

ii. THE F¥OURNAL QF MAL#COLOGY.

a4

NOTIGES.

: ;
Subscribers are reminded that the Subscription to the

Journal of Malacology is 4s. 4d. if paid before July roth,
and that after this date 5s. 4d. will be charged.

Volume IV. is now ready, bound in cloth, price 5s. 6d.

Volumes I.-IV. may be obtained in sets; price on application.

Contributions on all Molluscan subjects ave invited from veaders of
the Fournal.

On and after July 4th, 1896, all communications must
be addressed to Wilfred Mark Webb, ‘Ellerie’’ Crescent

Road. Brentwood, Essex.

“NATURAL SCIENCE.’

Recent Contributions of Interest to Malacologists :—

Preserving Fluids for Molluses = =o t ay. May, p. 294
The Preliminary Notice... ~ ap be May, p. 301
Priority in Nomenclature, and our Proposal ae See = May, p. 802
“* Das Tierreich.” A Criticism aS be oe May, p. 305
Change in Zoédlogical Nomenclature. “By J. T. Cunningham = May, p. 309
Review of Simroth’s “ Gere der Plankton- PEperny, By
Wile tc Age May, p. 343
New Serials see i de ce 2 oe May, p. 349
and JUNE, p. 418
The Meaning of Metamorphosis. By A. Hystbs and J. M. Arms ... JUNE, p. 395
Species-w ork as Educational Training... SF JULY, p. 1
An Ancient Octopod JULY, p- 16
The Dewey Decimal Classification and the International Catalogue of
Science. By W. E. Hoyle and the Editor a me JULY, p. 43

Among other Contributors to Vol. VIII. may be mentioned J. AriHuUR THOMSON,
C. Davison, W. A. Herpman, W. K. Brooks, Sir Henry Howorru, H. W.
Burrows, F. W. ANDREWES, T. R. R. Srepsine, G. H. CARPENTER, O, PICKARD-
CAMBRIDGE, H. A. MAcPHERSON, GEORGE Murray, J. B. Farmer, W. B. CLArk,
E. B. Witson, T. J. Parker, A. Fritsco, H. N. Ripirty, B. B. Woopwarp,
C. Lioyp Morcan, BasHrorpD Dran, A. SMITH Woopwarp, E. Ray LANKESTER,
T. T. Groom, Karu Pearson, Karu von ZittEet, T, GIL.

Price ONE SHILLING NETT each Number.

Of any Bookseller or of the Publishers, Rarr, HzenpERson & Co,, 2, St. Andrew Street,
London, E.C.

THE FOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY. ll.

THE MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY.

Founded by the late Geo. W. Tryon, Jun., continued under the care of the
Conchological Section, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, by
Henry A. Pilsbry, Conservator.

The Manual of Conchology is a fully illustrated monography of recent
molluscs, Issued in octavo form, in quarterly parts. Each part comprises 64
(or more) pages of letterpress, and 15 to 20 plates.

Two series are now in progress: the First SERIES, Marine Univalves, of
which fifteen volumes have appeared, finishing the series as planned by its
illustrious founder. A suppiemental volume to this series will be issued this
year, to contain some families not heretofore considered. Of the SEcoND
Series, Terrestrial Molluscs, nine volumes have been published completing
HELIx with Index, A few copies of Vol. IX. of this series ‘‘GUIDE TO THE
Stupy oF HELIcEs”’ will be sold separately at the regular subscription price.
Separate copies of the Index can also be had at $1.00 each.

The Monography of the Buttm1 will be commenced in the tenth volume.

The illustrations of the Manual have received high commendation, and are
fully equal to the best figures of shells published.

Prices :— Plain (uncoloured) edition $ 3’00 per part. Coloured Edition $500
per part. Fine edition (both coloured and india tinted plates) $8*0o per part.

Structural and Systematic Conchology, by Geo. W. Tryon, JUN.

A ComPLETE CONCHOLOGICAL TExT Book of 1,200 pages, 140 plates and
over 3,500 figures of Genera, Anatomy, &c. Three volumes bound in one,
Cloth. Price $ 6:00.

For further information or descriptive circular, with sample plates of the
Manual, address :—

S. RAYMOND ROBERTS, Treasurer.
Pe On Nddresss GLE Ne RIDGE NEW “jERSEY> ULS:A.

Special Announcement in Microscopy,

During the last few months, I have been busy preparing
many rare and novel objects for Microscopical purposes, and
have arranged them in ILLUSTRATED Series. The first of
these is the

MICROSCOPICAL STUDIES IN MARINE
ZOOLOGY.

The series for 1895, consists of 14 splendid preparations, to
be issued in four quarterly instalments, illustrated by over
100 pages of descriptive letterpress and 12 full-page
plates of photo-engravings drawn from life.

Inclusive Subscrivtion, 21s. post free. Full prospectus
on application.

MICROSCOPICAL STUDIES IN BOTANY

Consisting of 20 magnificent preparations of leaf-buds, flower-
buds and the like, accompanied by descriptive letter-press, and
20 specially beautiful photo-micrographs of the sections.
Prof. J. W. Carr, University College, Nottingham, writes :—
“* Some of your Botanical Slides are the most beautiful I have
ever seen.”
Subscription, 21s. post free. Full particulars on application.

JAMES HORNELL, Biological Station, Jersey.

iy. THE JOURNAL» OF \ MALACOLUGY,

FOR RECENT SHELLS,
For Sale, Purchase. or Exchange

APPLY TO

G.. 5B.» SOMERS Y ;406 se

As well as many rare and costly treasures, G. B. S. has an
immense stock of Shells, from which he is always ready to
supply the desiderata of Collectors of limited means, at very
low prices.

Selections may be made on the Premises or sent on approval.

121,. FULHAM. ROAD, LONDON, S.W:

(Near South Kensington Station).

Histology and Practical Mucroscopy.
:0:
PRLVATE LESS ons
In PractTicaAL Microscopy including the Methods of Preparation, Hardening
of Tissues, Section Cutting, Staining and Mounting of all subjects in con-
nection with the study of Zodlogical and Botanical Morphology and
Physiology are given by
MR. MARTIN J. COLE,
Demonstrator of Histology and Microscopy at the Birkbeck Institution.

TERMS (payable in advance) TWO GUINEAS for SIX LESSONS.
Materials and use of Instruments included. For particulars address—
LoNSDALE CHAMBERS, 27, CHANCERY LANE.

Specimens prepared and mounted from any special Material.

THE ESSEX > (NATURALISM

(Being the Journal of the Hssex Field Club).
Edited by WILLIAM COLE, F.L.S., Hon. Secretary.

The Essex Naturalist is devoted to the publication of
Papers and Notes bearing upon the Natural History, Geology,
and Archaeology of Essex.

Free to Members of the Club (Subscription 15/-), and
published separately at about g/- per annum.
Address—‘“ The Editor,’’ Buckhurst Hill, Essex.

THE IRISH NATURALIST.

A Monthly Journal of General Irish Natural History.
EDITED BY
GEORGE, §H:. -GARPENTER, BSc
AND
R- LEOYD. PRABGERS 9B.A., Mi RAPAL
Contains Articles and Notes on the Geology, Flora, and Fauna of Ireland,
Vol. I. (1892), price 3s. 6d., includes ‘‘ The Irish Land and Freshwater
Mollusca,” by Dr R. F. Scharff. Vol. II. (1893) and Vol. III. (1894), price
s. each.
2 Vol. IV. (1895) will be sent in monthly parts to any address for 5s.
Subscriptions should be sent to the Publishers, Messrs. EAson & Son,
40, Lower Sackville Street, Dublin.

Printed for the Proprietor by JoHn Dutton, County Printing Works, Chelmsford.

THE JOURNAL
OF MALACOLOGY

Established in 1890 by Walter E. Collinge as ‘‘ THE ConcHocoaist, a Journal of Malacology.”

EDITED BY

aot RED MARK WEBS.» F.L.S.,

Technical Laboratories, County of Essex,

WITH THE ASSISTANCE IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF :—

The Rev. A. H. Cooxe, M.A., F.Z.S., King’s College, Cambridge ;
Lieut.-Col. H. H. Gopwin-AustTEen, F.R.S., etc., Hascombe, Godalming ;
CHARLES HEDLEy, F.L.S., Australian Museum, Sydney, N.S.W.;

S. Pace, F.Z.S., Royal College of Science, London ;

E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.Z.S.,.Grays Inn, London ;
B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S., F.G.S., British Museum (Natural History).

VoL. V. (No. 3.) CONTENTS. SEPTEMBER 30th, 1896.

(Issued October 12th).

PAGE.
On the Anatomy of Chloritis (Sulcobasis) stivophora,
E. A. Smith, and of C. vehsei, Von Martens. . By William Moss and
Wilfred Mark Webb, F.L.S. 33

NoticE—Statement of the Committee of the British Association or Zodlogical

Bibliography and Publication a6 ee Se s3 ne IS

Bibliography of Current Literature wa yo by BeoRe Sykesy BoA. be Z Se:
and S. Pace, F.Z.S. 37
Note-— Covasia lauvae, Gude bai as x ane at i 51
Taylor’s ‘‘ Monograph of British Land and Freshwater Mollusca ”’ 52
Reviews | 2@am’s “‘ Collector’s Manual, British Land and: Freshwater Shells ” 53
Lang’s ‘‘ Text-Book of Comparative Anatomy’’.. Ae a 55

. W. M. W.
LoNnpDon : BERLIN:

DULAU & CO., 37, Soho Square. FRIEDLAENDER & SOHN, Carlstrasse 11.

Quarterly. Annual Subscription, <ts. 4d. per annum., if prepaid; after
July 10th, 5s. 4d.

All communications should be addressed to:—

WILFRED MARK WEBB, “Ellerie,’’ Crescent Road, Brentwood, Essex.

Reel Now. 20f96

il. THE FOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY.

NOTICES.

Subscribers are reminded that the Subscription to the Journal of
Malacology is 4s. 4d. if paid before July roth, and that after this date 5s. 4d.
will be charged.

Volume IV. is now ready, bound in cloth, price 5s. 6d. Volumes I.-IV. may be
obtained in sets; price on application.

Contributions on all Molluscan subjects ave invited from veaders of the Journal.

DISTRIBUTION OF WORM-EATING SLUGS.

The Editor of the “ Journal of Malacology” is still desirous of obtaining living
specimens of worm-eating slugs (Testacellae), so as to add to the records he has of the
distribution of these animals in the British Isles, and which he hopes to be soon in a
position to publish. He takes this opportunity of thanking his correspondents for the
trouble they have taken in procuring him examples of slugs, and of expressing his
gratitude to those Editors who so kindly made known his wants last year.

All communications must be addressed to Wilfred Mark Webb, “ Ellerie,”’
Crescent Road, Brentwood, Essex.

“NATURAL SCIENCE.’

Recent Contributions of Interest to Malacologists :—

Preserving Fluids for Molluscs oe ee a see May, p. 294
The Preliminary Notice ... a ee at May, p. 301
Priority in Nomenclature, and our Proposal as = ae May, p. 302
** Das Tierreich.” A Criticism dey re ae May, p. 305
Change in Zodlogical Nomenclature. “By J. T. Cunningham is May, p. 309
Review of Simroth’s “ Gerba. der Plankton- RSS By .

SSL RG) 2 Bae i May, p. 343
New Serials 2 no or i ES eae May, p. 349

and JUNE, ». 418

The Meaning of Metamorphosis. By A. pee and J. M. Arms .... JUNE, p. 395
Species- work as Educational Training... ok JULY, Dp
An Ancient Octopod JULY, p. 16
The Dewey Decimal C ‘lassification and the International Catalogue 0 of

Science. By W. E. Hoyle and the Editor JULY, p. 48

Among other Contributors to Vol. VIII. may be mentioned J. ArniHUR THOMSON,
C. Davison, W. A. Herpman, W. K. Brooxs, Sir Henry Howorrn, H. Ww.
Burrows, F. W. ANDREWES, T. R. RB. SrEBBING, G. H. Carpenter, O. PICKARD-
CAMBRIDGE, H. A. MAcPHERSON, GEORGE Murray, J. B. FARMER, W.B . CLARK,
BoB: WILSON, T. J. PARKER, "A. Fritscu, H. N. Ripiey, B. ’B. Woot
C. Litoyp Morcan, BaSHFORD Dean, A. SmirH Woopwarp, E. Ray LANKESTER,
T. T. Groom, KARL PEARSON, KARL VoN ZittEL, T, GIL.

Price ONE SHILLING NETT each Number.

Of any Bookseller or of the Publishers, Ratt, HenpERSON & Co., 2, St. Andrew Street,
orion: E.C.

THE JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY. ul

THE MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY.

Founded by the late Geo. W. Tryon, Jun., continued under the care of the
Conchological Section, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, by
Henry A. Pilsbry, Conservator.

The Manual of Conchology is a fully illustrated monography of recent
molluscs, Issued in octavo form, in quarterly parts. Each part comprises 64
(or more) pages of letterpress, and 15 to 20 plates.

Two series are now in progress: the First Series, Marine Univalves, of
which fifteen volumes have appeared, finishing the series as planned by its
_ illustrious founder. A suppiemental volume to this series will be issued this
year, to contain some families not heretofore considered. Of the SEconD
Series, Terrestrial Molluscs, nine volumes have been published completing
HE Ix with Index. A few copies of Vol. IX. of this series ‘‘GuIDE TO THE
Stupy oF HELIcEs”’ will be sold separately at the regular subscription price.
Separate copies of the Index can also be had at $1.00 each.

The Monography of the Burm will be commenced in the tenth volume.

The illustrations of the Manual have received high commendation, and are
fully equal to the best figures of shells published.

Prices :— Plain (uncoloured) edition $ 3°00 per part. Coloured Edition $500
per part. Fine edition (both coloured and india tinted plates) $8‘oo per part.

Structural and Systematic Conchology, by Gro. W. Tryon, Jun.

A ComMPLETE CoNCHOLOGICAL TExT Book of 1,200 pages, 140 plates and
over 3,500 figures of Genera, Anatomy, &c. Three volumes bound in one,
Cloth. Price $ 6:00.

For further information or descriptive circular, with sample plates of the
Manual, address :—

S. RAYMOND ROBERTS, Treasurer.
EO. address, GLEN, RIDGE. SEW JERSEY, “Us ScAu

THE COLLECTOR S-MANUAL
British Land and Freshwater Shells,

BY LIONEL E. ADAMS, B.A.,

HON. TREASURER, CONCHOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Illustrated by Collotype & Engraved Figures of the species from Original Drawings.
By A. SICH, & W. ADAMS, and the AUTHOR.

SECOND EDITION.

Containing a full enumeration and description of all the recognised
varieties, with diagnostic tables of the more difficult genera, framed for the
purpose of facilitating the easy identification of the more critical species.

_ _A full and detailed Census of the known Distribution of every Species,
including the results of the latest researches, has been added.

PRICE, 8/- PLAIN and 10/G COLOURED, NETT.

A few copies with duplicate plates (coloured and plain), at 15/- per copy,
nett. Free by post, 5d. per copy.

TAYLOR BROS., Publishers, LEEDS.

iv. THE FOURNAL SOF \MALACOLGG..

FOR RECENT SHELLS,
For Sale, Purchase. or Exchange

APPLY TO
G. Bs: SOWERBY aks ™:
As well as many rare and costly treasures, . ». S. has an

immense stock of Shells, from which he is a” iys ready to
supply the desiderata of Collectors of limited means, at very
low prices.

Selections may be made on the Premises or sent on approval.

121, FULHAM ROAD, LONDON, S.W.

(Near South Kensington Station).

FAiistology and Prac’ ical Mucroscopy.

PRIVATE LESSONS
In PracticaL Microscopy including the Methods of Preparation, Hardening
of Tissues, Section Cutting, Staining and Mounting of all subjects in con-
nection with the study of Zodlogical and Botanical Morphology and
Physiology are given by
MR. MARTIN J. COLE,
Demonstrator of Histology and Microscopy at the Birkbeck Institution.

TERMS (payable in advance) TWO GUINEAS for SIX LESSONS.
Materials and use of Instruments included, For particulars address—
LoNSDALE CHAMBERS, 27, CHANCERY LANE.

Specimens prepared and mounted from any special Material.

THE “ESshx > N&TURSEISE

(Being the Journal of the Hssex Wield Club).
Edited by WiLt1am Core, F.L.S., Hon. Secretary.

The Essex Naturalist is devoted to the publication of
Papers and Notes bearing upon the Natural History, Geology,
and Archaeology of Essex.

Free to Members of the Club (Subscription 15/-), and
published separately at about 9/- per annum.
Address—“‘ The Editor,’ Buckhurst Hill, Essex.

THE IRISH NATURALIST.

A Monthly Journal of General Irish Natural History.
EDITED_ BY
GEORGE, JHis CARPENTER, YBsScp.
AND
R. LLOYD PRAEGER,~ BiA.; Mi RICA:

Contains Articles and Notes on the Geology, Flora, and Fauna of Ireland,
Vol. L (1892), price 3s. 6d., includes ‘‘ The Irish Land and Freshwater
Mollusca,” by Dr R. F. Scharff. Subsequent volumes, price 5s. each.
The current volume will be sent in monthly parts to any address for 5s.
Subscriptions should be sent to the Publishers, Messrs. Eason & Son,
40, Lower Sackville Street, Dublin.

Printed for the Proprietor by Joun Dutton, County Printing Works, Chelmsford.

THE JOURNAL
OF MALACOLOGY

CF .
Established in 1890 6’ Walter E. Collinge as ‘‘ THE ConcHotoaist, a Journal of Matacology.”

EDITED BY

W Ish Rae Ds WEAR WOR Ba Gone i, Se

Technical Laboratories, County of Essex,

WITH THE ASSISTANCL IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF :—

The Rev. A. H. Cooke, M.A., F.Z.S., King’s College, Cambridge ;
Lieut.-Col. H. H. Gopwin-AusTEn, F.R.S., etc., Shalford Park, Guildford:
CuHarRLES HEDLEy, F.L.S., Australian Museum, Sydney, N.S.W.;

S. Pace, F.Z.S., Royal College of Science, London :

E. R. Syxes, B.A., F.Z.S., Grays Inn, London ;
B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S., F.G.S., British Museum (Natural History).

Vot. V. (No. 4.) CONTENTS. DEcEMBER 30th, 1896.
Reet ees 2 6 a7 (Issued December 31st.)
PAGE.

List of the Clausiliae of South America, with the description of a New Species
By R. Sykes, BeAL, BZ.S: 57

Bibliography of Current Literature .. so LB 1s ANS Sys pee WAC SI) VANS E
and S. Pace, F.Z.S. 60
Notes § Supposed New Varieties .. Be Professor T. D. A. Cockerell, F.Z.S. 67
2 (To Cook Snails .. oA .. By Florance Stephenson 67
Editor’s Notes .. is ye ns ts Sc Ac ve 67
Index to Volume V. ie ae ard os Fe ae a 68

Title Page and Contents of, and List of New Species described in Volume V.
Lonpon : BERLIN :
DULAW & ‘CO;, 37, Soho) Square. FRIEDLAENDER & SOHN, Carlstrasse rr.

Quarterly. Annual Subscription, <ts. <Ld. per annum., if prepaid ; after
July 10th, Ss. Ad.

All communications should be addressed to :—

WILFRED MARK WEBB, “ Ellerie,” Crescent Road, Brentwood, Essex.

il. THE FOURNAL. OF. iW ALACOLOGY.

NOTICES:

Subscribers are reminded that the Subscription to the Journal of
Malacology is 4s. 4d. if paid before July 1oth, and that after this date 5s. 4d.
will be charged.

Volumes IV. and V. are now ready, in parts, price 5s. 6d., or bound in cloth,
6s. 6d. each. Volumes I.-V. may be obtained in sets; price on application.

Contributions on all Molluscan subjects ave invited from readers of the Journal.

DISTRIBUTION OF WORM-EATING SLUGS.

The Editor of the ‘‘ Journal of Malacology” is still desirous of obtaining living
specimens of worm-eating slugs (Testacellae), so as to add to the records he has of the
distribution of these animals in the British Isles, and which he hopes to be soon in a
position to publish. He takes this opportunity of thanking his correspondents for the
trouble they have taken in procuring him examples of slugs, and of expressing his
gratitude to those Editors who so kindly made known his wants last year.

All communications must be addressed to Wilfred Mark Webb, “ Ellerie,’’
Crescent Road, Brentwood, Essex.

“NATURAL SCIENCE.’

Some Recent Contributions of Interest to Malacologists :—

Review of Joubin’s * Care of the North Atlantic.” bats W. EB.

Hoyle _... 5 .... AUGUST, p. 124
A Registry Office for Shails. Bee eds zie .... SEPTEMBER, p. 160
A Zodlogist in Tierra del Fuego. By Axel Oblin (with 2 Maps) ee Be p. 172
Paving-stone Palaeontology ee ... NOVEMBER, p. 283
The Preparation and Mounting of Chalk F rseils.| By A. W. Rowe ... ss p. 303
Review of Simroth’s ‘‘ Acephalen der Plankton-Expedition” ie 6 p. do7
The Study of Variation... ee . is ... DECEMBER, p. 346
British Snails... ee . Rs fe Fr p. 348
The Hinge of Bivalve Molluses s, #3 RS AS p. 358 ©
List of Specialists Prepared to Determine F Gssils ae Re HS p. 361
Review of Wheelton Hind’s ‘*‘ Monograph on Carbonicola, ete.” ae - p. 386
Dr. Wheelton Hind’s Reply to our Review ches ey ... JANUARY, p. 69
A Revision of North American Slugs (Editorial) e p. 10
Had the Belemnite an Aptychus ? » p. 11
Wanted, a British Freshwater Biological St: ation. By D. 7 Scour eAld 5 p17

Price ONE SHILLING NETT each Number.

Annual Subscription REDUCED to Txairteren Suittrnes, for which each Number is

sent post-free, immediately on publication.

There will be no delay if Orders are sent direct to the Publishers, |
PAGE “& .PRATT,. . 22," St: Andrew Street, London: =H.

HE? JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY. iil.

THE MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY.

Founded by the late Geo. W. Tryon, Jun., continued under the care of the
Conchological Section, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, by
Henry A. Pilsbry, Conservator.

The Manual of Conchology is a fully illustrated monography of recent
molluscs, Issued in octavo form, in quarterly parts. Each part comprises 64
(or more) pages of letterpress, and 15 to 20 plates.

Two series are now in progress: the First Serres, Marine Univalves, of
which fifteen volumes have appeared, finishing the series as planned by its
illustrious founder. A suppiemental volume to this series will be issued this
year, to contain some families not heretofore considered. Of the SEconD
Series, Terrestrial Molluscs, nine volumes have been published completing
HELIx with Index, A few copies of Vol. IX. of this series ‘‘GuIDE TO THE
Stupy OF HELIcES”’ will be sold separately at the regular subscription price.
Separate copies of the Index can also be had at {1.00 each.

The Monography of the Burimi will be commenced in the tenth volume.

The illustrations of the Manual have received high commendation, and are
fully equal to the best figures of shells published.

Prices :— Plain (uncoloured) edition $ 3°00 per part. Coloured Edition $5:00
per part. Fine edition (both coloured and india tinted plates) $8°0o0 per part.

Structural and Systematic Conchology, by Gro. W. Tryon, JUN.

A ComMPLETE CoNCHOLOGICAL TExT Book of 1,200 pages, 140 plates and
over 3,500 figures of Genera, Anatomy, &c. Three volumes bound in one,
Cloth. Price $ 6:oo.

For further information or descriptive circular, with sample plates of the
Manual, address :—

S. RAYMOND ROBERTS, Treasurer.
FO; -daress, GLEN (REDGEH, SNEWS JERSEY, (U.S.A.

THE COLLECTOR’S MANUAL
British Land and Freshwater Shells,

BY LIONEL E. ADAMS, B.A.,

HON. TREASURER, CONCHOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Illustrated by Collotype & Engraved Figures of the species from Original Drawings.
By A. SICH, C. W. ADAMS, and the AUTHOR.

SECOND EDITION.

Containing a full enumeration and description of all the recognised
varieties, with diagnostic tables of the more difficult genera, framed for the
purpose of facilitating the easy identification of the more critical species.

_ _A full and detailed Census of the known Distribution of every Species,
including the results of the latest researches, has been added.

PRICE, s8/- PLAIN and 10/G COLOURED, NETT.

A few copies with duplicate plates (coloured and plain), at 15/- per copy
nett. Free by post, 5d. per copy.

TAYLOR BROS., Publishers, LEEDS.

iv. THE \ FOURNAL OF , MALACOLOGY,

—$$—_—_+——_—_—

FOR RECENT SHELLS,
For Sale, Purchase. or Exchange

APPEY. TO

GB: GOWERE Y., EB E:3:

As well as many rare and costly treasures, G. B. S. has an
immense stock of Shells, from which he is always ready to
supply the desiderata of Collectors of limited means, at very
low prices.

Selections may be made on the Premises or sent on approval.

121, FULHAM ROAD, LONDON, S.W.

(Near South Kensington Station).

Histology and Practical Mucroscopy.
:0:
PRIV ATE Lessons

In PractTicaAL Microscopy including the Methods of Preparation, Hardening

of Tissues, Section Cutting, Staining and Mounting of all subjects in con-

nection with the study of Zodlogical and Botanical Morphology and

Physiology are given by

MR. MARTIN J. COLE,
Demonstrator of Histology and Microscopy at the Birkbeck Institution.
TERMS (payable in advance) TWO GUINEAS for SIX LESSONS.
Materials and use of Instruments included. For particulars address—

LoNSDALE CHAMBERS, 27, CHANCERY LANE.

Specimens prepared and mounted from any special Material.

THE -Eseex: NATURALICE

(Being the Journal of the Essex Field Club).
Edited by Witt1aM Cote, F.L.S., Hon. Secretary.

The Essex Naturalist is devoted to the publication of
Papers and Notes bearing upon the Natural History, Geology,
and Archaeology of Essex.

Free to Members of the Club (Subscription 15/-), and
published separately at about g/- per annum.
Address—‘‘ The Editor,’’ Buckhurst Hill, Essex.

THE IRISH NATURALIST.

A Monthly Journal of General Irish Natural History.
EDITED BY
GEORGE H. CARPENTER, B.Sc,
AND
R: LLOYD. (PRAEGER, (BrAs, MaRaA:

Contains Articles and Notes on the Geology, Flora, and Fauna of Ireland,
Vol. I. (x892), price 3s. 6d., includes ‘‘ The Irish Land and Freshwater
Mollusca,” by Dr R. F. Scharff. Subsequent volumes, price 5s. each.
The current volume will be sent in monthly parts to any address for 5s.
Subscriptions should be sent to the Publishers, Messrs. EASon & Son,
40, Lower Sackville Street, Dublin.

Printed for the Proprietor by Joun Dutton, County Printing Works, Chelmsford.

fowRNAL OF MAPTACOLOGY

Est.blished in 1890 by WALTER E. COLLINGE, as ‘‘ THE CONCHOLOGIST,
a Journal of Malacology.”

EDITED BY

Mite koe) MAKI SWE BBs FLAS),

Biological Laboratory, County of Essex,
With the assistance in special departments of :—

The Rev. A. H. Cooke, M.A., F.Z.S., King’s College, Cambridge.
Lieut.-Col. H. H. Godwin-Austen, F.R.S., etc., Shalford Park, Guildford.
Charles Hedley, F L.S., Australian Museum, Sydney, N.S.W.

E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.Z.S., Gray’s Inn, London.

B. B. Woodward, F.L.S., F.G.S., British Museum (Natural History),
London.

VOL UNE WI

SDMA Se GO: FRIEDLAENDER & SOHN.
LONDON: BERLIN :

1897.

Je 7 te 2

CHELMSFORD :

PRINTED BY JOHN DUTTON,

TINDAL STREET. : |

CONTENTS OF VOLUME VI.

AGES
On the Anatomy of Bulimus sinistorsus, Deshayes (Plate I.) :

William Moss and Wilfred Mark Webb, F.L.S. I
A few Notes on Slugs Re Professor T. D. A. Cockerell, F.Z.S. 3
On the specific name of Helix ericetorum Miller... A. Santer Kennard 6
Some Observations on Certain Species of Arion (Plate II.)

Walter E. Collinge, F.Z.S. 7

Books Received Ng st a te iI, 29, 39
Notes 5c Si 36 355 2B)
Some eens of Shells (Plate IT. .. Wilfred Mark Webb

Supplement to No. 1, follows page 16
Notes on Helix nemoralis, Linné, and Helix hortensis, Miller
Rev. J. W. Horsley, M.A. 7
Note on the Clausiliae recorded from Celebes, with descriptions
of New Species che .. E. Ruthven Sykes, B.A., F.Z.S. 23
The British Species of Testacella—continued (Distribution)
Wilfred Mark Webb, F.L.S. 25
Description of a New Species of Land Shell from Colombia
Edgar A. Smith, F.Z.S. 27
On the Specific Name of Hellicella evicetorum Miller

(With a Note by A. S. Kennard) Edgar A. Smith, F.Z.S. 28
Editor's Notes ae SC Sc 5c Se 32
On some New Species of Land Shells from the Island of

Socotra (Plate V. frontispiece) Edgar A, Smith, F.Z.S. 33
Species of Plectopylis recently described in ‘Science Gossip ”

by Gok Guder yr ae oe ae 44

The British Species of Testacella, coatingete neo naten
and Reproductive System (PI. VI.)
Wilfred Mark Webb, F.L.S. 49
The Distribution of British Non-Marine Mollusca, I. Hand List for
IBSIES 5 : ae ne ae 56 57
List of Species described ik the first time in this volume .. next page.
Index to this Volume oe Ss us ac 3¢ 60

NEW SPECIES DESCRIBED IN VOLUME VI.

Page.
Clausilia pyrrha et Sul zh 23
Clausilia makassarensis ay ne 23
Labyrinthus assimilans ae 6 a7
Ennea cylindvacea... 2 tig 34
Buliminus (Passamaiella) mirabilis - 34
Buliminus (Passamaiella) benti a 35
Buliminus (Passamaiella) rotundus ae 35
Buliminus (Ovella) acutus se ae 36
Buliminus (Ovella) innocens ae =e 36
Stenogyrva insculpta ... be es 37
Stenogyra (Riebeckea) decipiens ... a 37
Auricula socotrensis ... — ar ay

Lithididion bent... eee ae 38

Plate.
LV.

IV.

Figures.

T-&'2
3-6

r9

9-9)

PEE

JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY.

INO. 2: Juty, 1897. Vor2 Vig

NOTES ON HELIX NEMORALIS, LINNE,
AND HELIX HORTENSIS, MUELLER.

By ther Reve [eae ELORK SIE Ee iviCAe

Rector of St. Peter's, Walworth, and Chaivinan of the London Branch of
the Conchological Society.

It was disgust that made me a student of snails. Not the
affected disgust of a young woman when she discovers a
beautiful and interesting specimen of Avion atey upon the rose
she has unnecessarily plucked ; but the disgust at myself, a
naturalist by heredity and by environment and education from
my earliest years, when I found by the inspection of a collection
of British land shells made by a young friend that I had poked
about hedges and ditches, woods and cliffs, for thirty out of the
forty years I had lived, and yet had never noticed shells so
striking in colour and variation as Helix nemoralis. I set to work
at once to remedy this defect in my character as a general
observer of nature, and at first collected only memoralis and
hortensis. Soon, however, this led me to help the collections of
others and to form one for myself by gathering all the British
land and freshwater molluscs. And then I cast my eyes abroad
that I might better learn how to see at home, and laid the
foundation of what is now a fairly large collection of the
Helicidae of the world. The path that proved so pleasant to me
is one on which I have induced the feet of not a few lads and
men to tread, and with beginners I have always directed their
attention first to these two Helices, so striking and so common.

18 HORSLEY : HELIX NEMORALIS AND HELIX HORTENSIS.

To display my collection of the varieties and variations of
nemorvalis and hortensis is always to excite astonishment, and
frequently to incite people to do and to possess likewise. A few
notes, therefore, on these allied shells may be of interest to
those who have not directed any special attention to their
peculiarities.

First, let me utter a British growl, a grammarian’s grumble,
anent the absurdity or the misleading character of some of the
scientific names we must encounter. Helix nemoralis, the snail of
the groves, need never be pursued in the grove when there is a
hedge handy, and especially is it abundant on sand-hills by the
sea, which are about as diverse from groves as anything can be.
When the broken shells of zemovalis are found in a wood, it may
generally be discovered that they have been brought in from
outside by some thrush, and that few living specimens can be
found in the wood itself, except where they have entered beech
woods for the purpose, so dear to them at certain times of the
year, of ascending the smooth boles of the beech. Such nemora
nemoralis are, according to my observation, usually of the nature
of-copses or plantations, and the deeper the wood the less the
chance of finding emoralis therein. Nor is the accuracy of the
term Helix hortensis, the garden snail, much greater. I can only
recall one garden, at Trentham, in which I have found it
abundantly.

The hedge-row snail would be a_ better name, and
H. aspersa might by the general acclamation and execration of all
gardeners become the real hortensis. Nor are one’s growls hushed.
when some of the varietal names are noted. Who was the
maniac who called first the yellow bandless variety of nemoralis,
libellula ? The word is as unknown to classical Latin, as classical
Latin is usually unknown to those who libel and ill-treat speci-
mens by the so-called scientific names they give them.. There is,
indeed, libella, which means an as, two-thirds of the truth con-—
cerning the sponsor of the shell. In the Latin of Natural
History, however, Libellula means but a dragon fly. Were the
dragon-flies which the author of the name had seen, uniformly
bright yellow ? Or did he find in their strongly reticulated wings,
their enormous eyes, their powerful flight, and their carnivorous
habits, the points of similarity to the shell which caused him to
make the names identical? Then the red unicolourous and
unbanded variety is called rubella. This in somewhat late Latin
means reddish, but why is vubva not used? Its hue is definite

HORSLEY : HELIX NEMORALIS AND HELIX HORTENSIS. 1g

enough,* and needs no term implying qualification or indecision.

And the corresponding variety in hortensis is incarnata. To
classical Latin this word is unknown: in mediaeval Latin it
‘would, of course, be common, as meaning having become flesh.
What was running in the namer’s substitute for a mind was
‘apparently the idea of flesh-coloured, and the fancy that zncarnatus
referred to a tint, and not an operation or a state. From cherry-
red to pink, grade the hues of both rubella and incarnata, and rubra
would exactly and accurately describe both. And then the
yellow grounded, transparent banded variety of hortensis is, 1f you
please, called avenicola, or the denizen of the sands! For myself,
I have never found hortensis of any variety on one of the sand-
hills I have searched, and I never found any one who could guess
why this name was supposed to be appropriate. I did indeed
once find on the Deal dunes or Sandwich sand-hills one or two
of the corresponding variety of memovalis—i.e., hyalozonata ; and
as this was (like all the forms of nemovalis 1 have seen that have
no pigment-producing power for their bands) not black-lipped, I
might, if unobservant and foolish enough, have taken it for
hortensis, and have called it avenicola, though dozens of other
varieties abounded in the same position, and would be equally
entitled to the name. I suppose the namer of avenicola has long
become humicola, and we cannot interrogate him as to what he
might be pleased to call his reason for giving this name. Peace,
therefore, to his hashes !

Is it really impossible for British conchologists to determine
on the common adoption of an intelligible nomenclature, and,
considering how undoubtedly allied are the two species, nemoralis
and hortensis, to adopt the term /utea for what is called Jbellula in
one and Jutea in the other; vubva for what is vubella in one and
imcaynata in the other; and hyalozonata for the hyalozonata of
nemovalis and the avenicola of hortensis ?+

I pass on to give a few notes on the differences between
nemovalis and hortensis, which, by the consent of the majority of

* Does not this, like all of the colour variations dignified wfth the mis-applied
title of varieties, shade into its fellows, and may not this be the real reason
of the qualifying name ?—Eb.

+ Or perhaps if the suggestion made by Mr. B. B. Woodward in “ The
Zoologist ” (Nov., 1885, ‘‘ On some variations in Helix arbustorum, Linn.),
of simply using the ‘‘ terms, yellow, red or white variations’ and phrases
such as, ‘‘ with transparent bands”’ and so on, in conjunction with the band
formulae, was followed, the difficulty would be met.--Ep.

20 HORSLEY: HELIX NEMORALIS AND HELIX HORTENSIS.

conchologists, are distinct species, although M. Souverbie,
Curator of the Bordeaux Museum, waxed very vehement when
discussing the matter with me, and maintained they were only
varieties.

Others, in earlier days, maintained that the two species
were so allied that there was a hybrid form, which form
we should now call simply H. hortensis var. fuscolabiata. I have
never seen nemovalis and hortensis pairing, although I have care-
fully looked out for instances, nor have I met any one who has.
This is a strong argument for their diversity, although an occa-
sional pairing would not prove them to be the same species.

The second difference is an anatomical one, the obvious and
unvarying difference between the darts of the two species. That
of nemoralis is straight and very like the Roman short sword; that
of hortensis is curved. The length of the dart in nemoralis is
7-8 mm.; that of hortensis only 4mm. _ The observation of the
dart is of especial value when a form is found with white
peristome and transparent bands associated with undoubted
nemovalis. Is it a stray avenicola ? or is it the much rarer hyalo-
zonata form of nemoralis? The shells tell you little; the darts
leave you no doubt. In fact, as nemoralis var. albolaliata is so
rare in most places, it is always well to verify it by an examina-
tion of the dart.

The size of the two shells varies—nemoralis is usually
163 millimetres in height and 224 in breadth, and _ hortensis
16 mm. in height and 18 mm. in breadth, and generally
the former is more variable in size than the latter. My largest
nemorvalis is 32 mm. in breadth, and my smallest hortensis 11 mm.
The difference I have especially noticed. abroad, where nemoralis
is often much larger than the average size in England, but
hortensis remains the same. A third point to be noticed is that
it is not usual, though by no means unknown, for the two species
to be found in the same habitat. I can only say, in mentally
reviewing the very many localities in which I have noticed or
gathered thousands of these shells, that I can recollect a hedge
here and a bank there where both were found mixed and in
fairly equal proportions. Even where both are found in the
same lane, one may be exclusively found at one end and the
other at the other. It seems to me, also, that memoralis is more
dependent than its cousin, or hortensis less dependent than

HORSLEY : HELIX NEMORALIS AND HELIX HORTENSIS. 21

nemovalis, on a calcareous soil. And in a district where both are
found nemoralis will affect the parts where the chalk or limestone
comes to the surface, and hortensis will be in the hedges of the
valley where alluvial soil to some extent covers the calcareous
rock. Have conchologists noticed, by-the-bye, that in many
places both these shells are common in wayside hedges and on
the sides of high roads, but far less common in hedges a field or
so distant from the road? One might have thought that the less
amount of cover and the greater amount of enemies to be found
close to the roads in comparison with field hedges would have
reversed the position of affairs. But it seems to me that the
dust of the high road provides lime so conveniently comminuted
for the building up of their shells that they have been drawn, so
to speak, into public life by its advantages.

Both shells being in their typical form five-banded, one may
notice that the bandless or unicolourous varieties are much more
common in hortensis than in nemoralis, one observer finding that
52°52 of the hortensis and only 17°86 of the nemoralis he collected
in one district in Middlesex were of the bandless kind. This one
might expect from the fact that hortensis is, on the whole, feebler
than its cousin, and so more likely to be without pigment-pro-
ducing powers, and this is borne out by the rarity of the
translucent-banded forms in memorvalis and their comparative
frequency in hortensis; and also by the variety with only a
peripheral band being quite common in zemoralis, but distinctly
rare in hortensis. But one must note per contra, and contrary to
one’s expectation, that the variety (sometimes called coalita) in
which from excess of pigment power all the bands are united
into one broad belt of chocolate colour that occupies nearly the
whole whorl, is much more common in the weaker fortensis than
in the sturdy nemoralis.

Other differences are these: The albino form is not un-
common in hortensis, though one may notice that the dead white
appearance of the shell gives way to a white tinged with yellow
when the animal is extracted ; but in emoraiis there is hardly a
really albino form, the name var. fallida being more justified
than that of var. albina. The variety lilacina, again—a tint, by-
the-bye, very rare in other Helicidae—is doubtfully found in
nemoralis, though abundant in certain localities for hortensis. Nor
are the two species at all alike as to unicolourous specimens of a
brown colour. In memoralis we have the vars. castanea and olivacea,

22 HORSLEY: HELIX NEMORALIS AND HELIX HORTENSIS,

not rare and giving us many shades, from a dark ruddy brown to
a light yellowish brown ; but in hortensis the corresponding var.

fusca is rare, and there is nothing like the series of shades of
brown to be found.

- Another point of difference is the prevalent ground colour.
Looking at nemoralis in quantity, and including both banded and
unbanded varieties, one would certainly come to the conclusion
that the original type was red, whereas in hortensis yellow is the
prevailing colour. The percentages-of nemoralis were found by
Mr. Belt, of Ealing, to be, at any rate for his neighbourhood,
37 per cent. yellow, 51 red, and 12 brown; while those of hortensts
from the same district were 86 per cent. yellow, 14 red, and
o brown.

Another point of difference seems to be that the colour of
the peristome and columella is normal in nemoralis and accidental
in hortensis, and collectors will notice that it is much more fugitive
in hortensis than in nemoralis, so that the varieties of the latter
shell with dark red, pink, or yellow lips should be protected from

the light, and even then may be found to lose the colour of their
peristome.

No doubt some of these differences are not of very conclusive
force when used singly as arguments for the species being only
allied and not one, but the cumulative force they possess when
considered all together is by no means small.

Nemoralis is probably the older shell of the two, being found
not only sub-fossil, but actually in Miocene strata, while I am
not aware that a similar antiquity can be claimed for hortensis.
It might, therefore, be held that hortensis is but a weak offshoot
from nemoralis, or a more northern form. My own observations,
however, in Central and Southern France and in Switzerland
would not lead me to this conclusion.

NOTE ON THE CLAUSILIAE RECORDED FROM
CELEBES WITH DESCRIPTIONS. OF
TWO NEW SPECIES.

ByaB Re SIGE Sp BAG heZ. S:

The two species I now describe were collected by Mr.
Doherty and placed in my hands by Mr. Fulton. With them
was found a third form, which appears to me to be probably
only a variety of C. simillima, Smith; dwarf in size (alt. 18, lat.
3°2 mill. ; alt. apert. 3°8, lat. apert. 3 mill.), with finer striae, and
the crenulation at the sutures almost absent.

Clausilia pyrrha n. sp. (Plate 1V., Figures 1 and 2).

Testa elongata, solidula, rufo-cornea, nitidula, spira sub-
attenuata, apice obtusulo, distorto; anfr. 94-10, modice
accrescentes, convexiusculi, primi laeves, reliqui sub lente
dense sed obsolete striati, ultimus basi sub-inflatus, productus ;
sutura simplex; apertura obliqua, ovato-piriformis, basi
recedens, intus rufo-cornea; peristoma incrassatum, sub-
reflexum, solutum; lamella superior obliqua, marginalis,
mediocris; lamella inferior fere marginalis, mediocris, spiraliter
contorta, abrupte ascendens ; lamella sub-columellaris marginalis,
conspicua; plicae palatales duae, suturae parallae, una (principalis)
mediocris, altera pygmza. Ak. 17, lat. 3°3 mull.; alt. apert:
3°3, lat. apert. 2°25 mill.

Hab.—Between Mares and Tjamba, near Makassar, S.
Celebes (Doherty).

In the position of the mouth this species recalls C. subpolita,
Smith ; but it is larger, more elongate, and differs in colouration ;
it is also thicker.

Clausilia makassarensis n. sp. (Plate 1V., Figures 4-6).

Testa sub-elongata, tenuiuscula, obsolete striata, cornea,
nitida, apice obtusulo; anfr. 9, modice accrescentes, plano-
convexi; sutura simplex ; apertura ovalis, basi paullo recedens,
intus cornea; peristoma incrassatum, sub-reflexum, solutum ;
lamella superior obliqua, marginalis, l. inferior, mediocris, rapide
ascendens, lamella sub-columellaris, sub-conspicua; plicae
palatales duae suturae parallelae, p. principalis major, mediocris,
itera parva. -Alt.19°7- lat. 39milli- alt. apents 2:8) lat. apert:
2 mill.

Hab.—Between Maros. and Tjamba, near Makassar, S.
Celebes (Doherty).

An interesting little species re-calling C. subpolita, Smith,

24. SYKES: CLAUSILIAE FROM CELEBES.

but the shell is slightly more solid, the mouth more ovate and
not nearly so oblique, the Jamella inferior not so strongly twisted
spirally, but more rapidly ascending into the shell.

I have also what I take to be a small variety of this species
measuring alt. 12:2, lat. 2-9 mill.; alt. apert. 2:9, lat. apert.
2mill. (Plate IV., Figures 5 and 6).

In this form the lamella sub-columellaris is almost obsolete,
as is also the smaller palatal plica, and the mouth is more
quadrate. It was collected with the type and will, I think,
prove to be only a variety and not a distinct species.

The species recorded from Celebes appear to be as follows :
C. cumingiana, Pir., var. moluccensis von Martens.

N. and S. Celebes.
. celebensis, Smith. Bonthain Peak, 5000 to 6000 ft.
. simillima, Smith. S. Celebes, 2000 tt.
. subpolita, Smith. S. Celebes, 2000 ft.
. usitata, Smith. S. Celebes, 2000 ft.
. celebensis, Boettger. Balante, E. Celebes.
. altervnata, Moellendorff. Bua Kraeng.
. makassavensis, n. Sp., near Makassar.

ee Cry CsCy ae teas

. pyrrvha, n. sp., near Makassar.

Inasmuch as there are two apparently distinct species both
published under the name of celebensis, it becomes material to
ascertain which has the priority in date.

Mr. Smith’s species appeared* on July 25th, 1896. Dr.
Boettger’s species appeared in a paper by Dr. Kobelt entitled
‘“‘ Schnecken von N. O. Celebes and Banggai,’’+ without, it may
be remarked, any figure. This publication bears at its foot the
date ‘‘ 27th June, 1896,” and this is, one would suppose, the date
of publication. An enquiry in April, 1897, however, from
Messrs. Friedlander, whose name appears on the title-page as
publishers, yields the following :—‘*No. 5 was published in
October, 1896 (see our ‘ Naturae Novitates, 1896, nr. 20.’)”’

The date on the publication, therefore, appears to be that
either of reading, or of distribution of reprints, and the note
in the Nachrichtsblatt } that ‘* Die Clausilie wird vor der
gleichnamigen Smithschen Art wohl einige Tage Prioritat
haben ”’ is inaccurate.

In such a state of affairs Dr. Boettger’s species requires a
new name, and I would propose that of balantensis.
* Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. ii., p. 99, pl. VII., fig. 24.

t Abh. Zool. Mus. Dresden, 1896-97, Nr. 5.
~ Nach. Malak. Gesell., 1896, p. 111.

Ste BRITISH SPECIES: OF TESTACELLA.
By WILFRED MARK WEBB, F.L.S.,
Assistant Biologist to the Essex County Council.
[Continued from volume iv., page 76.]

IN a previous paper dealing with the distinctive characters of
our three species of worm-eating slugs, the writer expressed his
intention of following out the distribution of these forms in the
British Isles, and more particularly of the true Testacella haliotidea:
it is intended to give here, a provisional list of localities from
which the writer has received undoubted specimens of the last
species, together with some records supplementing those
given by Mr. Taylor* for T. scutulum, and a few for
T. mauget.

Testacella haliotidea, Draparnaud.

Devonshire. The Castle, Tiverton (Captain L. Moore).

Kent. Shoreham Vicarage, Sevenoaks (Rev. R. Ashingdon Bullen),

Surrey. Nutfield Priory, with T. scutulum (J. Moffat). This is the only
locality from which more than one species has been received. Mr. J.
Scarlett, of Tasburgh, near Norwich, who told the writer of this locality,
remembered the occurrence of worm-eating slugs at Nutfield 15 or 16
years ago. They were most plentiful in asparagus beds.

Surrey House, Leatherhead (C. A. Brigg, M.A.).

11, Harrow Road, East Dorking (C. J. Howell).

Kew Gardens (the Writer).

Essex. Widford Lodge, Widford (E. Hammond).

A dozen specimens were found 18 inches below the surface in a bed
g feet in diameter on a lawn.

Stisted (Basil F. May).

Colchester (W. Patterson).

The specimens from the last two localities approached T. scutulum
in colour.

Suffolk. Dallinghoo Rectory (Rev. R. Ashingdon Bullen).

Norfolk. Diddington Hall, Brandon (A. Tanner).

One very dark-coloured specimen.

Worcestershire. Worcester (J. Lloyd Bozward), Elmfield.

London Road, Worcester (C. H. Webber).

Hagley Hall, Stourbridge (D. R. Dixon).

Cheshire. Arley Hall, Northwich (J. V. Smith).

Yorkshire. Sandbeck Park, Rotherham, in Trent drainage (Geo. Summers).
Walk-upon-Dearne, 12 miles from the last locality, in ‘ Don
drainage’ (W. McKeigh Jones).

Stirlingshire. Brentham Park, Stirling (David Bruce).

* Journal of Conchology, 1888, p. 337.

26 WEBB: BRITISH SPECIES OF TESTACELLA.

Testacella scutulum, Sowerby.

Surrey. Nutfield Priory, with T. haliotidea (J. Moffat).

Crescent Wood House, Sydenham Hill (John Prince).

Essex. Buckhurst Hill (W. Cole).

Hertfordshire. Chase Side, Enfield, known here for 30 years (F. Wright).
Hemel Hempstead Nursery, abundant (William Foden).

Middlesex. Brook Green, Hammersmith, and West Kensington, in gardens
(the Writer).

Worton Hall Gardens, Isleworth, not common (A. Pentney),
Two specimens that when found ‘‘had between them a worm, of

which each slug had swallowed an extremity.”

Leicestershire. Belvoir Castle, Grantham (W. H. Divers).
Mr. Taylor gives this locality.

Yorkshire. The Gardens, Castle Howard, York, in large numbers (J. Riddell).

The Gardens, Woodleigh Hessle (Fred. Mason).

Gleastone Hall, Skipton (J. Jopkinson).

Mr. D. R. Dixon, of Stourbridge, who told the writer of this locality,
found them there in 1868 or g.

The Nurseries, Scarborough (Walshaw and Son).
Lincolnshire. High Park Gardens, Stamford (D. Metcalfe).

Testacella maugei, Férussac.

Cornwall. Trehone, Probus, four miles east of Truro (Captain Pinwell).
Rosehill, Falmouth (Howard Fox).

Dorsetshire. The Vicarage Garden, Corfe Castle (J. C. Mansel-Pleydell*).
Hampshire. Porchester (Alex. Goldney Headley).

Gloucestershire. Stoke Gifford, Bristol (George Summers).

Mr. Summers writes as follows:—‘‘ This is the place which I remember seeing
them when a youth at home 30 years ago in the nurseries of Messrs. Maule and Sons (they
are now dead, and with them the nurseries disappeared). My father was foreman with them
for upwards of 50 years, and is now (1895) nearly 80 years of age ; he writes to me that about
50 years ago a doctor in London advertised for some specimens of the worm-eating slug and
offered a guinea a dozen tor them. A friend of his (who is still alive and living near to him),
who was living in South Wales, where they were plentiful, sent the doctor four dozen as a
sample, which rather surprised him, and he wanted to pay a less price, but the late Mr.
Maule interceded, and his friend was paid the money.”

Glamorganshire. Windsor Place, Cardiff, at the bottoms of carnation pots
(Arthur Pike).

Dublin. Royal Botanic Gardens, Glasnevin (F. W. Moore and Dr. Scharff).

In conclusion, the writer must express his gratitude to the many
correspondents who have contributed towards the making of the present
list, which, with their further help, he hopes to make more complete at a
later date.

* Specimens are figured by’Mr. Mansel-Pleydell from Corfe Castle in a privately? printed
pamphlet, ‘‘ Testacella, Cuvier.”

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF
LAND SHELL FROM COLOMBIA.

By EDGAR “AC SIMETE CIEE. Zs.

Tue British Museum is indebted to Mr. S. J. Da Costa for two
specimens of this very interesting species, which in several
respects is very similar to the Helix bogotensis of Pfeiffer. The
geographical distribution of the two forms is, as might be
expected, also different, the latter occurring in the neighbourhood
of Santa Fé de Bogota, and the present species to the north-
west, near the Cauca River.

Labyrinthus assimilans, n. sp. (Plate IV., Figues 6-8).

Testa depressa, orbicularis, profunde umbilicata, rufo-fusca,
lineis incrementi obliquis curvatis sculpta, undique plus minus
tenuiter granulata; spira depresse conoidea, ad apicem obtusa;
anfractus 44 celeriter accrescentes, leviter convexiusculi, ultimus
ad peripheriam angulatus vel obtuse carinatus, infra medium
convexus, antice ad aperturam subito deflexus, pone labrum
contractus et scrobiculatus ; apertura transverse auriformis ;
peristoma continuum, album, undique solutum et expansum,
margine supevo arcuato, intus tuberculo obtuso munito, parietal
flexuoso, laminam validam prominentem emittente, basali obliquo,
rectiusculo, intus tuberculis duobis inaequalibus munito, dextro
dentibus duobus inaequalibus, in tuberculo elevato positis
instructo. Diam. maj. 26 millim.; min. 22; alt. 12.

Habitat : Cauca River, Colombia.

In the form and armature of the aperture this species is
almost identical with L. bogotensis, Pfeiffer, but it is easily
distinguishable by its much smaller size and much more obtuse
periphery. The peristome also is not so produced or pointed in
front, the sinus between the tubercle within the upper margin
and the large double tooth within the front margin being
shallower and of a different form.

28

ON THE SPECIFIC “NAME OF HELICELEA
ERICETORUM, MUELLER.

By EDGAR A. SMITH, F.Z.S.

Under the above title, in the last number of this Journal, Mr. A.
Santer Kennard has offered some observations respecting the
identity of the species referred to, with the Helix itala of Linnaeus,
and has called in question the accuracy of Mr. Hanley’s decision
in this matter.

Having known Mr. Hanley (who, I believe, is still living)
for many years, and the extreme care which he was accustomed
to bestow upon all his work, I felt sure that he could not have
committed the mistake imputed to him by Mr. Kennard, namely,
of misreading the number written upon the specimen of Helix
itala in the Linnean cabinet. Mr. Hanley says that ‘ the signifi-
cant numerals” are “ distinctly inscribed upon one of the speci-
mens,’ but he does not quote the figures. His statement,
however, is perfectly correct, for the number upon the shell, 598
(not 593, as given by Mr. Kennard) corresponds with that of the
species in the 1toth edition of the ‘‘ Systema Naturae,” tom. i.,
p- 772. Moreover, if Mr. Kennard had read the introduction to
Mr. Hanley’s work,* he would have discovered (p. 3) ‘that
these numerals more frequently corresponded to the series of the
tenth than of the twelfth edition.”” Mr. Kennard’s mistake is
obvious. He referred to the twelfth instead of the tenth edition
of the Systema, the species in question being numbered 683
in the former.

Besides the gratification of testifying to my old friend’s
accuracy, I fully recognise the desirability of refuting Mr.
Kennard’s statement, which, uncontradicted, might tend to
depreciate the great importance and utility of Mr. Hanley’s
work.

I am very much indebted to Mr. Smith for pointing out the very natural
error into which I had fallen, but in my own defence I must Say that the
figures are very indistinct; consequently, it was easy to mistake 8 for 3,
especially as I did not know what the figures should be. I did not refer to
either the roth or 12th edition. The Linnean number as given by Mr. Hanley
for Helix itala was 683, and as this did not agree with the numerals on the
shell, I concluded that an error had been made.—A. S. KENNARD.

* Ipsa Linnaei Conchylia.

BOOKS RECEIVED.

ManuaL OF CoNCHOLOGY SECOND SERIES PULMONATA, part 41, by
Henry A. Pilsbry, Philadelphia, pp. 1-64, pls. 1-13.

Mr. Pilsbry continues his work on the genus Bulimulus Leach, taking it
up again at the second group of the three defined on p. 127 of Volume X., and
distinguishing four subgenera, ‘‘ although only the first of them stands con-
spicuously apart ’’; these are Plectostylus, Beck ; Scutalus, Albers; Bulimulus,
Leach; and Rhinus, Albers. The present part is chiefly occupied with the
two first of these subgenera, and breaks off in the account of the South
American species of Bulimulus proper.

TurouGH A Pocket LENs by Henry Scherren, F.Z.S., London, 1897,
published by the Religious Tract Society, price 2s. 6d., 192 crown 8 vo.
pages, and go illustrations.

Following a reasonable and customary method one might be tempted to
quarrel with the title of this interesting little book and to suggest that a slight
addition to it might have been an improvement. Had the work been called
“Arthropods through a pocket lens’ the ‘‘ popular’? sound would doubtless
have been lost, as might also some readers who otherwise would have become
interested in the animals so pleasingly described; but at the same time such a
name would have given an idea of the contents of the book to others who
already have an acquaintance with insects, centipedes, and crustaceans, and
who desire to learn further details about them.

“ Figure 15." Dytiscus marginalts (male).

Leaving the title-page behind, however, it may with certainty be said
that books of this kind do much to foster and lead towards the study of the
visible outcomes of life, that unborn spirit of curiosity upon which all scientific
investigation depends. But just as a thirst for knowledge is a higher develop-
ment of inquisitiveness, so may there be evolved from a magpie instinct of
hoarding and pure love of possession, the desire of forming a collection of
specimens for illustration and comparison in the systematic study of a special
series of forms which is recognized as an important part of a naturalist’s
training. It is, therefore, with regret that one reads on page 25—‘‘ to make a
collection of specimens in tubes would be waste of material.’’ This looks
rather like the throwing of collecting into the shade, though it must be said

30 BOOKS RECEIVED.

that later on in the book, the suggestion is made that rare specimens should be
sent to the National Collection at the British Museum.

The opening chapter contains much information that would be useful to
beginners in any branch of Natural History and the remainder of the book is
calculated to enable students of nature to spend many pleasant hours not only
in working through the matters actually brought before them, but in examin-
ing the structure and looking into the habits of other animals. on the lines
laid down and suggested by Mr. Sherren.

“ Figure 16." Shells of freshwater molluscs broken by Dytiscus.
{Figures 15 and 16 are reproduced through the courtesy of the Publishers.]

A point of interest to malacologists is the account of the way in which
the water beetle Dytiscus marginals (‘* Fig. 15,’’) preys upon freshwater molluscs
and damages their shells (‘‘ Fig. 16’’) in a way that has puzzled many who did
not know who was the worker of such destruction. Mr. Sherren gave an
explanation in the ‘t Field '’* but afterwards was obliged to yield up the credit +
to Mr. G. B. Sowerby who, forty years before, had written an account of this
habit of Dytiscus marginalis in his Popular History of the Aquarium. +

JOURNALS.
THE JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, vol. viii., No. 12, July rst, 1897.
Marshall, J. T..—‘‘ Additions to ‘ British Conchology,’”’ (cont.), pp. 388-95.

Wright, C. E.—‘‘ A colony of Caecilioides acicula Mull. in Northamptonshire,”’
Pp. 395-
Melvill, J. C. and Standen, Robert.—‘ Notes on a collection of shells from

Lifu and Uvea, Loyalty Islands, formed by the Rev. James and Mrs.
Hadfield, with a list of species, part III.” pp. 396-421.

Moss, W.—‘'A preliminary note on the genitalia of Hyalinia (Zonitoides)
nitida, Miull., and Hy. excavata Bean.,”’ p. 421.
Johnson, J. Yate.—'' Description of Helix watsoni, n. sp., discovered at

Madeira by Senhor J. M. Monez,”’ pp. 429-430.
Marshall, J. T.—‘' The Marine Shells of Scilly,” pp. 431-432.

* The “ Field,” April 4th, 1896. + The “ Field,’ May 2, 1896. t p. 288.

BOOKS RECEIVED. Zul

ime NAurieus, vol. xij, Nos) 2,2, 3:
Stearns, R. E. C.—“ Uvanilla regina, a new locality,” p. 1.
Dall, W. H.—* On a new form of Polygyva from New Mexico,” p. 2.
Frierson, L. S.—‘‘ Conchological Notes from Louisiana,” p. 3.
Wright, S. H.—‘ Contribution to a knowledge of United States Unionidae,”’
Ds 4.
Pilsbry, H. A.—‘ List of Molluscs collected in Maldonado Bay, Uruguay,
by Dr. Wm. H. Rush, U.S.N.” pp. 6-9.

Nylander, C. C.—‘ Freshwater Shells or the North East of Maine,” pp. 9-12.

Simpson, C. T.—‘ Helicina dysoni,” pp. 13-14.

Stearns, Robert E. C.—‘‘ Description of a new species of Actaeon from the
Quarternary Bluffs of Spanish Bight, San Diego, California,” pp. 14-15.

Cockerell, T. D. A.—‘‘Notes of Agriolimax,” pp. 15-16.

Ancey, C. F.—‘‘ Description of three new species of Eulotae (Helices) from
Central Asia,” p. 16-17.

New species, Cathaica funki ; Pseudiberus uniformis ; Ps. anisopleurus.

Simpson, C. F.—Notes on the Classification of the Unios, pp. 18-23.

Dall, W. H.—Synopsis of Pinnidae of the United States and West Indies,”
pp. 25-26.

Analy, C. F.—‘‘On two so-called ‘‘ Bulimi’’ from the New Hebrides,” pp.
26 and 27.

“B.” vuga, and “ B.” bernievi: these are put in Diplomorpha.

Aldrich, T. H.—‘A new Cancellavia from the Alabama Eocene,” pp- 27-28,
Cancellaria lanceolata.

Baker, Frank, C.—‘ On a collection of Molluscs from Grand Tower, Illinois,”
pp- 28-30.

Pilsbry, H. A.—“' Helicina vabei,” n. sp., p. 34.
NACHRICHTSBLATT DE DEUTSCHEN MALAKOZOOLOGISCHEN GESELLSCHAFT,

March and April, May and June, 1897.

Kobelt, W.—“ Diagnosen neuer Arten aus Kikenthals Ausbeute,”’ pp. 24-28.

New species: Helicavion kitkenthali, Everettia moellendorffi, Vitvinoconus
celebesianus, Dendvotrochus celebesianus, Raphaulus kiikenthali, Cyclotus (Pseudo-
cyclophorus) euryomphalus, Pupina (Siphonostyla, sub.-gen. nov.) longituba.
Moellendorff, O. von.—‘‘ Drei neue Arten,’’ pp. 28-31.

New species: Plectopylis lintevae from Pegu, Gonostoma (Drepanostoma)
omphalospivum from Hubei, Papuina linterae, New Guinea.

Moellendorff, O. von.—‘' Diagnosen neuer und Kritischer Landdeckel-
snecken,’’ pp. 31-41.
Moellendorff, O. von.—‘‘ Neue Landschecken von Java,” pp. 57-72.

New species of Helicavion ; Sitalia; Kaliella; Lamprocystis; Ariophanta;
Inozonites ; Patula (Pyramidula) ; Acanthinula (Plectotropis) ; Chloritis,
Buliminus ; Boysidia; Hypselostoma ; Clausilia and Prosopeas.

Kobelt, W. and Moellendorff, O. von.—‘‘ Catalogue der gegenwartig
lebend bekannten Pneumonopomen,”’ p. 73-88.
JoURNAL DE CoNCHYLIOLOGIE, vol. xliv., Nos. 3 and 4.
Bernard, Felix.—': Etudes comparatives sur la coquille des Lamellibrandes
Condylocardia, type nouveau de Lamellibrandes,” pp, 169-207, pl. vi.
Crosse, H.—‘ Note sur le genre Pterosoma de Lesson,”’ p. 207-213.

Hidalgo, J. G.—‘‘ Observations sur quelques Cochlostyla des Phillipines,’
PP. 213-17.

32 BOOKS RECEIVED.

Hidalgo, J. G.—‘‘ Description d'une nouvelle espéce de Cassis," p. 217.
Cassis crossei from the Phillipine Isles.

Crosse, H.—‘‘ Note sur la distribution géographique du Cypraea achatidea
Gray (C. physis auct., non Broechi) dans la Méditerranée,” p. 218-221,
pl. vii.
Dautzenberg, Ph.—‘‘ Description de deux espéces nouvelles de Bulimus,’’
Pp. 222-225, pl. vii.
Bulimulus (Goniostomus) bouvieri and B. (Bostryx) moniezi.
Fischer, H.—‘ Note sur le bras hectocotylisé et sur le dimorphisme du
sepion de Sepia orbignyana, Ferussac,” pp. 233-236, pl. viii.
Hidalgo, J. G.—‘‘ Catalogue des espéces du genre Cochlostyla, Férussac qui
vivent dans les Iles Phillippines,” pp. 237-353.
Vayssiere, A.—‘ Description de deux espéces nouvelles de Pleurobranchidés,”’
Pp. 353-
Pleurobranchus crossei and P. giardt.
Mayer-Eymar, M. C.—‘‘ Description de coquilles fossiles des terrains
tértiaires inférieurs (suite),’’ pp. 356-368, pls: ix. and x.

Tue IrisH NATURALIST, June and July, 1897.

Adams, L. E.—‘‘ Land and Freshwater Mollusca of Ballycastle district,’
Pp. 179-183.
Chaster, G. W.—‘ Notes on the Marine Mollusca of Rathlin Island,’’ pp.
184-187.
THE NATURALIST, 1897, Nos. 262-264 (1897).
ScIENCE GossiP, vol. iii, No. 36. Vol. iv., Nos. 37 and 38.

Gude, G. K.—‘‘ Armature of Helicoid Landshells"’ (with new species and
a new form of Plectopylis), vol. iii., p. 332; vol. ii., pp. 10-11 and 36-37.
figs.

New species . Plectopylis clathratuloides and P. muspratti.

Bowell, E. Wake.—‘‘ The Odontophores of Mollusca,” vol. iv., p. 6, figs.

of rows of ‘‘ teeth’’ from various British Vitreas, etc.

KNOWLEDGE, May-July, 1897.

EDITOR’S NOTE.

The attention of readers is called to the notice that appears on the
second page of the cover with reference to the forming of a complete record
of the distribution of the land and freshwater Mollusca of the. British Isles.
It is hoped that a first instalment of revised County lists will appear in the
next number of the JOURNAL.

August roth, 1897.

i ad is G3

Pot aAi OF MALACOLOGY.

No. 1. APRIL, 1897. Von. VE.

ON THE ANATOMY OF BULIMUS
SINISTRORSUS, DESHAYES.

By WILLIAM MO3S and WILFRED MARK WEBB, F.L.S.
(PLATE I.)

In an article ‘‘ On the generic position of Bulimus galericulum,
Mouss.,” contributed to the ‘‘ Nautilus”’ for February last, Mr.
Pilsbry points out that this species is the type of the section
Pseudopartula of Pfeiffer, and he includes in the same section
Ariophanta dohertyi, Ald., and Helix nasuta, Metc., leaving out
‘“the New Caledonian species grouping around B. suuistrorsus,
Desh.,” placed in this position by Pfeiffer, and suggesting
Montrouzier’s name cf Draparnaudia for them.

This grouping is based upon purely conchological characters,
as Mr. Pilsbry is in doubt as to the systematic position of
Pseudopartula, and says that ‘in the absence of information upon
the soft anatomy, the group might be placed either next to
Papwina in Helicidae, or in the Bulimulidae, or the Zonitidae.”

As a contribution to the knowledge of the anatomy of one
of the species originally included in Pseudopartula, the following
brief notes on B. sinistrorsus, with the accompanying figures, are
given as simple facts, no attempt being made by the writers to
fix the place in classification, of either species or group.

The material for the present work, in the shape of several
spirit specimens of Bulimus sinistrorsus was received by one of
the writers (Mr. Moss) some years ago, through the kindness of
Mr.and Mrs. Hadfield, who had collected the snails in Lifu, New
Caledonia.

The remarks on the various organs made out, will be found
under the heading of ‘“‘ Explanation of Plate 1” on the following

page.

2 WEBB : ANATOMY OF BULIMUS SINISTRORSUS, DESHAYES.

Bulimus sinistrorsus, Deshayes, Lifu, New Caledonia.

FIGURE I.

FIGURE 2.

EXPLANATION OF PLaTE I.

The shell, three times the natural size.

The genitalia. In three specimens in which the
spermatheca was dissected out, the shape of it
was, as is shewn in this figure. Only the
parts which remained unbroken have been j
sketched, but a fair-sized albumen gland is
present, and the spermathecal sac is embedded
in it, at the point of its attachment to the
oviduct.

Ficure 2a, A variation in the spermathecal duct, observed in

FIGURE 3.

FIGURE 4.

FIGURE 5.

I'IGURE 6.

one specimen.

The buccal mass (and its retractor muscle) slightly
flattened, with the odontophore and radula shewn
semi-diagrammatically through the wall. The
oesophagus. Left salivary duct. The nerve
‘collar (the cerebral and pedal ganglia of one side
alone shew) and optic nerve supplying the- left
ommatophore. It may be pointed out that in
Bulimus sinistrorsus the buccal mass cannot,
apparently, be retracted through the nerve-collar.

The jaw. A long transparent projection runs back-
wards and upwards.

A median, the two adjacent and two marginal
“teeth” from the radula.

The nerve collar, semi-diagrammatic. Only the
nerves to the otocysts are shewn.

N.B.—AIl the figures are enlarged.

A FEW NOTES ON SLUGS.
Bye ERORESSOR (Das iy AS COCKE REET. EZ. s:

The following notes refer chiefly to a few matters which
deserve further elucidation, but the writer is not now in a
position to follow up the various lines of enquiry suggested by
them.

AGRIOLIMAX.

(1.) A. laevis (sens. lat.) in Bermuda. The “ Challenger’
expedition obtained a young A griolimax laevis at Bermuda ;
it is in the British Museum, in the same bottle as some
Amalia gagates from the same island. It is 132 mm. long;
sole narrow, diam. 14 mm.; colour brownish-ochrey,
slightly greyish dorsally, sole ochrey, unicolorous ; mantle
greyish with black marbling, except the margins and
near them, which are pale ochre; neck grey above.
Tail hardly keeled; mantle not visibly concentrically
striate ; respiratory orifice not very far behind the middle ;
median area of sole a little wider than either lateral area ;
longitudinal line of edge of sole about median between
upper and lower margins of sole-edge. In general
appearance, the slug recalls A. berendti var. pictus.

(2.) A. laevis (sens. lat.) in Jamaica. I found this common
at Moneague, in Jan., 1892; alive it was 16 mm. long,
mantle 7 mm., all dark brown, slightly pale near mantle
anteriorly, no obvious mottling; mantle with concentric
lines; sole all pale grey, unicolorous. Mr. Fawcett sent
me the same species from Cinchona; the specimens
were 10 mm. long, grey-brown, not very dark, sole pale,
unicolorous. Body above and mantle, minutely speckled
with blackish; slime colourless. In alcohol they appear
pale, and some are almost reticulate on the body. ‘The
shell is 24 mm. long, 14 broad, oval, but with the sides
straight ; nucleus on posterior edge, slightly to the left,
concentric grooves visible but not strong, no sign of any
ridge such as is in bevendtt, colour opaque white. Later,

4 COCKERELL: A FEW NOTES ON SLUGS.

Mr. Wm. Cradwick sent me many alive; they looked
like campestris ; in alcohol, all showed more or less mottling.
Jaw bright-coloured, with a strong median projection.

It is possible that this slug is native in Jamaica, and
that the Jamaica and Bermuda specimens may all
represent a distinct West Indian race.

(3.) A parasite of A. laevis (s.lat.). In a specimen collected
in 1889 by Mr. H. F. Wickham at Quincy, California,
apparently referable to the form hyperboreous, Westerl.,
I found a small parasitic worm, believed to belong to the
genus Leptodera.

(4.) A. berendti var., pictus. This was figured by Mr.
Binney from a specimen collected by Hemphill on the
bank of the San Tomas River, Lower California. Length
(in alcohol) about 10 mm., body paler than in var.
hemphilli, inclined to be reticulate, mantle with black
spots and blotches; shell squarish at ends, obscurely
keeled as in berendti, growth-lines obscure. Penis-sac
apparently as in campestris.

(5.) A. campestris in New Mexico. Last year I found this
slug on the Mescalero Indian Reservation, in the
Sacramento Mts., just above the agency. This is the
third locality recorded in New Mexico.

LIMAX.

(6.) L. maximus in Madeira. The British Museum contains
seven specimens from Madeira, two var. cellavius from
Baron C. de Paiva, two var. johustont and two var. moquint
from Mr. Mason, and one var. cellavius collected by
Mr. L.M. Cockerell. There is also a cellavius from Lowe.

(7.) L. cinereoniger, variety. A specimen collected by
Mr. F. G. Fenn in August, 1890, at Echternach, Luxem-
bourg (along with Avion ater var. lamarcku and A. subfuscus
var. rufofuscus) agrees almost exactly with var. stabvilet,
Less., differing only ia having the sides mottled with
grey, instead of black, and the lateral areas of the sole
grey instead of brownish; keel pale for about 2 of the
back. The var. miger, D. and M., is almost identical.

COCKERELL : A FEW NOTES ON SLUGS.

On

VERONICELLA.

(8.) Veronicella from Dominica. Length (in alch.) 17}

mm., breath 74, sole breath 3 mm.; female orifice,
ro mm. from head, its inner edge almost overlapped by
sole. The end of sole rounded, not projecting beyond body.
Posterior orifice large, crescentic. Jaw dark, with about
20 ribs. Sole finely transversely striate, mantle punctate.
Colour sub-olivaceous black, head and sole brown; a few
light spots indicate the place of the dorsal line. Very
similar to V. langsdorfi, but I expect it will prove to bea
new species. The specimen described is in the British
Museum.

(g.) Veronicella from Trinidad. Length about 27 mm.,above,

dark blackish-grey, faintly mottled with lighter colour,
the mottling hardly visible without a lens; beneath,
unicolorous, orchreous. Filiform glands short, and less
than ten, so it can hardly be V. caerulescens. Female
orifice moderately distant from sole. Caparo, Trinidad
(Mr. Urich).- I think that it is very likely a new species.

AMALIA.

A. gagates subsp. mediterranea. Several specimens
in the British Museum, collected by Dr. Anderson, at
Hammam Meskontina, Algeria, must apparently be
referred to this sub-species. They are not adult, but are
very black ; soles with the lateral areas pale, concolorous
with the median area. The last character differs from
strictly typical mediterranea.

MesILia, New Mexico, U.S.A.,

Feb. 6th, 1897.

ON THE SPECIFIC NAME OF HELICELLA
ERICETORUM, MULLER.

By A. SANTER KENNARD.

It has been the custom of late with certain Malacologists,
to adopt the name of ‘tala Linné” for the shell which is
generally known as Helicella evicetorum, Mill. The authority
given for this change, is the late Dr. Hanley, who, in his ‘“ Ipsa
Linnaei Conchylia,”’ adopted this course. It is there stated,
pp. 371-2, as follows :-—

‘« Helix itala, Linné. Having satisfied myself by the
process of analysis so often alluded to, that no shell in the
Linnean cabinet except the Helix ericetorum of authors (Chemnitz.
Conch. Cab., Vol.-ix., pl. 132, fig. 1192-1193), accurately
coincided with the diagnosis of this species, I was agreeably
surprised by discerning the significant numerals, fully and
distinctly inscribed upon one of the specimens, for very rarely
is any writing to be found on the smaller shells of the collection.
Da Costa and Montagu had surmised the identity of that
common British snail with the ztala of Linnaeus.’ Of course,
if Dr. Hanley’s statement be correct, there is an end to the
matter, and zta/a would stand.

In February last, through the kindness of Mr. J. E.
Harting, -F;L.S., I was enabled to. examine --Limne's
specimens, and as a consequence of that examination,
I am forced to disagree with Mr. Hanley as to the
figures coinciding. If the shell is H. itala, the numbers
should be 683, whereas they are 593. It is true they are rather .
indistinct, but with the aid of a lens they are easily deciphered,
and I may add that Professor Herdman, Mr. R. Bullen Newton,
Mr. W. M. Webb, and Mr. B. B. Woodward, who were present
at the time, all agreed that the figures are 593. Of course, it is
quite possible that the two species are identical, yet, as there
is such a strong element of doubt in the matter, it is better to
retain the name of ervicetorum, Mill.

SOME OBSERVATIONS ON CERTAIN
SPECIES OF ARION.

By WALTER Ee (COREINGE,) E25;

(Assistant-Lecturey and Demonstrator in Zoology and Comparative Anatomy,

Mason College, Birmingham.)

(PLATE II.)

I have recently received a large series of living examples of
A. ater, L., A. rufus, L., A. empiricorum, Fér., and A. lusitanicus,
Mabille, and knowing the very divided opinion that exists amongst
malacologists as to the specific validity of these four forms, I
have submitted them to a very careful examination, with the
following results :—

ieocahion ater iuinne, bgo. Cel ke Sie” 1)

Externally this species is very like A. empiricorum, Fér., the
differences being very minute and unimportant. All the speci-
mens I have seen, however, have been much larger than A.
empivicovum ; thus in twenty adult specimens, the length was as
detailed below, the maximum being 125 millim., whereas of forty
adult specimens of A. empiricorum, the maximum length was
118 millim.

Arion ater. Arion empivicovum.
5 Specimens ot IIo-115 millim. 15 Specimens a 80- go millim.
8 as I20 Ae I2 ws La go-100 a4
F 5 36 125 18 10 if fe 115 FF
5 5: oe 118 ip

All the specimens were measured while alive. The internal
differences in the form of the terminal portions of the generative
organs are much more distinct. There is only a single vestibule
—the lower one. The sperm-duct opens at the junction of the
vestibule with the lower terminal swelling of the free-oviduct.

8 COLLINGE : OBSERVATIONS ON SPECIES OF ARION.

Its lower portion is characterised by a swelling which dilates
into a globose sac (PI. II., Fig. 1, fov.), and then is continued
as a tube much narrower than in either A. rufus, L., or A. empiri-
covum, Fér. The vas deferens is sharply marked off from the
sperm-duct, and is much shorter than in either of the two above-
mentioned species. The free-oviduct is a very short, wide tube,
little more than half the length of that organ in A. rufus or
A. empiricorum, and is characterised by a large terminal swelling
(Pl. II, Fig. 1). The receptaculum seminis is pyriform in
shape, its duct is short, and widens out at its juncture with the
vestibule. The retractor muscle is attached to the duct immedi-
ately below the expanded head, and joins that attached to the
upper portion of the free-oviduct.

2, Agion rufus, Linné, 2758.2 ° (Pl Fis.)

There are two very distinct vestibules, the upper one being
the larger. The sperm-duct shows a series of constrictions and
usually* bends in the form of the letter L reversed, pass-
ing gradually into the vas deferens, a long, thin tube (PI. II.,
Fig. 2). Sometimes, however, the sperm-duct and vas deferens
are sharply marked off from each other. The free-oviduct is a
moderately long tube of equal breadth throughout. The recep-
taculum seminis is large and ovoid in form, its duct is much
longer than in A. ater, and about twice the length of that in
A. empiricorum or A. lusitanicus. The retractor muscles are very
similar to those in A. ater.

3. rion empiricorum, Fér.,.1819:.. (Pl Il Fiera,

This is what is termed A. atey by British authors. There
are two vestibules, the lower one being very short and the upper
one large and wide, considerably larger than in A. ater. The
sperm-duct is a large, wide tube; it exhibits no constrictions,
and makes a sharp turn at the point where the vas deferens
commences (Pi. II., Fig. 3). The free oviduct is a long, wide
tube with its terminal portion expanded and forming part of the
upper vestibule; unlike A. ater, it is not sharply constricted from
the lower vestibule. The receptaculum seminis consists of a
short, elongated sac and a very short duct (PI. II., Fig. 3, 7.d.).
The duct is not more than half the length of that found in A. ater
or A. rufus, but more nearly approaches the condition Which

* In all the specimens I have examined this feature has been present.

COLLINGE : OBSERVATIONS ON SPECIES OF ARION. 9

obtains in A. Justtanicus, only the head is not so globose. The
retractor muscle is attached to the duct just where it commences
to expand to form the head. That attached to the free-oviduct
is some little distance above this point, so that the muscles run
in opposite directions, as shown in the figure (Pl. II., Fig. 3, v.m.).

Notwithstanding the minute differences in the form of the
reproductive organs, pointed out by Pollonera,+ I am inclined to
agree, with Simroth, that the A. sulcatus, Morelet, is identical
with A. empiricorum. The A. hibeyvnus, Mabille, is also nothing
more than a variety of A. empiricorum, differing from the typical
form in its smaller size, more feeble rugae, and by the lighter
colour of the foot-sole.

4. Arion lusitanicus, Mabille, 1868. (PI. Il., Fig. 4.)

Not a few malacologists have mistaken this species for
A. rufus, ater, or empiricorum. Externally it is not unlike the
last-mentioned species. Simrotht, who has described and
figured a series of young forms, mentions that the foot-sole is
without the yellow slime and has an orange-coloured edge.
Some young forms look not unlike A. subfuscus, Drap. The
A. dasilvae, Pollonera, is regarded by Simroth as a variety of
this species; at present, however, I prefer to keep it distinct.
The A. nobret, Poll., is, in my opinion, synonymous with A. lusi-
tamicus. The only points of difference I find in the generative
organs are that there is no sharp distinction between the sperm-
duct and vas deferens, which are slightly shorter than in A.
Insitanicus, the free-oviduct 1s more tapering and does not show
the sharp bend so characteristic of A. lusttanicus. The retractor
muscle of the receptaculum seminis is also shorter (PI. II.,
Fig. 5). In A. lusitanicus the generative orifice leads into a large
vestibule. The sperm-duct is long and tapering and sharply
differentiated from the long vas deferens. The receptacular
duct commences as a dilated tube, then narrows and expands
terminally to form the receptaculum seminis, not unlike the
condition which obtains in A. atey.§ To the receptacular duct a
retractor muscle is attached, which blends with that attached to
the lower portion of the free-oviduct. The free-oviduct is a
short tube slightly bent upon itself, the lower portion being

¢ Bull. Mus. Zool. Torino, 1890, vol. v., no. 87.
t Nova. Acta. K.L.-C. Deutsch. Akad. Nat., Bd. lvi., Taf. 4.

§ Not A. empiricorum, Fér., as I, by an oversight, stated in a previous paper (Conchologist,
1893, vol. ii., pp. 113-17).

Io CODLINGE : OBSERVATIONS ON SPECIES OF ARION.

globose, the upper a short, narrow tube. The lower portion
opens into the vestibule as a broad tube, thus differing very
markedly from the condition seen in A. empivicorum, Simroth ||
has figured and described the spermatophore, which also differs
from that found in A. empiricorum.

From the above remarks, I think it will be seen that there
is reliable evidence of important and constant internal differences
between these four species.

||) Nova Acta K.L.-C. Deutsch. Akad. Nat., Bd. lvi., Taf. 6, Fig. 2.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE II.

Fig. 1. The terminal ducts of the generative organs of Arion ater, L.
Fig. 2. The same of A. rufus, L.

Fig. 3. ty - A. empiricorum, Feér.

Fig. 4. w s A. lusitanicus, Mab.

Fig. 5 the 3 A. nobrei, Poll.

LETTERING.
f.ov. Free-oviduct.
Lv. Lower vestibule.
ov. Oviduct.
pr. Prostate.
vd. Receptacular duct.
ym. Retractor muscles.
YS. Receptaculum seminis.
s.d. Sperm-duct.
Uv. Upper vestibule.

v.d. Vas deferens.

BOOKS RECEIVED.*

A MonoGRAPH OF THE LAND AND FRESHWATER MOLLUSCA OF THE
BritisH Istes. Part IV. By J. W. Taylor, F.L.S. Taylor
Bros., Leeds, pp. 193-256. Figs. 378-513.

The first fifteen pages of the present part complete the detailed
“ MORPHOLOGY OF THE EXTERNAL ORGANS” alluded to in our last review,
by finishing an account of modifications of the foot and pedal glands, and by
giving an exhaustive description of the mantle and body region, including a
brief but clear explanation of visceral torsion.

“Fig. 385.” Sphaerium rivicola (Leach) shewing the subreptatory burrowing
3 1 g
or crawling foot.

The remainder of the part deals with the ‘‘ INTERNAL ORGANIZATION ”’ in
a similar way, but does not complete it as was expected.t The nervous
system is first described in great detail. We give two illustrations which
(with others) have been kindly lent by the author (Figs. 424 and 425), that
shew types of nerve collar which respectively do, and do not allow the
passage of the buccal mass through them.

“Fic. 424.” Semi-schematic view of the “Fra, 425.” The buccal bulb
prosoma of Limax, shewing the arrangement of Succinea putris (L),shewing the
of the ganglia, nerves and other organs, and their PERS RONG TASHOM GITINe CES OOK
relation to the protrusible and retractile buccal visceral nerve ring around the
bulb, X 3 (after Pelseneer). oesophagus, cephalic retractors

a., abdominal ganglia: c., cerebral ganglia, and salivary ducts owing to the
with the infero-posterior buccal ganglia, and shortening of the cerebro-pleural
also shewing nerve prolongations to the eyes, connectives which totally pre-
rhinophores, labial lobes, Semper’s lobes, etc. ; vents the retraction of the
0.€., oesophagus; p., pedal ganglia; p.gl., pedal buccal bulb through the nerve
gla d; pl., pleural ganglia; s./., Semper’s lobes; ring X 8, and organs.

u., anterior aorta; v., visceral or pallial ganglia.

Very many interesting facts are brought forward with regard to the
powers of smell, vision and hearing ; in fact, this portion of the work
seems to be of a most useful nature, and tends to overcome our desire for the
beginning of the systematic portion of the work.

* For the present only books received by the Editor will be noted.
t See part I. of the Monograph, p. 2 of the cover.

I2 BOOKS RECEIVED.

After the completion of the account of the nervous system, the alimentary
canal is discussed, and, after some generalities, a well-illustrated account of

the variation in the jaw is given, and the subject of the odontophore entered
upon.

“Fig. 513.” Pleurognathous Quadif- “Fics. 512 and 513.” Front and side view of

maxillate mandibles of Cyclostoma appendiculate or Elasmognathous mandible of
elegans (Mill). Succinea putris (L).

The same remarks that we have previously made, will apply to the
general style and get up of Part IV., and we look forward to the time when
the whole work rests completed on our shelves.

JOURNALS.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SoclETy, vol. ii., No. 4.

Sowerby, G. B.—‘‘ Three new shells,” p. 137, pl. xi.,
Lotovium avmatum ; Pecten thomasi ; Cardium mendanaense.
Bednall, W. T.—‘ The Polyplacophora of South Australia,” p. 139, pl. xii.
New species, Ischnochiton pilsbryanus, I. pilsbryi, I. tateanus, ily
thomasi, Chiton exoptandus.
Murdoch, R.—‘ Descriptions of new species of Endodonta and Flammulina
from New Zealand,” p. 160, figs.

Melvill, J. C. and Sykes, E. R.—‘‘ Notes on a collection of marine shells
from the Andaman Isles with descriptions of new species,” p. 164,
p. xiii.

New species, Pleurotoma booleyi, P. ochvoleuca, Acilla~ ‘booleyi,
Mitra isomeres, Nassa eucomista, Turrvittella leptomita.

Godwin, Austen H. H.—‘' Notes on the genus Euflecta of Semper with
descriptions of supposed new species from Ceylon,” p. 173, pl. xii.
Enplecta prestoni; Kaliella salicensis; Lamprocystis (?) sinhila; L. (?)
nuwaraensis.

THE JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY, vol. viii., Nos. 10 and 11.

Marshall, J. T.—‘‘ Additions to ‘ British Conchology,’’’ pp. 338 and 353.

Chaster, G. W.—"' Adeorbis unisulcatus, n. sp., from the Irish Coast,” p. 373.

Darbishire, R. D.—‘‘A visit to a snail farm,” p. 374.

Melville, J. C. and Standen, Robert—‘ Notes on a collection of Shells from
Lifu and Uvea, Loyalty Islands.’’ (Part II. continued) p. 379.

Taylor, J. W.—‘‘ On two remarkably atavic specimens of Planorbis spirorbis,
Mill,” p. 382.

BOOKS RECEIVED. 1g

Tue Nautitus, vol. ix., Nos. 8, 9, ro and 11.
1896.
Stearns, R. E. C.—‘ Purpura lapillus, var. imbricata,” p. 85:
Pilsbry, H. A.—‘‘ Notes on new species of Amnicolidae collected by Dr.
Rush in Uruguay,” p. 86.
New genus, Potamolithus and nine new species of the same.
Ancey, C. F.—‘ Descriptions of some new shells from the New Hebrides
Archipelago,”’ p. go.
New species, Endodonta (2) tenuscripta, Melania vatensis and Neritina
coccinea.
Marsh, W. A.—‘New American Unio,” p. 91. Unio askewi, plate L.,
figs. 1, 2 and 3.
1897. ;
Hanham, W. —‘‘ Notes on the Land Shells of Quebec City and District,”
p. 98.
Pilsbry, H. A.—-‘‘ New Lower California Bulimuli, p. 102.
New species, Bulimulus trypodon and B. lamellifer.
Marsh, W. A.—‘‘New American Unionide,” p. 103. Plate I., figs. 1,
3 and 4.
New species Unio superiorersis.
Ancey, C. F.—‘ On some Sinistral Land Shells,” p. 104.
Mayyck, W. G.—‘‘ Cochlicella vextricosa, Drap., near Charlestown, S.C.,”
p- 105.
Pilsbry, H. A.—‘‘ On the generic position of Bulimus galeviculum, Mouss,”
p. 109.
Walker, Bryant—‘ Planorb:s nautileus, L. in America,” p. 109.
Dall, W. H.—“: List of species collected at Bahia, Brazil.’ By Dr. H. Von
Jhering, p. 121.
New species Mactrella theringi.

NACHRICHTSBLATT DE DEUTSCHEN MALAKOZOOLOGISCHEN GESELLSCHAFT.

November and December, 1896, and January and February, 1897,
1896.
Moellendorff, Dr. O. von.—‘‘ Landschnecken von Celebes,”’ p. 133.
Many new species.
1897.
Moellendorf, Dr. O. von.—‘' Ueber Trochonanina und Dendtrorochus,” p. 5.
Strubell, Bruno—‘ Neue Stsswasser-conchylien aus Sumatra and Java,”

[Dy Sy

Naegele, Pfarrer G.—‘ Einige neue syrische Land and Siisswasserschnecken,”’
Da ise

Boettger, Prof. Dr. O.—‘‘ Neue Helix-Formen aus deur Mainyer Tertiar,’’
p. 16.

JoURNAL DE CONCHYLIOLOGIE, vol. xliv., Nos. 1 and 2.

Hidalgo, G.—" Observations sur quelques Cochlostyla des Phillipines,” p. 5.

Hidalgo, G.—‘‘Sur Vhabitat du Cypraea aurantium Marton ou aurora
Solander,” p. 47.

Crosse, H.—‘‘ Additions a la Faune malacologique terrestre et fluviatile de 1
Nouvelle Calédonie et des ses dépendances,” p. 48.

Hervier, R. P. J.—'‘' Descriptions d’espéces nouvelles de mollusques pro-
venant d l’Archipel de la Nouvelle Calédonie,” pp. 51 and 138., pls. i.
ii. and iii.

Description of several new species of Drillia, Clavus, Surcula
Glyphostoma and Daphnella, and many of Clathurella.

14 BOOKS RECEIVED.

Vayssiere, A.—‘' Descriptions de quelques espéces nouvelles ou peu connues
de Pleurobranchidés,” p. 113, pls. iv. and v.
New species Berthella brocki, B. edwardsii; Plewrobranchus perrieri,
P. mobit.

THE Essex NaTurRALIST, vol. x., Nos. 1-4.

Webb, Wilfred Mark.—‘‘ The Non-Marine Molluscs of Essex,”’ pp. 27-48.
(to be concluded).

THE Irish NATURALST, vol. Iv., No. 12 and vol. vi., Nos. 1-4.
1896.
Welch, R.—“ Helix arbustorum in Co. Derry,” vol. iv., p. 318.
Welch, R.—“ Helix fusca in Co. Down,” vol. v., p. 318.

THE NATURALIST, 1897, Nos. 258-261.

Roebuck, W. Denison.—‘: Land and _ Freshwater Mollusca,’’ 1890-91
Bibliography, p. 27.

Taylor, John W.—‘‘ A probably new species of Azeca (A zeca elongata) in the
British Isles,”” p. 75—-see page 15 below.

Crowther, H.—‘ Testacella scutulum at Adel,” p. 80.

ScIENCE Gossip, vol. iii., Nos. 31-35.
Gude, G. K.—‘‘Armature of Helicoid Land Shells”’ (continued from p. 156(
pp- 178, 204, 244, 274.
Plectophylis affinis, new species, p, 276.
Cockerell, T. D. A.—‘: Foreign varieties of British Land and Freshwater
Mollusca,”’ p. 262.

KNOWLEDGE, December, 1896, Jan.-April, 1897.
BULLETIN OF THE MICHIGAN FISH Commission, No. 6.

Walker, Bryant.—‘ A Biological Examination of Lake Michigan, appendix
V. The Mollusca,” p. 96.

THE Museum, vol. vii., Nos. 1-4.

Snyder, W. E.—‘ Land and freshwater Shells of Dodge County, Wisconsin,”’
joe

ANNAES DE SCIENCIAS NATURAES, anno. iv. (1891) No. tr.
Nobre, Augusto—* Mollusqueset Brachiopodsdu Portugal ’’(continued) p. 37.

REPRINTS.

From THE INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF MIcrROoscopy AND NATURAL
SCIENCE, January, 1897.
French, John.—‘ Notes on Gryphaea incurva.”

From the PROCEEDINGS OF UNITED States, NATIONAL MUSEUM,
vol. xix.

Stanton, T. W.—‘' On the genus Remondia, Gabb, a group of Cretaceous
bivalve molluscs,”’ pp. 399, pl. xxvi.

Guppy, R. J. E. and Dall, Ww. A.—‘‘ Description of Tertiary fossils from
the Antillean region,” p. 303-331, plates xxvil-xxx.

Dall, W. H.—‘‘ Report on the Molluscs collected by the International
Boundary Commission of the United States and Mexico, 1892-4,”
PP- 333-379, Plates xxxi-xxvlil.

PAMPHLET.

A List oF THE LAND AND FRESHWATER SHELLS FOUND AT
SuTTON, COLDFIELD. By Albert Wood, Leeds, 1897.

NOTES.

Azeca elongata, Taylor. In ‘The Naturalist’’ for last March on
pages 75 and 76, Mr. J. W. Taylor describes under this name ‘‘ a probably
new species of Azeca, in the British Isles.’’ The description is based upon
two shells, the first from North Wales and the second from Ingleton, Yorkshire,
which differ from Azeca tridzns, Pulteney, in having two and half more whorls

FicureE 1. A, Azeca elongata, Taylor, Ingleton B, Azeca tridens, Pulteney,
Ilkley, both x 4.

(that is 9} instead of 7) ; inthe fact that these increase more slowly in size ; and
that the last of them is comparatively smaller. The mouth also of the shell
in A zeca elongata is different in shape, the denticle on the outer lip is stronger
and there is no trace of the ‘‘ winding columellar lamella which is so con-
spicuous a feature in A zeca tridens.”’

Through the courtesy of Mr. W. Denison Roebuck, the Editor of ‘‘ The
Naturalist’ we are able to give the figures (Figure 1, A and B) of the new
shell,” and of A zeca tridens which illustrate Mr. Taylor’s paper.

W. M. W.

The dates of Publication of the Journal de Conchyliogie.—Since
a list of the dates of issue of some parts of this publication up to vol. xli.,
No. 2, was given in our pages * it has, we regret to say, gone on, in what we
can only describe as its evil way. Numerous enquiries having reached us as
_to the real dates of issue of the various parts we think it may be of interest to
supplement the former list by placing on. record the dates at which a sub-
scriber through an English publisher, received his copies. If our readers
allow 14 days for the transit, &c., they will be easily able to arrive at the true
dates of publication. Why the editors of a periodical of the high class nature
of the ‘ Journal de Conchyliologie’’ should proceed in such an extraordinary
manner we fail to understand.

Part. Date on cover. Date of receipt.
Vol. xli., No. 3. July, 1893. March 24th, 1894.
eae ae October, 1893. August 8th, 1894.
Wolly Nov a. January, 1894. November roth, 1894.
si spans April, 1894. March Ist, 1895.
m ey ace July, 1894. November rst, 1895.
FF Bre Were October, 1894. December, 1895.
Vol. xlii., No. 1. January, 1895. February 26th, 1899.
- Ae April, 1895. April 27th, 1896.
. no est July, 1895. June 13th, 1896.
mA set Ae October, 1895. September rath, 1896.
Vol. xliv., No. 1. January, 1896 December 31st, 1896.
nf ees April, 1896. April 2oth, 1897.

* Journ. Malac. iii., p. 9. IBA IR, Sh,

16 NOTES.

Some French methods of cooking Snails.—Preparation.—Snails
are at their best during the winter as at other times they are apt to
cause nausea, colic, or even worse ailments, unless they have been starved for a
week. To do this keep them ina covered jar picking them over daily and
rejecting dead ones. After a week’s fasting they are nearly as good as in
winter. a,

To remove the slime, put them into lukewarm water to which salt and
vinegar have been added. Change the water three or four times, always
adding salt and vinegar. Use cold water the last time. Be careful never to
use boiling water, as often advised, as this kills them at once and removes
but little slime.

After preparing the snails as described above they may be cooked in the
various ways given under the following headings : —

Fried Snails.— Place the prepared snails in boiling water and leave them
until they can be easily taken from the shells with a small fork 7.e., for about ten
minutes. Then remove the gut and let them stand for some time in a mari-
nade composed of equal quantities of water and vinegar, flavoured with
minced parsley, garlic, shalot and onion, cloves, thyme, and a bay-leaf. Then
drain them, dry on a cloth and fry in hot fat. Drain well on soft paper and
serve with a garnish of fried parsley. They may be dipped intoa frying batter
if preferred, after being marinaded.

: nails from their shells and
removing the gut, put them into a saucepan with a good piece of butter and,
if liked, some mushrooms. Mix a little flour with some white wine, stir in
the saucepan, add a little salt, pepper, parsley, garlic and cloves to your taste.
Stew until well reduced, when a little cream or the yolk of an egg may be
added. Serve with a little minced parsley sprinkled over the stew.

Snails a la Parisienne.—This is, perhaps, the nicest way of serving
snails. -

After shelling them and removing the gut, replace the snails in the shells,
filling up the opening with good butter which has been well mixed with very
finely minced parsley and garlic. Arrange the shells in a shallow dish so
that they cannot turn over and so let the butter escape. Cook for a short
time in the oven and serve very hot.

Some persons prefer to leave the gut in the snail thinking it adds to the
flavour, but this is a matter of opinion only and it is usually removed.

Stuffed Snails.—Make a force-meat of all or any of the following
ingredients :—garlic, parsley, shalots, onions, sorrel, almonds, hazel-nuts,
walnuts, sausage meat, anchovies, scraps of veal and cold fowl. These must
all be minced very finely and worked well with a piece of good fresh butter.

Fill up the shells, after replacing the snails, with this mixture and cook in
the oven as above.

Ragout of Snails.—After preparing them as before, put the snails into a
saucepan with a pat of butter, salt, pepper, very small onions, mushrooms, a
tiny bit of garlic, thyme, a bay leaf and half-a-glass of red or white wine.
Cook gently for half-an-hour. <A fowl’s liver, cooked and pounded is a great
improvement, if added at the last moment, and if white wine has been used a
small quantity of madeira, cognac or vermouth, will enrich the gravy.

FLORANCE STEPHENSON.

Aprit 30th, 1897.

THE

WOERNAL OF MABACOLOGY.

Nos..3 & 4. SEPTEMBER & DECEMBER, 1897. VoL. VI.

ON SOME NEW SPECIES OF LAND SHELLS
FROM THE ISLAND OF SOCOTRA.

3y EDGAR A. SMITH, F.Z5S.
(PLATE V.)

The most recent account of the terrestrial and freshwater
Mollusca of the island of Socotra is that published by Mr.
Crosse in the Journal de Conchyliologie, 1884, pp. 341-375. This
catalogue enumerates all the species known up to that date, and
is accompanied by references to the different works in which the
species have been described, and some observations respecting
the character and distribution of the fauna, and its relationship
to that of neighbouring countries.

Since this catalogue appeared, nothing has been added to our
knowledge of the Mollusca of the island. During the present year
the British Museum has received from Mrs. Theodore Bent a
series of land and freshwater shells collected by herself and her
late husband whose devotion to exploration was unfortunately
terminated by death. This collection contains the majority of
the known species and several others new to science. The fact
that as many as nine new forms were discovered by Mr, and
Mrs. Bent would appear to indicate that many new species have
yet to be found in unexplored parts of the island.

34 SMITH : NEW LAND SHELLS FROM SOCOTRA.

My colleague Mr. Ogilvie Grant and Lieutenant-Colonel
Yerbury, both ardent and experienced collectors, who propose
to visit Socotra next year will doubtless add considerably to
our knowledge of the fauna. Therefore, until their return, I
abstain from giving a full report upon the shells obtained by
Mr. and Mrs. Bent, and merely offer descriptions of the new
species which they discovered.

1. Ennea cylindracea, n. sp., (Pl. V., fig. 1).

Testa parva, angusta, cylindvacea, imperforata, alba, pellucida ;
spiva elongata, ad apicem mammillata ; anfractus sex, lente accresceutes,
primus globosus, tres sequentes convexiusculi, ult. et penult. planiuscult
sutura profunda obliqua discreti, linets incrementi tenuibus — striati,
ultimus antice subascendens, supra dorsum tenuiter costulato-striatus ;
apertura ivrvegulariter subquadrata, parva, longit. totius + adaequans,
dente unica parietal: instructa ; peristoma leviter incrassatum, marginibns
callo conspicuo junctis, exteriove versus suturam leviter sinuato, columellart
dilatato, intus prominente, subplicato.

Longit. 7, diam. 2mm. Apertura 1.6 longa, 1,25 lata.

2. Buliminus (Passamaiella) mirabilis, n. sp.,
(PL. Wa, tz s=2):

Testa subglobosa, superne acuminata, purpureo-fusca, vimata, linets
incrementt tenutbus obliquis striata; spiva conoidea, ad apicem sub-
mammullata ; anfractus 54, superioves duo convext, laeves, sequentes vix
convexiuscult, ultimus magnus, giobosus, postice leviter descendens, sed
versus apertuvam subascendens, pone labrum foveam profundam exhibens,
et infra vrimam wnbilicalem valde excavatus ; apertura auriformis, longit.
totius 4 paulo superans ; peristoma incrassatum, expansum, veflexum,
livido-fuscum, marginibus callo plus minus crasso junctis, externo intus
in medio tuberculo duplice albo valde prominente instructo, columellart

plica crassa intrante alba armato.

Longit. 23, diam, 16 mm.

Distinguished by its globose form, colour, and the characters
of the aperture. In form this species bears a striking resem-
blance to a shell from Fernando Noronha described by the
author under the name of Bulimus (Tomigerus) ramagei*, and the
armature of the aperture although different, is of the same
character.

B. isthmedon, Martens is smaller, differently coloured, and
has a more oblique aperture and the sculpture appears to be
rather coarser.

* Journ. Linn. Soc., vol. xx., p. 500, pl. xxx., fig. 8.

SMITH: NEW LAND SHELLS FROM SOCOTRA. 35

3. Buliminus (Passamaiella) bentii,, n. sp.,
(Pl. V., fisataye

Testa ivregulariter ovata, superne acuminata, albida ?, vel fuscescens,
vimata, spiva convext conoidea, ad apicem obtuse mammillata ; anfractus
5, subceleviter accrescentas, superioves duo convexi, laeves, sequentes duo
minus convext,peroblique striati, ultimus postice oblique descendens,sed prope
labrum subascendens, pone labri medium et infra vrimam wmbilicalem valde
impressus ; apertura trvegularis, obliqua, auriformis, contrvacta ; peristoma
paulo incrassatum, anguste expansum et veflexum, marguubus callo con-
spicuo vecto sed obliquo fere junctis, externo intus in medio bituberculato
et columellari plica valida elongata oblique intrante instructo.

Longit. 18.5, diam. 10 mm,

The only two specimens collected by Mr.and Mrs. Bent are in
a bleached condition, exhibiting traces of a horny or brownish
colour only towards the apex. The form of this very interesting
species is very remarkable and at once distinguishes it from the
other allied species. The great contraction of the aperture is
very peculiar, it is also remarkable in that the parietal callus
does not actually join the extremities of the peristome, but is
separated both above and below by a slight notch or channel.
It isa melancholy pleasure that one feels in associating this very
curious species with the name of the late Mr. Bent.

4. Buliminus (Passamaiella) rotundus, n, sp.,
(Pl. V.., dereay:

Testa globosus, supeyrne conoidea, inferne excavata, vix vimata,
albida ; spiva breviter conoidea, ad apicem submammuillata ; anfractus
54 lente accrescentes, sutuva mediocriter profunda sejuncti, duo superiores
convext, laeves, sequentes minus convext, oblique tenuissime et confertim
costulati, ultimus globosus, antice haud descendens, in regione umbilice
excavatus, et circa excavationem antice obtuse carinatus, pone labrum
profunde scrobiculatus ; apertura irvregulariter auriformis, contracta ;
pevistoma album, tenue, marginibus callo conspicuo utringue fere junctis,
externo in medio intus projecto et bituberculato, columellart rveflexo, plica
gracile intrante instructo, ad insertionem canaliculato.

Longit. 13, diam. 11,5 mm.

Remarkable for its globular form, the fine costulation being
finer than in B. passamatanus, the contracted, denticulate aperture,
&c. The parietal callus is separated from the extremities of the
peristome, both above and below, by a narrow groove or
channel,

2

36 SMITH * NEW LAND SHELLS FROM SOCOTRA.

5. _Buliminus. (Ovella) acutus; n. sp. (Pl. V., fie. 5),

Testa ovato-fusiformis, anguste perforata, nitida, nigro-et fusco-

cornea, stvigis albis,. longitudinalibus, angustis, ivregularibus, infra
medium anfy. ultimt subito, obliquis, ornata, linets incrementi vtx con-
spicuis sculpta ; spiva elongato-pyramidalis, ad apicem obtusa ; anfractus
7 lente accrescentes, duo superiores flavescentes convext, caetert planiuscult,
ultimus haud descendens, antice subacuminatus ; apertura anguste ovalts,
iutus saturate fusca, longit. totius + paulo superans ; peristoma flavescens,
subtenue, margine externo haud expanso, columellavi anguste veflexo, ad
insertionem albo, intus in medio tenutter uniplicato.

Longit. 13, diam. 5.4. mm. Apertura 5 longa, 2.5 lata.

The acuminate spire, flattened whorls and style of coloura-
tion are the distinguishing features of this pretty species. The
ground colour of the last whorl is lighter than that of the two
preceding whorls and besides the irregular white lines and
stripes, a few white dots are scattered irregularly over the
surface. The shellis very smooth and glossy, and the embryonic
shell consists of two convex whorls of a yellowish horn colour.
Allied to B. longiformis, Godwin-Austen, but smaller, with a
more acuminate spire, and a peculiar style of markings on the
lower half of the body-whorl.

6. Buliminus (Ovella) innocens, n. sp. (PI. V., fig. 6).

Testa parva, angusta, ovato-fusiformis, rimata, albida ; anfractus
7 lente accrescentes, apicales duo laeves, convext, caetert planiusculz,
oblique confertim costulato-striatt, sutura leviter obliqua distincta
sejunctt, ultimus haud descendens; apertura parva, angusta, longit.
tottus 4 paulo supevans, alba ; pervistoma tenue, margine exteviove vix
expanso, columellari leviter veflexo, intus plica obliqua tenut instructo.

Longit. 12, diam. 4mm. Apertura 4 longa, 2 lata. -

Only two dead specimens are in the collection which may be
more or less bleached, but neither exhibit any traces of colour-
makings. The species may be recognised by the slender form
and very fine, close-cet cestuee,

=

SMITH ;: NEW LAND SHELLS FROM SOCOTRA. 37

7, Stenogyra insculpta,, n. sp. (PI. V., fig. 7).

Testa subulata, imperforata, alba; anfractus 15 lentissime
accrescentes, sutuva profunda cbliqua discreti, duo apicales laeves, convext,
supya tabulati, apicem obtusum formantes, sequentes 5-6 convexiuscult,
caetevi minus convext, subplant, strits. leviter obliquis confertis peculiariter
cvenulatis sculpt, wltimus ad peripheriam angulatus, haud descendens ;
apertura angulatim ovalis ; peristoma tenue, simplex, margine columellari
anguste veflexo.

Longit. 37, diam. 6 mm. Apertura 5 longa, 3 lata.

This species is remarkable for the peculiar sculpture, con-
sisting of close-set slightly oblique raised lines of growth, which,
being crossed by numerous transverse impressed striae, have a
prettily festooned or crenulated appearance. It differs from
S. avguta Martens in sculpture, in the angulation of the body-
whorl, and more tapering form.

8. Stenogyra (Riebeckia) decipiens, n. sp.

Testa S. socotovanae similis, sed ad apicem magis attenuata, sutura
haud canaliculata, sculptura tenwmore, haud cancellata.
Longit. 88 mm., diam. 30. Apertura 27 longa.
m TS 3 Pome D oes

Although quite similar in general appearance, this species is
certainly distinct from S. socotovana. The top of the spire is
more slender, the suture is not deeply cut or channelled, and the
sculpturi is much finer, consisting of fine lines of growth and
excessively fine spiral striae. It is possible that some of the
shells figured by Martens (Conch. Mittheil, vol. ii., pl. xxix)
may belong to this species, figs. 7a, 7), and 8 especially having
a very striking resemblance to it.

g. Auricula socotrensis, n. sp. (PI. V., figs. 8, 8a).

Testa elongato-ovata, imperforata, olivaceo-fusca, nitida, linets
incrementt tenuibus striata ; spiva brevis, convexe conoidea, ad apicem
mammillata ; anfractus 7, supremus couvexus, caeteri vix convexi,
interdum plus minus spivaliter punctati, ultimus elongatus, lateribus
leviter convexis; apertura inverse elongato-auriformis ; labrum tenue,
intus levissime incrassatum ; columella quadviplicata, plicis superioribus
duobus subconjunctis et aliis inferioribus solidioribus.

Longit. 9, diam. 4mm. Apertura 7 longa.

Allied to A. pusilla, H. & A. Adams, A, nevillit, and gassiesi
of Morelet and a few other species, but quite distinct.

38 .SMITH : NEW LAND SHELLS FROM SOCOTRA.

10. Lithidion bentii, n. sp. (Pl. V., figs. 9-gb.)

Testa discoidea, apertissime ambilicata, acute cavinata alba, vel
supra pallide rufescens, leviter nitens ; spira plana ; anfractus quinque,
apicales duo (protoconcha) laeves, perconvexi, cactert liris quatuor
spiralibus gracilibus supra instructi, convexiuscult, hic tlic radiatum
subplicati, ultimus ad periphertam carina compressa acute ornatus, infra
livis concentricis 4-5 circumdatus ; apertura rotundata, intus vufescens ;
peristoma album, marginibus callo junctis, margine supero sursum dilatato,
inferiore incrassato, vix veflexo.

Diam. maj. 13, min. 11, alt. 3 mm.

Much. flatter than L. marmorosum G.-Austen, with a much
more prominent peripheral keel.

EXPLANATION OF THE FIGURES ON PLATE V.

Pig... i. Ennea cylindracea.

Fig. 2. Buliminus (Passamaiella) mirabilis.

Fig. 3. Buliminus (Passamatella) bentti.

“ig. 4. Buliminus (Passamaiella) votundus.

ig. 5. Buliminus (Ovella) acutus.

Fig. 6. Buliminus (Ovella) innocens.

Fig. 7. Stenogvra insculpta.

Fig. 8. Auricula socotrensis.

Fig. 8a. Auricula socotrensis. Aperture enlarged.

Fig. 9-9b. -Lithidion bentit.

BOOKS RECEIVED.

MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY, SECOND SERIES, PULMONATA, part 42, by Henry

A. Pilsby, Philadelphia, pp. 55-144, pls. 14-25.

In this instalment, the section Bulimus proper, is brought to a finish.
Rhinus is also completed, while a fifth section Hyperaulay (created by Mr.
Pilsby in 1897 for B. ridleyi, E. A. Smith) is added to the four (given ante, p.
29), into which Mr. Pilsby breaks up his second division of the genus
Buiimulus, or those species ‘‘ with nepeonic whorls sculptured with waved,
zig-zag, or irregular subvertical wrinkles, or with the wrinkles dislocated
and broken more or less into granules or a netted pattern.’ Furthermore,
the third division, in which the sculpturing of the nepeonic whorls is regular,
is attacked—the forms belonging to the division are geographically and by
general appearance divided into sub-genera, viz.—Protoglyptus from Eastern
and Northern America, Trinidad, etc., Naesiotus from the Galapagos Islands,
and Orthotomum from Central and Northern Mexico, Lower California, and
Southern United States. The work on the first is finished, and the present
part breaks off during the consideration of Orthotomum.

JOURNALS.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LoNDoN, vol. ii., parts
6 and 7 (1897.)

Tate, Ralph.—':Ona recent species of mmr ” pp, 181-2, fig.
Arcoperna recens, n. Sp.

Suter, Henry.—" Revision of the New Zealand Polyplacophora,”' pp. 183-
200 fig, :

Suter, Henry.—“ Note on Mitra obscura,” Hutton, p.p. 201-2, fig.

Howes, G. B.—Presidential Address, pp. 203-226. A most masterly account
of the Malacological work of the year.

Gwatkin, H. M.—‘‘ The Dentition of the Pupidae,” p. 227,
Confirms Dr. Sterki’s discovery that Vertigo edentula has the dentition of
a Punctum.
Smith, Edgar A.—" Notes on some type-specimens in the British Museum,’
Pp. 229-232.
Murex penchinata, Crosse, is M. hultoniae, Wright; M. fonrnieri, Crosse, is
a variety of M. emarginatus, Sowerby; Cancellavia souverbiana, Crosse, is C,
crenifcrva ; Mitra crowani, Crosse, is M, conica.
Sykes, E. R.—‘ Descriptions of some new species of Helicoid and opercu-
late land shells from Ceylon,” pp. 235-257, pl. xvi.
New: species :—Corilla colletti, C. gudei; Euplecta colletti, E. scobinoides ;
Polita notabiles ; Macrochlamys? civcumsculpta ; Cyathopoma artatum, C. prestoni,
C. turbinatum ; Diplommatina (Nicida) prestoni.

40 BOOKS RECEIVED.

Kennard, A. S., and Woodward, B. B.—‘' The Mollusca of the English
Cave Deposits,’’ pp. 242-244, figs.

This interesting paper deals chiefly with the Mollusca found in Ightham
fissure in Kent, the species of greatest interest being :—Hygromia umbrosa,
Partsch, which has not previously been discovered living or fossil in this
country ; Vitrea helvetica Blum. (glabra, Brit. Auct.), which has not been found
fossil before ; Pomatias elegans and Vitrea alliavia found in Pleistocene deposits
for the first time (the statement that these occur in the Holocenes of Essex
must only be meant to apply to the first shell as V. alliavria has not been
found fossil in Essex at all); Limax maximus and Clausilia laminata are new
records for our Pleistocenes; Swuccinea oblonga and Vertigo minutissima. A
slender variation of Carychium minimum is figured.

Suter, Henry.—‘A_ revision of the New Zealand Athoracophoridae,”’
PP- 245-257, figs.
New species:—Athoracophorus dendyi (Janella maculata, Collinge, is
Athoracophorus bitentaculatus, Quoy and Gaimard),

Suter, Henry.—‘‘ The Land Mollusca of Stewart Island,” pp. 268-9.
Eleven fresh species.

Suter, Henry.—‘ Revision of the New Zealand Trochidae,”’ p.p. 260-283,
figs.
New species :—Gibbula micans.

Suter, Henry.—" Notes on some New Zealand Flammulina, with the descrip-
tion of F. ponsonbyi, n.sp,"’ pp. 284-5, figs.
Smith, Edgar A.—‘ Descriptions of New species of Land Shells from
New Guinea and neighbouring islands,”’ p. 286-2990, pl. xviii.
New species :—Rhytida trobriandensis ; Macrochlamys dohertyi; Aviophanta
(Hemiplecta) andaientis; Chlorites fusco-purpurea; Papuina rufo-purpurea,
P. molesta ; Pupina papuana ; Truncatella gracilenta.

Melville, J. Cosmo, and Ponsonby, J. H.—‘‘Description of Achatina
studleyi, n,p., from Old Calabar, West Africa,” p. 291, fig.

Melville, J. Cosmo.—‘' Description of Plecotrema sykesii, n.sp., from
Karachi,” p. 292, fig.
Collinge, Walter E.—‘‘ On a further Collection of Slugs from the Hawaiian

(or Sandwich) Islands,” pp. 203-397, figs.
New species :—Amalia babori.
Sykes, E. R.—‘' Diagnoses of New Non-Marine Mollusca from the Hawaiian
Islands,” p. 298-9. New species of Vitvea, Kalliela and Succinea.

THE JoURNAL OF CoNcHOLOGy, vol. viii.. No. 13, October Ist, 1897.

Marshall, J. T.—‘‘ The Marine Shells of Scilly’’ (concluded) p. 433.

Oldham, Charles.—‘ Lima cinereo-niger, Wolff, in Derbyshire,” p. 433.

Melvill, J. Cosmo.—‘‘ Upon the Principles of Nomenclature and _ their
application to the Genera of Recent Mollusca,”’ pp. 435-479.

A most interesting account of the various pre-Linnean authors, and dis-
cussion of the various codes of nomenclature that have been drawn up, from
time to time, as well as of many other points.

BOOKS RECEIVED. 41

Tue NavtTitus.—Vol. xi., Nos. 5, 6, 7, & 8.

Wood, M. Williard.—‘ Bolinas, California; the Conchologists’ Paradise,”
PP: 49-54-
Pilsbry, Henry A.—‘ Note on a Californian Helix,” pp. 54-55.
Wright, Berlin H.—‘‘ New Unios,” pp. 55-6.
New species :—Unio buxtoni and U. suttoni.
Dall, W. H.—‘ New land shells from Mexico and New Mexico,” pp. 61-2.
New species :—Holospiva (Haplostemma) cockerelli ; Coelocentrum atropheres ;
Schazicheila hidalgoana.
Ancey, C. T.—‘‘ On two new species of Amphridomus,” p. 62-3.
Amphidromus fultoni. from Cochin China, and A. eudeli, from Annam.
Merrian, John C.—‘‘ New species of tertiary Mollusca from Vancouver
Island,” p.p. 94-65.
Cythera newcombei, C. vancouverensis, Patella geometrica; Turritella diveri-
lineata ; Nassa newcombet : Bullia buccinoides.
Dall, W. H.—‘‘ New species of Mexican land shells,” pp. 73-74.
Helix (Lysinoe) queretavoana ; H, (L) sebastiana ; Polygvra nelsont.
Hemphill, Henry.—‘ Description of a new variety of land shell from Idaho,”
p. 74 and 75.
Helix devia var. clappi.
Cockerell, T. D. A.—‘‘ Notes on slugs,” p. 75.
Dall, W. H.—‘' New West American shells,”’ pp. 85-86.
Sigaretus oldvoydii ; Pecten palmeri; P. vandolphi ; P. davidsoni.
Ancey, C, F.—‘‘Note on two species of Helicina,’”’ p. 87.
Considers that H. rabei recently described by Pilsbry =H. rufocallosa Anc.,

based upon examples distributed by Schmeltz under the erroneous name of
H. fischeriana Montr.
Pilsbry, H. A.—“ Oxychona unmasked,” pp. 87-88.

The Brazilian species of Oxychona are found by Mr. Pilsbry from the
characters of their radula and the sculpturing of the nepeonic shell, to belong
to Drymaeus. The Central American and Mexican species placed in Oxychona
by Mr. Pilsbry must now be separated once more, and for them it is proposed
to reinstate Leptarionta of Crosse and Fischer.

Wright, Berlin H.—‘ A new Plicate Unio,” pp. g1-2
Unio walkeri,
Pilsbry, H. A.—"' Polygyra ferrissi, n. sp.,”" p. 92.
Pilsbry, H. A.—A classified catalogue of American Land Shells with
localities, pp. 59-60, 71-72, 83-84, 93-96.

NACHRICHTSBLATT DE DEUTSCHEN MALAKOZOOLOGISCHEN GESELLSCHAFT.
July to December 1897.
Moellendorff, O. von.-~‘‘ Neue Landschecken von Java,” pp, 89-67.
New species of Ofeas ; Tornatellina; Carychium ; Leptopoma ; Lagocheilus ;
Ditropis ; Pupina; Alycaeus, Palaina, Diplommatina, and Georisa.

Kobelt, W. and Moellendorff, O von.—“ Catalogue der gegenwartig lebend
bekannten Pneumonopomen”’ (continued) pp. 105-120, and 147-152.

42 BOOKS RECEIVED.

Moellendorf, O von.—‘ Cochlostyla-Studien,” p. 121, pp. 153-172.
Rolle, H.—‘ Eine neue Anodonta,”
Andonta bactriana.

Moellenderf, O. von.— Studien zur Zoogeographie von Dr. Kobelt—Die
Mollusken der Palaearktischen Region, Weisbaden, 1897,” pp. 173-778.
Martens, E. von.—‘' Neue Arten und Varietaten,”’ pp. 178-180,

New species :—Helix (Camema) noetlengi ; Cyclophorus (Scabrina) basisulcatus.

JOURNAL DE CONCHYLIOLOGIE, vol. xlv. Nos. 1 & .2
Bernard, Felix.—‘: Etudes comparatives sur la coquille des Lamellibranches
II. Les genres Philobrya and Hochstetteria, pp. 5-47, pl. i.
Hervier, J.—‘' Descriptions d’especes nouvelles de Mollusques provenant
de l’Archipel de la Nouvelle-Calédonie (Suite),’’ pp. 47-69, pl. ii., and
pp. 89-121, pl. lil.

New species of Daphnella ; Cithava; Mangilia; Mitra ; Clathurella.
Vignal, L —‘ Note sur le Cerithium (Gourmya) cirrhoe. A. d’Orbigny,” p. 69.
Drouet, H.—‘‘ Unionidae nouveaux ou peu connus,”’ pp. 122-136.
Mayer-Eymer, C.—‘' Descriptions de Coquilles fossiles des terrains tertiares

supérieurs (suite), pp, 136-149, pl. iv.
THE IrtsH Naturatist, August to December, 1897.
Adams, Lionel E.—‘‘ Paludestrina (Hydrobia) jenkinsi Smith.” A new
Irish Shell, pp. 234-236. :

Mr. Adams suggests that as this species occurs in places where Baltic
timber has been used, and as it has only of recent years been noticed, it may
have been imported from the shores of the Baltic.

THE Essex NaturRAListT, vol. x. April to June, 1897.

Webb, Wilfred Mark.—‘‘ The Non-Marine Molluscs of Essex (concluded),
pp. 65-81.

Kennard, A. S., and Woodward, B. B.—With contributions by Webb,
Wilfred Mark.—‘ The Post-pliocene Mollusca of Essex,’’ pp. 87-109,
table.

N.B.—For a resume of the work in these two papers, see page 58 of
this number.
JOURNAL OF THE LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON ZOOLOGY,
Vol. xxvi., pp. 233-329, pls. 19 and 20,

Watson, R. Boog.—' On the Marine Mollusca of Madeira, with descriptions
of thirty-five new Species and an Index list of all the known sea-dwelling
Species of that Island.”

REPRINTS.
From the JoURNAL OF THE Royat AsiATIC SOcIETY, CEYLON BRANCH,
vol. xv., 1897, No. 48.

Collett, O.—The Terrestrial Mollusca of Ambagamuwa, Io pp.
Thirty-eight species.

From the AwNALS AND MAGAZINE OF NATURAL History, vol. xx, (1897).

Hugh, Fulton.— Descriptions of two new species of Amphidromus,”’
pp. 211-12, pl. vi., figs. 2 and 3. Amphidromus floresianus and A. con-
sobrinus.

BOOKS RECEIVED. 43

Hugh, Fulton.—‘‘On supposed new species of Oleacina, Trochomorpha, and
Bulimulus,” pp. 212-214.
Oleacina underwoodi ; Trochomorpha (Videna) andamanica; T. (V.) pseudo-
sanis; Bulimulus (Drymaeus) bavoni.

BULLETIN OF THE NATURAL History SocIETY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA,
No. 2, pages 1-28, plates 1 and 2.
Dall, W. H.—‘‘ Notice of some new or interesting species of shells from
British Columbia and the adjacent region.”

New species of Cvrenella, Modiolaria, Nucula, Leda, Yoldia, Malletia,
Macoma, Cadulus, Cythava, ? Mumiola, Odontostomia, Rissoina, and Molleria
Encosmia.

From the JOURNAL OF PHysIoLoGy, vol. xxii. (1897).
Davenport, C. B. and Perkins, Helen.—‘‘A contribution to the study of
Geotaxis in the higher animals,” pp. 99-110.
Limax maximus was used in the experiments.

From ‘Science Gossip "’ (ns.), vol. iv.

Gude, G. R.—Armature of Helicoid Land Shells, pp. 70-1, 102-103, 138-139,
170-171 (see below page 44).

‘NOTES.

Distribution of Testacella maugei.
In view of Mr. Webb’s studies on the distribution of the British species

of Testacella, the following records for T. maugei may be of interest :—
SOMERSET. Castle Cary (E. W. Swanton).
CorNWALL. Phillack Rectory, Hayle (J. G. C. T.)
Warwick. Gardens near Birmingham (W. E. C.)
Worcester. Nursery gardens near Worcester (W. E. C.)
CHESHIRE. Gardens at Bowdon (W. E. C.)

The last three records are all of recent introduction.—W.E.C.

Notes on some Slugs from the Hebrides.

I have recently received from Mr. J. Steele Elliott, some slugs from St.
Kilda, and also some from Mr. G. E. Allen, B.Sc., from Sanday, Orkney. As
there are few records for these islands, it is desirable, I think, to record these
specimens.

Mr. Elliott sent me four specimens of Avion empivicorum, Fér., and seven
specimens of Agrviolimax agrestis, L. Of the former, two are young. One or
the adults is of the usual deep jet-black, with the foot-fringe and lineoles of the
same colour and the foot-sole sepia-coloured ; the other specimen is black on the
dorsum, becoming plunbeous towards the foot-fringe. The head is lighter
and somewhat mottled. Foot-fringe a yellowish-sepia with black lineoles.
Foot-sole yellowish-sepia.

Mr. Allen collected seven specimens of Arion, four from West Brough,
Sanday; four are A. empiricorum, Fer; the remaining three from Castle
Green, Sanday, are very fine examples of the variety johnstoni, Kal., of
A. empiricorum.—WALTER E. COLLINGE, F.Z.8., Mason University College,
Birmingham.

Note on two species of Veronicella from Chili.

I have recently received from the Rev. H. M. Gwatkin, M.A., of
Cambridge, four specimens of Veronicella from Chili. From an external
examination of the same, I am of opinion that three are V. nigra, Heyn., 1885,
originally described from specimens in the British Museum, and one V. fusca,
Heyn., also described from a specimen in the British Museum.—W. E. C.

SPECIES OF PLECTOPYLIS RECENTLY DE-
SCRIBED IN SCIENCE GOSSIP BY G. K.
GUDE.

Plectopylis smithiana, Gude.

Shell dextral, discoid, widely umbilicated, rufous brown,
coarsely and regularly ribbed, with scarcely visible microscopic
sculpture above, but strongly decussated with spiral lines below,
suture impressed. Whorls 6, convex, slowly increasing, the last
rapidly widening towards the aperture, not angulated above,
shortly descending in front. Aperture sub-triangular ; peristome
light brown, a little thickened and reflexed, the margins con-
verging ; parietal callus with a strongly raised flexuous ridge,
separated from both margins of the peristome. _Umbilicus very

Ficure 1.—Plectopylis smithiana, Gude.

wide but shallow. Parietal wall, with an entering flexuous
horizontal fold, united to the ridge at the aperture, and at
one-third of the circumference from the aperture with one
crescent-shaped vertical plate, which has two small denticles,
one above and one below, on the anterior side. Palatal folds 6,
the first and sixth thin and horizontal, the other four short,
broad and oblique.—Major diameter, 27 millimetres; minor
diameter, 21 millimetres; axis, 10 millimetres.—Habitat,
Attaram, Burma.—Type in the British Museum,

RECENTLY -DESCRIBED SPECIES OF PLECTOPYLIS, 45

. -I found two specimens-in the Theobald collection of the
British Museum, labelled Plectopylis brachyplecta, which, in spite
of some external resemblance to that species, presented sufficient
differences to lead one to suspect that they were distinct, and on
opening one of them I found that the difference in the armature
confirmed this suspicion. In basing a new species upon them,
I have much pleasure in dedicating it to Mr. Smith, whose
permission to open the shell enabled me to investigate the
matter.

Plectopylis smuthiana differs from P. brachyplecta in being
darker and larger. ‘The ribs are coarser and the whorls more
convex; the last whorl is not angulated above, and it widens
more towards the aperture. The peristome is less thickened
and more reflexed, and the ridge of the parietal callus less
stout but more raised, while the umbilicus is wider and much
more shallow. The horizontal parietal fold deflects more at the
aperture and there is only one vertical plate (see fig. 1d), which
is crescent-shaped, with the convex side towards the aperture ;
on its anterior side, in place of a second vertical plate as in
P. brachyplecta, are found two elongated, oblique, converging
denticles, one abcve and one below. The palatal armature is
similar to that of P. brachyplecta. Fig. 1d, which shows the
parietal wall, is from one of the specimens in the British
Museum. Figs. ta-1c are drawn from a specimen, labelled
Attaram, obligingly lent to me by Miss Linter, of Arragon Close,
Twickenham, who informs me that she received it from Mr.
Theobald. This was also labelled P. brachyplecta, but I have no
hesitation in referring it to the new species. It measures—
major diameter, 26 millimetres ; minor diameter, 21 millimetres ;
axis, g millimetres. (SciENcE Gossip, New Series, Vol. III.,
March, 1897, p. 274. By hind permission of the Editor).

Plectopylis plectostoma var. tricarinata, Gude.

Differs from the type in being larger, in having the periphery
acutely keeled, and in having three raised ridges between the
periphery and the suture, revolving as far as the fourth whorl.—
Major diameter, ro millimetres ; minor diameter, 9 millimetres ;
axis, 6 millimetres.—Habitat, Bengal.—Type in the McAndrew
collection of the University Museum of Zoology, Cambridge.

_ A tablet in the McAndrew collection contains five specimens,
labelled ‘‘Plectopylis plectostoma Bengal, Benson coll.,” two of

46 RECENTLY DESCRIBED SPECIES OF PLECTOPYLIS.

which are distinct from the type and appear to be worthy of a
varietal name, Besides being larger and more conical than the
type, they are aiso distinctly keeled at the periphery and have
three distinct raised ridges on the upper side, revolving as far as
the fourth whorl. I name this form Plectopylis plectostoma var.
tricavinata. The entire shell is shown, enlarged, in fig. 2a, while
a portion of the last whorl, more enlarged, is shown in fig. 20.
The armature is identical with that of the type. (Ibid, p. 275).

FicureE 2.—Plectopylis plectostoma var. tricarinata, Gude.

Plectopylis affinis, Gude.

Shell sinistral, somewhat widely umbilicated, disc-shaped,
pale yellowish, corneous, translucent, radiately plicate, decussated by
spiral lines above, smoother and shining below. Whorls 7, narrow,
increasing slowly, the last widening towards the aperture, and
descending a little in front, rounded above, flattened below ; four
lines of soft pilose hairs pass round the whole length of the body
whorl, the first on the angulated periphery, the second a little
below it, the third midway between the second and fourth,
which is near the umbilicus. Aperture ear-shaped, elongated
vertically ; peristome white, thickened and reflexed, upper margin
alittle depressed ; the raised flexuous ridge on the parietal callus is
separated from the margins by a slight notch. Umbilicus deep
and moderately wide. . The parietal armature consists of a
vertical plate with two short supports anteriorly, one above and
one below, and two elongated denticles posteriorly, one above
and one below; two free, short, horizontal folds in a line occur’
below the vertical plate. The palatal armature is composed of
six folds, the first and sixth short, thin and horizontal, the others
longer and broader; the second a little indented in the middle,
with the posterior termination raised obliquely; the third is
notched in the middle, and deflects obliquely posteriorly; the
fourth and fifth are in two series separated by a short space, the
anterior portion straight and horizontal, the posterior portion -
crescent-shaped and obliquely descending.—Major diameter, Io
millimetres; minor diameter, g millimetres; axis, 5.5 milli-
metres.—Habitat, Khasia Hills, Assam.—Type in my collection.

RECENTLY -DESCRIBED SPECIES OF PLECTOPYEIS. 47

Plectopylis afimis from the Khasia Hills, has hitherto been
confused with Plectopylis plectostoma, but it differs in being larger
and much paler in colour, in having four instead of five rows of
hairs, which are not placed on raised ridges as in that species ;
the cuticle is much thinner and not plaited, while the spiral
sculpture is less coarse above and scarcely perceptible below,
where the shell is also more shining than in P. plectostoma. The
shell is translucent and the armature is distinctly visible through
its wall, while the aperture is more narrowed laterally and the
upper margin of the peristome is less arcuate, being a little
inflected. The umbilicus is also wider and scarcely angulated,
while the base is much more flattened. The ridge of the
parietal callus is more raised and more curved. The parietal
armature consists of a vertical plate with a very short support
anteriorly at the upper and lower extremities, but without the

FiGuRE 3.—Plectopylis afinis, Gude.

horizontal fold above as in P. flectostoma. The two denticles on
the posterior side are larger and more elongated, and below the
vertical plate are two short, thin, horizontal folds in a line with
each other (see fig. 3d, which shows: the parietal wall by itself;
and fig. 3¢, which shows both armatures from the posterior
side). The palatal armature is similar to that of P. plectostoma,
but the posterior portions of the third, fourth and fifth folds,
instead of being straight and almost vertical are crescent-shaped
and oblique (see fig. 3, which shows the palatal folds as they
appear through the shell-wall) ; an additional semi-circular fold,
posterior to, but a little, above the fifth fold, occurs in this
spccimen; this, however, I have not observed in any of the
other specimens. Tig. 34a shows the entire shell enlarged. My
specimens were obtained from Mr. Fulton some years ago; the
twenty-five further specimens from the same locality, sent to me
for inspection by him, range from g to 11 millimetres in diameter.

48 GUDE: SPECIES OF PLECTOPYLIS.

Two immature specimens in my collection are composed of five-
and-a-half whorls; one of these has the immature barriers
complete, but the palatal folds are very short and the posterior
oblique portions of the fourth and fifth folds are almost straight
instead of crescent-shaped ; externally a slight trace of previous
folds can be discerned ; in the other specimen the last immature
folds are similar to those of the first specimen, but the remains
of a previous set is in a less advanced stage of disintegration.

(Ibid., p. 276).

-

Plectopylis clathratuloides, Gude.

Shell depressed conical, moderately umbilicated, pale
corneous, translucent, finely and regularly plicated by raised
ribs above, finely and closely ribbed and a little shining below;
whorls 54, slowly increasing, slightly convex, suture impressed,
Periphery with an acute compressed keel, above which revolve 2
raised spiral ridges, the lower provided with a fringe of coarse

Ficure 3.—Plectopylis clathratuloides, Gude.

hairs. Aperture subquadrate; peristome simple, a little
thickened. _Umbilicus deep and moderately wide. Parietal
armature, one strong, vertical, simple plate. Palatal armature
in two series ; upper series with one posterior, vertical, conical
tooth and one minute anterior denticle; lower series, with one
posterior, vertical tooth and a small anterior denticle; in
addition, one elongated horizontal fold below the umbilical
angulation and a small fold above the peripherial angulation.
Major diameter, 6 millimetres ; minor diameter, 5.5 millimetres;
axis, 3.5 millimetres.—Habitat, Anamullay Hills, India.—Type
in Colonel Beddome's collection. (Ibid p. 333).

tHE BRILISH SPECIES. OF -FESTACELLA.
By WILFRED MARK WEBB, F.LS.,
Assistant Biologist to the Essex County Council,
[Continued from page 26.]
PEATE Vile
DISTRIBUTION.

Specimens of Testacella have been sent to the writer from

several localities since the publication of the provisional list
in the last number of THE JouRNAL, and the following records
are given under specific headings as a continuation of it :—

Testacella haliotidea, Draparnaud.

Somerset.—Beckington, shells only. (H. Franklin Parsons).

Kent.—Kelsey Park, Beckenham. (Mark Webster).

Middlesex.—Royal Horticultural Society's Gardens, Chiswick, with T. scutu-
lum. (E. Miller).

Surrey.—Sutton Common. (Maxwell T. Masters, M.D., F.R.S.)

Oxfordshire.— Middleton Park, Bicester, with T. scutulum. (Thos. Trollope).

Worcestershire.—Diglish House, Worcester. (Samuel Taylor). This is the
third record for this city.

Nottinghamshire.—Carlton Hall, Carlton-on-Trent. (Louis Pope).

Lancashire.—Clayton Hall, Accrington. Dark variation. (Joseph Poulter).

Testacella scutulum, Sowerby.

Middlesex.—Royal Horticultural Society’s Gardens, Chiswick, with
T. haliotidea, (E. Miller).

Surrey.— Park Hill Rise, Croydon. (H. Franklin Parsons).

Oxfordshire.—Middleton Park, Bicester, with T. haliotidea. (Thos. Trollope).

Leicestershire.— Bean Manor Park, Loughborough. (Alfred Hamshere).

Testacella maugei, Férussac.

Somerset.—Sunnyside, Bridgewater. (Henry Corder).

Wiltshire.—Longleat Gardens, Warminster. Very fine specimens, with very
dark and definite markings. (Josiah Trollope).

Pembroke.—Deer Park Villas, Tenby. (A. G. Stubbs).

N.B.—For other records for this species see a note by Mr. W E. Collinge
on page 43.

In the previous list, Walk-upon-Deane, page 25, three lines from the
bottom, should read Wath-upon-Dearne. Enfield, page 26, line 5, should have
been included under Middlesex. Mr. Mansel-Pleydell’s paper see the note on
page 26, appeared in Proc. Dorset Nat. Hist. and A. F. Field Club, vol xi.
(1885).

50 WEBB: BRITISH SPECIES OF TESTACELLA.

EXTERNAL CHARACTERS.

There are one or two points with regard to the external
characteristics of these slugs, that might be mentioned before
beginning to consider their comparative internal anatomy.

The dorsal lines, or preferably dorsal furrows, were used to
some extent as a distinguishing feature in the table of external
characters, for the determination of the British species given by
the writer in this journal *; but, in the case of the two species,
scutulum and haliotidea, the size of the angle contained by the
furrows was merely mentioned as being the greater in the latter
species.

Mr. Taylor + pointed out a more definite difference, in that
the furrows (he calls them lateral however, the lateral grooves
in the writer’s table being those which branch from the dorsal
ones, after the manner of the side veins from the mid-rib of a
leaf) meet outside the shell in 7. scwtwlwm; and Mr. Lionel Adams,
in the second edition of his Manual} uses this feature as a
distinguishing one. The writer has found the distinction a
constant one, and the following descriptions are quoted from the
Manual :—-

Testacella scutulum, Sow. | Testacella haliotidea, Drap.

Dorsal furrows ‘Branching off froma | ‘‘ Branching out from

when the anima! is point outside, and just point just under the
extended. in front of the shell.”’ shell.”

Since the table above referred to was published, the writer
has noted several variations from the more generally occuring
forms upon which it was based.

Judging from the Conchological Society’s list, and Mr.
Adams’ Manual which follows it, one would imagine that either
Testacellae did not vary, or that no variations had been noted,
for instead of the long series of varietal names that is usually
presented to the reader under the heading of each species, there
occurs after the description of 7. mauge: alone, but a single
variety, viridans (Morelet). To the writer the absence of these

* Volume iv. (1895), p. 76.
+ Journal of Conchology, volume v. (July, 1888), p. 339.

t The Collector's Manual of British Land and Freshwater Shells, 2nd edition (1896),
pp. 40 and 41.

WEBB. BRITISH SPECIES OF TESTACELLA. 51

names is a matter for rejoicing, but it is advisable, nevertheless,
that all important variations should be recorded.

Testacella scutulum.

It is unlikely that many forms of T. scutulum would be re-
corded, for until recently, it was itself considered to be a variety.
The writer recalls, however, some “ sub-varieties”’ he thinks,
from Gibraltar, described in ‘Science Gossip” a number of
years ago by Mr. Cockerell, who has raised them to varietal
rank in his ‘‘ Check List of Slugs.” *

The first two of the variations noted below as occurring in
the British Isles, appear to correspond with a like number of
Mr. Cockerell’s ‘‘ varieties.”

Yellow form.—With dots.
Bright yellow form.—Without dots.

Brownish form.—The dots are very close, or have run together, thus
giving the form a colour likeness to T. haliotidea.

In addition, it may be said that the dorsal furrows are (even
when the dots are present) sometimes pigmented, sometimes
not, and that when the general appearance lightens, the foot-sole
whitens. In some specimens there is an orange margin to the
foot-sole.

Testacella haliotidea.

If the ‘‘Check List” be again referred to, some seven
“varieties” are given of T. haliotidea: these may or may not be
based upon correctly determined specimens of the species.
Several of the names have reference to slight variations in the
shell alone, which could easily be picked out from a good series,
such as the one before the writer. The albino is worth noting,
and there is a yellow form also named by Moquin-Tandon which
is really represented in T. haliotidea.

Among British examples, the writer identifies the fol-
lowing :—

Isabelline form.--The body is compressed dorsiventrally, and its edges
are wavy, giving a foliaceous appearance, which is enhanced by the mid-
rib-like dorsal furrows with the lateral grooves running forwards and out-
wards from them, while other grooves often run in like manner up into the
spaces between dorsal furrows.. The foot-soleis quite white, but the sides are
often tawny, this colour sometimes spreading to the back. This is by far the
most general form.

* Journal of Malacology, vol, ii. (1893), p. 188.

52 ‘WEBB: BRITISH SPECIES OF TESTACELLA.

Greyish brown form.—One specimen was of a very dark hue, with
dorsal furrows of a still darker colour: the foot-sole was of a creamy white,
and edged with a narrow line which was to all intents and purposes black, while
down the centre from head to tail, ran a narrow stripe of brilliant orange-
colour (apparently due to mucus as it could be removed.) Altogether the
animal presented a very striking appearance. Only one dark specimen was
received from Brandon, and a few somewhat lighter in colour from another
locality. The shape of the body recalls somewhat that of the next form.

Yellowish form.—This variation resembles T. scutulum, in that yellow is
the predominant colour (in some cases even of its foot-sole), and in its more
cylindrical shape, but its shell, dorsal furrows, and internal anatomy are
typical of T. haliotidea.

Testacella maugei.

The bronze variation of Morelet has not been seen’ by
the writer, unless the first form mentioned below be the one :—

Tawny form.—The dark brown markings are fairly wide apart, but
give a brown appearance at first sight; the ground colour being yellowish.

Brown form.—The ground colour is nearly obscured by the numerous
markings.

Yellow form.—The markings are restricted, and the general appearance
is yellow inclined to orange.

Gassies and Fischer * mention albino, greyish black, greyish
brown, greyish red (type of Férussac) and reddish brown
‘“‘ varieties,’ which are not quoted in the Check List, probably
owing to the descriptions being so meagre. In some specimens
of the first form of 7. mauget the dorsal furrows and lateral
grooves are so strongly pigmented that the likeness to a leaf is
very marked ; this leaf-like appearance was also noted under the
last species. The writer has often noticed also a strong likeness
between contracted specimens of T. scutulum (and in some cases
of T. haliotidea), and half a broken pebble, the arched upper
side of the slug corresponding with the original surface of the
pebble, and the slightly convex underside, with the fractured
surface of the flint, which is often higher in the centre. Corre-
spondents point out the difficulty of finding Testacellae, as they
“favour stones” so much.

REPRODUCTIVE SYSTEM.

As the differences in the genital organs have been the chief
features relied upon for separating T. haliotidea and T. scutulum,
it is as well perhaps to begin with the reproductive system of
our British species.

The previous work of comparing these two species
is as follows :—

* Monographie du Genre Testacelle, Actes Linn. Soc, Bordeaux xxi. (1858), p. 230

“WEBB: BRITISH SPECIES OF TESTACELLA. 53

1888. J. W. Taylor.—On the specific distinctness and geographical
distribution of Testacella scutulum, G. B. Sowerby, Journ. of Conch., vol. v.

PP: 337; figs.
In this paper the result of anatomical work, by the late Charles Ashford,

is given.

1893. Walter E. Collinge. The Morphology of the Generative
System of the Genus Testacella. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist, ser. 6, vol. xii.,
pp. 21-25, pl. i.

Briefly the facts are these. In 1885 Mr. Charles Ashford
found that Testacella scutulum unlike T. haliotidea resembled
T. mauget in having no flagellum to the penis. Mr. Taylor
published these results (1888), and gave figures of the genital
organs of the two first species. Mr. Collinge (1893) gave
an account of the organs of T. haliotidea following Lacaze-
Duthiers * ; at the same time he criticized Mr. Taylor’s descrip-
tion and figure, and proceeded to compare and figure the system,
of all three species.

During the last few years the writer has dissected very
many specimens of the two species haliotidea and scutulum, mainly
with the object of testing specific determinations previously
based upon external characters. In this process it was deemed
sufficient for the purpose, to prove the presence or absence of
the flagellum, and it was not until some yellow variations of
I. hatiotidea were examined more in detail, and with great care
that the writer noticed any deviation from the simple form of
penis figured by Lacaze-Duthiers, and later by Collinge, as
typical of the species.

The deviation noted,recalled to mind the other figure given by
Mr. Collinge of a variation, but the structure not being the same,
the whole of the material available was carefully gone through
with a view to finding out the most general form. In every
specimen examined by the writer from some eighteen localities
dotted about Great Britain, a form of penis was discovered
differing from both of those figured by Mr. Collinge. In com-
paring the figure of the variation on Mr. Collinge’s plate with
its description, it was noted that such a form was stated to
have been wrongly described and figured as typical, by Mr.
Taylor. Upon turning to Mr. Taylor’s paper, it was at once
obvious that the form found by the writer was very similar to
that described by the former as having ‘a tongue-like caecal
process.”

The structure found by the writer was more marked

* Histoire dela Testacella, Arch. de Zool, Expér et Gen (2), vol. V., (1887), pl. xxxvi.

54 WEBB: BRITISH SPECIES OF TESTACELLA.

in some examples than others, and in a few cases the elbow on
the opposite side of the penis (not brought out in Mr. Collinge’s
figure) was hardly visible, and the process being turned back,

) J

4 (after Gassies & Fischer) 7 (after Collinge)

Sw
ee?) C7 3S we

5 (after Taylor) 8 (after Collinge)

Figures 4 to 8—Various forms
of the penis which have been
given by different authorities, for
Testacella haliotidea.

<
6 (atter Lacaze-Duthiers)
and closely applied to the adjacent organs, might almost
have been overlooked.
As Mr. Collinge remarks that the figures and descriptions
given by Mr. Taylor ‘‘leave much to be desired,” and is severely

WEBB: BRITISH SPECIES OF TESTACELLA. aS

critical, perhaps it would be useful in the light of the point
brought out and touched upon, to examine the critic’s description
in detail.

Mr. Collinge describes the anterior portion of the penis as
being ‘sometimes dilated in a somewhat caecal-like form,’ and
one acquainted with the anatomy of T. haliotidea might fancy that
Mr. Collinge had seen the structure alluded to above, and that
the dilatation refers to an apparently lateral outgrowth of the
penis, which is, of course, a small caecum. A reference on the
other hand, to the figure supplementing his description (repro-
duced, reversed in figure 8), shows that Mr. Collinge is not
familiar with the characteristic ‘‘ tongue-like caecal process”
mentioned by Mr. Taylor, and found to be constant in British
examples by the present writer, or at least, has not grasped its
true configuration. The figure presents two swellings, one on
each side of the penis, and as this organ is not shaded, it is
further left to the imagination whether there may not be, after
all, but one swelling extending all round the structure.

Mr. Taylor’s sketch (reproduced in figure 5) at first sight,
and taken by itself, is not very much more definite, though it will
be seen that in reality it is more accurate. Both of the authors
quoted from, allude to the caecum as occurring on the lower
(anterior) part of the penis, whereas it will be seen from Plate VI.
figure 1a that what they consider to be the upper portion of
that organ is but a combination, apparently, of the flagellum
and vas deferens which run side by side for some dis-
tance before they join the true evaginable penis, which shows
by transmitted light a very different structure from them, as the
bases of papillae, with which the penis is seen to be covered
when extruded, are visible through its walls.

Further, in the specimens from seventeen different localities,
the spermatheca is not round, but of a slightly pear-shaped oval,
indicated by Mr. Taylor.

With regard to foreign examples, the writer’s personal knowledge is at
present confined to ‘‘ Testacella dubia Poll.”—received from Turin through the
kindness of the describer, Signor Pollonera—which agrees with British examples
of T. haliotidea in the shape of the penis, and is put down as a form of this
species in the Check-list. A resumé of work other than that of Lacaze-
Duthiers bearing upon the point at issue, in Continental specimens of
T. haliotidea, is given below :—

1855. Moquin-Tandon.—“ Histoire naturelle des Mollusques terrestres
et fluviatiles de France,’ Plate V., fig. 16.

56 ‘WEBB: BRITISH SPECIES OF TESTACELLA.

A swelling (dilatation inferieure) appears upon the penis at about the
position occupied by the little caecum in British examples, and a lateral
retractor (muscle latéral) noted by Mr. Taylor and the writer but not
shown by Lacaze-Duthiers nor Collinge is figured.

1858. Gassies and Fischer.—‘Monographie du Genre Testacelle,”
Actes Linn. Soc. Bordeaux, xxi., pl. I,, fig. 15.

Mr. Taylor pointed out that this figure (a part of which is reproduced,
figure 4) though labelled maugei, obviously belongs to haliotidea (a conclusion
independently arrived at by the writer), and also that on the authority of
these writers, Pollonera credited T. maugei with a flagellum. A lateral
retractor is indicated.

‘1889. Carlo Pollonera.—‘'Osservazione intorno_ad alcune specie de
Testacella.”’ Boll. Mus. Zool. Anat. Comp , Torino, iv., pl. i., figs. 2 and 3.

The figure labelled T. dubia depicts a form of penis very much resembling
that given in illustration of the present paper (plate VI,, fig. 1), while this
organ as given for T, halictidea more resembles that called a variation by Mr.
Collinge (reproduced in figure 8) in that it looks more like two swellings than
like a single one and an elbow.

Signor Pollonera expresses his opinion that the form figured by
Lacaze-Duthiers belongs to some other species differing from and wrongly
determined as T. haliotidea ; this still, however, remains to be proved. Further,
he does not agree with Mr. Taylor’s interpretation of Gassies and Fischer's
figure, giving as his reasons small points of difference that would be put down
by English malacologists as due to the individuality of the specimen or the
figurer. Signor Pollonera gives, however, an excellent figure of the genitalia
of T. maugei, of course without a flagellum.

The evidence then, leads towards there being a form of Testacella as
described by Lacaze-Duthiers and Collinge which differs from the more
generally distributed T. haliotidea in some important particulars which may
turn out to be of specific value.

Testacella scutulum.
In this species the writer has noticed that the retractor
muscle of the penis is as broad as the terminal portion of that

organ which is slightly constricted from the broader and pre-
ceeding part.

The spermatheca is usually round (as figured by Mr.
Collinge), occasionally egg-shaped, but without, in the specimens
examined, the much swollen basal part to the duct. (Plate VI.,
figure 2). The vagina is very long indeed.

Testacella maugei.

The swollen basai part of the spermathecal duct is not
inclined to be globular, according to the writer’s dissections,
but to be of an oval, gradually diminishing into the more ordi-
nary proportions of the duct at the extremities. The lateral
entry of the duct into the spermatheca was not noted. (Plate VI.,

figure 3).

THE DISTRIBUTION OF: BRITISH -NON-
MARINE MOLLUSCS.

EAN D EIST BOR ESSExS

In accordance with an announcement made in the Journal,
it is proposed to publish Hand Lists of the Non-Marine Molluscs
occurring in the various Counties of the British Isles. In order
to make such lists really complete, and of greater value, there
should be included in them the names of extinct and other
species, found fossil in the Counties to which they refer. There
are, however, many difficulties in the way of doing this. In the
first place, very few of the published Lists of Fossil Shells are
reliable. Again, the labour of working through these lists with
the specimens which have been preserved, is greater than
anyone who has not participated in it would believe, and as
there are but two or three workers in this difficult branch of the
subject, the progress made is correspondingly small.

Under these circumstances it is possible that all fossil
records may not be included in every list, though as the Essex
Post-Pliocene Mollusca have been recently worked out in great
detail, they are included in the present one.

Authorities for the following List in whose papers reference to previous
work on the subject will be found.

1897. Wilfred Mark Webb.—‘ The Non-Marine Molluscs
of Essex.” Essex Nat:, Vol. X. (1897) pages
27-48, and 65-81.

1897. A. S. Kennard and B. B. Woodward, with con-
tributions by Wilfred Mark Webb.—‘ The
Post-Pliocene Non-Marine Mollusca of Essex.’
Essex Nat., Vol. X. (1897) pages 87-109.

N.B.—The Editor of the ‘‘ Essex Naturalist '’’—William Cole—has since

pointed out that specimens of Dreissensia polymorpha, from the Lea, are in
the Epping Forest Museum. Essex Nat., vol. x., p. 189.

HAND LIST OF THE NON-MARINE MOLLUSCS

The species living in the County are marked with a cross (+); those
Extinct Forms are in Roman type.

OF ESSEX.

found fossil, with a star (*).

A. GASTROPODA.
I. PULMONATA.

a. Stylommatophora

Testacella—

ot
+

mauget, Feér.
haliotidea, Drap.
scutulum, Sow.

Eimax—

a
+
+

maximus, Linn.

flavus, Linn.

arborum, Bouch.-Chant
hedleyi, Coll.

Agriolimax—

+}
+

Amalia

oa

*agrestis, Linn

levis, Mull.

sowerbit, Fér.
gagates, Drap.

Vitrina—

a

pellucida, Mull

Vitrea—

P+t ++++++ 4+

+

—

r

*crystallina, Mill.
lucida, Drap.
alliavia, Miller
glabra, Brit. Auct.
*cellaria, Mill.

*nitidula, Drap.

*pura, Ald.

*vadiatula, Ald.
*excavata, Bean
*nitida, Mull
*fulva, Mill.

ion—
atey, Linn.
elongatus, Coll
flagellus, Coll.
hortensis, Fér.
civcumscriptus, John.
intermedius, Norm.
lusitanicus, Mab.
subfuscus, Drap.

Geomalacus—

maculosus, Allman

Punctum—

~

*pygmaeum, Drap.

Pyramidula—

+
+

vupestvis, Drap.
*ruderata, Stud.
*votundata, Mull.

Eulota—

*fruticum, Mill.

Helicella—

+ *virgata, Da. C.

+ *itala Linn.

+ *caperata, Mont.
barbara, Linn.

+ cantiana, Mont.

+ *carthusiana, Mull.

Hygromia—

+ fusca, Mont.

+ *grvanulata, Ald.

+ *hispida, Linn.
vevelata, Fer.

+ *rufescens, Penn.
umbrosa, Partsch

Acanthinula—

+ *aculeata, Mill.
*lamellata, Jeff.

Vallonia—-

+ *pulchella, Mill.

Helicodonta—
obvoluta, Mull.

Helicigona—

+ *lapicida, Linn.

+ *arbustorum, Linn.

Helix—

+ *aspersa, Mill.

+ pomatia, Linn.

+ *nemoralis, Linn.
+ *hortensis, Mill.
pisana, Mill.

Buliminus—
+ *montanus, Drap.
+ *obscurus, Mill.
Pupa—
secale, Drap.
*anglica, Fer.
+ *cylindvacea, Da. C.
+ *muscovrum, Linn.
Sphyradium---
+ *edentulum, Drap.
Vertigo—
*minutissima, Hartm.
+ *antivertigo Drap.
+ *substriata, Jeff.
+ *pygmaea, Drap.
*alpestris, Alder
+ *moulinsiana, Dup.
+ *pusilla, Mull.
*angustior, Jeff.
Balea—
+ *perversa, Linn.

NON-MARINE MOLLUSCS OF ESSEX. 59

Clausilia—

+ *laminata, Mont.

+ *bidentata, Strom.
biplicata, Mont.
pumila, Ziegl.
*volphii, Gray

Cochlicopa—

+ *lubrica, Mill.

Azeca—
+ *tridens, Pult.
elongata, Taylor

Caecilianella—
+ *acicula, Mill.

Succinea—

+ *putris, Linn.

+ *elegans, Risso.
*oblonga, Drap.

Oncidiella—
celtica, Cuv.

b Basommatophora.

Carychium—
+ *minimum, Mill.

Melampus—

+ denticulatus, Mont.

Alexia—
+ myosotis, Drap.

Leuconia—
+ bidentata, Mont.
Ancylus—
+ *fluviatilis, Mill.
Velletia—
+ */lacustris, Linn.
Limnaea—
*auriculavia, Linn.
*peveger, Mill.
*palustris, Mill.
*truncatula, Mill.
*stagnalis, Linn.
i glabra, Mili.
involuta, Harv,
Amphipeplea—
glutinosa, Mull,
Planorbis—
*corneus, Linn.
*aibus, Mill.
*glaber, Jeff.
*nautileus, Linn.
*carvinatus, Mill.
*marginatus, Drap.
*vortex, Linn.
*spivorbis, Mill.
*contortus, Linn.
*fontanus, Lightf.
*lineatus, Walker

+++4+4

+++t+4+++4++4+4

Physa—
+ *fontinalis, Linn.
+ *hypuorum, Linn.

II. PROSOBRANCHIATA.

Paludestrina—

+ confusa, Frau.

+ jenkinsi, Smith.

+ *ventrosa, Mont.

+ *stagnalis, Bast.
*marginata, Mich.

Bythinia—

+ *tentaculata, Linn.

+ *leachii Shepp.

Vivipara—

+ *vivipara, Linn.
+ *contecta, Millett
Valvata—

+ *piscinalis, Mill.
+ *cristata, Mill.

Assiminea—
+ gyrayana, Leach

Pomatias—
+ *elegans, Mull.

Acicula—
*lineata, Drap.

Neritina—
+ *fluviatilis, Linn.
B. PELECYPODA.

Dreissensia—
+ *polymorpha, Pall.
Unio—
*littoralis, Lam.
+ *pictorum, Linn.
+ *tumidus, Retz.
margavitifer, Linn.
Anodonta—
+ *cygnaea, Linn.

Corbicula—
*fluminalis, Mull.

Sphaerium—

+ vrivicola, Leach.

+ *corvneum, Linn.

+ ovale, Fér.

+ lacustre, Mull

Pisidium—

+ *amnicum, Mill.
*astartoides, Sandb.

+ *pusillum, Gmel.

+ nitidum, Jenyns.

+ *fontinale, Drap.

+ milium, Held.

INDEX TO VOLUME VI.

PAGES
ARION, Some observations on Certain species of De as if
Azeca elongata, Taylor .. 56 oe Sc md 15
BOOKS RECEIVED— : ase ae Tr. 29,30
British Non-Marine Molluscs, Distribution of. Hand list for Essex .. 57
British Species of Testacella ac o- a6 <. 25; 49
Buliminus (Ovella) acutus, n. sp. are ae ae a 36
Buliminus (Ovella) innocens, n. sp. So ae ae 50 36
Buliminus (Passamaiella) bentii n. sp. se sc Ss 35
Buliminus (Passamaiella) mirabilis, n. sp. ac ac 3 34
Buliminus (Passamaiella) votundus - ae Bt 35
Buliminus sinistrorsus, Deshayes, On the Anatomy of oe Bt I
CLAUSILIA makasqurensis, n. sp. Se on sic 23
Clausilia pyrvha,n.sp. .. 23
Clausilae, recorded from Celebes, with descriptions of two new species,

Notes on the Se 36 aie as AG 23
Cockerell, T. D. A. ae 4c ane 36 Ae 3
Collinge, Walter E. - : a Vays)
Colombia, Description of New species of Land Shell from. . oh 27
DISTRIBUTION of British Non-Marine Molluscs se or 57
Distribution of British Species of Testacella ae a5 wa 2549
EDITOR'S NOTES ... Se ee ab aig 32
Ennea cylindracea, 0. sp. A 40 34
Essex, Hand List ot the Non-Marine Molluscs of me ue 57
HELICELLA ericetorum, Miller, On the Specific Name of die 28
Helix evicetorum, Miller, On the Specific Name of : ie 6
Helix nemoralis, Linné, and Helix hortensis, Miller, Notes on és 17
Horsley, J. W, ‘. a ry
JOURNAL de Conchy liologie, ees of Publitetion Of) tees a 15
KENNARD, A. S. 5A ve Ate se 2s epee
Labyrinthus assimilans, 0. sp. oe 27
Land Shell from Colombia, Description of a New Species of Be yi
Land Shells from the Island of Socotra, On some New Species of .. 33
Lithidion bentii, n. sp. os aE re He 38
MOSS, William, and Wilfred Mark Webb .. I
NEW SPECIES, Note on the Clausiliae, recorded from Geiches with

Description of two 23
New Species of Land Shell from Colombia, Description ofa ve 28
New Species of Land Shells from the Island of Socotra ert
Notes - - : : Sn gy, 2S}
PLECTOPYLIS Sere ase ee rial at Seer Gossip,” by

G. K. Gude, New Species of .. Ac ac vs
SCIAGRAPHS of Shells, some. Supplement to No.1 .. follows page 16
Slugs, Afew Noteson .. an an : o. 3
Smith, Reee A. nc So oe fe 27 ZOsn3S
Stevenson, F.. ae ‘ie ee =e as 32
Sykes, E. Bs. tas ve : + 0) 25,23
TAYLOR'S Monograph of British Land and Breen wae Mollusca

(Review of Part IV). * are oye II
Testacella, The British Species of .. 5c Bn ++ 25, 49
WEBB, W. M. a ve oe sc I, 25, 49

January 2oth, 1898.

Viol. Vale Plate I.

[To face page 2.

THE JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY,

Garratt & Walsh scu'pt.

W. J. Webb del. ad nat.

Bulimus sinistrorsus, Deshayes.

BE VOURNAE WO SMALACOLOGY, Vol. VI. Plate II.

[To face page ro.

W. E. Collinge del. ad nat. Garratt_& Walsh sculp

Certain species of Avion.

[Supplement to the Journal of Malacology, Volumc VI., No. 7.)

SOME SCIAGRAPHS OF SHELLS.

The sciagraphs given on the accompanying plate are
of shells in the writer’s possession and were kindly made by
Messrs. W. Watson & Sons of High Holborn, London, expressly
for the Journal of Malacoiogy.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE III.

FIGURES I to 7 are a series of shells of a cowry Cypfraea arabica,
from the South Pacific Isles, shewing the changes which take place during
growth.

FIGURES I and 2. Young specimens, in which the shell is a simple spiral
one with a thin unreflected lip») N.B.—The spires are
somewhat worn at the tip.

FicureE 3. In this shell the lip has expanded, the edge has curled inwards,
and a row of ‘teeth’ is beginning to make its
appearance there.

FicurE 4. Here, another row of ‘‘ teeth” is to be seen on the body of the
shell approximately parallel to that on the edge of the lip.

FicurE 5. This shell is thicker owing to the deposition of layers of
“nacre '’ upon its outside by the mantle-flaps which are
protruded by the animal and which cover the shell and
meet in the middle line on its dorsal surface. The ‘‘ teeth”
are now more evident.

FicurE 6. The thickening process is being carried on, the shell being
considerably heavier and more massive.

Ficure 7. The adult shell, in which almost the maximum of thickening
has been reached, and the broadening of the shell achieved :
the longitudinal expansion of the lip, too, has now hidden
the spire of the younger shell.

Ficures 8 to 11 are sciagraphs of three land shells which show the

columella and the interior of the shell as well as other points noted below.

Ficure 8. A shell of Bulimus decollatus, from Malta, which looses its top
whorls as it grows; the partition which divided the un-
inhabited portion of the shell from the rest is shewn.

FicurE 9g. A young shell of the same, still retaining its apex and from its
position on the plate shewing how much. shell has been
discarded by Figure 8.

FicurE 10. Clausilia swinhoei, from Formosa, showing the clausium or
clausilium which guards the entrance of the shell.

FiGuRE 11. Cochlostyla philippinensis, from the Philippine Islands.

WILFRED Mark WEBB.

THE JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY, Vol VI. Plate IT.

[Supplement.

Watson & Sons fecerunt, Garratt & Walsh sculpt

Some Sciagraphs of Shells.

THE JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY. Vols Vile Elaterlava:
; [To face page 23.]

Tv 8 9

Garrett & Walsh sculpt.

W. J. Webb del. ad. nat
New Species OF LAND SHELLS.

Figure tr, the shell x 2. Figure 2, its lower whorls enlarged.

Claustlia pyrrha.
Figures 4 & 6, their lower whorls enlarged.

Clausilia makassarensis. Figures 3 & 5, shells x 2.
Labyrinthus assimilans. Figures 7, 8 & 9, the shell x 3.

JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY. Vol. VI Plate V.

[Frontispiece.

SS SS

9 a
W. J. Webb del. ad nat. Garrett & Walsh sculpt.

New Species oF LAND SHELLS FROM SOCOTRA.

THE JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY. Vol. VI. Plate VI.

[To face page 54.

W. J. Webb del. ad nat. Garratt & Walsh sculpt.

REPRODUCTIVE SYSTEM IN BRITISH TESTACELLAE.

Figure 1, of TY. haliotidea, figure 1a, the junction of the penis with the vas
deferens and flagellum much enlarged. Figure 2, of T. scutulum. Figure 3, of
T. mauget. Figures 1, 2 and 3 are medium-sized specimens enlarged twice linear.

THE JOURNAL
OF MALACOLOGY

Established in 1890 by Walter E. Collinge as ‘‘ THe Concuoroaist, a Journal of Malacology.”

EDITED BY

Witbier D.. MARK Wore BB we te 2S:

Technical Laboratories, County of Essex,

WITH THE ASSISTANCE IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF :—

The Rev. A. H. Cooxe, M.A., F.Z.S., King’s College, Cambridge ;
Lieut.-Col. H. H. Gopwin-AustEeNn, F.R.S., etc., Shalford Park, Guildford;
CuarLeEs HEDLEY, F.L.S., Australian Museum, Sydney, N.S.W.;

E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.Z.S., Grays Inn, London;
B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S., F.G.S., British Museum (Natural History).

Wore Val. GNo.* x.) CONTENTS. May 3rd, 1897.
(Issued Reach Jurre f
Vv
PAGE.
On the anatomy of Bulimus sinistrorsus, Deshayes (Plate I) .. By William Moss
and Wilfred Mark Webb, F.L.S. I
A few notes on Slugs SE a By Professor T. D. A. Cockerell, F.Z.S. 3
On the specific name of Helin ericetorum, Miller. 5c By A. Santer Kennard 6

Some observations on certain species of Arion (Plate II).

By Walter E. Collinge, F.Z.S. 7
Books received .. ie Ne ox ae = a se II
Notes... ac a6 36 Se Se a Sc se 15

Supplement. Some Sciagraphs of Shells (Plate III.)

Lonpon : BERLIN:

DULAU & CO., 37, Soho Square. FRIEDLAENDER & SOHN, Carlstrasse 11.

Quarterly. Annual Subscription, <ts. <td. per annum., if prepaid after
July 10th, Ss. 4d.

All communications should be addressed to :—

WILFRED MARK WEBB, “ Ellerie,’’ Crescent Road, Brentwood, Essex.

THE FOURNAL OR AMALACOLOGY.;

N OOF GES:

Subscribers are reminded that the Subscription to the Journal of

Malacology is 4s. 4d. if paid before July roth, and that after this date 5s. 4d.
will be charged.

Volumes IV. and V. are now ready, in parts, price 5s. 6d., or bound in cloth,
6s. 6d. each. Volumes I.-V. may be obtained in sets; price on application.

Contributions on all Molluscan subjects ave invited from readers of the Journal.

DISTRIBUTION OF BRITISH LAND & FRESHWATER MOLLUSCS.

The Editor would be pleased to correspond with Malacologists in the various
counties of the British Isles with a view to obtaining and publishing a complete
record of the distribution of the Molluscan fauna as the list compiled by the
Conchological Society only deals with specimens coming under the notice of its
,eferees and is therefore incomplete.

The Editor would still be glad of living specimens of Testacella from any localities.

All communications must be addressed to Wilfred Mark Webb, “ Ellerie,’”’
Crescent Road, Brentwood, Essex.

“NATURAL SCIENCE.”

Some Recent Contributions of Interest to Malacologists :—

The Hinge in Bivalve Molluscs r cs oe ... FEBRUARY, p. 88
Species Manufacture Be p. 88
Additions to our List of Sentai Prepar ed to Determine Fossils 53 p. 122
Fresh-water Biological Stations : Europe’s Remirle: By Professor

Anton Fritsch, Ph.D. (Illustrated. ) Ke ~. MaRcH| wip: 169
The Shell-Ornaments of the Mas d’Azit Scholars ... ae soe) SALPRIG, p. 219
The Horn Expedition to Central Australia : vs p. 254

Besides these, each Number contains numerous Notes, Articles, Reviews, and News-items, of
interest to all Naturalists. Such are A. R. Watuace, ‘‘ The Problem of Instinct ”
(Marcu); L. Ertrncer, “ Have Fish a Memory?” (Frpruary); H. G. WELLs,
“Human Evolution ” (APRIL).

All who read the JouRNAL oF Matacocoey for their special studies should keep them-
selves acquainted with the general progress of the Biological Sciences by reading NATURAL
Science. It is the duty of all who wish for the continuance of such an independent Review
to lend it their active aid.

Price ONE SHILLING NETT each Number.

Annual Subscription REDUCED to Tutrtexn Sxwiniines, for which each Number is
sent post-free, immediately on publication.

There will be no delay if Orders are sent direct to the Publishers,
PAGE & PRATT, 22, St. Andrew Street, London,: E-C.

Pie JOURNAL OF. MALACOLOGY. ill.

THE MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY.

Founded by the late Geo. W. Tryon, Jun., continued under the care of the
Conchological Section, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, by
Henry A. Pilsbry, Conservator.

The Manual of Conchology is a fully illustvated monography of recent
molluscs. Issued in octavo form, in quarterly parts. Each part comprises 64
(or more) pages of letterpress, and 15 to 20 plates.

Two series are now in progress: the First Series, Marine Univalves, of
which sixteen volumes have appeared, finishing the series as planned by its
illustrious founder. A suppiemental volume to this series will be issued this
year, to contain the Dentaliidae. Of the Srconp SeErtes, Terrestrial
Molluscs, ten volumes have been published, completing HELIx with Index,
A few copies of Vol. IX. of this series, ‘‘ GUIDE TO THE STUDY OF HELICES,”
will be sold separately at the regular subscription price. Separate copies of
the Index, suitable for the purposes of a Catalogue or Check list, can also be
had at $1.00 each.

The Monography of the Bulimi is being continued.

The illustrations of the Manual have received high commendation, and are
fully equal to the best figures of shells published.

Prices :— Plain (uncoloured) edition, $300 per part. Coloured edition, $5:00
per part. Fine edition (both coloured and India-tinted plates) $8.00 per part.

Structural and Systematic Conchology, by Gro. W. Tryon, JUN.

A ComMPLETE CONCHOLOGICAL TExT Book of 1,200 pages, 140 plates and
over 3,500 figures of Genera, Anatomy, &c. Three volumes bound in one.
Cloth. Price $600,

For further information or descriptive circular, with sample plates of
Manual, address :—

S. RAYMOND ROBERTS, Treasurer.
bE. @, Address, “GLEN: RIDGE, NEW JERSEY, 1005.4.

CEE. Ee MANUAL
British Land and “Freche ater Shells,

BY LIONEL E. ADAMS, B.A.,

HON. TREASURER, CONCHOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Illustrated by Collotype & Engraved Figures of the species from Original Drawings.
By A. SICH, G. W. ADAMS, and the AUTHOR.

SECOND EDITION.

Containing a full enumeration and description of all the recognised
varieties, with diagnostic tables of the more difficult genera, framed for the
purpose of facilitating the easy identification of the more critical species.

A full and detailed Census of the known Distribution of every Species,
including the results of the latest researches, has been added.

PRICE, s8/- PLAIN and 10/6 COLOURED, NETT.

A few copies with duplicate plates (coloured and plain), at 15/- per copy
nett. Free by post, 5d. per copy.

TAYLOR BROS., Publishers, LEEDS.

iv. THE FOURNAL -O— MALACOLECGE.

FOR RECENT SHELLS,
For Sale, Purchase, or Exchange

APPLY “TO

Ge Bi SOWE Re ve ELS:

As well as many rare and costly treasures, G. B. S. has an
immense stock of Shells, from which he is always ready to
supply the desiderata of Collectors of limited means, at very
low prices.

Selections may be made on the Premises or sent on approval.

RECENT ACQUISITIONS.—A beautiful Collection of
the Land Shells of Cuba. This series contains many
quaint and beautiful forms of Cylindvella, Chondvopoma,
Choanopoma, &c.

RARE AND NEW SHELLS, LAND AND MARINE,
FROM VARIOUS LOCALITIES.

121, FULHAM ROAD, LONDON, S.W.

(Near South Kensington Station).

THE. Essex’ UNATURAL@er

(Being the Journal of the Hssex Hield Club).
Edited by WiLtt1aM Cote, F.L.S., Hon. Secretary.

The Essex Naturalist is devoted to the publication of
Papers and Notes bearing upon the Natural History, Geology,
and Archaeology of Essex.

Free to Members of the Club (Subscription 15/-), and
published separately at about g/- per annum.
Address—‘“‘ The Editor,’’ Buckhurst Hill, Essex.

THE IRISH NATURALIST.

A Monthly Journal of General Irish Natural History.
EDITED BY :
GEORGE G. CARPENDER, 16:Se.
AND
R. LLOYD) SPIRAE GER) eb Al esevink bee

Contains Articles and Notes on the Geology, Flora, and Fauna of Ireland,
Vol, I. (1892), price 3s. 6d., includes ‘‘ The Irish Land and Freshwater
Mollusca,” by Dr R. F. Scharff. Subsequent volumes, price 5s. each.
The current volume will be sent in monthly parts to any address for §s.
Subscriptions should be sent to the Publishers, Messrs. Eason & Son,
40, Lower Sackville Street, Dublin.

Printed for the Proprietor by Joon Dutton, County Printing Works, Chelmsford.

THE JOURNAL
OF MALACOLOGY

Established in 1890 by Walter E. Collinge as ‘‘ Tue Concuoroarst, a Journal of Malacology.”

EDITED BY

Web he DM AR Kes Gage ES .,

Technical Laboratories, County of Essex,

WITH THE ASSISTANCE IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF :—

The Rev. A. H. Cooxe, M.A., F.Z.S., King’s College, Cambridge;
Lieut.-Col. H. H. Gopwin-AustTEen, F.R.S., etc., Shalford Park, Guildford;
CuHarLES HEDLEY, F.L.S., Australian Museum, Sydney, N.S.W.;

E. R. Syxes, B.A., F.Z.S., Grays Inn, London ;
B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S., F.G.S., British Museum (Natural History).

Vox. VI. (No. 2.) CONTENTS. foresees
ee I, Oech. 5” (Issued August 14th).
PAGE.

Notes on Helix nemorvalis Linné and Helix hertensis Miller
By the Rev. J. W. Horsley, M.A. 17

Note on the Clausiliae recorded from Celebes,
with descriptions of two new species .. By E: R. Sykes, B.A., F.Z.S. 23

The British Species of Testacella (continued).. By Wilfred Mark Webb, F.L.S. 25
Description of a New Species of Land Shell

from Colombia .. By Edgar A. Smith, F.Z.S. 27
On the specific name of Helicella ericetorum,

Miller .. ies 5% ... By Edgar A. Smith, E-Z.S. 28
Books received te 7 a8 Be oe an 29)
Editor’s Note ws ae te ae < se nes2

Lonpon : BERLIN :

DULAU & CO., 37, Soho Square. FRIEDLAENDER & SOHN, Carlstrasse rr.

Quarterly. Annual Subscription, <&ts. 4d. per annum., if prepaid-—after
July 10th, Ss. Ad.

All communications should be addressed to :—

WILFRED MARK WEBB, “ Ellerie,” Brentwood, Essex, England.

li. THE FOURNAL OF§ MAL ACOLOGY,

N-OTACES.

Subscribers are reminded that the Subscription to the Journal of
Malacology is 4s. 4d. if paid before July roth, and that after this date 5s. 4d.
will be charged.

Copies of the Supplement to Part I. (Vol. VI.), entitled ‘‘Some Sciagraphs of
Shells,’’ with Plate III., can be obtained on application; price Sixpence each.

Volumes IV. and V. are now ready, in parts, price 5s. 6d., or bound in cloth,
6s. 6d. each. Volumes I.-V. may be obtained in sets; price on application.

Contributions on all Molluscan subjects ave invited from readers of the Journal.

DISTRIBUTION OF BRITISH LAND & FRESHWATER MOLLUSCS.

The Editor would be pleased to correspond with Malacologists in the various
counties of the British Isles with a view to obtaining and publishing a complete
record of the distribution of the Molluscan fauna as the list compiled by th
Conchological Society only deals with specimens coming under the notice of its
referees and is therefore incomplete.

The Editor would still be glad of living specimens of Testacella from any localities.

All communications must be addressed to Wilfred Mark Webb, “ Ellerie,”’
Brentwood, Essex.

“NATURAL SCIENCE.”

Some Recent Contributions of Interest to Malacologists :—

The Hinge in Bivalve Molluses P Ae Lh ... FEBRUARY, p. 88
Species Manufacture ; ést ea p. 88
Additions to our List of Beadeintiots Prepared to Dater mine Fossils “ie p. 122
Fresh-water Biological Stations : Europe’s pia ks By Professor

Anton Fritsch, “Ph.D. (Illustrated. ) a MEancs,. “\plé9
The Shell-Ornaments of the Mas d’Azit Scholars ... ae ... APRIL, p. 219
The Horn Expedition to Central Australia is fas ve 2 p. 254

Besides these, each Number contains numerous Notes, Articles, Reviews, and News-items, of
interest to all Naturalists. Such are A. R. Wattacg, ‘‘ The Problem of Instinct ”
(Marcu); L. Ertrncer, ‘“‘ Have Fish a Memory 2?” (FrsBRuary); H. G. WELLA,
** Human Evolution ” (APRIL).

Ail who read the JouRNAL oF MALacotoey for their special studies should keep them-
selves acquainted with the general progress of the Biological Sciences by reading NatTuRAL
Science. It is the duty of all who wish for the continuance of such an independent Review
to lend it their active aid.

Price ONE SHILLING NETT each Number.

Annual Subscription REDUCED to Txirreen SxHitirines, for which each Number is
sent post-free, immediately on publication.

There will be no delay if Orders are sent direct to the Publishers,
J. M. DENT & CO., 67, St. James’ Street; London, W.C.

PAE OSOURNAL.: OF “NEREACOLOGY. ill.

THE MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY.

Founded by the late Geo. W. Tryon, Jun., continued under the care of the
Conchological Section, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, by
Henry A. Pilsbry, Conservator.

The Manual of Conchology is a fully illustvated monography of recent
molluscs. Issued in octavo form, in quarterly parts. Each part comprises 64
(or more) pages of letterpress, and 15 to 20 plates,

Two series are now in progress: the First SERIES, Marine Univalves, of
which sixteen volumes have appeared, finishing the series as planned by its
illustrious founder. A suppiemental volume to this series will be issued this
year, to contain the Dentaliidae. Of the Srconp Series, Terrestrial
Molluscs, ten volumes have been published, completing Heix with Index.
A few copies of Vol. IX. of this series, ‘‘GuipE TO THE STuDy OF HELICES,’
will be sold separately at the regular subscription price. Separate copies nf
the Index, suitable for the purposes of a Catalogue or Check list, can also be
had at $1.00 each.

The Monography of the Bulimi is being continued.

The illustrations of the Manual have received high commendation, and are
fully equal to the best figures of shells published.

Prices :— Plain (uncoloured) edition, $300 per part. Coloured edition, $5:00
per part. Fine edition (both coloured and India-tinted plates) $8.00 per part.

Structural and Systematic Conchology, by Geo. W. Tryon, Jun.

A CoMPLETE CoNCHOLOGICAL TExT Book of 1,200 pages, 140 plates and
Over 3,500 figures of Genera, Anatomy, &c. Three volumes bound in one.
Cloth. Price $6:oo,

For further information or descriptive circular, with sample plates of
Manual, address :—

S. RAYMOND ROBERTS, Treasurer.
P.O. Address, GLEN “RIDGE, NEW. JERSEY, U.S A.

Tare Beier b MANUAL
British Land and “Fresh ate: Shells,

BY LIONEL E. ADAMS, B.A.,

HON. TREASURER, CONCHOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Illustrated by Collotype & Engraved Figures of the species from Original Drawings.
By A. SICH, ¢. W. ADAMS, and the AUTHOR.

SECOND EDITION.

Containing a full enumeration and description of all the recognised
varieties, with diagnostic tables of the more difficult genera, framed for the
purpose of facilitating the easy identification of the more critical species.

A full and detailed Census of the known Distribution of every Species,
including the results of the latest researches, has been added.

PRICE, s8/- PLAIN and 10/6 COLOURED, NETT.

A few copies with duplicate plates (coloured and plain), at 15/- pev copy
nett. vee by post, 5d. per copy.

TAYLOR BROS., Publishers, LEEDS.

iv. THE “FOURNAL >< OD MAL AGG OG

FOR RECENT SHELLS,
For Sale, Purchase, or Exchange

APPLY TO

G. .B. “SOWRREY,. FES:

As well as many rare and costly treasures, G. B. S. has an
immense stock of Shells, from which he is always ready to
supply the desiderata of Collectors of limited means, at very
low prices.

Selections may be made on the Premises or sent on approval.

RECENT ACQUISITIONS.—A beautiful Collection of
the Land Shells of Cuba. This series contains many
quaint and beautiful forms of Cylindvella, Chondvopoma,
Choanopoma, &c.

RARE AND NEW SHELLS, LAND AND MARINE,

FROM VARIOUS LOCALITIES.
121, FULHAM ROAD, LONDON, S.W.

(Near South Kensington Station).

THe. ssex > “NATURALISCE

(Being the Journal of the Essex Field Club).
Edited by WiLttaM Cote, F.L.S., Hon. Secretary.

The Essex Naturalist is devoted to the publication of
Papers and Notes bearing upon the Natural History, Geology,
and Archaeology of Essex.

Free to Members of the Club (Subscription 15/-), and
published separately at about g/- per annum.
Address—‘“‘ The Editor,’”’ Buckhurst Hill, Essex.

THE IRISH NATURALIST.

A Monthly Journal of General Irish Natural History.
EDITED BY
GEORGE H. CARPENTER, B.Sc, ~
AND
R. LEOYD “PRAEGER? (BA. SOL RA

Contains Articles and Notes on the Geology, Flora, and Fauna of Ireland,
Vol. L (1892), price 3s. 6d., includes ‘‘ The Irish Land and Freshwater
Mollusca,” by Dr R. F. Scharff. Subsequent volumes, price 5s. each.
The current volume will be sent in monthly parts to any address for 5s.
Subscriptions should be sent to the Publishers, Messrs. Eason & Son,
40, Lower Sackville Street, Dublin. :

Printed for the Proprietor by Joon Dutton, County Printing Works, Chelmsford.

THE JOURNAL
OF MALACOLOGY

Established in 1890 by Walter E. Collinge as ‘‘ THe ConcnHotoetst, a Journal of Malacology.”

EDITED BY

WitPReD MARK WR, . sb. S.;

Biological Laboratory, County of Essex,

WITH THE ASSISTANCE IN SPECIAL DEPARTMENTS OF :—

The Rev. A. H. Cooxe, M.A., F.Z.S., King’s College, Cambridge ;
Lieut.-Col. H. H. Gopwin-AusTEN, F.R.S., etc., Shalford Park, Guildford ;
CuarLes HeEpLey, F.L.S., Australian Museum, Sydney, N.S.W.;

E. R. Syxes, B.A., F.Z.S., Grays Inn, London ;
B. B. Woopwarp, F.L.S., F.G.S., British Museum (Natural History).

Vou. VI. (Nos. 3 & 4.) CONTENTS. Sept. & DeEc., 1897.
(Issued January 22nd, 1898).
PAGE.
On some New Species of Land Shells from the Island of Socotra
(Plate V. frontispiece) Edgar A. Smith, F.Z.S. 33
Books received ee ar te oe xe oa 30)
Notes as es ae ais Ss Xe co 48
Species of Plectopylis recently described in ‘‘ Science Gossip’’ by G. K. Gude ao 44
The British Species of Testacella, continued—Distribution and Repro-
ductive System (Pl. VI.) Wilfred Mark Webb, F.L.S. 49
The Distribution of British Non-Marine Mollusca, I. Hand List for Essex AB, 7
Index to this Volume Be sic se 56 te an GG

Title Page, and List of Species described for the first time in this volume ve
LONDON : BERLIN:
DULAU & CO., 37, Soho Square. FRIEDLAENDER & SOHN, Carlstrasse rr.

Quarterly. Annual Subscription, <ts. 4d. per annum., if prepaid—after
July 10th, Ss. 4d.

All communications should be addressed to :—

WILFRED MARK WEBB, “ Ellerie,’’ Brentwood, Essex, England.

ay, THE FOURNAL OF MALACODOGY.
a a ee

NOTICES.

Subscribers are reminded that the Subscription to the Journal of
Malacology is 4s. 4d. if paid before July roth, and that after this date 5s. 4d.
will be charged.

Copies of the Supplement to Part-I. (Vol. VI.), entitled ‘‘Some Sciagraphs of
Shells,” with Plate III., can be obtained on application; price Sixpence each.

Volumes I.-VI. may be obtained in sets; price on application.
Contributions on all Molluscan subjects ave invited from veaders of the Journal.

DISTRIBUTION OF BRITISH LAND & FRESHWATER MOLLUSCS.

The Editor would be pleased to correspond with Malacologists in the various
counties of the British Isles with a view to obtaining and publishing a complete
record of the distribution of the Molluscan fauna as the list compiled by th
Conchological Society only deals with specimens coming under the notice of its
referees and is therefore incomplete.

The Editor would still be glad of living specimens of Testacella from any localities.

All communications must be addressed to Wilfred Mark Webb, « Ellerie,”’
Brentwood, Essex.

“NATURAL SCIENCE.”

A MONTHLY REVIEW OF. SCIENTIFIC PROGRESS

Authoritative, Absolutely Independent, Up-to-Date.

In addition to Original Articles on all subjects within the range of
Biology and Geology, this Journal contains numerous Notes and
Critical Reviews of New Books by the leading authorities on the various
subjects treated. There are also Obituary Notices and several pages of
News each month.

All who read the JournaL or Mataconoey for their special studies should keep them-
selves acquainted with the general progress of the Biological Sciences by reading Narurat

SciEeNcE. It is the duty of all who wish for the continuance of such an indoperident Review
to lend it their active aid.

Price ONE SHILLING NETT each Number.
Annual Subscription REDUCED to TutrreEen SHILLINGS, for which each Number is

sent post-free, immediately on publication.

There willbe no delay if Orders are sent direct to the Publishers,
J. M. DENT & CO., 29, Bedford Street, Covent Garden, London, W.C.

Poe FOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY. iil.

THE MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY.

Founded by the late Geo. W. Tryon, Jun., continued under the care of the
Conchological Section, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, by
Henry A. Pilsbry, Conservator.

The Manual of Conchology is a fully illustrated monography of recent
molluscs. Issued in octavo form, in quarterly parts. Each part comprises 64
(or more) pages of letterpress, and 15 to 20 plates.

Two series are now in progress: the First SERIES, Marine Univalves, of
which sixteen volumes have appeared, finishing the series as planned by its
illustrious founder. A suppiemental volume to this series will be issued this
year, to contain the Dentaliidae. Of the SEcoND Series, Terrestrial
Molluscs, ten volumes have been published, completing HELix with Index.
A few copies of Vol. IX. of this series, ‘‘GuIpE TO THE STUDY oF HELICES,”’
will be sold separately at the regular subscription price. Separate copies of
the Index, suitable for the purposes of a Catalogue or Check list, can also be
had at $1.00 each.

The Monography of the Bulimi is being continued.

The illustrations of the Manual have received high commendation, and are
fully equal to the best figures of shells published.

Prices :— Plain (uncoloured) edition, $3°00 per part. Coloured edition, $5:00
per part. Fine edition (both coloured and India-tinted plates) $8.00 per part.

Structural and Systematic Conchology, by Gro. W. Tryon, Jun.

A COMPLETE CONCHOLOGICAL TEXT Book of 1,200 pages, r4o plates and
over 3,500 figures of Genera, Anatomy, &c. Three volumes bound in one.
Cloth. Price $600,

For further information or descriptive circular, with sample plates of
Manual, address :—

S. RAYMOND ROBERTS, Treasurer.
P. ©; Address sGLEN “RIDGE, NEMWE [ERSEY, U.S.A:

TRE COLLECTORS MANUAL
British Land and Freshwater Shells,

BY LIONEL €. -ADAMS, 6-A:,

HON. TREASURER, CONCHOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

Illustrated by Collotype & Engraved Figures of the species from Original Drawings.
By A. SICH, CG. W. ADAMS, and the AUTHOR.

SECONITD EDITION.

Containing a full enumeration and description of all the recognised
varieties, with diagnostic tables of the more difficult genera, framed for the
purpose of facilitating the easy identification of the more critical species.

___ A full and detailed Census of the known Distribution of every Species,
including the results of the latest researches, has been added.

PRICE, s8/- PLAIN and 10/G COLOURED, NETT.

A few copies with duplicate plates (coloured and plain), at 15/- per copy
nett. Fvee by post, dd. per copy.

TAYLOR BROS., Publishers, LEEDS.

iv. THE FOURNAL OF. MALACOLOGY,

FOR RECENT SHELLS,
For Sale, Purchase, or Exchange

APPLY TO

G. B. SOWERBY & HUGH FULTON.

As well as many rare and costly treasures, S. & F. have an
immense stock of Shells, from which they are always ready to
supply the desiderata of Collectors of limited means, at very
low prices.

Selections may be made on the Premises or sent on approval

RECENT ACQUISITIONS.—A beautiful Collection of
the Land Shells of Cuba. This series contains many
quaint and beautiful forms of Cylindrella, Chondropoma,
Choanopoma, &c.

RARE AND NEW SHELLS, LAND AND MARINE,
FROM VARIOUS LOCALITIES.

121, FULHAM ROAD, LONDON, S.W.

(Near South Kensington Station).

THE ES@ex Wear RAnisr

(Being the Journal of the Hssex Field Club).
Edited by WiLt1AMm Cote, F.L.S., Hon. Secretary.

The Essex Naturalist is devoted to the publication of
Papers and Notes bearing upon the Natural History, Geology,
and Archaeology of Essex.

Free to Members of the Club (Subscription 15/-), and
published separately at about 9/- per annum.
Address—‘“‘ The Editor,’ Buckhurst Hill, Essex.

THE IRISH NATURALIST.

A Monthly Journal of General Irish Natural History.
EDITED BY
GEORGE H. CARPENTER, B.Sc.,
AND
KR. LLOYD PRABGE RB Ay eink AG

Contains Articles and Notes on the Geology, Flora, and Fauna of Ireland,
Vol. I. (1892), price 3s. 6d., includes ‘‘ The Irish Land and Freshwater
Mollusca,” by Dr R. F. Scharff. Subsequent volumes, price 5s each.
The current volume will be sent in monthly parts to any address for 5s.
Subscriptions should be sent to the Publishers, Messrs. Eason & Son,
40, Lower Sackville Street, Dublin.

Printed for the Proprietor by Joun Durron, County Printing Works, Chelmsford.

THE

JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY.

ESTABLISHED IN 1890 AS ‘THE CONCHOLOGIST, A JOURNAL OF
MALACOLOGY.”

EDITED BY
WALTER E COEREINGE,

LECTURER IN ZOOLOGY AND COMPARATIVE ANATOMY IN THE UNIVERSITY
OF BIRMINGHAM.

PRESIDENT OF THE MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

WITH THE CO-OPERATION OF

DR. JOSEF F. BABOR.
THE REV. A. H. COOKE, M.A,, F.Z.S.
CHARLES HEDLEY, F.L.S.
EL By .SYKES: BANS BLS:
B. B. WOODWARD, F.G.S., F.L.S.

VOLUME VII.

1898 —1900.

Authors alone are responsible for the statements in their respective papers.

LONDON :

IW IL AO ANID) (Ch, 3375 Ow O SOWAIRIT., We

1900,

CONTENTS OF VOLUME VII.

Introduction.

Description of a new species of Cryffosoma (C. a a WALTER E.
COLLINGE, F.Z.S. (Plate i.)

In Memoriam: M- H. Crosse. By the Rev. A. H. Cooks, M.A., F.Z.S. .

Species of Plectopylis recently described in ‘‘ Science Gossip.” By G. K.
Gupg, F.Z.S. (Illustrations. ) :

Literature on the Anatomy of the Solenide. By H. HowarpD BLOOMER.
On the dimensions of some Arion empiricorum, Fér. By Guy BREEDEN.
New Locality for Yygromia revelata. By B. B. WooDWARD.

Limax variegatus, Drap., var. rufescens, Mog., in Warwickshire. By
WALTER E. COLLINGE.

Slugs from North Devon. By WALTER E. COLLINGE. : : :

The specific position of the reputed British Hyalinta glabra, Studer. By W.
Moss, F.C.A. 2 : : : : F

Notes on the species of Exnea and Leftofoma recorded from Ceylon, with
descriptions of some new Land Shells from that island. By E. R.
Sykes, B.A., F.Z.S. (Plate ii.) i ‘ 3

Phasianella ‘‘pulla” or ‘‘pullus”? By the Rev. A. H. oo ML A., E.Z.5.

On the occurrence in Ireland of Arion empiricorum, Feér., var. bocagez, Simr.
By WALTER E. COLLINGE, F.Z.S : - :

Species of Plectopylis recently described in ‘‘ Science Gossip.” By G. K.
GupbgE, F.Z.S. (Illustrations.) ‘ : : ‘ ‘ ‘

Mollusca of Grange-over-Sands, Lancashire. By H. V. Fow er, M.A.

Note on some Slugs from Teneriffe. By WaLTER E. CoLLInceE and F. J.
PARTRIDGE.

Malacological Communications from New Zealand. By HENRY SUTER.
(Plate ii.) : 5 : F . : -

On some Land Shells from Somaliland. By Epcar A. Situ, F.Z.S.
(Illustrations. ) 2 : é =

Notes on the nomenclature of the British Nudibranchiata, with a detailed
classification of the group. By the Rev. A. H. Cooks, M.A., F.Z.S.

Description of a new species of Afitra (M. baldwinit) from the Hawaiian
Islands. By JAMES CosMO MELVILL, M.A., F.L.S. (Illustration.)

On the anatomy and systematic position of some recent additions to the
British Museum collection of Slugs. By WALTER E. COLLINGE,
F.Z.S. (Plates iv—y.)

On two new varieties of Ca/aulus ntetnert, G. and H. Nev., from Ceylon.
By OLIVER CoLLeTtT, F.R.M.S._ (Illustrations.)

felix (Epipragmophora) kelletti, Forbes, and its habitat. By Mrs. M. BURTON
WILLIAMSON. - ; - - : - :

ili.

85

87

lv. CONTENTS.

On the relative claim to priority of Papuina wiegmanni and P. tuomensis.
By Gk GupE, BZ7s: : é

Subulina octona, Chemn., in Kew Gardens. By E. R. SyKEs.

Notes on some specimens of Plectopylis. By G. K. Gupk.

Additional records to the Mollusca of Carnarvonshire and Merionethshire.
By H. H. BLooMEr.

The Land Shells of the Caroline Islands. By O. F. von MOELLENDORFF,
Ph.D. (Illustrations. )

Note on Helicoid Land Shells from the Canary Islands. By G. K. GuDE.
Note on the Asiatic species of Philomycus. By T. D. A. COCKERELL.

Description of a new species of Avadenus from China. By WALTER E,
COLLINGE. (Plate vi.)

On some malformed specimens of Anodonta cygnea, L. By H. H. BLOOMER.
(Plate vii and Illustrations. )

Notes on the genus Sesara, Alb., with descriptions of two new forms. | By
G. K. Gupg, F.Z.S. (Illustrations. ) :

Description of a new variety of Zsomeria subcastanea, Pfr. By G. K. GubgE,
F.Z.S. (Illustrations. )

Obituary. G. Sherriff Tye. (Plate viii.)
The genus Astzopsis, Hoyle, preoccupied. By WALTER E. COLLINGE.

A List of a small collection of Shells from China. By EpGaArR A. SMITH,
F.Z.S. (Illustrations.) .

Descriptions of two new species of Shells: Murex marcoensis and Cassis booley?.
By G. B. Sowerby, F.L.S. (Illustrations. )

Malacological Notes. By E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.L.S. (Illustrations. )

On a British species of JZyriza, with a note on the genus /das. By J. T.
MARSHALL. (Illustrations. ) é

On some large specimens of Valvata piscinalis. By WALTER E. COLLINGE.
Note on Helix rufescens. By H. WILLouGHBy ELLIs.

Notes on some further malformed specimens of Anodonta cygnea, L. By
H. H. BLoomer. (Illustration. )

Description of a new species of Veronicella from the Fiji Islands. By
WALTER E. COLLINGE.

Note on the Gaeotis douvilled of de Morgan. By WATER E. COLLINGE.

felix lapicida, L., mons. sinistrorsum, nov.? By F. J. PARTRIDGE.

PAGE

177

179
179
180

Proceedings of the Midland Malacological Society 17, 39, 68, 91, 127, 148, 171, 181.

Current Literature. i ; : : SELON AOW 70; Og pl2o.mlAOm I 7 Ieao2s
General Reviews. °. : ; ; : : ; 5 : 132, 154, 187.
Editor’s Notes. : : : ; : : F 24, 48, 76, 100, 132, 156.
Corrigenda. 147.

LIsT ©F [LLUSTRATIONS IN VOLUME. VIL

New species of Cryptosoma. Plate I.
Plectopylis muspratti, Gude. :
Plectopylis stenochila var. basilia, Gude.
Plectopylis magna, Gude.

Plectopylis lissochlamys, Gude.

Plectopylis leucochila, Gude.

Plectopylis perrierae, Gude. :
New Land Shells from Ceylon. Plate II.
Plectopylis blanita, Gude. :
Plectopylis trochospira var. boholensis, ene!
Flectopylis achatina var. obesa, Gude.
Plectopylis achatina var. infrafasciata, Gude.
Plectopylis achatina var. venusta, Gude.
New Zealand Mollusca. Plate III.

Ennea somaliensis, n. sp. c
Buliminis (Petraeus) dsheelien sis. n. sp.
Mitra (Strigatella) baldwinti, n. sp. .
British Museum Slugs. Plates IV and V.
Cataulus nietnerz, G. and H. Nevill.
Cataulus nietnert v. caperata, n. var.
Cataulus nietnert v. unicolor, n. var.
Flammulina (s. str.) nigrescens, Mlldff. Jaw, Radela! ee
Anadenus dautzenbergi. Plate VI.

Anodonta cygnea, L. Part of animal showing hell ePons

Anodonta cygnea, L. Plate VII.

Sesara harmert, n. sp.

Sesara Elgon. Benson.

Sesara harmert v. anodonta, n. var.
Lsomeria subcastanea v. kobeltiana, n. var.
Lsomeria subcastanea, type. : 5
Portrait of G. Sherriff Tye. Plate VIII.
Vivipara wingatet, n. sp. 3
Vivipara auriculata, Marts.

Murex marcoensis, n. sp.

Cassts booleyz, n. sp.

A three-valved Zschnochiton.

Shell and valves of a South African ome of Crypioplas

Acroptychia pyramidalis, n. sp.

Clausilia granulosa, n. sp.

Myrina simpsonz, n. sp.

Transverse section of Azodonta es L.

vi.

POP PUP UP?

23 line 31 for

31
Sy
46

162

176

176

7,0

176

99

3°

18

19
20

CORRIGENDA.

(See also page 147.)

1868 read 1808.

T. rochus Magus ,, Trochus Magus
vatieties », Varieties.
cheemalonic ;, chameleonic.
narcoensis ;, Marcoensis.
Chnch 3) Church:

lhe 5» the:

are omitted ,, is omitted.
thn gp wakes

THE

MOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY.

IN'Ol-« 1. DECEMBER and, 1898. Vor Vail.

INTRODUCTION.

ON resuming the editorship of the “ Journal of Malacology,” from
which I retired in 1895, I beg ‘o express my thanks to the many
malacologists, in all parts of th world, who have again promised
to give the paper their support.

While dealing largely with the slug and slug-like genera of molluscs,
papers treating of al/ branches of the Mollusca will be included, as
well as short notes upon the same.

The Bibliography will be restricted to books and papers sent
in by their respective authors, and those of special interest in the
current magazines, etc.

Without boasting, it may be fairly claimed for the ‘‘ Journal,” that
it has now the largest and widest circulation of any publication
devoted solely to the Mollusca.

I have agreed to publish in the pages of the “‘ Journal,” free of any
cost to the Society, the “‘ Proceedings of the Midiand Malacological
Society.”

I hope in the present volume to improve the illustrations and to
increase their number, but this can only be done by considerably
increasing the cost of the “ Journal.” I trust, therefore, that I may
count upon the same kind and generous support which malacologists
have given me in the past, so that the ‘Journal of Malacology”” may
continue to be, as it was described in 1895, ‘the leading English

Journal and Review of its specific subject.”
Week. C.

Journ. oF Matac., 1898, Vol. vii, No. 1.

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF CRYPTOSOMA
(C. AUSTEND.

BY WALT BR i © OlIEN Ch i ZS.

Mason University College, Birmingham.

(Plate I.)
(Read before the Midland Malacological Society, Aug. 12th, 1898.)

THE following description is from a single specimen sent to me from
Calcutta as a species of He/icarion. On referring to Godwin-Austen’s
account of Cryptosoma prestans, Gould,’ and the figures which ac-
company the same, also specimens of the shell of C. prestans, Gould,
in the ‘Vheobald Collection in the Museum of Mason University
College, and others in my own collection, it was at once evident that
this was a species referable to the genus Cvyf/osoma, Theobald,” the
differences, however, externally, and those in the form of the gener-
ative organs, necessitate its separation from C. prestans, Gould, I
have therefore associated with it the name of Lieut-Col. H. H. Godwin-
Austen, F.R.S.

Cryptosoma austeni, n. sp.

Animal (Pl. 1, figs. 2—4) a light yellowish-brown, darker on the
head and posterior dorsum, which latter is sharply keeled. Right
shell-lobe moderately well developed, left shell-lobe very large. Right
dorsal lobe somewhat triangular in shape. Left dorsal lobe broad
and narrow, and rather darker than the right one, being finely spotted
with black. Caudal mucous pore large, with no overhanging lobe.
Ruge large. Peripodial groove distinct, terminating at the dorsal
margin of the mucous pore. Foot-fringe same colour as the body,
with fine closely set lineoles, extending to dorsal margin of the mucous
pore (Pl. i, fig. 2). Foot-sole divided into median and lateral planes,
the former smoother and rather lighter in colour than the rest of the
body, the latter are transversely marked and similar in colour to the
rest of the body (PI. i, fig. 3). Extremity of foot-sole rounded (PI. 1,
fig. 3).

Length (in alcohol) 22°5 mm.; breadth of foot-sole in widest
portion, 4°5 mm.

1 Land and Freshwater Mollusca of India, 1882, pt. 1, p. 14, pl. 1v, figs. 1—124,
2 Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, 1857, p. 252.

COLLINGE: A NEW SPECIES OF CRYPTOSOMA. 3

Shell (Pl. i, fig. 1) apex depressed, thin, striz definite, brownish
or horn colour.

Tab. Calcutta (Coll. of W. E. C.).

I have given in figure 5 a part of the generative organs of C.
prestans, Gould, built up from the three figures given by Godwin-
Austen (4. ¢.) for comparison with those in this species (PI. 1, fig. 4).

In C. austent the vagina is a long straight tube, from the top of
which the elongated sessile receptaculum seminis opens. The free-
oviduct is a wide tube gradually expanding as with ‘the vas deferens
it gives place to the oviduct proper and prostate. The penis is a
short, broad tube, constricted on its inner surface (PI. 1, fig. 4, Z).
In C. prestans, Gould, Godwin-Austen describes the penis as being
‘““much convoluted and closely folded together,” which feature is
shown in fig. 9 (#4. ¢, pl. iv). In C. austeni the penis lies ventral to,
and at the outer side of, the vagina and free-oviduct. At the distal
extremity and. on its dorsal side, there is a small kalc-sac given off,
unfortunately this was damaged in dissection. I believe it was a
somewhat ovoid-shaped body and a little larger than the receptaculum
seminis, but as I am not quite certain, I have left it incomplete in
figure 4. From the inner and dorsal side of the penis, at a point
almost exactly opposite to the origin of the kale-sac, the vas deferens
arises, the retractor muscle of the penis being inserted above and
between the two (PI. i, fig. 4, 7. #.). The dart-sac is a wide muscular
tube, narrowing slightly as it approaches the U-shaped bend towards
tne distal end (Pl. 1, fig.4; ¢. s.)> “Ehe distal) extrémity~ 1s, rather
narrower and pointed. ‘There was no dart present.

A comparison of the terminal ducts of the generative organs of
C. austeni, with those of C. prestans, Gould, shows many striking
differences. The peculiar-shaped dart-sac in this latter species with
its bulbous proximal end, is very distinct from that organ in C. austent,
while in the form of the penis and receptaculum seminis, the differences
are still more striking.

Externally there are also a few interesting points of difference
from C. prestans, in the shape and size of the mantle and shell-lobes.
The left shell-lobe and left dorsal lobe of C. austeni are considerably
smaller than in the former species, while the right shell-lobe and the
right dorsal lobe are much larger (cd. Godwin-Austen, 4. ¢., pl. iv,
figs. 2—5). In life the right shell-lobe of C. austent must extend a
considerable distance over the surface of the shell, much more so
than is shown in Stoliczka’s beautiful figure of C. pr@stans, given by
Godwin-Austen (¢. ¢. pl. iv, fig. 1). Finally the shell of C. austen? is
smaller, thinner, and much more fragile than that of C. prestans,
Gould.

4 COOKE: IN MEMORIAM: M. H. CROSSE.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE I.

Fig. 1.—Crvptosoma austent, mn. sp. Shell. xz.

Fig. 2.— - s View of the animal from the right side,
after the removal of the shell, =x 3.

Fig. 3.— 5 i Portion of foot-sole, showing median
and lateral planes and extremity of
foot-sole, 355.

Fig. 4.— ¥ % Terminal ducts of the generative or-
gans.

Fig. 5.—Cryptosoma prestans, Gould. Terminal ducts of the genera-
tive organs (after Godwin-Austen).

REFERENCE LETTERS.

d. s. Dart-sac. p: Penis.

f. ov. Free-oviduct. pr. Prostate.

k. s. Kale-sac. r. s. Receptaculum seminis.

/. d. 2. Left dorsal lobe of the mantle. r.a.t. Right dorsal lobe of the mantle.
7, ~. Lateral plane of the foot-sole. x. m. Yetractor muscle of the penis.

Z. s. d, Left shell-lobe. r. s. l. Right shell-lobe.

m. ~. Median plane of the foot-sole. v. ad. Vas deferens.

ov. Oviduct. vg. Vagina.

IN MEMORIAM: M. H. CROSSE.
By THE Rey. A. H. COOKE, M.A. r-Z.s:,

Fellow and Tutor of King’s College, Cambridge.

THE scientific world in general, and malacologists in particular, will
have learned with profound regret the news of the death of M. Joseph
Charles Hippolyte Crosse, which took place on August 7, 1898, at
his country residence, the Chateau d’ Argeville, at Vernou, near
Paris. No man of his time has done more, few have done as much,
to promote the study of the Mollusca, and in him France has lost
one of her most distinguished men of science. It was one of those
strange coincidences that sometimes occur to us all, that I should
have been walking down the Rue Tronchet in Paris, and wondering
whether I should call at No. 25, only the day before I returned home
to hear of his death, and receive the request to write this obituary
notice,

COOKE: IN MEMORIAM: M. H. CROSSE. 5

Born in 1827, it was in 1851 that Crosse contributed his first
paper (WVotice sur (habitat du Panopaea Aldrovandt, de Sictle) to the
Journal de Conchyltologte, which was then in the second year of its
existence, edited by M. Petit de la Saussaye. It gives us some idea
of the strides which the science has made since those days to learn
that then malacology was still governed by the systems of Lamarck
and of Cuvier. Reeve, Sowerby, and Kiister had but recently com-
menced their iconographies, Kiener had suspended his, the Adams’
Genera, Philippi’s Handbuch, Gray’s Guide, Woodward’s and Chenu’s
Manuals were yet to appear. Geographical distribution, as a serious
study, was absolutely unknown.

It is with the Journal de Conchyliologie that Crosse’s memory will
be for ever associated. His name first appears on the titlepage of
that periodical in 1861, and it is not too much to say that to him and
his distinguished colleague, Dr. P. Fischer, who, considerably the
younger man, predeceased him by nearly half a decade, is due the
entire credit of carrying on for more than thirty years a publication
which has consistently maintained the highest standard of excellence
in the articles which have appeared in its pages. Not to speak of
innumerable minor notices and reviews of books, Crosse contributed,
from his own pen alone, 249 articles, 86 in conjunction with P.
Fischer, and 13 more in conjunction with A. C. Bernardi, T. Bland,
O. Debeaux, E. Marie, and Dr. Souverbie, making a grand total of
348. He was singularly faithful to his own Journal, for the only
contributions he ever appears to have made to any other recognised
scientific paper were six articles which appeared in the years 1855-59
in the Revue e¢ Magasin de Zoologie.

Crosse’s knowledge of the Mollusca was not confined to any
special group or groups, but was far-reaching and comprehensive.
Naturally, his acquaintance with anatomical details was subordinate
to his familiarity with other portions of the study. The Land
Mollusca of New Caledonia and of Mexico are perhaps the two fields
on which he will be found to have left the most permanent traces of
his ability. The former he dealt with in the columns of the Journal
alone, the latter, in collaboration with Dr. P. Fischer, in the Z¢udes
sur les Mollusques terrestres et fluviatiles du Mexigue et du Guatemala,
which formed, with an Atlas of 71 Plates, the two large quarto
volumes making up Part VII of the Recherches Zoologiques, compiled
by the Mission Scientifique au Mexique et dans 2 Amérique Centrale,
and published by order of the Minister of Public Instruction in
France (1870-1893). He also began, in conjunction with the same
author, the //¢stotre Naturelle des Mollusques terrestres et fluviatiles de

6 COOKE: 1N MEMORIAM: M. H. CROSSE.

Madagascar (1889), but this work does not appear to have been
completed.

He was especially fond of cataloguing the Molluscan fauna of
islands. Some of his lists, thus compiled, are invaluable to the
student of geographical distribution, remarks upon which generally
accompanied the lists. Among the islands thus treated are Rodriguez,
Kerguelin, Socotra, Prince’s and St. Thomas Is. (W. Africa), Nossi-Bé
and Nossi-Comba, Trinidad, Cuba (177 pp.), San Domingo (143 pp.),
Porto Rico, and New Caledonia (315 pp.). His sympathy with
problems of geographical distribution is further shown by such articles
as the following: Déstribution géographique et synonymie des Bulimes
auriculiformes de 1 Archipel Viti; Catalogue des Mollusques qui vivent
dans le Détrott de Behring et dans les parties voisines de l’ Océan
Arctique ; Faune malacologique du Lac Tanganyika, du Lac Batkal.

Another marked feature of his writings is the cataloguing of all
the known species of certain genera, often with synonymy and geo-
graphical distribution appended. Among the genera thus treated are
Cancellaria, Conus, Holospira, Hybocystis, Lyria, Meroe, Opisthostoma,
Parmacella, Pirena, Placobranchus, Pleurotomaria, Pomatias, Rapa,
Rhodea, Risella, and Voluta.

It naturally befel one who had the handling of vast masses of
material, to found new genera, as well as innumerable new species.
Yet he was no sympathiser with the “splitting” school, and dis-
countenanced, rather by example than by rebuke, the folly of those
who reduce the science to confusion by manufacturing a new species
for every second specimen. ‘To Crosse are due, either singly or in
conjunction with P. Fischer, the following amongst other genera :—
Acroptychia, Lerendtia, Diplomphalus, Eucalodium, Geostilbia, Gues-
tuerta, Pereiraea, Strebelia, and Xanthonyx.

I believe Crosse possessed a special sympathy for England and
English workers. Certainly his encouragement of young contributors
was charming, and his courtesy never failed. His knowledge of
English was remarkable, and he was capable of translating articles
from that language into French without missing the smallest point or
losing the most delicate shade of meaning. Besides possessing
numerous other titles of honour, he was a Corresponding Member of
the Zoological Society of London, and a Member of the Malacological
Society of London, All English Malacologists will unite in a re-
spectful testimony to his great distinctions. And perhaps no better
epilogue could be framed for him than the words with which he
closed his own exhaustive treatise on the Mollusca of New Caledonia,
words of characteristic modesty :—‘ Nous terminons ici notre travail,

GUDE: SPECIES OF PLECTOPYLIS. if

dont nous ne nous dissimulons nullement les imperfections, mais qui
aura, nous l’espérons du moins, l’avantage de faire connaitre aux
naturalistes, que ces sortes d’études intéressent, l’état actuel de la
science . . . . et de leur servir de point de départ pour de nouvelles
recherches . . . . ot. il doit y avoir encore bien de découvertes 4
faire pour les explorateurs.”

SPECIES OF PLECTOPYLIS RECENTLY DESCRIBED

IN “SCIENCE GOSSIP.” +
BY Ga he GUIDE hea Se

London.
Plectopylis muspratti, Gude.

Shell sinistral, discoid, widely and deeply umbilicated, pale corneous,
streaked transversely with dull brown ; finely striated and decussated
with spiral lines, which are very distinct on the upper surface, but
less so below. Suture impressed, spire a little conical. Whorls
six and a half, scarcely convex, slowly increasing, the last widening
towards the aperture, slightly angular above, descending suddenly
in front, and a little constricted behind the peristome. Aperture
roundly lunate, peristome white, thickened and reflexed, margins
converging. Parietal callus with a strongly raised flexuous ridge,
which is separated from both margins by a little notch. Umbilicus
wide and deep. Parietal wall with a short entering flexuous fold
united to the ridge at the aperture, becoming attenuated inwardly,
and at one-third of the circumference from the aperture, with a
strong, crescent-shaped vertical plate, which is suddenly deflected
posteriorly at the lower extremity ; below this, on the anterior side,
occurs a very short, horizontal fold. Palatal folds six, horizontal,
short ; the first free, with a small denticle posteriorly ; the second,
third, fourth, and fifth connected with each other by a vertical
ridge, which deflects below the fifth fold posteriorly and terminates
in a small, oblique denticle; the sixth again free.— Major diameter,
13 millimetres; minor diameter, t1 millimetres ; axis, 6 millimetres.

Habitat, Naga Hilis, Assam.—Type in Colonel Beddome’s col-
lection.

1 Reprinted from ‘‘ Science Gossip,” N.S. vol. iv, 1897-1898. By kind permission of the Editor.

8 GUDE: SPECIES OF PLECTOPYLIS.

With a number of VP/ectopylis kindly sent to me by Colonel
Beddome for inspection, were three shells which he thought would

. me |
ZB y))\\\ =
Nai
| é

Fig. 5.—VPlectopylis muspratti, GUDE.

prove to be new. Upon examination I found them to differ from all
the described species, and now, therefore, publish this form as a new
species under the above name, which was suggested by Colonel
Beddome. /Vectopylis muspratti in outward appearance somewhat
resembles Plectopylis nagaensis (‘Science Gossip,” N.S., vol. ili, p.
206, fig. 33), but the armature is quite different. The parietal
armature (see figs. e and @) consists of a strong, vertical lunate plate,
strongly deflected posteriorly below, the convex side towards the
aperture ; below, on the anterior side, is a very short horizontal fold ;
a short, entering, flexuous, horizontal fold occurs at the aperture and
is joined to the flexuous raised ridge which unites the two margins of
the peristome. The palatal armature consists of: first, a free, short,
horizontal fold with a small denticle posteriorly ; next, four short,
horizontal folds connected by a slight vertical ridge about their
middle ; the posterior halves of the folds being thinner and slighter
than the anterior halves; the vertical ridge is continued below the
fifth fold, where it suddenly deflects posteriorly and terminates in a
small oblique denticle; below the fifth fold, a little nearer to the
aperture, is found a sixth fold, which, like the first, is quite free (see
fig. 5 f, which shows the inner side of part of the outer wall with its
palatal folds, and fig. 52, which gives the posterior view of the parietal
and palatal armatures).—‘‘ Science Gossip,” iv, p. Io.

GUDE: SPECIES OF PLECTOPYLIS. 9

Plectopylis stenochlia, var. basilia, Gude.

Differs from the type in the more conical spire, the more
flattened whorls and the acutely keeled periphery.— Diam., 6-7
millimetres.

Habitat, Badung, Province Hoo-Pé, China.

Fig. 6.—Plectopylis stenochila, var. basilia, GUDE.

FPlectopylis stenochila, var. basidia, from Badung, Province of
Hoo-Pé, was sent to me by Professor Oscar Boettger, of Frankfort.
It has a more conical spire and the whorls are more flattened than in
te type ‘(see “Science Gossip,” -NiS.} volo1;, sp.52045 -f. 20)" the
periphery is acutely keeled, while in the type it is rounded. The
parietal armature differs in having only four simple denticles anteriorly
to the vertical plate, the second denticle being very minute (see fig.
6c); the palatal armature is identical with that of the type.—Ibid.
Dp. 36.

Plectopylis magna, Gude.

Shell sinistral, solid, discoid, widely and deeply umbilicated,
horny brown, finely and regularly ribbed. Suture slightly impressed,
spire depressed, apex scarcely raised. Whorls 73, a little rounded
above, tumid below, increasing very slowly, the last widening a
little towards the aperture, descending somewhat slowly in front,
and a little constricted behind the peristome. Aperture elliptical,
peristome white, thickened and reflexed, margins scarcely converging.
Parietal callus with a raised flexuous ridge, separated from both
margins of the peristome by a little notch. Umbilicus wide and
deep. Parietal wall with a short, entering, flexuous, horizontal
fold, which terminates at a distance of two millimetres from the
parietal ridge at the aperture, and having at one-third of the cir-
cumference from the aperture two strong transverse plates; the

10 GUDE: SPECIES OF PLECTOPYLIS.

posterior one the longest, vertical, and a little flexuous, giving off a
short, obliquely raised ridge posteriorly above, and a short, strong,
obliquely deflexed ridge posteriorly below ; the anterior one oblique,
the upper extremity converging towards the posterior plate, where it
gives off posteriorly a short, strong ridge, and anteriorly a strong,
longer ridge, which becomes attenuated; at the lower extremity it
gives off two short, strong ridges, one posteriorly and one anteriorly ;
below these plates occurs a thin fold, close to the lower suture,
revolving as far as the aperture, where it unites with the flexuous
ridge. Palatal folds, 5: the three upper horizontal ; the first straight
and having an elongated denticle below it at about the middle ; the
second a little deflected posteriorly ; the third short, crescent-shaped ;
the fourth vertical, flexuous; the fifth horizontal, abruptly deflexed
anteriorly above and posteriorly below. Posteriorly between the first
and fifth folds occur six denticles, placed vertically in a row, the first
in a line with the elongated denticle below the first fold, the second a
little above and the third a little below the second fold, the fourth in
a line with the upper extremity, the fifth near the middle, and the
sixth a little below the lower extremity of the vertical fold.——-Major
diameter, 22°5-25 millimetres; minor diameter, 185-21 millimetres ;
axis, 8 millimetres.
Habitat, Burma.—Type in my collection.

3 2 h 2 tity

fs oe Leeman, EB
Fide SB
<4 ui

Fig. 7.—Plectopylis magna, GUDE.

With a miscellaneous collection of Plectopylis, from Burma, kindly
sent to me by Miss Linter, Arragon Close, Twickenham, were two

GUDE: SPECIES OF PLECTOPYLIS. LE

forms which appear to be undescribed, and, although closely allied to
each other and to Plectobylis ponsonbyi (“Science Gossip” N.S., vol.
ill, page 178), they present sufficient differences to warrant their being
regarded as distinct. Three of the specimens in question belong to
the form which I now publish as a new species under the name of
Plectopylis magna. <A shell in the collection of Mr. E. R. Sykes,
which had been labelled P. achatina, I also refer to this species.
This new form differs from P. ponsonbyt in being much larger, more
solid, and darker in colour, in having one whorl more, in the last
whorl descending less abruptly, and in the whorls being more rounded.
There are also differences in the armature, 7. e. the two parietal ver-
tical plates are convergent above, and the posterior one is considerably
longer than the anterior one (see fig. 7¢), while in Plectopy/is ponsonbyt
they are almost equal and parallel; the anterior plate gives off ante-
riorly, below a short, stout ridge, not a distinct fold as in P. fonsonbyr,
and the thin fold near the suture is distinctly continued to the ridge
at the aperture, without becoming attenuated ; the two upper palatal
horizontal folds are much thinner, the third is short and crescent-
shaped, and the vertical fold is not bilobed, while there are several
more denticles posteriorly (see fig. 7, which shows the inside of the
outer wall). The specimen figured, received from Miss Linter, as
above mentioned, is in my collection, and measures 25 millimetres in
diameter. A second specimen measures 22°5 millimetres in diameter.
The third specimen is not quite mature, the ridge on the parietal
callus at the aperture not being formed, but the armature is quite
identical with that of the mature shells. Figs. 7 a, 4, ¢, and e are
natural size, figs. 7 @ and fare magnified.—(Ibid., p. 70.)

Plectopylis lissochlamys, Gude.

Shell sinistral, solid, discoid, widely and deeply umbilicated,
polished, corneous, finely and regularly ribbed, decussated with
minute spiral sculpture above. Suture impressed, apex a little raised,
spire depressed. . Whorls 7, rounded, increasing slowly, the last twice
as wide as the penultimate, widening towards the aperture, but not
constricted behind the peristome. Aperture rounded, elliptical ;
peristome white, rather thin, reflexed; margins a little converging.
Parietal callus with a raised flexuous ridge separated from both
margins of the peristome by a little notch. Umbilicus wide and
deep. Parietal wall with a short, entering, flexuous horizontal fold,
which runs close up to the ridge at the aperture, and at one third
of the circumference from the mouth there are two rather thin

12 GUDE: SPECIES OF PLECTOPYLIS.

transverse parallel plates, descending obliquely backwards, the
posterior one longest and with a short ridge posteriorly both at
the upper and the lower extremities ; the anterior one with a longer
ridge anteriorly at the upper extremity, and two short but stouter
ridges at the lower extremity, one anteriorly and one posteriorly ;
below these plates occurs a thin horizontal fold close to the lower
suture, becoming attenuated but distinctly perceptible at the aperture,
where it unites with the flexuous ridge. Palatal folds, 5 ; the three
upper horizontal, thin, the first and second with a denticle posteriorly ;
the third deflected posteriorly; the fourth vertical, the upper part
deflexed anteriorly, the lower part deflexed posteriorly, with two den-
ticles posteriorly, one about the middle and one near the lower
extremity ; the fifth short, horizontal, indented at the middle, with a
slight curved denticle posteriorly.—Major diameter, 19-20 millimetres;
minor diameter, 16 17 millimetres; axis, 6-7 millimetres.
Habitat, Burma.—Type in my collection.

Fig. 8.—Plectopylis lissochlamys, GUDE.

The form received with P. magna, as above mentioned, I propose
to distinguish as Plectopylis lissochlamys. Two specimens were sent
to me by Miss Linter. Dr. von MOllendorff, the German Consul in
Manila, Luzon, however, has obligingly sent me for inspection several
specimens of Plecfopylis, amongst which are two (labelled Plectopylis
refuga) which I refer to this new species. Plectopylis lissochlamys
differs from P. magna in being much smaller and shining, as well as
paler in colour; the shell in shape and texture resembling Plectopylts
pulvinaris, which, however, is a dextral shell (“Science Gossip,” N. S.,
vol. iii, page 180, fig. 25). It is more solid and darker in colour than
P. ponsonbyt and it is more coarsely ribbed; the two last whorls in-
crease more suddenly, and the last is not constricted behind the
peristome as is the case in P. ponsondy?. The two parietal plates (see

GUDE: SPECIES OF PLECTOPYLIS. 13

fig. 8e) are much thinner, and the anterior ridges of the anterior plate
much shorter and slighter than those of P. ponsonbyi ; they are parallel
instead of convergent as in P. magna. A comparison of the figures
will indicate differences in the palatal armature. The specmien figured
is in my collection and measures 19 millimetres in diameter. Figs.
8 ac are natural size, while figs. 8a-f are magnified. Fig. 8 d shows
the parietal and palatal armature from the posterior side; fig. 8¢a
part of the parietal wall with its plates; and fig. 8/ the inside of the
outer wall with its folds and denticles.—(Ibid., p. 7o—71.)

Plectopylis leucochila, Gude.

Shell sinistral, rather solid, discoid, deeply and _perspectively
umbilicated, pale yellowish-corneous, finely and regularly ribbed,
ornamented with minute spiral sculpture. Suture almost linear,
spire depressed, apex scarcely raised. Whorls seven to seven and
a-half, a little rounded above, rather tumid below, increasing slowly
and regularly, the last descending abruptly and rather deeply in
front. Aperture roundly oval; peristome white, a little thickened
and strongly reflexed, the margins a little converging; parietal
callus with a slightly raised flexuous ridge, separated from both
margins of the peristome by a little notch. Umbilicus deep,
widely perspective. Parietal wall with two transverse oblique plates
converging upwards, the posterior one rather thin, slightly sinuous,
and having a short ridge posteriorly at the upper and lower extremities,
the anterior one shorter, but much stronger and stouter, having an
ascending ridge posteriorly above anda short stout support posteriorly
below ; on the anterior side are found two strong horizontal folds, the
lower stout and short and becoming suddenly attenuated ; the upper
fold long, rather thinner, following the deflection of the last whorl and
terminating close to the ridge at the aperture, but not being united to
it; a very thin horizontal fold rises below the transverse plates close
to the lower suture, runs parallel with it, and terminates at the ridge
at the aperture. Palatal folds, five: the first near the suture, straight
and nearly horizontal; the second a little more cblique and deflected
posteriorly ; the third nearly horizontal, but more deflected posteriorly ;
all three have a slight indentation near the posterior extremity forming
a bead-like termination; the fourth is vertical deflected a little ante-
riorly above and posteriorly below, having posteriorly a small denticle
near the lower extremity and another about the middle; the fifth is
near the lower suture, horizontal and deflected at both extremities. —
Major diameter, 15-17 millimetres; minor diameter, 32-14 milli-
metres ; altitude, 6-7 millimetres.

14 GUDE: SPECIES OF PLECTOPYLIS.

Habitat, Burma.—Type in my collection.

Five shells, labelled “Burma,” without further indication of locality,
received by the writer, from Mr. Hugh Fulton, under the name of
Plectopylis letophis, proved upon examination to be distinct, and to
belong, in fact, to a different group of Plectopylis. They represent a

j@& many Z

<P

Fig. 9.—VPlectopylis leucochtla, GUDF.

species—for which I propose the name /Plecfopylts leucochila—allied
to P. ponsonbyt, but differing from it in the more raised spire and in
having a deeper and more perspective umbilicus. In the armature
this new species differs from the other members of the group of
P. ponsonbyt in having the upper parietal fold uninterrupted. Figs.
9 a-c show the shell in three different aspects, natural size, while figs.
g@andeare enlarged; the former shows the parietal wall with its
plates and folds, and the latter the inside of the outer wall with the
folds and denticles.

Plectopylis perrierae, Gude.

Shell sinistral, discoid, widely and deeply umbilicated, pale
corneous, very finely and regularly striated, and decussated by spiral
lines. Suture slightly impressed, spire flattened, apex a little raised,
whorls six to seven, increasing slowly and regularly, flattened above,
rounded below, the last angulated above the periphery and round the
umbilicus, and decending shortly and abruptly in front. Aperture
heart-shaped ; peristome white, scarcely thickened, a little reflected ;
the margins united by an elevated sinuous ridge on the parietal callus,
notched at the lower junction. Umbilicus wide and deep. Parietal
wall with a thin vertical plate, strongly deflected posteriorly below,
and giving off a short horizontal ridge at the upper extremity on each
side ; along horizontal flexuous fold rises close to the upper extremity
of this plate on the anterior side, decending suddenly at first, then
ascending gradually, and afterwards gradually descending, following
the deflection of the last whorl, becoming united to the ridge at the

GUDE: SPECIES OF PLECTOPYLIS. 15

aperture ; a second, shorter, horizontal fold occurs below this one,
rising close to the lower extremity of the vertical plate, proceeding
horizontally at first, and then ascending a little; another very thin
fold rises below the vertical plate, running parallel to the lower suture
as far as the aperture, where it unites with the ridge. Palatal folds,
five: the first rather long and thin, near to and parallel with the
suture, with a deep indentation near the posterior extremity, dividing
it into two unequal parts; the second, horizontal, a little deflected
posteriorly, with an elongated denticle posteriorly, and a second,
smaller, one above the first; the third fold much shorter, strongly
curved downwards posteriorly, with a minute denticle posteriorly ; the
fourth fold vertical with an obliquely descending ridge posteriorly
at the upper extremity, and bifurcated at the lower extremity, the
anterior arm of the bifurcated the shorter; a minute denticle occurs
near the ridge at the upper extremity and a second one near the
middle, both on the posterior side; the fifth fold is thin, horizontal,
and strongly deflected on both sides. — Major diameter, 15 milli-
metres; minor diameter, 12 millimetres ; altitude, 5 millimetres.
Habitat, Thayet-Mayo, Pegu, Burma.—Type in my collection.
Two specimens of an undescribed Plecfopylis have been obligingly
placed in my hands by Miss Linter, at whose request I name it after
her friend, Mrs. Lumley Perrier. In contour this new species
much larger. The

Fig. 10.—Plectopylis perrierae, GUDF.

parietal armature further connects it with the species named, but the
palatal armature is more like that of P. Zezophis. The two specimens
of the new species are stated by Miss Linter to be from Thayet-Mayo,
Pegu, Burma; a third specimen, which is in Miss Linter’s collection,

16 NOTES.

is accompanied by a label bearing the locality, Niningo (Burma ?),
but I have failed to trace this name in any of the maps and gazetteers
to which I have access.

The specimen figured, and the one in Miss Linter’s collection,
have the measurements given in the diagnosis, but my second specimen
measures only 12°5 millimetres in diameter. Figs. roa-c show the
shell in three different aspects, natural size; figs. rod-fare enlarged ;
ad, shows the parietal and palatal armatures from the posterior side ;
e, the inside of the outer wall with the palatal folds and denticles ;
and f, the parietal wall with its plate and folds.—(Ibid., iv, p. 231.)

NOTES.

Literature on the Anatomy of the Solenidz.

I should be extremely obliged for any information or references to the literature
treating of, or touching upon, the anatomy of the So/ez7zde.—H. HowARD BLOOMER,
35, Paradise Street, Birmingham.

° ° . er /
On the dimensions of some Arion empiricorum, Fer.

In May last I collected near Sutton Coldfield two exceedingly large specimens
of a black Arion. Feeling doubtful, from the size and prominent peripodial groove,
if these were examples of A. empiricorum, Fér., I submitted one to Mr. W. E.
Collinge, who has very kindly made a dissection of the same and pronounced it to
be a large example of that species. The rugz are large and prominent, the peri-
podial groove well marked by elongate rugze, and the foot-sule has a sepia-coloured
median plane, with rather lighter coloured lateral planes, with alternating broad
and narrow transverse stripes. The measurements, taken when alive, were: length
22°5 cm. ; foot-sole 3 cm. broad. —Guy BREEDEN, 304, St. Vincent Street, Lady-
wood, Birmingham.

New Loeality for Hygromia revelata.

Mr. Howard Fox, of Falmouth, informs me that he has recently taken a living
specimen of Aygromza revelata at St. Columb Minor, near Newquay, Cornwall.
This is, I think, a new locality for the species. —b, B. WooDWARD.

Limax variegatus, Drap., var. rufesecens, Moq., in Warwickshire.

A specimen of this somewhat uncommon variety was brought to me some few
weeks ago from the cellar of a house in Edgbaston, Birmingham. On being placed
in alcohol most of the red colour on the dorsum disappeared leaving only a small
patch on the posterior end of the body.—WALTER E, CoLLINGE (Read before the
M. M. S., August 12th, 1898).

Slugs from North Devon.

I have recently received, through the kindness of Mr. F. J. Partridge, fifty-six
specimens of Amalia sowerbiz, Fér., from different localities in Nth, Devon, which
are of interest as affording some idea of the great variation that exists in the external
colouring of this species.

The following well-marked varieties were found :—

Var. fuscocarinata, Ckll., two specimens from Barnstaple. Var. z2gvescens,
Ckll., one specimen from the same locality, also a specimen of the var. dzcolor,
Ckll. There are numerous intermediate stages between the two last mentioned
varieties, and a form similar in colouring to the Irish bocagei-like variety of A7vzox
empiricorum, Fér.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 15]

The following seem to be new :—

Nigrocarinata, var. nov. Animal a very dark grey, with a deep black line
running the whole length of the keel; foot-sole yellowish-white. Hab. Lynton,
Nth. Devon. (Coll. of W.E.C.)

Plumbea, var. nov. Whole of dorsum and mantle a dark leaden grey, slightly
lighter on the sides of the body; foot-sole ashy-grey. Hab. Barnstaple, Nth.
Devon. (Coll. of W.E.C.)

Flavescens, var. nov. Sides of body yellowish, with light grey dorsally ; foot-
sole yellow. Hab. Lynton and Barnstaple. (Coll. of W.E.C.)

Mr. Partridge observed a specimen of v. flavescens pairing with v. plumbea.

With the above specimens there was also a very fine example of the var. dzcolor,
Moq., of Arion empiricorum, Fér., collected near Clovelly.—WALTER E.
COLLINGE ( Read before the M. M. S., October rath, 1898).

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

A Meeting of a number of Malacologists was held on July 7th, 1898, in Mason
University College, birmingham, Mr. Walter E. Collinge, F.Z.S., in the chair,
when the following resolutions were passed :—

1.—That a Midland Malacological Society be formed to foster a taste for the
study of the Mollusca, which it will endeavour to carry out by means of

(z) meetings for the reading and discussion of papers, exhibition of speci-
mens, Xc. ;

(2) the formation of a library and collection ;

(c) the publication and circulation of such communications as are of
permanent value.

2.—That Mr. H. Howard Bloomer be elected Secretary pro tem.

ist MEETING, JULY 151TH, 18908.
Walter E. Collinge, F.Z.S., in the chair.

The Rules drawn up by the gentlemen present on July 7th were submitted, and
after a few slight alterations were adopted as the Rules of the Society.

The following resolutions were passed :—

1.—That those who have signified to Mr. Bloomer their desire to join the
Society, shall constitute the original Members.

2.—That the following constitute the first Conncil :—
President—Walter E. Collinge, F.Z.S.
Treasurer—Guy Breeden.
Secretary—H. Howard Bloomer.

Other Members of Council—H. Willoughby Ellis, F. J. Partridge, Bromley
Peebles, and G. Sherrift Tye.

3.—That the subscription for 1898 be 2s. 6d.

The Secretary read a letter from Mr. Geo. H. Morley, intimating that the
Council of Mason University College had given their permission for the meetings of
the Society to be held in the Zoological Department.

PAPERS READ.
** Notes on Formalin as a preservative fluid for Mollusca,” by H. H. Bloomer.

18 PROCEEDINGS OF THE MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

EXHIBITS.

By Mr. Collinge: Specimens of Parmarion pupillaris, Humb., P. weber?,
Simr., and A/icroparmarion gedeanus, Simr., from Java; also a series of shells
(Anodonta Unio, etc.) from China and Pegu.

By Mr. Guy Breeden: Two large specimens of Arion empiricorum, Fér., from
Sutton Coldfield.

By Mr. H. H. bloomer: Specimens of Helix aspersa, H. nemoralis, H.
hortensis, etc., preserved in formalin.

By Mr. F. J. Partridge: Specimens of Avzodonta anatina, with a series of
varities, from Sutton Coldfield ; also from the same locality some large specimens
of Spherium corneum.

2ND MEETING, AuGusT 12TH, 1898.

The President in the chair.

The following nominations for membership were read :—

Messrs. E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.Z.S., and Robert Birbeck.
PAPERS READ.

** Description of a new Species of Cryptosoma,” by Walter E. Collinge, F.Z.S.

** Preliminary List of the Land and Freshwater Mollusca in a twelve mile radius
of Birmingham,” by F. J. Partridge.

‘*ZTimax vartegalus, Drap., var. rufescens, Moq., in Warwickshire,” by Walter
E. Collinge.

EXHIBITS.

By Mr. Collinge: A specimen of Cryftosoma austent, and Liwax variegatus,
Drap., var. rzfescens, Moq.

By Mr. F. J. Partridge: Specimens of Helix aspfersa, and H. nemoralis, from
Dorchester.

Mr. Guy Breeden made some remarks upon a collection of Canadian shells
recently received.

3kD MEETING, SEPTEMBER QTE, 1808.

The President in the chair.

The following were elected members of the Society :—

Messrs. E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.Z.S., and Robert Birbeck.

The following nominations for membership were read :—

Messrs. Bromley Peebles, J. W. Morton, W. Harrison, and J. E. Titley.

EXHIBITS.

By Mr. Guy Breeden: Prstdtum nitidum, Jen., var. lateralis, Coles.

By Mr. Titley: A series of Canadian Freshwater Shells.

By Mr. Peebles: Two specimens of Amalia gagates, Drap., one approaching the
var. mzgrescens, Ckll., the other var. fuscocarinata, Ck\l., both collected in a garden
in Edgbaston, Birmingham.

By Mr. Bloomer: A series of molluscs preserved in 5 % formalin.

By Mr. Collinge: The following varities of Agriolimax agrestis, L., rufescens,
L. and P., zzgra, Mor., albida, Pic., sylvatica, Mogq., délactna, Moq., and reticz-
lata, Moq.

4TH MEETING, OcroBER 14TH, 1898.

The President in the chair.

The following were elected members of the Society :—
Messrs. Bromley Peebles, J. W. Morton, W. Harrison, and J. E. Titley.

PAPERS READ.
** Slugs from North Devon,” by Walter E. Collinge, F.Z.S.

‘* Further notes on Formalin as a preservative fluid for Molluscs,” by H. Howard
Bloomer.

CURRENT LITERATURE. 19

Mr. Bloomer exhibited a large number of land and marine molluscs preserved in
a 5 per cent. solution of Formalin, and stated that so far as tested it showed a
decided advantage over alcohol as a preservative for museum specimens, nearly all
of those exhibited being in as perfect a condition as when first put up three years
ago. It was also to be observed that considerably less decolouration had taken
place than in those preserved in alcohol.

Mr. H. Willoughby Ellis made some remarks upon the occurrence of He/éx
rifescens, Penn., in Warwickshire.

EXHIBITS.

By Mr. Collinge: A large collection of British Spherzzde, including all the
known species and most of the varieties; also specimens of Amalia sowerbiz, Feér.,
var. zigrocarinata, Clige., var. flavescens, Cllge., both from Lynton, Nth. Devon,
and var. plumbea, Clige., from Barnstable, Nth. Devon, all collected by Mr.
Partridge.

By Mr. Bloomer: Numerous land and marine molluscs preserved in a 5 per
cent. solution of Formalin.

By Mr. F. J. Partridge: The following shells and molluscs recently collected in
North Devon. Helix virgata with vars. albicans, Grat., subalbida, Poir., hya-
fozona, Taylor, depressa, Req., minor, Taylor, m. séazstrorsum, Taylor; HZ.
caperata and vars. ornata, Pic., fulva. Moq., obliterata, Pic., lutescens, Pas., m.
scalariforme ; Hl. hortensis and vars. lutea, Moq., Mlactna, Taylor; Hy. drapar-
naldi, Testacella mauget, Amalia sowerbii and vars. fuscocarinata, Ckll., nZgrescens,
Ckll., dzcolor, Ckll., plumbea, Cilge., all from Barnstable.

From Braunton Marshes and ‘‘ Burrows,” Szccinea putris, S. elegans, Vitrina
pellucida, Hyalinia crystallina, H. fulva, H, cellarius, Helix aspersa, H. hortensis,
ff, virgata and vars., albicans, Grat., radiata, Hid., A. caperata and v. ornata,
Pic., H. hispida, H. rotundata, H. pulchella and v. costata, Mull., H. acuta and
vars. alba, Req., and stvzgata, Menke, Pupa marginata, Vertigo antivertigo, V.
moulinstana, Cochlicopa lubrica, and Carychium minimune.

From Lynton, Amalia gagates, A. sowerbit and vars. nigrocarinata, Cllge.,
flavescens, Clige, and plumbea, Ciige., Arion empiricorum v. bicolor, Moq., Limax
maximus, L. marginatus, Helix arbustorum v. fuscescens, D. & M., A. nemoralis
and vars., v#bella, Moq., and castanea, Moq., . hortensis, H. lapicida v. albina,
Menke., 4. votundata and v. alba, Moq., H. hispida v. albida, Jeft., 4.
rufescens and v. alba, Moq., Balea perversa, Clausilia rugosa, C. laminata.

CURRENT LITERATURE.

Aecloque, A.—Faune de France. Tomeiii. Paris, 1899 (1898). Des Mollusques,
PP: 334-453, pls. 160-275.

M. Acloque’s work is intended for students of general zoology rather than the
specialist. Covering as it does the whole field of invertebrate zoology, it is not to
be expected that it is free from errors, still in the pages treating of the Mollusca,
these are remarkably few. The illustrations leave much to be desired, those of
‘Haliotis, pl. 161, p. 344, Lemzea glabra, pl. 195, p. 386, Ancylus, pl. 197, p. 387,
and Dendronotus, pl. 223, p. 416, being very poor. The classification adopted is
one we must dissent from, as it tends to hide the affinities between the different
groups. —W. E. C.

Adams, L. E.—Observations on the pairing of Zimax maximus, L. Journ.
Conch., 1897, vol. ix, pp. 92-95, pl. 3.
A very interesting article, well illustrated.

Adams, L. E.—Avvon ater var. rubra, Baud., new to Britain. Journ. Conch.,
1897, vol. ix, pp. 112.

20 CURRENT LITERATURE.

This is nothing more than the var. /amarchii, Kal., 1851, of A. empiricorum,
Fér. Mr. Adams seems to like setting the law of priority at defiance.

André, E.—Organes de défense tégumentaires chez le Zonites ( Hyalinia) cellarius,
Gray. Zool. Anz., 1898, pp. 436-38.

André, E.—La fossette triangulaire caudate des Arions. Rev. Suisse de Zool.,
1898, T. 5, pp. 179-81, fig. I.
[Anon.]

A carefully written review of recent papers by W. E. Collinge. Malacology
would make greater headway if all differences of opinion were as courteously ex-
pressed as here.

Slugs. Nat. Science, 1898, vol. xiii, pp. 83-85.

Burton, F. M.—7estacella haliotidea at Gainsborough. Nat., 1898, p. 320.

Cockerell, T. D. A.—Revision of the North American Slugs. Naut., 1898,
pp- 47-48.
A short review of Messrs. Pilsbry and Vanatta’s paper.

Collinge, Walter E.—Note ona new variety of 7estacel/la mauget, Fér. Journ.
Conch., 1898, vol. ix, p. 95.
“* Var. noy. #Zgva, whole of body, foot-fringe, and foot-sole a deep black. Loc.
Tenby, 1892 (A. H. Cooke), (Mus. Zool. Univ. Camb.).

Dall, W. H.—Note on the Anatomy of Resania, Gray, and Zenatia, Gray. Proc.
Malac. Soc. Lond., 1898, vol. ili, pp. 85-86.

Godwin-Austen, H. H.—On Philalanka, a new sub-genus of Exdodonta, with
descriptions of two new species from the Indian region. Ibid., pp. 11-13,
pl. I.
The new species are /. secessa and P. bolampatteensis.

Goodrich, E. S.—On the Keno-pericardial Canals in Faéel/a. Quart. Journ.
Micro. Sci., 1898, vol. xli, pp. 323-28, pl. 24.

After reviewing the work of previous writers the author describes the results
obtained from an examination of a complete series of transverse sections, which
show that in P. vuleata and P. cerulea ‘there are two reno-pericardial canals,
opening by means of projecting ciliated funnels from the pericardium into the right
and left kidneys respectively.”

Hedley, C. — Further notes on Australasian Shipworms. Proc. Linn. Soc.,
N.S.W., 1898, pp. 91-96, figs. 1-9.
A new freshwater species is described and illustrated, under the name of Ca/lodates
fluviatilis (Coll. of Aust. Mus.). C. saudiz, Wright, is also dealt with, and there
are some critical remarks on the generic status of these forms.

Hedley, C.—Descriptions of new Mollusca, chiefly from New Caledonia. Ibid.,
1898, pp. 97-105, figs. I-12.

The author describes a remarkable new species of Placostylus (P. remotus)
from Dr. Cox’s collection, abberrant both structurally and geographically, with some
further observations on the range of the genus. The following new species are also
described : Zschnochtton araucarianus, Teitnostoma oppletum, Diplommatina obesa,
Rissoina angusta, all in the collection of the Australian Museum.

Hedley, C.— Description of a new Bivalve, Zima alata, from Santa Cruz.
Records Aust. Mus., 1898, vol. iii, pp. 84-85, fig.

Heynemann, D. F.—Zur Geschichte der Gatturgen <Aspidoforus, Fitzinger.
Nachr. d. d. Malak. Gesell, 1898, pp. 108-11.

Joubin, L. — Note sur une nouvelle famille de Céphalopodes. Ann. de Sci.
Nat., 1898 (ser. 8), T. vi, pp. 279-92, figs. 1-9.

CURRENT LITERATURE. 21

The specimen here described—Galiteuthis armata, gen, et sp. nov.—is a pelagic
form purchased in the Nice market. It is placed-in a new family—Cranchionychie
—in the CZgopsida division of the Decapoda.

Joubin, L.— Observations sur divers Céphalopodes. Bull. Soc. Zool. France,
1898, T. xxili, pp. IOI-13, 2 figs.
Prof. Joubin gives a very useful diagnostic key of the Yaonoteuthide and
describes Grimalaiteuthts richardi, gen. et sp. nov.

Joubin, L.—Sur quelques Céphalopodes du Musée Royal de Leyde et description
de trois espéces nouvelles. Notes Leyden Mus., 1898, vol. xx, pp. 21-28.

The three new species are Octopus horsti, O. hoeki, and Sepiotheuthis steboldi.

M‘Intosh, W. C.—On the Larval Stages of Clone limacina, Phips. Ann. and
Mag. N. H., 1898 (7), vol. ii, pp. 103-5, pt. of pl. 2.

Mason, Geo. E.—Agriolimax levis, new variety. Sci. Goss., 1898, p. 157.

Mr. Mason describes a form much resembling the type in size and colour, with
the mantle ‘‘very minutely mottled with rich dark red-brown, the colour being
denser and more closely set in the centre and anterior portion. The sides in some
examples are almost without trace of the mottling.” [I have long had this in-
teresting variation under the MS. name rufrapunctatus. It occurs in Warwickshire
sparingly. I have also examples from Surrey.—W. E. C.]

Moore, J. E. S.—The Mollusca of the Great African Lakes. I. Distribution.
Quart. Journ. Micro. Sci., 1898, vol. xli, pp. 159-8o.

Moore, J. E. S.—The Anatomy of the Typhobias, etc. Ibid., pp. 181-204,
pls. 11-14.

The anatomy of 7yfhodbia, ‘‘ probably the most remarkable freshwater Gaster-
opod at present known,” is here described for the first time. A new family 7ypho-
biid@ is proposed for the two known forms—7. hore?, E. A. Sm., and Bathanalia
howesiz,, Moore.

Typhobia is at once separated from any freshwater type, by the almost unique
character of its nervous system. The gills are similar to those in Stromdbus and
FPterocera, while in the characters of the alimentary system a similar relationship is
indicated. Although the Typhobias can scarcely be termed archaic forms, they do
possess undoubtedly archaic characters, such, for instance, as in the character of
the otocysts and nervous system, in all other respects they appear to be allied to
Strombus and Pterocera, retaining a more generalised type of foot and mantle.
““They certainly possess none of those characters which would suggest that they
can by any possibility be regarded as the persistent representatives of an old fresh-
water stock. They do, however, simulate and retain the characters of the nerves
of the Sofarizm and the Scalarids, and they probably indicate the road by which
the more modern marine genera of the S¢romézde and their associates have been
enyolved.”

The paper is an exceedingly interesting one, and beautifully illustrated. —W. E.C.

Moore, J. E. S.—On the Hypothesis that Lake Tanganyika represents an Old
Jurasic Sea. Ibid., pp. 303-21, pl. 23.

Moore, J. E. S.—The Marine Fauna in Lake Tanganyika and the advisability of
further exploration in the great African Lakes. Nature, 1898, Aug. 25,

pp. 404-8.
Oldham, C.—Abnormal example of Zzmax flavus. Naturalist, 1898, p. 240.
Refers to Z. vartegatus, Drap.

Paravicini, G.—Organi genitali anomali nell’ Helix fomatia. Boll. Scient.
Maggi, 1898, An. 20, pp. 39-44, T. I.

22 CURRENT LITERATURE.

Pfeiffer, W.—Uber anatomische und histologische Bemerkungen iiber 77zbonio-
phorus graeffei, Humbert. Sitz. Gesell. naturf. Freunde Berlin, 1898,

pp. 33-38.

Pilsbry, H. A. & Vanatta, E. G@.—Revision of the North American Slugs.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1898, pp. 219-61, pls. ix-xvi.

This is the second part of a really valuable piece of work. It treats of the genera
Binneya, Hemphillia, Hesperarion, Prophysaon, and Anadenulus. The paper is
divided into the following parts:—1, Notes on the comparative anatomy of
Arionide ; 2, Classification; 3, Description of the genera and species; 4, Brief
directions for collecting and preparing slugs.

The first part gives a clear and valuable account of the general anatomy of the
different genera. We pointed out that in the earlier publication the authors used
only the term ‘‘ vagina” for the portion of the generative organs immediately pre-
ceeding the vestibule, in this part we are pleased to note they have discriminated
between the true vagina and the free-oviduct of Collinge.

Messrs. Pilsbry and Vanatta seem to have suddenly become aware of the fact,
long known to European malacologists, that the pallial organs and muscular system
are important factors in generic distinction. Seeing the first part of the ‘* Revision”
contains little or no mention of these parts, and that the senior author has contented
himself with ‘‘ oral armature” and even a shell without the animal in the past, the
force of their remarks about ‘‘those who starve their souls on a mere study of the
genitalia and oral armature, miss the best part of the feast,” is somewhat lost.
‘** Half a loaf is better than none,” and in the 4rzonzd@ the generative organs are
likely to remain a very prominent feature for sfeczfic distinction. We quite agree
with the remarks that it is upon the aggregate characters and not any single system
that gevertc distinctions should be made. We miss in this first part, as throughout
the whole paper, the references, so carefully given by European workers. We lay
some stress upon this serious defect, as not a few American malacologists are rather
fond of using and repeating the well known facts of German and English mala-
cologists without giving any credit to the original describers.

Of part 2 we cannot speak too highly, it is thoroughly and carefully done, and
must for some time remain the best classification that has yet been given of the
Arionide. The family is divided into three sub-families, viz. : Bznzneynie, CkIl.,
Ariolinacine, P. and V. nov., and Arionine, W. G. Binney. Here again the
authorities are not mentioned. There are eight genera recognised, the genus
Phenacarion, Ckll., 1890, being rightly omitted.

The descriptions of the genera and species in part 3 is characterized by the same
care and thoroughness so evident in part 2. Want of space only forbids us to direct
attention to the numerous points of interest in the same. Messrs. Pilsbry and
Vanatta have in the two published parts of the ‘‘ Revision” given to malacologists
an admirable guide to the American slugs, far and away the most important yet
published. We trust it will serve as an impetus to American students, and be the
means of training a series of broad and open minded malacologists, ever ready to
welcome and acknowledge the work of others, and upon disputed points to agree to
differ in all friendliness.—W. E. C.

Pilsbry, H. A.—Phylogeny of the Genera of Arionide. Proc. Mal. Soc. Lond.,
1898, vol. ili, pp. 94-104, pl. vii.

We are indebted in this paper to Professor Pilsbry for a careful description, with
figures, of the anatomy of Anadenus altivagus, Theob., which corrects and amplifies
the earlier description of Godwin-Austen ; and also for a most interesting account
of the phylogeny of the different genera of Arionida.

As affording the most fundamental characters for the primary division of the
Arionide, Professor Pilsbry selects the modifications of the free muscles. These
myological features in the different genera are carefully described and compared.
From a study of the anatomy the author concludes that the genus Anadenus is a
much more primitive one than any of the European Arionide. In the form and

CURRENT LITERATURE. 23

position of the muscles and intestine it resembles the American genus Prophysaon,
but differs in possessing a penis, showing an afhnity in this character, with Hesperarion.
In the more primitive genera of Arionide e.g. Ariolimax, the pharyngeal and
ocular retractors approach the condition found in the Limacide.

Prof. Pilsbry is of opinion that the Arionide ‘Snot only do not possess the
characters of primitive shell-less forms, but the series of recent genera unmistakably
indicate their descent from a group with well-developed spiral shell,” in fact we must
look to the Hndodontide for the ancestral root of the Arionide.

Although there will be much difference of opinion as to the conclusions reached
by Prof. Pilsbry, the paper is an important one, and full of points of interest, which

=
.

are worth working out in greater detail than has here been attempted.—W. E. C.

Pilsbry, H. A. & Vanatta, E. G.—Materials toward a natural Classification of
the Cylindrelloid Snails. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1898, pp. 264-86,
pls. 17-18.

Rath. 0. vom.—Fehlen den Sexual zellen der Zwitterdriise von Helix pomatia
die Centralkorper? Zool. Anz., 1898, Bd. 21, pp. 395-6, 413-15.
Dr. vom Rath describes in the sex-cells of H. pomatia distinct central corpuscles
which are clearly visible in the quiescent stage and also in mitosis.

Rawitz, B.—Die Fussdriise von (Gasteropteron meckelii, WKosse. Internat.
Monatschr. f. Anat. u. Phys., 1898, Bd. 15, pp. 199-205, 2 figs.

Rolle, H.— Eine neue Pomatia. Nachr. d. d. Mal. Gesell, 1898, pp. 91-92.
[ P. pelagonesica. |

Simroth, H.—Ueber muthmassliche Mimicry beim japonischen Philomycus. Ber.
d. Naturf. Gesell. Leipz., 1897 (1898), pp. 3-7.

Simroth, H.—Ueber die Gattung Zimaz in Russland. L’Ann. du Mus. Zool. d.
PAcad. Imp. of Sc. St. Petersb., 1898, pp. 52-67.
Short descriptions of the following new species of Russian Limaces are given :—
L. turkestanus, L. daghestanus, L. ananowi, L. caucasicus, L. amatioides, L.
colenicus, L. simplex, L. valentini, L. baeri, and L. retowskii.

Standen, R.—Mollusca. Irish Field Club Union. Kenmare Conference. Irish
Nat., 1868, pp. 218-29, 1 pl.
Unlike the majority of lists of shells, this contains much interesting information
on the habitats and distribution of various species.

Suter, H.—Revision of the New Zealand Rissotide. Prac. Malac. Soc. Lond.,
1898, vol. iii, pp. 1-8, figs. 1-5.
R. hamiltoni, R. fumata, Rk. lubrica, LR. foveauxiana, and Barleeia neozelanica,
are new (Coll. of H. Suter).

Sykes. E. R.—Description of two new species of Clawsilia from the Province of
Che-kiang, China. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1898, vol. iii, pp. 63-64, figs. 1-2.

C. timalthea and C. labyrinthoides, both from Kiu-chau.
Sykes, E. R.—List of the Species Catawlus found in Ceylon, with descriptions of
some new land-shells from that island. Ibid., pp. 65-75, pl. v.
Sykes, E. R.—The Zoological Record, London, 1898. Record vii, Mollusca
pp. 1-78.
Mr. Sykes, assisted by Messrs. E. A. Smith and G. C. Crick succeeds Mr. B.

B. Woodward, one of the most able recorders that has been connected with this
invaluable publication.

The classification adopted is that so carefully planned by Mr. Woodward, with
this deviation, the groups of the Helicide have been suppressed, thereby making

24 EDITOR’S NOTES.

reference much easier. Further the full titles of Palaeontological papers are given
and the new Fossil genera and sub-genera are noticed in the systematic portion. If
in future volumes the year of publication of various papers, etc., were given, in
addition to the volume, it would greatly add to the value of the work which has
been well and carefully done, and must, as hitherto, prove of the greatest value to
every student of the Mollusca.

EDITOR’S NOTES.

It has been suggested to us that the addition of an American Malacologist to our
list of Editorial colleagues would be very agreeable to workersin the United States.
We need scarcely say we should heartily welcome the addition.

During the past year an active and vigorous society has been founded in Bir-
mingham, under the title of ‘*‘ The Midland Malacological Society,” full particulars
of which will be found in its ‘‘ Proceedings,” published in the present number of
this Journal.

There are now in Great Britain three distinct societies devoted to the study of
the Mollusca. The first, ‘‘ The Conchological Society,” founded in 1876, with
its head-quarters first at Leeds, and now at Manchester, has branches at Leeds and
London, and publishes its ‘‘ Proceedings” in the ‘‘ Journal of Conchology.”

‘The Malacological Society of London,” founded in 1893, has rapidly risen to
be one of the most important and successful of the Learned Societies. Its admirable
** Proceedings,’ and the general success which has attended it, being very largely
due to the untiring and devoted efforts of Messrs. B. B. Woodward and E. R.
Sykes.

‘‘The Midland Malacological Society,” which has just completed its first year
of existence, bids fair to become a strong provincial society. Its ‘‘ Proceedings”
will be published in this Journal.

It is to be sincerely hoped that these societies and their various branches may all
work together amicably, and that no spirit of unfriendliness or little-minded
jealousy may ever be fostered. Each has its own sphere of usefulness and tends to
increase and diffuse our knowledge of the Mollusca.

Some little time ago Mr. John Grant, the well known publisher of Edinburgh,
offered to reprint a limited number of copies of volume I of this Journal in demy
octavo, in order that the set of volumes should be uniform in size. To this generous
proposal we readily agreed, and we have now great pleasure in directing attention
to the fact.

Mr. Grant has the whole of the remainder of all the published parts from
volume I (1891) to volume VI (1897). The number of these complete sets is
limited and will, no doubt, be eagerly sought after by Librarians and others.

We regret to have to record the death of Félix Bernard, at the early age of 35.
Bernard was well known to all students of the Mollusca by his series of papers on
the hinge of bivalved molluscs. By his decease the Paris Museum loses a zoologist
of great promise.

At a meeting of the Midland Malacological Society, held on November rith,
1898, Professor W. C. M’Intosh, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., Mr. Edgar A. Smith, F.Z.S.,
and Professor Heinrich Simroth, were, on the unanimous recommendation of the
Council, elected Honorary Members of the Society.

Journ.of Malacology, 1898, Vol. VII, pt I. PL. I.

Fig. if Foe. on

Fig, M.C., Fig. 2-5, W EC. del.ad nat. F.Huth, Lith Edin
NEE) eS Le C RES) Or Se Rae O's O NEA .

TEE

PORN AL OF. SEREAC OLOGY.

No... 2. MAY st, 1899. Vo. VII.

THE SPECIFIC POSITION OF THE REPUTED BRITISH
HYALINIA GLABRA, STUDER.
By W. MOSS, F.C.A.,
Ashton-under-Lyne.

Tuts British species was on the authority of the late Gwyn Jeffreys
in 1870 separated from /y. a//iaria and declared to be identical with
the continental Hy. glabra of Studer. Its identity with the conti-
nental species has been frequently disputed, and Mr. L. E. Adams
in his last edition of “ British Land and Freshwater Shells” discards
“‘ elabra” and substitutes Ae/vetica, Blum., as the name of the species,
stating as his reason for so doing that—“ Investigation has at last
settled the dispute as to what the species we have been accustomed
to call glaber was called on the continent. It appears to be the
helvetica of Draparnaud, as Mr. Taylor had suspected many years
ago.”

Unfortunately Mr. Adams does not tell us where the reputed
British glabra differs from its continental namesake, nor what the
characters are which agree with the continental Ae/vetica.

Recently, through the kindness of Professor Simroth, the writer
has had the opportunity of examining a single specimen of /y. glabra,
Studer, and two specimens of the same species kindly forwarded by
Dr. Babor of Prague. After comparing the radule and generative
organs of these three specimens, with those of a very large series of
the British form, there can be no question that whatever the reputed
British glabra may ultimately prove to be, it is quite distinct from the
glabra of Studer. The reasons for this conclusion will be set forth
in a later contribution.

Journ. oF Matac., 1899, vol. vii, No. 2.

26

NOTES ON THE SPECIES OF ENNEA AND LEPTO-
POMA RECORDED FROM CEYLON, WITH DESCRIP-
TIONS OF SOME NEW LAND-SHELLS FROM THAT

ISLAND.
By E.R. SYKES, (BoA, F.Z'S.

(Plate II.)

THE only two forms of zea recorded from Ceylon are £. dzcolor
(Hutton) and £. ceylanica (Pfr.). These are, I think, one and the
same species, for which the former name has precedence. The
species was collected at Galle and Trincomalie by Mr. Preston; at
the latter locality he also found a single specimen which I was unable
for some time to identify. Mr. Blanford kindly examined it and
suggested that it might be a form of £. stenostoma (Bedd. MS.)
Blfd., described from Madras. I have compared the single shell with
the specimens of that species in the British Museum, and except
for the Ceylon specimen being a trifle larger, I am unable to arrive
at any distinguishing characteristic.

Leptopoma.

The species already recorded from Ceylon, belonging to the
Leptopoma group are the following :—

Leptopoma elatum (Ptfr.).

Cyclostoma elatum, Pfr.: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1852 [1854], p. 159;
Conch. Cab., 1853, Cyclostomacea, p. 246, pl. xxxii, figs. 16,
7
Leptopoma elatum, Pfr.: Mon. Pneum. Viv., 1852 [? 1853], p. 117;
Reeve, Conch. Icon., Zeptopoma, sp. 3; Hanley and Theobald,
Conch. Ind., pl. exlii, fig. 2.
fTab.—Ceylon.
Only known to me from the original series in the British Museum:
it is a somewhat carinate shell, of a “‘ Philippine form,” belonging to
the group of ZL. atricapillum, Sby., and L. regulare, Pfr.

Leptopoma semiclausum (Pfr.).

Cyclostoma (Leptopoma) semiclausum, Pfr.: Prof. Zool. Soc., 1854
[1855], p. 302.

1 Since the above was written, Mr. Blanford has informed me that Z. stenostoma is probably
identical with Pufa planguncula of Benson.

SYKES ; SPECIES OF ENNEA AND LEPTOPOMA. 27

Leptopoma semiclausum, Pfr.: Reeve, Conch. Icon., Zeptopoma,
sp. 35; Hanley and Theobald, Conch. Ind., pl. vi, fig. 2.
Hab.—Ceylon (Thwaites).

Leptopoma apicatum, Benson.

Leptopoma apicatum, Bens.: Ann. Nat. Hist., 1856, (2) xviii, p. 95 ;
Reeve, Conch. Icon., Zepfopoma, sp. 33; Hanley and Theo-
bald, Conch. Ind., pl. exlii, fig. 1.
Hfab.—Ceylon (Layard).
The single specimen in the British Museum, apparently correctly
identified, and figured as above mentioned, is a very dead shell: it
may possibly prove to be only a form of the last species.

Leptopoma (Leptopomatoides) halophilum (Bens.).

Cyclostoma halophilum, Bens.: Ann. Nat. Hist., 1851, (2) vil, p.
265; Pfeiffer, Conch. Cab., Cyclostomacea, p. 241, pl. xxx,
figs. 29—31.

Leptopoma halophilum, Bens.: Reeve, Conch. Icon., Lep/opoma,
sp. 49; Henley and Theobald, Conch. Ind., pl. vi, fig. 3.

HTab.—Galle (Benson) ; Colombo (Templeton) ; Maturata (Jous-
seaume) ; Galle, Colombo, Trincomalie, Ratnapura at 1000

feet (Preston).

A single specimen, kindly lent me by Col. Beddome, which I am
unable to separate from this species, was found ‘‘ on Pedro.”

I have elsewhere! dealt with the history of the subgenus Leffopfo-
matoides: since writing I have discovered that Prof. von Martens?
appears to have been the author who first put the name forward as a
subgenus and therefore it should stand as Leftopomatotdes, Martens.
It may prove useful as a name for this compact little Ceylon group,
and appears to also include a few outlying species from China, etc.

Leptopoma (Leptopomatoides) orophilum (Bens.).

Cyclostoma orophilum, Bens.: Ann. Nat. Hist., 1853, (2) xi, p.
106.

Leptopoma orophlium, Bens.: Reeve, Conch. Icon., Leptopoma,
sp. 51; Hanley and Theobald, Conch. Ind., pl. exlii, fig. 4,

Cyclostoma (Leptopoma) pactlum, Pfeiffer: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1854
[1855], p. 302.

1 Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. iii, p. 66. 2 Zool. Rec., 1878, Moll., p. 78.

28 SYKES : SPECIES OF ENNEA AND LEPTOPOMA.

Leptopoma pecilum, Pfeiffer: Reeve, Conch. Icon., Leptopoma,
sp. 46.
fTab.—Monahagalla (Layard); Rupaha, Uda Pussellawa (Preston) ;
Ambagamuwa (Collett).

Leptopoma (Leptopomatoides) flammeum (Pfr.).
Cyclostoma (Leptopoma) flammeum, Pfeiffer: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1854
[1855], p. 127.
Leptopoma flammeum, Pfeiffer: Reeve, Conch. Icon., Leptopoma,
sp. 47; Hanley and Theobald, Conch. Ind., pl. exlii, fig. 3.
ffab.—Ceylon (Layard).
The specimens constituting the original series are not in good
condition and this species may prove to be a variety of the last.

Craspedotropis conulus (Pfr.).

Cyclostoma (Leptopoma) conulus, Pfeiffer: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1854
[1855], p. 127.

Leptopoma conulus, Pfeiffer: Reeve, Conch. Icon., Leptopoma,
sp. 45; Hanley and Theobald, Conch. Ind., pl. cv, fig. 1.

HTab.—Ceylon (‘Vhwaites) ; Ambagamuwa (Collett).

I have placed this in Craspedotropis,* as it appears to be akin to
the type species C. cuspidatus, Bens.: the name was proposed as a
subgenus of Cyclophorus, but has recently been raised to the position
of a distinct genus by Kobelt and Moellendorff.

The following names appear in Nevill’s “ Zxum. Helic. et Pneum.
Ceylon,” but no descriptions were published ; Lepfopoma alticolum,
L. radicicolum, L. setiferum. In Reeve’s monograph of Leptopoma
the habitat of L. conicum, Pfr., is given as “Ceylon (Thwaites)”: when
first published* no locality was given, subsequently Pfeiffer gave
“ Cochin-China,” and probably this is more correct, and Reeve’s
localization was due to an error.

Lagochilus occultus, n. sp. Pi. ii, fig. 6.

Testa mediocriter et perspective umbilicata, elate turbinata, tenui-
uscula, brunneo-cornea, spira bene elevata; anfr. 44—5 convexi,
sutura profunde impressa, periostraco bene induti, lineis spiralibus
(ultimus sex approx.) et transversis, et setis sparsim notati, basi usque
in umbilicum leviter lirati; apertura subcircularis, peristomate leviter
incrassato, superne leviter exciso. Alt. 2°5, diam. 4 mm.

ffab.—Ambagamuwa (Collett).

3 Blanford: Ann. Nat. Hist., 1864, (3) xiii, p. 454.
4 Proc. Zool. Soc., 1859, p. 27.

SYKES: SPECIES OF ENNEA AND LEPTOPOMA. 29

This, the first species of the genus recorded from Ceylon, is an
interesting little shell, clothed with a dense periostracum, which forms
transverse and spiral lines, the latter having a few hairs scattered
along them. Neither of my specimens—though otherwise in good
condition—has the operculum. The notch is small but distinct. Col.
Beddome has lent me a series of specimens which I am unable to
separate from this form and which were collected ‘‘on Pedro, at 6000
feet

Cyclophorus vescus, n. sp. Pi. ii, fig. 3.

Testa mediocriter umbilicata, depresso-turbinata, solidula, brunneo-
cornea, ad suturam et usque ad peripheriam maculis castaneis picta,
periostraco levissime induta, apice obtusulo, sutura valde impressa ;
anfr. 44—5, sat rapide accrescentes, convexi, primi fere laeves, reliqui
spiraliter striati, lineis incrementibus leviter notati; Apertura subcir-
cularis, superne angulata, peristomate leviter incrassato, reflexiusculo ;
operculeum corneum, tenue, multispirale. Alt. 5°75, diam. 10°5 mm.

ffab.— Ambagamuwa (Collett).

Var. a. Minor, pallidior. Alt. 4, diam. 8 mm.

ffab.—Uda Pussellawa (Preston).

Though a small species, I find it impossible to remove this from
the typical group of Cyclophorus, to any of the sections and genera
which have been gradually separated. ‘The shell is of the ordinary
turbinate form, marked with spiral lines which become less con-
spicuous on the last whorl. A specimen in the collection of Col.
Beddome measures 12 mm. in diameter.

Cyclophorus binoye, n. sp. PI. ii, fig. 4.

Closely related to C. vescus, but the spiral striation is very much
finer, the lines being more numerous and closely set, the periostracum
much stronger, being almost scabrous; the shell is also more closely
coiled, a specimen of 44 whorls measuring only: alt. 3, diam. 5 mm.

Hab.—Binoya, Ambagamuwa (Collett).

Cyathopoma innocens, n. sp. PI. ii, fig. 2.

Testa turrita, elongato-pyramidalis, perspective umbilicata, apice
obtusulo; anfr. 44—5, lente accrescentes, valde convexi, sub lente
lineis incrementibus parvis notati, sutura valde impressa; apertura
circularis; operculum multispirale, medio concavum. Alt. 1°65,
diam. 1°2 mm.

Hab.—Eton Estate, Punduloya, at 4000 feet (Collett).

This minute speck, which appears to be adult, has no salient

30 SYKES : SPECIES OF ENNEA AND LEPTOPOMA.

characters. The periostracum seems absent and there is no sculpture
beyond the lines of growth; the suture is very deep and the whorls
very convex. It belongs to the group of C. ¢furbinatum, Sykes, but is
much smaller, and more elevated in proportion to its breadth; the
umbilicus is also narrower.

Cataulus greeni, n. sp. Pl. ii, fig. 5.

Testa conspicue sed anguste rimata, elongato-pyramidalis, solidula,
eleganter costulato-striata, apud suturas crenulata, pallide straminea,
spira producta, apice obtusiusculo; sutura valde impressa; anfr. 8,
plano-convexi ; carina umbilicalis valida, acuta; periomphalum mag-
num, costulato-striatum ; apertura subcircularis; peristoma album,
continuum, duplex, externum incrassatum et valde reflexum, internum
productum, margine dextro apud medium sinu exciso notatum basi
productum, canali mediocri perforatum. Alt. 17, diam. 6 mm.

fTab.—Pundwloya, at 4000 feet (coll. E. C. Green, dedit Collett).

A very remarkable form, differing from all other known Ceylon
species of the genus in having a sinus or notch in the upper dextral
margin, in addition to the usual perforation at the base. I have much
pleasure in dedicating it to Mr. Green, through whose energy it was
discovered.

Kaliella colletti, n, sp. PI. ii, fig. 1.

Testa elongato-pyramidalis, subperforata, cornea, nitidula, apice
flavido, acutulo, basi subimpresso regione umbilicali; anfr. 8, plani-
usculi, primi rapide, reliqui lente accrescentes, sub lente obscure
longitudinaliter striati; sutura impressa; apertura quadrata, margine
dextro acuto, columellari subreflexo. Alt. 3°85, diam. 2°1 mm.

ffab,—On bamboo, orange, and mango trees, Binoya, at 3600
feet, Ambagamuwa (Collett).

The breadth increases rapidly in the earlier whorls, but slowly in
the later whorls, thus giving an elongated appearance to the shell. It
is a much more slender shell than A. sadicensis, G.-Austen, which
Mr. Collett found with it, and is not so sharply keeled as that species.
From X. delectabilis and Sitala opertens, it is similarly distinct in form
and may be severed from the last-named also by the absence of spiral

sculpture. 5
EXPLANATION OF PLATE II.

fig. 1. Katiella colletti. Fig. 4. Cyclophorns binoye.
3, 2 Cyathopoma innocens. »» 5+ Cataulus greeni.
9 3: Cyclophorus vescus. », 6. Lagochilus occultus.

Since the size-lines marked in the figures (except fig. 5) differ from the dimen-
sions given, it may be remarked that the latter are taken from the apex to the
umbilical area.

31

PHASIANELLA “PULLA” OR ‘‘PULLUS” ?
BYOTH ERNE V. AC JEG OOKEE MnAta Haase
Fellow and Tutor of King’s College, Cambridge.

SOME uncertainty appears to prevail with regard to the meaning of
the specific name /z//us, as applied by Linné to a common British
shell, which he regarded as a Turbo, but which is now universally
classified as Phastanella. Thus Forbes and Hanley, regarding the
specific name as a substantive (and meaning ‘“‘chicken”), write PA.
pullus, while Jeffreys on the other hand regards it as an adjective,
writes Ph. pulla, and translates ‘ dark-coloured” (vit. Conch., ii,
p- 338).

An examination of the ‘‘ Systema Maturae” appears to set this
vexed question at rest. If we turn to the tenth edition—which is
now recognised as the authority for nomenclature—a very short exam-
ination of the specific names at the left-hand side of the text leads to
the conclusion that it was the habit of Linné, when he designated a
species by the name of a substantive in the nominative singular, to
print it with a capital letter.‘ Thus we have on page 706 AZytilus
Modiolus and M. Hirundo,; on p. 757 we have T. rochus Magus and
T. Modulus ; on p. 765 we have Turbo Clathrus, T. Uva, and T.
Lincina, etc., etc.

On the other hand, when he designated a species by an adjective
in the nominative case, he printed it with a small initial letter. Thus
on the pages already referred to we have (on p. 706) AZytelus cygneus,
anatinus, viridis and ruber, (on p. 757) Trochus perspectivws, hybridus,
cruciatus and pharaonius, (on p. 765) Lurbo crenatus, lacteus, strt-
atulus, carneus and reflexus. And what he printed in this par-
ticular case was not Turbo pullus, but Turbo Pullus (p. 761).

No one can have studied the text of the “ Sys¢ema” without
discovering that Linné was not distinguished for extreme accuracy,
either in his references to other authors or in adherence to his own
rules. ‘Thus we should expect to find exceptions to the rule above
indicated. As a matter of fact we do so, and in several cases these
exceptions are the result of mere carelessness, thus tending to confirm
rather than contradict our conclusion. We find, for instance, a few
substantival specific names written with a small initial letter, e. g.
Nautilus fascia (p. 711), Strombus urceus (p, 745), but in the twelfth

1 Probably following the custom of the Germans, and nations allied to the Germans, of
writing all nouns substantive with a capital.

32 PHASIANELLA “ PULLA” OR ‘ PULLUS” ?

edition these are corrected to Fascia, Urceus. Conversely we have
Turbo Scalaris (p. 764), Bulla Fontinalis (p. 727), and Helix Citrina
(p. 771), in edition 10, corrected to scalarts, fontinalis, and citrina in
edition 12. Occasionally these mistakes escape detection in edition
12, and are not corrected till Gmelin’s edition, known as the thir-
teenth. Such are Strombus Lentiginosus (ed. 10, p. 743) Turbo
auriscalpium (p. 767), Helix Vivipara (p. 772), Dentalium Elephant-
inum (p. 785), Patella unguis (p. 783). Sometimes, e. g. Helix
Auricularia, they escape Gmelin as well.

It is remarkable that when the substantive is in the genitive plural,
Linné writes it with a small initial, e. g. Turbo muscorum (p. 767),
Mya pictorum (p. 671), Helix arbustorum (p. 771), Hf. lucorum
(p. 773). When however in these cases the substantive is itself used
as a scientific term he writes it with a capital, e. g. Bulla Hypnorum
(p. 727). So to with adjectives he writes Buccinum Neriteum
(p. 738), Turbo Neritoides (p. 761), Patella Neritoidea (p. 781), Helix
Haliotoidea (p. 775), but Helix ttala, balthica, hispana, Patella cht-
nensis, ungarica, graeca, Conus ebraeus, etc.

One more point might be added, in confirmation of the view that
pullus is a noun substantive. Linné frequently repeats his specific
names, thus he uses /Vuclews to designate an Arca (p. 695) and a
Cypraea (p. 724), Hirundo to designate a Mytilus (p. 706) and a
Cypraea (p. 722), Legumen for a Solen (p. 672), and a LVautilus (p.
711), Evrinaceus for a Buccinum (p. 736) and a Murex (p. 748). It so
happens that he uses /Pullus once again to designate a mollusc, for
on page 737 we find Buccinum Pullus. It is obvious that, if he had
intended the word to be used as an adjective, he would have written
Buccinum pullum.

2 Linné writes Conus Minimus and Rusticus in both ed. ro and 12, possibly regarding the
names as nouns substantive. Gmelin thought otherwise with regard to the first, and writes
minimus, but keeps Rusticus.

33
ON THE OCCURRENCE IN IRELAND OF ARION
EMPIRICORUM, FER., VAR. BOCAGEI, SIMR.

BY WALTER E. COLLINGE, F:Z.S.;
Mason University College, Birmingham.

THE interesting variety of Avion empiricorum, Fér., known as docage?,
was described by Simroth in 1891. It is a Portugese form, and
differs from any recorded variety occurring in the British Isles, in
having a pale yellowish dorsum with sepia coloured sides. I have
placed on record a series of forms, found in the British Isles, closely
approaching it?, vizi—

*‘Subvar. nov.—Sides blackish, back grey; margin of sole light-
yellow. Ireland (Scharff.).

Subvar. nov.—Sides blackish, back light bluish grey ; foot whitish,
margin of sole white. Yorkshire (Collinge.).

Subvar. nov.—Sides blackish, back greyish ; margin of sole light-
brown. Yorkshire (Collinge.).

Subvar. nov.— Animal drab colour; foot deep yellow, margin
bright orange. Guernsey (Roebuck.).”

Since the above descriptions were published, similar variations
have been sent to me from various parts of the British Isles, and I
have made careful examinations of many hundreds of specimens in
connection with the variation of this species, but not until a few weeks
ago have I seen any form more closely approaching those figured and
described by Simroth. Through the kindness of my Irish friends I
have been favoured with large quantities of this species from the
south and south-west of Ireland, and in a recent consignment of some
forty examples collected near Cork, there was one specimen identical
in all external features with the var. docagez, Simr. A dissection of
the generative organs showed no variation from the typical black
forms. Nearly all the remaining specimens were normal, excepting
two, which agree very closely with the example figured by Dr. Scharff,®
and a single specimen of the var. Azbernus, Mab.

The occurrence of the variety docagez in the south of Ireland and in
Portugal, relegates it, so far as distribution is concerned, to the same
category as that of Geomalacus maculosus, Allm. Of course it would be
unwise to draw any conclusions from the occurrence of a single speci-
men, but the same seemed worthy of recording in the hope that Irish
malacologists would keep a look out for any similar forms in the future.

1 Nova Acta, 1891, Bd. lvi, p. 347, T. xiii, figs. 1a, 16.
2 Ann. and Mag. N. H.., 1892, vol. 9 (ser. 6), pp. 307-8.
3 Trans. Roy. Dublin Soc., 1891, vol. iv (ser. ii), p. 560, pl. lvi, fig. 16,

34

SPECIES OF PLECTOPYLIS RECENTLY DESCRIBED
IN “SCIENCE GOSSIP.”?

By G. K. 'GUDE: F.4S.,

Loudon.

Plectopylis blanda, Gude.

Shell sinistral, depressed conical, widely and deeply umbilicated,
whitish-corneous, finely and regularly ribbed. Spire conical, apex
prominent, suture distinctly impressed. Whorls six, tumid above,
rounded below, increasing very slowly and regularly, the last not
descending in front, angulated above the periphery and round the
wide perspective umbilicus. The cuticle is produced into deciduous
hairs on the ribs, forming spiral rows. Aperture oblique, lunate, a
little flattened on the upper, outer margin. Peristome white, a little
thickened and reflexed, the margins united by a slight, flexuous ridge
on the parietal callus. Parietal wall with a strong, vertical plate,
slightly deflected anteriorly and having two minute denticles posteriorly,
the upper vertically the lower horizontally elongated. A very thin
horizontal fold occurs below the vertical plate and a very short fold
above it. Palatal folds in two series; the anterior consisting of six
thin horizontal folds, the first and sixth a little shorter and placed a
little further back than the other four; the posterior series consists of
four very short folds or denticles.—Major diameter, 6 mm. ; minor
diameter, 5 mm. ; altitude, 3 mm.

Hab.—Naga Hills, Assam. Type in my collection.

A single specimen received by the writer under the name of
Plectopylis minor, from the Naga Hills, was sent to Lieut.-Col. Godwin-
Austen for examination, and was found by him to be a new species.

Fig. 11.—Plectopylis blanda, Gude.

1 Reprinted from ‘‘ Science Gossip,” N.S. vol. iv, 1897-1898. By kind permission of the Editor.

-GUDE: SPECIES OF PLECTOPYLIS. 35

It differs from Plectopylis minor in being larger and more elevated,
and having a wider and deeper umbilicus. The parietal armature
differs in having an additional fold above the vertical plate, and the
anterior denticles are almost united to this fold. The palatal
armature differs in the posterior folds being very short and almost
reduced to denticles. Figs. 11 a-c show the shell in three different
aspects. Fig. 11d gives the posterior view of the two armatures; e,
the inside of the outer wall; and jf, a portion of the parietal wall,
with its plate and folds. All the figures are enlarged.—(‘‘ Science
Gossip,” iv, p. 264.)

Plectopylis trochospira var. boholensis, Gude,

differs from the type in being smaller and having a narrower umbilicus.
Major diameter, 3°25 mm.; minor diameter, 3 mm. ; altitude, 1°75
mm.

Hab.—-Bohol] Island, Philippine Islands. Type in Mr. Ponsonby’s
collection.

Two specimens kindly lent to me by Mr. Ponsonby, labelled with
the manuscript name, “ Plectopylis trochospira var. boholensis
(Mollendorff),” certainly represent a distinct variety. They
are smaller than the type, and the umbilicus is narrower. The

Fig. 12.—Plectopylis trochospira var. boholensis, Gude.

armature is nearly identical, but the palatal folds are connected at
their posterior terminations by a very slight transverse sinuous ridge,
plainly discernible externally through the shell-wall.—(Ibid., p. 285.)

Plectopylis achatina var. obesa, Gude.

Differs from the type in being more compressed and higher in propor-
tion to the diameter ; in the last whorl not widening suddenly at the
aperture, and in the lower side sloping from the periphery to the
umbilical angulation ; the right margin of the peristome is depressed ;

Sys i

Zijywfin

EEE TR»
Cas " i}

MM,

indaasrien

Fig. 13.—Plectopylis achatina var. obesa, Gude.

36 ; GUDE: SPECIES OF PLECTOPYLIS.

the umbilicus is deeper, and the horizontal median parietal fold does
not quite reach the apertural ridge. The shell is darker in colour
and more strongly ribbed.—Major diameter, 19 mm.; minor diameter,
15 mm.; altitude, 7 mm.

Hab.—Moulmain, Burma. ‘Type in my collection.

Is darker in colour than the type, being of a fuscous chestnut. It
is more compressed and distinctly ribbed ; the shell is higher in pro-
portion to the diameter, and the umbilicus is deeper ; the last whorl
does not widen suddenly, and the right margin of the peristome is
depressed, the aperture being consequently somewhat ear-shaped ; the
lower side slopes from the peripherial region to the umbilical angula-
tion. The armature does not differ materially from that of the type,
except that the median horizontal parietal fold does not quite reach
the apertural ridge. Six specimens were received by me from Miss
Linter, five of these being more or less decorticated.—(Ibid., v, p. 115.)

Plectopylis achatina var. infrafasciata, Gude.

Differs from the type in being more rounded in contour, and in
the last whorl not widening at the aperture; the umbilicus is more
shallow and the peristome more flattened and reflexed; the right
margin is a little depressed ; the shell is blackish or purpiish brown
above, with a white or bluish white band below, reaching from the
umbilical angulation to the lower suture; the peristome is purplish
brown, the left margin being paler.—Major diameter, 22 mm.; minor
diameter, 18 mm.; altitude, 8 mm.

”
es

Fig. 14.—Plectopylis achatina var. infrafasciata, Gude.

Hab.—Limestone Rocks, Moulmain, Burma. Type in my col-
lection.

Is still darker than the variety odesa, being of a blackish or purplish
brown. Like that variety it is rounded in contour, but it is larger
and more flattened ; while the umbilicus is a little more shallow and

GUDE: SPECIES OF PLECTOPYLIS. Sy

the peristome more flattened and reflexed than in the type. The
peristome is livid purplish in colour, the left margin being paler and
the right margin a little inflected. A whitish or bluish-white band
below reaches from the umbilical angulation to the lower suture. The
armature is similar to that of the type, but the horizontal parietal fold
near the lower suture is visible from the aperture and terminates close
to the ridge. The specimen figured was received by me from Mr.
Robert Cairns. Four specimens in the collection of Mr. E. L. Layard
and one specimen in the McAndrew collection (the latter labelled
“ Plectopylis refuga”) all belong to this form. The shell figured in
Hanley and Theobald’s “ Conchologia Indica,” t. 57, f. 8 and 9g, and
Martini und Chemnitz “‘ Conchylien Cabinet” (2) 1. t. 66, f. 28-30 (from
Mergui, Burma), I also refer to this variety. A specimen measuring
2I mm. in diameter is in the collection of Mr. Cairns, who also
possesses four immature shells in various stages of growth, all showing
sets of barriers similar to that of the immature P. achatina shown in
fig. 81 a. “ Sct. Gos.” v, p. 114.—(Ibid., p. 138.)

Plectopylis achatina var. venusta, Gude.

Differs from the type and the other vatieties in being smaller. It
resembles the variety odesa in the deeper umbilicus, in the sloping
underside, in the comparative height of the shell, and in the median
parietal fold not reaching the apertural ridge, but the last whorl widens
more, as inthe type. In colour it is pale yellowish-white, flammulated
with chestnut above aud at the side. The peristome is livid brown,
the left margin paler, the right margin a little depressed.— Major
diameter, 17 mm.; minor diamcter, 14 mm.; altitude, 7 mm.

Fig. 15.—Plectopylis achatina var. venusta, Gude.

Hab.—Burma. Type in my collection.

Is smaller than any form of P. achatina I have seen. It is pale
yellowish-white in colour, flammulated with chestnut above and at the
sides. It resembles the variety odesa in the deeper umbilicus, the

38 NOTES.

sloping underside and in the comparative height of the shell; the
median parietal fold does not quite reach the apertural ridge as in
that variety, and the lower horizontal parietal fold is not visible from
the aperture ; it resembles the type in the sudden widening of the last
whorl. The peristome is livid brown, the right margin being a little
depressed ; the left margin is paler. The specimen figured was re-
ceived by me as Plectopylis pachystoma, Theobald; but as I am not
aware that this name was ever published, and as I have seen other
shells so labelled, I consider it expedient to discard the name alto-
gether. A specimen in the collection of Dr. von Mollendorff, likewise
labelled P. pachystoma, I am unable to separate from the present
variety, although it shows no flammulation and the peristome is white ;
in other respects it is identical.—(Ibid., p. 134.)

NOTES.

Mollusea of Grange-over-Sands, Laneashire.

In the ‘‘ Journal of Conchologu” for October last, Mr. R. Standen, records a
number of land mollusca from the district of Grange-over-Sands, Lancashire, a very
interesting list—in spite of certain errors in nomenclature. To this list I can make
the following additions, which were obtained when I was in England during the
early part of 1897, viz. Arion empiricorum, Fér., var. johnstoni, Kal. ; A. subfuscus,
Drap., var. griseus, Clige.; and Agriolimaz agrestis, L__—H. V. Fow.er, M.A.

Note on some Slugs from Teneriffe.

We have recently received from Mr. W. Moss, two slugs collected by Lieut.
Col. G. S. Parry, at Teneriffe, these and some sent by the latter conchologist in
1895, enable us to add three well known species, not hitherto recorded we believe,
to the Canary Isles.

Lieut. Col. Parry sent one of us six young specimens of Limaz maximus, L.,
three of which were collected at Orotava, Teneriffe, and three at Galdar, Grand
Canary ; also four specimens of Agriolimax agrestis, L., from Santa Cruz.

The two specimens sent by Mr. Moss, are Limax marginatus, Miill., and Agr.
agrestis, L., both from Orotava, Teneriffe.

After carefully examining d’Orbigny’s figure and description of Z. canariensis,
we have no doubt in our own minds that it was a specimen of Agr. agrestis, L.
Wollaston in 1878 was inclined to regard it as such, although subsequent writers have
referred it to L. variegatus, Drp.—WALTER E. COLLINGE and F, J. PARTRIDGE.

ne)

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

5TH MEETING, NoveMBER IITH, 1898.

The President in the chair.
The following were elected honorary members of the Society :—

Professor W. C. M’Intosh, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., Edgar A. Smith, F.Z.S.,
and Professor Dr. Heinrich Simroth.

EXHIBITS.

By Mr. Collinge: A specimen of Limaxz maximus, L., with a strongly marked
white keel.

By Mr. H. H. Bloomer: A series of Indian shells chiefly of the following
genera, Vivipara, Bythinia, and Bulimus.

By Mr. F. J. Partridge: A series of collections made in October in the district
between Birdlip and Nailsworth, Gloucestershire, records of all of which were
placed upon the Society’s lists.

By Mr. Guy Breeden: Abnormal specimens of Limnea auricularia from
Harborne, Worcestershire.

6TH (ANNUAL) MEETING, DECEMBER 9TH. 1898.

The President in the Chair.

The Annual Report of the Council and the Treasurer’s Statement were presented
and adopted.

The Secretary reported that as no amendments had been received to the
Council’s nominations, the following would constitute the Council and Officers
for 1899.

President—Walter E. Collinge, F.Z.S.

Treasurer—Guy Breeden.
Secretary—H. Howard Bloomer.

Other Members of Council—Messrs. H. Willoughby Ellis, F. J. Partridge,
Bromley Peebles, and G. Sherriff Tye.
The President then delivered his Address, the subject being ‘‘ The Morphology
of the Pulmonata.”
ANNUAL REPORT, 1808.

In presenting their First Annual Report your Council have to congratulate the
Society upon the steady progress it has made since its foundation in July last.

Since the Inaugural Meeting six new ordinary members and three honorary
members have been elected.

The financial condition of the Society is satisfactory. After payment of all
liabilities there remains a balance of 19s. 9d. in hand, which includes 5s. for a
subscription paid in advance.

During the year five meetings have been held, at which six papers have been
read, and numerous specimens exhibited.

Your President has agreed to publish, free of all cost to the Society, its
“* Proceedings” in the ‘‘ Jowrnal of Malacology,” and your Council have made very
advantageous terms whereby the Journal will be supplied to all members. One
part has already been issued and distributed to the members.

40 CURRENT LITERATURE.

In order to illustrate papers read before the Society, a ‘‘ Publication Fund” has
been opened, and a number of contributions promised ; further donations are earnestly
desired.

The nucleus of a Library has been received and it is hoped to add to this in the
coming year.

Your thanks are due to the President and Council of Mason University College
and Prof. T. W. Bridge, for the facilities they have so kindly given in permitting
our meetings to be held in the Zoological Department of the College.

7TH MEETING, FEBRUARY IOTH, 1899.

The President in the Chair.
The following nominations for membership were read :—
Messrs. F. W. Carpenter, and William Moss, F.C.A.

PAPER READ.

‘*Note on some Slugs from Teneriffe,” by Walter E. Collinge, F.Z.S., and
F, J. Partridge. F
XHIBITS.

By Mr. Guy Breeden: Shells of the British species of Hyalinia.

By Mr. F. J. Partridge: Two sinistrose monstrosities of Buccinwm undatum,
also a specimen showing strong carination of the whorls, and a collection of Clausilia
comprising all the British species and many varieties.

By the President: Specimens of Omalonyx felina, Guppy, in alcohol. The
radula of various species of Limax, Arion, Amalia, Testacella, Vitrina, Hyalinia,
Zonites, Helix, Clausilia, Limnea, Vivipara, Physa, Ampullaria, Chiton, Conus,
Purpura, etc. A series of preparations of the integument of various Pulmonates.

CURRENT LITERATURE.

Pilsbry, H. A.—Tryon’s Manual of Conchology, ser. i, vol. xvii, (pts. 65A, 68),
pp. xxxii+ 225-348, pls. xxxviii-xlviii: ser. ii, vol. xi, (pt. 44), pp. 209-339,
pls. xlii-li. Philadelphia: Academy of Natural Sciences.

In the Marine, or first, series of this work Mr. Pilsbry, with the assistance of
Dr. Sharp, issues the concluding portion of the bibliographical catalogue of fossil
Scaphopoda, and he also gives an outline account of the Aplacophora, following
mainly the system of Simroth in Bronn’s ‘‘ Klassen und Ordnungen des Thierreichs.”
We may note TZesseracme, a new section of Dentaliwm for the group of D. apicale ;
D. bednaili, n. sp., from S. Australia; and revisions of nomenclature on pp. 253, 255.
The bibliographical list will also prove of great service.

In that little known group, the Aplacophora, Mr. Pilsbry proposes Simrothiella—
a well-deserved compliment—as a subgenus of Proneomenia, and he also suggests
Icthyomenia as a new name for /smenia, Pruvot non King.

In chronicling the completion of this series, we welcome the announcement that
it is proposed to undertake a monograph of the ‘‘ Marine Bivalves,” and trust it
will prove as successful as the recent volumes of the first series have been.

In the second series Mr. Pilsbry continues that exceedingly difficult genus
Drymeus, and completes his review of the South American species. We may
chronicle as new species DP, subsimilaris, loc. incert., D. blandi, Columbia, and
D. fresnoensis, Columbia ; also interesting rectifications of nomenclature on pp. 219,
291, 297, and 301.—E. R. S.

CURRENT LITERATURE. 4I

Crick, G. C.—List of the Types and Figured Specimens of Fossil Cephalopoda in
the British Museum (Natural History). 8vo, pp. 103. London: 1898.

The desirability and utility of lists which record the original names and references
of type specimens cannot be overestimated. The one before us contains a record of
all the types and figured specimens of both British and foreign Fossil Cephalopoda,
which are preserved in the British Museum.

The names follow in alphabetical order, each specimen being entered under the
name first given to it, with a reference to the work in which the same was either
described or figured, then follow the formation and locality with the registered
number in the collection, together with short notes correcting Neca es or relating
to the condition of the specimen.

All praise is due to Mr. Crick for the very careful manner in which he has
carried out this useful piece of work, invaluable alike to the specialist and
malacologist in general.—W. E. C.

Criek, G. C.—On the muscular attachment of the Animal to its shell in some
fossil Cephalopoda (Ammonoidea). Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond (2nd ser. Zool.),
1898, vol. vii, pp. 71-113, pls. 17-20.

Le mode d’attachement du corps 4 la paroi de la grande chambre qui termine la
coquille est connu chez un certain nombre de Céphalopodes de la famille des Nauti-
loides ; mais il ne lest que chez tres peu d’Ammonoides. L’auteur s’attache a
montrer que l’animal de TAmmonoide était fixé a la portion dorsale de la coquille,
probablement de la méme facon que le Nautile actuel, c’est 4 dire au dessus du bord
de la derniére cloison, par deux muscles coquillers plus ou moins écartés l'un de
Yautre et par un muscle annulaire. Dans ce premier mémoire Mr. Crick décrit la
forme et la position de ces impressions dans les divers types d’Ammonoides.

Dans le Nautile actuel les deux traces musculaires sont réunies dorsalement et
ventralement par une étroite bandelette, l’anneau (annulus). Les fibres musculaires
sont insérées, non pas directement sur la substance calcaire de la coquille, mais sur
une mince couche de conchyoline. Ordinairement il ne reste a Vinterieur de la
coquille, pour indiquer ces insertions, qu'une ligne étroite généralement en relief,
qui correspond a la limite antérieure de ces impressions musculaire et annulaire. La
limite postérieure, au contraire, se voit tres rarement. Sur un moulage interne cette
ligne apparait comme un sillon linéaire ; c’est a cet état que l’on peut l’observer sur
les moulages naturels de la chambre antérieure des fossiles. L’auteur a mis ces
lignes en évidence dans le Nautilus pompilius en remplissant la chambre antérieure
de paraffine, et en dissolvant ensuite le caicaire par l’acide chlorhydrique.

L’auteur décrit d’abord les deux types fossiles chez lesquels il a trouve ces indica-
tions le plus clairement marquées. C’est d’abord chez un Cryoceras quadratum, n.
sp., provenant du Speeton clay of Yorkshire quwil a vu les impressions musculaires
les plus nettes ; elles se touchent presques ; elles sont tres peu au dessus du dernier
septum ; leur surface est grenue, leur limite antérieure est nette tandis que la posté-
rieure est beaucoup plus floue. I] n’y a pas trace d’anneau. Dans le petit espace
triangulaire séparant les deux impressions il y a deux petites taches doubles,
longitudinales, probablement en relation avec les attaches musculaires de l’animal.

Les traces de l’anneau ont été relevées sur divers échantillons mais surtout sur un
Cardioceras excavatum, J. Sowerby, de ’Oxford Clay, conservé au British Museum.
On y voit distinctement deux lignes flexueuses, 4 peu pres paralleles, écartées l’une
de V’autre de 1°5 mm. qui vont du bord ombilical au bord périphérique et qui suivent
vaguement les sinuosites des lobes du dernier septum.

Ces premiéres indications étant posées, l’auteur recherche dans une importante
série d’Ammonoides les traces qui peuvent correspondre a celles qu'il a relevées
dans les deux types précédents. I] en a trouvé chez un grand nombre d’entre eux
coincidant avec Panneau et les muscles coquillers. It est “impossible, dans ce court
résumé, de donner la liste des especes, genres et familles, oll ces vestiges ont été

42 CURRENT LITERATURE.

relevés. On les trouvera parfaitement exposés et accompagnés de trés beaux dessins,
probants et démonstratifs, dans les quatre planches de cet important mémoire.

Un certain nombre de caractéres anatomiques ont conduit divers auteurs 4
ranger les Ammonoides parmi les Céphalopodes Dibranches ; mais les constatations
de Mr. Crick montrent clairement que l’animal des Ammonoides possédait une
musculature de fixation tout a fait analogue a celle du Nautile, seul representant
actuel des Tétrabranches. On trouve en effet, dans les deux cas, un anneau en plus
des muscles coquillers ; cet anneau devait servir au manteau de surface de fixation
sur la coquille.—L. JOUBIN.

Martens, E. von. und Wiegmann, Fr.—Land-und Siisswasser-Mollusken
der Seychellen. Mitteil. Zool. Samml. Berlin, 1898, Bd. 1, pp. 1-94,Tf. I-iv.

Dr. E. von Martens here describes and figures the following new species and
varieties :—Hnnea erinaceus, and var. uniseriata, Streptaris constans, and var.
silhouette, S. violascens, S. perelegans, S. braueri, Helix pretwmida, Morel., vars.
mahesiana and silhouette, Buliminus ornatus, Dufo, var. biornatus, B. aldabre,
and Hapalus brauert. Anew genus (Priodiscus) is constituted for the Z’rochomorpha?
serrata, Nev.

In the second part (pp. 37-94) by Herr Wiegmann, a beautifully illustrated
account is given of the anatomy of most of the above new forms, and also the
following :—Hnnea dussumieri, Fér., Streptaxis souleyetianus, Petit, Streptostele
nevillt, H. Ad., and its var. dubia, Wgm., Priodiscus serratus, H. Ad., Kaliella
subturritula, Nev., Helix similaris, Fér., H. unidentata, Chemn., and #.
studeriana, Fér., Buliminus ornatus, Dufo, var. fulvicans, Pfr., Achatina pantiera,
Fér., Subulina octona, Chemn., and Succinea mascarena, Nev.

In addition to plates 3 and 4 illustrating the anatomy, there are some 40 figures
in the text. —W. E. C.

Wiegmann, F.— Ergebnisse einer zoologischen Forschungsreise in den Molukken
und Borneo. Lamdmollusken (Stylommatophoren). Abhandl. d. Senckenb.
naturf. Gesell., 1898, Bd. xxiv, pp. 289-557, Tf. xxi-xxxi.

In the space at our disposal it is quite impossible to do more than enumerate the
species which the author has anatomically described in this beautiful and valuable
memoir. To those malacologists who regard the slug-fauna of Borneo, Java, etc.,
as worked out, we would commend a perusal of Herr Wiegmann’s description
of the anatomy of two new species of Parmarion, illustrated by 37 figures.

A word must be said in praise of the number and execution of the illustrations,
accompanying the 268 pages of letterpress, there are 11 folio plates of 378 figures,
all of which are excellent.

The species described are as follows :—Rhysota brookei, Ad. and Reeve; Par-
marion maculosus, n. sp.; P. (?) dubius, n. sp.; Helicarion kiikenthali, Kob. ;
H. halmahericus, Kob.; H. minahassae, Kob.; Medyla viridis, Q. and G.;
Everettia jucunda, Pfr.; E. méllendorfi, Kob.; EZ. (?) fulvocarnea, Mrts. ; Dendro-
trochus conicoides, Metc.; Hemiplecta densa, Ad. and Jk.; Xesta cincta, Lea.; X.
halmaherica, Strub.; Dyakia hugonis, Pfr.; Trochomorpha lardea, Mrts.; 7’. bicolor,
Mrts.; 7. planorbis, Less., 7’. timorensis, Mrts.; Plunispira exceptiuncula, Fér.;
P. expansa, Pfr.; P. scheepmakeri, Pfr., v. halmaherica, Kob.; P. surrecta, Bttgr.
and Strub.; P. zonalis, Fér.; P. loxotropis, Pfr.; Pseudobba quoyt, Desh.; Phania
kukenthali, Kob.; Albersia pubicepa, Mrts.; Papwina vitrea, Fér.; Amphidromus
porcellanus, Mouss.; A. sinistrals, Reeve. —W. E. C.

Viguier, C.—Contributions a l’étude du développement de la Tethys fimbriata.
Arch. de Zool. exp. et gen., 1898, (S. 3) vol. vi, pp. 37-62, pls. vii-ix.

Dr. Camille Viguier in the 5th of his series of ‘‘ Recherches sur les Animaux
inférieurs de la Baie d’ Alger” gives an interesting account of the development of
the large Opisthobranch Tethys jimbriata. He compares and contrasts the early

CURRENT LITERATURE. 43

stages with the account given by Heymons (Zeitschr. f. wiss. Zool. 1893) of the
dev elopment of the allied mollusc Umbrella mediterranea, and also with Conklin’s
account of Crepidula, from which it appears that on the whole Tethys has a much
more regular segmentation.

There have have been difficulties in the research, The animals are apparently
not easy to obtain, and the spawn is difficult to keep alive and normal. This last
spring (1898) none was obtainable.

For the rest—the segmentation is unequal, and of the spiral type known in
various molluscs ; but for the exact ‘‘cell-lineage” of the micromeres and macro-
meres we must refer to the full description and the figures. The three plates in
execution and clearness of shading certainly leave much to be desired, but we
gather from a ‘‘ Note” at the end of the paper that this has not been altogether
the author’s fault.

Of the later embryonic and Jarval stages the account is brief. Dr. Viguier has
evidently, on account of the difficulty of rearing, not had quite enough material in
these older periods at his disposal. We concur entirely in his remarks as to the
great interest and importance attaching to careful studies of the later transformation
of the larval Opisthobranchs.—W. A. HERDMAN.

Sturany, R.—Catalog der bisher bekannt gewordenen Siidafrikanischen Land-und
Siisswasser-Mollusken. Denk. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 1898, Bd. Ixvii, pp.

537-642, 3 pls. [Jan. 1899. ]

Melvill, J. Cosmo, and Ponsonby, J. H.—A Contribution towards a Check-
list of the Non-marine Molluscan Fauna of South Africa. Proc. Malac. Soc.
Lond., 1898 (Decr.), vol. iii, pp. 166-184.

The faunal regions dealt with in these two papers vary somewhat, for while
Dr. Sturany includes the country up to the Zambesi, Messrs. Melvill and Ponsonby
draw the line at the Tropic of Capricorn. Unfortunately the former author appears
—though he gives a lithographed supplement dated November—to have been
unaware of the latter authors’ paper (Aun. Mag. N.#., August 1808, (7 7) vol. il,
pp- 125-30, pl. vii), as also Sowerby’s ‘‘ Appendix to the Marine Molluscs.”

The most striking feature is the great abundance of the genus Hnnea. No less
than 73 are quoted by Dr. Sturany and 75 by Messrs. Melvill and Ponsonby. One
species (Z. obovata) quoted by these latter authors appears to be omitted from
Dr. Sturany’s list: it would also be of interest to know his authority for quoting
E. zanguebarica as S. African. Morelet, when describing it, appears not to have
properly stated its locality, but the very name is a note of warning. Dr. Sturany
criticises, and with some show of reason, the figures given by the English authors,
but when he complains (p. 542) that the ‘basal tooth in E. perspicua is not shown i in
the original drawings, he seems a little hypercritical, as it is described as ‘‘ interna.’

The classification of the Helicoid and Zonitoid land shells appears to vary
greatly in the two lists: perhaps it will be long before this is properly cleared up,
as the anatomy is unknown in most cases. While Dr. Sturany gives 118 species,
Messrs. Melvill and Ponsonby give 105 for their more restricted region.

It may be pointed out that Pella, used by Dr. Sturany, is preoccupied in
Coleoptera: many other points of difference as to the value of certain names
arise, too elaborate in their nature to be dealt with here, but it may be remarked
that Helix fanulus (Sturany, p. 588) is the young of a species of Ennea.

The slugs do not appear to be very numerous, less than a dozen species in all ;
while Dr. Sturany quotes Agriolimax levis, the English authors quote A. agrestis,
and appear to have overlooked Urocyclus kirkii and Oncidiwm peronii.

The Achatinide are, as would be expected, fairly numerous; we note that in
the English authors paper 4. schencki does not appear. Buliminus is well repre-
sented as'are the Pupide. Buliminus vitellinus appears to have escaped the notice

44 CURRENT LITERATURE.

of Messrs. Melvill and Ponsonby; while on the other hand B. picturatus was
described, not from Natal as Dr. Sturany quotes, but from ‘* Mogadoxo, Zanzibar.”
Further this author complains that the original describer does not state whether
Pupa layardi is dextral or not, but this may be gathered from the description, which
refers to the right, as opposed to the columellar, lip.

The Szccineide are moderately represented as are the Limneide. The Auricu-
lide are few ; we do not notice in Dr. Sturany’s paper Awuricula pusilla, Melampus
granifera, or Alexia myosotis.

In the land operculata the lists differ widely. My attention has been called
to the exceeding similarity of Cyclotus natalensis, Pfr., and Cycloph. klobukowskii,
Morlet; comparing the two I am entirely unable to find any distinction
and, as Pfeiffer’s locality has never been confirmed, I regard it as erroneous.
Dr. Sturany omits Pomatias (=Cyclostuma, auct.) hartvigianwm, lineatum,
aud sarcodes, while he gives parvispirum and goudoteanum, not mentioned in the
other list. Of these last two species the former may come really from Zanzibar,
as Morlet was erroneous in several references in the paper quoted, and the latter is
also uncertain in S. Africa and may belong to Madagascar.

There are also a few species of such genera as Cleopatra, Hydrocena, etc. ; and
about 14 species of Pelecypoda.

We give below a summary of Dr. Sturany’s list to show the distribution in the
various families.

Testacellide 2 Buliminide . . 24 Melantide . . 4
Streptaxida 73 Pipi ie S34: Hydrobiide . . 6
Rhytidide 16 SUCCINELde: 4 9 Paludinide . 2
Vitrinide 13 Vaginulide. . 4 Ampullariide 5
Limacide I Onchidiide . . I Assimineide . 4
Urocyclide. . 5 Limnewide . . 24 Hydrocenide I
Zonitide . * It Auriculide . . 9 Neritide . . 3
Beoida . . 78 Truncatellide . 2 Cyrenide .. 7
Achatinide. . 49 Cyclophoride . 14 Unionide .. 7

Total 408 species.
Messrs. Melvill and Ponsonby’s list includes between 360 and 370 species.

A study of the two lists leads to the idea that while one author has specially
devoted himself to bibliographical research, the others have dealt mainly with named
specimens. The two lists will stimulate research in South Africa, where, doubtless,
many species still await the collector.—E. R. Sykes.

Sarasin, P. and F,—Die Siisswasser-Mollusken von Celebes. Demy 4to, Bd.
I, pp. vilit+104, Tf. i-xili, Wiesbaden: 1898, C. W. Kreidel.

In this beautiful volume the brothers Sarasin describe a large series of freshwater
molluscs from the Celebes, most of which are new. The work is prefaced by a short ~
account of the operculum and radula of the Melaniide of the Celebes, the remaining
pages being occupied by the descriptions of the undermentioned new genera and
species :—Melania toradjarum, paliolarum, patriarchalis, and var. towutensis,
gemmifera, monacha, scalariopsis, molesta, carota, testudinaria, v. d. Busch., var.
perconica, zeamais, insule sacrae, tomoriensis, kuli, centaurus, asperata, Lam., var.
celebicola. Tylomelania, nov. gen. T. neritiformis, carbo, porcellanica and var.
connectens. Vivipara crassibucca, persculpta, lutulenta, rudipellis. A new genus of
Limneide—Miratesta—is described with a short account of the anatomy: containing
M. celebensis, and the vars. robusta, ampullacea and gracilis. Isidora callosa. An
interesting new genus—Protancylus—is described with two species adhaerens and
pileotus, anatomical details are given of the latter. Of the Lamellibranchiata,
Corbicula mantannensis and possoénsis. ;

The work is illustrated by 6 not particularly clear Meisenbach plates, and 7
lithographic plates by Werner and Winter which leave nothing to be desired. The

CURRENT LITERATURE. 45

work is beautifully printed and reflects the greatest credit on all concerned in its
production. —W. E. C.

Posselt, H. J.—Conspectus Faunz Groenlandice. Brachiopoda et Mollusca.
8vo, pp. xix + 298, T. i-iiand map. Kjobenhavn: 1898.

This beautifully illustrated work may be regarded as a contribution from the
Malacological Department of the Zoological Museum of the University of Copen-
hagen, under the able directorship of Dr. Jenson. It describes no less than 249
species and varieties of molluscs, excluding a dozen or more doubtful ones. The
distribution has been worked out in great detail. The original descriptions are
in many cases reproduced, and much information respecting points of nomenclature
and classification is given.

The following species and varieties are new :—

Pecten imbrifer, Lov., var. n. lamellosa, Nucula groenlandica, n. sp., Bela
woodiana, MOll., var. n. tumida, B. decussata, Couth, var. n. inflata, Sipho (Sipho-
norbis) lindahli, n. sp., S. (Tritonofusus?) costiferus, n. sp., Buccinum undulatum,
Moll., var. n. percrassa, B. groenlandicum, Chem., var. nu. major, B. perdix, (Beck)
Morch, vars. n. lutea, persulcata, wandeli and carinata, B. hydrophanum, Hancock,
vars. n. twmidosa, percrassa and textwrata.—W. E. C.

Bergh, R.—Die Opisthobranchier der Sammlung Plate. Zool. Jahrb. (Suppl. iv.)
1898, pp. 481-582, T. 28-33.

Professor Bergh here describes and figures a series of Opisthobranchs collected
by Dr. Plate on the west coast of South America. Most of the species are new,
some forming the types of new genera, whilst a few species originally described by
d’Orbigny in 1847 are dealt with. Of the Tectibranchia there are 2 new species,
Aplysiopsis juanina, n. gen., n. sp., a form allied to Aplysia, and Pleurobranchus
platei. Amongst the Nudibranchia the following are new: Archidoris rubcscens, A?
incerta, Anisodoris, a new genus which is distinguished from the true Archidoris by
the presence of a large prostate, as in Homoiodoris, but distinguished from the
latter by the absence of an armour to the otherwise very strong vagina. It includes
the Doris punctuolata, d’Orb., and D. variolata, d’Orb., in addition to A. marmorata
and 4. tessellata, which are new. Platydoris punctatella is an interesting new
species, while 7yrinna nobilis forms the type of a new genus distinguished by its
peculiar tentacles, which are furnished on the inner side with a series of folds, the
penis is unarmed. The remaining new species are Chromodoris juvenca, Euplo-
camus maculatus, Candiclla australis, Cratena cavanca and pusilla, Phidiana
exigua.

A supplement describes 2 species of Marseina ( perspicua, L., and pacifica Bgh.),
of the former the following varieties are new, incerta, maculosa, and marginata.
Windia (Ec

Howe, J. L.—Variation in the shell of Helix nemoralis in the Lexington, Va.,
Colony. Amer. Nat., 1898, vol. xxxii, pp. 913-23, 2 figs.

This is an interesting paper, bristling with statistics, on what appears to be
the only successful colony of H. nemoralis in the United States. It seems strange
that this attractive species should not have been more widely transplanted either
accidentally or by design. Attempts to colonise it from the Lexington source in
other parts of the United States have apparently proved a failure, with the possible
exception of Blairstown, Pa.

Mr. Howe finds, as the result of very careful study, that the tendency to variation
in this colony proceeds along definite lines, and is not the same in all localities of
the colony, which now extends over an area of about 14 miles by half a mile. He
also finds that a considerable destruction of individuals does not materially modify
this tendency. The lines of variation are much the same as with us, with one excep-
tion, viz., that there is a great development of supplemental bands, either by split-

46 CURRENT LITERATURE.

ting off from the normal five, or by the appearance of bands altogether additional
to these. About 4 per cent. of the shells collected show this tendency. In the
ground colours and their relative frequency there appears to be little departure from
European types. It is difficult to judge of the value of the percentage tables in which
Mr. Howe elaborates the frequency of a number of the band-formule, without
knowing whether the series of shells, on which they are based, were the result of
collecting every nemoralis procurable at the time, or only of a judicious selection.
The former is quite possibly the case, as we read of considerably more than 2000
specimens being taken in two consecutive summers from an area 200 feet square,
and that a garden !—B. ToMLIN.

Babor, J. F.—Note on Ariunculus austriacus, n. sp., from the Alps in Austria.
Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1898, vol. iii, pp. 156-8, fig. I.

Dr. Babor describes as a new species a specimen of Ariwnculus from Schnee-
berg near Vienna (Coll. of Dr. A. Wagner). It approaches most closely the
Sardinian species A. isselii, Bgt.—W. E. C.

Newbigin, Marion J.—Colour in Nature, a study in Biology. 8vo, pp. 344,
London: 1898, John Murray,

The parts relating to the coloration of the Mollusca occupy pp. 184-95 and pp.
203-4. So much has been written in recent years respecting colour variation,
chemalonic colour changes, and changes which take place in a life time, in the
Mollusca, which find no mention here, that the malacologist will be greatly disap-
pointed with this chapter. On p. 203 it is stated ‘‘ In the Mollusca colour-patterns
are, except in the cuttles, confined to the shells,” the writer is evidently unaware of
the colour-patterns exhibited by Limaxz maximus, Tebennophorus striatus and many
other molluscs. Next to the Insecta few animals show so favourably, protective
colouring, rapid colour changes, etc., as the mollusca, and some reference to these
would have proved interesting.

In other parts of the work there is much that is new and interesting. —W. E. C.

Crick, G. C.—Descriptions of new or imperfectly known species of Nautilus from
the Inferior Oolite. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1898, vol. iii, pp. 117-39,
figs. I-15.

The admirable work that Mr. Crick has of recent years been carrying out in the
collections of Fossil Cephalopoda in the British Museum, merits the best thanks and
appreciation of all malacologists. The present paper describes and figures a series
of new or imperfectly known species of Nautilus, and is in every way a piece of
useful and careful work. The new species are: N. bradfordensis, fuscus,
crassinuatus, impendens, enterebratus, rotundus, subrotundus, semiornatus, and
exiguus, all in the collection of the British Museum.—W. E. C

Webb, W. M.—On the Anatomy and Synonymy of the Genus Mariella, Gray. .
Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1898, vol. iii, pp. 147-55, pl. ix.

Two species are described and figured viz. Mf. dussumieri, Gray, and. beddomei,
G.-A. Mr. Webb accepts the views of previous writers respecting Tennentia
thwaitesii, Humb., and Vega nordenskioldi, Westr., regarding them as synonymous
with the former species. —W. E. C.

Mollendorff, 0. v.— Mariella, Gray. Nachr. Deutsch. Malak. Gesell., 1899,
pp, 20-22.

Philippinella, gen. nov. is proposed for Tennentia quadrasi, Mlldff., and 7’.
carinata ; also T. philippinensis, Semper.

Simroth, H.—Uber die Gattung Parmacella. L’Ann. du Mus. Zool. l’Acad. a.
Acad. Imp. Sc. St. Petersb., 1898, pp. 1-12.

CURRENT LITERATURE. 47

Smith, Edgar A.—On the Land-Shells of Curacoa and the neighbouring islands.
Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1898, pp. 113-16, figs. I-II.

Pilsbry, H. A.—Remarks on the American species of Conulus. Naut., 1899,
pp. 113-17.

Sterki, V.—Some studies on the Morphology of the Cycladide. Ibid., pp. 117-19.

Vayssiere, A.—Monographie de la famille des Pleurobranchidés. Ann, d. Sci.
Nat., 1898, T. viii. (Sth ser.) pp. 209-402, pls. 13-28.

Prof. Vayssiere has here given a most valuable account of the Plewrobranchide.
After a short history of the work of previous writers, an admirable account of the
general anatomy is given, followed by the systematic portion, where the individual
anatomical characters of most of the species are set forth in detail. The following
genera are recognised: Lerthella, Blainv., with 7 species, one of which is new
(B.brocki). Cuvier’s genus Plewrobranchus is divided into three sub-genera, viz. :
Bouviert, Vays., with 6 species, Plewrobranchus (sens. prop.), Cuv., with 35 species,
and Susania, Gray, with 6 species ; and Oscanius, Leach, with 1 species.

The anatomical characters of the above sub-genera seem sufficiently well marked
and important to rank as genera.—W. E. C.

Johnstone, J.—The Spawning of the Mussel (Mytilus edulis), Rpt. for 1898,
Lancashire Sea-Fisheries Lab. Liverpool: 1899, pp. 36-53, pls. 1-ii.

From an extensive series of observations made during 1898, the author has been
able to arrive at some definite conclusions respecting the date of spawning of this
species. Briefly summarised the results arrived at are as follows: the maximum
spawning period occurs about June or July, during which there is a rapid and
complete extrusion of the genital products, accompanied by a series of histological
changes in the visceral mass and mantle ; then follows a short period of rest during
part of August and September. The reformation of the germinal epithelium next
commences to take place, followed by a slow proliferation of ova and spermatozoa,
which occupies the rest of the year. The genital products are formed less rapidly
in the spring, during which period a slow emission of these takes place, continuing
on until the maximum spawning period occurs,

The different histological changes in the gonads at the various stages are
described and figured.—W. E. C.

Herdman, W. A.—Oysters and Disease. Ibid., pp. 62-67.

Kohn, C. A.—Note on Occurrence of Iron and Copper in Oysters. Ibid., pp.
67-79.

Asheroft, R. L.—Mussel-beds and Mud-banks. Ibid., pp. 79-81.

Amaudrut, Alex.—La Partie Antérieure du Tube digestif et la torsion chez les

Mollusques Gastéropodes. Ann. d. Sci. Nat., 1898, T. vii (8th ser.) pp.
1-291, pls. i-x.

Pilsbry, H. A.—New American Land Shells. Naut., 1899, vol. xii, pp. 101-104.
Pilsbry, H. A.—Potamolithus jacuhyensis, n. sp. Ibid., p. 113.

Sterki, V.—New Pupide. Ibid., pp. 127-29.

Dall, Wm. H.—On a new species of Driilia from California. Ibid., p. 127.
Coekerell, T. D. A.—Another new snail from New Mexico. Ibid., p. 131.

Crosse, H.—Etudes Malacologiques sur des Genres nouveaux ou peu connus.
Journ. de Conchyl., 1898, vol. xlvi, pp. 205-8, pl. x, figs. 1-2.

Hervier, R. P. J.—Descriptions d’espéces de mollusques, provenant de I’Archipel
de la Nouvelle-Calédonie. Ibid., pp. 209-13, pl. x, figs. 3-4.

48 EDITOR’S NOTES.

Fischer, H.—Description d’une nouvelle de Plectopylis. Ibid., pp. 214-18,
figs. 1-6.

Dautzenberg, Ph. et Fischer, H.—Note sur le Plewrotomaria beyrichi. Ibid.,
pp. 218-24, pl. xi.

Mayer-Eymar, C.—Description de Coquilles fossiles der terrains tertiaires
inférieurs. Ibid., pp, 225-37, pls. xii-xiv.

Wohlberedt, 0.—Molluskenfauna des Kénigreichs Sachsen. Nachr. Deutsch.
Malak. Gesell., 1899, pp. I-20.

Mollendorff, 0. von.—Die Phenacoheliciden. Ibid., pp. 22-25.
Kobelt, W.—Die Fauna der Cocosinsel. Ibid., pp. 26-28.
Naegele, G.—Eine neue Pomatia aus Persien. Ibid., pp. 28-29.

Helix (Pomatia) salomonica, Naeg.
Koch, V. von.—Ein neuer Fundort von Helix caperata, Mtg. Ibid., p. 29.

Crick, G. C.—On a Deformed Example of Hoplites tuberculatus, J. Sowerby,
sp., from the Gault of Folkestone. Geol. Mag., 1898, vol. v, pp. 541-2,
figs, a. 'b. ¢.

Herdman, W. A.—The Twelfth Annual Report of the Liverpool Marine Biology
Committee, etc. Liverpool: 1898, pp. 1-56, figs. 1-5.

Standen, R.—Notes on the Land Mollusca of Grange-over-Sands, Lancashire.
Journ. Conch., 1898, vol. ix, pp. 113-14.

Pallary, P.—Deuxiéme contribution 4 l’étude de la Faune malacologique du
Nord-Ouest de l’Afrique. Journ. de Conchyl., 1898, vol. xlvi, pp. 49-170,
pl. v-ix.

Reviews of a number of important papers received, are for want of space,
compelled to stand over until the next issue.

EDITOR’S NOTES.

Professor Wm. Healey Dall of the Smithsonion Institute, has recently been
elected an Honorary Member of the Conchological Society of Gt. Britain and Ireland.

The recently issued volume for 1898 of the Palaeontographical Society, contains
amongst other memoirs:—The Carboniferous Lamellibranchiata, pt. 3. by Dr.
Wheelton Hind; the Inferior Oolite Ammonites, pt. 10, by Mr. S. S. Buckman ;
and the Carboniferous Cephalopoda of Ireland, pt. 2, by Dr. A. H. Foord.

In the ‘‘ Naturalists’ Journal’”—an interesting and practical monthly—beginners
will find many useful papers and notes dealing with British Land and Freshwater
molluscs.

We regret to have to record the deaths of A. H. Everett, in June last ; Giovanni
Michellotti, on December 21st, 1898, aged 84; and E. W. Roper, on December
31st, 1898, aged 39.

Journ.of Malacology. 1899, Vol.VII pt2. PLA,

jJ.Green del. Lith. Werner &Winter, Frankfort°M

NEW LAND SHELLS FROM CEYLON.

THE

Pomme sL OF. MALAC OLOGY

No, 3. OCTOBER 4TH, 1899. V/ Ole Vide

MALACOLOGICAL COMMUNICATIONS FROM
NEW ZEALAND.

By HENRY SUTER,
Christchurch, N.Z.

1.—On the Carnivorous Genera Paryphanta and Rhytida.

(Plate iii, figs. 1, Ia.)

In Fischer’s “ AZanuel de Conchyliologie” it is stated, that Rhytida is
ovoviviparous, the assertion being no doubt based on the observations
made by E. Marie and H. Crosse on Rhytida inaequalis from New
Caledonia. This at once led me to place the New Zealand #.
meesont in the genus Paryphanta, having aseertained that it also laid
calcareous eggs. The shell however is quite characteristic of Rhytida,
being malleated, containing more carbonate of lime, and being there-
fore in the living animal not so pliable as the shells of Paryphanta,
and the periostracum not overlapping the inner layer of the shell at
the peristome. Besides this species, the type of the genus, 7. green-
wooadt, is now also known to lay calcareous eggs,' and it is to be
surmised that all our species of AAyzida are ovoviviparous, which 1s
also the case with Paryphanta busbyt, hochstettert, urnula, edwardt
and Schizoglossa novoseelandica, the latter being evidently a Paryphanta
in which the shell has become rudimentary.

The composition of the shell of Paryphanta is almost unique, inas-
much as the periostracal layer, consisting chiefly of conchin, is pre-
dominant, and very little calcareous matter is deposited on its inner

x1 F. Hutchinson, Jun., Trans. New Zea}. Inst., xxx, p. 535.

Journ. oF Matac., 1899, vol. vii, No. 3.

50 SUTER: COMMUNICATIONS FROM NEW ZEALAND.

side. In P. urnula only about the first two whorls are calcareous,
the remainder consisting simply of conchin. I found this out in the
following way. Having received a specimen of that mollusc preserved,
unfortunately, in strong alcohol, I was unable to remove the hardened
animal without destroying the shell, and the idea struck me (also un-
fortunate!) of removing the animal by immersing the whole specimen
in a solution of caustic potash. The result was a dark brown solution;
the first two calcareous whorls intact, the radula, and a fine, brown
membrane from the periostracum swimming in the liquid!

The situation of the eyes in Paryphanta and Rhytida differs some-
what from that in the /e/icidae. In the latter the eyes are not quite
at the top of the ommatophores, but on their upper side; in our two
genera of carnivorous snails however they are still much more removed
backward, as fig. r@ shows. ‘This is most likely due to a great devel-
opment of the olfactory bulb, as these molluscs have to hunt for their
food under moss, in loose mould, etc., where eyes cannot be of much
use. I give here a figure of 2. greenwood: (P1. iii, fig. 1) drawn from
life, which shows the presence of small buccal papillae.

The food of Paryphanta and Rhytida consists no doubt chiefly of
earthworms, at least in captivity they readily feed on them. They
extend the odontophore, hook the worm with the long sharp teeth on
the former, and by withdrawing the tongue the worm passes slowly
down into the stomach. During that operation all the tentacles are
retracted, no trace of them can be seen. Occasionally they also feed
on other molluscs, and it is significant that in the same situations
where Paryphanta shelters during the winter months Athoracophorus
is also found. To a specimen of 2. greenwoodi I gave two living
Flammulina thaisa ; the following day I found the Jatter shells quite
empty, not a trace of the animals left, one specimen with one large,
the other with two smaller holes rasped out at the base, through
which the tongue of RAytda could be passed to extract those parts of —
the animal lying behind the columellar muscle. They do not touch
introduced slugs, such as Zimax agrestis, the sticky slime is probably
not to their liking.

It 1s not difficult to keep Paryphanta and Rhytida in captivity for
a considerable time if they are provided with sufficient moisture, a
good quantity of fresh moss and earthworms for food, but I have
never observed them copulate or even lay eggs.

The radula.—It is not always easy to say whether any given
species has a rhachidian tooth on its radula or not. This tooth is cer-
tainly the first worn or broken off, and I have seen many odontophores
on which for the whole length only a few central teeth could be made

SUTER : COMMUNICATIONS FROM NEW ZEALAND. 51

out. Thus Mr. Moss has found a central tooth on the radula of &.
greenwoodt, and there is no doubt about it, as he kindly sent me a photo
showing that tooth distinctly. But neither Capt. Hutton nor myself
have come across a radula of that species with a rhachidian tooth.
Rhytida has a smaller number of teeth in a transverse row, and they
only vary from g to 18 on each side from the mesial; the central
tooth is usually wanting. It may be of some interest to give here the
formule of the species that have been examined :—
khytida greenwoodi, Gray. gy—o—g to 11—o—11 (Hutt.).

pt a 11—1—11 (Moss.).

a patula, Hutt. 18—o—18 (Hutt.).

33 citrina, Hutt. 17—o—17 (Hutt.).

4s australis, Hutt. 16—o—16 (Hutt.).

a meesont, Sut. 12—o—12 (Sut.).

Species of Paryphanta have as a rule a much larger number of
teeth on a transverse row, which of course corresponds in some
measure with the much larger size of the animal and the radula, and
the number of teeth on each side from the middle varies from 14 to
67. A rhachidian tooth is nearly always present. Here follow the
formulz of some of the species :—

Paryphanta busbyt, Gray. 50—o—5o (Hutt.).
a hochstetteri, Pfr. 67—1—67 (Godwin-Austen. ).
iy urnula, Pfr. 14—1—14 (Sut.).
‘i edwaratl, Sut. 26 —1—27 (Sut.).
# atramentaria, Shuttl. 502 —1—50 (Sut.).(1 from Victoria).

I also examined the radula of P. dusbyz, and saw no trace of a
central tooth. When describing the dentition of P. wvzu/a I stated
that there was no rhachidian tooth, but I examined the odontophore
again and found a central tooth in several places, though the greater
part is without it.

Again Schizoglossa novoseelandica, Pfr., has according to Hedley no
central tooth, the formula being 24—o—24, but in a photo taken by
Mr. Moss there is a central tooth distinctly visible.

2.—Abnormities in the Teeth of the Radula of Land Shells.

(Plate iii, figs. 2, 3.)

The first time I came across a very remarkable abnormity in the
teeth of the radula was in 1891, in Exdodonta varicosa, Pfr., which
was figured in “ Tvans. WV. Zeal. Inst.,” xxiv, pl. xxii, fig. 29. Since
then two more cases came under my notice, one in Phacussa hypopolta,
Pfr. (fig. 2), where the central tooth is unicuspid instead of tricuspid,

52 SUTER: COMMUNICATIONS FROM NEW ZEALAND.

and the laterals, normally also tricuspid, offer various distorted shapes,
but the transition teeth, g—12, are nearer the normal form.

The other case occurred in Charopa bianca, Hutt. (fig. 3), where
the laterals 1—4 have about the same shape as the transition tooth 5
in the normal radula.

The same form of abnormal teeth is repeated through the whole
length of the radula.

The normal radula of P. Ayfopolia is figured in “ Trans. WV. Zeal.
Inst.,” xxiv, pl. xx, fig. 4, and “‘A/an. Conch.” (2), ix, pl. ii, fig. 1, and
that of Ch. bianca in “Trans. N. Zeal. Inst.,” xxiv, pl. xxi, fig. 21.

8.—Endodonta (Charopa) egesta (Gray).
(Plate iii, figs. 4—6.)

The peculiar sculpture of this species, resembling slightly that of
E. (Acanthoptyx) acanthinula, Crosse, from N. Caledonia, and also
FHlammulina (Suteria) tde, Gray, from New Zealand, made me some-
what suspicious whether this shell was really correctly classed, its
anatomy being hitherto unknown. When in Auckland I found a few
living specimens, and these I used for studying part of their anatomy.

The jaw (fig. 4) is thin and transparent, yellowish, arcuate, tapering
at both ends, with a sharp concave cutting edge without median pro-
jection, vertically distantly and faintly striated.

The radula (fig. 5) is tongue-shaped, with the formula g—5—1—
5—9. Marginals low and wide, with longer entocone and mesocone,
which are united at their base; the ectocone appears first as a small
cusp, then multiplies to 2 and 3 cusps, which are reduced to a single
cusp again. The transitian teeth become more elevated, the long
mesocone separates from the equally long entocone, the ectocone still
remaining small. The laterals are tricuspid, the mesodont extends
beyond the posterior end of the base, and the endodont has a longer
and stouter cusp than the ectodont. The tricuspid central tooth
has a short mesodont, which does not extend to the posterior end
of the base, and minute side-cusps.

Reproductive organs (fig. 6). The albumen gland is small, the free
oviduct slightly contracted behind its middle, and the receptaculum
seminis is inserted very little in front of the place where the vas
deferens diverges from the common ducts. The penis sac is stout
and rather short, the vas deferens enters in front of the posterior end,
where the retractor muscle is attached, and the penis sac is contracted.

Foot without a caudal pore.

There can be no doubt now that the species is in its ans place.

ON El EEE ae

SUTER : COMMUNICATIONS FROM NEW ZEALAND. 53

4.—Endodonta (Ptyehodon) ureweraensis, n. sp.
(Plate i, figs. 7—1I0.)

Shell minute, depressed globose, perforated, irregularly and zigzag
banded with rufous on a yellowish-white ground, closely-ribbed, about
15 riblets per mill.; spire low conical. Whorls 54, flatly rounded,
periphery regularly convex; the volutions first slowly, then a little
more rapidly increasing, protoconch smooth, consisting of 14 whorls,
suture impressed. Aperture subvertical, lunate, peristome straight,
acute, margins distant. Mouth with 11 lamellae, two on the penulti-
mate whorl, a high, rather stout and long lamella below the middle,
and a second threadlike lamella half way between the first and the
upper margin, far back in the aperture in adult specimens, but easily
visible in young shells, not shown in the figures ; a third lamella on
the very slowly descending columellar lip, forming a long, sharply
pointed tooth; on the parietal wall there are eight long, narrow, sub-
equidistant threadlike folds. Base convex, perforation minute, open,
no reflection of the columellar lip.

Diam. maj. 2°8, min. 2°6; height 175 mm.

Hab.—Ngaputahi, Urewera Country, New Zealand, where it was
found by Mr. A. Hamilton of Dunedin, to whom I am indebted for
so many new forms of New Zealand mollusca. Zyfe in my collection.

This species may at once be distinguished from all the other
species of Ptychodon by the character and situation of the lamellae ;
it is the eighth species of that subgenus.

5.—Lagochilus lignarius (Pfr.).

It is about one year since I was favoured with the rare opportunity
of examining the living animal of the above species, when I was able
to state that there is a very dzstinct notch visible on the upper surface
of the tail, just behind the operculum. This being characteristic of
the genus it confirms Dr. von Mollendorff’s opinion on the generic
position of this and allied species. Well preserved specimens of the
shell show longitudinal, membranaceous plaits, which however are
very easily rubbed off.

6.—On Clessin’s New Species of Sealaria feom New Zealand.

Having ascertained from the “ Zoological Record” for 1897 that
Clessin had described several new species of Sca/aria from New
Zealand, I requested Mr. E. R. Sykes to send me copies of the diag-
noses and tracings of the figures, and I am very grateful to him for
having so kindly attended to my wishes, and I am now in a position
to give my opinion on Clessin’s new species.

54 SUTER: COMMUNICATIONS FROM NEW ZEALAND.

1._Sealaria novoseelandiae, Clessin.

In Martini and Chemnitz, Scalariidae, p. 57, pl. xv, fig. 4, 1897.
Had Clessin taken the trouble to look up the species already described
from New Zealand he could have ascertained that this species was
known a long time ago, for it is in reality nothing else but Scalarita
tenella, Hutton, P. L. S. N. S. Wales, (1) vol. ix, p. 943, 1885=
lineata, Hutton, Cat. Mar. Moll. N. Zeal., p. 22, 1873, om Kiener;
=/yra, Hutton, Man. N. Zeal. Moll., p. 70 (1880), zon Sowerby.

2.—Sealaria reevei, Clessin.

In Martini and Chemnitz, Sca/ariidae, p. 63, pl. xv, fig. 9, 1897.

From the description, and partly from the figure (the spiral ridge
round the umbilical region being omitted) it is evident that this
species is Scalaria (Opalia) zelebori, Frauenfeld, Reise der Novara,
Zool., vol. ii, pt. 3, p. 7, pl. i, fig. 6, 1868 =zutermedia, Mutton, Cat.
Mar. Moll. N. Zeal., p. 10, 1873.

Clessin seems not to be aware of the fact that Frauenfeld has
described and figured this species, as he enumerates it (I. c. p. 50)
thus: “4S. ze/ebori, Frauenfeldt, in coll.”! Well preserved specimens
show the costae of the lower whorls all winged a little below the
suture, as is indicated in the figure given by Clessin. This species is
also found in the Pliocene of New Zealand. Frauenfeld and Clessin
mention 10 whorls, a specimen in my collection has 12, and its height
is 24 mm.

The first of the above species is found in the Hauraki Gulf, the
second also, and at Tauranga and Stewart Island besides.

It is very much to be regretted that such careless work in founding
new species should be done, especially in a monograph of Martini
and Chemnitz.

At the present day the following five species of Sca/aria are known
to occur in New Zealand waters :

1.—Scalaria (s. str.) tenella, Hutton, 1885. (/zeata, Hutt., non
Kiener; lyrva, Hutt., non Sow. ; xovoseelandiae, Cless.)

2.—Scalaria (Clathrus) philippinarum, Sowerby, 1844.

3.—Scalaria ( Clathrus) jukeriana, Forbes, 1852. (wellingtonensis,
TW. axitk, 4552.)

4.—Scalaria (Opalia) australis, Lamarck, 1840.

5.—Scalaria (Opalia) selebori, Frauenfeld, 1868. (cntermedia,
Hutt. ; veevet, Cless.)

S. australts is a recent addition to the New Zealand fauna ; speci-
mens were collected and brought to Capt. Hutton from the Kermadec
Islands by Miss Robinson of Christchurch.

SUTER ! COMMUNICATIONS FROWN NEW ZEALAND. bs

7.—Purpura scobina, Q. & G., var. rutila, n. v.

Differs from the typical form, in which the interior is brown or
blackish-brown, by having this part of the shell coloured orange or
brownish-orange, the columella fulvous, and the epidermis of the shell
light-brown or cinereous, with a hue of yellow. This colour-variety
was first discovered by Mr. C. Spencer near Auckland, and later on I
found it in one place only at Te Onepoto, South Island. The Auck-
land specimens are much larger, height up to 33 mill., and of a brighter
colour, whilst the smaller South Island shells have a maximum height
of 17 mill. The outer lip has always an inner white margin. Tye
in my collection.

Capt. Hutton mentions a similarly yellow variety of P. haustrum
from Dunedin, which however I have not seen.

8.—On some New Zealand Species of Trophon.
(Plate ii, figs. 11—14.)

Our species of Tvophon may conveniently be brought into three
groups :
A.—Group of 7. stangert, Gray, with Z. ambiguus, Phil.
B.— n T. patens, H. and J., with cheesemani, Hutt.
C.— » L. aduodecimus, Gray (genus Kalydon, Hutt., including
T. patvae, Crosse, 7. plebejus, Hutt., and 7. zuferus, Hutt.).

The species of each of these groups are closely allied to one
another, and the question arises whether some of them should not
take the rank of a variety only. This, however, I do not attempt just
now, as the soft parts have to be examined and compared, and it is
better left to a future revision of our AZuricidae.

The dentition of 7. stangert has been described by Capt. Hutton?
but the radula of Tvophon ambiguus (Phil.), has remained unknown.

Fig. 11 represents the teeth of the radula of the latter species, very
much resembling those figured by Capt. Hutton. The central tooth
transverse with 5 cusps of which the median and the externals are
much larger, but all five are united at the base. The laterals angled
and unicuspid.

Fig. 12 illustrates the Muricoid operculum with subapical nucleus.

Trophon ambiguus (Vhil.) var. pumila, n. v.

This variety is best described as a very elegant dwarf. It is smaller
and more slender, the anterior canal a little shorter, but otherwise it

2 Trans. N. Zeal. Inst., xx, p. 121, pl. xiii, fig. Q (7. guoyz, Reeve).

56 SUTER ! COMMUNICATIONS FROM NEW ZEALAND.

shows all the characters of the typical form. My largest specimen
has 8 whorls, the height is 25, and the diam. 12 mill., but the speci-
mens usually obtained have only 6 whorls and a height of 14 mill.

The teeth of the radula are shown in fig. 13. The central tooth
has cusps of the same number and size as the species, but they are
not united at the base. This however may be due to the young age
of the specimen.

Hab.—Dredged with oysters in Foveaux Strait. Zyfe in my
collection.

The usual dimensions of 7. ambiguus for adult specimens are 40
x20 mm., but sometimes real giants are met with; in Lyttelton
Harbour I dredged in two fathoms a specimen measuring 55 x 34mm.,
which is the largest I have seen.

Trophon patens (H. & J.).

This species was provisionally removed from Purpura to Trophon
by Mr. E. A. Smith® on account of the Muricoid operculum. Having
found a living specimen I thought it to be of some interest to examine
the dentition, which is represented in fig. 14. The central tooth has
5 cusps, the mesial one is long and stout, the two distal cusps are
about half as large, and between the distal and mesial cup is a minute
denticle on each side; the cusps are not united at the base.

Thus the dentition also bears out the correctness of Mr. E. A.
Smith’s classification of this species. The shell is generally smooth,
but extreme forms occur which have the same narrow grooves as
T. cheesemant, Hutt.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE III.

Fig. 1. Rhytida greenwoodi, Gray, drawn from life, nat. size.

ae 5 », | ommatophore, enlarged.

5 Pee hypopolia, Pfr., abnormal teeth of radula, much magnified.

» 3g: Charopa bianca, Hutt., es x op 35 *

» ¢ Charopa egesta, Gray, aa much magnified.

Ss $ Fes », teeth of radula, greatly magnified.

Os os a », reproductive organs, much magnified.

» 7—9. Ptychodon ureweraensis, Sut., shell. x 10.

eeTOs 7 ae », aperture with lamellae, magnified.

,, 11. Trophon ambiguus, Phil., teeth of radula, much magnified.

Ben oe es a 55 »» operculum, magnified.

sg ERE a, 8 >», var. pumila, Sut., teeth of radula, much
magnified.

ay oie », patens, H. & J., teeth of radula, much magnified.

3 Proc. Mal. Soc. Lond., i, p. 57.

SS eS

57

ON SOME LAND SHELLS FROM SOMALILAND.
lene JHDICINS 74 TSINOMMEI, ILS hc
british Museum (Natural History), London.

A few shells collected in Somaliland by Dr. Donaldson Smith have
recently been presented to the British Museum by His Highness
the Gwaekwar of Baroda. They include two new forms and an
interesting series of Buliminus revoili and Otopoma poiriert.

1.—Buliminus revoili (Bourguignat).

Lamicolaria revoili, Bourguignat in Revoil’s Faune et Flore des
pays Comalis, p. 42, pl. u1, figs. 24—26.

Buliminus (Rachis) moreletianus, Ancey : Naturalist. Sicil., 1882,
vol. 1, p. 206.

Hab.—Lugat, 4300 feet.

This species is very closely related to the Arabian B. albatus, Fér.,
indeed it is chiefly distinguished by a difference in the colour-mark-
ings, being longitudinally striped with light and dark brown, whereas
albatus usually exhibits two transverse interrupted brown bands round
the middle of the body-whorl. ‘Three specimens of the latter species
in the Museum, however, lack these bands, having instead the lower
part of the body-whorl faintly streaked with brown longitudinally,
otherwise being pure white throughout. M. Bourguignat describes
this species as ‘‘ valide costata,” whilst M. Ancey characterises the
whorls as ‘‘ suwbobliquis confertisque striis sculptis.” The latter descrip-
tion is certainly the more applicable to the majority of specimens,
indeed I have only seen two collected by Messrs. T. L. and W. D.
James in the interior of the country and by them presented to the
Museum, which might be said to be costate.

These two examples are also almost exactly similar in shape to B.
albatus, the whorls being, however, perhaps in the slightest degree
more convex.

M. Ancey appears to have rejected the specific name suggested
by Bourguignat merely because the latter placed it in Limicolaria, a
generic position which, as pointed out by Ancey, is evidently incorrect.

2.—Otopoma (Georgia) poirieri, Bourguignat.
Otopoma poirieri, Bourguignat: Moll. Afrique, 1881, p. 6.
Georgia poiriert, id. in Revoil’s Faune et Flore des Pays Comalis,
p- 74, pl. il, figs. 54—56.

Hab.—Ogardain, Central Somaliland (F. L. and W. D. James and
E. Lort Phillips in Brit. Mus.); Morobyeh, Megag, Shake
Abacodley, and Lugat (D. Smith).

58 SMITH: LAND SHELLS FROM SOMALILAND.

The colour of this species, described by Bourguignat as ‘‘ candido-
sublutescens,” is variable. Some specimens are pure white, but the
majority are transversely lineated with brown upon the upper surface,
two of the lines at the periphery being of a darker tint and thicker
than the rest. The apical whorls are often yellowish or livid, having a
dark line just above the suture. One specimen has the upper surface
of an almost uniform brownish colour, becoming gradually paler
beneath. A little variation in form is noticeable, some examples
having the spire more elevated than others and the body-whorl higher
or more ventricose. The umbilicus in adult shells is nearly always
concealed by a callus, but in one specimen which has the appearance
of maturity, it is only partly covered. There is not much variation in
the sculpture, but considerable difference in size is observable, the
largest specimen being 25 millim. in its greatest diameter, whilst the
smallest example, evidently adult, is only 16.

With regard to the specific distinctness of this so-called species, I
must confess that it is scarcely separable from O guillaint, Petit, also
a Somali form. The latter is somewhat larger and has a more elevated
spire, but otherwise is very similar. The supposed specific differences
in M. Bourguignat’s Georgia naticopsis, G. perrieri, and G. revoilt are
far beyond the ken of such an ordinary person as the writer, and, I
may add, beneath the notice of such experts as Kobelt and
Moellendorff who entirely disregard these names in their “ Catalog
der gegenwartig lebend bekannten Pneumonopomen.”

3.—Ennea somaliensis, n. sp.

Testa cylindracea, alba, anguste rimata, oblique tenuissime con-
fertim lirata, liris supra ad suturam denticulatis; spira cylindrica,
superne obtusa, vix conoidea; anfractus 8, lente accrescentes, duo
supremi pellucidi, laeves, duo sequentes convexiusculi, ceeteri minus
convexi, sutura vix obliqua sejuncti, ultimus penultimo angus-
tior, pone labrum bi-scrobiculatus vel indentatus ; apertura
sex-dentata; peristoma album, expansum, reflexum, mar-
ginibus callo tenui junctis; dens unicus parietalis lamelli-
formis, concavus, ad insertionem labri situs, dentes duo
inzequales in margine dextro, unicus basalis,: alius minimus
ad basin columelle, sextus columellaris validus. Longit.
84 millim., diam. 33. Apertura cum perist. 3 longa, 24 lata.

Hab.—Ganlibah Goles Range, 5900 feet.

A very delicately costulate species, the upper ends of the fine
closely packed costulz forming a very pretty minutely denticulate
suture. In one specimen, rather more slender than the type, the
second tooth within the outer lip is almost obsolete.

COOKE: NOMENCLATURE OF BRITISH NUDIBRANCHIATA., 59

4.—Buliminus (Petrseus) somaliensis, n. sp.

Testa ovata, supra acuminata, umbilicata, tenuis, subpellucida, fusco-
cornea, sericata, costellis tenuibus obliquis arcuatis
confertis sculpta; spira convexe conica, ad apicem
haud acuta; anfractus 7 convexiusculi, supremus
lzevis, caeteri mediocriter convexi, regulariter crescentes,
ultimus elongatus, antice oblique lente descendens ;
apertura inverse auriformis, longit. totuis } fere equans;
peristoma tenue, marginibus vix conniventibus, callo
tenuissimo junctis, dextro vix incrassato, anguste ex-
panso, columellari late reflexo, intus subplicato. Longit.
18 millim., diam. 9}. Apertura 8 longa, 5 lata.

Hab.—Ganlibah Goles Range, 5900 feet.

Remarkable for its thin texture and the delicate unthickened lip.
The costulz are very fine, and gradually become more numerous as
the shell increases. The obsolete fold on the columella is only seen
when the aperture is viewed in a particular position with the outer lip
towards the eye.

NOTES ON THE NOMENCLATURE OF THE BRITISH
NUDIBRANCHIATA, WITH A DETAILED

CLASSIFICATION OF THE GROUP.
BY DHE REV. Al ES COOKE) MAL EZ.

Fellow and Tutor of King’s College, Cambridge.

THE descriptive catalogue of the British Nudibranchiata given by
Jeffreys, British Conch., vol. v, pp. 28—94, was prepared for him by
Alder (ibid. p. 27), Jeffreys himself not having made a special study
of the group. I have recently had occasion to examine the references
for the authorship of the names of the various species, as given in
those pages. It appeared possible that the results might be of more
than private interest, since it is exactly 30 years since that volume
appeared, and the researches of Herdman, Garstang, and many others
have done much to call attention to a branch of our Mollusca which
has been strangely neglected, and which is of surpassing interest,
from more than one point of view, to the practical zoologist. They
have therefore been put into a tabular form, following the pages in
“ British Conchology,” vol. v, with which they should be read.

60 COOKE: NOMENCLATURE OF BRITISH NUDIBRANCHIATA.

I have ventured to append a revised classification of the whole
group, based upon Bergh. Dr. Norman, in his ‘‘ Revision of British
Mollusca,” ® which unfortunately still remains incomplete, has drawn
up a classification of our Nudibranchiata, on somewhat, but by no
means entirely similar lines to this.

P. 33. ALDERIA MODESTA, Lovén.—The reference to an article

by Allman is beside the point. Read Stiliger modestus,
Lovén, Oefv. K. Vetensk. Akad. Forh., i (1844), p. 49.
Alderia sp. Allman, Rep. Brit. Ass., 1844, p. 65. Not
Stiliger modestus, Ehrenberg.

P. 35. Fiona nopiLis, A. and H.—Substitute Fiona marina,
Forsk. — Limax marinus, Forskiil, Descr. Anim. (1775),
p: 99:5 Icon. Rev. Nat. (0776), pl. 26, 2G;

P. 36. EMBLETONIA MINUTA, Forbes and Goodsir.—The reference
to Rep. Brit. Assoc., 1839, is altogether inadequate. ‘That
Report (Trans. of Sections, p. 80) contains no description
whatever, only short mention of species. ‘The species in
question was described by Forbes and Goodsir in “Atheneum,”
1839, p. 647, not however as ‘ Kolidia minuta,” but as
* Kolida minima.” The paper is entitled ‘‘ Notes on zoological
researches in Orkney and Shetland during the month of June,
1839, by Ed. Forbes and John Goodsir.” The mistake,
started by Forbes and Hanley and continued by Alder and
Hancock in their monograph, has been current ever since.

P. 37. Eois pApiLtosa, Linné.—This is one of the few British
Mollusca which were described by Linné in the rath, but not
in the 1oth, edition of the ‘‘ Systema.” He described it also
in the 2nd edition of the “ Mauna Suecica,” the date of which
is intermediate between the two above-mentioned editions of
the ‘‘ Systema.” ‘The reference therefore should read: Fauna
Suec. (1761), p. 508, no. 2093.

P. 39. Eorts coronata, Forbes.—For ‘“ Forbes” read “ Forbes
and Goodsir.” The article in the “Atheneum” is that in
which Embletonia minima (referred to above) was described,
and it is a curious accident which has attached the name
of both authors to one of the species therein described, and
the name of one of them only to another.

P. 40. Eos ELEGANS, A. and H.—For “p. 315” read ‘‘p. 316.”

P. 41. Eouis LINEATA, Lovén.—For ‘‘#. lineata, Lov., Ind.

2 Semper, Reisen im Archipel. der Philippinen, vols. 1, 2 and Suppl.
3 Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., 1890, 6 ser. vi, pp. 7o—91.

i ee ee ees

ne] Mine) lao,

.45. EoLis PEacHi, A. and H.—For “p. 19
. 46. EoLis ancGuLaTa, A. and H.—Probably #. paradoza,

COOKE: NOMENCLATURE OF BRITISH NUDIBRANCHIATA. 61

Moll. Scand., p. 8,” read ‘‘Aeolis lineata, Lovén, Oefv. K.
Vetensk. Akad. Forh., iii (1846), p. 140.”

. 43. EOLIS LANDsBURGI, A. and H.—The original spelling

Landsbergii (a latinising of Mr. Landsborough’s name) must
be kept, since it is not incorrect in form.

. 44. EoLis CARNEA, A. and H.—For “Brit. Nud. Moll. App.

(24), p. ix,” read “ Brit. Nud. Moll., p. 50 (1855).”
TEAL “STO i

Quatref. takes precedence. The reference is Quatrefages,
Aun: Sei, Nat. 2's. xixi(1843), ps 274, ple xu

. 48. EoLis auRANTIAcA, A. and H.—Read aurantia, under

which name the species was described in the reference given,
but altered, without any reason being given, to awrantiaca in
the monograph. ‘There is nothing to choose, linguistically,
between the two forms, both being equally bad Latin.

. 49. Eoxis pustuLaTa, A. and H.—.For “pl. 46” read

cc pl. A5ee

.50. Eouis AMOENA, A. and H.—For “pl. 20” read “pl. 30.”
. 51. EOLIS ARENICOLA, Forbes. — For ‘‘ Forbes” read “A.

and H.,” who in the monograph adopted Forbes’ MS. name,
as is correctly stated in the next line.

. 51. EOLIs GLOTTENSIS, A. and H.— Read glotensis. The

species was originally described as Gilotensis, and altered,
without explanation, to Glottensis in the monograph. Gilota
or Glotta (for both spellings are current) is the Roman name
for the Clyde, and is often spelt Clota as well.

. 52. EO.is. viRIpIs, Forbes.—For “pl. 2, f. 12” read “pl. 2,

iy motes

. 52.EOLIS PURPURASCENS, Fleming.—If this very doubtful

species is to be kept in our lists at all, it would be well to add
the reference to Fleming’s British Animals, ii (1828), p. 285,
no. 150. In the reference given it was figured without
description.

_ 54. ¢HOLIS TRICOLOR, Forbes—After “pi 5 add = pl. 1, f. 2.7
256, EoLis ExicwA, A. and H—Kor <p) 292” read <p. 19257
.57- PROCTONOTUS MUCRONIFERUS, A. and H.— For “xviii,

pa tOr” read: “xin, p, 261, pla2:7

.58. ANTiIopA cRISTATA, Delle Chiaje-—— For ‘Descr. Stor.

An, Nap., pl. 88” read “ Descriz. Notom. Invert. Sicil. Cit.
(ese) ples, f 112s”

. 62. DENDRONOTUS ARBORESCENS, Miiller. — Substitute for

62

COOKE: NOMENCLATURE OF BRITISH NUDIBRANCHIATA.

arborescens (as pointed out by Dr. Norman) jfrondosus, As-
canius. The reference is: Amphitrite frondosa, Ascanius,
Kon. Norsk. Vid. Selsk. Skr., v (1774), p. 155, pl. 5, f. 2.

. 63. Hero ForMosSA, Lovén.—After “1844” insert “p. 49”

and dele the remainder.

. 64. LOMANOTUS MARMORATUS, A. and H.— The reference

has been omitted. It is: Hwmenis marmorata, A. and H.,
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., xvi (1845), p. 311.

. 66. SCYLLAEA PELAGICA, Linné.—The reference to the 1oth

ed. of 1756 (p. 656) takes the place of that to the 12th
(1766—68).

. 67. TRITONIA HOMBERGH, Cuvier.—For ‘‘Mém. du Mus,, i,

p. 483, pl. 31, f. 1, 2” read “Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris, i
(1802), p. 483, pl. 31, 32.”

. 69. AEGIRUS, Lovén. — Read “ Aegires,” see Lovén, Oefv.

K. Vetensk. Akad. Forh., i, 1844, p. 49.

. 70. AEGIRUS PUNCTILUCENS, d’Orb. — The’ reference to

d’Orbigny, to be correct, should read ‘‘ Mag. de Zool., vii
(1837), Classe v, p. 7 of memoir.”

. 71. TRIOPA CLAVIGER, Miiller.—No reference to any descrip-

tion by Miiller is given, while that to an article by Johnston
is unnecessary. O. F. Miiller described the species in Zool.
Dan. Prodr. (1776), p. 229, pl. 17, f. r—3. Johnston’s
original description of Tergipes pulcher (the identity of which
with Miiller’s species he afterwards recognised) was in Mag.
Nat. Hist., vii (1834), p. 490, f. 59.

. 73. THECACERA VIRESCENS, A.and H.—The original descrip-

tion was not, as here given, in the monograph, but in Ann.
Mag. Nat. Hist., 2 s. viii (1851), p. 290. The reference to
A. and H.’s. appendix should be “ p. iv” not ‘‘p. iii.”

. 76. PoLycERA LESSONI, d’Orb.—For “p. 5” read “Classe v,

p-. 5, of memoir,” and for “‘ Lessoni” read ‘ Lessonii.”

. 80. IDALIA PULCHELLA, A. and H.— For “p. 19” read

ay Dp: Ao.”

. 83. Doris TUBERCULATA, Cuvier.—The reference is incorrect.

Read Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris. iv (1804), p. 469, pl. 74
(Doris pl. 2), f. 4.

. 85. Doris TESTUDINARIA, Risso.—For “p. 33, f. 15” read

“p. 33, pl. 2, f. 15.” Bergh, perhaps rashly, identifies this
species with Argo, Linné.

. 86. Doris coccinea (Forbes), A. and H.—By “ Rep. gean

Invert. B. A., 1843,” is meant Rep. Brit. Ass., 1843, p.133

P. 86.

COOKE: NOMENCLATURE OF BRITISH NUDIBRANCHIATA. 63

where, however, no description is given, but only the name.
Alder and Hancock described the species in Brit. Nud.
Moll., p. 42; Fam. 1, pl. 7.

Doris REPANDA, A. and H.—This species is, I believe,
to be identified with Doris obvelata, O. F. Miiller, as has
already been held by Lovén and others. As, however, this
view does not yet appear to have received acceptance in this
country, the question may be examined in detail. Miiller
gave the usual brief description in his Prodromus, p. 229,
no. 2769 (1776), and followed this up by a more detailed
account in the Zoologia Danica, ii, p. 8, tab. xlvii, f. 1, 2
(1788). The important parts of this account are subjoined,
together with Alder and Hancock’s description of their
repanda ; the figures of both authors should also be compared
with the descriptions throughout.

Body above an inch long [L. 1 inch.
Brit. Conch., v. p. $7], of a pure, waxy,
transparent white.

Cloak widely expanded, covered with
small, distant, obtuse and rather incon-
spicuous opaque white tubercles... .
An irregular row of opaque white or
sulphur yellow angular spots runs down
each side at a short distance from the
margin of the cloak, which is thin and
broad, extending much beyond the foot,
and marked on the under side with
slender white nerve-like lines towards
the margin.

Branchiae small in proportion to the
size of the animal, consisting of five im-
perfectly tripinnate transparent white
plumes; the three anterior ones ele-
gantly formed and distinct, the posterior
deeply divided and irregular, making it
difficult to determine their number.
They are retractile within a single
cavity.

Mouth small, with two flat tentacular
appendages, united above so as to form
a subquadrangular veil [oral tentacles
flattened and broadly angulated ; Brit.
Conch., v. 87.]

The coincidences in these two descriptions are remarkable.

[Miiller’s fig. 2, of pl. xlvii measures
exactly one inch. ]

Corpus elongatum subtus glabrum
album, supra lamina repanda obtectum;
et corpus et lamina, aliquantum pellu-
cent,

Lamina supra convexis inaequali-
bus, papillulas simulantibus, ac in sul-
phureum vergentibus, subtus vero ven-
ulis creberrimis non in omnibus aeque
conspicuis exornatum est.

In medio versus postica punctum
maius laminae concolor; exhoc lobus
confuse serratus, ai ornamentum, pro-
truditur.

In ipso corpore nec os, nec caput diu
detegere potui; antica demum corporis
pars in orbiculum porrigebatur; hic
caput medio rima longitudinali seu ore
notatum, loboque auriculari utrinque
iuxta basin adauctum obtulit.

Both

note the transparency of the body, the wide expansion of the notaeum
or “cloak,” Miiller actually describing it as repanda, the sulphur-
yellow of the tubercles, the remarkable distinctness of the veining
underneath the notaeum, and the confused nature of the serrations of

the branchial plumes.

Alder and Hancock do not state that the

64 COOKE: NOMENCLATURE OF BRITISH NUDIBRANCHIATA.

tubercles are “ inaequales,” but they make them very distinctly so in
their illustration, while the comparatively inconspicuous nature of the
branchiae comes out equally in the pictures by both authors. There
appears to be some contradiction in the two descriptions of the
rhinophores, Miiller stating that the tentaculum is ‘‘ simplex,” while
Alder and Hancock observe that it is “beautifully laminated.” The
explanation appears to lie in the fact that Miller was not able to see
more than the apex or nipple of the rhinophore, which, as commonly
in the Dorida, is bare of lamellae. He expressly says ‘‘raro exse-
ritur tentaculwm simplex, at vix ultra lineam.” The coincidence of
description with regard to the mouth and head lobes is very remark-
able, for there is no other English Doris which in the least resembles
repanda in this respect.

P. 88. Doris proxima, A. and H.—Dr. Jeffreys adds, in square
brackets, ‘‘ Bornholm Isle, in the Baltic (Meyer and Mobius).”
The addition is unfortunate. All that M. and M. state
(Fauna der Kieler Bucht, i, p. 70) is, that they placed speci-
mens of D. proxima in a tank reserved for animals found on
the coast of Bornholm, and that they did not seem to mind
the diminished salinity of the water.

P. 88. Doris mMuRrIcATA, Miill—The reference to O. F. Miiller’s
Zoologia Danica should be replaced by the earlier descrip-
tion in Zool. Dan. Prod., p. 229.

P. 89. Doris uLip1AnaA, Thomps.—It does not appear to have
been stated by the author of the species, or by any subse-
quent writer, that Ulidia is an old Latin name for Ulster,
Ultonia being its more usual form.

P. 90. Doris BILAMELLATA, L.— The reference to the 12th
edition of the ‘‘ Systema” must be replaced by the following :
Limax bvilamellatus, Linné, Fauna Suec., ed. 2 (1761), p.
508, no. 2094.

P. 92. Doris sparsa, A. and H.— For “xviii, p. 294” read
“xvill (1846), p. 293.”

P. 93. Doris pitosa, Miill.—For ‘‘ Mill. Zool. Dan., iii, p. 85,
f. 5-8” read “O. F. Miiller, Zool. Dan., iii (1789), p. 7, pl-
85, f. 5-8.” The date is important, since there is an earlier
edition (1779—84) of the Zoologia Danica.

P. 93. Doris QUADRANGULATA, A. and H.—This is a most
remarkable blunder. In both the references given, A. and
H. describe Doris subquadrata. No such species as quadr-
angulata was ever described by them.

——— Oe

COOKE: NOMENCLATURE OF BRITISH NUDIBRANCHIATA.

Sub-order
Family 1
Genus
Genus

Genus

Family 2
Genus

Family 3
Genus
Genus
Genus

Sub-order
Sect. I.

Family 1

Sub-family i

Genus

Genus

Genus

65

BRITISH NUDIBRANCHIATA.

ASCOGLOSSA.
HERMAEIDAE.
Hermaea, Loven.

H. bifida (Mont.).

H. dendritica (A. and H.).
Stiliger, Ehrenberg.

S. bellulus (d’Orb.).
Alderia, Allman.

A. modesta (Lovén).
ELYSIIDAE.

Elysia (Risso) auctt.

E. viridis (Mont.).
LIMAPONTIIDAE.
Limapontia, Johnston.
L. capitata (O. F. Miiller).
L. depressa, A. and H.
Acteonia, Quatrefages.
A. corrugata, A. and H.
Cenia, A. and H.

C. cocksii, A. and H.

NUDIBRANCHIATA.

Nudibranechiata Kla-
dohepatiea.

AEOLIDIIDAE.

Aeolidiidae proper.

Aeolidia, Cuvier.

A. papillosa (L.).

Aeolidiella, Bergh.

A. glauca (A. and H.).

A. alderi (Cocks).

A. sanguinea (Norman).

Berghia, Trinchese.

B. caerulescens (Guérin
Mén.).

Sub-family 2 Cratenidae.
Genus Cuthona, A. and H.

C. nana (A. and H.).
°C. aurantia (A. and H.).

Genus Cratena, Bergh.

C. pustulata (A. and H.).

C. amoena (A. and H.).

C. viridis (Forbes).

[includes arenicola, A. and
H. +glotensis, A. & H.]

. Olivacea (A. and H.).

. concinna (A. and H.).

. peachii (A. and H.).

. Stipata (A. and H.).

. couchii (Cocks).

. paradoxa (Quatref. ).

[otherwise angulata A. and

Ve le™

1 UY OEE Uf, U)
AAA Gu

Sub-family 3 Tergipedinae.
Genus Tergipes, A. and H.

T. despectus (Johnst.).

Genus

Genus

Genus

Sub-family 4
Genus

Sub-family 5
Genus

Sub-family 6
Genus

Sub-family 7

Genus

Sub-family 8
Genus

Sub-family 9

Genus

Genus

Sub-family to

Genus

Family

Embletonia, A. and H.

E. pulchra (A. and H.).

E. minima (Forbes and
Goodsir).

E. pallida (A. and H.).

Amphorina, Quatrefages.

A. caerulea (Mont.).

A. molios (IIerdm.).

Galvina, A. and H.

G. exigua (A. and H.).

G. tricolor (Forbes).

[including farrani, A. and
H. + amethystina, A.
and H. + adelaidae,
Thomps. |

G. picta (A. and H.).

G. cingulata (A. and H.).

[including var. vittata, A.
and H.]

Coryphellidae.

Coryphella, Gray.

C. rufibranchialis(Johnst. ).

[including pellucida, A. and
H.+ gracilis, A. and
H. + smaragdina, A.
and H.]

C. landsbergii (A. and H.).

C. lineata (Lovén).

Favorinidae.

Favorinus, Gray.

F. albus (A. and H.).

[probably including car-
neus, A. and H.]

Facelinidae.

Facelina, A. and H.

F. drummondi (Thomps.).

F. coronata (Forbes and
Goodsir).

F. punctata (A. and H.).

Flabellinidae.

Calma, A. and H.

C. glaucoides, A. and H.

Fionidae.

Fiona, Hancock and
Embleton.

F. marina (Forsk.).

Antiopidae.

Antiopa, A. and H.

A. cristata (delle Chiaje).

A. hyalina (A. and H.).

Proctonotus, A. and H.

P. mucroniferus, A. and H.

Heroidae.

Hero, Lovén.

H. formosa (Lovén).

LOMANOTIDAE.

1 Bergh, by a clerical error, over and over again prints this species as cingulata.

66

Genus Lomanotus, Verany.
L. genei, Ver.
[including marmoratus, A.
and H.+ flavidus, A.
and H.+ portlandicus,
Thomps. + varians,
Garst. + hancocki, Nor-
man. |
Family DOTONIDAE.
Genus Doto, Oken.
D. coronata (Gmel.).
D. fragilis, Forbes.
D. pinnatifida (Mont.).
D. cuspidata (A. and H.).
Hancockia, Gosse.
H. eudactylota. Gosse.
DENDRONOTIDAE.
Dendronotus, A. and H.
D. frondosus (Ascanius).
SCYLLAEIDAE.
Seyllaea, Linné.
S. pelagica, L.

PLEUROPHYLLIDI-
IDAE.

? Genus

Family
Genus

Family
Genus

Family

Genus
P. lovéni, Bergh.
TRITONIIDAE.
Tritonia, Cuvier.
ae proper.)
hombergii, Cuv.
Gascienn, Gray. )
T. plebeia, Johnst.
T. lineata, A. and H.
T. alba, A. and H.

Family
Genus

(Sub-genus
(Sub-genus

Doubtful or insufficiently
characterised species.
Eolida purpurascens,
Fleming.
Eolis inornata, A. and H.

Sect. II. Nudibranehiata Holo-
hepatica.
Doridae Crypto-
branchiatae.
Sub-family 1 Arehidoridae.
Genus Arehidoris, Bergh.
A. tuberculata (Cuv.).
A. flammea (A. and H.)
Sub-family 2 Diseodoridae.
Genus Rostanga, Lergh.
R. coccinea (A. and H.).
Sub-family 3 Diaululidae.
Genus Aldisa, Bergh.
A. zetlandica (A. and H.).
? A. millegrana (A. and H.).
Sub-family 4 Cadlinidae.
Genus Cadlina, Bergh.
C. obvelata (O. F. Miill.).
Sub-family 5 Kentrodoridae.

Pleurophyllidia, Meckel.

COOKE: NOMENCLATURE OF BRITISH NUDIBRANCHIATA.

Genus Jorunna, Bergh.

J. johnstoni (A. and H.).

Platydoridae.

Platydoris, Bergh.

P. testudinaria (Risso).

Doridae Phanero-
branchiatae.

Polyceridae.

Aegires, Lovén.

A. punctilucens (d’Orb.).

Triopa, Johnston.

T. claviger (O. F. Miill.).

Crimora, A. and H.

C. papillata, A. and H.

Genus Theeacera, Fleming.

T. pennigera (Mont.).

T. virescens, A. and H.

T. capitata, A. and H.

Palio, Gray.

P. lessonii (d’Orb.).

[including var. ocedlata, A.
and H.]

Polycera, Cuvier.

P. quadrilineata (O. F.
Miill.).

Goniodoridae.

Acanthodoris, Gray.

A. pilosa (O. F. Miill.).

A. subquadrata (A. and
H

Sub-family 6
Genus

Sub-family 1
Genus

Genus

Genus

Genus

Genus

Sub-family 2
Genus

Adalaria, Bergh.
A. proxima (A. and H.).
A. lovéni (A. and H.).
Lamellidoris, A. and H.
L. bilamellata (L.).
L. muricata (O. F. Miill.).
Seon aspera, A. & H.]
L, diaphana (A. and H.).
. Sparsa (A. and H.).
. depressa (A. and H.).
. inconspicua (A. and H.).
. oblonga (A. and H.).
. pusilla (A. and H. ):
? L. ulidiana (Thomps. ).
Fi ie maculata (Garst.).
Genus Goniodoris, Forbes.
G. nodosa (Mont.).
G. castanea (A. and H.).
Genus Idalina, F. S. Leuckart.
(Sub-genus Idalina proper.)
I. elegans, F. S. Lenck.
I. leachii, A. and H.
(Sub-genus Idaliella, Bergh.).
I. aspersa, A. and H.
I. pulchella, A. and H.
I. inaequalis, Forbes.
I. quadricornis (Mont.).
Genus Aneula, Lovén.
A. cristata (Alder).

Genus

Genus

Be

67

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF MITRA (M.
BALDWINID FROM THE HAWAIIAN ISLANDS.

By JAMES COSMO MELVILL, M.A., F.L.S.

Mitra (Strigatella) baldwinii, n. sp.

M. testa ovato-fusiformi, nitida, perleevi albida,
solidiuscula, anfractibus ad decem, in speciminibus
nostris decollatis, gradatulis, apud suturas impressis,
supernis arcté longitudinaliter, leevicostatis, interstitiis
obscuré spiraliter striatis, tribus ultimis levibus, fla-
minis longitudinalibus brunneo-castaneis conspicuis
depictis, ultimo anfractu ceeteros magnoperé superante
versus basim spiraliter multilivato, apertura oblonga,
intus striata, cinerea, labro incrassato, sinuoso, levi,
columella albescente, quadriplicata.

Long. 24. Lat. 11 mm.

Hab.-—Ad insulus Hawaiienses (Baldwin.).

This very elegant Mitra is conspicuous amongst its congeners for
its extremely smooth surface, delicate apppearance, longitudinal chest-
nut flame-like markings on a white ground, and for its neatly graduated
whorls, the uppermost four or five being very closely and smoothly
longitudinally ribbed, the narrow interstices between the costz also
smooth.

A member of the typical section of the subgenus Strgatella, its
nearest affinities lie with pawpercula, L., retusa, Lam., and zebra, Lam.
(=virgata, Reeve), but all these are coarse shells, and will be seen at
once to differ widely when compared with the description given of
M. baldwinti, in many salient points, notably in the sculpture of the
upper whorls.

Four examples alone, so far, would appear to have reached this
country. Of these, one has been for a considerable period housed in
our National Collection at South Kensington, unnamed, but this is
in very imperfect condition.

A second was presented by Mr. Baldwin to Mr. Thomas Rogers
of Manchester, some little time back from Honolulu Harbour, also
being in an uncharacteristic state, but this was followed, quite recently,
by two beautiful and almost perfect examples, precisely similar both
in size and colouration, consigned also to Mr. Rogers, who kindly
handed them to me for identification. It is curious that both these

68 PROCEEDINGS OF MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

specimens, otherwise so perfect, should have an identical fracture
towards the upper portion of the outer lip, also slight decollation of
the apical whorls.

It is with much pleasure that I connect the name of its discoverer,
Mr. D. D. Baldwin, of Haiku, Maui, Hawaiian Islands, with so
interesting a shell.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

8tH MEETING, Marcu IorTu, 1899.

The President in the chair.
The following were elected members of the Society: —
Messrs. F. W. Carpenter, and William Moss, F.C.A.
The following nomination for membership was read :
Mrs. Walter E. Collinge.
EXHIBITS.

On behalf of Mr. E. R. Sykes the following specimens were exhibited: Helix
virgata var. nigrescens, Grat., from quarry on top of Portland; monstrosities of
Planorbis complanatus from Belgium; Pisidium loveni, Cless., interesting from the
fact that they were collected on the Zermatt at an altitude of 8400 feet; and speci-
mens of the animal and shell of LEphippodonta macdougalli, Tate, from South
Australia.

On behalf of Mr. F. W. Carpenter a specimen of the shell of Paryphanta busbyi,
Gray, from New Zealand.

By the President: Specimens of Paryphanta hochstetteri, Pfr., from New
Zealand, in alcohol.

By Mr. Guy Breeden: Light and dark coloured varieties of the shells of Helix
lapicida from North Devon; also shells of Pupa wmbilicata from Braunton, North
Devon, P. anglica from Co. Down, Ireland, P. secale from Birdlip Woods, near
Cheltenham, and P. marginata from Sutton Park.

By Mr. J. F. Partridge: Shells of Helix virgata including a very fine series of
varieties, from North Devon.

9TH MEETING, ApRIL 14TH, 1899.

The President in the chair.

New Member elected :—
Mrs. Walter E. Collinge.

The following nominations for membership were read :—
Messrs. W. Weaver Jones and L. G. Parsons.

The following gentlemen were nominated by the Council for election as hono-
rary members :—

Dr. Henry Fischer and Prof. H. A. Pilsbry.

————— a a

PROCEEDINGS OF MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 69

EXHIBITS.
By the President : Specimens of Limax transylvanicus, Heyn., L. schwabi,
Frauenf., and Arion empiricorum var. bicolor.

By Mr. F. J. Partridge: Specimens of Limnea peregra which had left their
shells ; also Pholas dactylus, P. candida, P. parva, and Tapes pullustra, all from
Exmouth.

By Mr. W. J. Harrison, Jun.: A large series of shells from the Upper and
Tower Lias, Chalk, and Oxford Clay.

By Mr. H. H. Bloomer: A large series of shells from the Middle Lias, Napton
on the Hill, which included some very fine specimens of Modiola scalprum,
showing various stages of growth.

IoTH MEETING, May 127TH, 1899.

The President in the chair.

The following were elected members of the Society :—
Messrs. W. Weaver Jones and L. G. Parsons.

The following were elected honorary members of the Society :—
Dr. Henry Fischer and Professor H. A. Pilsbry.

The Secretary announced the addition to the Library of thirteen pamphlets pre-
sented by the President.

EXHIBITS.

By Mr. Guy Breeden: A very large collection of land shells from Devonshire
records of all of which were placed on the Society’s list.

By Mr. H. H. Bloomer: A collection of marine shells from Rhyl.
By the President: Animal and shell of Borus ovatus.

11TH MEETING, JuNE 9TH, 1899.

The President in the chair.
PAPER READ.

**Some notes on the Anatomy of Chitonellus fasciatus,” by Walter E. Collinge,
i295:

In an interesting discussion which followed, Messrs. G. Breeden and Weaver
Jones took part.
EXHIBITS.

By the President: Chitonellus fasciatus.

By Mr. Breeden: Varieties of the shells of Helix aspersa from various localities.
Extremely thin shells of H. nemoralis, from St. Austell, Cornwall, also a series of
darts of British Helicide.

By Mr. Bloomer: Helix aspersa, nemoralis, hortensis, itala, pisana, acuta, and
Cyclostoma elegans, all from Tenby; also from Knowle, Warwickshire, Succinea
putris and elegans, Limnea auricularia and stagnalis, and Planorbis carinatus
and wmbilicatus.

The Secretary will be pleased to receive, for the Library, copies of any papers
on the Mollusca.

70 CURRENT LITERATURE.

CURRENT LITERATURE.

Owing to the large number of papers awaiting review, the Editor is compelled,
for want of space, to restrict the notices of Current Literature to papers actually
received.

Pilsbry, H. A.—Tryon’s Manual of Conchology, ser. ii, vol. xii (pts. 45, 46),
pp. I—112, pls. i—xxviil (except xxvi, issued with last volume).

Continuing his study of Drymeus, Mr. Pilsbry first deals with the species of the
West Indies, Trinidad, and Florida, which, he points out, are ‘‘undoubtedly derived
from the group of allied forms in Venezuela and the adjacent region.” He next
passes to the species of Mexico and Central America, and concludes his review of
this very difficult genus by a survey of the subgenus Leiostracus, which he restricts
to ‘fa natural group of tree snails prominent in the province of Bahia, Brazil.”
We feel, however, considerable doubt whether, there being a prior Liostraca ‘‘ of
the same derivation and significance,” two such names can be in use at the same
time in Zoology.

We then pass to the subfamily Orthalicince which he divides into two main
groups; (1) early whorls pitted, (2) early whorls smooth or nearly so. Of the
genera, Orthalicus belongs to the first, and Ligwus, Oxystyla, and Porphyrobaphe
to the second group. The study of Oxystyla is then commenced and the present
portion concludes with the species of the Antilles and Florida.

We note Drymeus sallei, n. sp. from Haiti (p. 11), and new varieties of D.
virginalis, D. multifasciatus, D. vincentinus, and Oxystyla undata.—FE. BR. SYKES.

Greppin, Ed.—Description des Fossiles du Bajocien supérieur des environs de
Bale. Mém. Soc. Paléont. Suisse, Geneve, 1898, vol. xxv, pp. I—52, pls.
i—v.

This is a good and interesting work, illustrated by some capital plates. The
author deals only with Cephalopods and Gastropods; and he says that the scope
of his work is ‘‘ to give an exact description of species which appear to be new and
to complete the diagnosis of those which are little known.” The manner in which
the author has accomplished his task is excellent, though we may make certain
remarks: they are not intended as fault finding, but merely as suggestions.

In the necessary stratigraphical introduction the author notes that, following the
example of Oppel, he has divided the Inferior Oolite into six zones. But much
greater perfection in the matter of the} subdivision of the Inferior Oolite has been
attained within the last seven or eight years in other countries with considerable
advantage to paleontology. It is reasonable to suppose that the fifty-eight beds
which the author enumerates could be subdivided with similar detail.

The palzontographical portion of the work opens with descriptions of Belemnites,
though no figures are given. It is satisfactory to see that the author partially recog-
nises the desirability of generic subdivision of Belemnites; though he only puts such
a title as Megateuthis in brackets. It is obvious enough that such species as giganteus,
gingensis, and blainvillei belong to three distinct genera: they differ from each
other in more than specific characters, and it is time that this was fully recognised
in the nomenclature. But though the sulcate blainvillei is generically distinct from
its non-sulcate contemporaries, it is obviously descended from non-sulcate ancestors ;
and this is a point which the generic nomenclature should recognise. The difficulty
here indicated consists mainly in the choice of a suitable generic distinction.

Of the Ammonites the author figures a Lioceras sp., with a colour band. It
may be suggested that the species is not of the family to which Lioceras belongs,
but is one of the Sonnininae. He gives an excellent series of figures of Sphacroceras
polyschides with a long description. But why does he speak therein of ‘‘Sp. Brooki”
when he means brocchii? And when he says ‘‘ that Brooki approaches Steph.

CURRENT LITERATURE, nt

Humphriesi in a way, and forms the passage between that species and Sp. poly-
schides, and at the same time the passage between the genera Stephanoceras and
Sphaeroceras” he shows great misapprehension as to Ammonite characteristics, and
particularly as to the genetic development of these particular forms.

Many species of Gastropods are figured and described. Among them are six
new species belonging to the genera Tornatellwa, Pseudocerithium, Trochus ( Zizi-
phinus), Ampullaria and Littorina. By the name Ziziphinus the author seems to
indicate that the genus 7Z’rochws requires subdivision, and there can be no doubt that
the Jurassic Gastropods assigned to the genera Z'rochus and Turbo are much in
need of generic rearrangement.

In his synonymy of Amberleyu ornata the author makes a small slip. He credits
Sowerby with naming the shell Littorina ornata, but he called it Turbo ornatus.
Other details in the synonymy might call for criticism. For instance Belemmnites
blainvillei, @Orbigny, and Phillips, are not the same species; nor are Am. braiken-
ridgii of Sowerby, and d’Orbigny. In fact Sowerby’s braikenridgii has not yet
been satisfactorily identified. —S. S. BUCKMAN.

Kobelt, W.—Studien zur Zoogeographie. II Die Fauna der Meridionalen Sub-
region. 8vo, pp. x +368, Wiesbaden: 1898, C. W. Kreidel.

As a wide and comprehensive review of the Mollusca in this particular region
Dr. Kobelt’s ‘‘ Studies” leave little to be desired. In addition to the Mollusca,
which occupy a large portion of this volume, the author treats of the Amphibia,
Reptilia, and Mammalia also.

The region dealt with, which is divided up into a series of faunistic divisions,
includes the Pontic countries, the Caucasus, Mesopotomia, Persia, Arabia, the
Mediterranean, the Tyrrhenian Province, Italy, the Balkan Peninsula, Asia Minor

; sth y Age ) ibe “aa
Syria, Palestine, and Egypt. In arriving at the boundaries of the faunistic provinces

yrla; O _esyp S$ : 2
particular stress is laid upon the geology and configuration of land and water, as it
appears at the present time, and the condition which obtained in previous periods.

So far as the recent Molluscan fauna is concerned, Dr. Kobelt finds that in its
salient features there is a greater agreement with the flora, than with either the
Reptilia or Mammalia, though more so with the former group than the latter. The
present fauna shows evidence of having arisen from pre-tertiary and new tertiary
faunas, especially the latter, in which the influence of separate centres of evolution
is clearly discernible, these giving rise to the different characters of the local faunas
of the present time. —W. E. C

Appellof, A.—Uber das Vorkommen innerer Schalen bei den achtarmigen Ceph-
alopoden. (Octopoda). Bergens Museums Aarbog, 1898, No. xii, pp. I—15,
Tf. 1—2.

The absence of any internal shell in the Octopoda has hitherto been regarded as
one of the chief points of difference from the Decapoda. In the paper before us
the author describes the presence of two narrow chitinous rods in Octopus, Eledone,
and Cirroteuthis, which are situated in a cavity on the dorsal surface of the mantle,
the cavity being lined by epithelium which secretes these concentrically laminated
rods. —W. E. C.

Choffat, P.—Les Ammonées du Bellasien, des Couches 4 Neolobites Vibrayeanus,
du Turionen et du Sénonien. Recueil d’etudes paléonto. sur la Faune Creta-
cique d. Portugal, 1898, vol. i (s. 2), pp. 41—86, pls. iii—xxii.

The interest attached to the present paper lies mainly in the description and
figures of a new genus of Turonien Ammonites to which the name Vascoceras is
given. Unfortunately in Portugal the members of this genus are not well preserved,
and we venture to think that not a few palaeontologists will regard many of the
** new species”’ as undeterminable from their bad state of preservation. Even the

72 CURRENT LITERATURE.

author at times is in doubt as to the distinctness of certain ‘‘species,” whilst in other
cases the generic position is a matter of doubt. All the specimens have been excel-
lently described and figured, although in not a few instances reliance has had to be
placed upon very secondary characters. —W. E. C.

Namias, J.—Collezione di Molluschi Pliocenici di Castellarquato esistenti nel
Museo di Mineralogia e Geologia dell’ Universita di Modena. 8vo, pp. 214.
Modena: 1898. Reprinted from the Atti Soc. Naturalisti Modena (s. iii),
vol. xv.)

This. is a copiously annotated synonymic catalogue of such of the species of
mollusca from the Pliocene beds near Castellarquato as are preserved in the Geolo-
gical Museum attached to the University of Modena.

Castellarquato, which lies between Parma and Piacenza, is a classical spot to the
Italian geologist, not much quoted in manuals it is true, though Issel has created
the group Piacenzian for the reception of the deposits there. The present collection
is the result of the labours of Doderlein, Prof. Pantanelli, and the author, who
states that the beds appear to have accumulated in a littoral sea, or one of moderate
depth.

The molluscan remains are as abundant as in our own Crags if not more so, and
we have counted (unfortunately they are not numbered) 573 species enumerated in
the catalogue, whilst there is a further list of 291 species which have been cited as
occurring at Castellarquato, but which are not represented in the museum at Modena.
By an oversight Z'apes bronni, Mayer, occurs in both, and one would wish that the
same classification had been followed in the two lists; but these are minor matters.
It is more instructive to compare in certain cases the number of species known and
reported for a given genus: thus 2 species of Pecten occur in the Modena Museum,
whilst 20 others have been recorded. Jfwrex appears to be the genus best repre-
sented, 19 species being in the collection, whilst haphitoma possibly comes next
with 14; on the other hand but two land-shells appear, an indeterminate species of
Glandina and Helix brocchii.

Our author describes 6 new species: Admete triplicata (p. 39), Mitra postacuta,
and M. pantanelli (p. 43), Dosinia placentina (p. 169), Tapes intermedius (p. 175)
and Gastrana foliosa (p. 195). Seeing that now-a-days the soundness of concho-
logical work on the continent may generally be reckoned to be in inverse proportion
to the percentage of new species founded, this small number is strong evidence of
the good quality of Prof. Namias’ work. By a clerical error four species of Scalaride
have ‘‘De Boury n. sp.” after them; but, as the synonymy shows, these were
described by that author in 1890, and are therefore hardly new.

Unfortunately our author’s new species are not accompanied by figures, and there
is no index of any sort to the monograph; but apart from these drawbacks, the work
is a solid contribution to paleontological literature, and Prof. Namias is much to be
thanked for, and congratulated on, its production. —B. B. WOODWARD.

Siemiradzki, J. von.—Monographische Beschreibung der Ammonitengattung
Perisphinctes. Palaontographica, 1899, Bd. xlv, pp. 69—352, T. xx—xxvil.

For some time past Dr. J. v. Siemiradzki has been working at the descent of the
Upper Jurassic Ammonites, and this work has led him to a revision of the genus
Perisphinctes which is so numerously represented in the Upper Jurassic rocks.
Founded by Waagen in 1869 as a subgenus of Stephanoceras and shortly afterwards
raised to generic rank by Neumayr, Zittel and Waagen himself, this genus has now
become so large that any attempt to classify the forms that have been included in it
is not only a very difficult task, but entails a vast amount of Jabour and research.
For the present monograph the author therefore deserves our best thanks. He tells
us that in the preparation of the work he has consulted 128 separate publications in
German, French, English, Italian, Spanish, Polish, and Russian ; and besides his own
collection which contains several hundred examples of the genus, he has examined
the collections of several private individuals as well as those of various continental

CURRENT LITERATURE. 73

museums. The author has in many cases examined the type-specimens and in some
cases when it was not possible for him to do this, he obtained plaster casts of them
in order to gain a correct idea of the species. One great difficulty in dealing with
this genus is due to the very vague manner in which several specific names, such as
biplex, plicatilis, polyplocus, and polygyratus, have been used, owing in some cases
to the inadequate description or figure of the type-specimen. The author concludes
that a precise limitation of the genus from allied genera is not possible and that its
limits must be drawn somewhat artificially. Thus Parkinsonia is distinguished from
Perisphinctes by the presence of a median ventral furrow, but as this character
occurs in some Perisphinctes it cannot be regarded as of generic value, and only
those forms must be referred to Parkinsonia which combine this character with
others, such as the presence of lateral or of ventral tubercles. In other characters
Parkinsonia resembles Perisphinctes and supports Teisseyre’s view that Parkinsonia
is the ancestral form of many of the Perisphinctes. This is indirectly confirmed by
their geological age, for whilst Parkinsonia commences, according to the author, in
the Upper Lias, attains its maximum development in the Inferior Oolite, and dies
out in the zone of Oppelia fusca, true Perisphinctes commence in this same zone.
Again Neumayr’s Simoceras is distinguished from Perisphinctes by the presence of a
smooth band on the peripheral area, but the author includes in that genus only such
forms as possess that character in combination with others, namely the presence of
tubercles and the gradually diminishing number of the bifurcating ribs. To the
genus Perisphinctes, however, the author refers certain species which have frequently
been placed in the genus Huplites, reserving for that genus only those forms which
in addition to the ventral furrow possess marginal or lateral tubercles; and he
transfers to Olcostephanus the groups of stephanoides, desmonotus, polyptychus and
virgatus which some authors have placed in Perisphiinectes.

There is a short but interesting chapter on the morphology of the shell. Whilst
admitting the importance of the character of the remains of former apertures which
are preserved on the shell the author does not consider them to possess the taxonomic
value that has sometimes been ascribed to them, in fact he considers, and
rightly so, that any classification founded upon a single morphological character is
arbitrary and unnatural. The author bases his classification upon the principle that
the inner whorls of an individual reproduce the morphological characters of the adult
of its direct ancestor occurring in the preceding geological stage; but in framing
such a classification he has experienced great difficulty owing to the fact that
many species of Perisphinctes have been hitherto inadequately described, that is to
say, all their important morphological characters, such as the character of the inner
whorls and of the body-chamber, the details of the suture-line and the precise form
of the aperture, have not been given.

The author naturally first paid special attention to the geologicaily oldest forms
of Perisphinctes, namely those found in the zone of Oppelia fusca, and having care-
fully differentiated these, sought for their nearest relatives in the next higher geolo-
gical stage, and so on through each successive stage of the Jurassic rocks. In this
way he has grouped the 367 species of Perisphinctes which he has recognized,
into a number of ‘‘Formenreihe” or groups of contemporaneous species, and
these again into a number of ‘‘ Mutationsreihe” or developmental series; these are
arranged in six sections and grouped into five subgenera thus: I. Grossowvria,
n. subgen. (including II. Siplices, Sutner), Ill. Ataxioceras, Fontannes, IV.
Perisphinctes, s. str., V. Procerites, n. subgen., and VI. Choffatia, n. subgen.

The author gives a description of each species, lateral views of the new forms
and of some others are given on the eight photographic plates accompanying the
work, an outline of the transverse section of the whorl, a drawing of the suture line
of many of the species, and in some cases also of the form of the aperture, being
given in the illustrations included in the text.

As defined by the author the genus is exclusively Jurassic, the oldest types ap-
pearing in the Inferior Oolite, and only a few species reaching to the Neocomian.
He considers that the four principal types, viz., Grossouwvria, Perisphinctes,

74 CURRENT LITERATURE.

Procerites, and Choffatia, appear simultaneously in the Inferior Oolite, and therefore
that the genus must be polyphyletic. Judging by the character of the inner whorls,
Grossourria appears to be derived from Parkinsonia, and Perisphinctes, s. str.,
perhaps from the genus Morphoceras ; Procerites undoubtedly from Stephanoceras [or
Stepheoceras as has been proposed], s. str., and Choffatia probably from many
Upper Liassic species of Coeloceras, while Ataxioceras and the group of the Biplices
are directly descended from Grossouvria.

In a monograph of this kind a good index is most important, and it is therefore
to be regretted that the index to the present work is somewhat incomplete and
imperfect. In the synonymy the references are not always so full as could be
desired, and although there is a list of works at the end of the Monograph, this
does not always give the required information; the expression Joc. cit. occurs more
frequently than is desirable and sometimes even when quite unnecessary. But
notwithstanding these imperfections the author deserves our best thanks for this
valuable monograph of a most difficult genus. —G. C. CRICK.

Baker, F. C.—The Mollusca of the Chicago Area. The Pelecypoda. Bull.
Chicago Ac. Sci., 1898, pp. 1—130, pls. i—xxvii, figs. I—10.

The present paper forms the first part of the ‘‘ Bulletin of the Natural History
Survey of the Chicago Academy of Sciences,” dealing with the Mollusca, and treats
of the Pelecypoda. A second part, to be issued shortly, will report on the Gastro-
poda.

The area embraced in the survey is about 1800 square miles of land surface,
and much useful information is given on the ‘‘ Topography of the Area,” ‘* Lo-
calities of special interest,” Geographical and Geological distribution, and com-
parisons instituted between the molluscan fauna of this area and others.

Mr. Baker records in the present report 50 species distributed as below :—

Anodonta, ae Anodontoides, 2. Lampsilis, 11.
Alasmodonta, 5. Quadrula, 8. Spheriwm, 6.
Strovhitus, 2. Obliquaria, 18 Calyculina, 4.
Unio, 2. Plagiola, 2. Pisidium, 4.

Free use has been made of the writings of Call, Prime, Pilsbry, Simpson, Tryon,
Haldeman, and Stimpson, which is duly acknowledged.

The report is illustrated by 27 plates, which, with the exception of the last, are
very clear.—W. E. C.

Drew, Gilman A.—Some observations on the Habits, Anatomy and Embryology
of Members of the Protobranchia. Anat. Anz., 1899, Bd. xv, pp. 493—519,
21 figs.

This short pamphlet is in the main an abstract of a paper on Yoldia, now being
published in the ‘‘ Memoirs of the Johns Hopkins University,” supplemented by
references to two species of Nucula. In consequence it suffers from the usual
drawbacks of preliminary papers, being interesting enough in matter but curt and
aggravating in manner. The paper is divided into two parts. The first describes
the coarse anatomy illustrated by a study of the living animal—a combination of
anatomy with natural history that one would gladly see more often than one does.
In this part several interesting points may be noted (for instance, the food conducting
function of the long palp appendages and the pump-like action of the gills), but the
feature that stands out in the highest relief is the remarkable variation among the
members of the group, a fact that brings home to one the great antiquity and gener-
alized character of their common ancestor. We find for example all the three rela-
tions between heart and intestine possible for a Lamellibranch—double and single
cerebro-pedal connectives, open and closed oto-cyst, and so on.

CURRENT LITERATURE. 75

The second part deals with a subject hitherto untouched, the embryology of the
group. It is largely given up to the description of a curious ectodermic ciliated
test, which may possibly represent the velum of other molluscan embryos. The test
is formed early, and almost entirely surrounds the embryo, while within it a new
ectoderm arises probably ‘‘ from cells that have wandered in from the surface” (a
somewhat vague expression). After some time—roo hours or so—the test with
a large part of the stomodceum is shed.

The development of the other organs is little more than touched upon, a fault
that will no doubt be remedied in the larger publication. But even in this prelim-
inary paper one would have liked to hear more of the dev elopment of the nervous
system. Is there, for instance, any sign of duplicity in the early development of the
cerebral ganglia, suggestive of fused cerebral and pleural in the adult? A word of
praise must be given to the 21 illustrations, which are both clear and artistic. —

R. H. Burne.

Kennard, A. S. and Woodward, B. B.—A Revision of the Pliocene non-
marine Mollusca of England. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1899, vol. iii, pp.
187—204, figs. I—4.

A useful and much needed revision. 38 species are enumerated and 12 of the
previously recorded species are rejected. Paludestrina reevei is a new species,
while Pisidium fontinale, Drp., and P. pusillum, Gml., are new records. —W.E.C.

Melvill, J. Cosmo, and Sykes, E. R.—Notes on a third collection of Marine
Shells from the Andaman Islands, with descriptions of three new species of
Mitra. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1899, vol. iii, pp. 220—29, figs. i—vi.

The new species and varieties are: Mitra (Chrysame) buryi, M. (Costellaria)
dilectissima, M. (Costellaria) georgii, Nassa (Phrontis) zailensis, Sby., var. n.
andamanica, Natica strongyla, Melvy., var. n. andamanica.

Snow, Chas. H.— Marine Wood-Borers. Proc. Amer. Soc. Civil Engineers,
1898, vol. xxiv, pp. 399—430, pls. xx—xxi.

An excellent and well illustrated paper, written from an engineer’s standpoint.
Much useful information on the amount and rapidity of the destruction wrought on
American coasts by Z'eredo, will be found of interest to malacologists.—C. H.

Fischer, H.—Liste des Mollusques Marins recueillis a Guéthary et a Saint-Jean-
de-Luz. Trav. d. Lab. Soc. sci. et Stat. Zool. d’Arcachon, 1899, pp. I—12.

Collett, O.— Contributions to Ceylon Malacology. (2) Description of a new
Helicoid Land Shell from the Southern Province. Journ. R. Asiatic Soc.
Ceylon Branch, 1898, vol. xv, No. 49, pp. I—2, 1 pl.

Acawvus ( Oligospira) poleii, n. sp. is closely applied to A. waliont, Rve., differing
however in its somewhat narrower and more solid shell, and by a pure white peris-
tome; further A. poletii is restricted to the forests of the Southern Province, a
district in which 4. waltoni is not known to occur.—W. E. C.

Meli, R.—Sulla Eastonia rugosa, Chemn. (Mactra) ritrovata vivente e fossile nel
littorale di Anzio e Nettuno, Boll. d. Soc. Malac. Ital., 1897, vol. xx, pp. 45-

64, 1899, vol. xx, pp. 65-73, T. u, pt.

Meli, R.—Sul Typhis (Typhinellus) tetrapterus, Bronn (Murex) etc. Ibid. 1899,
pp- 74-96, T. ii, pt.

Audenino, L.—I Pteropodi Miocenici del Monte dei Cappuccini in Torino.
Ibid., pp. 97-114, T. v.

Meli, R.—Ancora poche parole sugli esemplari di Neptunea sinistrorsa, Desh.
(Fusus), pescati nella parte australe del bacino occidentale del Mediterraneo
(Algeri). Ibid., pp. 115-24, T. iv.

76 NOTES.

Meisenheimer, J.— Zur Morphologie der Urniere der Pulmonaten. Zeit. f.
wiss. Zool., 1899, Bd. Ixv, pp. 709—724, T. xxxiii, u. 4 figs.

Dr. Meisenheimer here describes the results of an investigation upon the morph-
ology of the primitive kidney of the Pulmonata; briefly these may be summarised
as follows: Although differing widely in the Basommatophora and Stylommatophora,
the nephridium may be reduced in both cases toa common type, which consists
essentially of a simple tube, with an internal, terminal, ciliated cell. Regarding
this as the typical form the author finds that in the Basommatophora there are only
four cells, one of which, the giant cell, is the true excretory cell; whilst in the
Stylommatophora there are a large number of cells all of which are excretory in
function. In the former sub-order the ciliated cell retains its excretory function,
but in the latter there are a number of these ciliated cells, all of which almost
entirely lose their excretory function.

The similarity of this nephridium with the end cells of the nephridial system of
the Turbellaria is quite surprising, and sufficiently clear, in the author’s opinion, to
confirm the view that the ancestor of the mollusc was a Turbellarian-like animal.

Wank Gz
Dall, W. H.—Synopsis of the recent and tertiary Leptonacea of N. America and
the West Indies. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 1899, vol. xxi, pp. 873—-97, pls.
87—88.

Professsor Dall here gives a most valuable synoptical review of the Leptonacea,
the fuller details of which are promised in a volume of the ‘‘ 7’ransactions of the
Wagner Inst. of Science” (vol. v, pt. 5). The group is a most perplexing one and
malacologists will welcome an attempt at revision. The synopsis and classification
of the American species we leave for more lengthy consideration, confining our
remarks to the author’s introduction in particular.

Anatomically we know very little of the various genera which go to form the
Leptonacea. Although they cannot be regarded as prototypes, they exhibit many
supposed prototypic characters. Commensalism, or parasitism has here probably
**produced degeneration accompanied by a revival of atavistic primary characters.”
Hitherto the ‘‘ dentition” of the hinge has played an all too important feature in
the classification, and we are glad to find that the value of this character is con-
siderably lessened by the author’s researches. Dr. Dall finds that often it is indis-
tinctly developed and liable to many variations, due to the dynamic reactions of one
tooth upon another, and to inherited tendencies of form. Further, a part or the
whole of the hinge may become obsolete, so that to assume, as Bernard has some-
times done, that the position of a dental lamina is in itself sufficient to settle
homology, is, in the author’s opinion, certainly unsafe.

Eighteen new species are described, of these 9 are founded upon single valves !
Wine CG.

EDITOR’S NOTES.

We regret to have to record the deaths of Sylvanus Charles Throp Hanley on
April 5th, 1899, age 80; Franz von Hauer, Director of the Vienna Museum, on
March 2ist, 1899, age 77, and H. T. Soppitt, on Aprit Ist, 1899, age 40.

At a meeting of the Midland Malacological Society, held on May 12th, 1899,
Dr. Henry Fischer and Professor H. A. Pilsbry, were, on the unanimous recom-
mendation of the Council, elected Honorary Members of the Society.

Professor Dr. E. von Martens has recently been elected a Foreign Member of
the Linnean Society of London.

The University of Iowa has recently conferred the degree of Doctor of Science
upon Professor H. A. Pilsbry.

Journ.of Malacology, 1899, Vol VII, pts. PLIII.

VV CORR

Gytiieniy)
Sey

H.Suter del. ad nat. Lith Werner & Winter, Frankfort°M.

NE We Z EAAN DAMON Ui Sie A

ELE

PoNNAL OF MALAC O10 Gx

No. 4. DECEMBER 20TH, 1899. Vous, VIL:

ON THE ANATOMY AND SYSTEMATIC POSITION OF
SOME RECENT ADDITIONS TO THE BRITISH

MUSEUM COLLECTION OF SLUGS.
By WALTER E. COLLINGE, F.Z.S.,

Mason University College, Birmingham.
(Plates iv—v.)

THE specimens enumerated in the following pages are some I have
recently received from Mr. Edgar A. Smith of the British Museum,
to whom my best thanks are due for his kindness in placing the same
in my hands, and also for the facilities he has given me for examining
the collections under his charge. I also wish to express my best
thanks to Dr. Ad. S. Jenson, the able Director of the Malacological
Section of the Zoological Museum of the University of Copenhagen,
for his kindness in permitting me to examine the type specimens and
dissections of Tebennophorus australis, Bergh, and for the duplicate
specimens he has so generously sent me for purposes of dissection.

ATOXON, Simr.
Atoxon lineatum, Simr.

Hab.—Somaliland, East Africa. Two specimens collected by E.
Lort Phillips, Esq.

These are both immature examples of this species. The repro-
ductive organs were not developed, but a comparison of the two
individuals with the description and figures given by Simroth (15)
leaves little doubt as to their identity.

Length (in alcohol) 36.5 mm.

Journ. oF MALAc., 1899, vol. vii, No. 4.

78 COLLINGE: ANATOMY OF SLUGS.

ANADENUS, Heyn.
A. sechuenensis, n. sp. PI. iv, figs. 1, 2, 6, 7, pl. v, figs. 8—13.

Animal olive brown with a faint, dark, mid-dorsal band and darker
lateral bands. Mantle ovoid, large, marked with a postero-median
diamond-shaped, light space, with dark bordering, a few indistinct
black spots laterally. Respiratory orifice slightly behind the middle
of the mantle. Generative orifice below and behind the right lower
tentacle. Rugz small, irregular in outline, in groups divided by deep
black sulci. Peripodial groove small but distinct. Foot-fringe same
colour as the body, lineoles almost black. Foot-sole divided into lateral
and median planes, the former being dark ashy-grey or blackish, the
latter olive brown.

Length (in alcohol) 74 mm.; length of mantle 34.5 mm. ; breadth
of foot-sole 23.5 mm.

Shell a thin, flat, calcareous plate with no periostracum. Length
12 mm.; breadth 5.5 mm.

Hab.—Sung pan, N. W. Sechuen, China.

ANATOMY.

Digestive System.—This agrees in the main with the description
and figure of A. altivagus, Theob., given by Pilsbry (14), differing
however in a few points. The buccal cavity leads into a short cesoph-
agus, at the point of junction of these two the salivary glands open
by their ducts on the dorsal surface. Both of the glands are folded
upon themselves and, in the specimen dissected, were partly ventral to
the buccal cavity and cesophagus. ‘There is a wide crop which nar-
rows posteriorly and opens into an ill-defined stomach, which is
divided into two parts, the hepatic ducts entering posteriorly between
the two, here terminates the first loop of the digestive tract; the second
loop passes forwards beneath the crop, anteriorly appearing above it, _
and bending backwards forms the third loop, this is continued back-
wards beyond the stomach and making a single revolution, returns
forwards beneath the stomach as the fourth loop, and passing across
the middle of the crop as the rectum it terminates at the anus on
the right side (PI. iv, fig. 6).

The Jaw.—I have to thank the Rev. Professor H. M. Gwatkin,
M.A., of Cambridge, for very kindly examining this and the radula.
It corresponds exactly with the description given by Pilsbry (14) of
that in A. altivagus, Theob.

The Radula (>*335** = 14803) differs from that in A. altivagus
in the smaller size of the cusps of the central teeth. . |

COLLINGE: ANATOMY OF SLUGS. 79

The Retractor Muscles (Pl. iv, fig. 7).—Godwin-Austen (9g) and
Pilsbry (14) differ from one another in their account of the retractor
muscles in A. altivagus, Theob. In the main features I can confirm
Pilsbry’s account, though there are here some slight differences in
position from the condition which obtains in the above mentioned
species, which the figure (PI. iv, fig. 7) sufficiently well explains.

Pedal Gland (PI. v, figs. 8—g).—Lying free in the body cavity,
above the musculature of the foot-sole is a long, tongue-shaped gland
17 mm. long and 2.5 mm. broad. At its commencement there is a
rounded glandular mass, situated on the dorsal side of the gland and
slightly embracing it laterally. I was unable, in the specimen dis-
sected, to satisfy myself of its relation, if any, to the pedal gland.

In transverse section (PI. v, fig. g) the lumen appears somewhat
triangular in shape bounded by a thick glandular wall. The upper
side of the lumen is lined with columnar epithelium cells, the lower
with cuboid shaped cells. A transverse section was made through the
anterior portion of the gland through the rounded glandular mass
mentioned above, but particulars of its structure and its exact relations
to the pedal gland must be deferred until more material has been
examined.

Pallial Organs (PI. iv, fig. 7).—These agree in the main with the
description given by Godwin-Austen (9) of those in A. altivagus.
Here, however, the kidney is larger and slightly different in shape.
The pyriform shaped ventricle is situated posteriorly, the auricle being
directed forwards and slightly towards the right side.

The Generative Organs (Pl. v, figs. 1o-—13).—The vestibule is
small. The vagina is a wide tube with a series of longitudinal ridges
on its internal wall (Pl. v, fig. 11). At the commencement of the
vagina these parallel ridges are joined by a series of transverse ridges.
At about the lower third the thick lip-like opening of the free-oviduct
is noticeable, and in front of it the ridges are more pronounced,
forming a tongue-like body. The penis is small, 10.5 mm. long in
the specimen examined, and somewhat pyriform in shape. The
rectractor muscle is divided into two parts, the larger division
being attached to the distal end of the penis, the smaller passes
over the vas deferens and is inserted into the wall of the penis at
about its middle (Pl. v, fig 10). Internally the walls of the penis
are seen to consist of a dense muscular coat, covered by a glandular
epithelial lining, which form a series of longitudinal ridges proximally,
distally the whole of the inner surface is studded with a series of
minute fleshy rugosities, and at the extreme distal portion is a thick
muscular ring, the penis papilla, also covered with these (PI. y, fig. 12);

80 COLLINGE: ANATOMY OF SLUGS.

this muscular ring forms the boundary of the opening of the vas
deferens into the lumen of the penis. There were no calcareous spi-
cules. The vas deferens is a long, densely coiled tube and at the
point where it opens into the common duct it is thrown into a series
of convolutions, similar to those which have been described in Pary-
phanta busbyi, Gray, by Godwin-Austen (10) and in Testacella mauget,
Fér., by myself (6). The receptaculum seminis is a wide sac-like
body, the whole of its internal wall being more or less folded. Just
before the opening into the vagina the folds have a dense arborescent
form, becoming less and less marked distally (PI. v, fig. 11). There
is no receptacular duct. The free oviduct is fairly long and shows a
slight constriction just in front of the point where the oviduct ceases.
The common duct is thrown into three well defined loops. The
albumen gland is small. There is a long hermaphrodite duct and a
very large hermaphrodite gland, measuring 23.5 mm. in length.

AFFINITIES.

A. sechuenensis differs from A. altivagus, Theob. in the general
form of the generative organs, particularly in the smaller size of the
penis and receptaculum seminis and the larger hermaphrodite gland ;
other differences are seen in the points of insertion of the retractor
muscle of the penis, the convolutions of the common duct, the shape
of the crop, and in the larger size and shape of the kidney.

Anatomical details of most of the described species of this genus
are still wanting.

TEBENNOPHORUS, Binn.

Tebennophorus bilineatus, Bens., 1842.

From Chekiang, China, Messrs. J. J. Walker and Basset Smith
have collected three specimens of Tebennophorus. Both externally
and internally these are identical with some I examined from Oahu
and Honolulu, Hawaiian Isles, in 1895 (7) and 1896 (8) and which ~
were referred to 7. australis, Bergh.* The original description of
this latter species (2) is not a good one, and unfortunately no figures
were given of the external appearance or anatomy, the lingual ribbon
only being figured. In 1871 (16) this was supplemented by a figure
of the jaw.

Through the kindness of Dr. Ad. S. Jenson I have been allowed
to examine the type and dissected specimens of 7’. australis, Bergh,
from the Zoological Museum of the University of Copenhagen, also

* The specimens recorded on p. 295, Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1896, vol. ii, as 7. striatus,
Hasselt, should be 7. azstralis, Bergh.

COLLINGE: ANATOMY OF SLUGS. St

some of the duplicate specimens which were collected on the ‘Galatea
Expedition” in 1846, and i have here given two figures of the same
(Pl. iv, figs. 4 and 5).

A comparison of the “ Galatea” specimens with those from
Chekiang, and those from the Hawaiian Isles, shows many external
points of difference, thus in the “ Galatea” specimens the ground
colour is a yellowish-brown and there are three distinct linesu a
deeper brown, one in the mid-dorsal line and a lateral one on each
side of this. In the British Museum specimens from Chekiang, and
in those from the Hawaiian Isles, the median line is absent, or only
very faintly represented, while the lateral ones are very irregular,
broad, lines with numerous spots and blotches on a yellowish ground.
In all three cases the jaw is ribbed and anatomically they are practi-
cally identical. This being so, the description given by Bergh is
quite inadequate for the species, for so far as external colouring and
markings are concerned, it is a most variable one.

Although differing externally as shown above, all three agree so
closely anatomically, that at first I was inclined to group them all
under 7’. australis, Bergh. A later examination, however, of the ex-
ternal characters of the specimens above mentioned, suggested to me
the possibility of certain specimens in the British Museum Collection
being also referable to 7. australis, Bergh, thus I was led to make a
very careful examination of what at first appeared to be a series of
closely allied species.

The results of this examination leave no doubt in my own mind
that they must all be referred to the 7. bicineatus, Bens., (1) which
was described in 1842, and its anatomy described and figured by
Keferstein in 1866 (12).

The specimens in the British Museum collection which were ex-
amined are as follows:

T. bilineatus, Bens.

Benson’s original description is very brief but sufficient to identify
the species. ‘There are two examples in the Collection, one from
Chusan, the other from Yokohama, Japan, from the ‘“ Challenger ”
collection. Cockerell (5) has named this latter 7. confusus from the
fact that it differs from Benson’s species in possessing a jaw which is
not ribbed. At the same time he admits that it is like von Martens’
figure of 7’. bilineatus (13), and also like Keferstein’s figure (op. cit.
T.i, fig. 5). Now Keferstein’s account of the internal structure agrees
in the main with that I have given here in rather greater detail, so I
think, there can be no question as to Cockerell’s T. confusus and
Keferstein’s Z. bilineatus being identical, and I shall show that the

82 COLLINGE: ANATOMY OF SLUGS.

internal structure of Bergh’s 7. australis and the specimens from the
Hawaiian Isles and from Chekiang all agree internally with the descrip-
tion given by Keferstein. The only difference externally in the ‘‘ Chal-
lenger” specimens from any others I have seen of 7. bilineatus, is
the presence of a number of black markings on the dorsum which
tend “to form oblique lines running centrally backwards,” this, how-
ever, I think is only a variation.

T. formosensis, Ckll.

Two specimens in the British Museum from Formosa, have been
termed by Cockerell 7. formosensis, but until structural differences are
given these must be referred to 7: bilineatus, Bens. Heynemann (11)
has recorded this last mentioned species from Formosa. I fail
entirely to see why these Formosa specimens have been separated
from Benson’s species, for Cockerell himself states that compared with
the Chusan specimen they “do not seem specifically different so far
as external characters go.” At first, he states, he was inclined to
regard it as a geographical race of Z. confusus, but not having exam-
ined the jaw he could not be certain, further seeing that 7. bilineatus,
Bens., has been found in the Chusan Islands it is “ highly probable
that the Formosa form has a ribbed jaw and is allied thereto” (5, p
385).

T. campestris, Godwin-Austen.

Five specimens in the British Museum from Dukhun have been
referred by Cockerell to this species. Godwin-Austen’s original figure
is not very clear,* but if these five specimens are the same as his 7.
campestris, I can only, in the absence of any account of the internal
structure of campestris, regard it as another synonym of 7’. bilineatus,
Bens.

T. chinensis, Ckll.

A specimen in the Museum taken 1300 miles up the Yang-tse
River, China, has been named by Cockerell Z: chinensis. It is very -
like one of the small specimens of Z. australis, sent me by Dr.
Jenson.

T. bilineatus, Benson. PI. iv, figs. 3—5, pl. v, fig. 14.

Incillaria bilineata, Bens., 1842, Ann. and Mag. N. H., vol. ix,
p- 486.

Philomycus (Incillaria) bilineatus, Kef., 1866, Mal. Blatt., Bd. 13,
p, 64, T. i, figs. 5—9.

Philomycus australis, Bergh, 1870, Verhandl. Zool. Bot. Gesell.,
Wien, Bd. xx, p. 863.

* Journ. Asia. Soc. Bengal, 1876, vol. xlv, pl. viii, fig. 3.

COLLINGE : ANATOMY OF SLUGS. 83

Philomycus campestris, Godwin-Austen, 1876, Journ. Asia. Soc.
Bengal, vol. xlv, p. 315, pl. vili, fig. 3.

Limacella confusa, Ckll., 1893, Ann. and Mag. N. H. (s. 6), vol. vi,
p- 384.

Limacella formosensis, Ckll., 1890, Ibid., p. 384.

?Limacella chinensis, Ckll., 1890, Ibid., p. 386.

Hab.—Chekiang, China. Three specimens collected by Messrs.
J. J. Walker and Basset Smith.

Animal (Pl. iv, fig. 4) globose anteriorly, tapering posteriorly,
ground colour yellow or yellowish-brown, varying to a deep brown,
usually with a faint median and two irregular lateral bands, sides of
body marked with brownish spots or blotches; colour subject to much
variation. Mantle covers the whole of the dorsum. Peripodial groove
distinct. Foot-fringe yellowish with brownish lineoles. Foot-sole
yellow, not divided into median and lateral planes.

Length (in alcohol) 39 mm., foot-sole 12 mm. broad.

ANATOMY.

The Generative Organs (Pl. v, fig. 14).—The vestibule is a large
globose sac, on the inner (left) side of which the penis opens, this
organ is a wide muscular tube twisted and folded upon itself, its distal
end is expanded and on the under side of this the vas deferens joins
the penis (Pl. v, fig. 14, v.d.). In all the specimens dissected, the
form of the penis was constant, always being expanded at its distal
extremity and folded upon itself. The vas deferens is a short convo-
luted tube lying dorsal to the free-oviduct. The receptaculum seminis
is a large somewhat triangular shaped sac, it has a long duct which
becomes slightly larger just before opening into the vestibule. The
common duct is folded upon itself twice, the oviducal portion being
much convoluted. The albumen gland calls for no special mention.
There is a long convoluted hermaphrodite duct, and a large hermaph-
rodite gland divided into a series of lobules.

AFFINITIES.

Respecting the affinities of Z: Uilineatus, I am able to say very
little, owing to the lack of any details respecting the anatomy of the
majority of species of this genus. In the form and structure of the
digestive and generative organs it is related distantly to 7. striatus,
Hass. It is very distinct from 7’. carolinensis, Bosc.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

1. BENSON, W. H.—(“ General Features of Chusan, with remarks
on the Flora and Fauna of that Island. By Theodore

Io.

II.

12.

ES:

COLLINGE: ANATOMY OF SLUGS.

Cantor”) 5. Mollusca. Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist., 1842,
vol. ix, pp. 486—89.

Bercu, R.—‘“ Anatomische Untersuchung des Triboniophorus
Schiittei, Kfst. so wie von Philomycus carolinensis (Bosc)
und australis, Bgh.” Verhandl. du K. K. Zool. bot.
Gesell., Wien, 1870, Bd. xx, pp. 843—68, T. xi—xiil.

“ Nachtrigliche Bemerkungen iiber Philomycus.” Ibid.,
1871, Bd. xxxi, pp. 793—96.

. COCKERELL, T. D. A.—‘ Notes on Slugs, chiefly in the Collec-

tion at the British Museum.” Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.,
1890 (s. 6), vol. vi, pp. 380—9go.

CoLLINGE, WALTER E.—*‘ The Morphology of the Generative
System in the Genus Yestacella.” Ann. and Mag. Nat.
Hist., 1893 (s. 6), vol. xii, pp. 21—25, pl. 1.

. — “On a collection of Slugs from the Sandwich Islands.’

Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1896, vol. ii, pp. 46—51, figs.
i—-vi.

— “On a further collection of Slugs from the Hawaiian (or
Sandwich) Islands.” Ibid., 1897, vol. il, pp. 293—97,
figs. I—9.

Gopwin-AusTEN, H. H.— Land and Freshwater Mollusca of
India.” London: 1882, vol. i, pt. il.

— “On the Molluscan Genus Paryphanta and on the anatomy
of P. hochstetteri, Pfr.” Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1893,
vol. 1, pp. 5—9, pl. i.

HeyYNEMANN, D. F.—‘ Die Nackten Landpulmonaten des
Erdbodens.” Jahrb. Deutsch. Malak. Gesell., 1885, pp.
236—330.

KEFERSTEIN, W.—“ Ueber die Anatomie der Gattungen Incil-
laria Benson und Meghimatium Hasselt im Vergleich mit
der von Philomycus Rafinesque.” Mal. Blatt., 1866, Bd.
xill, pp. 64—70, T. i

Martens, E. von.—‘“‘ Die Preussische Expedition nach Ost-
Asien.” Berlin: 1867.

Pitspry, H. A.—‘‘ Phylogeny of the Genera of Arionide.”
Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1898, vol. ili, pp. O41 04, pl. vil.

StmroTH, H.— “Nacktschnecken” in ‘Die Thierwelt Ost-
Afrikas,” 1895, Bd. iv, pp. 1—23, T. i—ill.

16.—SEMPER, C.—‘‘ Die Kiefer von Philomycus carolinensis Base

und australis Bergh.” Nachr. d. d. Malak. Gesell., 1871,
pp. 1—2, T. 1 figs. 1—z2.

COLLINGE: ANATOMY OF SLUGS. 85

EXPLANATION OF PLATES IV—V.

Fig. 1. Anadenus sechuenensis, n. sp. View from the right side. x1.

Fig. 2. x rh Dorsal view of the same. XI.

Fig. 3. Zebennophorus bilineatus, Bens. View from the right side.

Figs. 4—5. Lateral and dorsal views of specimens named 7’. australis by Bergh.

Fig. 6. Anadenus sechuenensis, n. sp. Alimentary canal.

Fig. 7 5 PF, Pallial complex seen from below. x 24.

Fig. 8. 3 53 Pedal Gland. x2.

Fig, 9. 2. 55 Transverse section of the pedal gland.

Fig. 10. 3 Pe Generative organs.

Fig. 11. A. 55 Vagina and receptaculum seminis cut open
to show the structure of the internal wall.

Fig. 12. 3 3 Penis cut open to show the structure of the
internal wall.

Fig. 13 45 Spermatophore.

9
Fig. 14. Tebennophorus bilineatus, Bens. Generative organs.

REFERENCE LETTERS.

a. Auricle. ov. Oviduct.

alb. gi. Albumen gland. p. Penis.

4. ¢. Buccal cavity. p.r. Retractor muscle of the penis.
cr. Crop. ph. r. Pharyngeal retractor muscle.
d. Dart. pr. Prostate.

d,s. Dart-sac. vy. m. Retractor muscle.

f. ov. Free oviduct. ies Receptaculum seminis.

h. d. Wermaphrodite duct. vr. ¢. r, Right tentacular retractor muscle.
A. gi. Hermaphrodite gland. s. ad. Duct of salivary gland.

int. 1-4 Intestine. s. gl. Salivary gland.

R. Kidney. st, Stomach.

i Lung. V. Ventricle.

7. ¢. yr. Left tentacular retractor muscle. v.d. Vas deferens.

@. (Esophagus. vg. Vagina.

ON TWO NEW VARIETIES OF CATAULUS
NIETNERI, G. & H. NEV., FROM CEYLON.
By OLIVER COLLETT, F.R.M.S.,

Binoya, Watawala, Ceylon.

Cataulus nietneri, from Ceylon, was described by G. and H. Nevill in
the “ Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal” (1871, vol. xxxix, p. 7),
and the shell is figured in that Journal (PI. 1, fig. 7, 7a), and also in
the “ Conchologia Indica” of Theobald and Hanley (PI. 146, fig. 4).

86 COLLETT: NEW VARIETIES OF CATAULUS.

As the figures are in each case somewhat poor and indistinct, I
have thought that it might serve a useful purpose to give a new
figure of the species (Fig. A), together with figures of two new
varieties which have occurred to me in the hill-forests of the Island.

The whereabouts of the late Mr. Hugh Nevill’s collection being
apparently unknown, I have selected for the figure the species of a
shell which corresponds as nearly as possible to the original descrip-
tion. ‘This, together with the types of the two varieties figured, has
been deposited in the British Museum (Natural History).

C. nietneri, G. & H. Nev., var. unicolor, n. v. Fig. B.

Shell larger and more elongated than the type. Whorls more
solid, more densely striated and more roughened. Apex golden and
horny. The rest of the shell very pale yellow throughout. The con-
spicuous white flames which ornament the typical form and _ var.
caperata, are entirely absent in the present variety, which is rare.
Operculum normal.

Alt. 17, diam. max. 6.5 mm.

Hab.— Amongst ferns and forest undergrowth. Ambegamoa,
3000 feet.

A
Fig. A. Cataulus nietneri, G. and H. Nevill.
Fig. B. cs A var. unicolor, Collett.
Fig. C. An ha var. caperata, Collett.

Cataulus nietneri, G. & H. Nev., var. eaperata, n. v. Fig. C.

Shell larger and more solid than the type. Whorls more rounded
and sutures deeper. Apex smooth and horny. The rest of the shell
closely and strongly wrinkled all over, excepting the small flattened
portion of the last whorl immediately above the peristome. Oper-
culum as in the type. -

Alt. 18, diam. max. 7 mm.

Hab.—Amongst ferns and scrub in marshy places. Fairly common
in Ambegamoa, 2000 feet, and Balangoda, 2200 feet.

q
y
fi
2

87

HELIX (EPIPRAGMOPHORA) KELLETTI, FORBES,
AND ITS HABITAT.

By Mrs. M. BURTON WILLIAMSON,

Los Angeles, Cal., U.S.A.

THE usual habitat of North American land molluscs is in moist, shady
places under layers of fallen leaves, dead trunks of trees, or under
stones ; but in Southern California, where forests are rare, they must
be sought for in other places. The time to obtain the best results in
collecting is in the winter after the annual rain has set in, not in the
summer time as in the North Eastern States. In little cafions on the
south side of low foot hills under loose rocks a few Epipragmophora
traskit may occasionally be collected, these are more rarely found on
the under side of a cactus, but the former habitat is usually the home
of this species. ‘There is, however, a species that is invariably found
on and under cacti; this species, LZ. kellettit, Forbes, is found on Santa
Catalina Island, a little island about twenty-three miles off the coast,
west of San Pedro Bay, California. The island is mountainous with
but little vegetation, and on some of the hills the prickly pear cactus
(Opuntia vulgaris) grows wild; here E. kellettii may be found.

The presence of these molluscs are heralded by the sight of a
chalk-white shell on the ground, or at the roots of the cactus partly
hidden from sight. Summer and winter the cactus bed is the home
of this mollusc, sometimes they may be found attached to the under
surface of dead branches or on the under side of green branches,
which is their favourite habitat in winter. Of all collecting probably
there is none that is so likely to keep down any tendency to enthu-
siasm as snail collecting in a bed of cacti. In the first place the
number of living specimens is limited; in the second place they are
difficult to capture, a stout stick being necessary in order to bring
the plant near enough—not an easy thing to do—to dislodge the
shell. This must be done with caution or even gloved hands feel
the effect; then there must be constant alertness and caution or
shoeseand feet are pierced with the sharp prickles and bristles.

How anything so soft and sensitive as the foot and body of a snail
can choose its home on the prickly pear cactus is a puzzle. Of course
the snail covers its passage with a slime that is a protection, but when
we consider that tufts of barbed bristles and long prickles run out in
every direction the Opuntia is not the kind of plant we would have

88 GUDE: CLAIM TO PRIORITY OF PAPUINA WIEGMANNI.

selected for its habitat. Probably the scarcity of moisture elsewhere
has been the reason why the snail at first sought such a habitat, for,
however dry and parched vegetation may seem the prickly pear cactus
has abundance of moisture, this is noticeable even in dead branches
where the brown sap may be seen oozing out when the decaying mass
has been punctured.

E. kellettii is described by Forbes as having a “shell narrowly
umbilicated, depressed-globose, wrinkled, granulated, fulvous; spire
subturbinated, with dirty reddish blotches and one red revolving band,
whorls 6, rather convex, the last with a white band at its periphery
and inflated on its under surface ; aperture roundly lunate, light red
and banded within; peristome somewhat reflected, its columellar
portion dilated, reflected, covering the umbilicus. Greater diameter
22, lesser 19 mm.; height 19 mm.” ‘The shells vary so much from
the type that Mr. Henry Hemphill has named several varieties, such
as castanea, nitidus, multilineata, bicolor, tricolor, albida, etc. <A shell
that is collected from San Diego southward on the mainland known as
E. stearnsiana, Gabb, is now considered only a variety of EH. kellettit.
The animal of £. kelletti is described as of a “ bluish slate-colour,”
but the animals I have seen are nearer a drab, or café au lait colour.
I have seen none on Santa Catalina Island that might be termed
*slate-coloured;” so evidently I have not collected the typical form,
so far as the animal is concerned.

ON THE RELATIVE CLAIM TO PRIORITY OF PAPUINA
WIEGMANNI AND P. TUOMENSIS.
By G. K GUDE, 4256.

Papuina wiegmanni, v. Mts., from Tuom Island between Kaiser
Wilhelmsland and New Britain (Neu-Pommern), having been described
by two authors under different names, it is necessary to decide which
of the two names has priority.

The circumstances of publication of the work containing the
earliest name and description are somewhat peculiar. The third part
of volume iil of ‘‘ Conchologische Mittheilungen” in which Professor
von Martens first described the shell, was published in 1894, but the
part was directly after withdrawn from publication. I was unable to
obtain a copy, but Prof. von Martens was kind enough to lend me his,

GUDE: CLAIM TO PRIORITY OF PAPUINA WIEGMANNI. 89

at the same time giving the following information with reference to it.
The publisher, Mr. Theodor Fischer, of Cassel, issued this part with
only two plates (43 and 44) instead of six (43—48) as indicated
in the text. Under the description of P. wiegmanni occurs a refer-
ence to plate 46, which is one of the missing ones. A copy of this
part (the only other which I have seen) is in the Natural History
Museum, Cromwell Road, a fact which indicates that copies were
distributed, and the part must therefore be considered as having been
duly published. The Museum copy is identical with that sent me by
Prof. von Martens.

Mr. C. F. Ancey published the same shell in 18951 as a new
species under Dr. Boettger’s MS. name Papwina twomensis, which name
must be discarded, since under the circumstances just mentioned P.
wiegmannt has priority.

Prof. von Martens afterwards published the species under the same
name”, giving a literal transcription of his earlier description, but
without making mention of it.

The shell was distributed by Mr. Staudinger under Dr. Boettger’s
MS. name. It belongs to the group of Papuina tayloriana, Ad. and
Rve., and should be placed next to P. lowisiadensis.

The synonymy should read as follows :

1894.—Helix (Geotrochus) wiegmanni, v. Mts.: Conch. Mitth., iii,

3 Ds EO:
1895.—Papuina tuomensis, Ancey: Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. W. (2),
X, Dp: 374,:t. 26, £3. Var. heterochroa, Ancey : ibid. f. 4:
1897.—Helix (Geotrochus) wiegmanni, v. Mts.: Arch. f. Naturg.,
Ixili, p. 41, t. 8, figs. r— 4.

1899.—Papuina wiegmanni, supra.

Other species of Mollusca affected by the above mentioned circum-
stances are:

Aérope beyrichi, v. Mts.: Conch. Mitth., 1894, iil, 3, p. 1. Refer-
ence in text to pl. 43, figs. 1 and 2 is erroneous, the figures cited
representing Achatina nitida, g. v. Arch. f. Naturg., 1897, Ixiil, i,
p. 35, t. 6, figs. r—3. Pondo-Land.

Helix cernua, v. Mts.: S. B. Ges. Naturf. Fr. Berlin, 1889, p. 161;
Conch. Mitth., 1894, iii, 3, p. 2. Reference in text to pl. 44 is erro-
neous, the plate cited containing only a figure of Spatha wissmanni,
q. v. Arch. f. Naturg., 1897, Ixili, i, p. 36, t. 7, figs. 8—1o. Great
Namaqua Land.

1 Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., 1895 (2), x, p. 374.
2 Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, 1897, Ixiii, p. 4r.

go GUDE: CLAIM TO PRIORITY OF PAPUINA WIEGMANNI.

Helix coagulum, v. Mts.: S.B.Ges. Naturf. Fr. Berlin, 1899, p. 160;
Conch. Mitth., 1894, ili, 3, p. 3. Reference in text to pl. 44 is erro-
neous, vide supra. Arch. f. Naturg., 1897, Ixili, i, p. 37. t. 7, figs.
11—14. Great Namaqua Land.

Helix namaquana, v. Mts.: S. B. Ges. Naturf. Fr. Berlin, 1889, p.
161; Conch. Mitth., 1894, iii, 3, p. 4. Reference in text to pl. 44 is
erroneous, vide supra. Arch. f. Naturg., 1897, Ixiil, 1, p. 38, t. 7, figs.
1—4. Little Namaqua Land.

Helix retisculpta, v. Mts.: Nachr. D. Malak. Ges., 1889, p. 154;
Conch. Mitth., 1894, iii, 3, p. 5. Reference in text to pl. 44 erro-
neous, vide supra. Arch. f. Naturg., 1897, Ixiii, i, p. 38, t, 7, figs.
5—7- Damara Land.

Achatina nitida, v. Mts.: Conch. Mitth., 1894, ili, 3, p. 7, t. 43,
figs. 1-—2. Erroneously cited in text as pl. 45, Usambara.

Achatina schrenckt, v. Mts.: Conch. Mitth., 1894, ili, 3, p. 8, t. 43,
f. 3. Erroneously cited in text as pl. 45. ‘Transvaal.

Limicolaria flammea var. dimidiata, vy. Mts.: Conch. Mitth., 1894,
iil, 3, p. 9, t. 43, figs. 6—7. Erroneously cited in text as pl. 45.
Kilima-Njaro.

Spatha wissmanni, v. Mts.: Conch. Mitth., 1894, ii, 3, p. 9, t. 44.
Erroneously cited in text as pl. 47. Congo.

Helix hettneriana, v. Mts.: Conch. Mitth., 1894, ill, 3, p. Io.
Reference in text to pl. 44, erroneous, vide supra. Arch. f. Naturg.,
1897, Ixiii, 1, p. 40, t. 7, figs. 1517. Peru.

Helix naso, v. Mts.: Jahrb. D. Mal. Ges., 1883, x, p. 82; Conch
Mitth., 1894, ili, 3, p. 12. Pl. 46 cited in text not published. Arch.
f. Naturg., 1897, lxiii, p. 42, t. 8, figs. 7—8. E. New Guinea.

Cochlostyla finschi, v. Mts.: Conch. Mitth., ili, 3, p. 12. Pl. 46
cited in text not published.

Helix ( Geotrochus) heimburgi var. finschi, v. Mts.: Arch. f. Naturg.,
1897, Ixiii, i, p. 43, t. 8, figs. 5—6. New Britain.

Calycia crystallina, Rve.: v. Mts. Conch. Mitth., 1894, il, 3, p. 13.
Pl. 48 cited in text not published. Arch. f. Naturg., 1897, 1xiii, i, p.
43, t. 9. New Guinea.

PROCEEDINGS OF MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. gt

NOTES.

Subulina oetona, Chemn. in Kew Gardens.— Recently I have had
sent to me, through the kindness of Mr. I. H. Burkill, living examples of this
species found in Kew Gardens. They were found by Mr. G. Nicholson in one of
the tropical forcing pits, and there are said to be plenty of young ones, but few
adults. A West Indian moth was recently found in a similar pit.

Mr. Cockerell (Sci. Gossip, 1893, p. 26) has recorded the species, on the
authority of Mr. J. R. Hardy, from hothouses at Manchester.—E. R. SYKEs.

Notes on some Specimens of Plectopylis.—Mr. Collinge has been so
kind as to send me for inspection the specimens of Plectopylis contained in the
Theobald collection in the Zoological Museum of Mason University College,
Birmingham, witha request that I should make a note of them for this journal.

There are eight shells, of which two pertain to a species recently described by
me as new.

1.—Plectopylis repercussa, Gould: Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., 1856, vi,
p- 11; Gude: Sci. Goss., 1898, n.s. v, p. 74, f. 78. Two typical specimens
measuring: @ major diam. 28, min. diam. 23, alt. io mm.; 6. major diam. 29, min.
diam. 23°5, alt. 10 mm.

2.—Plectopylis achatina var. repercussoides, Gude: Sci. Goss., 1899, n.s. v,
Pp. 333. Three specimens measuring: a. major diam. 26°75, min. diam. 21°5, alt.
Io mm. ; b. major diam. 26°25, min. diam. 20°5, alt. 9°5 mm.; ¢. major diam.
24°75, min. diam. 19°75, alt. 9 mm.

3-—Plectopylis andersoni, W. T. Blanf.: Proc. Zool. Soc., 1869, p. 448;
Hanley and Theobald: Conch. Ind., 1875, t. 112, figs. 8-9; Godwin-Austen :
Proc. Zool. Soc., 1874, p. 612, t. 74, f. 9; Tryon: Man. Conch., 1887 (2), iii,
p- 161, t. 34, f. 71, t. 35, figs. 74-75; Gude: Sci. Goss., 1896, n.s. iii, p. 154,
f. 17. One specimen measuring: major diam. 24, min. diam. 21, alt. 9°5 mm.

4.—Plectopylis magna, Gude: Sci. Goss., 1897, n.s. iv, p. 70, f. 52. Two
specimens measuring: @ major diam. 25, min. diam. 20, alt. 8°25 mm.; 0. major
diam. 23°75, min. diam. 20, alt. 9 mm.—G. K. GUDE.

Additional Reeords to the Mollusea of Carnarvonshire and
Merionethshire. — The following land molluscs, recently collected at Nevin,
are additions to the county fauna I believe:—Helix hortensis, H. itala and v. leuco-
zona, H. arbustorum v. conoidea, H. acuta and vars. strigata, articulata, and alba.
I am also able to add the following species and varieties to Merionethshire, all of
which were collected at Aberdovey:—Helix virgata and v. alba, H. caperata v.
Julva.—H. H. BLOOMER.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

12TH MEETING, SEPTEMBER 12TH, 1899.

The President in the chair.
The following nomination for membership was read :—
Miss A. Litchfield.

Q2 PROCEEDINGS OF MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

PAPER READ.

**On the Anatomical characters of the subgenus Limacopsis, Simr.,’ by Walter
E. Collinge, F.Z.S.
EXHIBITS.

By the President: Specimens and drawings illustrating his paper, also speci-
mens of Apera burnupi, E. A. Sm., and Oopelta nigropunctata, Morch.

By Mr. F. J. Partridge: Arion rufus, L., from Brussels, Oncidiella celtica,
Cuv., Otina otis and Vertigo moulinsiana, all from North Devon.

13TH MEETING, OCTOBER 13TH, 1899.

The President in the chair.

New member elected:—Miss A. Litchfield.

The President directed attention to a very interesting account of the Mollusca of
Herefordshire, by Messrs. Boycott and Bowell. A discussion followed upon the
nomenclature used, and it was decided to ask the Council to take into consideration
the desirability of approaching the Council of the London Malacological Society,
with a view to the formation of a thoroughly representative committee, to consider
the publication of an authoritative list of the British Mollusca.

EXHIBITS.

By Mr. Bloomer: Shells of Ampullaria globosa, Swain., from Jubbulpore,
Planorbis exustus, Desh., from Bengal, Cyclophorus indicus, Desh., and Ariophanta
laevipes, Miill., from Bombay.

By Mr. Guy Breeden: Varieties of the shells of Helix virgata and H. cartusiana,
from various localities.

By the President: The shells of Ampullaria theobaldi, A. glauca, L., A. am-
pullacea, L., A. globosa, Swain., Vivipara filosa, Hanley, V. malleata, Rve.,
V. vivipara, L., V. contecta, Miill., V. doliaris, Gld., V. angularis, Miill., V.
bengalensis, Lam., Paludomus dilatatus, Rve., P. loricatus, Rve., P. chilinoides,
Rve., also specimens of Scarabus trigonus, Tros., and 8. plicatus, Fér.

14TH MEETING, NOVEMBER 17TH, 1899.

The President in the chair.

The following additions to the Library were announced, for which thanks were
voted : 24 pamphlets from Prof. H. A. Pilsbry, and 1 from the President.

The following nomination for membership was read :—

Mr. H. Overton.
PAPER READ.

*¢ Additional Records to the Mollusca of Carnarvonshire and Merionethshire,”
by H. H. Bloomer.

EXHIBITS.

By Mr. Bloomer: Shells of Helix hortensis, H. itala and v. leucozona, H.
arbustorum v. conoidea, and one approaching flavescens, H. acuta and vars. strigata,
articulata, and alba, from Nevin, Carnarvonshire. Also from Aberdovey, Helix
virgata and v. alba, and H. caperata v. fulva. ;

By the President: A collection of slugs from Australia, Tasmania, and New
Zealand, also specimens of Xesta novaree, Pfr.

By Mr. Overton: Arion fasciatus, Nils., Limax maximus, and the var. cinereo-
niger, Wolf, from Sutton Coldfield.

By Mr. Breeden: Shells of Petricola pholadiformis, from the Kentish coast.

By Mr. Partridge: Shells of Melampus bidentatus, from the River Taw,
Barnstaple.

CURRENT LITERATURE; 93

CURRENT LITERATURE.

Pilsbry, H. A.—Tryon’s Manual of Conchology, ser. ii, vol. xii (pt. 47), pp.
113—176, pls. xxix—xlvi, and xxxvia.

Mr. Pilsbry continues his account of the species of Oxystyla from Mexico, &c.,
and then passes to the South American species, of which latter he gives a useful
conchological table. He then deals with Porphyrobaphe which, he points out, is
mainly to be distinguished from Oxystyla by the peristome being ‘‘ thick and blunt
or reflexed ” and not ‘‘thin and acute.” So far as known the anatomical differences
appear to be unimportant. The concluding portion of the present part deals with
Liguus, in which genus—apart from Liguws, s.s.—he admits as subgenera Hemi-
bulimus and Corona. The typical forms are Antillean, those of the first subgenus
Colombian, the residue being South American. He points out that Zigwus may be
separated from Orthalicus and Oxystyla by the sculpture of the protoconch. His
very careful study of the variation of the shell in the species of Liguus will be of
great service to the systematist.

We note new varieties of Oxystyla princeps, O. pulchella, and O. zebra.—E.R.S.

Drew, G. A.—The Anatomy, Habits, and Embryology of Voldia limatula, Say.
Mem. Biol. Lab. Johns Hopkins Univ., Baltimore, 1899, vol. iv, pp. I—37,
pls. i—v.

In one of our recent numbers we noticed a preliminary paper by Dr. Drew, upon
certain members of the Protobranchia ; now we have before us the finished memoir,
in which the life, habits, anatomy, and embryology of Yoldia limatula are dealt
with at considerable length. As we have already drawn attention to the chief
descriptive matter of the preliminary paper, it will perhaps be more advantageous
here to take a somewhat broader view, and offer a few remarks upon the general
inferences to be drawn from the detailed facts.

It will be remembered that Pelseneer—the author to whom we owe our most
comprehensive account of the anatomy of the Mwewlide—was particularly struck by
the close similarity of structure and primitive characteristics of the group as a whole.
Now the predominant note of Dr. Drew’s paper is in direct opposition to this, for
he lays stress throughout upon the specialised character of certain organs and the
striking divergence in important features between the several members of the
family. In fact one gathers from his researches that the Nuwculide, far from forming
an extremely primitive homogeneous group, are primitive indeed to a certain extent,
as evidenced by the structure of their gills, but have diverged so far from one
another in various particulars as to form a decidedly scattered assemblage, with a
common ancestor in the dim past, of very generalised structure.

Apart from this general opposition to our previous ideas of the family, it must be
noticed that. in dealing with the same species, the accounts of anatomical structure
given by our author and Pelseneer are in many cases incompatible with each other,
and this too in features by no means trivial, such as the presence or absence of a
distinct pleural ganglion, of a posterior aorta, of an external opening to the otocyst,
and so forth. Have we here a remarkable instance of individual variation or some
error of observation? If the latter be the case it seems probable that the error does
not lie with Dr. Drew, for in the first place his material was fresh and plentiful, and
in the second his general conclusions with regard to the heterogeneous character of
the family have been just lately supported by Stempell’s study of Leda.

With reference to the primitive nature of Yoldia, kept somewhat in the back-
ground throughout the paper, we should like to draw attention to a curious and
surely primitive condition of the nervous system. The cerebral and visceral com-
missures are ganglionic, and pass imperceptibly into the cerebral and visceral ganglia.

It is interesting to note in the embryological section, which as in the preliminary
paper is mainly devoted to the ectodermic test, that the otoliths are formed while

94 CURRENT LITERATURE.

the creature is still within the test, and cannot therefore be foreign bodies. The
paper is illustrated by five excellent plates.—R. H. BuRNE.

Meisenheimer, J.—Entwicklungsgeschichte von Dreissensia polymorpha Pall.
1. Bis zur Ausbildung der jungen Trochophoralarve, pp. 44, 2 folding plates.
Marburg: 1899.

The author points out that amongst the freshwater mussels Dreissensia poly-
morpha occupies a remarkably isolated position, inasmuch as in structure and
development it clearly shows the characters of a marine form. He traces the
history of its distribution in Europe from before the ice-age. when it was apparently
widely distributed throughout North Germany, to the present day when it has
spread over the greater part of Europe north of the Alps and the Pyrenees. It
seems to have entered England in 1824.

While in some freshwater Pelecypoda the original free-swimming larval form has
undergone suppression, and in others a new form (such as the Glochidium of Unio)
has been acquired, in Dreissensia the larva is still a typical Trochophore. The
present part of Dr. Meisenheimer’s memoir traces the cell changes from the ovum
up to that important larval stage.

The eggs are laid free in the water, where therefore the development takes place.
The segmentation is of the spiral type, and our author describes it very fully and
compares the stages with those described for Crepidula by Conklin, and for the
Unionide by Lillie. In addition to outline figures of the segmentation stages the
cell-lineage is illustrated by a folding plate representing the descent of each cell
graphically up to about the sixtieth generation of the blastomeres. These and the
other details given in the paper cannot be abstracted or understood apart from the
figures, so we must refer those interested to Dr. Meisenheimer’s paper itself for
further information.

In conclusion, we welcome this paper not only for its own sake but also as
evidence of the good work now being done at the freshwater biological station of
Pl6n in Holstein, an institution of the kind that we certainly ought to have in
England before long, either on the Westmoreland Lakes or the Norfolk Broads, or
better still one in each of these interesting districts. —W. A. HERDMAN.

Appellof, A.— Cephalopodon von Ternate. 1. Verzeichnis der von Professor
Kiikenthal gesammelten Arten. 2. Untersuchungen tiber Jdiosepius, Sepia-
darium und verwandte Formen, ein Beitrag zur Beleuchtung der Hektokoty-
lisation und ihrer systematischen Bedeutung. Abhandl. der Senckenberg.
Nat. Gesell., 1898, Bd. xxiv, pp. 561—637, Tfn. xxxii—xxxiv.

This memoir opens with an enumeration of the Cephalopoda collected by Dr.
Kiikenthal; no new forms are described, but three species (Octopus vitiensis,
Octopus mollis, and Octopus pictus) are recorded for the first time from the Indo-
Malayan region. The second and much more important section contains an-
elaborate discussion of the relationships of Sepiadariwm and Idiosepius. The late
Professor Steenstrup maintained that the hectocotylisation, if rightly regarded,
might always be trusted to lead to a natural classification of the Cephalopoda ; and,
more especially, that those forms in which the modification affects the dorsal arm or
arms would always prove to be more nearly related to each other than to those in
which the modification affected the ventral pair. Now in the genera Jdiosepius,
Sepiadarium, and Sepioloidea, the ventral pair is affected, and hence Steenstrup
united them with Sepia and Loligo rather than with Sepiola and Lossia, to which
they bear a strong external resemblance. The late Dr. Brock adduced grounds for
doubting this affinity in the case of Sepioloidea, but Steenstrup replied to him,
maintaining his original thesis. Dr. Appellof has now in a masterly fashion rein-
vestigated the whole question. He finds that the peculiar rudimentary shell believed
to exist in /diosepius was based on an error of observation; that a functional mantle-
connection is absent in all three genera, though present in a rudimentary form as in

CURRENT LITERATURE. 95

Sepiola, whilst the curious Mediterranean Heteroteuthis furnishes a connecting link
between them and Rossia. Several characters of Jdiosepius and Sepiadariwm, such
as the presence Of median and lateral adductor muscles to the mantle, the consti-
tution of the liver-capsule by an undifferentiated muscle layer, and its connection
with the mantle, the structure of the testes and liver and arrangement of the salivary
glands, are also common to the Sepiolidac. Other characters again, such as the
structure of the radula, the undivided pallial nerve, and the presence of an accessory
median mantle adductor, are most easily understood as modifications of the arrange-
ment found in the Sepzolidae. An anatomical character quite peculiar to Jdiosepius
is the presence of an incomplete right oviduct; the glandular terminal part is as
well developed as in the left side, but the internal aperture appears to be absent, so
that only the left oviduct is functional; this is probably an inheritance from the
cegopsid stem. Hence it appears that the whole anatomy of these forms, except the
position of the hectocotylus, indicates a relationship with Sepiola and its allies,
rather than with Sepia and Loligo, and the hectocotylisation cannot be regarded as
invariably a safe standard of affinity. In conclusion, Dr. Appellof proposes the
erection of a new family for Jdiosepiws, and would arrange the forms in question as
follows :—

Family Jdiosepiidae :—Idiosepius.
Family Sepioladae.
Subfamily Sepiadarii:—Sepioloidea, Sepiadariwm.
Subfamily Sepiolini:—Sepiola, Inioteuthis, Stoloteuthis.
Subfamily Heteroteuthinae: —Heteroteuthis, Nectoteuthis.—W. E. H.

Heath, H.—The Development of Jschnochiton. Zool. Jahrb. (Abth. f. Morph.),
1899, Bd. xii, pp. 567—656, T. 31—35, and 5 figs.

Professor Heath is to be congratulated on the completion of this beautifully
illustrated and really excellent piece of work.

Ischnochiton ( Stenoradsia) magdalensis, Hinds, which forms the subject of this
research, occurs in great numbers on the Californian coast. During the day it is
found either half buried in the sand or concealed under loose stones. It is exceed-
ingly sensitive to light and comes out only at night to feed on the vegetation. The
eggs are laid in May and June, and unlike any Chiton yet described, it deposits
these in the form of ‘‘jelly masses,” which are strings 3—4 mm. in diameter and
about 77 cm. long. As the eggs pass out from the ovary they are surrounded by
albumen and become moulded into strings by the lower end of the oviduct. On one
side of the string there is a strip of albumen in which the eggs are absent, it is
therefore not in a state of tension like the remaining portion which is full of ova,
consequently the strings assume a spiral form. A specimen kept in the laboratory
showed that about 7 inches of the egg-string was laid per hour. Although a very
large number of eggs are deposited—the author estimates the minimum for each
individual at .101,804, the average 115,940, and the maximum 193,564—very few
develope into adults.

Development proceeds rapidly. The embryo escapes from the egg about the
seventh day, and in another ten or twelve days takes on the external characters of
the adult. Particular attention has been paid ‘‘ to the cell lineage, and the external
features of the development through the formation of the trochophore and _ its
metamorphosis, up to the assumption of the adult form.” The development of the
various internal organs is only incidentally referred to in connection with its bearing
upon the complete understanding of the external structures, but we are promised a
further study of these at a later date.

Not the least interesting part of Professor Heath’s work is the chapter devoted
to ‘‘ General Considerations.” Of recent years there has been a growing tendency
to regard ‘‘the early cleavage stages as something more than a mere manifestation
of simple mechanical forces.”’ In the origin and position of the various quartettes

96 CURRENT LITERATURE.

in Ischnochiton there are many resemblances to the conditions which obtain in
certain Annelids, indeed in the early cleavages in many cases they are cell for cell
the same, and although in the later stages these cell homologies disappear, in the
behaviour of the cell groups and in the structures they give rise to, development
proceeds in both cases much along the same path. From these and other con-
siderations the author is of opinion that the resemblances between Jschzochiton and
the Annelids are more fundamental and closer than are the differences. Discussing
the ancestral form of the trochophore, Prof. Heath advances the theory that it
*“was a quadriradially symmetrical organism whose principal axis corresponds to
that of the grastula, and that the shifting of this axis is secondary.” This helps us
considerably to understand many of the transformations which the developing Chiton
undergoes, and also indicates that both the Chiton and Annelid trochophore are
constructed upon essentially the same type. Numerous other points of great interest
to the student of molluscan embryology are dealt with, all of which are admirably
illustrated. —W. E. C.

Moss, W.—The Genitalia and Radule of the British Hyalinia. Trans. Manchester
Micro. Soc., 1898 [1899], pp. 24—28, pls. iv—v.

This interesting paper records the results of a careful examination of a series of
dissections of the terminal ducts of the generative organs of seven species of Hya-
linia. Five of these species belong to the subgenus Polita, Held., viz., drapar-
naldi, cellaria, glabra, alliaria, and nitidula, and two to Zonitoides, Lehm., viz.,
nitida and excavata. Of the Polita group, nitidula differs widely from the remaining
four, which, so far as the principal features are concerned, resemble each other very
closely and are classed by the author as the Cellaria group. On the other hand
nitidula is, both as regards its radula and generative organs, strongly differentiated
from the cedlaria type.

Some interesting variations in the terminal ducts of glabra are figured and
described.

A note on the terminal ducts of nitida and excavata is reprinted from the ‘‘Journ.
of Conchology,” and the curious calcareous penis sheath, present in these two species,
is figured for the first time.

The figures, which are reproductions by photo-lithography from photo-micro-
graphs, leave much to be desired, good drawings would, in our opinion, have
added greatly to the value of the paper.—W. E. C.

Scharff, R. F.—The History of the European Fauna. 8vo, pp. vii+364, 21 figs.
London: 1899, Walter Scott, Ltd.

This work is the outcome of a paper published in 1897 in the ‘‘ Proceedings of
the Royal Irish Academy” (3 ser. vol. iv). The original paper has been amplified
and improved upon, and certain alterations made. The book opens with a some-
what lengthy introduction, followed by a chapter of Preliminary Considerations, and
then follow in order, the Fauna of Britain, the Arctic Fauna, the Siberian Migra-
tion, the Oriental Migration, the Lusitanian Fauna, and the Alpine Fauna.

Selecting the British Isles for study, its fauna, broadly speaking, is made up of
the following elements: a southern or Lusitanian, which is regarded as the oldest
portion, next the Alpine and Oriental migrations, then the Arctic, and finally the
Eastern or Siberian. The author endeavours to trace the original home of the dif-
ferent elements of our fauna and the path by which dispersal has been effected.

It is not within our scope to discuss the author’s views generally, but we cannot
refrain from pointing out one or two points which mark an advance in the discussion
of such problems as are here dealt with. Firstly then Dr. Scharff no longer regards
the various zoological regions and subregions as immutable, but rather as convenient
terms for the time being. The exterminating severity of the Glacial period he

CURRENT LITERATURE. 97

thinks has probably been overestimated, though we cannot agree, as is here done,
to overestimating the mildness of the same. Throughout the work there is an enthu-
siasm which is quite refreshing, and full as it is of pregnant suggestions, it cannot
fail to give an impulse to the study of geographical distribution.

In no spirit of fault-finding, but rather as suggestions for a second edition, we
would point out that apart from certain overdrawn conclusions, the book suffers
from over-wordiness and too much repetition, as a result of which the author’s
meaning is often obscure. The term ‘‘ migration” is used ina very loose manner,
in not a few instances the term ‘‘ dispersal” would be better. Finally the Bibli-
ography and Index have been carelessly compiled.

Turning our attention to the Mollusca, which form an important class in dealing
with problems of distribution, the author has availed himself largely of Dr. Kobelt’s
recent work. Not a few of the various references to the molluscs contain inaccura-
cies, most of which might, with a little more care have been avoided; thus referring
to the genus Arion on p. 49, it is stated that 6 or 7 species are met with in France,
in Spain and Portugal about 10, rough guesses of this character are inadmissible in
a work written for the general scientific public. Recent work shows that there are
about a dozen French species, and 7 or 8 occurring in Spain and Portugal. Again,
on page 299 we learn that ‘‘ the same number of species [of Arion], viz. five, occur
in Germany and in England.” Now there are certainly 7 English species, probably
8, whilst Ireland adds an additional one; of these 9, all occur in Germany excepting
2, but Germany has in addition at least 3 species which are not known to occur in
the British Isles. Over and over again Dr. Scharff dwells upon the distribution of
Geomalacus maculosus (pp. 5, 49, 99, 102, 115, 298, 299), but we fail to find any
reference to a peculiar form of Arion empiricorum (var. bocagei, Simr.), which has
precisely the same distribution. Further instances might be cited did space permit.
In conclusion let us ‘freely acknowledge that, in spite of many little imperfections,
Dr. Scharff has produced a most interesting and suggestive book, which every
zoologist should read.—-W. E. C.

Hedley, Charles.—The Mollusca of Funafuti. Pt. I. Gasteropoda, Pt. II.
Pelecypoda and Brachiopoda. Mem. Aust. Mus., 1899, vol. ili, pts. 17—18,

PP. 397510, figs. 1—58.

Mr. Hedley opens this valuable account of the Mollusca of Funafuti with some
very strong remarks on the ‘‘ London School ” of conchologists, some of which are
undoubtedly well deserved. The great wealth of anatomical material which has
been, and is still being, cast aside by London and other conchologists is greatly to
be deplored. If ‘‘the fascinating studies of structure, affinities, higher classifi-
cation,” etc., has no charm for them, they might at least pass on the material to
other workers. This is done by the British Museum authorities to a certain extent,
as is evidenced in papers by Plate, Godwin-Austen, Collinge, and others.

In pt. I. 287 species and 18 varieties are enumerated, of these 39 species and 4

varieties are new. Three new genera are described, viz., Obtortio, Contumax, and
Thetidos.

In part II. 70 species and 5 varieties are enumerated, 5 of the species being new.
A new species of Brachiopoda, Thecidea mawilla, is also described.

All the new species are figured, in addition to many others. —W. E. C.

Tryon, Henry.— Plant Pests. Vaginula Slugs (Vaginula hedleyi and V,
leydigi). Queensland Agricul. Journ., 1899, vol. v, pp. 1—7, pl.

The Government Entomologist describes how these two slugs have of late in-
creased in numbers round Brisbane. Much damage is done by them in vegetable
gardens. The writer suggests that they are importations from some country at
present unknown.—C. H.

98 CURRENT LITERATURE.

Buchner, 0.—Helix pomatia, L. Revision ihrer Spiclarten und Abnormititem
mit Hervorhebung wiirttembergischer Vorkommnisse nebst Bemerkungen iiber
falsche Anwendung des Begriffes ‘‘ Varietat.” Jahr. d. Vereins f. vaterl. Nat.
in Wiirth., 1899, pp. 232—79, T. i—iv.

This paper is divided into two parts. The first part consists of a discussion as to
the use of the term ‘‘ variety,” and does not seem to reach a more satisfactory con-
clusion than previous discussions of the same point. Usage has given to the term
‘* variety” a very wide and a very loose signification; and any accurate definition
or classification is practically impossible till more is known about the causes and
conditions of production of the various deviations from the ‘‘ typical” form. The
ideal classification of varieties must depend on a knowledge of their physiological
causation. The author adopts the satisfactory plan of calling the deviations usually
classed as ‘* varieties’ by the less committal term of ‘‘ forms.”

The second part of the paper consists of an examination of the described varieties
of H. pomatia: the following is a summary of the author’s results: (1) forma
normalis s. vulgaris ; last whorl more than two-thirds of and nearly three-quarters
of the total altitude; diam. 40 to 50 mm.: (2) forma zzflata, Hartmann ; much
bigger and often thinner-shelled than the type, whorls more swollen and more de-
pressed, so that the last whorl is four-fifths to five-sixths of the total height: (3)
forma sphaeralis, Hartmann; larger and as a rule thicker-shelled than the type,
more conical, apex rounded, last whorl about two-thirds of total altitude: (4) forma
plagiostoma, Buchner; nearly always smaller than the type, fairly high-spired,
generally light brown with narrow bands, owing to a downward deviation of the
last whorl the mouth is more obliquely elliptical than in the type: (5) forma tzrr7ta,
auctt.: very variable in size, thick-shelled, cone-shaped with a produced spire, last
whorl one-half or even one-third of total altitude: (6) forma gvand7zs, auctt.; diam.
60 to 68 mm.: (7) forma farva, Buchner; diam. 30 to 34. The last two forms
coexist with one of the others; besides which we may have specimens of a sphaeralis-
turrita character: (8) aberratio szzzstrorsa Rossm.: (9) degeneratio albescens; the
author admits the existence of genuinely albino specimens; they are as a rule
thinner-shelled than normal and the periostracum is usually decayed to some extent,
these characters being expressions of the generally pathological state of the animal
which is most obviously exhibited in the absence of pigment. If such is really the
case, the condition is scarcely aptly described as a ‘‘ degeneration:” (10) deformatio
scalaris, Miller. The illustrations (29 in number) are very good.—ARTHUR E,
Boycorr.

Crick, G. C.—On some new or little-known Goniatites from the Carboniferous
Limestone of Ireland. Ann. and Mag. N. H., 1899 (s. 7), vol. iii, pp.

429—54, figs. I—I5.

The author here redescribes de Koninck’s type specimens of Goniatites [ = Peri-
cyclus] plicatilis and G. [Lrancoceras] ornatissimus, which he was fortunate enough
to identify during a visit to the Museum of the Geological Survey of Ireland. In.
addition he describes the following new species: Pericyclus foordi, P. trapezoidalis,
P. rotuliformis, P. clanensis, P. bailyi, P. subplicatilis, Glyphioceras cordatum,
G. corpulentum, G. ellipsoidale, and Prolecanites leesonit.—W. E. C.

Crick, G. C.—Note on Ammonites euomphalus, Sharpe. Geol. Mag., 1899,
vol. vi, pp. 251—56, figs. I—2. :

Mr. Crick has recently examined a specimen of this interesting fossil from the
hard Cenomanian Limestone close to Whitlands, west of Lyme Regis, which is
carefully described and compared with the specimens described by Sharpe (1854)
and Jukes-Browne (1896). Its affinities are briefly described, and for the present it
is placed in the genus Dowvilléiceras.—W. E. C.

Pilsbry. H. A. and Cockerell, T. D. A.— Ashmunella, a new genus of
Helices. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., 1899, pp. 188—94, figs. I—3

CURRENT LITERATURE. 99

Externally there are no characters to separate the members of this genus from
Polygyra. It is founded upon the characters of the generative organs and lung and
kidney. The only species of which the internal anatomy is known is A. miorhyssa,
Dall. The generative organs resemble those of the Lpiphallogona or of Belogona,
‘‘which have undergone degeneration of the dart sack and associated mucous
glands.” The kidney in Polygyra, with few exceptions, is very long, whilst that in
A. miorhyssa is short, like that of Epiphragmophora. A list of species which
probably belong to the genus is given, anda key for the determination of known
forms, by each author. —W. E. C.

Melvill, J. Cosmo.—Notes on the Mollusca of the Arabian Sea, Persian Gulf,
and Gulf of Oman, mostly dredged by Mr. F. W. Townsend, with Descrip-
tions of Twenty-seven Species. Ann. and Mag. N. H.,-1899 (s. 7), vol. iv,
pp. 81—101, pls. 1—i1.

Melvill, J. Cosmo, and Standen, R. — Report on the Marine Mollusca
obtained during the First Expedition of Prof. A. C. Haddon to the Torres
Straits, in 1888-89. Linn. Soc. Journ. Zool., 1899, vol. xxvii, pp. 150—206,
pls. 10—I1.

The authors review previous work which has been done in this region. In all
they record 449 species, of which 24 are new. A new genus of Neritide (Magadis)
is described, the type Jf. ewmerintha showing a superficial resemblance to Vanikoro,
Quoy. A new subgenus of Pholadomya, Sby. ( Parilimya) is described for a shell
possessing almost equilateral valves, and the paper concludes with some interesting
remarks on the recent species of this genus.—W. E. C.

Melvill, J. Cosmo, and Ponsonby, J. H.—Further Contribution towards a
Check-list of the non-Marine Molluscan Fauna of South Africa, with Descrip-
tions of Fourteen new Species. Ann. and Mag. N. H., 1899 (s. 7), vol. iv,
pp. 192—200, pl. ili.

Messrs. Melvill and Ponsonby give a series of interesting ‘*‘ Addenda et Corri-
genda ” to their Check-list recently reviewed in this journal (p. 43). The 14 new
species belong to the following genera: Ennea 2, Zingis 3, Trachycystis 3, Trocho-
morpha i, Baleat, Pupat, Curvella i, and Auricula 2.—W. E. C.

Smith, Edgar A.—On a Collection of Land-Shells from British Central Africa.
Proc. Zool. Soc., 1899, pp. 579—592, pls. Xxxll1—xxxv.

This is a welcome addition to the literature of the Mollusca of Central Africa.
As the author had previously surmised, interesting intermediate links connecting
some of the larger species of Achatina have been found. In reference to the
Achatine Mr. Smith has experienced much difficulty in determining the same.
There seems to be a gradual gradation of one species into another. ‘‘ Each district
seems to produce its special race, a modification of some neighbouring form; so that
the separation of species becomes more and more difficult through the discovery of
intermediate links from every fresh locality.” It is much to be regretted that ina
case of this character that no attention is paid to the animal and its internal structure.

Forty-four species are enumerated of which 25 are new, these latter are as follows:
Ennea 2, Streptaxis 1, Helicarion 2, Thapsia 6, Zingis 1, Martensta 1, Phasts 2,
Trochozonites 1, Buliminus 3, Curvella 2, Subulinat, Achatina 2, and Pomatias 1.

Wek:

Sykes, E. R.—The Zoological Record, London: 1899. Record vii, Mollusca,
pp. I—79.

Assisted by Messrs. E. A. Smith and G. C. Crick, Mr. Sykes fully maintains the
high standard reached in previous numbers of this invaluable publication. We
notice that certain papers are quoted under the ‘‘ Systematic” portion which do not
appear in the ‘‘ Titles,” which is somewhat unfortunate. It is interesting, to the
systematist, to know the year in which a new species has been described, but such a

100 NOTES.

reference as ‘‘ Univ. Geol. Surv. Kansas, iv, p. 497,” leaves those who c.
consult the original paper in doubt as to whether the new species there mentic
were described in 1896—7 or 8, for papers published in all these years find menti
in the present record. As we have previously pointed out, the addition of the ye:
of publication would greatly add to the value of the record, so also, it would t
better to state the actual numbers of the plates in a paper e.g. x—xxi, instead \
** twelve plates.” Having ourselves found these omissions a disadvantage, w
draw attention to the same believing that their inclusion would add greatly to tk
value of a work which no student of the Mollusca can afford to be without.—W. E. C

Blanford, W. T.—Note on the Land Mollusca of Bombay. Journ. Bomba
N. H. Soc., 1899, vol. xii, pp. 326—28.

Dr. Blanford calls attention to the occurrence, in Mr. Peile’s recent list ¢
mollusca found in Bombay Island, of Nanina ( Microcystina) perrotteti, Pfr. Th
Helix perrotteti of Pfeiffer is a species inhabiting the Nilgiri Hills, and has bee
collected there by Dr. Blanford, but it is not the same as the Bombay species, fo
which, in 1880, he proposed the name Macrochlamys (?) platychlamys. A specime
of the animal has recently been dissected by Lt.-Col. Godwin-Austen, who find
several differences from the typical Macrochlamys, which are of such a nature as ti
warrant its removal to a separate subgenus. JZ. jedina is also another specie
which differs from the typical forms of Macrochlamys.—W. E. C.

Blanford, W. T.—On Ariophanta dalyi, n. subsp., from Mysore, with a not
on Mariella dussumieri (Val.). Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1899, vol. iii
pp. 280—83, 2 figs.

This is evidently allied to A. cysis, Bs., but the shell exhibits so many peculi-
arities that the author thinks it desirable to give a description of the same and 2
subspecific name. According to Lt.-Col. Godwin-Austen, who has examined the
animal, the generative organs are like those of A. levipes, Mull. The paper con-

cludes with a list of the typical sinistrorse species of Ariophanta known to occur in
the Indian Peninsula.—W. E. C.

Blanford, W. T.—On some Species of Shells of the Genera Streptawis and
Ennea from India, Ceylon, and Burma. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1899,
pp- 764—779, pl. L

The new species are: Streptaxis levis, S. scalptus, S. subacutus, S. ravane,
Ennea turricula, and £. brevicollis. Some notes and figures are given of S. bed-
domii, Nev. MS., £. nagaensis, G.-A. MS., £. miliwm, G.-A., £. canarica,
Bedd., and £. beddomii, Blf.—W. E. C.

EDITOR’S NOTES.

Mr. E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.Z.S., F.L.S., has recently been elected President of
the Conchological Society.

The Library and Collections of the late M. H. Crosse have recently been sold
by auction in Paris. The sale commenced on November 2oth and concluded on
the 3oth.

We regret to have to record the death of Dr. W. D. Hartman which occurred
on August 16th, at West Chester, Pennsylvania, at the age of 81. He is perhaps
best known by his work on the genus /artula, Fér., and his ‘‘ Conchologia
Cestrica,” treating of the mollusca of Chester county, Pa., U.S.A.

A portrait and full account of his life is given in the October issue of the
“Nautilus.”

unt?

int*—}

IS f=

BRITISH

MUSEUM SLUGS

Journ.of Malacology, 1899, Vol.VIl, pt4.

ar
ae

agss225
aes

Lith. Werner & Winter, Frankfort OM

Figs it-12 FIP. del
» 10,131 W.

Bimi gS) MUS SUM SEUGS

THE

PoOuUnRNATL OF: -MALACOLOGY,

Noy 5. MARCH 24TH, 1900. Vous VIE

THE LAND SHELLS OF THE CAROLINE ISLANDS.
By O. F. VON MOELLENDORFF, Pu.D.

Very little has hitherto been done for the exploration of the Carolines
which, being by no means mere coral atolls but including several islands
of comparatively large size and elevated basaltic hills, might be supposed
to contain a much more extensive and varied molluscan fauna than
the meagre result of the investigations as yet made would lead us to
believe. We had an analogous case in the neighbouring group of the
Mariannes, of which Kobelt gave in 1879 a list of 14 species of
land shells. My friend Quadras collected there for a couple of
months and the result was that we know now of 74 species, 47 being
new to science. He did not go beyond the island of Guam, whilst the
northern islands of the groups, Tinian, Saypan, etc., if smaller, present
elevations of considerable altitude. In the same way we may expect
rich results from a thorough exploration of the Carolines by a
specialist. What we know of them at present, is due to the French
expeditions of the ‘‘ Coquille” and “ Astrolabe,” and some collections
made by American missionaries, Captain Brenchley and Mr. Finsch.
A German trader, Mr. Etscheid, was kind enough to collect for me in
the neighbourhood of the Spanish settlement on Ponape, and especially
sent me some bags of vegetable mould from the bush, in which I
found a number of minute shells. In 1895 Mr. Kubary returned
from New Guinea to his old residence at Ponape and at once began
conchological researches. He was the first to collect in the more
elevated parts of the islands and although he did not get much higher
than about too metres, he met at once with a number of novelties
of which Flammulina and a Quadrasiella are the most remarkable.
Unfortunately he died in 1896.

JourN. oF MALAC., 1900, vol. vii, No. 5.

102 MOELLENDORFF: LAND SHELLS OF CAROLINE ISLANDS.

On the localities in which Kubary collected he wrote me the
following notes: In the North of the island are situated Mpomp and
Meitsik, not far from the sea, and opposite to them the small island of
Djokoits. The soil consists of yellow clay which has been formed by
decomposed basalt, and is covered by dense bush. The ground
gradually rises to the chain of the hills in the interior. The soil in
the bush is covered by a thick layer of mouldering leaves in which the
Partulae and bigger Trochomorphae are very common. Trochomorpha
nigritella and its sub-species contiyua were found on trees and shrubs,
the Pupinae and Helicinae partly in the mould and on Pandanus
and tree-ferns.

Fam. NANINIDAE.
1._Lamproeystis palaensis (O. Semp.).

Microcystis palaénsis, O. Semp. MS.; C. Semper, Reisen Phil.,
lil, p. 45, t. 2, f. 16.— Helix palaénsis, Pfr., Mon. Hel.,
vil, p. 94.—Nanina ( Microcystis) palaénsis, Tryon, Man.
Conch. il, p- 120; t. 40, £227.
Hab.—Pelew Islands (Semper), Yap (Kubary).
An intermediate form between ZL. misella, Fér., of the Mariannes
and pseudosuccinea, m., of the Philippine Islands.

2.—Lamprocystis frivola (Pse.).

Helix frivola, Pease in Tryon, Amer. Journ. Conch., 1866, ii, p.
290, t. 21, f. 3.— Pfr., Mon. Hel., vil, p. 72.—Helicopsis
Jrivola, Pse., P.Z.S., 1871, p. 475.— Nanina (Micro-
cystis) frivola, Pfr., Nomencl., p. 37.— Tryon, Man.
Conch., ii, p. 118, t. 38, figs. 62—64.

Hab.—Ualan (Pease).

Pfeiffer writes Owalao, Tryon Oualau, but I am sure Pease ob-
tained this species from Ualan or Kusaye, one of the Caroline Islands,
from whence he described other species. I do not think Ovalu of
the Viti group was meant. .

3.—Kaliella tenuiseulpta, Mildff.
Kaliella tenuisculpta, Mildff., Jahresb. Senck. Nat. Ges., 1893,
p. 69.
Hab.—Ponape (Kubary).
Most probably introduced from Manila, where it is common in

gardens.
4.—Kaliella doliolum (Pfr.).

Helix doliolum, Pfr., Mon. Hel., i, p. 50.—Vitrinoconus doliolum,
semp., Le:, p: 93.— Tryon, Man: Pulm., i, p. 150, £436;

MOELLENDORFF: LAND SHELLS OF CAROLINE ISLANDS. 103

f. 23.— Kaliella doliolum, Mildff., J. D. M. G., xiv, p.
268, Verz. Phil., 1898, no. 150.
Hab.-—Ponape (Kubary),
Here, as well as at Guam, Mariannes, most probably introduced
from the Philippine Islands, on which it is widely distributed.

5.—Hemiplecta sowerbyana (Pfr.).

Helix sowerbyana, Pfr., Symb., i, p. 36.—Phil. Icon. 1, 2, p. 2, t. 2, f.
1.—Chemn., ed. ii, Helix, no. 157, t. 25, figs. 5—6.—
Mon. Hel., i, p. 68.—Reeve, Conch. Icon., Hel., no. 386,
t. 74.— Nanina (Rhysota) sowerbyana, Alb., Hel., p.
61.—Alb.-Marts., Hel., p. 54.—Ad., Gen., p. 224.—Pfr.,
Nomencl., p. 53.—Martens, Conch. Mitth., 1881, i, p.
93.—Tryon, Man. Conch., ii, p. 29, t. 8, f. 25.—Helix
pachistoma, Hombr. et Jacq., Voy. Pol. Sud. Atl. t. 3,
figs. 1o—12.—Helix hogoleuensis, Le Guill., Rev. Zool.,
1845, p. 187.—Pfr., Mon. Hel., i, p. 329.—Macrocyclis
hogoleuensis, Ad., Gen., p. 203.

Hab.—Hogolu = Ruk (Hombron et Jacquinot, Kubary).

Prof. v. Martens cites O. Finsch as the collector of this species,
but as the late Mr. Kubary told me, he gave the shells collected by
him at Ruk to Mr. Finsch, who himself did not collect on that island.

The soft parts of this mollusc have not been studied, but the
sculpture of the shell agrees with that of Hemzplecta rather than that
of Rhysota.

Fam. TROCHOMORPHIDAE.
6.—Trochomorpha (Nigritella) approximata (Le Guill.),

Helix approximata, Le Guill., Rev. Zool., 1842, p. 139.—Pfr.,
Mon. Hel., i, p. 206, 111, p. 160.— Chemn., ed. ii, Hel.,
no. 773, t. §25, figs. 5—6.— Helix (Trochomorpha)
approximata, Albers, Hel., p. 116.— Nanina (Discus)
approximata, Alb.-Marts., Hel., p. 255. — Trochomorpha
approximata, Pease, P. Z.S., 1871, p. 474.—T7. ( Videna )
approximata, Tryon, Man. Conch.,, iii, p. go, t. 18, figs.
64—65.— Helix marmorosa, Hombr. et Jacq., Voy. Pol.
Sud. Atl., t. 7, figs. 5 —8.—Helix approximata var. mar-
morosa, Pfr.. Mon. Hel., ili, p. 160.— Chemn. ed. ii, t.
125, figs. 7—8.— Tr. approximata var. marmorosa,
Tryon, l.c., t. 18, figs. 66—67.

Hab.—Hogolu = Ruk (Hombron et Jacquinot, Kubary).

The habitats Ternate and Sandwich Islands, as given by Le
Guillou and Pfeiffer, are certainly erroneous.

104 MOELLENDORFF: LAND SHELLS OF CAROLINE ISLANDS.

There are no differences to justify the separation of marmorosa
even as a variety. The distinguishing characters mentioned by
Pfeiffer are quite within the range of individual variation.

7.—Trochomorpha (Nigritella) entomostoma (Hombr. et Jacq.).

Helix entomostoma, Hombr. et Jacq., Voy. Pol. Sud. Atl., t. 7,
figs. 22—25.—Pfr., Mon. Hel., iv, p. 113.—T?r. entomos-
toma, Pse., P. Z. S., 1871.—Tryon, Man. Conch., ili, p.
79, t. 15, figs. 43—45.

Hab.—Hogolu = Ruk (Hombron et Jacquinot, Kubary).

8.—Trochomorpha (Nigritella) kuesteri (Pfr.)

T. peranguste perforata, orbiculato-convexa, solida, confertim pli-
cato-striatula, fulvo-castanea aut atrofusca, subopaca. Spira_ plus
minusve elevata, lateribus convexis apice obtuso pallidiore. Anfr. 7
lentissime accrescentes, sutura filari disjuncti, convexiusculi, ultimus
non descendens, ad peripheriam subacute carinatus, basi convexius-
culus, medio subplanatus, circa perforationem subexcavatus, confuse
angulatus. Apertura diagonalis, rotundato-triangularis, parum excisa,
peristoma rectum, margine supero simplice retrorsum arcuato, saepe
deflexo, basali strictiusculo, valde calloso-incrassato, columellari bre-
vissimo, tenui, subexciso.

Diam. maj. 22, alt. 13°5 mm. Diam. maj. 18°5, alt. 11°5 mm.
” »» 20, ;, 13°5 mm. ” Rp MEH By opis eaiol, (Vetie)).
” ”» 19, ;,; 12°5 mm.

Helix kuesteri, Pfr., Z. f. Mal, 1845.—Chemn., ed. ii, Hel., no.
586, t. 92, figs. 14—-15.—Mon. Hel., i, p. 215.—TZ7.
kuesteri, Pease, P. Z. S., 1871, p. 474.—Tryon, Man.
Conch., ili, p. 80, t. 15, figs. 48—49.

Var. nov. ex colore: fulvizona. Ad carinam taenia fulva cincta.

Hfab.—Ponape (Finsch, Etscheid, Kubary).

8a.—Trochomorpha kuesteri sub-sp. transitans, nov.

T. umbilico paullo majore, anfr. paullo minus convexis, basi
paullo magis applanata.
ffab.—Ponape (Etscheid, Kubary).

8b.—Trochomorpha kuesteri sub-sp. goniomphala, Pfr.

T. umbilico magis aperto, carina acutiore, anfr. subplanis aut fere
planis, angulo circa umbilicum magis distincto, basi planiore, colore
pallidiore (corneo-fulvo).

Diam. 20°5, alt. 9°5 mm. (Pfr.) Diam. 21°5, alt. 14 mm.
| 20's, %, T2755nm:, be 22). | gy EIS — 12 wim,
» 21, | 4, Si saum,

MOELLENDORFF: LAND SHELLS OF CAROLINE ISLANDS. 105

Helix goniomphala, Pfr., P. Z. S., 1854, p. 147. — Mon. Hel., iv,
p- 184.— Tr. (Nigritella) goniomphala, Marts., Ostas.,
Dp: .247-— Dryon, Man. Conch: iy p. 75, t 15. 34-
ffab.—Ponape (Tryon, Etscheid, Kubary).

Pfeiffer mentioned no habitat at first, later he gave Viti as such on
Thomson’s authority, which must be erroneous. Tryon states Ponape
to be the true locality, but does not mention the collector. I received
the form abundantly from Ponape.

8e.—Trochomorpha kuesteri sub-sp. intermedia, nov.

T. umbilico sat aperto (ut goniomphala) sed minus distincte angu-
lato, anfr. 64 magis convexis quam in sub-sp. goniomphala sed minus
quam in typo, sutura minus distincte marginata, carina minus
exserta.

ffab.—Ponape (Etscheid, Kubary).

The abundant material which I received of all these forms from
my friends at Ponape has taught me that 7. kuester’ and goniomphala
cannot be separated specifically, but at most as sub-species. Un-
fortunately the collections, made at different localities in the islands,
were not always separated, so that it cannot even be determined
whether the different forms are local races connected by transitory
varieties or whether they occur promiscuously at the same locality.
In the latter case they could not be regarded as sub-species, but
would appear to be individual variations. I believe, however, that we
have here one of those interesting series of forms, for which Messrs.
Sarasin, in their splendid work on the land shells of the Celebes,
have introduced the new appelation of “ Formenkette,” i.e. a chain
of forms, the different developments of the type occurring either
at horizontally or vertically different localities, being linked by
transitory stages on intermediate areas. Among the forms which I
name transitans and intermedia we find specimens which may with
equal right be referred to kuester? or to goniomphala.

9.—Trochomorpha (Nigritella) alta (Pease).

T. imperforata, elate trochiformis, solida, transverse curvatim
plicato-striatula, fusca aut brunnea, rarius flavida, opaca. Spira valde
elevata lateribus convexiusculis apice obtuso. Anfr. 63 planulati,
sutura per carinam subexsertam marginata disjuncti, ultimus acute
carinatus, basi fere planus, medio excavatus. Apertura maxime
obliqua, trapezoidea, peristoma rectum, obtusum, margine supero
medio valde protracto, basali sigmoideo, intus calloso-labiato, colu-
mella valde calloso-incrassata.

106 MOELLENDORFF: LAND SHELLS OF CAROLINE ISLANDS.

Diam. 14°75, alt. 9°5 mm. Diam. 16, alt. 9°5 mm.
»» 15°5, 3, 10mm. Ae LOsn se LO; Sanus
. 15°73 >> LL mm:

Helix alta, Pease, Am. Journ. Conch., 1868, iv, p. 153, t. 12, f. i—
Pfr., Mon. Hel., vil, p. 69.77. alta, Pse., P.Z.S., 1871,
p. 474.—Tryon, Man. Conch., ili, p. 73, t. 14, f. 91.

Halh.—Ponape (Pease, Etscheid, Kubary).

Pease’s description and figure were evidently based on an imperfect
specimen, not fully grown. He gives the dimensions as ro°9 mm., with
only 6 whorls, and does not describe the peristome. I received adult
examples in great numbers and have thought it advisable to publish
a new diagnosis. By the absence of perforation, the sigmoid shape
of the basal margin of the peristome, and the elevated conical spire,
somewhat resembles certain species of Dendrotrochus (Zrochonanina,
auctt.), but there can be no doubt that it belongs to the group of T7o-
chomorpha kuesteri and must be referred to the same genus as that
species. Unfortunately I have not received living examples of either.

10.—Trochomorpha (Nigritella) nigritella (Pfr).

T. modice sed pervie umbilicata, conoideo-depressa, solidiuscula,
plicato-striatula, et lineis spiralibus rugulosis microscopice decussata,
aut concolor atrofusca aut basi fusca, taenia angusta infra, altera
latione supra peripheriam flavescentibus ornata. Spira conoidea
lateribus convexis, plus minusve elevata. Anfr. 6 convexiusculi,
sutura submarginata crenulata disjuncti, ultimus acute carinatus, basi
convexiusculus, ad umbilicum declivis. Apertura maxime obliqua,
securiformis, peristoma simplex, margine supero antrorsum arcuato,
valde deflexo, infero bene curvato, sublabiato, reflexo.

Diam. 14'5, alt. 8 mm.

mn, ES ph OS A,

Helix nigritella, Pfr., in Phil. Icon., ii, 9, p. 4, t. 6, f. 8—Chemn.,
ed. il, Helix no. 602, t. 94, figs. 1—4.—Mon. Hel., i, p.
205.—T'r. nigritella, Pease, J. de Conchyl., 1870, xviii, p.
400.—P.Z.S., 1871, p. 457 (cum var. oppressa).—Tryon,
Man. Conch., iil, p. 78, t. 15, figs. 35—37.

Hab.—Ponape (Hochstetter, Pease, Etscheid, Kubary).

The variety oppressa, Pse., is merely one of the many individual
forms of this variable species. There are more or less elevated
variations both of the plain brown and of the banded forms. The
convexity of the base changes occasionally to flatness.

10a.—Trochomorpha nigritella sub-sp. contigua, Pease.

Spira plerumque magis elevata, anir. 6—7 minus convexi, ultimus
basi planulatus aut subconcavus.

MOELLENDORFF: LAND SHEELS OF CAROLINE ISLANDS. 107

Diam. 9, alt. 10 mm. (Pease). Diam. 12, alt. 8°5 mm.
oo CORES AG aeinratenlt | mi UE gy REY Leave
35, 10, s, 10mm. 49 13; » 7 5 mm.
93) LO5, 5, -~9;:25 mm. AR 13°55. 3) LOlmm:
LORS es Or 7 Samm a eld eee TOnm Ine
bia 5.) comm, (Pease). Ba IS, og Golly, aan
en 5.) O) mm. ap. WR he CSG soot

a5 TESS hg LORS) Saabane

Helixe congrua, Pease, Am. Journ. Conch., 1868, iv, p. 154, t. 12,
figs. 3—4.—Tr. contigua, Pease, P.Z.S., 1871, p. 457-—
Tryon, Man. Conch., iii, p. 78, t. 15, figs. 38 —-39.— Helia:
contigua, Pfr., Mon. Hel., vii, p. 289.

Hab.—Ponape (Pease, Etscheid, Kubary).

Pfeiffer has already doubted the validity of Pease’s species (‘‘nonne
varietatibus H. nigritellae, speciei forma pervariabilis, adnumeranda?”)
and I can only admit it as a sub-species after examination of many
hundred examples. The spire is higher on an average, but 7.
nigritella varies likewise in that respect, so that the highest forms
of the latter are higher than the lower ones of contiqua. The base is
flat instead of slightly convex, and sometimes even excavated, but there
are transitory forms of négrztella with almost flattened base. The two
races do not seem to live promiscuously in the same locality inasmuch
as I received in one box only contigua, in another only nigrtella.

There are more colour varieties of the sub-species than of the
type, viz., atrofusca, castanea, taeniata, brunnea, fulva and flava.

Fam. PHENACOHELICIDAE, Suter.
(= Endodontidae, Pilsbry, ex parte.)

As I have said elsewhere! I consider Pilsbry’s arrangement of
including the well-defined family of Phenacohelicidae, Suter (= Charo-
ptdae, Hutton) within his Endodontidae as a regrettable step backwards.
The two families are not only conchologically well distinguished, but
have different types of jaw and radula and the Phenacohelicidae possess
a mucous pore.

11.—Flammulina (Calymna) nigrescens, n. sp.

T. anguste perforata, discoidea, tenuis, subpellucida, confertim
costulato-striata, lineis spiralibus microscopicis decussata, cuticula
nigrescente costulata ad peripheriam subfimbriata obducta, opaca,
fusca. Spira plana aut paullum immersa. Anfr. 34 rapide accres-
centes, convexiusculi, sutura profunda disjuncti, ultimus subangulatus,

1 N. Bl. D. M. G., 1895, p. 157 and 1899, p. 23.

108 MOELLENDORFF: LAND SHELLS OF CAROLINE ISLANDS.

basi convexior. Apertura valde obliqua, ampla, late cordiformis,
peristoma rectum, acutum, margo columellaris paullum dilatatus.
Diam. maj. 4°5, min. 3°25, alt. 2 mm.
Hab.—Naupilo on Ponape, at about 100 m. altitude (Kubary).
When I received this curious little shell, I felt convinced that it
belonged to Flammulina, but in order to make sure, I sent it to Mr.
Suter who sends me the following as the result of his investigations.

“ Flammulina (s. str.) nigrescens, Mildff., from Ponape, Carolines.

“Two specimens, containing the dried-up animals, of this very in-
teresting mollusc were kindly sent to me by Dr. O. F. von Moellendorff,
suggesting that the species might prove to belong to /lammulina, as
it resembles very much some New Zealand species with ribbed whorls.

‘“‘ After immersion in dilute caustic potash the foot of one of the
specimens became wholly extended, and I was able to ascertain with
certainty the presence of a peripodial groove, a broad pallial margin,
and a caudal gland (fig. 1).

Wi ey ee ow bw iw eae

6. 8. 11. 12 15. 1%.

3.

Flammulina (s. str.) nigrescens, Mlldff.

Fig. 1.—Posterior part of foot after immersion in dilute caustic potash, magnified.
Fig. 2.—Jaw. x 240. Drawn with camera lucida.
Fig. 3.—Teeth of radula. x 480.

MOELLENDORFF: LAND SHELLS OF CAROLINE ISLANDS. 109g

“The jaw (fig 2) is regularly arcuate, but became somewhat dis-
torted in mounting, hence the different form as shown in my drawing.
It consists of numerous, partly unequal, separate vertical lamellae,
which are distinctly reticulated by numerous and close transverse
striae, a feature sometimes observed in Gerontia and Phasis, though
much less conspicuous.

“The radula (fig. 3) has the formula 10-5-1-5-r0 and there are
about 110 transverse rows of these teeth. The last marginal tooth
consists of a minute plate only, the following has a low mesocone, the
13th a small entocone besides the mesocone, on the 12th the entocone
is bifid, but there is still no ectocone. The 11th marginal has a
minute ectocone, a mesocone and a (not always) bifid entocone. The
toth to 8th marginals become higher and narrower, the ectocone
is rudimentary, but the mesocone and entocone are longer, the latter
no more bifid. The 7th and 6th tooth may be considered to form
the transition to the laterals; the plate is becoming higher, the meso-
dont longer, with its cutting point reaching beyond the posterior
margin of the base, the endodont is better developed than the ectodont.
The five laterals have a long mesodont, its cusp extending beyond the
base, whilst the side-cusps remain small, the entocone however being
a trifle larger.

“The rhachidian tooth, also tricuspid, is narrower, the mesodont
more slender and shorter, not reaching to the posterior margin of the
plate, and the side-cusps are minute.

“The foregoing shows that it is not only the shell that resembles
certain forms of New Zealand Flammulina ; the presence of a peri-
podial groove, a caudal pore, the plaited jaw and the radula clearly
indicate that it must be classed under Mlammulina.” HENRY SUTER.

This confirmation of my classification is interesting for two reasons.
Firstly it proves that shell characters are not by any means so unim-
portant as modern malacology tends to consider them, and secondly
that the Phenacohelicidae extend much more to the North than hitherto
known, the most northern habitat observed being New Caledonia.

Fam. PATULIDAE, Mlldff.
(Endodontidae, Pilsbry, ex parte.)

If we expunge Flammulina from Pilsbry’s ill-assorted family, there
remains no reason to change the name published long before his.

12.—_Charopa ualanensis (Pease.) em.

Helix oualanensis, Pease, Amer. Journ. Conch., 1866, ii, t. 21, f. i.—
felix (Punctum) oualanensis, Tryon, Man. Conch., iii., p.

IIo MOELLENDORFF: LAND SHELLS OF CAROLINE ISLANDS.

41, t. 8, figs. 62 —64.—LEndodonta ( Charopa) oualanensis,
Pilsbry in Tryon, Man. Conch., ix, p. 35.
/Tab.—Kusaye, Ualan (Pease).
I have not seen this species.

13.—Charopa kubaryi, n. sp.

T. modice sed aperte et subcylindrice umbilicata, discina, solidula,
confertim costulata, brunnea. Spira immersa, leviter concava. Anfr.
4 convexiusculi, sutura profunde impressa disjuncti, ultimus bene
convexus. Apertura parum obliqua, ovalis, modice excisa, peristoma
rectum, acutum, supra ad insertionem recedens, medio protractum.

Diam. 4, alt. 1°75 mm.

ffab.—Ponape (Kubary).

14.—Charopa ponapica, n. sp.

T. mediocriter umbilicata, discoidea, tenuis, costulis bene exsertis
acutis flexuosis sat distantibus sculpta, fusca. Spira fere plana, vix
prominula. Anfr. 34 convexiusculi, sutura profunda subcanaliculata
disjuncti, ultimus bene convexus, prope suturam subangulatus. Aper-
tura subcircularis, modice excisa, peristoma rectum, acutum.

Diam. 2, alt. o°9 mm.
Hab.—Ponape (Etscheid).

15.—Endodonta (Thaumatodon) eallizona, n. sp.

T. aperte umbilicata, discoidea, solidula, confertim costulata,
sericina, superne et basi fusca, ad peripheriam zona lata flavida picta.
Spira plana. Anfr. 5 lentissime accrescentes, sutura profunde impressa
disjuncti, ultimus lateraliter compressus. Apertura fere verticalis,
angusta, peristoma rectum, acutum. Lamellae parietales 3 sat tenues,
longe intrantes, intus altiores, palatales 6—7 validae, profundae.

Diam. 2°2, alt. o‘g mm.

Hab.— Ponape (Etscheid).

Young examples of this pretty little shell possess lamellae which
are dissolved in the course of growing. There are some colour
variations, the yellow girdle is sometimes divided by a narrow brown
band or (rarely) disappears altogether.

Var. nov. tumidula. A little higher and more narrowly umbili-
Gated + 2°4s:173 "mm:

fZab.—Mpomp and Naupilo, Ponape (Kubary).

Fam. EULOTIDAE.
16.—Eulota (Eulotella) miecronesiea, n. sp.

T. angustissime perforata, depresso-subtrochiformis, tenuiuscula,
subpellucida, subtiliter plicato-striatula, lineis spiralibus microscopicis

MOELLENDORFF: LAND SHELLS OF CAROLINE ISLANDS. TIT

decussatula, nitidula, corneo-lutescens. Spira mediocriter elevata,
lateribus fere strictis. Anfr. fere 3 convexiuscull, sutura per carinam
subexsertam filiformi disjuncti, ultimus ad peripheriam subacute
carinatus, antice dilatatus. Apertura sat ampla, fere diagonalis,
oblique elliptica, sat excisa, peristoma paullum expansum.

Diam. maj. 13°5, min. 11, alt. 9°2; apert. lat. 7°5, long. 7, alt. 5°5 mm.

Hab.—Ponape, in the hills (Etscheid).

The discovery of this shell was a great surprise, especially as the
locality renders the introduction with cultivated plants highly improb-
able. Also I do not know of any species of Kulotella nearly

related to it.
Fam. HELICIDAE.

17.—Pupisoma philippinicum, Mlldff.

N. Bl. D. M. G., 1888, p. 108; Jahrb. Senck. Nat. Ges., 1890, p.
223, t. 8, f.4.—Tryon, Man. Conch., ix, p. 52, t. 14, figs.
43—44.
ffZab.—Ponape (Kubary). Most probably introduced from the
Philippine Islands, like the Kalzellae.
Pilsbry includes this curious genus in the Patulidae, but I still
believe its nearest allies are Acanthinula and Zoogenites.

Fam. PLECTOPYLIDAE.
18.—Brazieria velata (Hombr. et Jacq.),

Felix velata, H. and J., Voy. Pol. Sud. Atl., t. 6, figs. 29—32
(absque descriptione). — Pfr., Mon. Hel., iv, p. 155.—
Trochomorpha velata, Pease, P. Z. S., 1871, p. 474.—
Flelix (Endodonta) velata, Tryon, Man. Conch., iii, p. 61,
t. li, figs. 89—91.—Brazieria velata, Ancey, Conch.
Exch., 1887, il, p. 22. — Endodonta (Brazieria) velata,
Pilsbry in Tryon, Man. Conch., ix, p. 29, t. 5, figs. 49—51.

Hab.—Hogolu (Hombr. et Jacq., Brazier), Lukunor or Mortlock
(Brazier).

As Pilsbry justly says, we cannot regard the generic relationship
of this mollusc as established until the soft parts are investigated.
However, the conchological characters alone, especially the thickened
lip and the parietal callus elevated into a lamella, seem to preclude
any relation to Endodonta or Charopa. Iam all but sure that it will
prove to be nearly related to Plectopylis. We discovered a similar,
but much smaller species, in the Philippine Archipelago which I
described at first as Plectopylis, later as Brazieria coarctata.*

1 N. Bl. D. M. G., 1894, p. 113, 1895, p. 159-

1i2 MOELLENDORFF: LAND SHELLS OF CAROLINE ISLANDS.

Fam. BULIMIDAE.
19.—Partula rufa (Lesson),

Partula rufa, Less., Voy. Coqu. Zool., 1830, ii, 2, p. 324.—Pfr.,
Mon. Hel., iii, p. 449.— Marts., Conch. Mitth., 1881, i,
Pp. 94.—Bulimus rufus, Pfr., Mon. Hel., ii, p. 229.
fTab.—Kusaye, Ualan (Lesson).

Prof. vy. Martens declares this species to be identical with the
Partula of Ponape, which is well known by the name of P. guamensis,
Lesson’s description gives, however, the dimensions as 4:8 lin. or
about 9:18 mm. If these measurements were correct, then the Partula
of Ualan must be a much smaller and more slender shell than gua-
mensis. I therefore treat the Ponape races as sub-species.

19a.—Partula rufa, sub-sp. montana, nov.

Bulimus quamensis, Pfr., Phil. Abb., ii, p. 113, Bul. t. 4, f. 9.—
Mon. Hel., ii, p. 13.— Partula guamensis, Pfr., Mon.
Hel., ii, p. 446.— P. rufa, Marts., Conch. Mitth., 1881,
i, p. 95, t. 17, figs. 12—16.

fTab.—Ponape, ruins of Nanmatal (Finsch), in the hills (Etscheid,
Kubary).

Whorls 5, very distinctly spirally striate, rather solid. Diam. 15,
alt. 26 mm. (Pfr.), 16°26 (Marts.), 18°26 (the broadest of my own
specimens).

The name guamensis cannot be retained inasmuch as this mollusc
does certainly not live on the island of Guam, where my friend
Quadras collected more than two months without finding it.

19b.—Partula rufa, sub-sp. grandis nov.

Much larger, diam. 19, alt. 30°5 mm., less solid, spiral sculpture
somewhat less marked, peristome more expanded, less labiate, 53 to
nearly 6 whorls.

fTab.—Ponape, coast region (Etscheid, Kubary).

There are three colour variations, viz., dark purple-brown with
violet lip (typical), castanea, pale chestnut coloured with white lip,
and flavescens, pale greenish yellow. The last-named aibino is rather
rare.

Fam. PUPIDAE.
20.—Vertigo (Ptyechochilus) eapensis (Bttgr.). (rectius yapensis).

Pupa (Ptychochilus) eapensis, Bttgr., in Marts. Conch. Mitth.,
FOOL, Laps 50; testis deta
ffab.—Yap (Boettger), Palao or Pelew Islands (Kubary).

MOELLENDORFF: LAND SHELLS OF CAROLINE ISLANDS. 113

21.—Vertigo (Ptychochilus) ponapiea, n. sp.

T. perforato-rimata, ovato-oblonga, tenuiter et distanter costulata,
sericina, brunnea. Spira subtus sub-cylindrica, sursum conoidea, apice
obtuso. Anfr. 5 modice convexi, ultimus basi sub-compressus, extus
pone aperturam profunde et longe scrobiculato-impressus. Apertura
fere verticalis, rotundato-trapezoidalis, peristoma modice expansum,
rufo-labiatum, extus distincte sinuatum, marginibus callo tenuissimo
junctis. Dentes 6, columellaris recedens; palatales 3, inferi 2 pro-
fundi, breves, tertius longus, validus; angularis validus, longe in-
trans, parietalis a margine remotus, angulari approximatus.

Diam. 1, alt. 1°75 mm.

Hab.—Mpomp, Ponape (Kubary).

This minute shell belongs to the group of V. tantilla, Gld., and
might be considered, iike the preceding form, to be merely a repre-
sentative sub-species of that species widely distributed over Polynesia.

22.—Leucoehilus pediculus (Shuttl.).

See Bttgr. in Marts., Conch. Mitth., i, p. 65.

Hab.—Yap (Kubary).

Found, according to Boettger, on the Marquesas, Society, Hervey,
Samoa, Tonga, Viti, Ellice, Hapai and Marshall Islands, New Cale-
donia and Hawaii, to which I can add the Mariannes and Philippine
Islands. It seems to be easily introduced with cultivated plants.

Fam. STENOGYRIDAE.
23.—Prosopeas earolinum (Marts.).

Stenogyra carolina, Marts., Conch. Mitth., 1881, 1, p. 93, t- 17,
figs. 6—8.

Hab.—Hogolu = Ruk (Kubary).

A rather large species, 54: 22 mm., related to the Philippine
Prosopeas like pagoda, Semp., and quite isolated in the Micronesian
fauna.

24.—Opeas gracile (Hutt.),

Hab.—Yap, Ponape (Kubary).
25.—Opeas tuckeri (Pfr.).

see Garrett, P. Z. S.,,1887, Pp. 205.

Hab.—Yap, Ponape (Kubary).

Garrett justly includes Bulimus junceus, Gld., walli, Cox, dia-
phanus, Gass., souverbieanus, Gass., artensis, Gass., Stenogyra upolensis,
Mouss., and novemgyrata, Mouss., in the synonymy of this widely
distributed mollusc, but I doubt very much that O. panayense, Pfr.,

II4 MOELLENDORFF: LAND SHELLS OF CAROLINE ISLANDS.

is the same species. I consider the Philippine form to be identical
with O. gracile, Hutt.
26.—Opeas pruinosum, n.sp.

T. vix rimata, ventricosulo-turrita, tenuis, confertim costulato-
striata, squamulis membranaceis brevissimis valde deciduis obtecta,
sericina, pallide griseo-straminea. Spira turrita lateribus convexius-
culis, apice obtusulo. Anfr. 9 convexiusculi sutura sat profunda dis-

juncti. Apertura verticalis, subrhomboidalis, peristoma rectum,
acutum, margine externo antrorsum arcuato, columellari_ reflexo
appresso.

Diam. 4°75, alt. 12°75 mm.

Hab.—Ponape (Etscheid, Kubary).

This species belongs to the group of O. clavulinwm, Pot. et Mich.,
but is well characterised by the curious sculpture which gives it a
somewhat hoary aspect.

27.—Tornatellina ovatula, n. sp.

T. imperforata, conoideo-ovata, tenuis, pellucida, subtilissime
striatula, nitidula, pallide lutescens. Spira brevis, conoidea, apice
obtuso. Anfr. 4 convexiusculi, sutura crenulata disjuncti, celeriter
accrescentes, ultimus magnus, tumidulus. Apertura valde obliqua,
ovalis, peristoma rectum, acutum, margine columellari brevissime
reflexo, appresso. Lamella parietalis sat elevata, longe spiraliter
intrans, columella valde torta, basi profunde excisa bidentata.

Diam. 2, alt. 3 mm.

Hab.—Ponape (Etscheid).

28.—Tornatellina pusilla, n. sp.

T. imperforata, elongate ovato-conica, tenuis, pellucida, subtiliter
striatula, nitidula, pallide luteocornea. Spira sat elevata, apice obtu-
sulo. Anfr. 4$ convexiusculi, ultimus spiram aequans. Apertura sat -
obliqua, anguste ovalis, peristoma simplex, acutum. Lamella parie-
talis sat valida, alta, longe spiraliter recedens, columella subtruncata,
valde torta, lamella humili spiraliter recendente munita.

Diam. 1°5, alt. 2°5 mm.

Hab.—Ponape (Etscheid).

29.—Tornatellina gigas, Marts.

Conch. Mitth., 1881, 1, p. 92, t. 17, figs. 1—5.

Hab.—Hogolu = Ruk (Kubary).

Mr. C. F. Ancey has constituted a separate sub-genus for this
aberrant form, viz., Ochroderma (Le Natural., 1885, p. 93).

MOELLENDORFF: LAND SHELLS OF CAROLINE ISLANDS. 115

Fam. SUCCINEIDAE.
30.—Suceinea (Brachyspira) guamensis, Pfr.

Mon. Hel., iv, p. 805.

ffab.—Ponape (Etscheid).

Pfeiffer states Guam as the habitat of this species, but Quadras
found no Brachyspira on thati sland. My specimens from Ponape,
and from Corror of the Pelew islands are smaller, but otherwise agree
well with Pfeiffer’s description.

Fam. AURICULIDAE.
31.—Pythia acuta (Hombr. et Jacq.).
Scarabus acutus, H. et J., Voy. Pol. Sud. Zool., iv, p. 39, t. 10, figs.

1—3.—Pythia acuta, Pfr., Aur., p. 98.
ffab.—Hogolu = Ruk (H. et J.), Ponape (Kubary).

32.—Cassidula philippinarum, Hidalgo.
ede Conehyli, 1888, p; 53; t vi, £7:
ffab.—Ponape (Kubary).

Fam. DIPLOMMATINIDAE.
33.— Palaina (Eupalaina) doliolum (Mouss.).

Mousson in sched., Mlldff., N. Bl. D. M. G., 1897, p. 41.—Kob. et
Mlldff., Cat. Pneum., ibid., 1898, p. 132.

/Zab.—Ponape (Mousson, Etscheid, Kubary).

This pretty little shell I received first from Mousson, who never
published a description of it; he did not state who collected it. It
was found in the bush on Ponape by my collectors in great numbers.
By the pale band on the last whorl it resembles P. taeniolata, Q. and
Mildff., from Guam. As in that species, young specimens are white,
the secretion of colour commencing when the shell is nearly adult.
There are some rare colour varieties ; uniform reddish or yellow.

34.—Palaina (Eupalaina) kubaryi, Mlldff.
N. Bl., 1897, p. 42.—Kob. et Mlldff., ibid., 1898, p. 132.
fZTab.— Ponape, in the hills (Kubary).
Longer than the preceding species, the costulation much narrower,
no band, peristome duplicate, not triplicate.
35.—Palaina (Eupalaina) ovatula, Mlldff.
N. Bl., 1897, p. 42.—Kob. et Mildff., ibid., 1898, p. 132.
Hfab.—Ponape (Etscheid, Kubary).
Much smaller, costulate-striate, pale horn-coloured, only 5 whorls.

116 MOELLENDORFF: LAND SHELLS OF CAROLINE ISLANDS.

36.—Palaina (Macropalaina) sealarina (Mouss.).

Mouss. in sched. Mlldff., N. Bl., 1897, p. 43.—Kob. et Mildff,
ibid., 1898, p. 134.

Hab.—Ponape (Mousson, Etscheid, Kubary).

37.—Palaina (Maeropalaina) xiphidium, M'ldft.

N. Bl., 1897, p. 44.—Kob. et Mlldff., ibid., 1898, p. 134.

Hab.—Ponape, in the hills (Etscheid, Kubary).

These two species belong to my new section Macropalaina, which
I proposed for some elongate and acuminate species like P. pomatiae-
formis, Mouss. They both have, at the outer and at the columellar
margin of the peristome, a wing-like process, which is much larger on
the columella. P. wiphidium is longer and has a more slender spire,
4 whorl more, the whorls are more convex, the ribs more distant, the
colour darker, and the excision of the columellar margin deeper. I
think, however, that intermediate forms may still be found and that
xiphidium will prove to be merely a sub-species of scalarina.

Fam. PUPINIDAE.
38.—Pupina difficilis, O. Semp.

P.Z.S., 1864, p. 252.—J. de Conchyl., 1865, xiii, p. 407, t. 12, f. 8.—
Pfr., Mon. Pneum., suppl. iii., p. 150.—Kob. et Mlldff.,
N. Bl., 1897, p. 145.

Hab.—Yap (Kubary), Pelew Islands (C. Semper).

39.—Pupina complanata (Pease).

Registoma complanatum, Pease, P.Z.S., 1860, p. 440.—Pfr., Mon.
Pneum., suppl. ii, p. 98.—Rhegistoma complanata, Marts.
et Langkavel, Don. Bism., p. 58.—Pupina (Registoma)
complanata, Pfr., Pneum., suppl. iii, p. 152.—Pupina
(Pupina s. str.) complanata, Kob. et Mlldff., N. Bl., 1897,
p- 145.

Hab.—Ponape (Etscheid, Kubary), Ebon (Pease), Ialuit (Dr.

Steinbach), Marshall Isiands.

I believe that Ponape is the original habitat of this species and
that it was introduced on the different atolls of the Marshall group
with cultivated plants (Pandanus or Musa). It is certainly not a
Registoma (= Moulinsia), but a true Pupina of the typical group of
P. keraudreni, Vign., the upper ‘“ canal” being somewhat obsolete by the
slight development of the parietal callus.

40.—Pupina brenehleyi, Smith.
P.Z.S.1891, t. go, f. 8. (N.-Bl. DM. GRiisoz, p..176).
Hab.—Lugunor (Smith).

MOELLENDORFF: LAND SHELLS OF CAROLINE ISLANDS. Lit

I have not seen this species nor have I been able to compare the
description. I suspect it to be but a variety of one of the preceding
species which differ very little from each other.

Fam. REALIIDAE.
41.—Omphalotropis (Eurytropis) bulimoides (Hombr. et Jacq.).

Cyclostoma bulimoides, H. et J., Voy. Pol. Sud. Zool. v, p. 52, t. 12,
figs. 37 —39.—Hydrocena bul., Pfr., Mon. Pneum. suppl.,
i, p. 162 (ex parte).—Omphalotropis bul., Pfr., ibid.
suppl., 11, p. 176.—Pease, J. de Conchyl., 1869, p. 144.—
Realia bul., Pfr., Pneum. suppl. iil, p. 220 (ex parte).—
Omphalotropis (Eurytropis) bul., Kob. et Mildff., N. BL,
1898, p. 149.—-Assiminea bul., Marts., Ann. Mag. N. H.
(3); vil, ps 206; ch Boetteer, J.D: Mo Go 1387, sv, p:
215.—Marts., Sitz. Ber. Berlin Akad. Wiss., 1887, p. 264.—
Omphalotropis elongatula var. contracta, Quadr. et MIldff.,
IN. BI. 1894, p. 2c:

Hab.—Hogolu=Ruk (Hombr. et Jacq.), Yap (Kubary), Guam,
Mariannes (Quadras).

The true O. bulimoides was described from the island of Hogolu
(=Ruk) and the localities Solomon Islands and New Ireland, as
given by Pfeiffer and other authors are very doubtful. My specimens
from Yap, which island is situated not very far from Ruk, agree very
well with the original description, also with the Omphalotropis of
Guam, which Quadras and myself published as var. contracta of our O.
elongatula. If my identification is correct, then O. elongatula will
have to be considered a sub-species of ulimoides and its varieties
brunnescens and chrysostoma (1. c., p. 19) as colour varieties of that
sub-species. The forms quoted as O. bulimoides from the Solomon
Islands and New Ireland most probably belong to other species or
are at least to be distinguished sub-specifically ; I have not seen them
as yet.

, 42.—Omphalotropis (Eurytropis) ecoronata, Mlldff.

N. Bl., 1897, p. 165.—Kob. et Mlldff., ibid., 1898, p. 149.

Hab.—Yap (Kubary).

Easily distinguished by the series of white callosities or minute
knobs along the suture.

43.—Omphalotropis carolinensis, Smith.

PZS:, moor, t. 40,1. 9-(N.. Bl, Ds MG. 1S92,-p. 176).
Hab.—Lugunor (Smith).

118 MOELLENDORFF: LAND SHELLS OF CAROLINE ISLANDS.

44.—Omphalotropis angulosa, Ancey.

Le Natur., 1890, xii, no. 68, p. 11.
Hab.—Ponape (Ancey.).

45.—Omphalotropis (Stenotropis) laevis (Pease.).

Realia laevis, Pease, Amer. Journ. Conch., 1865, i, p. 289, il, t. 5,
f. 5.—Pfr., Mon., Pneum. suppl., ill, p. 227.—Omphalo-
tropis laevis, Pease, J. de Conchyl., 1869, p. 148.—Kob.
et Mildff., N. Bl., 1898, p. 151.

Hab.—Ualan (Pease), Ponape (Pease, Etscheid, Kubary).

The name Jaevis is rather a misnomer, there is vertical and
spiral striation. The angulation of the last whorl is sometimes
developed into an obtuse keel. ‘The colour, which Pease calls
*“‘fusco-cornea,” varies a good deal from yellowish-horn colour to
reddish brown. I count 53, not 5 whorls, which are not “convexi,”
but at most “convexiusculi.”. The preceding species, described by
Ancey, is perhaps identical with laevis.

46.—Omphalotropis (Stenotropis) tumidula, Mlldff.

N. Bl., 1897, p. 168.—Kob. et Mlldff., ibid., 1898, p. 152.
Hab.—Naupilo, Ponape (Kubary).

47.—Garrettia carolinarum (Mlldff.).

Diadema carolinarum, Mildff., N. Bl., 1897, p. 168.—Kob. et
Milldff., ibid., 1898, p. 156.

Hab.—Ponape (Etscheid, Kubary).

The name Diadema, Pse., cannot stand, being forstalled by Schu-
macher 1817 (Crust.), Gray 1825 (Echinod.), Boisd. 1832 (Lepidopt.).
Paetel mentions Garrettia, Pease, as a synonym of Diadema, but I have
not been able to find out whether that name was ever published or not.
The genus, which was hitherto known from the Society, Harvey, Cook
and Viti Islands, has according to Thiele? a radula of the type of.
Omphalotropis and belongs, therefore, to the Realiidae. The Caroline
species agrees well with the Polynesian forms in the general outline
and the corneous, multispiral operculum with raised ridges.

47a.—Garrettia carolinarum sub-sp. pyramis, Mlldff.

Diadema carolinarum var. pyramis, Mildff., N. Bl., 1897, p. 168.

Hab.—Naupilo, Ponape, about roo m, altitude (Kubary).

Higher, 7 whorls instead of 6, the keel of the last whorl more or
less evanescent.

1 N. Bl., 1894, p. 24.

MOELLENDORFF: LAND SHELLS OF CAROLINE ISLANDS. I19

47b.—Garrettia carolinarum sub-sp. turrita, Mlldff.

Diadema carolinarum var. turrita, Mlldff., 1. c., p. 168.

/Tab.—Meitik, Ponape (Kubary).

Still higher, 74 whorls, the last without any indication of the
perispherical keel.

Without the knowledge of the preceding subspecies I should not
have hesitated to describe this form as a separate species. But
pyramis is exactly intermediate between it and the type and there can
be no doubt that ¢urrita is merely an extreme development of
carolinarum.

48.—Garrettia soluta (Mlldff.).

Diadema solutum, Mildff., N. Bl., 1897, p. 169.—Kob. et Mlldff.,
ibid., 1898, p. 156.

Hab.—Ponape (Etscheid, Kubary).

By its shape and sculpture this remarkable little shell resembles
some species of Heteropoma (Mariannes and Philippines), but it
possesses a corneous multispiral operculum and must, therefore, be
classed with Garrettia. It is well characterised by the free body
whorl, disconnected for about = of its length.

49.—Quadrasiella ammonitella, n. sp.

T. late et aperte umbilicata, discoidea, sat tenuis, confertim
spiraliter lineata, costis crassiusculis distantibus sculpta, opaca,
corneolutea. Spira parum emersa, apice mucronato glabrato. Anfr.
4 convexi, sutura profunde impressa, disjuncti, ultimus ad peripheriam
nec non infra et supra illam distincte angulatus. Apertura vix
obliqua, fere circularis, peristoma rectum, obtusum. Operculum intus
corneum, multispirale, extus lamella cartilaginea plicatula, peristoma
superante praeditum.

Diam: 3:2, alt. 1°5.

Hab.—Ponape, in the hills (Kubary).

The genus Quadrasiella was established by myself for two species
discovered by Quadras on the island of Guam,! its chief characteristic
being the operculum. This consists of an inner corneous lamella which
overlaps the peristome somewhat in the manner of Aulopoma, and an
outer calcareous one which is elongated above and below into a wing-
like process. ‘This outer calcareous lamella is wanting in the Caroline
species, but the operculum is exactly like the inner lamella of that of
Quadrasiella. It is possible that the outer lamella, which is easily
broken off in the typical species, has fallen off from my two examples

1 N. Bl., 1894, p. 38.

120 MOELLENDORFF: LAND SHELLS OF CAROLINE ISLANDS.

or that they are not quite full grown. The general shape of the shell,
the sculpture and the mucronate apex agree very well with the species
of Guam, and I have but little doubt that I am right in ascribing the
shell of Ponape to Quadrasiella.

50.—Gonatorhaphe incisa (Hombr. et Jacq.).

Cyclostoma incisa, H. et J., Voy. Pol. Sud. Zool., v, p. 49, t. 12, figs.
11—15.—Cyclophorus incisus, Pfr., Mon. Pneum. suppl. i, p. 54.
—Gonatorhaphe incisa, Kob. et Mlldff., N.BI., 1898, p. 155.

Hal.—Hogolu = Ruk (Hombron et Jacquinot).

From the meagre description which Pfeiffer made ‘ex icone,” I
can only conclude that this species belongs to my genus Gonatorhaphe,
constituted for certain operculate shells of Melanesia and Polynesia,
type G. recluziana, Pfr. They have the general outline of Cyclotus,
sharp spiral ribs, a more or less canaliculate suture, marginate by
a keel or elevated line, and an operculum somewhat like that of
Cyclotus but without the marginal channel. It has nothing to do
either with Cyclophorus or Cyclotus, but belongs to the Realdidae.

Fam. TRUNCATELLIDAE.
51.—Truneatella pacifiea, Pease.

Am. Journ. Conch., 1867, ili, p. 230, t. 15, f. 27.—Pfr., Mon.
Pneum. suppl., ili, p. 15.
Hab.—-Ualan (Pease), Ponape (Etscheid).
Closely related to Tr. valida, Pfr., and perhaps only a subspecies
of that widely distributed species.

Fam. HELICINIDAE.
52.—Helicina (Pleuropoma) humilis, Hombr. et Jacq.

H. et J., Voy. Pol. Sud. Zool., v, p. 45, t. 11, figs. 27—-31.—Pfr.,
Mon. Pneum. suppl., i. p. 189.
Hab.—Hogolu = Ruk (H. et J.), Ponape (Etscheid, Kubary).
Fresh examples show some spiral, elevated, membranaceous lines,
which are easily rubbed off. The operculum is typical of my sub-
genus Plewropoma.

58.—Helicina (Pleuropoma) zigzag, Pse.

Am. Journ. Conch., 1867, ili, p. 229, t. 15, f. 26.—Pfr., Mon.
Pneum. supppl., ii, p. 280.
Hab.—Ualan (Pease), Ponape (Etscheid, Kubary).
My examples from Ponape agree in part with Pease’s description,
but some are larger, up to 9}: 5 mm., thinner and less sharply keeled.

MOELLENDORFF: LAND SHELLS OF CAROLINE ISLANDS. 121

I cannot ascertain whether the latter variety lives with the type or
forms a local race on a different part of the island.

54.—Helicina (Sulfurina) carolinarum, n. sp.

T. depresse globosa, tenuiuscula, subtilissime striatula, parum
nitens, flava, interdum taenia lata ignea ornata. Anfr. 44 planulati,
sutura appressa, submarginata, disjuncti, ultimus ad _ peripheriam
confuse subangulatus. Apertura sat obliqua, rotundato-triangularis,
peristoma superne rectum, acutum, basi subexpansum, obtusum,
columella brevis, crassiuscula, callum latum, granulosum, emittens.

Diam. 4, alt. 2°75 mm.

ffab.—Ponape (Kubary).

55.—Helicina zonata, Less.

Lesson, Voy. Coqu. Zool., il, 1, p. 350.—Pfr., Mon. Pneum., p. 358.

Hab.—Ualan (Lesson).

Probably a Pleuwropoma and perhaps identical with or nearly
related to H. zigzag, Pse.

Fam. HYDROCAENIDAE.
56.—Georissa rufula, n. sp.

T. rimata, ovato-conica, solidiuscula, transverse subtiliter striatula,
sculptura spirali, sub lente fortiori, haud discernenda, nitidiuscula,
rufo-fulva. Anfr. 45 bene convexi, sutura profunde impressa disjuncti,
ultimus paulisper descendens. Apertura sat obliqua, ovalis, peristoma
simplex, rectum, obtusum, marginibus callo validiusculo junctis,
columella reflexa, valde dilatata, late appressa.

Diam: x«°5;-alt, 2°, mm.

Hab.—Ponape (Etscheid).

These lists are naturally very incomplete and if Ponape appears to
possess a much richer fauna than the rest of the islands, the reason
is certainly not only its greater size and the higher altitude of its hills,
but chiefly the fact that it has been better explored than the other
atolls. JI am convinced that even Ponape will still yield a number of
additional species, when a thorough investigation of the hills has been
made. My lamented friend Kubary had only just begun to collect
in the higher regions when he died. It seems to me that it is too
early yet to base geographical conclusions on the scant material now
at our disposal. It will be useful, however, to give a comparative
list of the species hitherto known from the three groups of Micronesia.

122 MOELLENDORFF :

LAND SHELLS OF CAROLINE ISLANDS.

GENERA AND

SUBGENERA. PELEWS.

MARIANNES.

CAROLINES.

Ennea bicolor

Coneuplecta pagodula

—— i rR vowvO>OODDOeeeeeeee cs

misella,
? succinulata

Lamprocystis |
margaritaced,
straminea

| palaénsis, wilsoni,

palaénsis,
Frivola

a

Microcystina | denticulata

ee ag Saha 2 Nore ee ee ee ee
Kaliella |

doliolum

Hemiplecta

oleacina, electra,
2? swainsont

Trochomorpha

|

doliolum,
tenwisculpta

sowerbyana

approximata,
entomostoma,
kuesteri, alta,
nigritella

Flammulina nigrescens
ie ee ee eS eee ee

Charopa | fusca, rotula, ualanensis,
quadrasti kubaryi,
ponapica

Endodonta | mariannarum, constricta, callizona

heptaptychia irregularis,
laceratu,
kororensis,
Suscozonata

Eulota micronesica

philippinicum

Chloraea
Pupisoma
Brazieria
Partula radiolata, gibba, calypso, thetis,
bicolor, mastersi, leucothoe
Sragilis,
quadrasi
Vertigo quadrast
( Ptychochilus )
Leucochilus pediculus
Prosopeas
Opeas gracile, tuckeri
Tornatellina quadrast
», (Lamellina) microstoma
| subcylindrica
5; (Ochroderma) |
Geostilbia | philippinica
Succinea guamensis,
quadrasi,
piratarum

velata

rufa

eapensis,
ponapica

pediculus
carolinum
gracile, tuckeri

ovatula, pusilla

gigas

guamenstis

MOELLENDORFF: LAND SHELLS OF CAROLINE ISLANDS.

£22

GENERA AND
SUBGENERA.

MARIANNES.

PELEWS.

CAROLINES.

iu oie

Pythia

Cassidula

lecithostoma,
pyramidata

philippinarum,
| quadrasi,
compacta

acuta

philippinarum

See est ese 5 Se eee

Auricula auricella
Blauneria gracilis
Melampus luteus, quadrasi,
caffer, triticeus,
Susciatus |
|
Pupina | difficilis difficilis,
| brenchleyi,
complanata
Palaina taeniolata | alata, aurea, doliolum,
| dimorpha, kubaryi,
| ‘moussone, ovatula
| patula,
platychilus, |
rubella,
slrigata,
striolata, |
wilsont
»»( Cylindropalaina ) | pupa
»»( Macropalaina) | | scalarina,
xiphidium
Hungerfordia | pelewensis
Diplommatina | albata,
( Pseudopalaina ) | crassilabris,
| gibboni, |
| inflatula, |
| lamellata,
lutea,
polymorpha,
pyramis,

Tingens

Omphalotropis
(Eurytropis )

3» (Stenotropis)
», (Scalinella)

»»( Chalicopoma)

bulimoides,
elongatula,
elegans, erosa,
guamensis,
platicosta,
latilabris,
ochtogyra, picta,
quadrast
submaritima,
suturalis
gracilis, pilosa,
pilosella
laevigata,
semicostulata

| catenata, cheynet,
mutica,
striatipila

_ bulimoides,
carolinensis,
coronata

|
laevis, ? angulosa,
tumidula

Se eee ee ee ae ee eee Le ee

124 MOELLENDORFF: LAND SHELLS OF CAROLINE. ISLANDS.

GENERA AND M as | P ' z
SUBGENERA. NLARIANNES. ELEWS. AROLINES.
Acmella conica

(Solenomphala ) |

Heteropoma Julvum,

| glabratum,
pyramis,
quadrasi,
tuberculatum,
turritum

Ee ee
|

Gonatorhaphe | tncisa
ee
|
Quadrasiella clathrata, ammonitella
mucronata
ee En
Garrettia carolinarum,
| solutum
Taheitia | alata,
lamellicosta,
parvula

labiosa-robusta
expansilabris

Truncatella | mariannarum pacifica
subauriculata,
vitiana
Helicina humilis, zigzag,
(Pleuropoma ) conata,
», (Sulfurina) | carolinarum
. |
Georissa elegans, | rufula
biangulata,

laevigata

The Land Shells as enumerated above are distributed on the
different islands as follows:

wnsouinid

DNL

sasuawnjpon

DjOVIsf

‘NVIVQ

alayony
apvon.b

pndnuod
sipunip **
punjuous Dnt

unnuddrijryd
DIVIUOLIVU

pynpriUny ut
DUWORV) IDI
pordnuod
ahLnqny
SUwaasauhiu

anbrywoo se

D)JAVUH VU
4)”

pripauidagqur —§*

pypyduovobh — <é

SUDPISUD.L a
1LaSIny
Dd NISINUA)
WNIOLOP

yD) IV

“Ad VNOd

*‘(MOOTLYOW)
MONNDA'T

WNUIOLDI

mqyDyar

DULOPSOULOJUWA
nynunrco.ddp
nuphgwanos

*(aATODOTY)
"MAY

atayong

‘aqua

snpnovpad
sisuadna

sasuanpnd

"IVA

“e

ce

spodo
snadosouy
snrpvyooonayT
obysa4

ce

ce
DINILOT
DUMONT
purosvd ny
DOPING

ce
DWOpopUy
ce

DdOLnYy,)
DUNUWUWD YT
ce

t¢
a3
ce
ce

te

DY ALOUWLOYIO.N [,
ppoaj dua yy
ce

LD
sryshr0udUun Ty

‘SANTD

DIN{NL
WNLDULYOLDI

DWWOX _
hpzbre boebve
savuny
poyrond poyrond
DIajvUowuD

DLN sf

svumalhid a
UNLIUAYO.LDA
DInprUN)
psojnbhup
slon] s1vany

aynunjpduoa
qwnipry dre
DUD DIS
DynIDA0
WLDQny
wnjorjop
wnimurddyryd
DynID
sisuauUnn
myyrsnd
DINIDLO

SIsUaUzo.LDa
WiaQyouasg

“TIVNOJ

*(MOO'TLYOJ)
ONNDAT

syuny

DSLOUL

saprownjng

pInNID

sphb

‘(a TODO}FT)
“MAY

2yNU0.LOd
saprowyng

"av

DSS1.L09/)
ce

ce

ee

DULOVUOET
07 O,WOUNT,
aydnysojnuoyy

DIJASDALPDNC)
ae
ce

DUYZOLN DY

oe

srdo.nopnydug

murdng
“ce

“cc
ae

ce

DULDDT
DINPISSDO
my y

MIULIING
ce

ae

DU JIPWULO,T,

“SONTS)

PROCEEDINGS OF MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 127

NOTES.

Note on Helicoid Land Shells from the Canary Islands.—Mr. Jules
Mabille, in a paper on the Mollusca collected by Mr. Buchet in the Canary Islands?,
appears to have overlooked an article by the present writer. Mr. Mabille states
that Hyalinia cellaria, has hitherto only been found in Tenerife, Grand Canary,
and Hierro, whereas I recorded this species as having been collected also in the
island of Palma by Colonel Parry. AHygromia multigranosa is stated to have been
collected in the living state by Mr. Buchet, the species having previously only been
known in the sub-fossil condition. Colonel Parry, however, forestalled this discovery,
as recorded by me in the introductory remarks to the same article. —G. K. GUDE.

Note on the Asiatie Species of Philomyeus.—From an interesting letter
recently received from Professor Cockerell we quote the following, with the writer’s
permission :—‘* Your treatment of the Asiatic Philomycus [see this Journal, p. 80],
is very interesting, but not really conclusive for lack of material. . . The
original bilineatus was from Chusan, nobody has ever seen the anatomy of it, and
the only way to be sure of bilineatus is to dissect a Chusan example. Of course the
Keferstein slug was confusa. I so stated in my paper. It is possible that the
Japanese slug with ribless j jaw (alw ays ?) is not distinct, but on the face of things one
would suppose it to be a good species. Cannot you get leave to open the Chusan
and Japanese examples in the British Museum? Also the Formosa one? I accept
your view that australis is the Chinese slug very willingly, as it is virtually out of
the question for it to be a native of the Sandwich Isles, and nothing is more natural
than it should have been introduced from China.” —T. D. A. COCKERELL.

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
15tH (ANNUAL) MEETING, DECEMBER 8TH, 1899.

The President in the chair.
New member elected :—Mr. H. Overton.

The Annual Report of the Council and the Treasurer’s Statement were read and
adopted.

The Secretary reported that as no amendments had been received to the
Council’s nominations, the following would constitute the Council and Officers
for 1900:—

President—WaALTER E. COLLINGE.
Treasurer—H. Howarb BLOOMER.
Secretary—Guy BREEDEN.

Other Members of Council—Messrs. H. WiLLouGHBY ELLIs, F. J. PART-
RIDGE, BROMLEY PEEBLES, and G. SHERRIFF TYE.

The President’s Address was postponed until the February meeting.

EXHIBITS.

By the President: Specimens of Onchidiwm tumidium, Semp., and Onchidina
australis, Semp., from Queensland, Onchidiella reticulatum, Semp., and Onchidium
dameli, Semp., from Sydney, also Onchidium ambiqguum, Semp., from Ponape.

By Mr. Bloomer: Shells of Indian and South Tasmanian species of Cassis.

t Bull. Soc. Philom. Paris, 1897 (8), ix, p. 91.
2 Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1896, ii, p. 15.

128 CURRENT LITERATURE.

ANNUAL REPORT, 1890.

Your Council in presenting their Second Annual Report have to record a year’s
work of an exceedingly satisfactory character, and note with pleasure the continued
steady progress of the Society.

During 1899 seven new ordinary and two honorary members have been elected.
Your Council regret to have lost through continued ill-health an enthusiastic
member, Mr. F. W. Carpenter.

During the year eight meetings have been held, at which five papers have been
read. The exhibits have been numerous, and often more than could be dealt with
at a single meeting.

The financial condition of the Society remains satisfactory.

Additions to the Library include some fifty pamphlets by various authors, pre-
sented by Professor H. A. Pilsbry and the President. It is hoped that all members
will present copies of their writings to the Society’s Library.

Your thanks are due to the President and Council of Mason University College
and to Professor T. W. Bridge, for the facilities they have so kindly given in per-
mitting our meetings to be held in the Zoological Department of the College.

CURRENT LITERATURE.

Pilsbry, H. A.—Tryon’s Manual of Conchology, ser. ii, vol. xii (pt. 48), pp.
178—258, pl. xlvii—lxiv.

After completing his survey of the genus Liguwus, Dr. Pilsbry deals with the genus
Orthalicus, and proposes (p. 192) Metorthalicus as a new sub-genus for 0. frasert
and others. He then passes to the Amphibulimine, in which he admits as genera
Simpulopsis, Gaotis, Peltella and Amphibulima. Bulimulopsis is proposed (p. 220)
to replace Ludioptus, Albers non Hiibner, as a sub-genus of Stimpulopsis.

The following are described as new species: Simpulopsis tryoni, Brazil (p. 218);
Gaotis malleata, Porto Rico (p. 230); Amphibulima browni, Dominica (p. 239).

This part concludes the study of the American Bulimulide, except a few toothed
genera (e.g. Odontostomus) which, with the Australian and Oriental Bulimulide,
are to be dealt with in the next volume.—E. R. SyYKEs.

Clarke, J. M.—The Naples Fauna (Fauna with Manticoceras intwmescens) in
Western New York. 16th Ann. Rpt. N.Y. State Geologist, 1898, pp. 31—
165, pls. i—ix.

The Naples Fauna is the fauna which in the western part of the State of New
York is associated with the Cephalopod Goniatites intwmescens, Beyrich, a
species usually regarded as characterizing a zone at the lower part of the Upper
Devonian. According to the author this fauna presents affinities to the develop-
ments of the same zone as found in ‘‘ Devon, Belgium, the Rhine, the Hartz, and
on the west and east slopes of the Urals. In none of these, however, are its
individual, specific and generic features so fully reproduced as in the association
described by Holzapfel as occurring at Martenberg, near Adorf, in Westphalia.”

This fauna occurs in the typical section of the formation known as the Portage
Group, but as it differs considerably from the contemporaneous faunas of adjacent
regions the author calls it the ‘ Naples Fauna,’ and not the ‘ Portage Fauna,’ a term
which would include the fauna of the Portage sediments wherever found. . The
fauna, however, makes its first appearance in the Styliola limestone, which is found
near the middle of the Genesee slates occurring immediately below the Portage
group.

CURRENT LITERATURE. 129

The portion of the fauna described in the present work includes the Goniatites,
and the genera Bactrites and Clymenia, and in its description ‘‘an effort is made
to elucidate the actual values of species of given or allied genera in a single fauna,
and to express these values in terms of one another. . . The purpose throughout
has been less to seek phylogenic clues than to present ontogenic values.” In each
genus, therefore, the author describes very fully all the stages--embryonic, nepionic,
neanic, ephebic and gerontic—of a typical species, and then compares the rest of
the species of the genus with that species.

The Goniatites belong to the families Primordialide, Prolecanitide, and Magno-
sellaride of Hyatt. The greater number belong to the Primordialide and are
referred to one genus for which the author uses Hyatt’s name Manticoceras, and
maintains that Goniatites intwmescens must be regarded as its typical species. The
name Gephyroceras is restricted to the discoidal, widely-umbilicated forms with a
sulcated periphery which Hyatt placed in that genus; but in his revision of the
Nautiloids and Ammonoids that appears in the English translation of Zittel’s
Text Book of Palaeontology we notice that Prof. Hyatt retains both Manticoceras
and Gephyroceras, and that the figured example of zntwmescens is referred to the
genus Gephyroceras; doubtless, however, that author will discuss these genera very
fully in his forthcoming Monograph on Fossil Cephalopods. Manticoceras pattersont
being regarded as the ‘‘normal expression of the specific type” all its stages of
growth are described in great detail, and the other species—mostly new—of the
same genus are then compared with it. Some new species of Gephyroceras, as
restricted by the author, are also described. The Prolecanitidw are represented by
the genera Beloceras, Sandbergeroceras ard a new genus Probeloceras, the type-
species of which is Goniatites lutheri, Clarke. The forms belonging to the Magno-
sellaride are referred to the genus Tornoceras, the type-species of which the author
considers to be Conrad’s Goniatites uniangularis. While some authors have united
Hyatt’s genera Jornoceras and Parodoceras, Prof. Clarke considers them to be
distinct. Tornoceras uniangulare is described in great detail, the author’s observa-
tions confirming Beecher’s admirable account of the early stages of this species.

The Bactritide include the genus Bactrites; the early stages of this genus were
described by the author in 1894, but they are somewhat more fully described in the
present work. We note also that the protoconch, which the author had previously
described as belonging to the genus Orthoceras, is now somewhat doubtfully referred
to that genus.

The Clymenine are represented by one species belonging to the section of
Clymenia for which Giimbel proposed the name Cyrtoclymenia,

We fully agree with the author’s opinion that the Ammonoids of the Naples beds
actually lived and died in these sediments, whilst the fauna of the Styliola limestone
was transported from an adjoining province not yet known to us.

In conclusion, the author is to be heartily congratulated on his very careful
description of this fauna which is so admirably illustrated on the nine lithographic
plates accompanying the work.—GEo. C. CRICK.

Clarke, J. M.—Notes on the early stages of certain Goniatites. Ibid., pp. 165—
169, figs.

The author first describes ‘‘Some Points in the Development of Anarcestes
plebeiformis, Hall, sp.,” a rare and hitherto imperfectly known species found only
at a single locality, Cox’s Falls, near Charey Valley, N.Y., in a thin layer of
limestome belonging to the epoch of the Marcellus Shales (lowest Middle Devonian).
The general form of the shell, the character of the whorls, and the shape of the
septa show that the species is a typical Anarcestes. The inner whorls are very
rarely preserved. ‘‘ Some etchings of the rock, have however, offered solid barite
replacements of the inner whorls,” and upon these the author has based his
observations. The protoconch is very large, transversely elongate or obtusely

130 CURRENT. LITERATURE.

fusiform in shape, and ornamented with distinct transverse lines almost to its distal
surface. The transverse ornaments do not exhibit any trace of the hyponomic sinus,
or backwardly directed curve in the centre of the periphery, until near the end of the
third whorl. The nepionic shell is in contact with the protoconch, whereas in some
species of Anarcestes that have been described the nepionic shell is free for about
halfa whorl. The author gives figures of the protoconch, and of the nepionic shell,
and a drawing of the suture-line of the seventh volution, the precise form of the
earliest suture-lines not having been made out. He concludes that the immense
size of the protoconch when compared with that of other ammonoids indicates a
closer approach to the stock whence the Goniatitinw have been derived.

He then describes and figures the protoconch of the species which was first
described by Vanuxem as Goniatites expansus, and afterwards by Hall as Goniatites
vanuxemi, Vanuxem’s name being pre-occupied. This species is a typical form of
the genus which was named by Meek Agoniatites and by Mojsisovics Aphyllites.
The protoconch, although large, is less than that of Anarcestes plebeiformis; it is
‘rather stoutly ellipsoidal, projecting a little at each side beyond the edge of the
first whorl,” and its ‘‘surface is finely and sharply striated horizontally from the
distal extremity”; it is in complete contact with the nepionic whorl. In the
example which the author has figured (on an enlarged scale) a portion of the striated
test is broken away and shows the long and distinct scar of the siphonal cecum.

Finally, the author figures a vertical section of the first three chambers of the
Cretaceous species Nautilus (Hutrephoceras) Dekayi, Morton, showing the continuous
but irregularly curved course of the ‘‘sipho.” —GEo. C. CRICK.

Kennard, A. &S., and Woodward, B. B.—Notes on Paludestrina jenkinsi (Smith)
and P. confusa (Frauenf.). Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1899, vol. iii, pp.
297—300.

The authors have had specimens of P. jenkinsi compared with two shells in the
Jeffreys’ Collection labelled ‘‘ Hydrobia ferrusina, Hampshire, Sowerby,” with
which they agree in every respect. P. confusa, Frauenf., for which a number of
localities are given, was last collected by the writers in 1895, but owing to extensive °
building and draining operations, it no longer exists in any of these, and they con-
clude that it must now be considered extinct in England.—W. E. C.

Gude, G. K.—Armature of Helicoid Landshells. Sci. Goss., 1899, vol. vi, pp.
75—77, 147—149, 174—177, figs. IoO—105, and map.

The species treated of are P. caliginosa, Sykes, P. clathratula v. compressa,
Sykes, and P. francoisi, H. Fisch. A very useful synopsis of the genus is given,
notes on the geographical distribution and a key to the species. This series of
papers is brought to a termination and an index given to those previously
published. —W. E. C.

Hedley, Charles.—The Mollusca of Funafuti. (Supplement.) Mem. Aust. Mus. ,
1899, vol. iii, pt. 9, pp. 549—565, figs. 59—So.

The author records in this appendix the mollusca obtained on the second and

third expedition to the Atoll of Funafuti. In all 56 species are enumerated, of which

16 arenew. A new genus (JMJecoliotia) of the Livtiide is also described.—W. E. C.

Walker, Bryant. — The Terrestrial Mollusca of Michigan. 8vo., pp. 27, I
map. Detroit, Mich.: 1899.

This is a very carefully prepared annotated catalogue and particular attention
has been devoted to the authentication of the various species, of which 75 are
enumerated. Since the issue of a similar catalogue in 1895, Polygyra clausa, Say,
has been authenticated, while Omphalina inornata, Say, Zonitoides limatulus,
Ward, and Succinea aurea, Lea, are shown to be doubtful or have been cited in

CURRENT LITERATURE. 131

error, as well as the two following varieties: Polygyra thyroides, Say, v. bucculenta,
Gld., P. palliata, Say, v. alba, Currier. The following six species and two varieties
are additions to the fauna: Strobilops affinis, Pils., Vitrea wheatleyi, bld., Gastro-
donta intertexta, Binn., G. demissa, Binn., Agriolimax agrestis, L., Polygyra
albolabris, Say, v. minor, Sterki, Conulus fulvus, Miill. v. mortoni, Jeffr., C. cher-
sinus v. polygyratus, Pils.

Many interesting notes are given on the distribution. —W. E. C.

Suter, Henry.—Descriptions of a new Variety and five new species of New
Zealand Land Mollusca. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1899, vol. iii, pp. 286—
291, pl. xv.

Mr. Suter here describes and figures the following: -Lndodonta (Charopa)
otagoensis, and subinfecta, Flammulina (Pyrrha) virescens, F. (Phacussa) ful-
minata, Hutt., var. costata, F. (P.) henryi and Paryphanta edwardi. Figures
of the terminal ducts of the generative organs of F. virescens and F. henryi are
given in addition to figures of the shells, jaw, and radula.—W. E. C.

Suter, Henry.—Anatomical notes on Medyla insculpta (Pfr.). Ibid., pp. 530—
532, figs. i—iv.

From an examination of the generative organs, jaw and radula of this species,
the author finds that it is closely related to Sitala anthropophagorwm, and is of
opinion that its proper place is in the genus MMedyla, Albers, sect. Huplecta,
Semper.—W. E. C.

Suter, Henry.—New Zealand Polyplacophora: Keys to Genera and Species.
Trans. N.Z. Inst., 1899, vol. xxxi, pp. 59—64.

Suter, Henry.—Revision of the New Zealand Pleurotomide, with descriptions of
Six new Species. Ibid., pp. 64--77, pl. iii.

Mr. Suter’s synopsis of the New Zealand Polyplacophora will prove very useful,
as also his revised classification of the New Zealand Pleurotomide. This latter,
being based entirely upon the characters of the shells, is, as the author states, open
to amendment. Twenty-six species are enumerated, of which the following are
new: Surcula verrucosa, Mangilia subaustralis, M. jflexicostata, Clathurella sub-
abnormis, C. nodicincta, and Daphnella substriata. Figures are given of the new
species. In all cases the location of the type is given and the reference to the
original description and figures.—W. E. C.

Harris, G. D.—The Lignitic Stage. Pt. ii. Scaphopoda, Gastropoda, Pteropoda,
and Cephalopoda. Bull. Amer. Paleont., Ithaca, N.Y., 1899, pp. 1—128,
pls. I—I2.

This paper fully maintains the high standard set up in part I. Twenty-seven
new species and five new varieties are described and figured, and many valuable
critical notes are given on the various species dealt with. Not a few paleontologists
will differ from the author in uniting Athleta tuomeyi, Conrad, with Volutilithes
petrosus, Conrad; even supposing there are not sufficient characters of importance
to warrant sub-generic distinction, the specific characters are very pronounced, on
the other hand Syrnola insignifica, Ald., is very rightly regarded as synonymous
with S. trapaquara, Har., which species seems very different from Cossmann’s
propeacicula.

Of the new species, Levifusus zndentus is an interesting form somewhat approach-
ing forms of L. pagoda, Heip., but very properly separated from that species. No
doubt future work will bring to light other forms of this new species which will, we
think, further separate it from L. pagoda, and clearly mark it off from any of the
many varieties of Hulgur spiniger.

Not the least valuable part of Mr. Harris’ work is to be found in the careful
reproduction of the original descriptions of the various species enumerated. —W.E.C.

132 NOTES.

GENERAL REVIEWS.

A Manual of Zoology.—By the late T. Jeffery Parker and William A. Haswell.
8 vo., pp. xvi+ 550, and 300 figs. London: 1899, Macmillan & Co., Ltd.

This manual forms an admirable introduction to zoology for a class of students
who deserve something more than the modern cram book. Owing to the restrictions
of space many “‘ groups of rare occurrence and uncertain relationships” have been
wisely omitted and greater space devoted to the more familar forms. In cases of
this kind it is always difficult to decide just what to omit and what not, and the
authors here seem to have been very happy in their selection. The Brachiopoda
might perhaps have received a little more attention.

We note with pleasure that in the author’s opinion laboratory and museum work
should be supplemented by work in the field and on the seashore.

The types are all well chosen and excellently illustrated, particularly the
Ccelenterata. Amongst so many modern illustrations it seems a pity to include such
figures as fig. 170 (a proglottis of Tania), and fig. 81 (Starfish, vertical section of
an arm).

Chapter xi dealing with the Mollusca is well written, and there are some very
useful figures illustrating the anatomy of the Cephalopoda.

We heartily welcome this work, which must prove of great value to junior
students. —W. E.C.

Statistical Methods with special reference to Biological Variation.—By C. B.
Davenport. 16 mo., pp. viit148, and 28 figs. New York: 1899, John
Wiley & Sons.

This work is intended for those who are interested in the quantitative study of
species and of organic variation, and must prove very useful to all biologists engaged
in such work. It is clearly and concisely written and remarkably free from errors.
The method of using the various tables is carefully explained and fully illustrated.
All who are interested in the methods elaborated by Galton and Pearson will welcome
Dr. Davenport’s handbook.—W.E.C.

EDITOR’S NOTES.

It is with feelings of great pleasure that we have to record the receipt of 50 francs
from a ‘‘ French malacologist ” towards the deficit on the Journal during 1899. We
take this, our only means, of tendering our sincere thanks to the donor for his ~
generous gift and good wishes.

We cannot refrain from quoting a short paragraph from the letter accompanying
the above donation ‘‘ If,” says the writer, ‘‘ English students of the Mollusca were
less shell-collectors and more malacologists your journal would have a balance not
a deficit.”

We regret to have to record the deaths of Edgar Leopold Layard on January
Ist, 1000, in his seventy-fifth year, and G. Sherriff Tye on February 4th, 1900.
A portrait and notice of the latter will appear in our next number.

We have received from Mr. H. B. Preston his price lists of South African
Marine and Land and Freshwater Shells, also Australian L. and F. Shells. Mr.
Walter F. Webb (Albion, N.Y., U.S.A.) sends us a very useful and carefully pre-
pared priced check-list of Land Shells of the United States and Canada.

‘ THE

fOwRNAL “OF MALAC OLOGY.

No. 6. JUNE Ist, 1900. Voz.. VIE:

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF
ANADENUS FROM CHINA.

By WALTER E. COLLINGE,
Mason University College, Birmingham.
(Plate vi.)

SOME short time ago M. Ph. Dautzenberg very kindly sent me four
examples of a species of slug, collected at Qua Toun, Fo Kien,
China, which on examination I find belong to the genus Anadenus,
Heyn. There are two immature specimens and two which appear to
be adult. It is interesting to find that this genus is distributed much
further eastward than was generally supposed’. Last year I described?
a very handsome species from Sechuen, and Dr. Mollendorff*® has
more recently described another species from the same province*.

To M. Dautzenberg I wish to express my best thanks for these
interesting molluscs, with which I have much pleasure in associating
his name, and to the Council of the Birmingham Natural History and
Philosophical Society for defraying the artist’s charges.

1 Cockerell, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1891, p. 221.
2 Journ. of Malac., 1899, vol. vii, p. 78.
3 Ann. Mus. Zool. l’Acad. Imp. d. Sci. St. Petersb., 1899, p. 4.

4 Dr. Mdllendorff wrote me expressing the opinion that possibly his species (A. sinensis)
might be identical with the one I described, viz., A. sechuenensis. Since the above was written
he has very kindly favoured me with an opportunity of examining the type of A. sinensis, and
from an external examination I am of opinion that it is a distinct species.

JourN. oF MALac., 1900, vol. vii, No. 6.

34 COLLINGE: A NEW SPECIES OF ANADENUS FROM CHINA.

Anadenus dautzenbergi, n. sp. Pl. vi., figs. 1—8.

Animal (PI. vi, figs. 1—3) yellowish-grey, with a yellowish-brown
dorsum, which is bounded laterally by a dark line, with short, lateral
branches. Head yellowish. Mantle almost circular, reddish-brown,
with irregular, brownish-black mottling. Respiratory orifice slightly
behind the middle of the mantle. Generative orifice below, and
some little distance behind, the right lower tentacle. Rugze small,
irregular in outline, in somewhat diamond shaped groups, divided by
deep black sulci. Peripodial groove small but distinct. Foot-fringe
same colour as the body, excepting in the tail region, where it is
similar to the ground colour of the mantle; lineoles nearly black.
Foot-sole shows ill defined median and lateral planes, of a brownish-
yellow colour, median plane faintly marked by transverse wrinkles.

Length (in alcohol) 37°5 mm.; length of mantle 14°5 mm.; breadth
of foot-sole 11°5 mm.

Shell (Pl. vi, figs. 4a, 4b), almost circular, thick, convex above,
concave below, apical portion well defined, faint excentric lines of
growth. Ventrally there is a thick, lip-like infolding.

Maj. diam. 5 mm., min. diam. 4°9 mm.

Hab.—Qua Toun, mountains (3,500 ft.) due S.E., Fo Kien, China.
Type in my collection.
ANATOMY.

The Jaw (Pl. vi, fig. 5) is arcuate and consists of twenty-one,
partly unequal, separate, vertical lamella, each bearing closely set
transverse strie. In A. altivagus, Theob., and A. sechuenensis,
Clige., the vertical lamella average ten in number, and they are
about twice the breadth of those in this species.

The Radula agrees very closely with that figured by Pilsb.y? for
A. altivagus, excepting that here the mesocones are shorter and
blunter.

The Alimentary System (Pl. vi, figs. 6, 7).—This is much simpler -
than in either A. altivagus, Theob., or A. sechuenensis, Clige. It
reminds one somewhat of the condition which is found in the
American genus Anadenulus, Ckll.,? which seems to form an inter-
mediate stage between Anadenus, Heyn., and Prophysaon, Bld. and
Binn. (cf. Pilsbry, op. cié. pl. xi, figs. 32, 35).

The buccal cavity is slightly produced backwards, and measures
9'5 mm. in length, from the dorsal side there is a short cesophagus

1 Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1898, vol. iii, p. 96, pl. vii, fig. 7.
2 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci, Phila., 1898, p. 254.

NUTT late
Hep cae | OR
ot -
- > \
- Py
SS eee es
———— BAS

ANADEN

US

ii

DAUTZENBERGI

ae Se et a

TH

COLLINGE: A NEW SPECIES OF ANADENUS FROM CHINA. 135

leading into a short, wide crop, which, with the narrow tube-like
portion immediately beyond, forms the first loop of the intestinal
tract. Posterior to this is the bilobed stomach which is situated on
the right side of the ‘‘liver.” The second loop of the intestine passes
to the left side, slightly ventrally, and proceeding forwards makes a
turn to the right, at the anterior end of the crop; passing backwards
again on the left side, as loop number three, it becomes sharply
folded upon itself, forming loop four, which, as the rectum, leads to
the anus.

It will be noticed that loops 3, 4 and 5 all lie dorsally to the crop
and stomach, excepting the sharp folded portion at the junction of
loops 3 and 4.

Pedal Gland (P1. vi, fig. 8).—This is a small lobulated organ,
ro mm. in length. The figure sufficiently explains the general
appearance.

The Generative Organs.—Owing to some unknown cause these
were not in a fit condition either to dissect or figure, the different
parts broke away as lifted by the forceps, or even when moved with a
needle. The penis and free oviduct were in a slightly better condition
but still unsatisfactory. Had I been able to figure and describe the
whole of the generative system, I expect they would have shown some
striking differences from those in the two above mentioned species of
Anadenus. If this had been so, I should not have hesitated to place
A. dautzenbergi in either a new genus or subgenus. In quite a
number of characters it differs considerably from Anadenus, as at
present known, particularly in the form and disposition of the
alimentary canal, the shell, jaw, and pedal gland.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VI.

Anadenus dautzenbergi, n. sp.

Fig. 1. View from the right side. x 2.

Fig. 2. Dorsal view. x2.

Fig. 3. Rugz enlarged.

Fig. 4. Shell. a Viewed from above, 0. Viewed from below. x 4'5.
Fig. 5. Jaw. x8.

Fig. 6. Lateral view of the buccal cavity.

Fig. 7. Alimentary Canal.

Fig. 8. Pedal Gland. x2.

REFERENCE LETTERS.

bc. Buccal cavity. iit Rectum.
cr. Crop. r.m. Retractor muscle
int. z-g. Intestine. s.d. Duct of salivary gland.

oe, Esophagus, st, Stomach,

ON SOME MALFORMED SPECIMENS OF
ANODONTA CYGNEA, L.
By H. H. BLOOMER. ,
(Plate vii.)

In the number of cases recording malformations of the shells of the
Unionide, I have been unable to trace any account of the effect, if
any, these have had upon the soft parts of the animal. It may,
therefore, be of interest to give the results of the examination of three
specimens of Anodonta cyynea, collected by Mr. S. P. Bolton from
Bracebridge Pool, Sutton Coldfield.

For convenience sake these specimens will be referred to as A.
B. and C. respectively. Specimen A was collected in February last.
The left valve (PI. vii, fig. Ar.) of the shell shows the scars of two
fractures. The first commencing below the umbo, proceeds in a
transverse direction, but is only of a slight nature; the second,
which is nearly in the centre of the valve, is situated posterior
to the first one, and pursues a course converging upon it. It
was from this second fracture, which not only destroyed a portion
of the shell, but also lacerated the left mantle-lobe, that the
malformation arose. Evidently the tendency of the mantle-lobe
was then to form the valve in a semicircular direction, while the
posterior portion followed a normal course. This apparent attempt
to maintain a continuous growth in two gradually diverging directions,
resulted in the overlapping or folding of the two adjacent parts
of the valve. This folding continued, and in all probability eventually
caused the posterior portion of the mantle-lobe to turn inwards,
by which means a curious in-growth of the shell was formed (PI. vii,
fig. Az.). The mantle-lobe when examined’ covered the whole of
the inner side of the valve and was much thicker near the line of
fracture. There was also a lateral process of the mantle, arising from
the outer side, which filled the anterior part of the cavity produced
by the overlapping mentioned above.

The right valve also shows an abnormal growth, with a slight
inclination to follow a similar course, but does not exhibit any sign
of having been fractured.

In addition to the laceration of the mantle-lobe, which the animal
was able to renew, the left pair of gills were permanently injured
(fig. 1). The inhalent and exhalent canals are somewhat constricted

BLOOMER : MALFORMED SPECIMENS OF ANODONTA CYGNEA, L. 137

along these injured portions, otherwise the remaining parts of the
viscera are normal.

: te Oe Pi a a hc ee eee |

omnes
a ee
7?

Anodonta cygnea, L.

Fig. 1.—View of part of the animal of specimen A.

Fig. 2.—View of part of the animal of specimen B.

a, d. thickened growth and tentacular fringe of mantle-lobe. f. foot. 1. i. g.
left inner gill. 1. 0. g. left outer gill. 1. p. labial palp. r. m. 1. right mantle-lobe.
r. 1. g. right inner gill. t. f. tentacular fringe.

138 BLOOMER : MALFORMED SPECIMENS OF ANODONTA CYGNEA, L.

Specimen B was collected in March and exhibits only a slight
indentation across nearly the whole of both valves. Both of the gills
on the right side are deformed, and the outer gill of the left side
(fig. 2). ‘The mantle-lobes are complete, but the left one shows a
thickened growth on the inner side. Commencing near the median
line and close to the base of the gills, it continues in a slightly
postero-ventral direction towards the edge; as it proceeds it narrows
and increases in thickness until near its termination, where it becomes
circular, is deeply pigmented, and has a well developed tentacular
fringe, differing only in size from that bordering the inhalent aperture
of the branchial chamber (fig. 2. a. d.).

Specimen C (PI. vii, figs. Br, B2) was collected about three years
ago. Though not exhibiting any signs of fracture it is a very deformed
shell, and when viewed from the end the valves are seen to be greatly
contorted. The left valve is deeply indentated, but the lines of
growth are normal. The right valve shows a transverse malformation
and externally has two parts with semicircular lines of growth, which
later have assumed a normal course, while on the inside there are two
inverted cup-like growths.

The contorted form of the shell has given rise to great deformity
in the animal; thus the larger portion of the viscera was in the anterior
portion of the left valve, which gave rise to a displacement of the
pericardium, heart, and rectum. ‘The outer gills of both sides were
deformed, and the foot was enlarged and forced into a more anterior
position than is usual. The left mantle-lobe was penetrated by the
shell.

The results of the examination of these three interesting specimens
tend to point to the following facts :

a. that the animal is able to repair even extensive damage to the
mantle-lobes, but is not able to make good injuries to the
gills.

b. the gills are the first organs to be affected.

c. the animal is capable of living and thriving with very much
aborted respiratory organs, and with considerable displace-
ment of the various internal organs.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE VII.
Anodontu cygnea, L.

Fig. Ai. Left valve of shell of specimen A.
Fig. A2. Inner side of same.

Fig. Br. Right valve of specimen C.

Fig. B2. Left valve of same.

All the figures are reduced one third.

Journ. of Malacology, 1900, Vol. VII, pt. 6. PE Valle

Br.

ANODONTA CYGNEA, L,

139

NOTES ON THE GENUS SESARA, ALB., WITH

DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO NEW FORMS.
By .G. Ke GUIDES P.Z:9.,
London.
Sesara harmeri, n. sp. Figs. 1, 2.

Shell subperforate, conical, thin, pellucid, pale corneous, finely striulate,
decussated by microscopic spiral lines. Spire conoidal; suture
linear, margined ; apex obtuse. Whorls 7, increasing slowly, slightly
convex, with an acute, compressed keel; the last whorl descending
very shortly in front; base flattened, a little tumid towards the
umbilicus. Aperture oblique, trapezoid. Peristome white, margins
distant; right margin a little expanded; basal margin slightly
thickened, horizontal; columellar margin shortly reflected over the
narrow perforation of the umbilicus. Within the aperture are two
teeth, one on the columellar margin, conical; the other on the basal
margin, curved, triangular, its apex curved towards the umbilicus.
Diam. maj. 6°75, min. 6°25, alt. 5 mm. Eight specimens.
Hab.—Khasi Hills, Assam. Type in my collection.

Figs. 1 and 2.—Sesara harmeri, n. sp.

Figs. 3 and 4.—Seswra diplodon, Benson.

From Sesara diplodon, its nearest ally, this new species differs in
the more elevated spire, the more flattened base, and the narrower
perforation of the umbilicus. In S. diplodon the base near the mouth
slopes more decidedly towards the umbilicus, and the elongated
scrobiculation behind the mouth, so conspicuous in that species, is
absent in S. harmert. The basal tooth, moreover, is simple, while in
S. diplodon it is double and sinuate, the anterior tooth in S. diplodon

140 GUDE: GENUS SESARA, ALB., WITH TWO NEW FORMS.

has the apex curved towards the periphery, and the posterior one
towards the umbilicus ; the basal margin instead of being horizontal as
in S. harmeri, descends obliquely and forms an obtuse angle with the
columellar margin. S. harmeri is further separated from S. diplodon
in having the keel more acute and compressed ; and finally the last
whorl of the latter shell is not deflected in front.

S. diplodon (figs 3, 4) was described by Benson in 1859'. As the
double nature of the tooth on the basal margin is not mentioned in
the original description, I was at first uncertain which of the two
forms to refer to Benson’s species. Mr. Harmer, however, obligingly
forwarded to me for inspection the three type specimens from the
Cambridge Museum of Zoology, and although these are not mature—-
a trace of a tooth, being shown only by one specimen—the distinctive
character of the base of the shell leaves no doubt that the form with
the double basal tooth is Benson’s species. That the difference in
the character of the teeth of the two species, and the scrobiculation of
S. diplodon, are not dependent on age is amply demonstrated by my
examination of immature specimens of both in my collection.

Twelve specimens of S. diplodon, together with the new species,
were received from a native collector, these former measure :

Diam. 8°5, alt.6 mm. Diam. 7, alt.5 mm. Diam. 6, alt. 4°5 mm.

S. diplodon is known to be of fairly wide distribution. Mr.
Nevill* having recorded the following habitats: Preparis Island,
Little Cocos Island, Thyet Myo, Ponsee and Bhamo, Arakan Hills,
Naga Hills, Sylhet, Chittagong, Khasi Hills, Dafla Hills.

5)
Sesara harmeri v. anodonta, n. var. Figs. 5, 6.

In this variety, which to some extent connects the two fore-
mentioned species, the spiral lines are more distinct, and the base
broader than in the type. ‘There are no teeth in the aperture.

Diam. maj. 8°5, minor 7°75, alt. 6 mm. One specimen.

Hab.—That of the type.

Figs. 5 and 6.—Sesara harmeri v. anodonta, n. var.

As the species and varieties of Sesara have not hitherto been

x Ann. and Mag. N. H., 1859 (ser. 3), vol. iii, p. 187.
2 Hand-List Moll. Ind. Mus. Calcutta, 1878, i, p. 53.

——ooe

GUDE: GENUS SESARA, ALB., WITH TWO NEW FORMS. I4I

arranged, it has occurred to me that a synopsis, with bibliographical
references, may be useful; and for convenient identification I have
added a key.

9:

Se

episema, Pons., Proc. Mal. Soc., 1894, 1, p. 56, cum tcon.

Khasi Hills.
infrendens, Gould, Journ. N. H. Soc., Boston, 1844, iv, p.
453, pl. 24, f. 6.—Pfeiffer, Mon. Helic., 1848, i, p. 152.—
Reeve, Conch. Icon., 1852, pl. 128, f. 770.—Conch. Ind.,
1870, pl. 15, f. 2.—Stoliczka, Journ. Asiat. Soc., Bengal,
1871, xl, p. 244.—Conch. Cab., (2), ii, p. 187, t. 99, figs.
1—3.—Tryon, Man. Conch., 1889 (2), 11, p. 132, pl. 43, figs.
39—4I. Tavoy.

. infrendens var capessens, Bens., Ann. and Mag. N. H.,

1856 (2), xvill, p. 250'—Pfeiffer, Mon. Helic., 1859, iv, p.
194.—Novit. Conch., 1860, 1, p. 133, t. 36, f. 17—20.—
Conch. Ind., 1870, pl. 60, f. 5.—Tryon, Man. Conch.,
1886, (2), il, p. 132, pl. 44, figs. 58 —60. Moulmain.

. nfrendens var. tickelli, Theobald, Journ. Asiat. Soc., Bengal,

1859, xxvili. p. 306.—Pfeiffer, Mon. Helic., 1868, v, p.
267.—Conch. Ind., 1870, pl. 15, f. 3.—Tryon, Man. Conch.,
T596,(2), il, Pp, 132, Plp 44, £51. Moulmain.

. pylaica, Bens., Ann. and Mag. N. H., 1856 (2), xvili, p.

249.—Pfeiffer, Mon. Helic., 1859, iv, p. 164.—Conch. Ind,
1870, pl. 15, f. 2.—Stol., Journ. Asiat. Soc., Bengal, 1871,
xl, p, 245.—Tryon, Man. Conch., 1886 (2), li, p. 132, pl.
Agel 44; Moulmain.

. ataranensis, Theob., Jour. Asiat. Soc., Bengal, 1870, xxxix,

p- 401, pl. 18, f. 7.—Conch. Ind., 1872, pl. 84, figs. 5, 6.—
Pfeiffer, Mon. Helic., 1876, vii, p. 578.—Tryon, Man.
Conch., 1886 (2), ii, p. 132, pl. 44, figs. 54, 55.

Ataran Valley, Prov. Martaban.

7.—S. hungerfordiana, Theob., Journ. Asiat. Soc., Bengal, 1876,

8.—S.

xlv, p, 184, pl. 14. f. i—Tryon, Man. Conch., 1886 (2), ii,
p- 133, pl. 44, figs. 63,64. Salween Valley, Prov. Martaban.
inermis, Theob., Journ. Asiat. Soc., Bengal, 1876, xlv, p.
184, pl. 14, figs. 2.—Tryon, Man. Conch., 1886 (2), il, p.
£33, pl: 44, figs. 50; 57: Moulmain.

~ingrann, W. T. Blanf., Conch. Ind., 1870; pl. 60, figs. 9,

to.—Journ. Asiat. Soc., Bengal, 1880, xlix, p. 193.—Tryon,
Man. Conch., 1887 (2), ili, p. 69, pl. 13, figs. 62,63. Pegu.

142 GUDE: GENUS SESARA, ALB., WITH TWO NEW FORMS.

10.—S. diplodon, Bens., Ann. and Mag. N. H., 1859 (3), il, p.
187.—Pfeiffer. Mon. Helic., 1868, v, p. 256.—Conch. Ind.,
1870, pl. 60, f. 8.—Tryon, Man. Conch., 1887 (2), iil, p.
69, pl. 13, f. 61.— Morlet, Journ. de Conchyl., 1891,
p. 232. Supra p. 130, figs. 3; 4. Preparis Island ;
Little Cocos Island; Thyet Myo; Ponsee and Bhamo;
Arakan Hills; Naga Hills; Sythet; Chittagong; Dafla
Hills; Teria Ghat; Khasi Hills; Mount Soutem, West
Laos.

11.—S. harmert, supra p. 139, figs. I, 2. Khasi Hills.

12.—S. harmeri var. anodonta, supra p. 140, figs. 5, 6.

13.—S. galea, Bens., Ann. and Mag. N. H., 1859 (3), ili, p. 388.-—
Pfeiffer, Mon. Helic., 1868, v, p. 264.—Conch. Ind., 1870,
pl. 54, f. 7.—Tryon, Man. Conch., 1887 (2), ili, p. 75, pl.
TA, hy. Teria Ghat, Khasi Hills; Naga Hills.

14.—S. bidenticulata, Bens., Ann. and Mag. N. H, 1852 (2), ix,
p. 405.—Pfeiffer, Mon. Helic., 1853, iil, p. 165.—Reeve,
Conch. Icon., 1853, pl. 174, f. 1184.—Conch. Ind., 1870,
pl. 60, f. 6.—Tryon, Man. Conch., 1887 (2), ili, p. 69, pl.
13, 1... 50: Nilgherries.

15.—S. pirrieana, Pfeiffer, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1854, p. 55.—Reeve,
Conch. Icon., 1854, pl. 191, f. 1341.—Pfeiffer, Mon. Helic.,
1859, iv, p. 154.—Conch. Ind., 1872, pl. 87, figs. 5, 6.—
Tryon, Man. Conch., 1887 (2), ill, p. 68, pl. 13, f.-58.

Walaghat, Koondah Mountains, near Calicut.

16.—S. daghoba, W. T. Blanf., Journ. Asiat. Soc., Bengal, 1861,
xxx, p. 356, pl. 2, f 2.— Pfeiffer, Mon..Helic, 1863;0y,p.
219.—Conch. Ind., 1875, pl. 150, f. 1o.—Tryon, Man.
Conch., 1887 (2) iii, p. 69, pl. 13, f. 60. Patchamullies and

Kalryenmullies Mountains, India.

Key TO SPECIES AND VARIETIES.

A. Aperture without palatal teeth.

a. With one transverse parietal plate. pylaica.

b. Without parietal plate.
a. Shell depressed ; diam. 11°5, alt. 4°75 mm. inermis.
8. Shell conoid; last whorl deflexed in front; diam. 8'5,
alt. 7°75 mm. anodonta.

y. Shell conoid; last whorl not deflexed in front ; diam. 9,
alt. 5°5 mm. galea.

GUDE: GENUS SESARA, ALB., WITH TWO NEW FORMS. 143

B. Aperture with one conical palatal tooth on basal margin. episema.

C. Aperture with ¢wo palatal teeth.

a. ‘Teeth deeply seated: outer conical transverse, inner horse-

shoe-shaped.
b. ‘Teeth on peristome,
a.

ataranensis.

One on basal, one on columellar margin.
*Basal margin horizontal; base of shell flattened.
harmert.
** Basal margin descending, rounded; base of shell convex
pirrieanda.
f. Both teeth on basal margin.
*Shell 6 mm. diam. daghoba.
**Shell 3 mm. diam. bidenticulata.

D. Aperture with ¢hree palatal teeth ; one on columellar margin, two
on basal margin.

a. ‘Teeth conical in a transverse row.

a. All on peristome.
*Two on basal margin close together.
**Two on basal margin almost united.
***Three teeth sub-equal, equidistant.

infrendens.
tickella.
capessens.
Inner tooth on peristome horizontal; outer two a little
more deeply seated; middle one oblique, outer trans-
verse. hungerfordiana.

h. Two teeth on basal margin behind one another.

a. Both horizontal.

p.

diplodon.
f. Anterior tooth horizontal, posterior one transverse.

ingrame.

144

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW VARIETY OF ISOMERIA
SUBCASTANEA, PFR.
By G. K. GUDE, F.Z.S.
Isomeria subeastanea v. kobeltiana, n. var. Figs. 1, 2.

DiFFERS from the type in being larger and of lighter colour; the
whorls are less convex above, and the last is not inflated below,
behind the peristome ; the base is less distinctly ribbed; the greater
portion of the lower surface and a narrow zone above the periphery,
are distinctly malleated in concentric rings, a character totally absent
in the type. The principal differences, however, lie in the peristome
and its teeth ; in the variety the peristome is strongly thickened and
broadly expanded, its basal margin is flattened, and its columellar
margin, which is almost straight, completely covers the umbilicus ;
these margins are subparallel and are united by a thick white callus
on the parietal wall. The outer tooth is not raised and there is only
one slight depression behind the peristome, corresponding to the
outer tooth; to the left there is also a strong tooth sloping gently
towards the columellar margin. In the type, on the other hand,
the peristome is less thickened and expanded but more reflexed ; the
basal margin is deeply sinuous, the columellar margin convex at first,
then concave, and only partially reflected over the umbilicus ; there
is only one tooth which is raised on an eminence, with a corre-
sponding scrobiculation behind the peristome; there is no second
tooth to the left, but there is a depression in its place behind the
peristome. A narrow milky band proceeds from the scrobiculation
below the periphery, and gradually loses itself.

Measurements of the variety kobeltiana: Diam. maj. 47, min. 41,
alt. 23 mm.

Hab.— Ecuador.

Tsomeria subcastanea was originally described by Broderip as

GUDE: NEW VARIETY OF ISOMERIA SUBCASTANEA, PFR. 145

Carocolla globosa.* The specific name having already been employed
by Sowerby for a fossil species of Helix,” Pfeiffer substituted the
name subcastanea”® for it. On grounds of strict priority, Broderip’s
name has precedence, globosa not having been employed previously
in the genus Jsomeria, but I do not think it advisable to consign so
well-known a name as subcastanea to the limbo of synonymy.

Y= RN
Zz yNNens
=A tg hte
7] ,
af ae
~ a

Zin
cm ali t

Ze

Be 4.
Figs. 1 and 2.—Isomeria subcastanea v. kobeltiana, n. var.

Figs. 3 and 4.—Zsomeria subcastanea, type.

For comparison of the variety with the type, I give illustrations of
one of several specimens of J. subcastanea from Paramba, Ecuador
(3500 ft.), received from Mr. Rosenberg (Figs. 3, 4). These speci-
mens agree with the type shells which are in the British Museum.
The one figured measures diam. maj. 39, min. 34'5, alt. 20 mm.
The largest of the type specimens in the Museum measures 43 mm.
in diameter; but I have seen, in the possession of Messrs. Sowerby

1 Proc. Zool. Soc., 1832, p. 30. 2 Min. Conch., ii, f. 170.
3 Symb. Hist. Helic., 1842, ii, p. 103.

146 OBITUARY: G. SHERRIFF TYE.

and Fulton, a still larger individual measuring diam. maj. 44°5, min.
38, alt. 25 mm.

Of the variety, besides the single specimen in my collection,
received from a French dealer, I have seen three specimens in
Mr. Da Costa’s collection, and there are two specimens labelled
“Ecuador” in the British Museum. I also refer to this variety the
shell figured by Dr. Kobelt * as subcastanea.

OBITUARY.
G. SHERRIFF TYE.

Born November 30, 1841, Died February 4, 1900.

MALaco.ocists and field naturalists in general have lost an eminent
worker in the person of Mr. G. Sherriff Tye. He was born at
Handsworth, near Birmingham, and resided in the same parish
throughout his life. Although from a boy fond of the country and all
objects of nature, his career as a naturalist may be said to date from
about 1858, when he commenced to study the British~ Land and
Freshwater Shells. For many years he took an active interest in the
Birmingham Natural History Society, and formed in connection there-
with a Conchological Section, of which he was President for some
years. He was an early member of the then Leeds Conchological
Society, and an original member of the London Malacological Society.
Towards the latter end of his life he took a great interest in the
formation of the Midland Malacological Society, holding the view,
which the present writer heartily supports, that the formation of local
societies is very desirable, for if rightly managed they may become
centres of great usefulness to those whose circumstances in life place
them away from large scientific libraries and museums.

Mr. Tye’s published writings are few, he was always very loath to
put anything into print, and yet he was certainly one of the most
carefyl, thorough, and patient students of the mollusca it has ever
been my privilege to be associated with, and in certain departments
no one was more qualified to express an opinion. Some seven years
ago the present writer Suggested to Mr. Tye the desirability of putting
on record some of the many observations and figures he had made of
the British Freshwater Mussels, and although severely handicapped
by the absence of a library containing the literature, at the time of his

4 Conch. Cab., 1885 (2), iv, t. 181, figs. 1, 2.

Journ. of Malacology, 19c0, Vol. VII, pt. 6. PL VINE

G. SHERRIE. i Ye

NOTES. 147

death, much material had been systematically worked over, and
had he lived, would shortly have been ready for publication as a
series of supplements to the “ Journal of Malacology,” to which paper
from its establishment in 1890 he had been a generous supporter.

In his home-life he was always surrounded with numerous pets.
Following on a visit to the Channel Islands in 1876, he established a
small marine aquarium, which had been kept in a healthy and
flourishing condition up to the time of his death.

Although lost to us with an unrivalled storehouse of observations
in almost every department of malacology, I am pleased to say that
there is every probability of his valuable collections finding a perma-
nent home in his native town.—W. E. C.

We regret to have to record the deaths of Gérard Vincent, Con-
servator of the Natural History Museum of Brussels, on April 14th,
1899, in his 75th year; Baron d’Hamonville, on November 17th,
1899, age 70; R. P. J. Hervier, on February 20th, 1900; and E. J.
Lowe, on March roth, 1900, age 75.

NOTES.

The Genus Histiopsis, Hoyle, preoeccupied.—In the January number
of that invaluable publication the ‘* Revue Critique de Paléozoologie,” M. M. Cossmann
points out (p. 44) that the name /Histiopsis, used for a genus of Cephalopods de-
scribed by Hoyle in the ‘‘ Challenger’? Reports, has been previously used for
mammals (Histiops, Pet., 1869), he therefore proposes the name Hoylia.—W.E.C.

CORRIGENDA.

In Mr. H. Suter’s paper ‘‘ Malacological Communications from New Zealand”
the following corrections should be made :

p- 49 line 2 for ‘ ovoviviparous’ read ‘ oviparous.’

p- 51 line 24 for ‘26—1—27’ read ‘ 26—1—26.’

p. 54 line 8 from below for ‘jwkeriana’ read ‘ jukesiana.’
p- 54 bottom line for ‘ Robinson’ read ‘ Robison.’

148
PROCEEDINGS OF THE
MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

16TH MEETING, FEBRUARY 9TH, 1900.
The President in the Chair.
PAPER READ.
**Some observations on the Asiatic Slug-Fauna,” by Walter E. Collinge, F.Z.S.

EXHIBITS.

By Miss Litchfield: Shells of Helix itala, from Hastiera, Belgium, also very
fine collections of fossil shells from the Coralline Crag, Orford Castle, and the Red
Crag, Waldringfield.

By Mr. Partridge: Series of fossil shells from the Barton Clay.
By the President: Specimens in illustration of his address, and a peculiar
coloured specimen of Arion subfuscus, from Hale, Cheshire.

17TH MEETING, MARCH 9TH, 1900.
The President in the chair.
PAPER READ.
**On some malformed specimens of Anodonta cygnea,” by H. H. Bloomer.

EXHIBITS.
By Mr. Bloomer: Specimens in illustration of his paper.

By Mr. Breeden: Shells of Spherium corneum, from Toome Bridge, Co,
Antrim, Ireland.

By the President: Small collection of shells of Indian Cyclophoride.

18tH MEETING, APRIL 6TH, 1900.

The President in the chair.

A communication from Mr. Henry Suter, of Christchurch, New Zealand, was
read, in which he intimated his desire to present to the Society a collection of Swiss
Land Shells and New Zealand Land, Freshwater also Marire Shells, also a series
of his writings. The Hon. Secretary was requested to convey to Mr. Suter the
Society’s thanks.

The following nomination for membership was read: Mr. E. B. Smith.

PAPERS READ.

‘Description of a new Species of Anadenus from China.” By Walter E.
Collinge.”

‘* Description of a new Variety of Helix virgata.” By H. Overton.

EXHIBITS.

By the President: Specimens of Anadenus dautzenbergi, n.sp., from Qua Toun,
Fo Kien, China; also shells of Acavus waltoni, Reeve, A. phoenix, Pfr., and A.
hemastoma, L., all from Ceylon.

By Mr. Overton: Shells of Helix virgata v. tessellata, n.var., from St.
Catherine’s Rock, Tenby ; also specimens of H. virgata from Tenby, Deal, Dover,
Gloucester, and Dudley, and 12 varieties from Tenby. 4H. pisana and the vars.
ochroleuca and albida, also from Tenby.

By Mr. Bloomer: Shells of 19 species of <Achatinella, from the Hawaiian
Islands.

: 149
CURRENT LITERATURE.

Mollendorff, 0. F. von.—Semper’s Reisen in Archipel der Philippinen. Land-
mollusken.—Erganzungen und Berichtigungen [Includes at pp. 54—60, a
contribution ‘‘ On the Anatomy and Systematic Position of the Genus Phi/ip-
pinella, Mildff,” by Walter E. Collinge], 1899, Bd. viii, p. 51—98, T. v—x.

The continuation by Dr. Méllendorff of Semper’s great work is valuable, not
only for the new material that he has studied, but especially for the critical notes
and figures of little-known species.

In the present part he deals with the genus Helicarion, of which he admits 18
species, and then passes to Macrochlamys with 20 species, next to Macroceras with
its single form MM. spectabilis, and concludes with the first portion of his review of
Otesia. Pliotropis as a sub-genus of Ofesia (type O. biangulata, Pfr.) is not marked
as new, but the name appears unfamiliar.

Mr. Collinge has contributed some interesting details on the anatomy and
systematic position of the recently described Philippinella. Of the three species
placed in this genus by Dr. Mollendorff, Mr. Collinge points out that P. philip-
pinensis, Semp., is really generically distinct from the other two, being more nearly
related to Parmarion, and the genus Parmunculus is proposed for its reception.
This genus may be separated from Philippinella by the external form of the animal,
and also by differences in the generative organs. The anatomy of Philippinella is
also dealt with and a new species described, P. méllendorffi, from Mindoro.—

E. R. SYKES.

Bouvier, E. L., et Fischer, H.—Etude Monographique des Pleurotomaires
actuels. Journ. de Conchyl., 1899, pp. I—75, pl. iv—vii.

MM. Bouvier and Fischer have given an interesting and valuable account of the
anatomy of the nervous system of Plewrotomaria quoyana. This is prefaced by a
general systematic and historical review of the genus. The anatomical part opens
with a short description of the external features, followed by that of the radula and
organs of sense. The two otocysts are interesting in that they illustrate an im-
portant primitive character, the presence of a considerable number of unequal-sized
otoliths. In the absence of the figures we can only very briefly summarise the
work. In general form the nervous system shows affinity to that of the Fisswrellidae
and Tvrochidae, but in detail there seems to be resemblances to the condition which
obtains in the Amphineura. The investigations on the pedal and pallial ganglia,
throw considerable light upon the subject of the origin of the pedal nerves, and the
relation of these two ganglia to each other in the Gastropoda generally. Although
at first sight the pallial ganglia appear to be absent, it is seen on a closer investi-
gation that they lie in close proximity with the pedal, and the authors’ conclude
from the condition present in Plewrotomaria, and a comparison with that in
many other Gastropods, that what have been generally termed pedal nerves in the
Gastropoda are really mixed nerves, originating from the pedal and pallial ganglia.
These latter ganglia, in many forms, have an anterior part, usually termed the
pallial ganglion, and a posterior part which is fused with the pedal ganglion. In
Pleurotomaria the pallial ganglia are not divided in this manner, and further,
they are clearly marked off from the pedal by a deep groove. The authors discuss
in detail the origin of the nervous system of Prosobranchs, and conclude that the
condition found in Plewrotomaria may be regarded as intermediate between the
Amphineura and Prosobranchs. Many other points of interest are discussed, not
the least interesting of which is perhaps the origin of the visceral commissure.—

We EC:

Creighton, Charles.—Microscopic Researches on Glycogen. Pt. ii. Glycogen
of Snails and Slugs in Morphological and Physiological correspondence with
the Lymph System of Vertebrates. 8vo., pp. 127, 9 col’d plates. London:
1899, Adam and Charles Black.

It has long been known that molluscs, particularly the land Pulmonates, contain
in their tissues large quantities of glycogen. In the work before us Dr. Creighton

I50 CURRENT LITERATURE.

gives an account of an exhaustive research, and concludes that the distribution of
glycogen in the tissues of molluscs ‘‘stands therein in the same accessory or sub-
sidiary relation to the white blood that the lymph of vertebrates stands in to their
red blood.” He finds in it ‘‘the morphological (as well as the physiological)
beginning of the lymphatic system, which has its complete development in the
vertebrates along with the acquisition of red blood.”

Provided that the substance met with is in all cases glycogen, and this is open to
doubt, from the fact that the author has contented himself with one test only, viz.,
the micro-chemical reaction with iodine, it seems to us that two of the first proofs
required are I. its general distribution throughout the different classes of molluscs,
and 2. a gradual perfecting, evidencing the evolution of a lymphatic system, as we
pass from the lower to the higher molluscs. Neither of these proofs are forth-
coming, the author himself was struck by the absence of glycogen in many Gastro-
pods, and it has not yet been satisfactorilly shown to exist in the Cephalopoda,
where there is a very perfect vascular system.

The work is very interesting and well illustrated, but much more evidence is
required before physiologists can accept Dr. Creighton’s views.—W. E. C.

Nabias, B. de.—Recherches sur le systeme nerveau des Gastéropodes pulmonés
aquatiques. Cerveau des Limnées (Limnaea stagnalis). Trav. Lab. Soc.
Sci. et Stat. Zool. d’Arcachon, Bordeaux, 1899, pp. 1—30, pls. i—iii. et 4 figs.

Professor de Nabias has made a careful histological investigation of the central
nervous system of Limnaea stagnalis. He corroborates and amplifies the work of
Lacaze-Duthiers, and adds largely to our knowledge of the nervous system generally.
The paper is illustrated by three plates and a number of figures in the text, all
reproductions from photographs. Some of these it is quite impossible to make out.

W, BiG:

Boycott, A. E., and Bowell, E. W. W.—Contributions towards a fauna of
Herefordshire. Mollusca. Woolhope Nat. Field Club, Hereford [1899]:
pp. I—I104.

This is a most interesting and valuable piece of work enumerating 108 species of
molluscs. Unlike most county and local lists, it treats of the Mollusca which occur
in the county of Hereford, and not only of the shells of these animals. Much care
has been given to the measurements of the shells of the various species and the
variation in colour, banding, etc. The nomenclature has been carefully revised and
although opinions may differ from those here expressed, there is evidence that the
authors have thought and inquired for themselves.—W. E. C.

Scharff, R. F., and Carpenter, G. H.—Some Animals from MacGillicuddy’s

Reeks. Irish Nat., 1899, vol. vili, pp. 213—218.

In this interesting account of a preliminary survey of the fauna of the MacGilli-
cuddy’s Reeks, Dr. Scharff describes a new variety of Limax marginatus. The
description is as follow: Var. nov. niger, Scharff. ‘‘ Colour almost black, sides a
little lighter, but no trace of bands, stripes, or spots. Foot-fringe black; sole light
grey. Length, when fully extended, 35 mm. Keel strongly developed on posterior
half of body.” In general appearance, except colour, this variety is not unlike
Agriolimax agrestis. It approaches the var. rupicola, L. & P.—W. E. C.

Hawell, J.— List of the Mollusca of the Cleveland district. Proc. Cleveland
Nat. Field Club, 1899, pp. 19—34.

Records the land, freshwater, and marine species known to occur in the district.
The author states ‘‘it makes no sort of claim to be exhaustive. — Its principal utility
will be to form a foundation for future investigation, and to act as a stimulus
thereto.” Nearly 200 species are recorded and numerous varieties. —W. E. C.

eeeeeeEEEEeEEOEOEeyEeEeEyEeEeEeeeEeEEyEEEEee

CURRENT LITERATURE. I51

Dall, W. H.—Synopsis of Solenide of North America and the Antilles. Proc.
U. S. Nat. Mus., 1899, vol. xxii, pp. 107—112.

A very useful synopsis. Soden mexicanus, Ensis californicus, and Tagelus poeyt
are new species. Novaculina gangetica, Bens., N. (Clunaculum) mollis, Sby.,
Tagelus gibbus, Speng., and 7’. (Mesopleuwra) divisus, Speng., are pee ue

Dall, W. H.—The Mollusk Fauna of the Pribilof Islands. The Fur Seals and
Fur-Seal Islands of the N. Pacific Ocean. Washington, 1899, pp. 539—546,
I map.

Prof. Dall records 86 forms of marine shells. A Faunal summary of those of
the Pribilof Islands is given, and the range of the various species in Japan, Kam-
chatka coast, in the Arctic Ocean, the Aleutian chain, and California. <A similar
summary of the Commander Islands is added for comparison.—W. E. C.

Johnstone, J.—Liverpool Marine Biology Committee Memoirs. III. Cardium.
8vo., pp. vii+$84, 6 plts. and map. Liverpool: 1899, T. Dobb and Co.

Mr. Johnstone’s monograph is in some respects very good, in others very disap-
pointing. In the space of 63 pages he has given a very readable account of the
anatomy of Cardium edule, and well illustrated the same. We are disappointed to
find so little that is new, while some sections require bringing up to date. Much
important literature bearing upon the morphology of the Pelecypoda does not seem
to have been consulted, and throughout the work generally there is an absence of
modern comparative treatment.

The description of the ‘‘ Renal Organ” (p. 41) is poor. It does not seem to
have occurred to the author that such terms as ‘‘nephridium” and ‘‘ nephrostome ”
are preferable to those used, which are certainly not the terms employed ‘‘ by
students of Biology in our laboratories and Marine Stations,” for whom it is largely
written.

The Appendix, on the Economy of the Cockle, contains much that is valuable
and of interest.—W. E. C.

Mollendorff, O. von.— Binnen-Mollusken aus Westchina und Centralasien.
L’Ann. du Mus. Zool. d. Acad. Imp. Sci. St. Petersb., 1899, iv, pp. I—99,
pls. 11—viil.

This interesting and valuable contribution to the Asiatic molluscan fauna
enumerates 99 species and 26 sub-species. A large number of these are new and
include Anadenus sinensis, Macrochlamys 2, Xestina 1, Kaliella 3, Patula 1,
Camaena 2, Satswma 1, Plectotropis 3, Stilpnodiscus, nov. gen. 3, Aegista 3,
Eulota 6, Euchadra 12, Laeocathaier, nov. gen. 13, Cathaica 20, Platypetasus 6,

Buliminopsis 7, Semibuliminus, nov. sect. 1, Stenogyropsis, nov. sect. I, and
Vallonia, 1.—W. E. C.

Herdman, W. A.. and Boyce, R.—Lancashire Sea-Fisheries Memoir. No. 1.
Oysters and Disease. 4to., pp. 60, plts. i—vil. London: 1899, George
Philip and Son.

The results of an important investigation are here set forth very clearly. The
work has been mainly carried out on Ostrea edulis, L., O. virginica, Gm., and 0.
(Gryphea) angulata, Lam. The structure of the Branchiz, the Protractor Pedis
muscle, and Gastric gland (Liver) are carefully described and figured. Green
Oysters are then discussed, and the micro-chemistry of the same, together with
numerous points chiefly of interest to the pathologist. The whole results are sum-
marised in ch. xiv (pp. 53—55)-

Professor Herdman andthe Lancashire Sea-Fisheries Committee are both to be
congratulated on this, the first of their memoirs on Marine Biology.—W. E., C.

152 CURRENT LITERATURE.

Bavay, A., et Dautzenberg, Ph.— Descriptions d’espéces nouvelles de l’Indo-
Chine. Journ. de Conchyl., 1899, pp. 5—32, pls. I—3.

The authors describe and figure 13 new species from this region, in addition to
which they figure the following species: Clausilia fargesiana, Heude, C. duella,
Mab., C. giardi, H. Fischer, C. ardoniniana. Heude, and Pupina laffonti, Ancey.
The new species are: Helix (Chloritis) lambineti, a form which approaches H.
tranquereyi, Cr. and F., H. (Obba) langsonensis, H. (Mollendorffiia) spurca, H.
(M.) messageri, H. (M.) callitricha, H. (Geotrochus) vatheleti ; seven interesting
new species of Clausilia, viz., C. vanbuensis, C. vatheleti, C. callistoma, C. condeint,
C. freyi, C. grangeri, C. (Pseudonenia) messageri, and Pupina anceyi, and P.
tonkiana.—W. E. C.

Horst, R., et Schepman, M. M.—Catalogue Systématique des Mollusques.
Mus. d’Hist. Nat. d. Pays-Bas. Pt. ii. 8vo., pp. 184. Leyden: 1899, E.
J. Brill.

The second part of this useful catalogue fully maintains the standard set in part i.
The collection is an exceedingly valuable one and contains many type species. The
nomenclature used is not always correct both as regards priority and spelling. A
useful purpose would have heen served if the species had been numbered. The
present part enumerates nearly 1300 species and upwards of 150 varieties.—- W. E.C.

Melvill, J. C., and Standen, R. ‘* Jackson-

Harmsworth ” Expedition to Frans-Josef Land (1896—97), and of the

‘“ Andrew Coats” Cruise (1898) to Kolguev, etc. Mem. and Proc. Man-
chester Lit. Phil. Soc., 1899, vol. xliv, pp. I—14, fig.

Buccinum brucei from Giinther Sound, Franz-Josef Land, is the only new
species, it is distinguished by its narrow form, close-set whorls, and small aperture.
In the authors’ opinion it does not appear to be nearly allied to any other species of
the genus, arctic or otherwise.—W. E. C.

Hedley, Charles.—-Description of a new genus, Austrosarepta, and notes on
other molluscs from New South Wales. Proc. Linn. Soc., N.S.W., pp.
429—434, figs. I—7.

Mr. Hedley describes a new genus of the sub-family Sareptinae. It is charac-
terised by an amphidetic internal ligament and a distinct though feebly separated
resilium. The tyye, A. picta, is figured and described, and is perhaps the smallest
Australian pelecypod known, a large specimen measuring: height 2, length 2:3,
breadth of single valve "S$ mm. Teinostoma starkeyac is an interesting new species.
Cassis nana, Tenison Woods, and Cantharus waterhousiae, Brz., are figured for the
first time, also the animal of Solen sloanti, Gray.—W. E. C

Hedley, Charles.— Descriptions of new Land Shells, with notes on known
species. Rec. Aust. Mus., 1899, vol. ili, pp. 151—154, pl. xxviii.

The new species are Papuina mayana, Endodonta aculeata, E. norfolkensis, and
Dendrotrochus mentum. Tornatellina wakefieldae, Cox, is figured for the first time.
On anatomical grounds Mr. Hedley transfers Cochlostyla hindei, Cox, from Heli-
costyla (cf. Pilsbry, Man. Conch, 1894, p. 229) re de kai Figures are given of
the jaw, radula, and generative organs.—W.

Stempell, W.— Die Muscheln der Sammlung Plate. (Systematische Ubersicht).
Zool. Jahrb. Suppl. iv, 1899, pp. 217—251, T. 12.

Dr. Stempell enumerates 57 species, of which the following are new: Arca
(Barbatia) platei, Avicula (Meleagrina) magellanica, Lasaea macrodon, Diplodon-
tina tumbesiana, Lepton platei, Venerupis fernandesiana, Teredo ( Xylotrya)
martensi, Mytilus magellanicus, Chemn., v. curvata, Solen macha, Molina, v.
coquimbana. Diplodontina is a new genus. For the Pecten australis of Philippi,

CURRENT LITERATURE 153

Dr. Stempell proposes the name P. rosaceus, the former being preoccupied by
Sowerby (1).—W. E. C.

Stempell, W.—Zur Anatomie von Solemya togata, Poli. Zool. Jahrb. (Abth. f.
Morph.), 1899, Bd. xiii, pp. 89—170, T. 8—1o.

Supplementing his valuable researches upon the Nuculide, Dr. Stempell has
given a very complete account of the anatomy of Solemya togata, Poli. The work
was undertaken with the object of determining more exactly the value of the order
Protobranchiata, constituted by Pelseneer in 1889 for the Solemyide and Nuculide.
In accepting this order the author gives an emended definition, eliminating many
of the characters given by Pelseneer as not being essentially characteristic. The
two families are carefelly compared and the differences between them stated. The
Solemyide are regarded as the more specialised, a conclusion previously arrived at
by Pelseneer, but Dr. Stempell differs from that author in not agreeing that the
Solemyide have been derived from the Nweulide, he concludes, that in many points
the former show greater simplicity due probably to the nature of their environment,
and that both have been derived from a common ancestor possessing primitive
characters, many of which have been retained.—W. E. C.

Stearns, R. E. C.—List of shells collected «in Heron and Eagle Lakes, Min-
nesota, with notes. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 1899, vol. xxii, pp. 135— 138.

Records 18 species and numerous varieties.

Stearns, R. E. C.—Description of a new variety of Haliotis, from California.
Ibid., pp. 139—142.

H. fulgens, Phil. v. nov. walallensis. Differs from the type in its more elongate
and flattened form, its constantly finer, spiral threading, and its paler nacre.

Kelly, H. M. —A Statistical Study of the Parasites of the Unionide. Bull.
Illinois State Lab. N. H., 1899, vol. v. pp. 399—418.

Professor Kelly records some very interesting observations upon the parasites
found infesting 44 species of American Unionide. The commonest parasite is
Aspidogaster conchicola, v. Baer, others mentioned are Catylaspsis insignis, Leidy,
4 species of Distomide, Bucephalus polymorphus, v. Baer, and two other cercaria,
various species of Atax, 2 species of Infusoria, and an oligochzete worm. The
largest number of different parasites in any one species was found to be 7, many had
6, 5, or 4. Six very carefully prepared tables are given. Asa result of his studies
the author arrives at the following conclusions: ‘‘ The host species seem to exhibit
unlike capacities for infestation, both as to the number of individuals and the kinds
of parasttes present. It appears that the differences shown are attributable only in
a minor degree to the age and size of the host, the size of the stream, and the
density of the unionid population. They are not sufficiently accounted for by the
seasonal variation,—which is shown to exist to some degree at least in the case of
certain parasites, —nor by the very slight difference in general structure between the
various host species. The evidence therefore seems to indicate that the capacity
for infestation in each host species is to a large extent a specific characteristic. ’’—

Wea:

Knight, G. A. F.—The Etymology of the names Azeca and Assiminea of Leach.
Journ. Conch., 1900, vol. ix, pp. 271—76.

This is an interesting and useful paper and throws much light upon many of the
generic terms used by Leach, whose derivation has hitherto been doubtful. The
two in the title of this paper were regarded in 1842, by a committee of the British
Association, as being ‘‘ without any derivation or meaning whatever,” and even
Jeffreys says of Assiminea, ‘‘a ridiculous name.” Mr. Knight enumerates the
following names, and gives their probable derivation: Thracia, Mysia, Bith, *~
Thyatira, Lasea, Dipsas, Pharus, Magdala, Barnea, Azor, Macoma, Oronti__

154 GENERAL REVIEWS.

Pera, Zacanthusa, Alexia, Orixa, Eledone, Cydippe, Autonoé, Damaris, Zippora,
Baleis, Sabanea, Roxania, Cadmusia, Gobreeus, Arianta, Tachea, Azeca, and
Assiminea.—W. E. C.

Collinge, W. E.—On a Collection of Slugs from South Africa, with Descriptions
of some new species. Ann. Sth. Afr. Mus., 1900, vol. ii, pt. 1, pp. 1—8,
pls. I—II.

The new species are Amalia ponsonbyi, Apera natalensis, Oopelta flavescens,
and 0. granulosa. Limax variegatus, Drp., and Arion fuscus, O. F. Miill., are
additions to the fauna.

Hedley, Charles.— A Zoogeographic Scheme tor the Mid-Pacific. Proc. Linn.
Soc., N.S.W., 1899, pp. 391—417.

Cossmann, M.—Sur la découverte d’un gisement palustre a Paludines dans le
terrain bathonien de l’Indre. Bull. Soc. Geol. France, 1899 (s3), T. xxvii,

pp. 136-143, figs. I—5.
Webb, W. M.—Some Mollusca and the Microscope. Ann. of Micros., 1900,
pp- I—5, 12 figs.

Bavay, A., et Dautzenberg, Ph. — Description de coquilles nouvelles de
V’Indo-Chine. Journ. de Conchyl., 1899, vol. xlvii, pp. 275—296, pl. xii.

Thirteen new species of Clausilia and 9 varieties are here described under the
following names: C. Jemyrei and v. fusca, C. auricoma, C. babeensis, C. gisota, C.
backanensis, C. (Pseudonenia) dorri and vars. elongata, minor, and cristator, C.
thatkheana and vars, obesa and minor, C. dichroa, C. semipolita, C. falcifera,
C. euplewra, C. sykesi and v. major, C. hamonvillei and v. obsoleta. —W.E.C.

Dautzenberg, Ph.— Description d’une nouvelle espéce d’Achatina provenant
du Haut-Conga. Ann. Soc. Roy. Malac. Belgique, 1899, T. xxxiv, pp.
27—28, fig.

Achatina weynsi, n. sp.

Pritchard, G. B.—Mollusca, pp. 135—141 in ‘‘ Handbook of Melbourne,” for
the use of members of the Australian Assoc. Adv. Sc., Melbourne, 1900.

Contains an account of the various collecting grounds round Melbourne, the
Mollusca found there, and notes on their habits.

Hervier, J.—Le Genre Colwmbella dans ’Archipel de la Nouvelle-Calédonie.
Journ. de Conchyl., 1899, vol. xlvii, pp. 303—391, pls. xili—xiv.

M. Hervier gives a valuable account of the species of Colwmbella occurring in the
Archipelago of New Caledonia. In addition to a large number of new varieties, the
following new species are described and figured: C. goubini, C. subphilodicia, C.
desmia, C. loyaltyensis, C. procellarum, C. lifouana, C. nanisca, C. ocellatula,
C. brevissima, C. roseotincta, C. succinea, C. obesula, C. dautzenbergi, C. sublachryma,
C. pinguis, C. alphonsiana, C. iozona, and C. fischerit.—W. E. C

GENERAL REVIEWS.

Text-Book of Palaeontology.—By Karl A. von Zittel. Translated and edited
by Charles R. Eastman. Vol. 1, pp. vilit+706, 1476 woodcuts. London:
1900, Macmillan & Co., Ltd.

min bringing out an English edition of Professor von Zittel’s well-known work,
i. Eastman has very wisely availed himself of the assistance of a series of specialists

GENERAL REVIEWS. 155

in the different departments. The chapters on the Protozoa and Coelenterata are
practically as in the original Grundziige, all the others have been remodelled, en-
larged, and brought up to date. The sections dealing with Polyzoa, Brachiopoda,
Mollusca, and Trilobites have been entirely rewritten. The work therefore is
something more than a translation, it is a new treatise on invertebrate palaeontology
founded upon Professor von Zittel’s Grundziige der Palaeontologie, and it is greatly
to be regretted that the different collaborators have not followed more closely the
method of treatment in that invaluable work.

The-two great faults, which stand out conspicuously, are the excessive sub-
division of the various sub-kingdoms into families, sub-families, and genera—a
feature in which American zoologists excell—and the large number of cases where
the authority for such divisions is omitted. In looking through the classification
the student is bewildered to know if these families, etc., are here described for the
first time or hitherto. Many of the divisions are new, though in some cases both the
authority and definition are omitted. However desirable it may have seemed to
include the special views on classification of the various authors, a students text-
book is surely the last place in which to introduce such changes. We do not
hesitate to say that so far as the general bulk of palaeontological students are con-
cerned, the value of this work has been greatly impaired by such treatment,
particularly so as regards the Polyzoa, Brachiopoda, Mollusca, and Arthropoda.

The sub-kingdom Moilusca has been treated of by Dr. Dall (Pelecypoda),
Professor Pilsbry (Scaphopoda, Amphineura, Gastropoda, Pteropoda), and Professor
Hyatt (Cephalopoda).

Dr. Dall’s work is perhaps the most satisfactory, and Professor Hyatt’s the least
so. Many of the minor errors in all the classes might have been avoided with a
little more care. In not a few cases the essential characters of a family have been
overlooked or omitted, this is particularly apparent amongst the Amphineura and
Gastropoda, in fact throughout the sub-kingdom, excepting the Pelecypoda, the
definitions are inadequate.

In conclusion, we think the advanced student and others will find Dr. Eastman’s
book a valuable work of reference, the general student, howeves, still awaits a
reliable work in the English language.—W. E. C.

An Elementary Course of Practical Zoology.— By the late T. Jeffery
Parker and W. N. Parker. 8vo, pp. xii+ 608, and 156 figs. London: 1900,
Macmillan & Co., Ltd.

As a handbook to an elementary course of study in practical zoology the work
before us will be welcomed by both teacher and student. Adopting the method
pursued in Huxley and Martin’s ‘‘ Elementary Biology,” the authors have produced
a very readable and practical guide which will take its place in the majority of
zoological laboratories. It has long been felt that the present works on practical
zoology were unreadable, and largely out of date, and often the desire has been
expressed for a new and revised edition of Huxley and Martin’s admirable work.
Professor Newton Parker is to be congratulated on having produced a work which
embraces all the good points of the former.

The accounts of the different types are well arranged and carefully thought out,
and with a few exceptions the practical directions are all that could be desired.

The illustrations, many of which are from Professor Parker’s other works, and
Professor Howe’s ‘‘ Atlas,” have been selected with discretion, and are all excellent.
We EG:

A Treatise on Zoology.—Edited by E. Ray Lankester. Pt. III. The Echi-
noderma. By F. A. Bather, assisted by J. W. Gregory and E. S. Goodrich.
8vo., pp. vilit+344. London: 1900. Adam and Charles Black.

The work before us marks a distinct advance in the style and scope of zoological

156 NOTES.

text-books. Hitherto it has been the custom for some individual zoologist to treat
of the whole Animal kingdom, so far as recent forms were concerned. While this
was to a certain extent possible, as regards the subject, twenty or thirty years ago,
the wealth of work and workers during the intervening period, has made it more
and more evident, that for the production of a reliable work, and one which would
remain for some considerable time a standard treatise, the co-operation of a series of
specialists, each treating of his own special study, was absolutely necessary.
Further, it is obvious that a study of recent forms of animal life, apart from their
fossil relations, can only end in a very one-sided and incomplete knowledge, it is
therefore an excellent departure in the systematic treatment of zoology, to find the
fossil forms so carefully and elaborately set forth as in the present work. Finally,
no pains has been spared to make the Bibliographical references of some value.
The treatment of references in some of the most recent zoological text-books is little
less than disgraceful. It is not at all uncommon to find many entirely incorrect,
while the rule seems to be to omit either the year of publication, the number of the
volume, or the series, and to abbreviate the title of the work until unrecognisable.

Throughout the work the style and method of treatment are admirable, and all
three authors are to be congratulated on the clearness and force which characterises
their respective contributions. Mr. Bather is responsible for the major portion of
the work, viz., five of the eight chapters. The first gives a general description of
the Phylum, and here most zoologists will regret that the morphology has been
treated with such brevity; the remaining four chapters deal with the Cystidea,
Blastoidea, Crinoidea, and Edrioasteroidea. Mr. Goodrich contributes the chapter
on the Holothurioidea, which though brief is excellent. The two remaining
chapters on the Stelleroidea and Echinoidea are the work of Dr. Gregory.

The illustrations, of which many are original, are numerous and clear.

Accepting the present volume as typical of the series, the work worthily repre-
sents the Oxford School of Zoologists, whose success—one might almost say foun-
dation—is due in no small measure to the Editor of this comprehensive and valuable
Treatise.—W. E. C.

EDITOR’S NOTES.

We have received from Messrs. Sowerby and Fulton a set of their admirable
Catalogues, copies of which should be in the hands of every museum curator and
collector. The five catalogues extend over 100 pp., and enumerate nearly 12,000
species. They are well printed, in double columns, with wide margins each side,
so that they may be useful as check-lists.

Reviews of two very important works are unavoidably held over till our next
issue viz: those of Sarasin’s ‘‘ Land Mollusken von Celebes,” and Dr. Wilhelm
Pfeiffer’s study of the Genus Triboniophorus. :

To the April number of ‘‘The Nautilus,” Mr. Bryant Walker contributes an
interesting article on the Planorbis corpulentus of Say. He clearly shows that it is
entitled to rank as a valid species, and further that it is very distinct from P. trivolvis
on the one hand, or P. aimmon or binneyi on the other.

a a ee

THE

Vw AL OF MALACOLOG

INO m7. SEPTEMBER 29TH, 1900. AVorsVLe

A LIST OF A SMALL COLLECTION OF SHELLS
FROM CHINA.
By EDGAR A. SMITH, F.Z.S.,

British Museum (Natural History), London.

In 1899 Capt. A. W. T. Wingate made a journey across China, on
the route collecting Zoological specimens, which he very liberally sent
to the Natural History Museum, South Kensington. Starting from
Shanghai he ascended the Yang-tse River in a Chinese gunboat as far
as Yo-tchau, and thence, crossing the Tong-Ting Lake, proceeded up
the Yuen River, across the Hunan and Kwei-chow provinces to
Yunnan city, and thence to Bhamo in Burma. The following is a
list of the shells obtained on this journey. The most interesting
specimens are two series of Melania gredleri and Vivipara auriculata.
The latter especially shows the remarkable variation which occurs so
frequently or invariably in freshwater species. ‘Taking the two
extreme types of this species, one would never for a moment consider
them as forms of one and the same species, yet it seems impossible to
do otherwise when the intervening links are studied.

Journ. oF MALACc., 1900, vol. vii, No. 7.

158 SMITH : SMALL COLLECTION OF SHELLS FROM CHINA.

(a.) FRESHWATER Forms.

1. Vivipara chinensis, Gray.
Hab.—UHunan and Kwei-chow.

2. Vivipara quadrata, Benson.

Tong-Ting Lake, Hunan.

3. Vivipara, sp.

Hab.—Hunan.

A solid form, of a uniform olivaceous colour or with three more
or less dark zones upon the last whorl, varying very little in form,
some specimens however, being a trifle less globose than others.
They are always imperforate, none exhibiting the slightest rimation.
The periostracum has the fine lines of growth crossed by fine spirals
giving the surface a textured appearance.

4. Vivipara, sp.

Hab.—Hunan.

Smaller and less globose than the preceding species, mostly
subrimate, plain or banded, with lines of growth only, no spiral
striation, having the body-whorl slightly keeled or angled at the
periphery.

5. Vivipara wingatei, n. sp.

Testa rimata, turbinata, tenuis, dilute rufescens vel pallida,

epidermide tenui olivacea, oblique strigata induta; spira turrita, ad

Vivipara wingatei, n. sp.

apicem acutissima et nigrescens ; anfractus 7 convexi, lineis incrementi

SMITH : SMALL COLLECTION OF SHELLS FROM CHINA. 159

tenuibus striati, striis spiralibus plus minus conspicuis sepe sculpti,
ultimus interdum malleatus, subglobosus; apertura obliqua, inverse
auriformis, longit. totius } paulo superans ; peristoma tenue, interdum
nigro marginatum, margine columellari incrassato, vix reflexo.

Longit. 57 millim., diam. maj. 45, min. 40. Apertura 31 Jonga,
23 lata.

Hab.—Hunan.

A fine large species, remarkable for its thinness, convex whorls
and acute apex. The surface has a somewhat textured appearance
(more noticeable in some specimens than others) produced by fine
spiral strize crossing the lines of growth. One of these spirals around
the middle of the upper whorl is sometimes rather prominent giving a
slight subangled appearance.

6. Vivipara auriculata, Martens.

Hab.—T’aoytian Lsien, also Hung Chiang, Province of: Hunan.
A most instructive series from the above localities showing the
connection of the Paludomus rusiostoma of Gredler with this species.
Starting with quite globular specimens every intermediate form is met
with until we arrive at the typical auriculated type. Some of these
are very large and solid, the finest specimen being 39 millim. in

Vivipara auriculata Marts.

length. The more rounded examples (rusiostoma) generally exhibit
three more or less distinct zones within the aperture, whereas this
part in the typical form is uniformly whitish. Several forms described
by Heude under the generic title of Rivularia (Mém. sur la Chine,
pl. xl and xli) also appear to belong to this polymorphous species.

7. Melania baceata, Gould.

Hab.—Taoyuen, Hunan.
Two specimens, one strongly nodosely cancellated, the other
spirally costate only.

160 SMITH: SMALL COLLECTION OF SHELLS FROM CHINA.

8. Melania ecancellata, Benson.
Hab.—Tungting hu= Tong Ting Lake, Hunan.

9. Melania gredleri, Bottger.

Hab.—Chin Chow, T’aoyiian, Hunan.

Most of the specimens are very short and broad, much shorter
than the shells figured by Heude (Mém. sur la Chine, vol. i, pl. xli,
figs. 30, 32). An averaged size example is 27 millim. in length and
12 in breadth.

10. Unio leai, Gray.

ffab.—China. Exact locality not stated.

11. Unio shanghaiensis, Lea.
Hab.—Lu She.

Hab.—Chien Yang.
A single valve only.
13. Corbicula, sp.

12. Unio, sp.

Hab.—Pu Shi.
14—16. Corbicula, spp.
Hab.—Pu Shih, Yuan Chow, Chin She, Tsing She, Chien Yang,
T’aoytian, Hunan.
A series of specimens from these localities apparently belong to
three or four species, but to attempt to distinguish them would
necessitate long and special study of the genus.

17. Modiola fortunei, Dunker.
Hab.—Hunan.

A single specimen of a richer browner tint than the type. (Conch.
Icon., vol. x, fig. 75).

Hab.—Hunan.

18. Mytilus, sp.

A single specimen of a very slender species, perhaps belonging to |

M. martensi referred to by Neumayr (Neu. Jahrb. Mineral. etc., 1883,
vol. ii, p. 22). It is 20 millim. long, 8 broad and g in diameter. In
form and colour it somewhat resembles Reeve’s figure of MZ. minimus
(Conch. Icon., vol. x, pl. xi, fig. 56), but it is rather more slender and
has a sharper umbonal ridge. The beaks are acute, but not quite in
contact at the tips. The valves are thin, finely concentrically striated,
iridescent within, edentulous, but with a slight shelf at the apex which
in consequence is hollow as it were within. The ventral side is
concave with a narrow byssal opening. WDreissensia swinhoet of H.
Adams belongs to the same group as the present species, having a
similar hinge and the iridescent nacreous inner surface.

SMITH: SMALL COLLECTION OF SHELLS FROM CHINA

(b.) TERRESTRIAL FoRMs.

19. Cyclophorus punctatus, Grateloup.

fTab.—Yan Chow, Yuh Ping.

20. Suecinea chinensis, Pfeiffer.
Hab.—Chin She, Nanking.

21. Eulota ravida, Benson.

Hab.—Tsing she Hiin, Chungleh.

22. Eulota phragmitum, Heude.
Hab.—Yaochou.

23. Eulota huberiana, Heude.

Hab.—Yan Chow, Tsing She.

161

Smaller than Heude’s figure (kém. sur la Chine, vol. i, pl.

XVli, fig. 1).

24. Eulota similaris, Férussac.
Hab.—Yaochou, Chen Kiang.

- 162

DESCRIPTIONS OF TWO NEW SPECIES OF
SHELLS: MUREX MARCOENSIS AND

CASSIS BOOLEYI.
By G. B. SOWERBY, F.L.S.

Murex marcoensis, n. sp.

Testa claveformis, rufo-aurantia, antice purpureo tincta; spira
mediocriter elata, acute conica; anfractus 63, convexi, primi 3—4

Murex narcoensis, n. sp.

longitudinaliter confertim costati, deinde trivaricosi, sub-distanter
crassicostati, undique spiraliter lirati, varicibus crassiusculis, rotundatis,
hic illic brevissime spinosis ; anfractus ultimus superne obtusissime
angulatus, infra constrictus; rostrum sub-elongatum, rectiusculum,
superne breviter spinosum, infra medium glabratum, purpureo tinctum,
ad extremitatem albidum; apertura rotunde ovalis, intus albida
crenulata ; labrum serratum, extus crassivaricosum ; columella callosa,
polita, inferne leviter plicato rugosa.

Long. 31, diam. 16 mm.

Hab.—Marco, Florida.

I have. been unable to indentify this species with any of its
congeners. The specimens are prettily coloured, pink and reddish
orange, tinged with purple in the middle of the rostrum, which is
tipped with white. The varices are very sparingly spined, and some
specimens not at all, excepting at the upper end of the rostrum.
Compared with M. chrysostoma this shell is uniformly much smaller,
narrower in proportion, less angular, and different in colour.

Cassis booleyi, n. sp.

Testa ovata, fulvo-albida, maculis numerosis quadratis rufo-fuscis
quadriseriatim dispositis ornata; spira mediocriter elata, conica,

SOWERBY: TWO NEW SPECIES OF SHELLS. 163

acutiuscula ; anfractus 7; primi 2 laves, sequentes spiraliter sulcati,
oblique filo-striati, sutura augusta impressa sejuncti ; ultimus convexus,

Cassis booleyi, n. sp.

leevigatus, longitudinaliter irregulariter plicato-striatus, obtusissime
angulatus, supra angulum leviter concavus, liris spiralibus 2—3
instructus, basim versus subobsolete sulcatus; apertura oblonga,
labrum extus crassivaricosum, intus lirato dentatum; columella
expansa, rugoso plicata ; canalis valde contorto recurvus.

Long. 45, diam. 31 mm.

Hab.—Port Blair, Andaman Islands.

This species, collected at the above locality by the late Mr. G. H.
Booley, differs from C. pila to which it has some general resemblance
in the following particulars. The body whorl, instead of being
regularly grooved as in C. pila, is almost smooth but longitudinally
striated ; it has an obtuse angle at the top, between which and the
suture it is slightly concave, with two or three distinct spiral ridges.
The examination of a considerable number of specimens of both
species has confirmed my opinion that they are distinct.

164

MALACOLOGICAL NOTES.
By 5, Ru SEES, B.A,uF-LS:

1. On a three-valved Ischnochiton.

THE specimen now described was collected by Mrs. A. F. Kenyon in
Victoria and presented by her, very recently, to the British Museum.
It is preserved in spirit and measures, when contracted, 13 by 8
millim. From the external appearance it appears to belong to J.
contractus (Rve.).

The tail-valve occupies a space rather more than equal to that
taken by the head and median valves together. At the posterior end
the mantle is drawn up much as in Schizochiton, but this may be due

Fig. 1.—Three-valved Jschnochiton.

to contraction, or to the fact that the tail-valve has received some
injury. The middle valve has the lateral area on one side much
exaggerated and divided by a radiating line. The head-valve is
normal.

Specimens of Polyplacophora, having less than the normal number
of valves, appear to be very scarce. Seven-valved specimens are
known, indeed there is one, a Chiton, in the British Museum, but I
have never seen one with less than this number.

2. On the occurrence of Cryptoplax in South Africa.

The genus Cryptoplax, so far as known, ranges from the Philippines
to the Australian Province. The occurrence therefore at Umkomaas,
in Natal, of a specimen apparentiy belonging to that genus, is
of unusual interest. The single specimen, which was collected
by Mr. Burnup, and forms part of his collection, measured when
alive, apparently, about 14 millim. in length but was-curled up and
shrunk in drying.

The girdle shows no signs of pores but is densely clothed with
small spicules, forming bunches at the sutures. ‘The valves, partly
covered by the girdle, are all in contact and have no intervening
area. The head-valve is granulose, while the other valves have an
almost smooth central area, and the lateral and median areas are

ee

SYKES : MALACOLOGICAL NOTES. 165

sculptured with bold, slightly granulose ridges, this sculpture becoming
more obsolete and the ridges breaking up into granules, as we proceed
from the tail to the head-valve.

Fig. 2.— Cryptoplax, sp. Fig. 3.—Head-valve of same.
Figs. 4 and 5.—Seventh and eighth valve.

On comparing this species with young specimens of C. striatus
(Lamk.), I have been unable to find specific characters sufficient to
justify the description of it as distinct. Of course with only one
specimen, it is by no means easy to arrive at the true specific value,
but the occurrence of any specimen of the genus so far from the
known habitat is of sufficient interest to be worthy of record.

Should more material come to hand, I shall hope to return to the
subject.

3. Deseription of Acroptychia pyramidalis, n. sp.

Testa aperte umbilicata, pyramidata, turbinata, solidiuscula, leviter
striata, (detrita) castanea, maculis albidis tessellata, linea unica
inconspicue nigro-castanea cincta; anfr. 54, plano-convexi, ultimus
turgidus ; apertura subverticalis, subcircularis, supra angulum obtusum
formans, peristomate incrassatulo, subreflexo.

Alt. 15; diam. max. 14, min. 11 millim.

Hab.—Madagascar. 6, Ce

Figs. 6 and 7.—Acroptychia pyramidalis, n. sp.

In colour pattern somewhat recalling A. reticulata (Ad. and Rve.),
but may be severed from young specimens of that species, by the
whorls being much flatter, the shell more elevated and thicker, and

166 SYKES : MALACOLOGICAL NOTES.

the umbilicus not being so open. | From A. aequivoca (Pfr.), which it
most nearly resembles in colour, it may be separated by the size, the

more elevated form, and the thickened but not reflected lip. A.

tubularis (Morel.) is about the same size, but the shape is different
and A. pyramidalis is not marked by the last whorl being so much
drawn to one side.

The known species of Acroptychia appear to be as follows: A.
aequivoca (Pfr.), 1857. (Synonym <A. manicata, Cr. and Fisch., 1882.)
A. albocincta, E. A. Smith, 1893. A. metableta, Cr. and Fisch., 1874.
A. notabilis, E. A. Smith, 1892. A. reticulata (Adams and Reeve),
1848. A. tubularis (Morelet), 1861.

4. Deseription of Clausilia granulosa, n. sp. from Peru.

Testa magna, elongato-fusiformis, solidula, sub lente spiraliter
et transverse striata, grisea, anfr. decussatuli, periostraco leviter induti.
Anfr. (spec. trunc.) 6, plano-convexi, sutura impressa, ultimus deorsum
angustatus, solutus, protractus, basi subrotundatus. Apert. magna,
ovatocircularis; lamellae approximate, validz, marginales, supera
verticalis, infera subhorizontalis, subcolumellaris nulla; plica principalis
valida sed curta, cum lunella arcuata angulum efformans ; peristoma
expansum, reflexum, solutum, albidum.

Long. 29; lat. 7°6 millim. Long. apert. 8; lat. apert. 7.6 millim.

Hab.—Peru (Dedit G. B. Sowerby).

ud >

8.
hee 10 ;
Fig. 8.—Clausilia granulosa, n. sp. Fig. 9.—Sculpture of same,

Fig. 10.—Posterior view of penultimate whorl.

A single dead shell of this handsome species was presented to me
some years ago by Mr. G. B. Sowerby; I have delayed. describing it
in the hope either that I might obtain better material, or that some
other person might be in a more fortunate position.

The sculpture appears to be due to both revolving and transverse
striz, which produce a decussated appearance, the spirals becoming
comparatively much weaker on the lower whorls. .

—_-—

167

ON A BRITISH SPECIES OF MYRINA, WITH A NOTE

ON THE GENUS IDAS.
By J. T. MARSHALL,

Sevenoaks, Torquay.

In the month of June last an Aberdeen trawl-boat brought into that
port the skull of a whale, which arrested the attention of Mr. James
Simpson, an indefatigable collector of the Mollusca, who resides in
that city. When he went on board to examine it he found the skull
bare of flesh, but covered with an oily exudation caused by some days
exposure to a very hot sun, and although it was almost unapproachable
on account of the indescribable stench, he went close enough to
observe a number of ‘‘small mussels” clinging to it, and secured some
of them. He writes me that “there must have been thousands on
the skull, but by far the largest number were baby shells. The adults
were anchored by a byssus in the cavities, while the young swarmed
over the smooth surfaces. They were very much decomposed, so I
was ‘glad to get rid of the animal matter as soon as possible.” One of
the crew of the trawler, known to Mr. Simpson as a veracious man, at
once told him that the whale’s skull was brought up in the trawl ‘on
the north edge of the Great Fisher Bank, about 150 miles N. E. of
Aberdeen, which would be nearly too miles east of the Orkneys, in
40 to 50 fathoms.”

Mr. Simpson having submitted some of these “mussels” for my
opinion, I at once saw they were unlike any species yet found in our
seas, and that they corresponded very closely indeed to the Myrina of
H. and A. Adams, a genus founded on a single Japanese species. I
propose therefore to name this® shell Myrina simpson, after the
discoverer. That it is a native of the British seas is placed beyond
doubt from the fact that, wherever the whale’s skull may have come
from originally, it was trawled from the bottom, where it had sunk a
foot deep in the mud, the marks of which were plainly visible. The
Great Fisher Bank is practically a continuation of the Doggerbank,
and extends up the North Sea from the Firth of Tay to the extremity
of Caithness. ;

The animal could not be described on account of the collapsed
condition the specimens were in. An attempt to soak one or two
that were dried up revealed nothing of any consistency except the -
adductor muscles, which are unusually large and strong.

168 MARSHALL: ON A BRITISH SPECIES OF MYRINA.

Myrina simpsoni, n. sp.

The shell is transversely oblong, convex, and of a thin texture;
sculpture, microscopic and close-set striz which radiate from the
beaks, and equally fine transverse striz, with coarse and irregular
lines of growth; in the centre of each valve are five or six longitudinal
obtuse riblets, which cross the shell from the upper to the lower
margin ; epidermis yellowish-brown, persistent, highly polished, with
a blistered appearance over the central riblets; colour under the
epidermis pearl-grey; margins nearly straight at the upper part,
ascending very slightly from the umbones, gently incurved in the
lower margin, rounded on the anterior side with a greater slope from
the beaks, and sloping from the back on the posterior side and evenly
rounded, though this part is broader in some specimens than in others,
while both sides are always deeper than the centre; umbones very
gibbous and swollen; beaks incurved, and placed very near the
anterior side; ligament internal, large and strong ; inside pearl-grey,
iridescent, microscopically rayed; hinge-line almost straight ; hinge-
plate narrow, thickened, slightly and very finely crenated on the
posterior side; there is a small and obtuse excrescence on the anterior
side just below the beak ; edges plain; muscular scars very slight.

Length 0°45 inch. Breadth 1 inch.

Hab.—North edge of the Great Fisher Bank, about 150 miles N.E.
of Aberdeen, in 40 to 50 fathoms.

I have given the average dimensions, but the largest are just under
1} in. by }in. The central ribs or corrugations vary in degree from
being merely faint rays to well-developed corrugations, and they
probably serve the purpose of strengthening the shell in that part, like
the internal strengthening ribs of Isocardia cor. ‘These riblets show
through the shell but are not impressed on the inside, being obviously
only surface sculpture. 1p

Fig. 1.—Myrina simpsoni, n. sp. View from the right side.
Figs. 2 and 3.—Hinge-line of left and right valves.

This shell is like, except in size, M. coppingeri, E. A. Smith,’ a
“Challenger” species from Cape York, N. Australia, 1400 fathoms ;
but this is wider in proportion to length, the lower or ventral margin

r ‘*Challenger” Pelecypoda, p. 281, pl. xvi, figs. 9, gb.

MARSHALL: ON A’ BRITISH SPECIES OF MYRINA. 169

is more incurved, with central rays or riblets, and the hinge-line is
crenated on one side only of the ligament. It also resembles Jdas
argenteus, Jeffreys,? but this is very much larger, the lower margin is
concave, the epidermis does not rise into fibrous excrescences on the
posterior side, and the hinge-line is striated on one side only. Gwyn
Jeffrey’s figure must not be taken as correctly representing J. argenteus,
that species having been described and figured from a decorticated
valve, which could not exhibit the fibrous epidermis, in addition to
which, the beaks are shown small and pointed, while they should be
incurved and invisible, with large obtuse umbones as in Modzola, and
similar to Myrina coppingert and M. simpsoni ; while it must also be
remembered that J. argenteus is variable in its outlines, in consequence
of its peculiar adaptability to habitat. In specimens of the same size
the two are very closely allied, and in a strong light some examples
of I. argenteus are found to have rays down the centre of each valve
corresponding to the strengthening riblets of M. simpsond.

Idas of Jeffreys is no more than a synonym of Myrina, H. and A.
Adams. A valve was dredged in mid-Atlantic by the “‘ Valorous” in
1450 fathoms, and another on the coast of Portugal by the ‘‘ Porcupine”
in 994 fathoms (not Bay of Biscay, wrongly recorded by Jeffreys).
In describing the genus from these two valves, Gwyn Jeffreys ventured
to describe the ligament or cartilage as external, and in describing the
species (I. argenteus) he wrote “ligament not observable, the specimens
being imperfect single valves, but certainly not internal”; while Mr.
Edgar A. Smith, relying on this statement when describing his Myrina
coppingeri, separates it, and rightly so, from Jdas because though it
“has the hinge-plate similarly crenated, the ligament is described as
external,” overlooking Gwyn Jeffrey’s account of the discovery of
living specimens “between the Hebrides and Faroes in 516 fathoms,
inhabiting deserted tubes of Zeredo megotara in a piece of pine-wood,
and in which the Jdas were affixed by a byssus. * * * An internal
and long cartilage covers the hinge, and I was mistaken as to this
when I described the species from two small valves.” So that the
genus Jdas would appear to'be quite superfluous. The author had
originally written ‘‘ Perhaps allied to Myrina, although that genus has
an internal ligament and wants the hinge-plate crenated.” We have
seen that the former attribute was an error, and the latter cannot be
considered a generic distinction seeing that it is a character equally
shared by Modiolaria, Dacrydium, and Crenella, in addition to which

2 “Valorous” /Mollusca, Ann. Mag. N. Hist., 1876, p. 248; and Moll. “‘ Lightning” and
‘* Porcupine,” Proc. Zool. Soc., 1882, p. 683, pl. xlv, fig. 3.

170 MARSHALL: ON A BRITISH SPECIES OF MYRINA.

I have a valve of an undescribed Myrina from Korea in which the
hinge-plate is strongly crenated on both sides of the ligament. When
Gwyn Jeffreys, however, put the matter right about the ligament, he
did not formally abandon Jdas, although the only reason for keeping
it alive now is in the hope (a very remote one) of living specimens
being found of Jdas dalli, E. A. Smith,? a “Challenger” and
‘‘Porcupine ” species, and in that shell being found to possess an
external ligament. Mr. Edgar A. Smith writes of J. dalli that he
could not discover ‘“‘in any of the odd valves (no complete specimen
was obtained) any trace either of an internal or external ligament; it
is I expect of a very slight character.” My valves are in poor con-
dition, and appear granulated on the surface, but that may be owing
to a micro-organism, as Mr. Smith describes the shell as ‘almost
destitute of sculpture.”

The foregoing three species of Myrina have the contour of
Modiolaria, while J. dalli is mytiliform. Gwyn Jeffreys missed the
opportunity of describing the animal of M. argenteus, and I have
failed to make anything that would be reliable out of my resuscitated
specimens.

NOTES.

On some large specimens of Valvata piscinalis.—I have recently
received from the Coneygre Reservoir, near Dudley, Staffordshire, some specimens
of Valvata piscinalis, Miill., which seem worthy of recording on account of their
large size. Three of the largest specimens measured in height 6°9, 6°8, and 6°5
mm., whilst the average of twenty was6mm. I at first thought that possibly this
large size was due to the great volume of water in which they had lived, but
curiously to say, examples of Limnaca peregra and L. glabra, which were found in
company with V. piscinalis were all very small.— WALTER E. COLLINGE.

Note on Helix rufescens.—In 1894, Mr. Collinge recorded the occurrence
of H. rufescens from Selly Oak and near Olton, Warwickshire (Journ. B’gham. N.

H. & Phil. Soc., 1894, vol. i, p. 18). Previous to this, local conchologists doubted

the presence of this widely distributed species, in the neighbourhood of Birmingham.
The late Mr. G. Sherriff Tye, who had worked the district for very many years,
had never met with it. It may therefore be of interest to record that I have taken
upwards of a dozen specimens in the Solihull and Knowle district during the last
five years. I have also recently examined the late Mr. W. G. Blatch’s collection,
which is now in my possession, and I find there thirteen specimens labelled
** Knowle,” collected between 1872 and 1877.—H. WILLOUGHBY ELLISs.

3 ‘“‘Challenger” Pelecypoda, p. 281, pl. xvi, figs. 10, 10b.

ss

PROCEEDINGS OF THE
MIDLAND MALACOLOCICAL SOCIETY.

I9TH MEETING, MAY IITH, 1900.
The President in the Chair.
New member elected: Mr. E. B. Smith.

EXHIBITS.

By Mr. Breeden: Shells of Azeca tridens and its variety crystallina from Birdlip.

By Mr. Overton: Shells of Hyalinia draparnaldi and H. cellaria from Tenby ;
Hi, glabra, nitidulus, purus, crystallina, excavatus, radiatulus, and alliarius, from
Sutton; HA. nitidulus, purus, and alliarius from Dudley, also the variety viridula
of the latter species from the same locality. Vitrina pellucida from Sutton, and its
variety depressiuscula. Specimens of Succinea elegans and pulris from Deal,
Tenby, and Sutton.

By Mr. Bloomer: Shells of Paludomus gardneri, Rve., undatus, Rve., neri-
toides, Rve., loricatus, Rve., and Acavus skinneri, Pfr., all from Ceylon. Various
Indian species of Cyclophorus.

20TH MEETING, JUNE 8TH, 1900.
The President in the chair.
The following additions to the Library were announced, for which thanks were
voted : 26 pamphlets from Mr. Cecil Tye.
PAPER READ.

Note on some large specimens of Valvata piscinalis, Miill., by Walter E.
Collinge.
EXHIBITS.
By the President: Shells of Valvata piscinalis, and of 9 species of British land
molluscs presented to the Collection. :
By Mr. Bloomer: Shells of Helix hortensis from Edge Hills, Warwickshire,
presented to the Collection, and Limnaca stagnalis from Edgbaston Pool.

By Mr. Overton: Specimens of 41 species of British land and freshwater shells
presented to the Collection.

CURRENT LITERATURE.

Pilsbry, H. A.—Tryon’s Manual of Conchology, ser. ii, vol. xiii (pts. 49, 50),
pp. I—112. pls. i—xxxiv.

Continuing the #ulimulidae, Dr. Pilsbry deals first with Bothriembryon
(Liparis, Martens nec Olivier), a genus confined to Western and Southern Australia,
with a single species in Tasmania. Passing then to Placostylus, he arranges the
species in a geographical sequence. The genus is divided into nine sections, of
which Leucocharis (type P. pancheri), Placocharis (type P. macgillivrayi), and
Callistocharis (type P. malleatus) are new. In the present parts the species from
New Zealand and Lord Howe Island, New Caledonia, New Hebrides, New
Guinea, and the Solomon Islands are dealt with, and a commencement made with
those from the Viti or Fiji Islands. In considering the New Caledonian fauna, we
are pleased to see that the author has endeavoured to restrict the abundance of
‘“ specific” names given to slight mutations, and are thoroughly in accord with him
that ‘‘there cannot be much doubt that too many species have been described from

172 CURRENT LITERATURE.

specimens which represent merely individual or racial variations.” With reference
to the resemblance of Placostylus to Partula. noticed by Kobelt and others, Dr.
Pilsbry regards it as quite superficial, and does not agree that it indicates the
relationship claimed. We should much have liked to see some detailed discussion
re the affinities of this interesting group, as it is, they are dismissed with the bald
statement ‘‘ The affinities of the group are nearest to Bothriembryon.” We are not
alone in regretting that in a great work of this kind such a feature should be so
curtailed or omitted, a shortcoming which has ever characterised the chief mono-
graphs.

The following new species and varieties are described: Bothriembryon physoides
v. humilis, B. gunni v. brachysoma, Placostylus fibratus, Marts., v. strigatus, P.
heterostylus (New Hebrides), P. garretti (Habitat unknown, Viti group ?)—W. E.C.

Sarasin, P. and F.—Die Land-Mollusken von Celebes. Demy 4to, pp. viii+
248, Tfn. 1—31. Wiesbaden: 1899, C. W. Kreidel.

The Drs. Sarasin are to be congratulated on the appearance of the second volume
of their studies on the Mollusca of the Celebes. We had occasion to speak very
highly of the previous volume treating of the freshwater species, and the present
volume is fully equal, if not superior, to it. So far as printing and plates are con-
cerned, no previous work which we can call to mind has reached the standard here
attained. Indeed, plate 18, containing twenty coloured figures of the shells of
Xesta, is, in our opinion, the finest coloured illustration of shells yet produced.

Apart from the great value of this work as a faunistic record, the two most
notable features are, the invaluable observations upon the various forms or subspecies
of certain molluscs, and the very important chapter treating of the anatomy and
development of Vaginulus, and the anatomy ofthe genus Atopos.

After deducting the varieties, 170 species are enumerated, of which about one
third are new, in addition to many new subspecies and varieties. Of these 140 are
endemic, while 37 also occur in districts outside the Celebes. Various species are
divided into ‘‘forms,” the exact value of which varies in different cases; variety and
subvariety would perhaps be preferable terms in some cases, whilst in others. distinct
geographical races are indicated, e.g., Obba listeri, Gray, forms mongondica,
tominica, matinangensis, and buolica. .

Space will not permit an enumeration of all the new species, but some of the
more important may find mention. There are seven new species of slugs described
belonging to the following genera: Vaginulus 2, Atopos 4, Philomycus 1. In the
Nanina group there are many interesting new species of which we may cite Xesta
porcellanica, ardens, fennemae, Hemiplecta weberi, wichmanni, and braam-morrist.
Amongst others are Cyclotus jellesmae and bonensis, Streptaxis nautilus, and
celebicus, a series of ‘‘ forms” of Obba listeri, Gray, and O. papilla, Miill. All the
new species, &c., are figured, in addition to many others.

To the authors, publisher, and all who have helped to produce this beautiful
work, we offer our warmest congratulations.—W. E. C.

Pfeiffer, W.—Die Gattung Triboniophorus. Zool. Jahrb. (Abth. f. Morph.),
1900, Bd. xiii, pp. 293—358, Tfn. 17—20.

In 1898 Dr. Plate gave a valuable account of the anatomy of the genus Janella
and Dr. Pfeiffer has now supplemented this by his study of the genus Aneitea,
or as he prefers to term it Triboniophorus. The specimens selected for this investi-
gation were three from Brisbane, which belong to a species hitherto undescribed,
and which is now named 7’. brisbanensis. This species has been carefully compared
with 4. graffei, Humb., and its varieties schutei, Kfst., and krefftii, Kfst., the three
remaining species A. macdonaldi, Gray, A. hirudo, Fisch., and A. modesta, C.
and F., do not seem to have received attention.

The chapter on the Literature and Habits is very far from complete. The
general anatomy shows a close relationship to Janella. The generative organs

CURRENT LITERATURE. 1G fe)

approach most nearly to those of A. krefftii, Kfst. (cf Zeit. f. wiss. Zool., 1865,
Bd. xv, pp. 76—85, T. vi), although there are many important differences. —
Wa Es Ge

Drew, G. A.—Locomotion in Solenomya and its relatives. Anat. Anz., 1900,
Bd. xvii, pp. 257—266, figs. I—12.

Dr. Drew gives an interesting account of the movements of burrowing and the
musculature involved, in Nucula, Yoldia, and Solenomya. Taking Yoldia as an
example, the movements and muscular systems being similar in all three genera, the
various movements concerned in burrowing are explained, also those of leaping,
whilst in Solenomya a third method of locomotion is described, that of swimming,
which is effected by the expulsion of strong jets of water through the posterior
opening of the mantle chamber. Possibly these jets are of use in cleaning the
mantle chamber and burrow, and the animal has made use of them secondarily as a
means of locomotion.—W. E. C.

Dautzenberg, Ph., et Fischer, H. — Description d’un mollusque nouveau.
Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1899, T. xxiv, pp. 207—209, figs.

The shell here described belongs to an exceedingly interesting mollusc, which is
described by Prof. Pelseneer. Large numbers were found attached to a fragment
of the beak of a Cephalopod, dredged off the Azores at a depth of 1557 metres, by
the ‘* Princess Alice.” athysciadium conicum, n. g. et. sp., is the name given
to this mollusc, and it is placed in a new family—Bathysciadidae.—W. E. C.

Pelseneer, P.— Note sur l’organisation du genre Bathysciadium. Bull. Soc.
Zool. France, 1899, T. xxiv, pp. 209—211, figs. I—3.

Prof. Pelseneer gives an interesting account of the structure and affinities of
5. conicum. No trace of eyes, gills, or ctenidia were found. The nervous system
is similar to that of the Patellidae. There are two otocysts, each containing a
single spherical otolith. The radula is very long and has 1 median, 2 lateral, and 1
marginal tooth on each side. The heart has a single auricle. There are two
nephridia, that on the left side being much larger than is usual in the Patedlidae.
The species is regarded as hermaphrodite, but so exceptional a condition requires
further confirmation. There is a long cephalic appendage, which is thought to be a
copulatory organ. While possessing the general characters of the Patellidae, it is
distinguished from all the existing families by the remarkable otocysts, the her-
maphrodite condition, and the form of the radula.—W. E. C.

Melvill, J. Cosmo.—A Revision of the Textile Cones, with description of C.
cholmondeleyt, n.sp. Journ. Conch., 1900, vol. ix, pp. 303—3I11, I fig.

No one is more competent than Mr. Melvill to treat of the subgenus Cylinder,
Mont., and in the paper before us he gives a very useful revision of the 45 known
forms. C. cholmondeleyi is described as a new species, which hitherto has been
confused with C. pyramidalis, Lam. In its markings it somewhat resembles C.
corbula, Sby., or C. euetrios, Sby. The type is in the Manchester Museum.—

Vio 18s

Sykes, E. R.—Fauna Hawaiiensis, 1900, vol. ii. Mollusca. With Intercala-
tions on Anatomy by Lt.-Col. Gcodwin-Austen. pp. 271—412, pls. xi—xii.

Mr. Sykes has here given an extremely valuable account of the Land and Fresh-
water Mollusca of the Hawaiian Islands. He is of opinion that the fauna is nearly
related to that of the Polynesian Islands, showing little trace of any continental
influence, Asiatic or American. In nearly all cases the species are confined to one
island. By a series of tables it is shown that 50 species are peculiar to Kauai, 175
to Oahu, 44 to Molokai, 25 to Lanai, 64 to Maui, and 37 to Hawaii.

Turning to the Systematic portion, 476 species and 30 varieties are enumerated.
Godwinia is a new genus proposed for the Vitrina caperata of Gould. Philonesia,

174 CURRENT LITERATURE.

a new genus with the Microcystis baldwini, Ancey, as the type. Achatinella
(Partulina) confusa, a new name for A. physa, Newcomb. Amastrella, a new
subgenus of Amastra, type A. rugulosa, Pease. Kawaia,a new subgeneric name for
Carinella, Pfr., 1875, the latter having been used by Sowerby in 1839. The new
species are: <Achatinella ( Achatinellastrum) wailuaensis, Perdicella fulgurans,
Leptachatina arborea, conicoides, convexiuscula, emerita, imitatrix, konaensis,
supracostata, vana, Auriculella perkinsi, Tornatellina compacta, confusa, cylin-
drica, perkins’, trochoides, Succinea protracta, and Ancylus sharpi.

A very complete bibliography, enumerating the titles of 178 works is given, and
an exceedingly useful list of named forms, which are placed in the present work as
varieties or synonyms.—W. E. C.

Collinge, Walter E.—Report on the Slugs. A. Willey’s Zoological Results,
1899 [1900], pt. iv, pp. 429—438, pls. xl—xli.

The new species are Veronicella willeyi, from Lifu, Loyalty Islands, and V.
brunnea from Esafate, New Hebrides. Two new varieties—albida and fuscopal-
lescens—of Aneitella berghi, Plate, are described from Karavia, New Britain.

Aneitea hirudo, P. Fisch., is recorded from Lifu, and V. leydigi, Simr., and
V. hedleyi, Simr., both from Esafate.

Pruvot, G.—Sur deux Néoméniens nouveaux de la Méditerranée. Arch. Zool.
exp. et gén., 1899, T. 7 (s3), pp. 461—509, pls. xii—xiv.

Professor Pruvot describes two new genera and species of unusual interest. The
first, Stylomenia salvatori is regarded as a transitional form, and its structure,
which is treated of at some length, indicates many primitive characters. Like the
genus Jsmenia it finds its natural position in a group between the Proneomenidae on
the one hand and the Neomenidae on the other. The second form, Strophomenia
lacazei is probably derived from Rhopalomenia aglaopheniae, Kow. et Mar., or some
closely allied form. Its actual affinities, however, are with Pruvotia sopita, Pr.,
and perhaps a Notomenia, described by Thiele, from Australia. In any case it
represents a degenerate Neomenian, modified under the influence of parasitism.

Figures of both forms are given, in addition to many others, illustrating the
structure. —W. E. C.

Williamson, M. Burton.—stivation of Epiphragmophora traskii in Southern
California. Naut., 1900, vol. xiv, pp. 13—I5.

Unlike their congeners of the eastern states, which hibernate during the winter
months, the helices in southern California exhibit the greatest activity during this
period, hibernating during the summer. ‘* The reason for this is that the food supply
is plentiful in the winter when the warm rains prevail; and during the summer

months the arid condition of the foot-hills, the habitat of these quiet creatures, made ~

the eestivation of snails a necessity, a question of economy, an adjustment of demand
and supply. In process of time the necessity for eestivation rather than hibernation
became a habit.”—W. E. C.

Baker, F. C.—A Revision of the Physe of Northeastern Illinois. Naut., 1900,
vol. xiv, pp. 16—24. :

This is a useful and interesting piece of work. The following species, &c. are
described and figured: P. heterostropha, Say, P. sayii, Tappan, P. gyrina, Say,
and var. edliptica, Lea, and P. integra, Hald.- Some interesting observations on
P. gyrina are given, from which we quote the following: ‘‘It is very interesting
to watch a number of Physe in an aquarium; as they are crawling along the
bottom, one will be seen to rise suddenly to the top of the water and move along
with the foot applied to the surface, the shell hanging down. Again, they may be
seen descending, suspended by a thin thread of mucus. When the animal rises
suddenly, the branchial cavity opens with a faint clicking sound, probably: due to

«
CURRENT LITERATURE 175

the pressure of air in the lung. This species frequently inhabits water so cold as
the freezing point, and may be observed in winter gliding along the bottom of a
pond when the surface is frozen. The eggs are deposited on stones, the under side
of sticks, etc., and are composed of large, glairy, transparent masses. * * * The
egg masses measured 20 by 4 mill., and contained from 120 to 200 eggs.” —W.E.C,

Donald, J.—-On some recent Gastropoda referred to the family Twrritellidae and
their supposed relationship to the Murchisoniidae. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond.,
1900, vol. iv, pp. 47—55, pl. v.

The object of Miss Donald’s paper is to draw special attention to the shells of
*“some recent Gastropoda which bear considerable resemblance to certain fossil
forms referred to the family Mwrchisontidae,” in the hope that the animals as well as
the shells may be studied, with the view of learning more of their affinities.

The genus Murchisonia is especially characterised by the possession on the
outer lip of a deep narrow slit, many other genera show the same character, but
otherwise differ greatly from the shells of the above mentioned genus, excepting
seven species of Zwrritella and four new species which are here described under a
new section Colpospira, with Turritella runcinata, Watson, as the type. Until
the animal is known, the author thinks it advisable to regard Colpospira as a section
of Turritella. All the species of this group have been dredged off the coasts of
Australia, Tasmania, and New Zealand. The new species are 7. (Colpospira)
smithiana, crenulata, godeffroyana, quadrata and a variety scitwla, nov. of the last
named species. In JZ’. quadrata the sinus is much broader and shallower;
should it later be proved that the animal shows structural differences, Miss Donald
suggests the name of Platycolpus for a new section for its reception.

It is to be hoped that sufficient material of some of these species for anatomical
investigation may soon be obtained,—W. E. C.

Babor, J. F.—Mittheilungen iiber Nacktschnecken in der Sammlung des K. K.
naturhistorischen Hofmuseum. Ann, d, K. K. naturhist. Hofmuseums, Wien,
1900, bd. xv, pp. 95—I02.

Two new species are described, Ariolimax steindachneri, from Puget Sound,
North America, and Atopos (Padangia, subg. n.) schildii, from Padang, Sumatra.

Babor, J. F.—Uber die Nacktschnecken der Grazer Umgegend. Verhandl. d. D.
Zool. Gesell., 1900, pp. 148—150.

Randles, W. B.—On the Anatomy of Jwrritella communis, Risso. Proc. Malac.
Soc, Lond., 1900, vol, iv, pp. 56—65, pl. vi.

In view of the recent discussions upon, and the suggested affinities between,
certain species of ZYurritella and the extinct genus Murchisonia, Mr. Randles’
account of the anatomy of 7’. communis is very welcome. After a general descrip-
tion of the alimentary canal, radula, generative organs, the nephridium, gill,
osphradium, and nervous system, the author concludes that though Z'urritella is in
no way particularly specialised, it can hardly be regarded as approaching a primitive
type; some few characters are undoubtedly primitive, such, for example, as the
presence of an epipodium, the fringed and papiliated mantle, and in some species
the presence of otoconia. The aggregate characters, however, especially as regards
the nervous system, indicate that Zwrritella is a fairly highly organised monoto-
cardian, and not at all approaching in structure the Diotocardia.—W. E. C.

Vayssiere, A.— Description de deux espéces de Pleurobranchidés, Journ. de?
Conchyl., 1900, vol. xlvili, pp. 8—11.

The new species are Oscaniopsis omboinei and Pleurobranchaea capensis.

Kennard, A. S., and Woodward, B. B. —The Pleistocene non-marine
Mollusca of Ilford. Proc. Geol. Assoc., 1900, vol. xvi, pp. 282—286.

I 76 CURRENT LITERATURE.

Buddicom, R. A.—The Land and Freshwater Molluscs of Chnrch Stretton.
pp- 16, and plate. Shrewsbury: 1900.

Records 42 species, with notes on the distribution, habits, &c.

Cockerell, T. D. A.—A new Philomycus. Naut., 1900, vol. xiv, p. 59.

P. secretus, n. sp. ‘‘ Length (in alcohol) 12 mm. Mantle very dark grey, with
numerous small black spots, best seen at the sides. Body pallid, sole whitish with
an ocherous tint. Jaw light yellow, arched, with five strong ribs in the middle,
nearly the outer thirds being ribless. Teeth g—11—13—1—13—11—9. The side
cusps on both centrals and laterals are very small. Penis-sac as Binney describes
for P. hemphilli.

Hab.—Roan Mtn., Mitchell Co., Nth. Carolina (A. G. Wetherby).”

Prof. Cockerell’s new species differs from P. hemphilli, W. G. Binn., which it
resembles by lhe characters of its jaws, ‘‘ mainly in being only half the size.” We
hope, at an early date, the author will figure and describe the animal in greater
detail, and give some account of the anatomy.—W. E. C.

Sykes, E. R.—The Zoological Record, London: 1900. Record vii, Mollusca,
pp. 1—87.

With the increase in the number of workers and their writings this publication
yearly becomes more and more indispensable. The present part chronicles papers
dated from 1896 to 1899, although it is not always clear what the date is that any
given paper bears, for, as we have previously pointed out, the year of publication is
seldom given. Fora work of this kind it is surprising how few slips the Recorder
has made, we note, however, on p. 41, under Java, that Microparmarion javanica,
Nn. sp., are omitted. The number of papers referred to under the ‘‘ Systematic”
portion, which do not find mention under ‘‘ Titles,” is, we regret to say, largely on
the increase.

Hitherto the Record has taken no notice of abstracts and critical reviews of
papers given in thn ‘Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society,” this, and other
publications ; whilst their inclusion would add largely to the number of pages, it
would nevertheless make the Record more complete, and we venture to direct the
Recorders attention to the consideration of this matter.—W. E. C.

Sturany, R.—Lamellibranchiaten des Rothen Meeres. Denk. K. Akad. Wiss.
Wien, 1899, Bd. lxix, pp, 255—295, Tfn. i—vii.

In all 148 species were obtained of which 20 are new, these belong to the
following genera: Solecurtus 1, Lyonsia 1, Cuspidaria 4, Pseudoneacra (n. g.) 1,
Raéta 1, Cardita 1, Limopsis 1. Amussiwm 2, Gastrochaena 3, Tellina 1, Chione 1,
Diplodonta 1, Scintilla 2. All the new species are liberally illustrated.— W. E. C.

Jensen, A. S.—Studier over nordiske Mollusker. I. Mya. Szertryk af Vidensk.
Meddel. fra den naturh. Foren. i Kbhvn., 1900, pp. 133—158.

Jensen, A. S.—Om Leoninger af Grundtvandsdyr paa store Havdyb mellam Jan
Mayen og Island. Ibid., pp. 229—239.

Rogers, Thomas.—The Eggs of the Kerry Slug, Geomalacus maculosus, Allman.
Irish. Nat., 1900, vol. ix, pp. 168—170, pt. pl. v.

Niehols, A. R.—A List of the Marine Mollusca of Ireland. Proc. Roy. Irish
Acad., 1900 (3), vol. v, pp. 477—662.

Byrnes, E. F.—The Maturation and Fertilisation of the Eggs of Limax [Agrio-
lircax] agrestis, L. Journ. Morph., 1899, vol. xvi, pp. 201—236, pls. xi, xil.

THE

GOR NAL OF MALACOLOGY.

No. 8. DECEMBER IST, Igoo. Vor. VLE

NOTES ON SOME FURTHER MALFORMED
SPECIMENS OF ANODONTA CYGNEA, L.

By H. H. BLOOMER.

SINCE my paper appeared in the June number of this Journal? des-
cribing certain malformations in the animal and shell of Anodonta
cygnea, L., I have received from Mr. S. P. Bolton two more specimens,
which, while exhibiting some similar malformations present others of
an interesting character.

In the first specimen the left valve is fractured just below the
umbo, and from here an indentation extends nearly to the ventral
edge, while opposite to it, the right valve though not showing any
sign of fracture is also slightly indentated, but in this case the inden-
tation extends for about only half the distance.

On examining the animal I found that both the right and left
mantle lobes were thickened along the part adjacent to the injury, the
left lobe more so than the’right one. The gills on the right side are
normal, but those on the left have both received considerable injury,
curious to say the inner one more than the outer one. A transverse
section of the animal in the region of the injury (fig. 1), shows a fusion
of the outer side of the left outer gill with the left mantle lobe, and
a slight fusion of the outer side of the left inner gill with the inner

1 Journ. of Malac., rg00, vol. vii, pp. 136—138, pl. vil.

Journ. or MAatac., 1900, vol. vii, No. 8.

178 BLOOMER: ON -ANODONTA CYGNEA.

side of the left outer gill, very little remaining of the left inner gill.
The left outer supra-branchial canal (fig. 1. sc) is considerably larger
than the right outer one.

In the second specimen there is a large fracture of the right valve,
which at the time it occurred evidently forced in a large mass of
the valve. The animal afterwards rebuilt the shell beneath the
fracture, the new portion consisting of the calcareous and nacreous
layers only. On the inner side of the right valve there has arisen a
thin ridge of shell 13 mm. long, and 7 mm. high, which passes in a
posterior direction and is set at right angles to the valve. Dorsally
there isa second, much smaller ridge, running parallel with the former
one. The animal exhibits very few signs of injury. The ridges,
mentioned above, have penetrated the posterior adductor muscle, the
right portion of which has spread out and become forced into a more
anterior position than the left portion, thus deforming the right kidney.
Other than this the animal appears quite normal.

Fig. 1.—Transverse section of Anodonta cygnea, L.

F. foot, I. intestine, K. kidney, L.I.G. left inner gill L.O.G. left outer gill
M. mantle, P. pericardial cavity, R. rectum, S.C. left outer supra-branchial canal, T.
typhlosole, V.C. vena cava.

COLLINGE: NEW SPECIES OF VERONICELLA. 179

DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES OF
VERONICELLA FROM THE FlJl ISLANDS.

By WALTER E. COLLINGE,
The University, Birmingham.

Some short time ago Prof. Gustave Gilson sent to me for indentifica-
tion, a specimen of Veronicella collected by him in the Fiji Islands.
Later he has very kindly placed further material in my hands for
anatomical investigation. The species is a new one, and I am now
giving a description of it, the account of its internal structure will
appear elsewhere at a later date.

I have much pleasure in associating with this new form the name
of Prof. Gilson.

Veronicella gilsoni, n. sp.

Like most species of this genus, there is little to distinguish it by
the external appearance. Dorsally it is a dirty yellow colour with small,
irregularly distributed, blackish blotches, and finely granulated. The
perinotum is finely indented on its marginal edge, and is a brighter
yellow colour than the notum; the hypnotum is a greenish-yellow
colour. Foot-sole yellowish-brown, marked by a series of fine, regular,
transverse lines.

Length (in alcohol) 23°5 mm.; foot-sole 2°5 mm. broad ; hypnotum
4°5 mm. broad ; female generative orifice situated on the right side 2
mm. from the foot-sole, 11 mm. from the right lower tentacle, and
9'5 mm. from the posterior end of the body.

Hab.—Nabukaluka, River Waidina, Viti Levu.

Type.—In my collection.

NOTE ON THE GAEOTIS DOUVILLEI
OF DE MORGAN.

By WALTER E. COLLINGE,
The University, Birmingham.

IN a recent part of the ‘“‘ Manual of Conchology ” (1899, vol. xii, p. 228)
Dr. Pilsbry, in treating of the Genus Gaeotis writes “ Gaeotis douvillet
de Morgan from the summit of Mount Tchabang, Perak, is doubtless
a Girasia allied to G. (Africarion) ater, Godwin-Austen.” On seeing
this statement Professor Cockerell wrote me suggesting that I should

180 COLLINGE: ON GAEOTIS DOUVILLEI.

look up the original description and figure, and see if it differed at
all from Pseudaustenia siamensis, Ckll.1 As the Asiatic slug-like
molluscs are so very imperfectly understood, the subject is perhaps
worthy of a short note.

De Morgan’s description? is as follows :

“ Animal.—Limaciforme allongé, d’un brun clair, orné de chaque
coté de deux bandes longitudinalis noires.

Coquille.—Unguiliforme, aplatie, fragile, tres mince, transparente,
composée de deux demi-tours de spire, la partie inférieure manquant,
le dernier est tres grande, stries d’accroissement trés fines.

Dimensions. Long. 9 mm.; larg. 5°5 mm.”

This is accompanied by a figure showing a Peltella-like slug. Both
the description and figure are poor, and were it not for the latter, it
would be very difficult to say to what genus this species belonged.
Although poor, the figure is sufficiently clear to show that the species
is closely allied to Peltella, in fact, is in all probability rightly assigned
to the genus G'aeotis, I am therefore at a loss to understand Dr.
Pilsbry’s statement ‘‘ doubtless a Girasia.”

With reference to Pseudaustenia siamensis, Ckll., the type of which
is in the British Museum collection; through the kindness of Mr.
Edgar A. Smith, I have recently had an opportunity of examining
this. There are two examples, and judging from the external appear-
ance I should say they both belong to the genus Parmarion and are
probably allied to P. pupillaris, Humb., if they are not young examples
of that species. It is, however, very difficult to separate these slug-
like molluscs on their external characters, and possibly P. stamensis
would on dissection prove to be a valid species.

HELIX LAPICIDA, L., MONS. SINISTRORSUM, NOV.?
By F, J. PARTRIDGE. .

WHILST staying at Lynton, North Devon, last summer I was fortunate
enough to find a full grown sinistral example of Helix lapicida, L.
There is a large colony of the type here inhabiting a low wall, together
with the varieties ecarinata and allina. After a shower of rain they

come out, covering the wall and adjacent rocks in countless profusion ;
and aithough I have collected here for some years, and taken many

zr Ann. and Mag. N. H., 1891, p. 107.
2 Bull. Soc. Zool. France, 1885, x, p. 388, pl. 8, Fig. 9.

PROCEEDINGS OF MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY. 181

forms of this species peculiar to the district, I have never before been
fortunate enough to find a sinistral monstrosity.

The shell and animal seem typical in sculpture, form, and colour,
having the peculiar looking glass appearance which seems to be
characteristic of such shells as are typically dextral.

In looking up the literature upon this species I have failed to find
any mention of a sinistrorse monstrosity, possibly foreign literature may
contain such a record, and if so I should be glad of the reference.

PROGEEDINGS OF THE
MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

21st MEETING, SEPTEMBER I4TH, 1900.

The President in the chair.
Several donations to the Library were announced, and thanks voted to the donors.

EXHIBITS.

By Mr. Overton: Marine shells from Bridlington.

By Mr. Partridge: Limar maximus v. cinero-niger, from Horner, Somerset-
shire; Unio margaritifer from the River Taw, Helix hortensis, H. lapicida m.
sinistrorsum, nov. from Lynton, Nth Devon: and <Acavus haervatostoma and
Cyclophorius ceylanicus from Ceylon.

By Mr. Breeden: Shells of various local land and freshwater shells.

By the President: Animal of Capulus hungaricus from Mumble’s Head.

22ND MEETING, SEPTEMBER I4TH, 1900.

The President in the chair.

The evening was devoted to a study of Helix aspersa. The President gave a
short account of the life-history, distribution, and variation of the species illustrated
by numerous specimens.

Mr. Willoughby Ellis exhibited about 300 specimens, and Mr. Breeden a smaller

collection. Specimens of Helix rufescens from Knowle, Warwickshire, were also
exhibited by Mr. Ellis.

23RD MEETING, NOVEMBER 9TH, 1900.

The President in the chair.
PAPERS READ.

I. Onthe Anatomy of Certain Agnathous Pulmonate Molluscs.
By Walter E. Collinge.
2. On some further malformed specimens of Anodonta cygnea, L.
By H. H. Bloomer.
EXHIBITS.

By Mr. Bloomer: Specimens in illustration of his paper, also shells of Helix
nemoralis. A short account of the nomenclature, variation and distribution of A,
nemoralis was read, the remainder of the evening being devoted to the examination
of the various collections of this species contributed by the President, and Messrs.
Bloomer, Breeden, and Overton.

182

CURRENT LITERATURE.

Pilsbry, Henry A.—Tryon’s Manual of Conchology, ser. ii, vol. xiii (pt. 51), pp-
113—176, pls. 35—48. Philadelphia: Academy of Natural Sciences.

The Fiji species of Placostylus are here completed, and the subgenus Diplo-
morpha, Anc., treated of. P. coviana, New Hebrides, is a new species. The author
then gives a series of descriptions, previously omitted, of various Australian Bulimoid
Helicidae.

The larger portion of the present part is devoted to the genus Amphidromus,
Alb. Dr. Pilsbry concludes from the researches of Semper, Wiegmann and Jacobi,
that the genus does not belong to the Bulimulidae, but to the Ephiphallogona group
of the Helicidac. The genus is a difficult one, and will probably remain so for some
time to come, in fact until our knowledge of the specific anatomical characters is
more complete. Dr. Pilsbry groups the species in 20 groups, agreeing in part with
those of Fulton. Seven of these groups are dealt with in the present part, and
keys to the shell-characters are given in most cases.—W. E. C.

Bergh, R.—Ergebnisse einer Reise nach dem Pacific (Schauinsland 1896—1897).
Die Opisthobranchier. Zool. Jahrb. (Abth. f. Syst.) 1900, Bd. 13, pp. 207—
246, T. 19—2I.

Dr. Bergh here describes the Opisthobranchs collected by Prof. Schauinsland in
1896—97. The new forms are Chelidonura hirundinina, Q. and G., v. elegans,
Bgh. (n.? sp.), Archidoris nyctea, Aeolidiclla drusilla, A. faustina, and Samla
annuligera, n. g. et sp. The new genus belongs to the Flabellinidae, and is charac-
terised by the beautiful perfoliate rhinophoria, a rounded anterior margin to the
foot, a triseriate radula, with a denticulate anterior margin to the lateral teeth, and
an unarmed penis.—W. E. C.

Smith, J. Perrin.—Larval Stages of Schloenbachia. Journ. Morph., 1899, vol.
xvi, pp. 237—268, pls. A—E.

Mr. Perrin Smith continues his very valuable studies on the ontogeny of the
Ammonites. A short time ago he gave a very careful account of the development
of the genera Lytoceras and Phyloceras, and in the present paper the larval stages of
Schloenbachia oregonensis are dealt with. The species is a remarkable one, in that
its descent is so very clearly shown through its ontogeny. In its development it
repeats in the first five septa the history of Anarcestes, Parodoceras, and Priono-
ceras ; then for about a single whorl it is a Glyphioceras; in the next one and a
quarter a Gastrioceras; then for a little more than one-quarter of a revolution
a Paralogoveras, the goniatite history terminating at two and five-eighths coils. It
now develops a keel, and resembles one of the simpler Permian and Lower Triassic
ammonites. Then follow the ananeanic, metaneanic, and paraneanic stages. With
the appearance of the sixth whorl, the shell commences to take on its own proper
characters, and is then in the ephebic stage. Thus it will be seen, the larval stages.
may be compared with Paleozoic genera. This interesting form offers a striking
illustration of the law of the acceleration of development.

With the advance of the stage, the author finds that there is a great increase in
the individual variation, this being still greater with the acquirement of adult char-
acters, so that were. it not for the transitions between the varieties, one would feel
inclined to make several species out of one.—W. E. C.

Smith, J. Perrin.—The Development and Phylogeny of Placenticeras. Proc.
Cal. Acad. Sci. (3rd ser.), Geology, 1900, vol. i, pp. 181—240, pls. xxiv—
XXVili.

This paper is prefaced by an interesting ‘‘ Introduction” on the law of tachy-
genesis. The author then devotes a section to a discussion upon the affinities of
Placenticeras and Hoplites and gives a phylogenic table of Placenticeras and asso-
ciated genera, which must both prove of value to all students of fossil Cephalopoda.

CURRENT LITERATURE. 183

P. pacificum, n. sp. is nautiloid in septa, but ammonoid in its calcareous proto-
conch in the earliest larval stage. The middle larval stage shows a form not unlike
the Paleozoic Glyphioceras ; while the last larval stage is analogous to Nannites, a
Mesozoic genus. In the adolescent period it passes through the following stages:
first one corresponding to Cymbites or some Cymbites-like form, then to some zgo-
ceran genus of Upper Triassic or Lower Jurassic age, then to one of the early
perisphinctoid genera, then to Cosmoceras of the Jura, and lastly to Hoplites. Thus
by ontogenic study it is shown that Placenticeras developed out of Hoplites, and
must therefore be placed with the last mentioned group under the Stephanoceratidae
and not Amaltheidae, as is usual in nearly all text-books.

A parallel study of the ontogeny of P. pucificwm and P. ealifornicum only serves
to show that the results must be interpreted with caution, the differences being
largely due to unequal acceleration of characters.

_ In this and the previous paper we cannot attempt to do more than very briefly
indicate the line of ontogenic research, to be fully appreciated, the complete papers
must be carefully read, and this all malacologists should do.—W. E. C.

Sturany, R.—W. A. Obrutschew’s Mollusken-Ausbeute aus Hochasien. Denk.
K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, 1900, Bd. Ixx, pp. 17—48, Tfn. i—iv.

Dr. Sturany in a very welcome contribution, enumerates 59 species and 4
varieties of which the following are new: Plectotropis comata, Stilpnodiscus cuphyes,
Metodontia griphodes, Cathaica obrutschewi, C. perversa, Platypetasus obrutschewi,
? Satsuma kutupaénsis, Buliminus schypaénsis, B. obrutschewi, B. diaprepes, B.
teres, B. xerampelinus and var. thryptica, L. commensalis, B. ottonis, LB. asaphes
and var. brevior, B. amphidoxus, B. interstratus, B. ewonymus, Serina cathaica,
Grdlr., var. egressa, Pupopsis dissociabilis, P. polustrepta, P. paraplesia, Oneas
schensiense, Planorbis exarescens, P. neumayri, Valvata kukunorica, Corbicula
obrutschewt, C. methoria, and Unio tschiliensis. All the new forms are figured, in
addition to 9 previously described by Dr. von Mollendorff. A very useful Biblio-
graphy, enumerating upwards of 100 papers, completes this interesting memoir.

Sturany, R.—Diagnosen neuer Gastropoden aus dem Rothen Meere. Anz. K.
Akad. Wiss. Wien, 1900, Nr. xvii, pp. I—4.

The new species are Fusus bifrous, Nassa thawmasia, N. steindachneri, N.
westa, N. munda, N. lathraia, N. stiphra, and N. sporadica.

Hedley, C.—Studies on Australian Mollusca. Pt. i. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.,
1900, pp. 87—100, pls. i—iv, and 4 figs. in text.

Mr. Hedley hopes in this series of papers to ‘‘fix by illustration the identity of
such unfigured species as” he can obtain, and to note the occurrence of species on
the coast of N. S. Wales not previously recorded. In the present part he treats of
the following: Sirius, n. gen., type Raulinia badia, T.-Woods. The author agrees
with Tate in considering Rawlinia indistinguishable from the prior /sapsis, H. and
A. Adams. Sossarus sydneyensis, and Couthowyia aculeata. Menon a new genus
of Lulimidae, with M. anceps as the type. Sela attenuata, and Teinostoma orbitum.
In addition to the above mentioned new species, figures of the following are also
given: Stylifer lodderae, Pelt., Zeidora tasmanica, Bedd., Amauropsis moerchi,
Ad. and Ang., Lodderia minima, T.-Woods, Fissuridea lineata, Sby., and the
animal of Notarchus glaucus, Chsm.

Simroth, H.— Ueber einige Nacktschnecken von Montenegro and Corsica.
Nachr. d. Deutsch. Malak. Gesell., 1900, pp. 77—95.

The following are described as new: Limax wohlberedti, L. wolterstorffi, L.
obscurus, Agriolimax corsicus, Amalia dalmatini, Am. montenegrina. The
absence of any figures considerably detracts from the value of an otherwise very
interesting paper.—W. E. C.

184 CURRENT LITERATURE.

Mead, A. D:—Observations on the soft-shell clam. 30th Ann. Rpt. Commis.
Inland Fisheries, U.S,A., 1900, pp. I—25, pls. i—xi.

The author here gives some interesting details relating to the life history, &c. of
the soft-shell clam. The eggs are exceedingly minute and the egg-laying period
probably extends over May and June. They are extruded in large numbers, and
in a short time after fertilisation, develope into minute free swimming forms not at all
like the adults. In this condition they live for several days and are carried away
by the tides, they then settle down and attach themselves to some object, a stone or
a piece of sea-weed. The experiments of transplanting seem to prove that the rate
of growth is more rapid than is usually supposed, the most rapid growth taking
place where the molluscs are under the water most of the time. Certain facts
strongly indicate that they breed during the first year of their life, although the age
at which they reach sexual maturity has not been definitely ascertained.

Pilsbry, Henry A.— Metostracon, a new slug-like genus of dart-bearing
Helicidae. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1900, vol. iv, pp. 24—30, pl. iii.

In this interesting paper Dr. Pilsbry describes a slug-like mollusc derived from
the true ‘ Helix’ stock, to which the name Metostracon mima, n. g. et sp. is given.

From the anatomical features a relationship to Xanthonyx is unmistakably
indicated. Upon the affinities of these two genera the author makes some valuable
observations. At first sight these genera recall the external form of certain
Arionidae—Binneya and Hemphillia, the resemblance, however, is only superficial.
The Limacidae and Philomycidae are obviously very different, whilst the slug-like
genera of the Bulimalidae are clearly bulimuline. It would seem therefore that
no known group of slugs will receive Metostracon and Xanthonyx ; but a group of
the Helicidae known as the Belogona Euadenia, agrees in all the important
characters. The nearest allies then are apparently the genera LEpiphragmophora
and Cepolis, the four genera practically agreeing in all the important anatomical
characters, excepting those correlated with the degeneration of the shell.

Whether Xanthonyx has an ally in the genus Cryptostracon, W. G. Binn., at
present remains doubtful; this latter genus, the author thinks, may be a more
advanced member of a sub-family which would contain the former genus and the
new one here described. Seeing that it is by no means certain that these three
genera have arisen from the same genus of Helicoid Belogona, the author refrains
from so grouping them; certain anatomical features suggesting parallelism rather
than a common phylogeny. This latter view, will, we think, be endorsed by
malacologists.—W. E. C.

Pilsbry, Henry A.—Note on the Anatomy of the Helicoid genus Ashmunella.
Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900, pp. 107—I009, figs. I—3.

An examination of the generative organs of 4. thomsoniana, Anc., A. porterae,
Pils. and Ckll., and 4. hyporhyssa, Ckll., fully confirms the anatomical characters
ascribed to this genus by the author in 1899. It is very distinct from Polygyra, and
possibly related to the New Mexican species referred to the genus Epiphragmophora,
which Dr. Pilsbry has examined. Judging from an immature example of JZ.
hachitana, he thinks, a series of forms strikingly divergent in the reproductive
organs from the Californian forms may be found here.

Pilsbry, Henry A.—Notices of new Japanese Land snails. Proc. Acad. Nat.
Sci. Phila., 1900, pp. 381—384.

A Key to the Japanese species of Alycaews is given and the following new
species and varieties described: Diplommatina pusilla v. omiensis, Macrochlamys
micrograpta, Kaliella multivolvis, Vitrea harimensis, Georissa japonica.

Pilsbry, Henry A.—New South American Land snails. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., 1900, pp. 385—394, pls. xi, xii.

The following are new: Happia theringi, Polygyratia sargenti, P. affinis, P.

CURRENT LITERATURE. 185

stenostrepta v. declinata Epiphrag. oresigena, Orb., v. bernardius, v. Ther.,
Strophocheilus oblongus, Miill., v. sanctaepauli, v. ther. and Pils., S. paranaguensis,
Pils. and v. Iher., Bulimuius steerei, B. haematospira, Helicina iguapensis, and
A. inacquistriata.

Ihering. H. von.—Description of a New Strophocheilus. Proc. Ac. Nat. Sci.
Phila., 1900, p. 394, pl. xi, fig. 4

S. pilsbryi from Sao Paulo, Brazil, allied to S. rhodocheilus, Rve.

Ihering, H. von.—Os Caracdées do genero Solaropsis. Rev. do Mus. Paulista,
1900, vol. iv, pp. 539—549, figs. I—12.

Dr. von Ihering describes the jaw, radula, and generative organs of S. feisthameli,
Hupé, and Psadara derbyi, n. sp. S. pilsbryi and S. bachi are also new species. A
key to the classification of the Brazilian species of Solaropsis is given, and a short
account of their geographical distribution.

Stubbs, Arthur G.—The Land and Freshwater Shells of Tenby. Journ. Conch.,
1900, vol. ix, pp. 321—-28, 358—65.

The author records 70 species, II varieties, and numerous monstrosities. H.
aspersa v. rufula-zonata, and H. virgata v. coalita are two new varieties. In
addition to cataloguing the various forms, many interesting notes are given, e.g. the
range of distribution of H. pisana in the neighbourhood, and various modifications
of the shell of this species; a curious habitat of Ancylus Jluviatilis; and various
notes on the variation, etc.

Sykes, E. R.—On the genus Acavus, Mont. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1900, vol.
lv, pp. I14—II5.

The author recognises seven species, possibly A. prosperus, Albers, may prove
to be only a variety of A. haemastomus, L. The A. poleti of Collett is regarded as
only a white-lipped variety of 4. waltoni, Rve.

Sykes. E. R.—On Desponea cinnamomea, n. sp., and type of a new subgenus
Chersodespoena, with notes on some allied forms. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond.,
1900, vol. iv, pp. 136—138, 3 figs.

Sykes, E. R.—Notes on the non-marine Mollusca of Norfolk and Phillip Islands,
with descriptions of new species. Proc. Malac. Soc. Lond., 1900, vol. iv,
pp. 139147, pl. xii, and figs. i—iii.

The new species, etc., are: Microcystis nux, M..castaneocincta, Trochonanina
platysoma, Fretum, nom. nov. for Lurypus, Semp., preoccupied, F. suteri, F.
grayi, ea imitratrix, Sitala macgillivrayi, Vertigo norfolkensis, Omphalstropis,
brenchleyi, O. suteri, Paludestrina norfolkensis, In addition to figures of all the
new species, some drawings by Mr. Hedley, of species very briefly described by
Cox and hitherto unfigured, are given; these are Charopa (?) depsta, Cox,
quintalae, Cox, and patescens, Cox.

Gude, G. K.—Description of a new Species of Plectopylis, from Tonkin. Ann.
Mag. N.H., 1900 (s. 7), vol. v, p. 313.

- P. lepida, n. sp. Type in author’s collection.

Gude, G. K.—Descriptions of new Species of Japanese Land Shells. Ann.
Mag. N.H., 1900 (s. 7), vol. vi, pp. 398—40I, 453—456.

The new species are: Arnouldia ceratodes, A. nanodes, Crystallus sulcatus,
C. velatus, Microcystis hirasei, Trishoplita cretacea, Plectotropis conica, Kaliella
elata, K. crenulata, K. pagoduiloides, Pyramidula (s. s.) pretiosa, Trishoplita
dacostae, Ganesella tosana, Eulota (Euhadra) grata, and var. nov. zonata. Types
all in author’s collection. We hope Mr. Gude will give figures of these.

186 CURRENT LITERATURE.

Godfrey, R.—Sepiola rondeletii (Leach) in the Firth of Forth. Ann, Scott.
Nat. Hist., 1900, p. 125.

Kellogg, J. L.—The Ciliary Mechanism in the Branchial Chamber of the
Pelecypoda. Science, N.S. vol. xi, pp. 172—173.

Pilsbry, Henry A.—Note on the Australian Pupidae. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.
Phila., 1900, pp. 426—430, figs. I—5.

Four genera of this family are represented, of which one, Cylindrovertilla, is
known from Australia and New Caledonia only, the remaining three—Pupoides,
Pupa and Bifidaria—being widely distributed. So far as their Australian distri-
bution is concerned, they agree with the Epiphallogonous Helices and probably
reached Australia by the same land connection and at the same time, from the
northward.

Pilsbry, Henry A.—Note on Polynesian and East Indian Pupidae. Proc. Acad.
Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900, pp. 431—433.

Dr. Pilsbry removes the Madeiran group Stawrodon of Lowe from the nomen-
clature of Oriental Pupidae. In referring East Indian forms to this group undue
weight has, he thinks, been given toa mere analogy. Four groups are recognised,
viz. Bifidaria, Sterki, Cylindrovertilla, Bttgr., Costigo, Bttgr., and Nesopupa, Pils.
(type V. tantilla, Gld.) In this latter group two sections are defined Nesopupa ss.,
and Lyropupa, nov. (type NV. lyrata, Gld.).

Pilsbry, Henry A.—Additions to the Japanese Land snail fauna —11. Proc.
Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 1900, pp. 443—448, pl. xiv.

The new forms are Clausilia hakonensis, C. awajiensis, C. subaurantiaca, C.
aulacophora, C. hirasei, C. hyperoptyx, and C. japonica var. suwrugae.

Ihering, H. von.—On the South American Species of Mytilidae. Proc. Malac.
Soc. Lond., 1900, vol. iv, pp. 84—98.

Dr. von Ihering here gives an excellent summary and classification of the
American Mytilidae, a family which embraces two very difficult genera—Mytilus,
L., and Modiolus, Lam. This family has previously attracted the attention of one
of the most distinguished students of the Pelecypoda, Dr. W. H. Dall; and is now
no less fortunate in having so able an exponent as the author of the present paper.

The great reliance whhich has been placed upon the position of the umbones,
and the presence or absence of teeth, is here regarded in a much less important
light; and the sculpture of the shell, and the presence or absence and position of
the shell muscles are taken into consideration. In this particular feature the author
differs from Dr. Dall; but it should be remembered that since part 4 of the
“Tertiary Fauna of Florida” was published (1898), Dr. Dall himself is less
inclined to attach the same importance to such characters, indeed, judging by his
very apt remarks upon the ‘‘dentition” of the hinge in the Leptonacea (see this
Journal p. 76), such characters are quite secondary.

While the present grouping seems to be an advance on any previously published,
we must confess our surprise that all the characters of the actual mollusc, excepting
the shell muscles, are entirely ignored. It is surely very evident that shell characters
alone are unreliable, and we doubt very much if upon such, we can ever expect to
see a classification which will indicate the phylogenetic relationships of any class or
group of molluscs.

The following subgenera are new: Humytlius, n. n. (=Mytilus, s. s.), type
M. edulis, L.; Trichomya, type M. hirsutus, Lam. ; Humodiolus, n. n. (= Modiolus,
s. S.), type If, modiolus, L.—W. E. C.

187

GENERAL REVIEWS.

A Treatise on Zoology.—Edited by E. Ray Lankester.—Pt. ii. The Porifera
and Coelentera. By E. A. Minchin, G. Herbert Fowler, and Gilbert C.
Bourne. With an Introduction by E. Ray Lankester. S8vo, pp. vit+37+
178+81+84+25. London: 1900, Adam and Charles Black.

The second volume of this valuable work well sustains the high standard which
characterised volume i. In the present volume there are six chapters, the first, by
Prof. Ray Lankester, treating of the Enterocoela and Coelomocoela, will be
welcomed by all zoologists as a masterly exposition of a difficult subject. After
emphasising the physiological importance of the coelom, the history of our
knowledge of the subject is dealt with, together with its relations to the vascular and
excretory systems. The nephridia of the Platyhelmia, Nemertina, Rotifera,
Chaetopoda, and embryonic Mollusca are shown to be of ectodermic origin, whilst
in the remaining phyla these have been replaced by uropoétic coelomoducts, which
are parts of the coelomic wall itself.

The next chapter is devoted to the Porifera. Prof. Minchin groups these under
three classes, viz. :—Calcarea, Hexactinellida, and Demospongiae. The portion
devoted to this perplexing group takes up nearly half of the volume, and is by far
the most comprehensive and detailed account that has yet been given in any
English text-book.

Dr. Fowler ably treats of the Hydromedusae and Scyphomedusae in the
two following chapters.

The Anthozoa and Ctenophora, dealt with by Mr. Bourne, concludes the volume.

Most of the illustrations are new, and all are excellent. At the end of each
chapter is a carefully prepared bibliography, and a complete index.

The issue of volume ii only serves to emphasise the completeness of Prof. Ray
Lankester’s conception; while the comphrensive nature of this great work makes it
indispensable to all teachers and advanced students, and a necessity in every public
and scientific library. —W. E. C.

Deseriptive and Illustrated Catalogue of the Physiological Series of
Comparative Anatomy contained in the Museum of the Royal College of
Surgeons of England. Vol. i. Second edition, pp. 1+160, pls. i—xiv, and
4 figs. in text. London: 1900. Taylor and Francis.

Prof. Charles Stewart and his able assistants, are to be heartily congratulated
upon the appearance of this beautiful and intensely interesting volume. The
subjects dealt with are the ‘‘ Endoskeleton,” ‘‘ Flexible Bonds of Union and
Support,” and ‘‘ Muscular and Allied Systems.” The entry of each preparation
bears a registration number, and in many cases a useful bibliographic reference ;
while in all cases the descriptions are wonderfully clear and concise. Very many of
the preparations are new, and as near perfection as possible. This work should be in
the hands of the Curator of every Natural History Museum in the country, it will at
least show so far as a catalogue can, what can be done to illustrate Animal and
Plant Structure, when the institution is guided and directed by a competent and
qualified chief, even if he does not possess the rare curatorial genius of Prof. Stewart.

The work is illustrated by fourteen plates, mostly coloured, and while very
beautiful, many fall a long way behind, so far as reproduction is concerned, those of
continental lithographers.

We eagerly look forward to the publication of other volumes.—W. E. C.

188 GENERAL REVIEWS.

A Monograph of Christmas Island (Indian Ocean): Physical Features and
Geology. By Charles W. Andrews, with descriptions of the Fauna and Flora
by numerous contributors, pp. xv+237, 21 pls., map, and figs. in text.
London: 1900. Published by order of the Trustees of the British Museum.

Christmas Island represents an area of about 43 square miles, and is situated about
190 miles from the nearest land, the intervening ocean attaining a depth of
over 3 miles. Its limited fauna, it would seem, has been derived from the Sunda
Archipelago, of which it probably once formed a part.

The account of the recent mollusca has been written by Mr. Edgar A. Smith,
who described 11 different forms from this island in 1888, 9 of which have been
collected by Mr. Andrews, besides single specimens of Opeas subula, Melampus
castaneus, and Assiminea andrewsiana, nn. spp. Seven of the 14 recorded species
are peculiar to this island, but ‘‘they belong to genera the species of which have no
very striking characters.” All the species are figured.

The fossil mollusca, from the reef-limestones, are described by Mr. R. Bullen
Newton. The identifications that have been possible would seem to indicate the
modern character of these shells.

The work is illustrated by 22 plates, many of which are coloured, a map, and
numerous figures in the text. All concerned in the production of this interesting
volume are to be congratulated.—W. E. C.

INDE LO VOLU MEA a

A.
PAGE
Abnormalities in the teeth of the
radula of land shells. 5
Acroptychiapyramidalis,n. sp,(fig.) 165
Agriolimax laevis. new variety. 21

Amalia sowerbii, Feér., v. Us
cens, N. var. . : a UY,
Amalia sowerbii, Be nigrocar i-
nata, n. var. 17,
Amalia sowerbii, Fér., v. plumb,
Mey VAL se ‘ a hy/

Anadenus dautzenbergi, n. sp. (fig.) 134
Anadenus sechucnensis, n. sp. (fig.) 78
Anatomy and Systematic position
of some recent additions to the
British Museum Collection of

Slugs. . 5 : : STE,
Anodonta cygnea, L. On some
malformed specimens of gO

Anodonta cygnea, L. On some
further malformed specimens of 177

Arion empiricorum, Fér., Dimen-
sions of some : : 10

Arion empiricorwm, Fér., var.
bocaget, Simr. : < a 1

1%,

Bloomer, H. H.—“‘ Literature on
the anatomy of the Solenidae.” 16
** Additional records to
the Mollusca of Carnarvonshire
and Merionethshire.” —. gI
—— ‘*On some malformed
specimens of Anodonta cygnea.
erm : : : : 5 BIS
—— ‘Notes on some further
malformed specimens of Ano-
donta cygnea, L.” 5 7
Breeden. G.—‘‘ On the dimensions
of some Arion empiricorum,
Berni 16
Buliminus (Petracus) somatiensis,

n. sp. (fig.) . 2 . ~~ 59

(Ce
: PAGE
Canary Islands. . Note on Helicoid
Land Shells from . 27,
Carnarvonshire. Additional re-
cords to the Mollusca of gI
Caroline Islands. The Land Shells
of : : . S LOX
Cassis booleyt, n. sp. (fig.) . ce hoy)
Cataulus greent, n. ae (fig. ) 5 2
Cataulus nietnert, G. & H. Nev.
Two new varieties of. = 35
Cataulus nietnert var. caperata, n.
Wena (ens) e ; OG
Cataulus nietneri var. unicolor, n
Var.) (os)ieee OO
Ceylon. New Land Shells from . 26

Ceylon. Varieties of Cataulus
nietneri, from c : ~ OG

Charopa kubaryi, n. sp. 4 LLO

Charopa ponapica, n. sp. - . I10

Charopa ualanensis (Pease)em. . 109
China. List of small collection of
Shells from . : 157
China. New species of Anadenus
from. 1347
Clausilia gralosa, n. sp. " (fig.) 166
Cockerell, ‘T. D. A.—‘‘ Note on the
Asiatic species of Philomycus.” 127

Collet, O.—‘‘* On two new varieties
oF Cataulus nietnert, G. & H.
Nev., from Ceylon.” 85
Collinge, Walter E. — “ Introduc-
WIIG I

ao “« Description of a new

species of Cry yptosoma, (C.
austent).” —. 22
“* Timax “variegatus,
Drap., var. rufescens, Mogq.,
in Warwickshire.” 16
—— “Slugs from North
Devon.” 16
—‘ Agriolimax laevis, new
variety.’ : =) 25

— ‘*QOn the occurrence in

190

INDEX.

PAGE

Treland of Arion empiricorum,
Fér., var. bocagei, Simr.”

—— ‘On the anatomy and
systematic position of some
recent additions to the British

Museum collection of Slugs.” 77
—— ‘Description of a new
Species | of <Anadenus from
China.” 133
—— “G. Sherriff Tye.” 146
—— ‘The genus Histiopsis,
Hoyle, preoccupied.” SLAY,
‘*On some large speci-
mens of Valvata piseinalis.” 170
—— ‘‘Description of a new
species of Veronicella from the
Fiji Islands.” : 179
—— ‘‘Note on the Gacotis
douvillei of de Morgan.” 179
—— and Partridge, F. ques
‘‘Note on some Slugs from
Teneriffe.” - : ? 38
Cooke, A. H.—‘‘In Memoriam:
M. H. Crosse.” : we
** Phasia nella iat ‘
**pullus 2?” 31
—— ‘‘Notes on the nomen-
clature of the British Nudi-
branchiata, with a. detailed
classification of the group.” 59
Corbicula sp. - 160
Corrigenda . 147
Crosse, M. H. : : ear:
Cryptoplax. On the occurrence
of — in South Africa. (fig.) 164
Cryptosoma austeni, n. sp. (fig.). 2
Cyathopoma innocens, n. sp. (fig.) 29
Cyclophorus binoyae, n. sp. (fig.) 29
Cyclophorus vescus, n. sp. (fig.) . 29
Di
Description of Acroptychia pyra-
midalis, n. sp. (fig.) 165
Description of Clausilia granulosa,
n. sp. from Peru. (fig.) 166
Description of a new species of
Cryptosoma. 2
Description of two new species of
Shells. . 162
Description of a new " species of
Veronicella from the Fiji
Islands. : : 179
Devon. Slugs from North . 16

E.

Editor’s Notes.

24. 48.70; 100,122:

[156.

PAGE

Ellis, H. Willoughby.—‘‘ Note on

Helix rufescens.” ; Seo
Endodonta (Thaumatodon) calli-

zona, n.sp. (fig.) : ; 11
Endodonta (Ptychodon) wrewera-

ensis, n. sp. (fig.) ; 5 Be
Ennea and Leptopoma. Note on

the species of : y E26
Ennea somaliensis, n. sp. (fig.) . 58
Eulota (Eulotella) mvicronesica,

n. sp. : 110

ine

Fiji Islands. Description of a new

species of Veronicella from 179
Flammutlina (Calymna) nigrescens,

nN. sp. . : - ; Oy,
Fowler, H. V.— ‘‘ Mollusca of

Grange-over-Sands, Lanca-

shire.” g 38

G.
Gacotis douvillei of de Morgan. 179

Note on the . :

Georissa rufula, n. sp. : Le
Grange-over-Sands, Lancashire.

Mollusca of . 38
Gude, G. K. — “ Species of Plee-

topylis recently described in

‘Science Gossip ’.” Wp Sih

—— ‘On the relative “claim

to priority of Papuina wieg-

manni and P. tuomensis.” 88

—— ‘*Notes on some speci-

mens of Plectopylis.” gI

—— ‘Note on Helicoid Land

Shells from the eee Is-

lands.” : ely

—— ‘Notes on the ‘genus

Sesara, Alb., with seccnvnees

of two new forms.” 139

—— ‘‘Description of a new

variety of Jsomeria subecas-

tanea, Pfr.” 144

H.
Hawaiian Islands. New aes

of Mitra from 67
Helicina (Sulfurina) car rolinar um,

D: Sp: SelZn
Helicoid Land Shells. Note on . 027
Helix (Epipragmophora) kelletti,

Forbes. Habitat of 87
Helix lapicida, L., mons. sinistror-

sum, Nov. ? : 180
Heliz rufescens. Note on 170

INDEX.

PAGE
Histiopsis, Hoyle, preoccupied.
The genus . : ayy,
Hyalinia. “glabra, Studer. Specific
position of : o8 25
Hygromia revelata. New locality
for 16
5
Idas. Note on the genus 169
Introduction. : - : aE
Ischnochiton. On a three valved
(fig. ) . 164
Isomeria subeastanea, "Pfr. New
variety of _ . 144
Isomeria subcastanea v. “kobeltiana,
n. var. (fig.) 145
K.
Kaliella colletti..n. sp. (fig.) 30
L.
Lagochilus oceultus, n. sp.. (fig.) . 28
Leptopoma. Notesonthespeciesof 26
Limax variegatus, Drp., var.
rufescens, Moq. . : 26
Lugunor (Mortlock). Land Shells
of 3 : : : a £25
M.
Mariannes. Land Shells of « 522
Marshall, J. T.— “‘On a British
species of Myrina, with a note
on the genus Jdas.” I7I
Melvill, J. Cosmo.—* Description
of a new species of Mitra (M.
baldwinii) from the Hawauan
Islands.” : : : s OF
Merionethshire. Additional re-
cords to the Mollusca of QI
Mitra baldwinii, n. sp. (fig.) . 67
Moellendorff, O. F. von.—‘‘ The
Land Shells of the Caroline
Islands.” : 101
Moss, W.— ‘‘The specific position
of the reputed British Hyalinia
glabra, Studer.” : Ses
Murex marcoensis, n. sp. (fig.) . 162
Myrina. Ona British species of . 167
Myrina simpsoni, n. sp. (figs.) . 168
Mytilus sp. : : . 160
N.
New Zealand. Malacological com-
munications from . 49

IgI

PAGE

New Zealand. Onsome— species

of Trophon 55
Nomenclature of the British Nudi-
branchiata. Notes on the 59
North Devon. Slugs from . 16
Nudibranchiata. Classification of
the : : : é =) 65
Nudibranchiata. Notes on the
nomenclature of the British 59
O.

Obituary. 48. 76. 100. 132. 146
Opeas pruinosum, n. sp. . 114
Be

Papuina wiegmannt and P.
tuomensis. On the relative
claim to priority of 8S

Partridge, F. ].— ‘* Helix lapicida,

LL mons. stnistrorsum, nov.?” 180
see also Collinge, W. E.

Partula rufa sub-sp. grandis, nov. II

Partula rufa sub-sp. montana, nov. 112

Paryphanta and Rhytida. On the
carnivorous genera - 49

Pelews. Land Shells of ~ 322

Peru. Description of Clausilia
granulosa, n. sp. from . . 166

Phasianella ‘‘ pulla” or *‘pullus”? 31

Philomyeus. Note on the Asiatic
species of . 127

Plectopylis achatina var. infrafas-
ciata, Gude. (fig.) 36

Plectopylis achaiina var. obesa,
Gude. (fig.) : 2338

Plectopylis achatina var. venusta,
Gude. (fig.) : = Sy,

Plectopylis blanda, Gude. (fiz. 5 “3%

Plectopylis leucochila, Gude. (fig.) 13

Plectopylis Uissochlamys Gude.
(fig.) . II

Plectopylis magna, Gude. (fig.) . 5 *9

Pleetopylis muspratti, Gude. (fig.) 7

Plectopylis perrierae, Gude. (fig.) 14

Plectonylis stenochlia var. basilia,
Gude. (fig. ) 9

Plectopylis trochospira var. bohol-
ensis, Gude. (fig.) - 34

Plectopytis. Notes on some speci-
mens of Z 2 OF

Ponape. Land Shells of 125

Proceedings of the Midland Mala-
cological Society 17. 39. 68. 91.

pl272 1487 Sk

Purpura scobina, Q. &
rutila, n. var.

Gis ow:

55

192

Q.

INDEX.

PAGE

Quadrasiella ammonitella, n. sp.
Rk,
Radula.

of :
Ruk (Hogolu).

Abnormalities in the teeth
ten Shells of
Ss

Scalaria. On Clessin’s new species
of — from New Zealand.
Sesara. Notes on the genus
Sesara harmeri, n. sp. (fig.)
Sesara harmeri, v. anodonta, n.

Were (0h@e)y 2 -
Slugs. Additions to British _Mu-
seum collection of
Slugs from North Devon.
Slugs. Note on some — from
Teneniffe.” - : :
Smith, Edgar A.— ‘“‘On some

Land Shells from Somaliland.”
‘¢ A list of a small col-
lection of shells from China.”’
Solenidae. Literature on the An-
tomy of the
Somaliland. Onsome Land ‘Shells
from ‘ : : 5
South Africa. On the occurrence
of Cryptoplax in : :
Sowerby, G. B.— ‘‘ Descriptions
of two new species of Shells:
Murex, marcoensis and Cassis
booleyi.” :
Subulina octona, Chemn.,
Gardens.

in Kew

Suter, Henry. — “ Malacological
communications from New
Zealand.”

Sykes, E. R. — “Notes on the

species of Ennea and Lepto-
poma recorded from Ceylon,
with descriptions of some
new Land Shells from that
island.” : : : :
—————— | SU DULLING | \OCLONa,
Chemn., in Kew Gardens.”

—— ‘‘Malacological Notes.”

119

26

OI
164

als

PAGE

Tebennophorus, Binn. c
Tebennophorus australis, Bergh,

80

(fig. ) 80
Tebennophorus bilineatus, “Bens.
Anatomy of . 3 : 5 (3
Tebennophorus bilineatus, Bens.
(fig.) . ; : ; . 80
Teneriffe. Note on some Pee from 38
Tornatellina ovatula, n. sp. La!
Tornatellina pusilla, n. sp. 114
Trochomorpha kuesteri sub - sp.
intermedia, nov. 105
Trochomorpha kuestert sub-sp.
transitans, Nov. . 104
Trophon ala (Phil.)v. pumila
n. var. 55
Trophon. On some New “Zealand
species of . 55
Tye. G. Sherriff. Obituary. 146
U.

Ualan, Land Shells of 5 1s
Unio sp. . 160
Vi

Valvata piscinalis, Large speci-
mens of é LYK)
Veronicella gilsoni, n. sp. .
Vertigo (Ptychochilus) ‘ponapica,
n. sp. : : : 5 nn
Vi WIpare Sp. ars
Vivipara auriculata, } Marts. " (fig. ) 159
Vivipara wingatei, n. sp. (fig.) . 158
W.
Warwickshire. Limax variegatus,
Drap., var. rufescens, Moq., in 16
Williamson, M. Burton.— ‘* Helia
( Epipragmophora) — kelletti,
Forbes, and its habitat.” 87
Woodward, B. B.— ‘‘ New local-
ity for Hygromia revelata.
We
Yap. Land Shells of . 3 15

Printed by RoBeRT Birpeck & Sons, 158, Great Charles Street, Birmingham.

No. 1. DECEMBER 2nd, 1898. Vol. VII.

THE

JOURNAL

MALACOLOGY

Established in 1890 as ‘The Conchologist, 2 Journal of Mialacologp.”

EDITED BY

Wi nee hear @ Ohi IN Geky BZ Se

PRESIDENT OF THE MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

WITH THE CO-OPERATION OF

Dr. JOSEF F. BABOR. Baws VICES, beac wbeZanon
THe Rey. A. H. COOK#, M.A., F.Z.S. W. M. WEBB, F.L.S.

CHARLES HEDLEY, F.L.S. B. B. WOODWARD, F.G.S., F.R.M.S.
Contents. PAGE

Introduction ar Ae we te ue si <3 : 3 W.E.C. I
Description of a new Species of Cryptosoma (C. austeni) nBe Wake E. Collinge, F.Z.S. 2
In Memoriam: M. H. Crosse AE me .. By the Rev. A. H. Cooke, M.A., F.Z.S. 4
Species of Plectopylts recently described in ‘Science Gossip” .. By G. K. Gude, F.Z.S. 7
Notes—Literature on the Anatomy of the Solenide ae .. By H. Howard Bloomer. 16
On the Dimensions of some Arion empiricorum, Fé. .. .. By Guy Breeden. 16

New Locality for Hygromia revelata Ee AF By B. B. Woodward, F.G.S. 16

Limax variegatus, Drap., var. rufescens, Mogq., in Warwickshire

; By Walter E. Collinge, F.Z.S. 16

Slugs from North Devon Ae Ae .- By Walter E. Collinge, F.Z.S. 16
Proceedings of the Midland Malacological ace ata Ae as ae ne a2 pi 17
Current Literature .. ac as aa 3c 3e ae Pe AG ac a6 Se 19

Editor’s Notes.

‘*The Journal of Malacology ” is issued to Subscribers only. The Prepaid Annual
Subscription is 6s.

LONDON Jee oe Messrs. DULAU & CO., 37, SOHO SQUARE.
BERLIN ... Messrs. R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN, CARLSTRASSE II.

All communications should be addressed—

W. E. COLLINGE, MASON UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, BIRMINGHAM, ENGLAND.

PRINTED BY ROBERT BirBEcK & SONS, 313, BROAD STREET, BIRMINGHAM.

ADVERTISEMENTS will be inserted at the rate of 5s. per inch for
each insertion. A discount of 25 % if booked for the year. All
charges must be paid in advance.

Reprints.—Authors desiring additional copies of their papers, may have the same
on payment of printer’s charges, if ordered on return of proof.

A Monograph of the Slugs of the British Isles (In preparation).
It is intended in this work to give a full and exhaustive account of the Natural
History of the Slugs of the British Isles, together with figures and full descriptions
of all the known species and varieties. Special attention will be given to the
anatomy and variation.
Specimens of any British species or varieties will be gratefully acknowledged.
All communications should be addressed to—

W. E. COLLINGE, Mason UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, BIRMINGHAM.

Living Specimens for the Microscope.

Volvox, Spirogyra, Desmids, Diatoms, Amoeba, Arcella, Actinospheerium,
Vorticella, Stentor, Hydra, Floscularia, Stephanoceros, Melicerta, and many other
Specimens of Pond Life. Price 1/- per Tube, Post Free. Helix pomatia, Astacus,
Amphioxus, Rana, Anodon, &c., for Dissection purposes.

THOMAS BOLTON, 25, BALSALL HEATH ROAD, BIRMINGHAM.

SHELLS—LAND, FRESHWATER, & MARINE.
LARGE AND RICH COLLECTIONS FROM ALL PARTS OF THE
WORLD ALWAYS ON HAND.

Catalogue No. V, Free on application.

H. FRUHSTORFER, THURM STRASSE 37, BERLIN, N.W.

W. HARRIS, 176, Bristol Street, Birmingham,

HORTICULTURAL BUILDER, CABINET MAKER, &c.
Contractor for Fittings and Joinery Work to Mason University College and the *
Queen’s Faculty of Medicine.
Estimates given for every description of Woodwork, Cabinet Making,
House Carpentry, &c. Repairs promptly attended to.

Museum Humfredianum. — The undersigned would be glad to
exchange for or purchase a copy of the ‘‘ Museum Humfredianum,” being ‘‘a
catalogue of the large and valuable museum of Mr. George Humphrey, con-
taining many thousand curious subjects (including shells) on Natural History.”
8vo, London, 1779. (This is possibly a sale catalogue.)

W. M. WEBB, F:L.S., 2, THE BROADWAY, HAMMERSMITH, LONDON, W.

THE MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY.

Founded by the late Geo. W. Tryon, Jun., continued under the care of the
Conchological Section. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, by
Henry A. Pilsbry, Conservator.

The Manual of Conchology is a fully illustrated monography of recent
molluscs. Issued in octavo form, in quarterly parts. Each part comprises 64
(or more) pages of letterpress, and 15 to 20 plates.

Two series are now in progress: the First Series, Marine Univalves, of
which sixteen volumes have appeared finishing the series as planned by its
illustrious founder. A supplemental volume to this series will be issued this
year, to contain the Dentaliidae. Of the Srconp SERIES, Terrestrial
Molluscs, ten volumes have been published, completing HELIx with Index,
A few copies of Vol. IX. of this series, ‘‘GUIDE TO THE STUDY OF HELICES,”
will be sold separately at the regular subscription price. Separate copies of
the Index, suitable for the purposes of a Catalogue or Check list, can also be
had at $1.00 each.

The Monography of the Bulimi is being continued.

The illustrations of the Manual have received high commendation, and are
fully equal to the best figures of shells published.

Prices :—Plain (uncoloured) edition, $3:00 per part. Coloured edition, $5*00
per part. Fine edition (both coloured and India-tinted plates) $8°oo per part.

Structural and Systematie Conechology, by Gro. W. Tryon, Jun.

A COMPLETE CONCHOLOGICAL TEXT Book of 1,200 pages, 140 plates and
over 3,500 figures of Genera, Anatomy, &c. Three volumes bound in one.
Cloth. Price $6'oo.

For further information or descriptive circular, with sample plates of Manual,
address :—

S. RAYMOND ROBERTS, Treasurer.
P. O. Address GLEN RIDGE, NEW JERSEY, U.S.A.

JUST COMPLETED TO DATE.
THE JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY.

Established in @8g0 as ‘‘ The Conchologist, a Journal of Malacology.”

Containing Contributions by all the leading Authorities
of the Day, edited by Walter E. Collinge and Wilfred Mark Webb,
with the assistance in special departments of Rev. A. H. Cooke, F.Z.S.,
King’s College, Cambridge ; Walter Garstang, F.Z.S.; Charles Hedley ;
R. F. Scharff, Ph.D., B.Sc., Keeper of the Museum of Science and
Art, Dublin; E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.Z.S., Weymouth ; Lieut.-Col. H. H.
Godwin-Austen; S. Pace and B. B. Woodward, F.G.S., F.R.M.S. ;
complete from commencement in March 1891 to December 1897,
illustrated, 6 vols, 8vo.
Will be sent free on receipt of remittance for 30s.

JOHN GRANT, Bookseller, 31, George IV Bridge, Edinburgh.

THE IRISH NATURALIST,

A MONTHLY JOURNAL OF GENERAL IRISH NATURAL HISTORY.
BOTANY ZOOLOGY GEOLOGY
EDITED BY GEO. H. CARPENTER, B.Sc., anp R. LLOYD PRAEGER, B.A.

THIS MAGAZINE should be in the hands of all NATURALISTs interested in
the distribution of animals and plants over the British Islands.

6d. Monthly. Annual Subseription (Post free) 5s.
DUBLIN; EASON & SON, 40, Lower Sackville Street,

To WHICH ADDRESS SUBSCRIPTIONS SHOULD BE SENT.

LONDON: SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT & CO.

JUST PUBLISHED.—My large Catalogue of
EUROPEAN-PALAEARCTIC LAND SHELLS.

LARGE STOCK OF EXOTIC LAND SHELLS, ALSO OF
Marine Sbells (Univalves and Bivalves), amongst which are many rare species.

All correctly determined.

HERMANN ROLLE, Naturhistorisches Institut,
Elsasser-Strasse 47-48, Berlin, N.

$Fmportant Reduction of Price.
2 volumes (7 parts with 2 Supplements) 2061 pages,
Royal Octavo, 1886-1890.

DR. C. A. WESTERLUND'S
FAUNA OF THE PALAEARCTIC LAND AND FRESH-WATER MOLLUSCA,
(IN GERMAN LANGUAGE).

Reduced in Price from £3. 9s. od. to £2. Is. od. post free.
After the sale of a limited number of copies the original price will again be charged.

R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN, BERLIN, N.W.

Wanted well preserved specimens (in alcohol) of the following genera of
Molluscs :—Africarion, G.-A., Apera, Heyn., Austenia, G.-A., Damayantia, Issel,
Girasia, Gray, Helicarion, Fér, Ibycus, Heyn., Microparmarion, Simr., Mariaelia,
Gray, Paryphanta, Albers, Parmarion, Fisch., Parmacochlea, E. A. Sm., Parmella,
H. Ad., Tennentia, Humb., Tebennophorus, Binn., Velifera,, W. G. Binn. Full
particulars stating names of species, number of specimens, price or desiderata, should

be addressed to W. E. CoLLINGE, Mason University College, Birmingham,

THE LARGEST AND FINEST STOCK OF SHELLS IN THE WORLD.

Messrs. Sowerby & Fulton invite collectors to write for their
new lists of Mollusca, which contain thousands of species

representing nearly all the genera.
TO CURATORS OF MUSEUMS.

We invite you to apply for estimate for any collections of Mollusca
you may be wanting. We can supply such at lowest cost.

Exchange or Purchase for Species not in Stock.

GLASS-TOPPED BOXES, CARD TRAYS, &c.

Books: Fllustrated Fnder of British Shells; Thesaurus
Concbyliorum, &c.

SOWERBY & FULTON,

121, FULHAM ROAD, LONDON, S.W., ENGLAND.

No. 2. MAY ist, 1899. Vol. VII.

THE

JOURNAL

MALACOLOGY

Established in 1890 as ‘The Conchologist, a Journal of Malacology.”

EDITED BY

“nds: 6 en ham DIALS comets Syme (8, A Ue Be lak Ga CN GIy st
PRESIDENT OF THE MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
WITH THE CO-OPERATION OF
Dr. JOSEF F. BABOR. E. R. SYKES, B.A., F.Z.S.
Tue Rev. A. H. COOKE, M.A., F.Z.S. W. M. WEBB, F.L.S.
CHARLES HEDLEY, F.L.S. B. B. WOODWARD, F.G.S., F.R.M.S.

Contents, PAGE
The Specific position of the reputed British Hyadinia glabra, Studer. By W. Moss, F.C.A. 25
Notes on the species of Zxnea and Leptofoma recorded from Ceylon, etc.

By E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.Z.S. 26
Phasianella “‘ pulla” or ““pullus” .. 40 .. By the Rev. A. H. Cooke, M.A., F.Z.S. 31
On the Occurrence in Ireland of Avion empiricorum, Fér., var. bocagez, Simr.
? By Walter E. Collinge, F.Z.S. 33

Species of Plectopylis recently described in ‘‘Science Gossip” .. By G. K. Gude, F.Z.S. 34

Notes—Mollusca of Grange-over-Sands oe ae Bt .. By H. V. Fowler, M.A. 38
Note on some Slugs from Teneriffe .. ac .. By Walter E. Collinge, F.Z.S.,

and F. J. Partridge. 38

Proceedings of the Midland Malacological Society .. 5 39

Current Literature :—Reviews by E. R. Sykes, B.A. ; Deefesee ie Joubin: Protea W. nm
Hardman, D.Sc., F.R.S. ; Walter E. Collinge, F.Z.S.; Brockton Tomlin, B.A. ac 40
Editor’s Notes.

**The Journal of Malacology ” is issued to Subscribers only. The Prepaid Annual
Subscription is 6s.

LONDON oe s6e Messrs. DULAU & CO., 37, SOHO SQUARE.
BERLIN ... Messrs. R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN, CARLSTRASSE II.

All communications should be addressed—

W. E. COLLINGE, MASON UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, BIRMINGHAM, ENGLAND.

PRINTED BY ROBERT BiRBECK & SONS, 313, BROAD STREET, BIRMINGHAM.

ADVERTISEMENTS will be inserted at the rate of ss. per inch for
each insertion. A discount of 25 % if booked for the year. All
charges must be paid in advance.

Reprints.—Authors desiring additional copies of their papers, may have the same
on payment of printer’s charges, if ordered on return of proof.

FOR SALE:
A COLLECTION OF MOLLUSCS IN ALCOHOL.

A Collector, who is shortly leaving England, wishes to part with
that portion of his Collection preserved in Alcohol, which comprises
very fine specimens of various species of the following genera of
Molluscs :—

Arion, Amalia, Geomalacus, Macrochlamys, Helicarion, Omalonyz,
Janella, Parmarion, Urocyclus, Vitrina, Veronicella, Testacella, Limaz,
Agriolimax, Plectopylis, Helix, Limnea, Vivipara, Archidoris, Dendro-
notus, etc., in all about 120 Specimens.

Price £5. 5s. Od.
Address ‘‘ MALACOLOGIST,” c/o the Editor of this Journal.

Museum Humfredianum. — The undersigned would be glad to
exchange for or purchase a copy of the ‘‘ Museum Humfredianum,” being ‘‘a
catalogue of the large and valuable museum of Mr. George Humphrey, con-
taining many thousand curious subjects (including shells) on Natural History.”
8vo, London, 1779. (This is possibly a sale catalogue. )

W. M. WEBB, F.L.S., 2, THE BROADWAY, HAMMERSMITH, LONDON, W.

THE MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY.

Founded by the late Geo. W. Tryon, Jun., continued under the care of the
Conchological Section. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, by
Henry A. Pilsbry, Conservator.

The Manual of Conchology is a fully illustrated monography of recent
molluscs. Issued in octavo form, in quarterly parts. Each part comprises 64
(or more) pages of letterpress, and 15 to 20 plates.

Two series are now in progress: the First SERIES, Marine Univalves, of
which sixteen volumes have appeared finishing the series as planned by its
illustrious founder. A supplemental volume to this series will be issued this
year, to contain the Dentaliidae. Of the Srconp Serius, Terrestrial
Molluscs, ten volumes have been published, completing HeELIx with Index,
A few copies of Vol. IX. of this series, ‘‘GUIDE TO THE STUDY OF HELICES,”
will be sold separately at the regular subscription price. Separate copies of
the Index, suitable for the purposes of a Catalogue or Check list, can also be
had at $1.00 each.

The Monography of the Bulimi is being continued.

The illustrations of the Manual have received high commendation, and are
fully equal to the best figures of shells published.

Prices :—Plain (uncoloured) edition, $3:00 per part. Coloured edition, $5’00
per part. Fine edition (both coloured and India-tinted plates) $8‘oo per part.

Structural and Systematie Conechology, by Gro. W. Tryon, Jun.

A CoMPLETE CoNCHOLOGICAL TEXT Book of 1,200 pages, 140 plates and
over 3,500 figures of Genera, Anatomy, &c. Three volumes bound in one.
Cloth. Price $600.

For further information or descriptive circular, with sample plates of Manual,
address :—

S. RAYMOND ROBERTS, Treasurer.
P. O. Address GLEN RIDGE, NEW JERSEY, U.S.A.

JUST COMPLETED TO DATE.
THE JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY.

Established in 1890 as ‘*‘ The Conchologist, a Journal of Malacology.”

Containing Contributions by all the leading Authorities
of the Day, edited by Walter E. Collinge and Wilfred Mark Webb,
with the assistance in special departments of Rev. A. H. Cooke, F.Z.S.,
King’s College, Cambridge ; Walter Garstang, F.Z.S.; Charles Hedley ;
R. F. Scharff, Ph.D., B.Sc., Keeper of the Museum of Science and
Art, Dublin; E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.Z.S., Weymouth ; Lieut.-Col. H. H.
Godwin-Austen; S. Pace and B. B. Woodward, F.G.S., F.R.M.S. ;
complete from commencement in March 1891 to December 1897,
illustrated, 6 vols, 8vo.
Will be sent free on receipt of remittance for 30s.

JOHN GRANT, Bookseller, 31, George IV Bridge, Edinburgh.

THE JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY.

Vol. IX, No. 6, April, 1899.

PRINCIPAL CONTENTS:
Additions to British Conchology. J. T. Marshall.
Corrosion of Shells in Cabinets. L. St. G. Byne.
Land and Freshwater Mollusca of Somersetshire. E. W. Swanton.
Proceedings of the Conchological Society. Bibliography.
ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, 5s.

Hon. Secretary, W. E. HOYLE, M.A., The Owens College,
Manehester.

THE LARGEST AND FINEST STOCK OF SHELLS IN THE WORLD.

Messrs. Sowerby & Fulton invite collectors to write for their
new lists of Mollusca, which contain thousands of species
representing nearly all the genera.

TO CURATORS OF MUSEUMS.
We invite you to apply for estimate for any collections of Mollusca

you may be wanting.

We can supply such at lowest cost.

Exchange or Purehase for Species not in Stock.

GLASS-TOPPED BOXES, CARD TRAYS, &c.
Hooks: Fllustrated Fndexr of British Shells; Thesaurus

Concbyliorum, &c.

SOWERBY & FULTON,
15, STATION PARADE, KEW GARDENS STATION,
LONDON, W., ENGLAND.

WANTED well preserved Specimens (in alcohol) of the following

genera of Molluses :—

Africarion, G.-A.
Anadenus, Heyn.
Apera, Heyn.
Ariolimax, Morch.
Aspidelus, Morel.
Austenia, G.-A.
Aerope, Albers.
Ariunculus, Less.
Binneya, J. G. Coop.
Cystopelta, Tate.
Collingea, Simr.
Cryptostracon, W.G.B.
Damayantia, Issel.
Daudebardia, Htm.
Estria, Poirier.
Eumilax, Bttgr.
Girasia, Gray.
Geomalacus, Allm.

Helicarion, Fér.
Hyalimax, H. & A. Ad.
Hesperarion, Simr.
Hemphillia, Bld. & B.
Ibycus, Heyn.

Janella, Gray.
Letourneuxia, Bet.
Lithotis, Blandf.
Lytopelte, Bttgr.
Microparmarion, Simr.
Mariaella, Gray.
Neojanella, CkIl.
Omalonyx, d’Orb.
Oopelta, Morch.
Otoconcha, Huttm.
Parmacochlea, E. A. Sm.
Parmarion, Fisch.
Parmacella, Cuv.

Parmella, H. Ad.
Paryphanta, Albers.
Peltella, \WWebb. & Van B.
Plutonia, Stab.
Prophysaon, Bld. & B.
Pseudomilax, Bttgr.
Rhytida, Albers.
Schizoglossa, Hedley.
Selenochlamys, Bttgr.
Tebennophorus, Binn.
Trichotoxon, Simr.
Trigonochlamys, Bttgr.
Testacella, Cuv.
Urocyclus, Gray
Velifera, W. G. Binn.
Veronicella, Blaim.
Vitrinopsis, Semp.
Zonites, Montf.

Full particulars stating names of species, number of specimens, price or deside-
rata, should be addressed to W. E. COLLINGE, Mason University College, Birming-

ham.

Books AND PAPERS

ON

MOLLUSGA AND MOLLUSCOIDA.

OFFERED FOR SALE AT NETT PRICES

BY

DULAU & CO.,

37, SOHO SQUARE, LONDON, W.

ABERCROMBIE (A.). Common Marine Shells of the Bombay Shore. 1893.

Part I. 8vo. Plate. Is. 6d.
ABRAHAM (P. 8.). Notes on some Genera of Nudibranchiate Mollusca. London,
1876. 8vo. Two plates. Is. 6d.
Revision of the Anthobranchiate Nudibranchiate Mollusca. London, 1877.

8vo. Four plates. 3.
ADAMS (A.). Acephalous Mollusca from the Sea of Japan. 1862. 8vo. cd.
Additional new Pyramidellidze from Japan. 1861. 8vo. Is.

—— Animals of certain Mollusca. 1860. 8vo. 6d.
——— Cylichnidz, Bullidze, and Philinidze from China and Japan. 1862. 8vo. od.
—w— Mollusca Japonica. 1860. $8vo. od.

—w— New Genera and Species of Mollusca from Japan. 1860. Two parts. 8vo.
25.

——— New Mollusca from China and Japan. 1861. ‘Two parts. 8vo. Is. 6d.
—w— New Mollusca from Japan. 1862. 8vo. 6c.
—— New Pelagic Mollusca. Japanese Scalidze. 1861. 8vo. od.
On Alcyeus. New Pyramidellidze from the North of China, 1861. 8vo. 15.
ADAMS (C. B.). Monograph of S/oastoma. Amherst, 1849. 4to. Is. 6d,
Monograph of V’ctrznella. Amherst, 1850. 4to. Is. 6d.
ADAMS (H.). Two New Shells in the collection of G. F. Angas, ete. 1865. 8vo.
Coloured plate. Ly.
ADAMS (L.). Pairing of Lzmax maximus. 1898. 8vo, Plate. 1s.
ADAMS & CHASTER. Mollusca of Ballycastle and Rathlin. 1897. 8vo. od.
ADAMS & DAVIDSON. Geology of the Maltese Islands. 1864. 8vo. Plate
(Brachiopoda). Ty.
ADAMS & REEVE. The Mollusca of the Voyage of H.M.S. Samarvang. London,
1848-so. ‘Three parts. 4to. Twenty-four coloured plates. LAL Los
——— ——— Part I separately, containing the Anatomy of SfzruZa, by Prof. Owen.
Nine coloured plates. 5y.
ADCOCK (D. J.). | List of Aquatic Mollusca inhabiting South Australia. Adelaide,
1893. 8vo. gd.
ADLER (C. F.). Dissertatio de Noctilucaé Marina, preside Linnzeo. 1787. 8vo.
Plate. 1s,

DULAU & CO., 37, SOHO SQUARE, LONDON, W.

AGASSIZ (A.). Catalogue of North American Acalephee. Cambridge, 1865. 4to.
Illustrated. ; IOS.
——— Description of Salpa Cabotti Desor. Boston, 1866. 8vo. Two plates. 15.
AGASSIZ (L.). Etudes Critiques sur les Mollusques Fossiles. Monographie des
Trigonies et des Myes. Neuchatel, 1840-5. 4to. One hundred and five plates.
Half-calf. £2 25.
—— —— Liv. I. Trigonia. 1840. 4to. Eleven plates. Half-bound. 6s.
— Livr. III. Cercomya, Homomya, Arcomya, Platymya, etc. 4to.
Twenty-seven plates. 5S.
——— Iconographie des Coquilles Tertiaires. Neuchatel, 1845. 4to. Plates. tos.

ALBERS (J. C.). Die Heliceen, nach natiirlicher Verwandtschaft systematisch

geordnet. Berlin, 1850. 8vo. 45. 6d.
—— — Zweite Autlage besorgt von Martens. Berlin, 1860. 8vo. Half-
bound. 65.

—- Malacographia Maderensis sive enumeratio Molluscorum quz in insulis
Maderz et Portus Sanctus aut viva exstant aut fossilia reper. Berolini, 1854.

4to. Seventeen coloured plates. Boards. 12s. 6d.
ALCOCK (T.). On the Tongues of Mollusca. 1862. 8vo. Four plates. 25.
ALDER (J.). New British Polyzoa. 8vo. Four plates. 2s.
— Observations on the British Tunicata. 1863. 8vo. Plate. Is. 3d.
— On the Animal of Kellia rubra. 1849. 8vo. 6d.
On the Branchial Currents of the Bivalve Mollusca. 1849. 8vo. 6d.

On the Genus Polycera. 8vo. Plate. 6d.

—— On Montacuta ferruginosa. 8vo. Plate. 6d.
Polyzoa from Northumberland, 1857. 8vo. ‘Two plates. uss
ALDER & HANCOCK. | Description of a New Genus of Nudibranchiate Mollusca.
1844. 8vo. Plate. 1g

A Monograph of the British Nudibranchiate Mollusca, with Figures of all the
Species. London, 1845-55. Seven parts. Small folio. Coloured plates. £4 4s.

Notice of a Collection of Nudibranchiate Mollusca made in India by

W. Exvxior. London, 1865. 4to. Six coloured plates. Qs.
New and Rare British Naked Mollusca. 1846. 8vo. Plate. Is.

Ona British Calliopea. 1843. 8vo. 6d.

On the Genus Zolidina. 1844. 8vo. 6d.

On a New Nudibranchiate Mollusk. 1845. 8vo. 6d.

—— Ona Proposed New Order of Gasteropodous Mollusca. 1848. 8vo. Two
plates. 25.
ALDRICH (T.). Land and Fresh-water Shells from Sumatra. 1898. 8vo. se
6d.

ALLMAN (G. J.). Anatomy of Act@on. 1845. 8vo. Three plates. 1s. 6d.
— A Monograph of the Fresh-water Polyzoa. London, 1856. Folio. Coloured
plates. £2 125. 6d.

On Fresh-water Polyzoa. 1850. 8vo. Is. 6d.

——— Recent Progress in our Knowledge of the Phylactolamatous Polyzoa. ie
8vo. gd.

——— Recent Additions to our Knowledge of the Marine Polyzoa. 1879. 8vo. 6d.
ALTH (A.). Wapien Nizniowski i jego skamieliny Krakowie. 1881. 4to. Twelve

plates of Fossil Mollusca. 55. -
ANCEY (C.F). Etude Monographique sur le genre Pyrgulopsis. 1888. ye
Is. 6d.
——— Mollusques terrestres nouveaux d’Océanie. 1889. 8vo. od.
—w New Land-shells from New Guinea. 1895. 8vo. Plate. TS,
Nouvelles Contributions Malacologiques. X-XIV. 1890. 8vo. Is. 3d.
——— Une Excursion Malacologique sur le versant Atlantique du Honduras. 1866.
8vo. IS.
ANDREAE. Zur Molluskenfauna der Siid-Alpen. 1883. 8vo. Ts
ANGAS (G. F.). Descriptions of Nine New Shells. 1878. 8vo. Plate. 6d.
——— On South Australian Mollusca. On New Marine Shells from Port Darwin.
1880. 8vo. Plate. od.

DULAU & CO., 37, SOHO SQUARE, LONDON, W.

ANGAS (G. F.). Marine Molluscan Fauna of South Australia. 1865. Two parts.

8vo. 2s. 6d.
—wW On New Bivalve Shells. 1878. 8vo. Plate. gd.
On Shells from Madagascar and Japan. 1877. 8vo. Coloured plate. Tay,

Seven New Species of Land-shells from Costa Rica. 1878. 8vo. Plate. 9d.

—-—wW Three Marine Shells from Port Darwin. 1880. 8vo. Plate. od.
ANNALES DE LA SOCIETE MALACOLOGIQUE DE BELGIQUE. _ Bruxelles,
1863-82. Seventeen vols. 8vo. L8.

ANNALES DU MUSEUM D'HISTOIRE NATURELLE DE LA BELGIQUE.
Bruxelles. Folio.

Tome II. Faune du Calcaire Carbonifére de la Belgique. Premiere partie,
Poissons et Genre Nautile, par KONINCK. With thirty-one plates.

ou nos:
III. Conchyliologie des Terrains Tertiaires de la Belgique, par NysvT.
Premiere partie, planches, Terrain Pliocene Scaldisien, meus.

V. Faune du Calcaire Carbonifére de la Belgique. Deuxieme partie,
Gyroceras, Cyrtoceras, Gonphoceras, pat KONINCK. With nineteen

plates. phe ey

VI. Faune du Calcaire Carbonifére. Troisieme partie, Gastéropodes.

With twenty-one plates. Al Ios.

ANTHONY (J. G.). Description of New Fluviatile Shells of the Genus M/elanza.
New York, 1854. 8vo. 25.
New American Fluviatile Gasteropoda. 1860, 8vo. Oe
ANTON (H. E.). Verzeichniss der Konchylien, welche sich in seiner Sammlung
befinden. Halle, 1839. 4to. Boards. 2s. 6d.
APGAR (A. C.). Mollusks of the Atlantic Coast of the United States south to Cape
Hatteras. Trenton, 1891. 8vo. 25.
APPELLOF (A.). Japanska Cephalopoder. Stockholm, 1886. 4to. Text only.
1s. 6d,

APPENDICE al Catalogo delle Conchiglie viventi componenti la Collezione Ragacci.
Roma, 1881. 4to. 35.
ARADAS E BENOIT. Conchigliologia vivente Marina della Sicilia e delle isole che
la circondano. Catania, 1870. 4to. Five plates. 18s.
ARBANASICH (P.). La Enumerazione dei Molluschi della Sardegna. 1895. 8vo.
IS.

ARCHER (F.). Supplementary Report on the Testaceous Mollusca of Liverpool
Bay. 1892. 8vo. IS.
ARCHIAC (VTE. dD’). Rapport sur les Fossiles du Tourtia. Paris, 1847. 4to.
Thirteen plates (chiefly Mollusca). 10s. 6d.
ARMSTRONG & THOMSON. Carboniferous Brachiopoda from Clydesdale. 1865.
8vo. Two plates. Teen ie
ARNDT (C.). Die Mollusken der Umgegend von Gnoien. 1857. 8vo. od.
ARNOLD (C.). Die Mollusken Liibecks. 1882. 8vo. ri
AUCAPITAINE. Observations sur les Mollusques perforants. 1854. 8vo. gd.
AUGHEY (S.). Catalogue of Nebraska Shells. 1876. 8vo. 6d.
BABOR (J.). | Bedeutung des Semper'schen Organes der Stylommatophoren. Prag,
1895. 8vo. ‘Two plates. Is. 6d.
Centralnervensystetn von Dre/ssenza. Prag, 1895. 8vo. IS.

On Avion citrinus. 1894. 8vo. Plate. 6d.
BABUCHIN. Netzhaut einiger Lungenschnecken. 1865. 8vo. Plate. Ts.
BAER (K. E.). Ueber ein neues Project, Austern-Banke an der Russischen Ostsee-
Kiiste anzulegen. 1861. Twoparts. 4to. Plate. Is. 6d.

BAILY (W. H.). Fossil Invertebrata from the Crimea. 1858. 8vo. Three plates.

Cay,

—w— On Fossil Chitonidz.. 1860. 8vo. ad.
BAKER (H.). Of the Sea Polypus. 1807. 4to. Plate. od.
BALDASSINI (F.). Sulla emissione di un Liquido colorante per parte dei Molluschi,

Torino, 1842. 4to. Is. 6d.
BARDIN (L.). Pectenidées du Miocene de ]'Anjou. 1852. 8vo. Pilate. Is.

DULAU & CO., 37, SOHO SQUARE, LONDON, W.

BARRANDE (J.). Acéphales ; études locales et comparatives extraits du Systeme

silurien du centre de la Bohéme. Prague, 1881. 8vo. With ten plates. 5.
—_—— Brachiopodes ; études locales extraites du Systéme silurien du centre de la
Bohéme. Prague, 1879. 8vo. Plates. 35.
-——— Céphalopodes; études générales extraites du Systéme silurien du centre de la
Bohéme. Prague, 1877. 8vo. 2s. 6d.
—_—— Céphalopodes siluriens de laeBohéme. Introduction. Prague, 1867. 8vo.
Is. 6d.

Céphalopodes siluriens de la Bohéme. Groupement des Orthocéres. Prague,

1868. 8vo. 25.
——— Distribution des Céphalopodes dans les Contrées siluriennes. Prague, 1870.
8vo. 35.

Ptéropodes siluriens d2 la Bohéme. Introduction. Prague, 1867. 8vo. 1s.
-—— Réapparition du genre Arethusina. Faune silurienne des environs de Hof.
1868. 8vo. Plates. Is. 6d.
— Faune silurienne des environs de Hof. Distribution des Céphalopodes.
Description de la colonie d’Archiac, etc. Trilobites, Crustacés, et Poissons des
Dépots siluriens. Prague. 8vo. Half-calf. 125. 6d.
—— Le Remplissage organique du Siphon dans certains Céphalopodes Paléozoiques.
Paris, 1855. 8vo. Two plates. 25.
——— Troncature normale, ou périodique de la Coquille dans certains Céphalopodes
Paléozoiques. Paris, 1860. 8vo. Plate. Is. 6d,
SYSTEME SILURIEN DU CENTRE DE LA BOHEME. Prague,
1852-82. 4to, bound.

Vol. I. TRILOBITES. Two parts, with 51 plates. £8.

I. SUPPLEMENT. Two parts, with 35 plates. 44-

Il. CEPHALOPODES. Eleven parts, with 544 plates. ast.

Ill. PTEROPODES. With 16 plates. Les.

V. BRACHIOPODES. Two parts, with 153 plates. £6.

VI. ACEPHALES. Four parts, with 361 plates. Bikes

VII. I. CYSTIDEES. Plates. £2 2s.
SUPPLEMENT. Graptolites, par J. PERNER. Parts I and II.

Eight plates. ZAM LOS.

BARROIS (C.). Mémoire sur la Faune du Grés Americain. Lille, 1891. 8vo.
Five plates (chiefly Mollusca). gs

La Zone a Belemnites plenus. 1875. 8vo. 1S.
BARROIS (J.).. Mémoire sur les Métamorphoses des Bryozoaires. Paris, 1880.
8vo. Four plates. 45. 6d.
BARROIS (TuH.). Les Glandes du Pied et les Pores aquiféres chez les Lamelli-
branches. Lille, 1885. 4to. Ten plates. Qs.
Recherches sur l'Embryologie des Bryozoaires. Lille, 1887. 4to. With
sixteen plates. 165.

- Half-morocco. pies
BARROIS ET GUERNE. Espéces nouvelles de la Craie de l'Est du Bassin de
Paris. Lille, 1878. 8vo. ‘Three plates. Is. 6d.
BARRY (M.). Penetration of a remarkable Body into the Ovum of the Fresh-water
Mussel. 8vo. 6d.
BATESON (W.). On some Variations of Cardiuwm edule apparently correlated to
the conditions of Life. 1889. 4to. Plate. 35.
BATHER (F. A.). Cephalopod Beginnings. 1894. 8vo. IS.
Growth of Cephalopod Shells. 1887. 8vo. 6d.
Professor Blake and Shell-growth in Cephalopoda. 1888. 8vo. 6d.
Shell-growth in Cephalopoda. 1888. 8vo. od.
BAUDON (A.). Catalogue des Mollusques du Dépt. de l’Oise. Beauvais, 1853.
Svo. 1s. 6d.
Deuxiéme Supplément 4 la Monographie des Succinées frangaises. 1879.

8vo. Coloured plate. Is.
BAUMHAUER (E. H.). Sur Je Taret et les moyens de préserver le bois de ses
dégats. 1866. 8vo. Four plates. 2s. 6d.

BAYLE (E.). Sur la Structure des Coquilles du genre A7ppurites. 1855. 8vo. gd.

DULAU & CO., 37, SOHO SQUARE, LONDON, W.

- PELE

JOURNAL

OF

MALACOLOGY

Established m 1890 as ‘The Conchologist, a Journal of Malacology.”
EDITED BY
Ver ER Ey COPEINGE .—-F. Z. Se
PRESIDENT OF THE MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCcIETY.

WITH THE CO-OPERATION OF

Dr. JOSEF F. BABOR. B Re SViIKES, BsA.; -BtZas:
iim Rev. A; He-COOKE, M.A‘, FiZ.S:; We IMO WEBB. Eeluss:
CHARLES-HEDILEY,,. E.L.S: B. B. WOODWARD, F.G.S., F.R.M.S.
Contents, PAGE
Malacological Communications from New Zealand. 46 Be ar By Henry Suter. 49
On some Land Shells from Somaliland. Sc oc 8 By Edgar A. Smith, F.Z.S. 57
Notes on the Nomenclature of the British Nudibranchiata.
By the Rey. A. H. Cooke, M.A., F.Z.S. 59
Description of a new species of Mitra (M. baldwinii) from the Hawaiian Islands.
By James Cosmo Melvill, M.A., F.L.S. 67
Proceedings of the Midland Malacological Society. , ie An oe ae aS 68
Current Literature:—Reviews by E. R. Sykes, B.A.; S. S. Buckman, F.G.S.; B. B.
Woodward, F.G.S.; G. C. Crick, F.G.S.; R. H. Burne, B.A., F.Z.S.; Walter E.
Collinge, F.Z.S. 7o

Editor’s Notes.

‘*The Journal of Malacology ” is issued to Subscribers only. The Prepaid

Subscription is 12s. per volume.

LONDON Sa Heb Messrs. DULAU & CO., 37, SoHO SQUARE.
BERLIN ... Messrs. R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN, CARLSTRASSE II.

All communications should be addressed—

W. E. COLLINGE, MASON UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, BIRMINGHAM, ENGLAND.

No. 3. OCTOBER 4th, 1899. Vol. VII.

SS

PRINTED BY ROBERT BIRBECK & Sons, 158, GREAT CHARLES STREET, BIRMINGHAM.

a

ADVERTISEMENTS will be inserted at the rate of 5s. per inch for
each insertion. A discount of 25 % if booked for the year. All
charges must be paid in advance.

Reprints.—Authors desiring additional copies of their papers, may have the same
on payment of printer’s charges, if ordered on return of proof.

THE NAUTILUS.
A MONTHLY DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS OF CONCHOLOGISTS.

EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS:
H. A: PILSBRY,
Conservator Conchological Section, Academy Natural Sciences, Philadelphia.
Cc. W. JOHNSON,
Curator of the Wagner Free Institute of Science, Philadelphia.

$1.00 per year. $1.12 to Foreign Countries. 10 ets. a copy.

The NauTiLus is the only magazine in America devoted to the study of
Mollusks. Its scope is broad, including articles on recent and fossll shells, often
illustrated ; on the anatomy and classification of mol/usca ; and papers of popular
interest dealing with experiences of collectors in the field. Notes on current publi-
cations at home and abroad, showing the drift of opinion on conchological subjects,
are a valuable feature. Jndispensable to the Conchologist and Paleontologist.

Exehange Column free to Subseribers.

Museum Humfredianum. — The undersigned would be glad to
exchange for or purchase a copy of the ‘‘ Museum Humfredianum,” being ‘‘a
catalogue of the large and valuable museum of Mr. George Humphrey, con-
taining many thousand curious subjects (including shells) on Natural History.”
8vo, London, 1779. (This is possibly a sale catalogue.)

W. M. WEBB, F.L.S., 2, THE BROADWAY, HAMMERSMITH, LONDON, W.

THE MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY.

Founded by the late Geo. W. Tryon, Jun., continued under the care of the
Conchological Section. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, by
Henry A. Pilsbry, Conservator.

The Manual of Conchology is a fully illustrated monography of recent
molluscs. Issued in octavo form, in quarterly parts. Each part comprises 64
(or more) pages of letterpress, and 15 to 20 plates.

Two series are now in progress: the First SERIES, Marine Univalves, of
which sixteen volumes have appeared finishing the series as planned by its
illustrious founder. A supplemental volume to this series will be issued this
year, to contain the Dentaliidae. Of the Srconp Serigs, Terrestrial
Molluscs, ten volumes have been published, completing H&LIx with Index,
A few copies of Vol. IX of this series, ‘‘GUIDE TO THE STUDY OF HELICEs,”
will be sold separately at the regular subscription price. Separate copies of
the Index, suitable for the purposes of a Catalogue or Check list, can also be
had at $1.00 each.

The Monography of the Budimi is being continued.

The illustrations of the Manual have received high commendation, and are
fully equal to the best figures of shells published.

Prices :—Plain (uncoloured) edition, $3°00 per part. Coloured edition, $5°00
per part. Fine edition (both coloured and India-tinted plates) $8°0o per part.

Structural and Systematie Conehology, by Gro. W. Tryon, Jun.

A CompPLeTE CONCHOLOGICAI TEXT Book of 1,200 pages, 140 plates and
over 3,500 figures of Genera, Anatomy, &c. Three volumes bound in one.
Cloth. Price $6’oo.

For further information or descriptive circular, with sample plates of Manual,
address :—

S. RAYMOND ROBERTS, Treasurer.
PO. Address GLEN. RIDGE, NEW JERSEY, - U-S-A:

JUST COMPLETED TO DATE.
THE JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY.

Established in 1890 as ‘‘ The Conchologist, a Journal of Malacology.”

Containing Contributions by all the leading Authorities
of the Day, edited by Walter E. Collinge and Wilfred Mark Webb,
with the assistance in special departments of Rev. A. H. Cooke, F.Z.S.,
King’s College, Cambridge ; Walter Garstang, F.Z.S.; Charles Hedley ;
R. F. Scharff, Ph.D., B.Sc., Keeper of the Museum of Science and
Art, Dublin; E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.Z.S., Weymouth ; Lieut.-Col. H. H.
Godwin-Austen; S. Pace and B. B. Woodward, F.G.S., F.R.MLS. ;
complete from commencement in March 1891 to December 1897,
illustrated, 6 vols, 8vo.
Will be sent free on receipt of remittance for 30s.

JOHN GRANT, Bookseller, 31, George IV Bridge, Edinburgh.

THE JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY.

Vol. IX, No. 7, July, 1899.

PRINCIPAL CONTENTS:

Land and Freshwater Mollusca of Somersetshire (continued). E. W. Swanton.
A Contribution towards a List of the Marine Mollusca of Tenby. Bartlet Span.
Obituary Notice of the late Joseph Charles Hippolyte Crosse. Clara Nordlinger.
Additions to British Conchology (continued). J. T. Marshall.

Proceedings of the Conchological Society.

ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, 5s.
Hon. Secretary, W. E. HOYLE, M.A., The Owens College,
Manehester.

THE LARGEST AND FINEST STOCK OF SHELLS IN THE WORLD.

Messrs. Sowerby & Fulton invite collectors to write for their
new lists of Mollusca, which contain thousands of species
representing nearly all the genera.

TO CURATORS OF MUSEUMS.
We invite you to apply for estimate for any collections of Mollusca

you may be wanting.

We can supply such at lowest cost.

Exchange or Purchase for Species not in Stock.

GLASS-TOPPED BOXES, CARD TRAYS, &c.
Books: Fllustrated JFnder of British Shells, Thesaurus

Concbhyliorum, &c.

SOWERBY & FULTON,
15, STATION PARADE, KEW GARDENS STATION,
LONDON, W., ENGLAND.

WANTED well preserved Specimens (in alcohol) of the following

genera of Molluses :—

Africarion, G.-A.
Anadenus, Heyn.
Apera, Heyn.
Ariolimax, Morch.
Aspidelus, Morel.
Austenia, G.-A.
Aerope, Albers.
Ariunculus, Less.
Binneya, J. G. Coop.
Cystopelta, Tate.
Collingea, Simr.
Cryptostracon, W.G.B.
Damayantia, Issel.
Daudebardia, Htm.
Estria, Poirier.
Eumilax, Bttgr.
Girasia, Gray.
Geomalacus, Allm.

Helicarion, Fér.
Hyalimax, H. & A. Ad.
Hesperarion, Simr.
Hemphillia, Bld. & B.
Ibycus, Heyn:
Janella, Gray.
Letourneuxia, Bgt.
Lithotis, Blanf.
Lytopelte, Bttgr.
Microparmarion, Simr.
Mariaella, Gray.
Neojanella, CkIl.
Omalonyx, d’Orb.
Oopelta, Morch.
Otoconcha, Huttn.

Parmacochlea, E. A. Sm.

Parmarion, Fisch.
Parmacella, Cuv.

Parmella, H. Ad.
Paryphanta, Albers.
Peltella, Webb. & Van B.
Plutonia, Stab.
Prophysaon, Bld. & B.
Pseudomilax, Bttgr.
Rhytida, Albers.
Schizoglossa, Hedley.
Selenochlamys, Bttgr.
Tebennophorus, Binn.
Trichotoxon, Simr.
Trigonochlamys, Bttgr.
Testacella, Cuv.
Urocyclus, Gray
Velifera, W. G. Binn.
Veronicella, Blain.
Vitrinopsis, Semp.
Zonites, Montf.

Full particulars stating names of species, number of specimens, price or deside-

rata, should be addressed to W. E. COLLINGE,
Mason University College,

Birmingham.

CAMERAS FOR NATURALISTS.

Messrs. J. H. DALLMEYER LTD. having supplied most of the best known
workers in Natural History Photography with apparatus, are thoroughly conversant
with the special details of construction essential for this class of work, and are ready
to estimate for Cameras, Lenses, or complete outfits of any size or for any purpose.

Specialities in Long Extension HAND & STAND CAMERAS.
TELEPHOTO LENSES FOR TOPOCRAPHY, ORNITHOLOGY, CEOLOGY, ETC.
THE CELEBRATED UNIVERSAL LENSES ‘“‘STIGMATIC,” F/6,

FOR ALL CLASSES OF PHOTOGRAPHY.

J. H. DALLMEYER LTD., 25, Newman St., London, W.

No. 4. DECEMBER 20th, 1899.. Vol. VII.

THE

JOURNAL

MALACOLOGY

Established in 1890 as ‘The Conchologist, a Journal of Malacology.”

EDITED BY

Mie EME COLEENGE, -F.2-S3

PRESIDENT OF THE MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

WITH THE CO-OPERATION OF

Dr. JOSEF F. BABOR. CHARLES HEDLEY, F.L.S.
THe Rev. A. H. COOKE, M.A., F.Z.S. EB. RE ISVRES; BeAlS eZ;

B. B. WOODWARD, F.G.S., F.R.M.S.

Contents.
On the Anatomy and Systematic position of some recent additions to the British Museum Col-
lection of Slugs. .. a0 ss 505 Je 4e By Walter E. Collinge, F.Z.S.

On two new Varieties of Cataulus nietner?, G. & H. Nev., from Ceylon.
By Oliver Collett, F.R.M.S.

Helix (Epipragmophora) kellettiz, Forbes, and its habitat. | By Mrs. M. Burton Williamson.
On the relative claim to priority of Papuina wiegmanni and P. tuomensis. i

G. K. Gude, F.Z.S.
Notes—Subulina octona, Chemn., in Kew Gardens. SC By E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.Z.S.
Notes on some Specimens of Plectopylis. .. xe ys By G. K. Gude, F.Z.S.

Additional Records to the Mollusca of Carnarvonshire and Merionethshire.
By H. H. Bloomer.

Proceedings of the Midland Malacological Society

Current Literature :—Reviews by E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.Z. 5.5; R. H. Burne, B. ASAE
Professor W. A. Herdman, D.Sc., F.R.S. 5 awe E. ” Hoyle, M.A., F.R.S. Edi
A. E. Boycott; Charles Hedley, F.L.S. ; Walter E. Collinge, F.Z. s. alo

Editor’s Notes.

**The Journal of Malacology ” is issued to Subscribers only. The Prepaid

Subscription is 12s. per volume.

LONDON Ti Bs Messrs. DULAU & CO., 37, SOHO SQUARE.
BERLIN ... Messrs. R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN, CARLSTRASSE II.

All communications should be addressed—

PAGE

W. E. COLLINGE, MASON UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, BIRMINGHAM, ENGLAND.

PRINTED BY ROBERT BirRBECK & Sons, 158, GREAT CHARLES STREET, BIRMINGHAM.

Crown, Svo, Cloth, 3/6 per volume, some vols. 6/- with illustrations.

THE CONTEMPORARY SCIENGE SERIES.

EDITED By HAVELOCK ELLIS.
ij THE EVOLUTION OF SEX. By Prof. Patrick GEDDEs and

J. A. THOMSON ... 3/6

ii, ELECTRICITY IN MODERN LIFE. By W. de TunzELMANN 3/6

ii. THE ORIGIN OF THE ARYANS. By Dr. Isaac Taytor ... 3/6
iv. PHYSIOGNOMY AND EXPRESSION. By P. MANTEGAZZA ... 3/6

v. EVOLUTION AND DISEASE. By J. BLAND SuTTon ... Seo if

vi. THE VILLAGE COMMUNITY. ByG. L. Gomme ee oe) ge
vii. THE CRIMINAL. By HAvELock ELLIs ... : ay asyiic
viii, SANITY AND INSANITY. By Dr. CHARLES MERCIER Fee eA e:
ix. HYPNOTISM.. By Dr. ALBERT MOLL ak ave To Ro

x. MANUAL TRAINING. By Dr. C. M. Woopwarp. sas 3/6

xi. SCIENCE OF FAIRY TALES. By EDWIN SYDNEY HARTLAND 3/6
xii. PRIMITIVE FOLK. By Eviz Rectius* .. = ake

xii, EVOLUTION OF MARRIAGE. By Prof. Cu. LETOURNEAU sp eH E
xiv. BACTERIA AND THEIR PRODUCTS. Dr. Stms WoopHFAD 3/6

xv. EDUCATION AND HEREDITY. ByJ.M.Guyav ... 3/6
xvii THE MAN OF GENIUS. By Prof. Lomsroso ... 3/6

xvii THE HISTORY OF THE EUROPEAN FAUNA. By R. F.
ScHARFF, B.Sc., Ph.D., F.Z.S. rr 6/-

xviii. PROPERTY: ITS ORIGIN AND DEVELOPMENT. By Prof.
CH. LETOURNEAU ; 3/6
xix, VOLCANOES PAST AND PRESENT. By Prof. “HULL, M.A. 3/6
xx. PUBLIC HEALTH PROBLEMS. By Dr. J. E. J. Syxxs ins 9/0
xxi. MODERN METEOROLOGY. By FRANK WALDO, Ph.D. a ¥3/0
xxii. THE GERM-PLASM. By Prof. WeEISMANN oe .. 6/-
xxiii, THE INDUSTRIES OF ANIMALS. By F. Houssay ... wn 6310
xxiv. MAN AND WOMAN. By Have tock ELLIs 6/-

xxv. THE EVOLUTION OF MODERN CAPITALISM. By Joun
A. Hornson 3/6

xxvii APPARITIONS AND THOUGHT - TRANSFERENCE. By
FRANK PODMORE : A 24Ko)

xxvii. COMPARATIVE PSYCHOLOGY. By Prof. C. Ltoyp Morcan 6/-
xxvill. THE ORIGINS OF INVENTION. By O. T. Mason, A.M.,Ph.D. 3/6
xxix. THE GROWTH OF THE BRAIN. By H. H. DoNaLpson ... 3/6
xxx. EVOLUTION IN ART. By Prof. A. C. HADDON 6/-
xxxi. PSYCHOLOGY OF THE EMOTIONS. By Prof. T. H. Risor 6/-
xxxlii HALLUCINATIONS AND ILLUSIONS. By EpmMunp ParisH 6/-

xxxlii. THE NEW PSYCHOLOGY. By E. W. Scriprureg, Ph.D. ... 6/-

xxxiv. SLEEP: Irs PHysIoLocy, PATHOLOGY, AND HyGIENE. By Dr.
Marie MANACEINE.. es LS

xxxv. THE NATURAL HISTORY OF DIGESTION. By ‘Dr. A.
LOCKHART GILLESPIE ote f=

xxxvi. DEGENERACY: Its CausEs, SIGNS, AND RESULTS. By Prof.
EUGENE S. TALBOT ... Re aa nO) =e
xxxvil. THE RACES OF MAN. By J. DEMKER ... .. 6/-
xxxvill. THE PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGION. By Prof. “STARBUCK... 6/-

BIRDS OF THE BRITISH toe
Drawn and Described by JOHN DUNCAN.
CROWN 8vo, CLOTH ELEGANT, PRICE 5s. NET.

This volume contains about 400 Drawings of Birds by John Duncan, Naturalist and
Artist. The drawings are accompanied by a concise description of each bird.

Complete Catalogue and Price List free on application.

London: WALTER SCOTT LTD., Paternoster Square.

ROBERT BIRBECK & SONS

GENERAL BOOK PRINTERS,

MANUFACTURERS OF ACCOUNT BOOKS,
iso, GREAT CHARLE Sy Sh hee ft,

BIRMINGHAM.

College and School Examination Papers executed with Accuracy,

Secrecy, and Despatch.

Rk. B. & S. are the Printers of this Journal.

REPRINTS FROM THE ‘‘JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY.”

COCKERELL, T. D. A. & LARKIN, R. R.—On the Jamaican Species

of Veronicella. 1894, 8 pp. - - - - - - - = TO
COCKERELL, T. D. A.—A Check List of the Slugs. 1893, 58 pp. ee 2a
GARSTANG, W.—On the Relations of Hesse’s Doto uncinata to the

Genus Hancockia. 1893, 3 pp. - - . - - - =, 676
MELVILL, J. COSMO.—Description of a new species e Mitra, i the

Hawaiian Islands. 1899, 2 pp., I fig. - - = 0176
SMITH, E. A.— Descriptions of new Toe of Hels, Rissonia and

Actzon. 1893, 4 pp., 3 figs. - - - - =). O16

SYKES, E. R.—Notes on the species of Ennea and Leptopoma from
Ceylon, with descriptions of some new Land-shells from that Island.

COE ie ibe GN ee i a i eet ay SM i eg re NS
SUTER, H.—Malacological Communications from New Gece ree 1899,

opps. plas = - - - - - . -1e 3286
COLLINGE, W. E.—Description of new varieties of A. hortensis and A.

circumscriptus. 1892, 2 pp. - - = - = : - See) te
COLLINGE, W. E.—Review of the British Arionidz. 1892, 18 pp. st) PG
COLLINGE, W. E.—Observations on certain —— of ne oT;

SBre Ry 6) aa Aes hs se a
COLLINGE, W. E.—Description of a new ous of Cryptosoma. 1899,

Spt pl: = - - = - - - - - - Site
COLLINGE, W. E.—On the Occurrence of Arion empiricorum v. bocagei,

Simr., in Ireland. 1899. - - - - - : = = 6=6

COLLINGE, W. E.—On the Anatomy and Systematic Position of some
recent additions to the British Museum Collection of Slugs. 1899,

SEDC ST i ne etic Re, ee eee er Bet
Any of the above will be forwarded, post free, on receipt of P. O. or Penny Stamps.

THE LARGEST AND FINEST STOCK OF SHELLS IN THE WORLD.

Messrs. Sowerby & Fulton invite collectors to write for their
new lists of Mollusca, which contain thousands of species
representing nearly all the genera.

TO CURATORS OF MUSEUMS.
We invite you to apply for estimate for any collections of Mollusca

you may be wanting. We can supply such at lowest cost.
Exchange or Purehase for Species not in Stock.

GLASS-TOPPED BOXES, CARD TRAYS, &c.
Books: Fllustrated Fnder of British Shells; Thesaurus
Concbyliorum, &c.

SOWERBY & FULTON,
15, STATION PARADE, KEW GARDENS STATION,
LONDON, W., ENGLAND.

WANTED well preserved Specimens (in aleohol) of the following
genera of Molluses :—

Africarion, G.-A. Helicarion, Fér. Parmella, H. Ad.
Anadenus, Heyn. Hyalimax, H. & A. Ad. Paryphanta, Albers.
Apera, Heyn. Hesperarion, Simr. Peltella, Webb. & Van B.
Ariolimax, Mérch. Hemphillia, Bld. & B. Plutonia, Stab,
Aspidelus, Morel. Ibycus, Heyn. Prophysaon, Bld. & B.
Austenia, G.-A. Janella, Gray. Pseudomilax, Bttgr.
Aerope, Albers. Letourneuxia, Bet. Rhytida, Albers.
Ariunculus, Less. Lithotis, Blanf. Schizoglossa, Hedley.
Binneya, J. G. Coop. Lytopelte, Bttgr. Selenochlamys, Bttgr.
Cystopelta, Tate. Microparmarion, Simr. Tebennophorus, Binn.
Collingea, Simr. Mariaella, Gray. Trichotoxon, Simr.
Cryptostracon, W.G.B. Neojanella, Ckll. Trigonochlamys, Bttgr.
Damayantia, Issel. Omalonyx, d’Orb, Testacella, Cuv.
Daudebardia, Htm. Oopelta, Morch. Urocyclus, Gray
Estria, Poirier. Otoconcha, Huttn. Velifera, W. G. Binn.
Eumilax, Bttgr. Parmacochlea, E. A. Sm. Veronicella, Blain.
Girasia, Gray. Parmarion, Fisch. Vitrinopsis, Semp.
Geomalacus, Allm. Parmacella, Cuv. Zonites, Montf.

Full particulars stating names of species, number of specimens, price or deside-
rata, should be addressed to W. E. COLLINGE,
/ Mason University College,
Birmingham.

CAMERAS FOR NATURALISTS.

Messrs. J. H. DALLMEYER LTD. having supplied most of the best known
workers in Natural History Photography with apparatus, are thoroughly conversant
with the special details of construction essential for this class of work, and are ready
to estimate for Cameras, Lenses, or complete outfits of any size or for any purpose.

Specialities in Long Extension HAND & STAND CAMERAS.
TELEPHOTO LENSES FOR TOPOGRAPHY, ORNITHOLOCY, CEOLOCY, ETC.
THE CELEBRATED UNIVERSAL LENSES “STIGMATIC,” F/6,

FOR ALL CLASSES OF PHOTOGRAPHY.

J. H. DALLMEYER LTD., 25, Newman St., London, W.

No. 5. MARCH 24th, 1900. Vol. VII.

THE

JOURNAL

OF

MALACOLOGY

Established in 1890 as ‘The Conchologist, a Aournal of Malacologp.”

EDITED BY

RALTER cha sGCOPRERINGE. P.2,52

PRESIDENT OF THE MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

WITH THE CO-OPERATION OF
Dr. JOSEF F. BABOR. CHARLES HEDLEY, F.L.S.
Min REY, A..t. COOKE, M.A, F.Z.S. BE. -R. SVIKES; BlASS Fe Zas-s) eee
B. B. WOODWARD, F.G.S., F.L.S.

Contents, PAGE
The Land Shells of the Caroline Islands. .. se .. By O. F. von Moellendorff, Ph.D. 10x
Note on Helicoid Land Shells from the Canary Islands. me -- By G. K. Gude, F.Z.S, 127
Note on the Asiatic species of Philomycus. .. pe By Prof. T. D. A. Cockerell, F.Z.S. 127
Proceedings of the Midland Malacological Society. - ae ae = ae SEs,
Current Literature:— Reviews by E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.Z.S.; Geo. C. Crick, F.G.S.;
Walter E. Collinge, F.Z.S. a A a ac AS ee ae Ae sa a 28
General Reviews :—Parker and Haswell’s Manual of Zoology. aE = 50 A he Bee
Davenport’s Statistical Methods. .. =+ ae oe Se Se Mey SEY:

Editor’s Notes.

**The Journal of Malacology”’ is issued to Subscribers only. The Prepaid

Subscription is 12s. per volume.

LONDON ae ie Messrs. DULAU & CO., 37, SOHO SQUARE.

BERLIN ... Messrs. R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN, CARLSTRASSE II,

All communications should be addressed—

W. E. COLLINGE, MASON UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, BIRMINGHAM, ENGLAND.

PRINTED BY ROBERT BIRBECK & Sons, 158, GREAT CHARLES STREET, BIRMINGHAM.

me VVALO VP VIAN TUM AYV EMI IOLIWILINI oO.

SER any £ PROS CL
Whole Page, per insertion - 2 o o Fourinsertions - 7 12 0
Half Page, do. 1.) 2.40 do. A Gene
Quarter Page do. Cries do. 2 7 <6
Eighth Page do. °o 7 6 do. T ee6

Special Positions as arranged.
Reprints.—Authors desiring additional copies of their papers, may
have the same on payment of printer’s charges, if ordered on
return of proof.

HARBUTT’S
PLASTICINE FOR MODELLING

Will be found a valuable material in the Studio of
ALL NATURALISTS.

It can be put to many uses besides that of Modelling Specimens
in the round or bas-relief.

IT IS CLEAN, EVERPLASTIC, HARMLESS, & INDESTRUCTIBLE.
In taking Squeezes, Impressions, Moulds, and Casts as a ground for retaining
broken fragments, &c., it is ever ready for use without trouble or preparation.

Made in & Colours, Grey 1/4, Coloured 1/6 per lb. Postage 4d. extra.
Cheaper in bulk from

WM. HARBUTT, A.R.C.A., 15, Alfred Street, Bath.
MICROSCOPICAL & LANTERN SLIDES

Sllustrative of every Department of

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY,
At the uniform rate of 6s. per dozen.

The Student’s Series of 48 Preparations in Elementary and Advanced Botany,
sent out packed in rack boxes at 41. Is. net, post free. This Series contains 14
Type Preparations, which can only be supplied separately at Is. to 1s. 6d. per slide.

Stem Structure, Leaf Structure, Floral Structure, Ovaries, Fruits, Seeds, Plant
Hairs, Scales, and Glands, 6s. per dozen. Type Slide Preparations of the Mouse,
the Newt, the Earthworm, Peripatus, Cerianthus, and Alcyonium, Is. to Is. 6d.
per slide. Sets Slides of Foraminifera, 9d. to is. per Slide.

Sections of Cotton, Flax, Hemp, Jute, China Grass, Wool, Silk, &c., at 1s. per slide.

MICROSCOPICAL AND LANTERN SLIDE CIRCULATING LIBRARY.

Slides, to the number of 300 per year, supplied in sets as required by Subscribers,
will be sent, post paid, for the Annual Subscription of £1. Is. payable in advance.

The Slides will be sent one or two days prior to the day of the Lecture or
Exhibition, and must be returned ¢he day following the lecture, post paid. Special

post boxes will be provided for this purpose, which will obviate the usual trouble of
packing.

The whole of my very extensive stock will be at the disposal of Subscribers, and
Lists of additions to it will be sent from time to time.

ABRAHAM FLATTERS,
16 & 18, CHURCH ROAD, LONGSIGHT, MANCHESTER.

Preparer of Textile Fibres and Demonstrator in Microscopy to the Manchester Municipal
. Technical School.

SEND FOR LISTS, &c., FREE PER POST.

Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements.

mepe Rl BIRBECK: & SONS,

GENERAL BOOK PRINTERS,

MANUFACTURERS OF ACCOUNT BOOKS,
156, GREAD COARLES STREET,

BIRMINGHAM.

Se

College and School Examination Papers executed with Accuracy,

Secrecy, and Despatch.

R. B. & S. are the Printers of this Journal.

BEF ORE buying elsewhere, write for a Catalogue of

DALE, FORTY & CO’S.

ee

83, NEW STREET, BIRMINGHAM. « at cheitenham.

Prepaid Subscription 2/6 per annum, free to any part of the world.
THE NATURALIST’S JOURNAL.
Edited by Charles Mosley.

Illustrated Articles on all branches of Natural History by leading
writers. Specially seeks to help beginners and young students.

A superior edition is also issued, printed upon fine paper, with frequent
coloured plates. The Subscription (5s. per annum post free) includes Membership
of the British Field Club. Specimen Copy 6d.

All Communications to
CHARLES MOSLEY,
MUSEUM PRESS, LOCKWOOD, HUDDERSFIELD.

Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisemeuts.

RECENT MOLLUSCA.
THE LARGEST AND FINEST STOCK OF SHELLS IN THE WORLD.

A PRICE LIST OF ABOUT 4000 CHARACTERISTIC SPECIES
POST FREE,

Our New Catalogues, ‘‘ MARINE UNIVALVES,” ‘‘INOPERCULATE LAND,”
‘*OPERCULATE LAND,” ‘‘ FRESHWATER UNIVALVES,” and ‘‘ PELYCYPODA,”
contain the names of over 10,000 SPECIES. Besides these we have duplicates of
thousands of Species that are not in sufficient numbers to put on our lists. These
Catalogues, which make excellent check-lists, will be sent post free to Customers
and Curators of Museums.

A Liberal Exehange for Species not in Stock.
GLASS-TOPPED BOXES, CARD-BOARD TRAYS, &c.,
As supplied to the Indian Museum, Cambridge Museum of Zoology, &c. We
keep a large Stock and SUPPLY PROMPTLY at moderate prices. Plan of sizes, with
prices, post free.
Second=hand Conchological Works and Pampblets.
A list of these will be sent on application.
CONCHOLOGICAL WORKS BY G. B. SOWERBY, F.L.S.
THESAURUS CONCHYLIORUM, or figures and descriptions of Recent
Shells. Prospectus containing list of Monographs and full particulars free.
SOWERBY’S ILLUSTRATED INDEX OF BRITISH SHELLS. Figures
of all known Species (Edition, 1887), with 26 Coloured Plates (750 figures),
cloth, price 35s. (30s. nett).

MARINE SHELLS OF SOUTH AFRICA (1892), together with Appendix
(1897), is a Catalogue of all Known Species, 8 Plates, Imperial 8vo., cloth,
19s. 6d. nett. Appendix alone, in paper cover, 7s. 6d. nett.

SOWERBY & FULTON,

15, STATION PARADE, KEW GARDENS, LONDON.

THE: LIBRARY SUPPLY ~- GO;

Are devoting special attention to the Manufacture of MUSEUM SUNDRIES.
Curators and Collectors should send for their Illustrated Catalogue of

SPECIALTIES FOR MUSEUMS,
Which includes several useful series of
LABELS, PINS, RESTS, SUPPORTS, GLASS TOPPED BOXES,
NUMBERS, CARD BOARD & WOODEN TRAYS, SLATS,
MOUNTING BLOCKS, &c.

The Library Supply Co. is established for the purpose of furnishing the best
Fittings, Appliances, and Sundries adapted to the needs of Libraries and Museums,
Catalogues sent Post Free.

LIBRARY SUPPLY CO., 4, Ave Maria Lane, London, E.C.
CAMERAS FOR NATURALISTS.

Messrs. J. H. DaLLMEYER LTp. having supplied most of the best known
workers in Natural History Photography with apparatus, are thoroughly conversant
with the special details of construction essential for this class of work, and are ready
to estimate for Cameras, Lenses, or complete outfits of any size or for any purpose.

Specialities in Long Extension HAND & STAND CAMERAS.
TELEPHOTO LENSES FOR TOPOGRAPHY, ORNITHOLOGY, CEOLOCY, ETC.
THE CELEBRATED UNIVERSAL LENSES “‘STIGMATIC,” F/6,

FOR ALL CLASSES OF PHOTOGRAPHY.

J. H. DALLMEYER LTD., 25, Newman St., London, W.

Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements.

JOURNAL OF MALACOLOGY.

Established in 1890 as “* The Conchologist, a Journal of Malacology.
EDITED BY
WALTER: EE. €OLLINGE, B28:
PRESIDENT OF THE MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.

WITH THE CO-OPERATION OF
Dr JOSER FE. BABOR: CHARLES HEDLEY, F.L.S.
ie REV. AL Hl COOKE, MJA:, B.ZS. 135 IRS TSWAIES, IB Zlo, IGZAS-
Barbs WOODWARD Rh Gis. Helesss

No. 5. MARCH, 1!900. VOL. VII.
Contents :
The Land Shells of the Caroline Islands.

By O. F. von Moellendorff, Ph.D. 101

Note on Helicoid Land Shells from the Canary Islands.
By GOK, Gude i ZS) 3027

Note on the Asiatic species of Philomycus.
By Protessor Vl. B.A. Cockerelly F.Z-s, e127

PAGE

Proceedings of the Midland Malacological Society. . are

Current Literature: Reviews by E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.Z.S.;
Geos @ Crick, F-G.S-; Walter B®, Collinge, B.Z:S. = = bo
General Reviews: Parker and Haswell’s ‘‘ Manual of Zoology.” 132
Davenport’s ‘Statistical Methods.” — - = 132

Editor’s Notes.

C. W. KREIDEL’S Verlag in Wiesbaden (Germany).

From all Booksellers and from C. W. Kreidel’s Verlag, Wiesbaden, may be obtained.

DIE
SUSSW ASSER-MOLLUSKEN
VON

CELEBES.
Von Dr. PAUL SARASIN und Dr. FRITZ SARASIN.

Mit dreizehn Tafeln in Heliogravure und Lithographie.

Price £1. 12s. Od.

DIE

LAN D-MOLLUSKEN
VON
CELEBES.
Von Dr. PAUL SARASIN und Dr. FRITZ SARASIN.
Mit 31 Tafeln in Lithographie und Heliogravure.

Price £3. Os. Od.

Please mention this Journal'in renlaying to Adnertisenente

Co Conchologists.

HB. PRESTON: Fezee

Begs to inform Collectors and others that he will be pleased to
forward on application price list of any GENERA included in his

LARGE AND VARIED STOCK OF SHELLS.
SELECTIONS SENT ON APPROVAL. MUSEUMS SUPPLIED.

Address—H. B. PRESTON, F.Z.S.,
3, Sydney Terrace, Fulham Road, London, S.W.

Two minutes walk from South Kensington Station.

Ccelenterata, Annelida, Echinodermata, Crustacea, Insecta, Arachnoidea,
Myriopoda, Amphibia, Reptilia, Fishes, &c., dry and in spirits.

A LARGE STOCK OF RECENT SHELLS.

British and Foreign Fossils, Minerals, Rocks, &c. Coloured Casts of rare
and figured Fossils. Sets of Fossils, Minerals, &c., for Students.

Address—R. F. DAMON, Weymouth, England.

MR. F. J. PARTRIDGE,
ARTIST AND SCIENTIFIC DRAUGHTSMAN,

is prepared to execute Drawings to illustrate Author’s
Papers in all branches of Zoology.
A Speciality made of Malacological Work.

Reference is kindly permitted to the Editor of this Journal,
and others.

For Estimates and Specimens of Plain and Coloured Work,

Apply—F. J. PARTRIDGE,
137, LADYWOOD ROAD, BIRMINGHAM.

WALTER F. WEBB, Albion, N.Y., U.S.A.,

Has one of the Largest and best Selected Stocks of Scientifie Shells

of any dealer in the United States. He will at all times be pleased to hear from

Foreign Collectors, and quote prices for any special desiderata.
Collections purchased for prompt cash, and Exchanges made for good material. -

AMERICAN SHELLS A SPECIALTY.

A Monograph of the Slug’s of the British Isles (In preparation).

It is intended in this work to give a full and exhaustive account of the Natural
History of the Slugs of the British Isles, together with figures and full descriptions
of all the known species and varieties. Special attention will be given to the

anatomy and variation.
Specimens of any British species or varieties will be gratefully acknowledged.

All communications should be addressed to—
W. E. COLLINGE, Mason UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, BIRMINGHAM.

W. HARRIS, 176, Bristol Street, Birmingham,
HORTICULTURAL BUILDER, CABINET MAKER, &c.
Contractor for Fittings and Joinery Work to Mason University College and the
Queen’s Faculty of Medicine.

Estimates given for every description of Woodwork, Cabinet Making,

House Carpentry, &c. Repairs promptly attended to.

THE MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY.

Founded by the late Geo. W. Tryon, Jun., continued under the care of the
Conchological Section. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, by
Henry A. Pilsbry, Conservator.

The Manual of Conchology is a fully illustrated monography of recent
molluscs. Issued in octavo form, in quarterly parts. Each part comprises 64
(or more) pages of letterpress, and 15 to 20 plates.

The Second SERIES is now in progress: the First, Marine Univalves, of
which sixteen volumes have appeared finished that series as planned by its
illustrious founder. A supplemental volume to this series will be issued. this
year, to contain the Dentaliidae. Of the present SERiIns, Terrestrial Molluscs, ten
volumes have been published, completing Hrtrx with Index. A few copies of
Vol. IX, ‘‘GUIDE TO THE STUDY OF HELICES,” will be sold separately at the
regular subscription price. Separate copies of the Index, suitable for the purposes
of a Catalogue or Check list, can also be had at $1.00 each.

The Monography of the Budimi was commenced in the tenth volume.

The illustrations of the Manual have received high commendation, and are
fully equal to the best figures of shells published.

Prices :—Plain (uncoloured) edition, $3'00 per part. Coloured edition, $5.00
per part. Fine edition (both coloured and India-tinted plates) $8.00 per part.

Structural and Systematie Conchology, by Gro. W. Tryon, Jun.

A COMPLETE CONCHOLOGICAI. TEXT Book of 1,200 pages, 140 plates and
over 3,500 figures of Genera, Anatomy, &c. Three volumes bound in one.
Cloth. Price $6.00.

For further information or descriptive circular, with sample plates of Manual,
address :-—

S. RAYMOND ROBERTS, Treasurer.
P.O). Address GLEN RIDGE, NEW JERSEY, U.S.A.

$mportant Reduction of Price.

2 volumes (7 parts with 2 Supplements) 2061 pages,
Royal Octavo, 1886-1890.

DR. C. A. WESTERLUND’S
FAUNA OF THE PALAEARCTIC LAND AND FRESH-WATER MOLLUSCA,

(IN GERMAN LANGUAGE).

Reduced in Price from £3. 9s. od. to £2. Is. od. post free.
After the sale of a limited number of copies the original price will again be charged.

R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN, BERLIN, N.W.

THE JOURNAL OF CONCHOLOGY.

Vol. IX, No. 9, January, 1900.

PRINCIPAL CONTENTS:

Additions to British Conchology (continued). By J. T. Marshall.
Sylvanus Hanley. By Edgar A. Smith.
A cross between Limzaea stagnalis and L. auricularia. By G. W. Chaster.
Etymology of the names Azeca and Assiminea of Leach. By the Rev. G. A. Frank
Knight. (Illustrated.)
ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION, 5s.
Hon, Secretary, W. E. HOYLE, M.A., The Owens College,

Manehester.

Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements.

*“ Any one study, of whatever kind, exclusively pursued, deadens in the mind
the interest, nay, the perception of any others.” JOHN HENRY NEWMAN.

ESTABLISHED 1865.
Punctually on the 25th of previous month. PRICE SIXPENCE.
SCIENCE GOSSIP.

EDITED BY JOHN T. CARRINGTON, AssistEp sy F. WINSTONE.
Illustrated. Most Varied Contents. Largest Circulation.
The only Scientific Magazine with Independent Offices.

‘*ScIENCE Gossip” is now one of the brightest and most diversified monthlies for the lover of science

SUBSCRIPTIONS (6s. 6d. per annum, including postage) may begin at any time.
Send Six Stamps for Specimen Copy.

Publishing and Editorial Offices,
110, STRAND, LONDON, W.C.

All Business and Editorial

Communications to be addressed to a

THE IRISH NATURALIST,

A MONTHLY JOURNAL OF GENERAL IRISH NATURAL HISTORY.

BOTANY ZOOLOGY GEOLOGY
EDITED BY GEO. H. CARPENTER, B.Sc., AnD R. LLOYD PRAEGER, B.A.

THIS MAGAZINE should be in the hands of all NATURALISTs interested in
the distribution of animals and plants over the British Islands.

6d. Monthly. Annual Subseription (Post free) 5s.

DUBLIN: EASON & SON, 40, Lower Sackville Street,

To WHICH ADDRESS SUBSCRIPTIONS SHOULD BE SENT.

LONDON: SIMPKIN, MARSHALL, HAMILTON, KENT & CO.

THE NAUTILUS.
A MONTHLY DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS OF CONCHOLOGISTS.
EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS:

H.-A. PILSBRY;

Conservator Conchological Section, Academy Natural Sciences, Philadelphia.
Cc. W. JOHNSON,

Curator of the Wagner Free Institute of Science, Philadelphia.
$1.00 per year. $1.12 to Foreign Countries. 10 cts. a copy.

The NAUTILUS is the only magazine in America devoted to the study of
Mollusks. Its scope is broad, including articles on recent and fossil shells, often
illustrated ; on the anatomy and classification of zo//usca ; and papers of popular
interest dealing with experiences of collectors in the field. Notes on current publi-
cations at home and abroad, showing the drift of opinion on conchological subjects,
are a valuable feature. Jndispensable to the Conchologist and Paleontologist.

Exchange Column free to Subseribers.

THE.” NATURAL Sa:

A Monthly Journal of Natural History for the Northern Counties of England, viz.:—
Wortbumberland. Durbam, Worksbire, Lincolnshire, Derbyshire,
Wottingbamsbire, Cheshire, Lancashire, Westmoreland,
Cumberland, and the Fsle of Man.

EDITED By W. DENISON ROEBUCK, F.L.S., with the assistance of

J. GILBERT BAKER, F.R.S., F.L.S. CHARLES P. HosxiRK, F.L.S.
W. EAGLE CLARKE, F.L.S., M.B.O.U. Geo. T.. Porritt, F.L.S., F.E.S.
ALFRED HARKER, M.A., F.G.S. W. BARWELL TURNER, F.R.M.S.

This Journal, established originally in 1833, is devoted to the Natural History
and Geology of the Counties included in its scope. The Conchological articles
published in it have been numerous, valuable, and interesting.

Price 6d. per Number, if by post 7d. Annual Subscription, 6s. 6d. post free.
ADDRESS—259, HYDE PARK ROAD, LEEDS.

— ne’ = or — re = Ve, ” a9

No. 6. JUNE ist, 1900. Vol. VII.

THE

JOURNAL

OF

MALACOLOGY

Established in 1890 as ‘The Conchologist, a Journal of Malacology.”

EDITED BY

Wits fe RB. € OLIskN Gky« F:Z.S:;
PRESIDENT OF THE MIDLAND MaLacoocicat SociETY.
WITH THE CO-OPERATION OF
Dr. JOSEF F. BABOR. CHARLES HEDLEY, EaL:s:
iris hv. A beCOOKE, MrAl,or.Z:S: Ba RS MESS BeAy oes ser bolas ss
B: Bs WOODWARD, F-G:S.,F-L:S.

Contents. PAGE
Description of a new Species of Anadenus from China. 3: By Walter E. Collinge, F.Z.S. 133
On some Malformed specimens of Anodonta cygnea, L. .. Se -- ByH H. Bloomer. 136
Notes on the Genus Sesava, Alb., with descriptions of two new forms. By G. K. Gude, F.Z.S. 139
Description of a new variety of /someria subcastanea, Pfr. ae By G. K. Gude, F.Z.S. 144
Obituary Notices: G. Sherriff Tye, etc. as 5 Ly he ne cca WoO. aa
The Genus Histiops7s, Hoyle, preoccupied. xe at ats 5 Se Se Wa Cra
Corrigenda. ss ss we os oe re Bs 147
Proceedings of the Midland Malacological Society. .. 4; 5b ae act ae sr ay

Current Litetature. General Reviews. a3 Do
Editor’s Notes.

**The Journal of Malacology”’ is issued to Subscribers only. The Prepaid

Subscription is 12s. per volume.

LONDON sy ae Messrs. DULAU & CO., 37, SoHO SQUARE.

BERLIN ... Messrs. R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN, CARLSTRASSE II.

All communications should be addressed—

W. E. COLLINGE, MASON UNIVERSITY COLLEGE, BIRMINGHAM, ENGLAND.

PRINTED BY ROBERT BiRBECK & Sons, 158, GREAT CHARLES STREET, BIRMINGHAM.

SUBSCRIPTIONS ARE NOW DUE.

EQ ADLIOMEYW 101s Cee Pee, IN. | Ue
W. & J. GEORGE, LTD.,
(Late F. E. BECKER & CO,)

LONDON AND BIRMINGHAM.
Bacteriological, Microscopical, Chemical, Electrical,
and General Apparatus Manutacturers.
SPECIALITY: BALANCES & WEIGHTS.

PURE CHEMICALS. CONTRACTORS TO THE GOVERNMENT.

OFFICES, WAREHOUSE, AND SHOW ROOMS,
159 & 160, GREAT CHARLES STREET,
BIRMINGHAM.

THE: NEW IiGt C0., 1 Ti

47, JOHN BRIGHT STREET, BIRMINGHAM.

LEADING HOUSE FOR

GAS FITTINGS, OUTSIDE LAMPS,
ENORMOUS REDUCTIONS IN

INCANDESCENT LIGHT & ACCESSORIES, &c.
Large Selection of Glass Globes, etc.

NIVOC WORKS,
CAMBRIDGE STREET.

CONTRACTORS TO MASON UNIVERSITY COLLEGE.

MICROSCOPICAL & LANTERN SLIDES

Sllustrative of every Department of

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY,
At the uniform rate of 6s. per dozen.

The Student’s Series of 48 Preparations in Elementary and Advanced Botany,
sent out packed in rack boxes at £1. Is. net, post free. This Series contains 14
Type Preparations, which can only be supplied separately at Is. to Is. 6d. per slide.

Stem Structure, Leaf Structure, Floral Structure, Ovaries, Fruits, Seeds, Plant
Hairs, Scales, and Glands, 6s. per dozen. Type Slide Preparations of the Mouse,
the Newt, the Earthworm, Peripatus, Cerianthus, and Alcyonium, Is. to Is. 6d.
per slide. Sets Slides of Foraminifera, 9d. to 1s. per Slide.

Sections of Cotton, Flax, Hemp, Jute, China Grass, Wool, Silk, &c., at Is. per slide.

MICROSCOPICAL AND LANTERN SLIDE CIRCULATING LIBRARY.

Slides, to the number of 300 per year, supplied in sets as required by Subscribers,
will be sent, post paid, for the Annual Subscription of £1. Is. payable in advance.

The Slides will be sent one or two days prior to the day of the Lecture or
Exhibition, and must be returned the day following the lecture, post paid. Special
post boxes will be provided for this purpose, which will obviate the usual trouble of
packing.

The whole of my very extensive stock will be at the disposal of Subscribers, and
Lists of additions to it will be sent from time to time.

ABRAHAM FLATTERS,
16 & 18, CHURCH ROAD, LONGSIGHT, MANCHESTER.

Preparer of Textile Fibres and Demonstrator in Microscopy to the Manchester Municipal
Technical School.

SEND FOR. LISTS, &¢.,- FREE PERAPOS?T.

Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements.

RODEN! “Bibs kane SONS,

GENERAL BOOK PRINTERS,

MANUFACTURERS OF ACCOUNT BOOKS,
GeavGenAl CHARLES STREET,

BIRMINGHAM.

College and School Examination Papers executed with Accuracy,

Secrecy, and Despatch.

Rk. B. & S. are the Printers of this Journal.

BEFORE buying elsewhere, write for a Catalogue of

DALE, FORTY & CO’S.

PIANOS

83, NEW STREET, BIRMINGHAM. « at cheitenham.

Prepaid Subscription 2/6 per annum, free to any part of the world.

THE NATURALIST’S JOURNAL.
Edited by Charles Mosley.
Illustrated Articles on all branches of Natural History by leading
writers. Specially seeks to help beginners and young students.

A superior edition is also issued, printed upon fine paper, with frequent
coloured plates. The Subscription (5s. per annum post free) includes Membership
of the British Field Club. Specimen Copy 6d.

All Communications to
CHARLES MOSLEY,
MUSEUM PRESS, LOCKWOOD, HUDDERSFIELD.

Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisemeuts,

RECENT MOLLUSCA.
THE LARGEST AND FINEST STOCK OF SHELLS IN THE WORLD.

A PRICE LIST OF ABOUT 4000 CHARACTERISTIC SPECIES
POST FREE.

Our New Catalogues, ‘‘ MARINE UNIVALVES,” ‘‘INOPERCULATE LAND,”
‘‘OPERCULATE LAND,” ‘‘ FRESHWATER UNIVALVES,” and ‘‘ PELYCYPoDA,”
contain the names of over 10,000 SprciEs. Besides these we have duplicates of
thousands of Species that are not in sufficient numbers to put on our lists. These
Catalogues, which make excellent check-lists, will be sent post free to Customers
and Curators of Museums. ;

A Liberal Exehange for Species not in Stock.
GLASS-TOPPED BOXES, CARD-BOARD TRAYS, &c.,
As supplied to the Indian Museum, Cambridge Museum of Zoology, &c. We
keep a large Stock and SUPPLY PROMPTLY at moderate prices. Plan of sizes, with
prices, post free.
Second=band Conchological Works and Pampblets.
A list of these will be sent on application.
CONCHOLOGICAL WORKS BY G. B. SOWERBY, F.L.S.
THESAURUS CONCHYLIORUM, or figures and descriptions of Recent
Shells. Prospectus containing list of Monographs and full particulars free.
SOWERBY’S ILLUSTRATED INDEX OF BRITISH SHELLS. Figures
of all known Species (Edition, 1887), with 26 Coloured Plates (750 figures),
cloth, price 35s. (30s. nett).

MARINE SHELLS OF SOUTH AFRICA (1892), together with Appendix
(1897), is a Catalogue of all Known Species, 8 Plates, Imperial 8vo., cloth,
19s. 6d. nett. Appendix alone, in paper cover, 7s. 6d. nett.

SOWERBY & FULTON,

15, STATION PARADE, KEW GARDENS, LONDON.

THE LIBRARY. sUPrEY. Ce

Are devoting special attention to the Manufacture of MUSEUM SUNDRIES.
Curators and Collectors should send for their Illustrated Catalogue of

SPECIALTIES FOR MUSEUMS,

Which includes several useful series of
LABELS, PINS, RESTS, SUPPORTS, GLASS TOPPED BOXES,
NUMBERS, CARD BOARD & WOODEN TRAYS, ‘SLATS,
MOUNTING BLOCKS, &c.
The Library Supply Co. is established for the purpose of furnishing the best
Fittings, Appliances, and Sundries adapted to the needs of Libraries and Museums.
Catalogues sent Post Free.

LIBRARY SUPPLY CO., 4, Ave Maria Lane, London, E.C.
CAMERAS FOR NATURALISTS.

Messrs. J. H. DALLMEYER LTD. having supplied most of the best known
workers in Natural History Photography with apparatus, are thoroughly conversant
with the special details of construction essential for this class of work, and are ready
to estimate for Cameras, Lenses, or complete outfits of any size or for any purpose.

Specialities in Long Extension HAND & STAND CAMERAS.

TELEPHOTO LENSES FOR TOPOCRAPHY, ORNITHOLOCY, CEOLOCY, ETC.
THE CELEBRATED UNIVERSAL LENSES “‘STIGMATIC,”. F/6,

FOR ALL CLASSES OF PHOTOGRAPHY.

J. H. DALLMEYER LTD., 25, Newman St., London, W.

Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements.

SEPTEMBER 29th, 1900. Vol. VII,

} ‘
*
g = Wu

THE

JOURNAL

OF

MALACOLOGY

Established in 1890 as ‘The Conchologist, a Journal of SMalacology.”

EDITED BY

WALTER E-COLMINGE: | eaay Fes he

PRESIDENT OF THE MIDLAND MALaco.oaicat Society.

WITH THE CO-OPERATION OF
Dr. JOSEF F. BABOR. CHARLES HEDLEY, F.L.S.
THE Rev. A. H. COOKE, M.A., F.Z.S. E.R. SYKES, BlA:, F.Z.S.- Riss.
B. B. WOODWARD, F.G.S., F.L.S.

—— ees
Contents, PAGE

A List of a small collection of Shells from China. ae as By Edgar A. Smith, F.Z.S. 157

Descriptions of two new Species of Shells: Murex marcoensis and Cassis booleyi.
By G. B. Sowerby, F.L.S., F.Z.S. 162

Malacological Notes. .. ; ae -. By E. R. Sykes, B.A., F.L.S. 164
On a British species of Were, watt a Note on ee Genus /das. .. --By J. T. Marshall. 167
Notes:

On some large specimens of Valvata Piscinalis. .. ee .. By Walter E. Collinge, F.Z.S. 170
Note on Helix rufescens. ae & BA -. By H. Willoughby Ellis. 170
Proceedings of the Midland Aalaosinaia Shave: AT tee ae 5: 36 be ao, ype
Current Literature. at ae Ae ae re an Be ne 5c at ae ep ELBY

**The Journal of Malacology ” is issued to Subscribers only. The Prepaid

Subscription is 12s. per volume.

LONDON eee ae Messrs. DULAU & CO., 37, SOHO SQUARE.

BERLIN ... Messrs. R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN, CaRLsTRASSE II.

All communications should be addressed—
W. E. COLLINGE, THE UNIVERSITY, BIRMINGHAM, ENGLAND.

—_—_——_——_—]|Sr r)]\|Soo I

PRINTED BY RoBERT BiRBECK & Sons, 158, GREAT CHARLES STREET, BIRMINGHAM.

W. & J. GEORGE, LTD.,
(Late F. E. BECKER & CO,)

LONDON AND BIRMINGHAM.
Bacteriological, Microscopical, Chemical, Electrical,
and General Apparatus Manutacturers.
SPECIALITY: BALANCES & WEIGHTS.

PURE CHEMICALS. CONTRACTORS TO THE GOVERNMENT.

OFFICES, WAREHOUSE, AND SHOW ROOMS,
159 & 160, GREAT CHARLES STREET,
BIRMINGHAM.

THE... NEW. LIGHT, CO., LTD:

47, JOHN BRIGHT STREET, BIRMINGHAM.

LEADING HOUSE FOR

GAS FITTINGS, OUTSIDE LAMPS,
ENORMOUS REDUCTIONS IN

INCANDESCENT LIGHT & ACCESSORIES, &c.
Large Selection of Glass Globes, etc.

NIVOC WORKS,
CAMBRIDGE STREET.

CONTRACTORS TO MASON UNIVERSITY COLLEGE.

MICROSCOPICAL & LANTERN SLIDES

Sllustrative of every Department of -

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY,
At the uniform rate of 6s. per dozen.

The Student’s Series of 48 Preparations in Elementary and Advanced Botany,
sent out packed in rack boxes at £1. Is. net, post free. This Series contains 14
Type Preparations, which can only be supplied separately at Is. to Is. 6d. per slide.

Stem Structure, Leaf Structure, Floral Structure, Ovaries, Fruits, Seeds, Plant
Hairs, Scales, and Glands, 6s. per dozen. Type Slide Preparations of the Mouse,
the Newt, the Earthworm, Peripatus, Cerianthus, and Alcyonium, Is. to Is. 6d.
per slide. Sets Slides of Foraminifera, 9d. to 1s. per Slide.

Sections of Cotton, Flax, Hemp, Jute, China Grass, Wool, Silk, &c., at Is. per slide.

MICROSCOPICAL AND LANTERN SLIDE CIRCULATING LIBRARY.

Slides, to the number of 300 per year, supplied in sets as required by Subscribers,
will be sent, post paid, for the Annual Subscription of £1. Is. payable in advance.

The Slides will be sent one or two days prior to the day of the Lecture or
Exhibition, and must be returned the day following the lecture, post paid. Special
post boxes will be provided for this purpose, which will obviate the usual trouble of
packing.

The whole of my very extensive stock will be at the disposal of Subscribers, and
Lists of additions to it will be sent from time to time.

ABRAHAM FLATTERS,
16 & 18, CHURCH ROAD, LONGSIGHT, MANCHESTER.

Preparer of Textile Fibres and Demonstrator in Microscopy to the Manchester Municipal
Technical School.

SEND FOR LISTS, &c., FREE PER POST.

Please mention this Journal in replying to: Advertisements.

KROBERT EIRBECK S&S: SONS,
GENERAL BOOK PRINTERS,

MANUFACTURERS OF ACCOUNT BOOKS,
L5G nh Ayla ARIS Sdtelets Dy,

BIRMINGHAM.

——

College and School Examination Papers executed with Accuracy,

Secrecy, and Despatch.

Rk. B. & S. are the Printers of this Journal.

BEF ORE buying elsewhere, write for a Catalogue of

DALE, FORTY & CO’S.

83, NEW STREET, BIRMINGHAM. « at cheitennam.

Prepaid Subscription 2/6 per annum, free to any part of the world.

THE NATURALIST’S JOURNAL.
Edited by Charles Mosley.
Illustrated Articles on all branches of Natural History by leading
writers. Specially seeks to help beginners and young students.

A superior edition is also issued, printed upon fine paper, with frequent
coloured plates. The Subscription (5s. per annum post free) includes Membership
of the British Field Club. Specimen Copy 6d.

All Communications to

CHARLES MOSLEY,
MUSEUM PRESS, LOCKWOOD, HUDDERSFIELD.

Please mention. this Journal in replying to Advertisemeuts.

RECENT MOLLUSCA.
THE LARCEST AND FINEST STOCK OF SHELLS IN THE WORLD.

A PRICE LIST OF ABOUT 4000 CHARACTERISTIC SPECIES
POST FREE.

Our New Catalogues, ‘‘ MARINE UNIVALVES,” ‘*‘INOPERCULATE LAND,”
‘*OPERCULATE LAND,” ‘‘ FRESHWATER UNIVALVES,” and ‘‘ PELYCYPODA,”
contain the names of over 10,000 SPECIES. Besides these we have duplicates of
thousands of Species that are not in sufficient numbers to put on our lists. These
Catalogues, which make excellent check-lists, will be sent post free to Customers
and Curators of Museums.

A Liberal Exchange for Species not in Stock.
GLASS-TOPPED BOXES, CARD-BOARD TRAYS, &c.,
As supplied to the Indian Museum, Cambridge Museum of Zoology, &c. We
keep a large Stock and SUPPLY PROMPTLY at moderate prices. Plan of sizes, with
prices, post free.
Second=band Conchological Wlorks and Pampblets.
A list of these will be sent on application.
CONCHOLOGICAL WORKS BY G. B. SOWERBY, F.L.S.
THESAURUS CONCHYLIORUM, or figures and descriptions of Recent
Shells. Prospectus containing list of Monographs and full particulars free.
SOWERBY’S ILLUSTRATED INDEX OF BRITISH SHELLS. Figures
of all known Species (Edition, 1887), with 26 Coloured Plates (750 figures),
cloth, price 35s. (30s. nett).

MARINE SHELLS OF SOUTH AFRICA (1892), together with Appendix
(1897), is a Catalogue of all Known Species, 8 Plates, Imperial 8vo., cloth,
19s. 6d. nett. Appendix alone, in paper cover, 7s. 6d. nett.

SOWERBY & FULTON,

15, STATION PARADE, KEW GARDENS, LONDON.

THE LIBRARY -SUPPEY,-CG,

Are devoting special attention to the Manufacture of MUSEUM SUNDRIES.
Curators and Collectors should send for their Illustrated Catalogue of

SPECIALTIES FOR MUSEUMS,
Which includes several useful series of
LABELS, PINS, RESTS, SUPPORTS, GLASS TOPPED BOXES,
NUMBERS, CARD BOARD & WOODEN TRAYS, SLATS,
MOUNTING BLOCKS, &c.

The Library Supply Co. is established for the purpose of furnishing the best

Fittings, Appliances, and Sundries adapted to the needs of Libraries and Museums.
Catalogues sent Post Free.

LIBRARY SUPPLY CO., 4, Ave Maria Lane, London, E.C.
CAMERAS FOR NATURALISTS.

Messrs. J. H. DALLMEYER LTD. having supplied most of the best known
workers in Natural History Photography with apparatus, are thoroughly conversant
with the special details of construction essential for this class of work, and are ready
to estimate for Cameras, Lenses, or complete outfits of any size or for any purpose.

Specialities in Long Extension HAND & STAND CAMERAS.
TELEPHOTO LENSES FOR TOPOCRAPHY, ORNITHOLOCY, CEOLOCY, ETC.
THE CELEBRATED UNIVERSAL LENSES ‘‘STIGMATIC,” F/6,

FOR ALL CLASSES OF PHOTOGRAPHY.

J. H. DALLMEYER *™.TD., 25, Newman St., London, W.

Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements.

THE, JOURNAL DOF MALACOLOG

Established in 1890 as ‘* The Conchologist, a Journal of Malacology.”

Proprietor § Editor,

13, SPEEDWELL ROAD,
WALTER E. COLLINGE.

EDGBASTON,
BIRMINGHAM, SEPTEMBER, 1I900.

Dear Sir or Madam,

In a circular issued with the June number of
the Journal, attention was called to the large deficit on the
production of pts. r—4, 1899, and a number of donations were
announced which had been received. I there stated that I
proposed to open an ‘‘Illustration Fund,” and to use these

amounts for defraying the cost of illustrating the Journal.

In view of the larger number and size of papers which the
Journal has recently been honoured with, it is very desirable
that the number of pages should be increased, but unless I am
in part relieved of the heavy cost entailed by the plates and
figures, I do not feel justified in adding to the already heavy
deficit.

As previously announced an audited Balance Sheet will
be sent to each contributor at the end of the year.

Should you desire to contribute to the Fund, your
assistance will be gladly welcomed.

I am,

Yours faithfully, .

WALTER E. COLLINGE.

LIST OF DONATIONS RECEIVED.
—S we Petre—

pe ema t
A French Malacologist — - - - - 26 LOA
H. H. Bloomer, Esq. : - - - 1 hy ES,
G. L. Woodley, Esq. - - - - I nk LO
Protest.) Cockerell - - - - isn Os* 0
A Friend . - - - - - Ig HOR, 0
J. Cosmo Melvill, Esq. - - - - igpeunTe)
Rey. R. Ashington Bullen - - - o 10 6
Henry F. Burnup, Esq. - - - - Gor 66
A. Graham, Esq. - - - - OniGy 16
J. W. D. Keogh, Esq. - . - oO Te: 16
Edgar A. Smith, Esq. (annually) On TOR
Rey, A. B. Kendis - - - O> sAire
ae goo
Dear Sir,
I enclose herewith QUE: value Z£, : i a.

PO:

as a donation towards the Fund for providing tllustrations in

the “ Journal of Malacology.”

Yours truly,

To Walter E. Collinge,
13, Speedwell Road,
Edgbaston, Birmingham.

DECEMBER st, 1900. Vol. VII.

4

fi

\

THE

JOURNAL

OF

MALACOLOGY

Established in 1890 as ‘The Conchologist, a Journal of Malacology.”

EDITED BY

Ri Ea ae BC ORE UNG deo

PRESIDENT OF THE MIDLAND MALACOLOGICAL SOCIETY.
WITH THE CO-OPERATION OF
Dr. JOSEF F. BABOR. CHARLES HEDLEY, F.L.S.
THE Rey. A. H, COOKE, M.A,, F.Z.S. BE. R-gSYKES; BiAS, 73S, Bele
B. B. WOODWARD, F.G.S., F.L.S.

Contents. PAGE
Notes on some further malformed specimens of A xodonta cygnea, L. By H. H. Bloomer. 177
Descripjion of a new species of Vevonzcel/a from the FijiIslands. .. By Walter E. Collinge. 179
Note on the Gaeotis douvillei of de Morgan. — .... are ar .. By Walter E. Collinge. 179
Helix lapicida, L., mons. sintstrorsum, nov.? .. 35 ae 5c By F. J. Partridge. 180
Proceedings of the Midland Malacological Society. .. wa sis om aa 56 cc Ou
Current Literature. a He 85 22 a 5c ac oF te 42 or wa) EGR
General Reviews. 187

Title Page, Contents, Index, etc. to Volume VII.

**The Journal of Malacology” is issued to Subscribers only. The Prepaid

Subscription is 12s. per volume.

LONDON ee ES, Messrs. DULAU & CO., 37, SOHO SQUARE.

BERLIN ... Messrs. R. FRIEDLANDER & SOHN, CARLSTRASSE II,

All communications should be addressed—

W. E. COLLINGE, THE UNIVERSITY, BIRMINGHAM, ENGLAND.

PRINTED BY RoserT Birgeck & Sons, 158, GREAT CHARLES STREET, BIRMINGHAM.

ESTABLISHED iId/2. PELEPRUNEG WO. Ofte
Ww. & J. GEORGE, LTD.,
(Late F. E. BECKER & CO,)

LONDON AND BIRMINGHAM.
Bacteriological, Microscopical, Chemical, Llectrical,
and General Apparatus Manufacturers.
SPECIALITY: BALANCES & WEIGHTS.

PURE CHEMICALS. CONTRACTORS TO THE GOVERNMENT,
OFFICES, WAREHOUSE, AND SHOW ROOMS,
NIVOC WORKS, 159 & 160, GREAT CHARLES STREET,
CAMBRIDGE STREET. HIME Awe

RAE NEW sLIGHY00. DR

47, JOHN BRIGHT STREET, BIRMINGHAM.
LEADING HOUSE FOR

GAS FITTINGS, OUTSIDE LAMPS,
ENORMOUS REDUCTIONS IN

INCANDESCENT LIGHT & ACCESSORIES, &c.
Large Selection of Glass Globes, etc.

CONTRACTORS TO MASON UNIVERSITY COLLEGE.

MICROSCOPICAL & LANTERN SLIDES

Sllustrative of every Department of

ZOOLOGY, BOTANY, AND GEOLOGY,
At the uniform rate of 6s. per dozen.

The Student’s Series of 48 Preparations in Elementary and Advanced Botany
sent out packed in rack boxes at £1. Is. net, post free. This Series contains 14
Type Preparations, which can only be supplied separately at Is. to Is. 6d. per slide.

Stem Structure, Leaf Structure, Floral Structure, Ovaries, Fruits, Seeds, Plant
Hairs, Scales, and Glands, 6s. per dozen. Type Slide Preparations of the Mouse,
the Newt, the Earthworm, Peripatus, Cerianthus, and Alcyonium, Is. to Is. 6d.
per slide. Sets Slides of Foraminifera, 9d. to 1s. per Slide.

Sections of Cotton, Flax, Hemp, Jute, China Grass, Wool, Silk, &c., at Is. per slide.

MICROSCOPICAL AND LANTERN SLIDE CIRCULATING LIBRARY.
Slides, to the number of 300 per year, supplied in sets as required by Subscribers
will be sent, post paid, for the Annual Subscription of £1. 1s. payable in advance.
The Slides will be sent one or two days prior to the day of the Lecture or
Exhibition, and must be returned ¢he day following the lecture, post paid. Special
post boxes will be provided for this purpose, which will obviate the usual trouble of
packing.
The whole of my very extensive stock will be at the disposal of Subscribers, and
Lists of additions to it will be sent from time to time.

ABRAHAM FLATTERS,
16 & 18, CHURCH ROAD, LONGSIGHT, MANCHESTER.

Preparer of Textile Fibres and Demonstrator in Microscopy to the Manchester M: unicipal
Technical School.

SEND FOR LISTS, &c, FREE. PER) POST.

Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements.

KOBERT BIR BECK & SONS,
GENERAL BOOK PRINTERS,
MANUFACTURERS OF ACCOUNT BOOKS,

BO GhEALT CHARLES "STREET,

BIRMINGHAM.

ee

College and School Examination Papers executed with Accuracy,

Secrecy, and Despatch.

k. B. & S. are the Printers of this Journal.

BEFORE buying elsewhere, write for a Catalogue of

DALE, FORTY & CO’S.

83, NEW STREET, BIRMINGHAM. « at cheltenham.

Prepaid Subscription 2/6 per annum, free to any part of the world.

THE NATURALIST’S JOURNAL.

Edited by Charles Mosley.
Illustrated Articles on all branches of Natural History by leading
writers. Specially seeks to help beginners and young students.

A superior edition is also issued, printed upon fine paper, with frequent
coloured plates. The Subscription (5s. per annum post free) includes Membership
of the British Field Club. Speeimen Copy 6d.

All Communications to

CHARLES MOSLEY,
MUSEUM PRESS, LOCKWOOD, HUDDERSFIELD.

Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisemeuts.

~ ERO HN TOWED Tab URS UO A
THE LARGEST AND FINEST STOCK OF SHELLS IN THE WORLD.

A PRICE LIST OF ABOUT 4000 CHARACTERISTIC SPECIES
POST FREE,

Our New Catalogues, ‘‘ MARINE UNIVALVES,” ‘‘INOPERCULATE LAND,”
‘*OPERCULATE LAND,” ‘‘ FRESHWATER UNIVALVES,” and ‘‘ PELYCYPODA,”
contain the names of over 10,000 SprciEs. Besides these we have duplicates of
thousands of Species that are not in sufficient numbers to put on our lists. These
Catalogues, which make excellent check-lists, will be sent post free to Customers
and Curators of Museums.

A Liberal Exchange for Species not in Stock.

GLASS-TOPPED BOXES, CARD-BOARD TRAYS, &c.,
As supplied to the Indian Museum, Cambridge Museum of Zoology, &c. We
keep a large Stock and SUPPLY PROMPTLY at moderate prices. Plan of sizes, with
prices, post free.
Second=band Conchological Works and Pampblets.
A list of these will be sent on application.

CONCHOLOGICAL WORKS BY G. B. SOWERBY, F.L.S.
THESAURUS CONCHYLIORUM, or figures and descriptions of Recent

Shells. Prospectus containing list of Monographs and full particulars free.

SOWERBY’S ILLUSTRATED INDEX OF BRITISH SHELLS. Figures
of all known Species (Edition, 1887), with 26 Coloured Plates (750 figures),
cloth, price 35s. (30s. nett).

MARINE SHELLS OF SOUTH AFRICA (1892), together with Appendix
(1897), is a Catalogue of all Known Species, 8 Plates, Imperial 8vo., cloth,
19s. 6d. nett. Appendix alone, in paper cover, 7s. 6d. nett.

SOWERBY & FULTON,

15, STATION PARADE, KEW GARDENS, LONDON.

THE LIBRARY SUPPLY CO.

Are devoting special attention to the Manufacture of MUSEUM SUNDRIES.
Curators and Collectors should send for their Illustrated Catalogue of

SPECIALTIES FOR MUSEUMS,
Which includes several useful series of
LABELS, PINS, RESTS, SUPPORTS, GLASS TOPPED BOXES,
NUMBERS, CARD BOARD & WOODEN TRAYS, SLATS,
MOUNTING BLOCKS, &c.
The Library Supply Co. is established for the purpose of furnishing the best
Fittings, Appliances, and Sundries adapted to the needs of Libraries and Museums.
Catalogues sent Post Free. |

LIBRARY SUPPLY CO., 4, Ave Maria Lane, London, E.C.
CAMERAS FOR NATURALISTS.

Messrs. J. H. DALLMEYER LTD. having, supplied most of the best known
workers in Natural History Photography with apparatus, are thoroughly conversant
with the special details of construction essential for this class of work, and are ready
to estimate for Cameras, Lenses, or complete outfits of any size or for any purpose.

Specialities in Long Extension HAND & STAND CAMERAS.

TELEPHOTO LENSES FOR TOPOGRAPHY, ORNITHOLOGY, CEOLOGY, ETC.
THE CELEBRATED UNIVERSAL LENSES ‘‘STIGMATIC,” F/6,

FOR ALL CLASSES OF PHOTOGRAPHY.

J. H. DALLMEYER LTD., 25, Newman St., London, W.

Please mention this Journal in replying to Advertisements.

Microformed by
Preservation i
Services 3
mfm # _s071%
3-22-94

‘aD — y i
: ie hoe aay:
aa te

(|

‘ie |

a 7 .
a ree

a fi
os
?

¥ : : ‘ ‘ mm : Ae bs
it : a} \e 9 a) is : ul :
hier? iS ran yan |
j ‘, 7 Pi hy ; e ;
; ’ - Ay Wy ¥ Le) ne
aah ' aa "he RK ' ;
; ‘ ,

a) Fi a f nk ma .
, j

DAM |

yb an hi sh rte
igh BY ct) a

fi Sree =) an
ht pith ae
anc: i miA

ie Pay
J

ba
»

i ae Nous ba
FITUTION NOILOALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31YuVySIT

NY

GF
LIBRARIES SN

SM
SM!
NVI
SM

ES

LIBRARIES
NOILALILSNI

YVYdIT LIBRARIES INSTITUTION _ NOILNLILSNI

X
SMITHSONIAN NY

INSTITUTION NOILMLILSNI
SAIYVUGIT LIBRARIES

SSIYVYsIT
INSTITUTION

ITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31uvHalI LIBRARIES SM

NVINOSHLINS S3INYWY9IT LIBRARI

nw = w } =
= = = = |
NA Z § 4 :
NE a S) = 3
> . ‘ = Zz ad ri
ee 3 3 ee ee
YuVYdIT LIBRARIES INSTITUTION NOILALILSNI_ NY
Zz ” > 4 z
w ud Ww ee wm
os o = oc =
a < ie < a
4 a = al
oO a oO ae ie)
< - P3 al jam
ITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31uYvYaIT LIBRARIES SM
= ey ; = tc =
ow 9 ow =
amy a3 - a 5 f
= > 4 a > Fat
= = as = %
E = ns = Es
z m 3 B Z

YVUYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILONLILSNI NY

z -. Y roa ” =
Po Ne = < a = <
i fp 5 ON F ZN F z f
df ARES 32 NE: 3 (
Ys x \ Oo a e) ais
We = SN 2 fc 2 =
2) i! Pas Tp) = Ze)
ITUTION NOILNLILSNI LIBRARIES SM
”n > ap) z ny
Bs: 7) ms ” =
o a fora = =
<x = <x «ty,
cc ie oc se a
= 5 ” S) a
— = Pansy oe : fas
4VUSIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NY
ee = ¥ i rs te .
— SO — = ‘
ow —_ ow —_— aw .
Pe) E » ee a
2 ae 2 - 2
Hi z Lb z a

een ™“

TITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS Saluvugi7_“LIBRARIES SM

Sh
N\
SN
Ni
S!

LIBRARIES
LIBRARIES
Shoe)

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI
S3IYVYUGIT LIBRARIES

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSN

YVUGIT LIBRARIES NV
a i
o wo
Pe) 8)
> >
w mw
m m
Ww Lop)

NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S31uvYaII oN
wm = wn F

= 4 = = =
-_ tify, z= a x £
2 YG J & zZ Kor" 2 4
>’ = SE ot S =
= ie e NOILNLILSNI
LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NV

LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN

NOILNLILSNI
NOILALILSNI

LIBRARIES

TITUTION NOILNLILSNI Saruyvudi7 LIBRARIES Sh

INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI

=
5 Z 2 S
E = = 25
a a =s
ee: Dad Ky
ms a ne ir ‘
Z m ale z
IMVYGIT_LIBRAR| ES | SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOLLALILSNI_N)
eer =e i
ea. | ae =< «&X = ie
nae Qs a z = =
ZR 3 2 2 g
= YS Z E 2 =
= a S > =
Ja) : = ” », Zz wn
STITUTION NOILALILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I1YVYEIT SK
” == w” = ep)
Lu a ; WwW 2 ul
feed ig 2. e = a.
eg = <x = < 3
oc a faa = ow
ree = faa) = ree]
~ fe) on fe) =
=} a aay Fa a
}YVYGIT LIBRARIES INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI Ni
~ = i z x
o 2) o 2 o
By E a S x
> ra i> “ss >
é 2 2 = fe
: Z 2 = .

STITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3IYVUSIT LIBRARIES SI!

MTT
3 9088 01276 5913